Skip to main content

Full text of "United States congressional serial set"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


atjhttp  :  //books  .  qooqle  .  com/ 


UfDoc   445 


HARVARD  COLLEGE 
LIBRARY 


GIFT  OF  THE 

GOVERNMENT 
OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 


1 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


57th  Congrkss.  »  HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES.  J  Doc.  No.  707, 
.   1st  Sewum.       )  \       Part  2. 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION, 


THE  OPERATIONS.  EXPENDITURES,  AND  CONDITION  OF 
THE  INSTITUTION 


YEAR  ENDING  JUNE  30,  1901. 


REPORT 

OF  THK 

U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 
19  0  3. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


USDoc   44$ 

XL  k^vc-Htyftf 


t » 


AN   ACT    PROVIDING    FOR  THR    PUBLIC    PRINTING   AND    BINDING,    AND    THK   DISTRIBUTION 

OP  PUBLIC   DOCUMENTS. 

Approved  January  12,  1895. 

"  Of  the  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  ten  thousand  copies;  one  thousand 
copies  for  the  Senate,  two  thousand  for  the  House,  five  thousand  for  distribution  by 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  two  thousand  for  distribution  by  the  National 
Museum." 


ii 


X  J 


\ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM, 


UNDER   THE   DIRECTION  OF 


THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION, 


THE   YEAR    ENDING  JUNE   SO,  1901. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  THE  U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM  FOR  THE  YEAR 
ENDING  JUNE  30,  1901. 


SUBJECTS. 

I.  Report  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
with  Appendices. 

II.  Papers   describing'   and    illustrating   Collections    in    the    U.    S. 
National  Museum. 

v 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


United  States  National  Museum, 
Under  direction  op  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 

Washington,  October  1,  1901. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  a  report  upon  the  present 
condition  of  the  United  States  National  Museum,  and  upon  the  work 
accomplished  in  its  various  departments  during  the  fiscal  year  ending 
June  30,  1901. 

Very  respectfully, 

Richard  Rathbun, 
Assistant  Secretary,  in  Charge  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 
Mr.  S.  P.  Langlet, 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONTENTS 


Page. 

Subjects V 

Letter  of  Transmittai vn 

Contents ix 

List  of  Illustrations xi 

PART  I. 

Report  of  the  Assistant  Secretary. 

(Jeneral  Considerations. 

As  a  museum  of  record 7 

As  a  museum  of  research 9 

As  an  educational  museum 10 

Present  conditions  and  needs J 1 

Summary  of  the  Operations  of  the  Year. 

Appropriations  and  expenditures 13 

Buildings 15 

Additions  to  the  collections 16 

Kxplorations 22 

Distribution  and  exchange  of  specimens 24 

Researches 26 

Progress  in  the  installation  of  the  exhibition  collections 32 

Visitors 35 

Correspondence 37 

Publications 37 

Library 39 

Photography 39 

Cooperation  of  the  Executive  Departments  of  the  (Jovernment 39 

Expositions 40 

Pan-American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York 40 

Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis 41 

The  Museum  staff 41 

Necrology 42 

Reports  of  Hkai>  Curators. 

Report  on  the  Department  of  Anthropology  for  the  year  1900-1901 51 

Collected  for  the  Museum 51 

Gifts  to  the  Museum 52 

Purchased  by  the  Museum 53 

Obtained  through  exchange 54 

Report  on  the  Department  of  Biology  for  the  year  1900-1901 63 

ix 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


X  C0NTENT9. 

Page. 

The  exhibition  collections 63 

Explorations - 66 

Accessions 67 

Work  on  the  study  collections 72 

Scientific  researches  and  publications 75 

Loan  of  specimens 77 

Distribution  of  duplicates 79 

Laboratory  use  of  collections  by  investigators .• 79 

Personnel 80 

Report  on  the  Department  of  Geology  for  the  year  1900-1901 81 

Accessions .' 81 

Sources  of  new  material 83 

Routine 84 

Pan-American  Exposition 86 

Present  state  of  the  collections 86 

Research  and  publication 87 

Assistance  to  individuals  and  institutions 88 

Plans  for  the  future 89 

Personnel 90 

Concluding  remarks 90 

APPENDICES. 

I.  The  Museum  staff 93 

II.  List  of  accessions 95 

III.  Distribution  of  specimens 137 

IV.  Bibliography 147 

PART  II. 

Papeks  Describing  and  Illustrating  Collections  in  the  U.  S.  National 

Museum. 

1.  Report  on  the  Exhibit  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  at  the  Pan- 

American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York,  1901.     By  Frederick  W.  True, 

William  H.  Holmes,  and  George  P.  Merrill 177 

2.  Flint  Implements  and  Fossil  Remains  from  a  Sulphur  Spring  at  Afton, 

Indian  Territory.     By  William  Henry  Holmes 233 

3.  Classification  and  Arrangement  of  the  Exhibits  of  an  Anthropological 

Museum.     By  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

4.  Archeological  Field  Work  in  Northeastern  Arizona.     The  Museum-Gates 

Expedition  of  1901.     By  Walter  Hough 279 

6.  Narrative  of  a  Visit  to  Indian  Tribes  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil.     By  Joseph 

BealSteere 359 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PLATES. 


Report  on  the  Exhibit  op  the  United  States  National  Museum  at  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York,  1901. 

By  Frederick  W.  True,  William  H.  Holmes,  and  George  P.  Merrill. 

Facing  page. 

1.  Front  view  of  Government  building  (frontispiece) 177 

2.  General  view  of  U.  S.  National  Museum  exhibits 232 

3.  Diagram  of  floor  space 232 

4.  General  view  of  exhibits  of  Department  of  Biology 232 

5.  Part  of  a  large  mammal  case 232 

6.  General  view  of  exhibit  of  fishes 232 

7.  Kadiakbear 232 

8.  Stone's  sheep 232 

9.  Glacier  bear 232 

10.  White  goat 232 

11.  Alaska  wolf 232 

12.  Penguin 232 

13.  Condor 232 

14.  Whooping  crane 232 

15.  Cuban  iguana 232 

16.  Large  boa  constrictor 232 

17.  Hog-nosed  snake  group ; 232 

18.  Alligator  snapper 232 

19.  Red  drum  cast 232 

20.  Black  angel-fish  in  formalin 232 

21.  Hog-fish  in  formalin 232 

22.  Luminous  deep-sea  fish  model 232 

23.  Family  group  of  the  Smith  Sound  Eskimo 232 

24.  Lay  figure  group  of  Eastern  Eskimo 232 

25.  I-ay  figure  group  of  Western  Eskimo 232 

28.  Family  group  of  Chilkat  Indians 232 

27.  Family  group  of  Hupa  Indians 232 

28.  Family  group  of  Sioux  Indians 232 

29.  Family  group  of  Navaho  Indians 232 

30.  Family  group  of  Zufii  Indians 232 

31.  Family  group  of  Cocopa  Indians 232 

32.  Family  group  of  Maya-Quiche  Indians 232 

33.  Lay  figure  group  of  Mexican  and  South  American  Indians 232 

34.  Family  group  of  Tehuelche  Indians 232 

35.  Dwelling  group  of  Central  Eskimo 232 

38.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Western  Eskimo 232 

37.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Haida  Indians. 232 

.     XI 
Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


XII  LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Facing  page. 

38.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Montagnais  Indians 232 

39.  Dwelling  group  of  California  Indians 232 

40.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Sioux  Indians. 232 

41.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Wichita  Indians 232 

42.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Pawnee  Indians 232 

43.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Cliff  Dwellers 232 

44.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Papago  Indians 232 

45.  Dwelling  group  of  Venezuela  Indians 232 

46.  Dwelling  group  of  Tehuelche  Indians 232 

47.  Fire-making  apparatus  of  the  American  Indians 232 

48.  Bows  and  arrows  of  the  American  Indians 232 

49.  Throwing  sticks  of  the  American  Indians 232 

50.  Harpoons  of  the  American  Indians 232 

51.  Water  craft  of  the  American  Indians 232 

52.  Textiles  of  the  American  Indians 232 

53.  Pottery  of  the  American  Indians 232 

54.  Sculpture  of  the  American  Indians 232 

55.  Personal  ornaments  of  the  American  Indians 232 

56.  Tobacco  pipes  of  the  American  Indians 232 

57.  Pictography  and  writing  of  the  American  Indian* 232 

58.  General  view  of  exhibits,  Department  of  Geology 232 

59.  General  view  of  exhibits,  Department  of  Geology 232 

60.  Concretionary  structures 232 

61.  Concretionary  structures 232 

62.  Crinoid  series:  The  Crown 232 

63.  Crinoid  series:  The  Dorsal  Cup 232 

64.  Crinoid  series:  The  Tegmen 232 

65.  Crinoid  series:  The  Brachia  and  Pinnules 232 

66.  Crinoid  series:  The  Anal  Area 232 

67.  Crinoid  series:  The  Stem 232 

68.  Crinoid  series:  The  Roots 232 

69.  Crinoid  series:  Crinoid  Parasites 232 

70.  Hesperornis  regalis 232 

71.  Model  of  Triceratops  prorsus 232 

72.  Painting  of  Triceratops  prorsus 232 

Flint  Implements  and  Fossil  Remains  from  a  Sulphuk  Spring  at  Afton,  Indian 

Territory. 

By  William  Henry  Holmes. 

1.  Site  of  Afton  sulphur  springs 252 

2.  Discovery  of  a  flint  implement  in  the  superficial  sands 252 

3.  Difficulties  met  with  in  making  excavations 252 

4.  Mammoth  teeth  found  in  the  gravels 252 

5.  Section  of  spring  and  associated  geological  formations 252 

6.  Fragmentary  condition  of  the  fossil  bones 252 

7.  Mastodon  teeth 252 

8.  Mammoth  teeth * 252 

9.  Mammoth  teeth 252 

10.  Arrow  and  spear  heads 252 

11.  Arrow  and  spear  heads 252 

12.  Spearheads 252 

13.  Spearheads 252 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LI8T   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS.  XIII 

Faring  page. 

14.  Spearheads 252 

15.  Spearheads 252 

16.  Blunt-pointed  spearheads 252 

17.  Well-worn  knives 252 

18.  Knives 252 

19.  Symmetric  blades 252 

20.  Roughed-out  blades v 252 

21.  Roughed-out  blades 252 

22.  Roughed-out  blades 25« 

23.  Freshly  sharpened  implements 252 

24.  Antler  implements 252 

25.  Antler  implements 252 

26.  Bone  implements 252 

Archbological  Fikld  Work  in  Northeastern  Arizona.     The  Museum-Gates 

Expedition  of  1901. 

By  Walter  Hough. 

1.  General  map  of  the  region 279 

Forestdale. 

2.  Sketeh  map  of  Forestdale  ruins 358 

3.  Plan  of  Tundastusa  ruin 358 

4.  General  view  of  Tundastusa  ruin 358 

5.  View  of  Kiva 358 

6.  View  on  Acropolis 358 

7.  View  of  wall  of  Acropolis 358 

8.  Bird-form  mortuary  vase  and  bowl 358 

9.  Paint  cup  and  double  bowl 358 

10.  Bowl  of  Gila  type  and  handled  vase 358 

11.  Mortuary  vases  of  gray  ware 358 

12.  Fetiches  of  pottery  and  stone,  and  scrapers 358 

13.  Bone  implements 358 

Interior  Sawmill. 

14.  Stone  and  bone  implements 358 

Linden. 

15.  Plan  of  Pottery  Hill  ruin 358 

16.  Plan  of  smaller  ruin  near  Linden 358 

17.  Circular  portion  of  small  ruin  near  Linden,  Ariz 358 

18.  Gray  ware 358 

19.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 

20.  Bowls  of  red  ware  with  exterior  decoration 358 

Showlow. 

21.  Plan  of  Hunmgruin 358 

Shumway. 

22.  Plan  of  ruin 358 

McDonalds  Canyon. 

23.  Plan  of  ruin 358 

24.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 

25.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


XIV  LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATION. 

Faring  page. 

26.  Vases  of  gray  ware 358 

27.  Rugose  bowl,  red  ware,  side  and  back 358 

28.  Rugose  bowl,  side  and  back 358 

29.  Canteen  and  handled  vase 358 

Scorse  Ranch,  Lk  Roux  Wahh. 

30.  Sketch  map  of  ruins 358 

31.  Handled  vases,  gray  ware 358 

32.  Bird  and  other  forms,  gray  ware 358 

33.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 

34.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 

35.  Bowls  of  red  ware '. 358 

36.  Vases,  coiled  and  red  ware 358 

37.  Stone  axes,  mortar  and  pestle 358 

Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Petrified  Forest. 

38.  Sketch  map  of  region 358 

39.  Plan  of  ruin  1 358 

40.  Plan  of  ruin  2 358 

41.  Plan  of  ruin3 358 

42.  Polychrome  bowl  and  painted  stone  tablet 358 

43.  Outfit  of  medicine  man 358 

44.  Plan  of  ruin  4 358 

45.  Coiled  ware 358 

46.  Bowls  of  rugose  and  red  ware,  white  exterior  decoration 358 

47.  Red  bowls  with  white  exterior  decoration 358 

48.  Red  and  brown  bowl,  exterior  and  interior  decoration 358 

49.  Red  and  brown  bowl,  exterior  decoration 358 

50.  Bowls  of  gray  ware 358 

51.  Vases  of  gray  ware 358 

52.  Pipes  from  ancient  pueblos 358 

53.  Plan  of  Milky  Hollow  Ruin 358 

Stone  Axe  Ruin,  Petrified  Foreht  Reserve. 

54.  Plan  of  ruin 358 

55.  Stone  implements 358 

56.  Bone,  pottery,  shell,  and  stone  objects 358 

57.  Large  vase,  polychrome  ware 358 

58.  Bowl  and  vase,  yellow  ware 358 

59.  Bowls,  yellow  ware. 358 

60.  Bowls  showing  symbolism 358 

61.  Bowls,  white  and  Gila  ware 358 

62.  Bowls,  yellow-brown  and  red,  with  white  line 358 

63.  Bowls,  red  ware 358 

64.  Vases  with  animal  handles 358 

BlDDAHOOCHEE,  COTTONWOOD    WASH. 

65.  Sketch  map  of  group  of  ruins 358 

66.  Plan  of  ruin  on  bluff 358 

67.  1.  Black  Butte;  2.  Ruin  in  front  of  Butte 358 

68.  Bowls,  yellow  ware 358 

69.  Bowls,  yellow  ware 358 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS.  XV 

Facing  page. 

70.  Dipper,  cup,  and  handled  bowl 358 

71.  Vases  with  bird  decoration 358 

72.  Vases  of  yellow-brown  and  lemon  yellow 358 

73.  Vase  of  orange  color 358 

74.  Bowl,  red  ware,  green  decoration 358 

75.  Bowls  of  polychrome  ware 358 

76.  Bowls  of  white  ware 358 

77.  Vases  of  white  ware 358 

78.  Dipper  and  vase,  gray  ware 358 

79.  Small  vessels,  gray  ware 358 

80.  Coiled  ware 358 

81.  Stone  implements 358 

Jettyto  Valley  Ruins. 

82.  Sketch  map  of  ruins 358 

83.  General  view  of  Kokopnyama  Ruin 358 

84.  Cist  in  rocks,  Kokopnyama 358 

85.  Excavating  in  the  talus,  Kokopnyama 358 

86.  Hair  tied  with  hair  cord,  Kokopnyama 358 

87.  Coiled  basketry,  Kokopnyama 358 

88.  General  view  from  Kawaiokuh 358 

89.  Decorations  on  wall  of  room,  Kawaiokuh  358 

90.  Potters'  kiln,  two  views,  Kawaiokuh 358 

91.  Burials  in  house  cemetery,  Kawaiokuh  358 

92.  Jar  under  floor  of  room,  Kawaiokuh 358 

93.  Small  pottery  vessels,  Kawaiokuh 358 

94.  Vase  of  parrot  form  (Grates  collection),  Kawaiokuh 358 

95.  Vases  of  gray  ware,  Kawaiokuh 358 

96.  Small  ornaments  and  figurines,  Kawaiokuh 358 

97.  Basketry  and  matting,  Kawaiokuh 358 

98.  Pottery  showing  application  of  color,  Kawaiokuh 358 

99.  Bowls  showing  symbolism  and  color,  Kawaiokuh  and  Kokopnyama 358 

100.  Pottery  showing  color  and  symbolism,  Kawaiokuh 358 

101.  Food  bowls  showing  bird  symbolism 358 

Narrative  op  a  Visit  to  Inbian  Tribes  op  the  Piruh  Rivkr,  Brazil. 
By  Joseph  Beal  Steere. 

1.  Wooden  bird  figures  of  Hypurina  Indians 394 

2.  Group  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

3.  Group  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

4.  Ornaments  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

5.  Objects  used  by  Jamamadi  Indians  in  snuff  making,  snuffing,  and  cooking.  394 

6.  Arms,  etc.,  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

7.  Objects  of  domestic  use  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

8.  Implements  used  in  snuff  making  and  snuffing  by  the  Paumari  Indians  .  394 

9.  Paumari  Indian  canoes 394 


Digitized  by 


Google 


XVI  LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


TEXT  FIGURES. 


Classification  and  Arrangement  of  the  Exhibits  of  an  Anthropological 

Museum. 

By  William  Henry  Holmes. 

Page. 

1 .  Assemblage  of  geo-ethnic  units  of  different  sizes 261 

2.  Section  of  museum  building  showing  central  sky-lighted  hall,  A,  with 

galleries,  B,  and  side  lighted  halln,  C 261 

3.  Floor  plan  of  a  large  geo-ethnic  exhibit,  showing  overflow  into  lateral  halls 

C,  C 262 

4.  Concentric  arrangement  of  entire  ethnological  exhibit 263 

5.  Map  of  North  America,  indicating  in  a  general  way  the  geo-ethnic  provinces .  269 

6.  Diagram  of  Eastern  Eskimo  ethnic  museum  unit 271 

7.  Family  group  of  Eastern  Eskimo 272 

8.  Arrangement  of  a  synoptic  exhibit  illustrating  the  history  of  sculpture  as 

elaborated  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum 275 

Narrative  of  a  Visit  to  Indian  Tribes  of  the  Pukus  River,  Brazil. 
By  Joseph  Bkal  Steekk. 

1.  Side  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  house 375 

2.  End  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  hou^e 375 

3.  Ground  plan  of  Hypurina  Indian  house 376 

4.  Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians 377 

5.  Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians 377 

i>.  Hypurina  Indian  war  song 378 

7.  Hypurina  Indian  girls'  song 378 

8.  Ground  plan  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 382 

9.  Section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 383 

10.  Cross  section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 383 

1 1.  Detail  of  construction  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 384 

12.  Bark  canoe  of  Jamamadi  Indian 386 

13.  Strip  of  bark  from  which  canoe  is  made 386 

14.  Paumari  Indian  canoe  song 387 

15.  Clothing  of  Paumari  Indians 388 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PAET    I. 


REPORT 


UPON  THE 


CONDITION  AND  PROGRESS  OF  THE  U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
DURING  THE  YEAR  ENDING  JUNE  30, 1901. 


RICHARD  RATHBUN, 

AS8IHTANT    SECRETARY    OP  THE  SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION,    IN    CHARGE   OF  THE 
U.    8.    NATIONAL   MUSEUM. 


NAT    MUS    1901 1 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT 


THE  CONDITION  AND  PROGRESS  OF  THE  U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
DURING  THE  YEAR  ENDING  JUNE  30,  1901. 


.    Richard  Rathbun, 
Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  in  charge  of  11  S.  National  Museum, 

GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS. 

Through  the  munificence  of  James  Smithson,  an  Englishman,  the 
United  States  came  into  possession  in  1838  of  about  half  a  million 
dollars,  to  be  used  "  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among 
men."  The  wise  counsels  that  prevailed  in  interpreting  the  provisions 
of  this  bequest,  a  large  one  for  that  time,  led  to  the  employment  of  a 
portion  of  the  fund  for  founding  a  museum  for  the  nation,  universal 
in  its  scope  and  usefulness. 

The  authority  for  carrying  out  this  purpose  was  embodied  in  the 
Congressional  act  of  1846  establishing  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
which  directed  that  there  be  delivered  to  it,  whenever  suitable  arrange- 
ments could  be  made  from  time  to  time  for  their  reception,  "all 
objects  of  art  and  of  foreign  and  curious  research,  and  all  objects 
of  natural  history,  plants,  and  geological  and  mineralogical  specimens 
belonging  to  the  United  States."  Provision  was  also  made  for  the 
growth  of  the  collections  by  exchange,  donation,  or  otherwise,  and 
for  the  arrangement  and  classification  of  the  specimens  in  a  manner 
best  to  facilitate  their  examination  and  study.  The  first  Board  of 
Regents,  upon  which  devolved  the  task  of  effecting  a  definite  plan  of 
organization  for  the  Institution,  expressed  its  concurrence  in  this 
feature  in  the  following  resolution,  passed  in  January,  1847: 

Resolved,  That  it  is  the  intention  of  the  act  of  Congress,  and  in  accordance  with  the 
design  of  Mr.  Smithson,  as  expressed  in  his  will,  that  one  of  the  principal  modes  cf 
executing  the  act  and  the  trust  is  the  accumulation  of  collections  of  specimens  and 
objects  of  natural  history  and  of  elegant  art,  and  the  gradual  formation  of  a  library 
of  valuable  works  pertaining  to  all  departments  of  human  knowledge,  to  the  end  that 
a  copious  storehouse  of  materials  of  science,  literature,  and  art  may  be  provided, 
which  shall  excite  and  diffuse  the  love  of  learning  among  men,  and  shall  assist  the 
original  investigations  and  efforts  of  those  who  may  devote  themselves  to  the  pursuit 
of  any  branch  of  knowledge. 

3 


Digitized  by 


Google 


4  BEPOBT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

Thus  were  taken  the  initial  steps  that  have  resulted  in  the  building' 
up  of  the  National  Museum  of  to-day,  the  largest  branch  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  already  endowed  with  resources  which 
in  extent,  variety,  and  richness  are  surpassed,  if  at  all,  by  only  a  ver}' 
few  of  the  older  museums  of  the  world.  The  actual  nucleus  of  the 
Museum,  however,  was  formed  a  few  years  earlier  by  a  society  first 
known  as  the  National  Institution  and  afterwards  as  the  National 
Institute,  organized  for  the  avowed  purpose  of  directing  the  Smithson 
bequest  and  of  engaging  in  the  pursuit  of  objects  in  consonance  with 
the  terms  of  that  foundation. 

One  of  these  objects  was  the  gathering  of  historical  and  natural 
history  specimens  from  both  official  and  private  sources,  among  the 
former  having  been  the  important  United  States  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion around  the  world,  from  1838  to  1842.  The  museum  of  the  society, 
which  occupied  rooms  in  the  Patent  Office  building,  came  virtually  to 
be  recognized  as  the  proper  place  for  the  deposit  and  care  of  all  Gov- 
ernment collections  held  in  Washington.  Another  important  service 
rendered  by  the  society,  as  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Goode,  was  in  the 
direction  of  educating  public  opinion  u  to  consider  the  establishment  of 
such  an  institution  worthy  of  the  attention  of  the  Government  of  the 
United  States."  Failing,  however,  to  secure  the  public  recognition 
at  which  it  aimed,  the  National  Institute  became  inactive  as  early  as 
1846,  though  it  was  not  until  1861  that  it  finally  passed  out  of  exist- 
ence. The  Government  collections  in  its  possession,  which  were 
among  those  covered  by  the  fundamental  act  of  1846,  remained  practi- 
cally in  the  custody  of  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  up  to  1858,  when 
they  were  turned  over  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Other  material 
directly  under  the  control  of  the  National  Institute  was  retained  at  the 
Patent  Office  until  1862,  and  a  portion  of  the  historical  collection 
until  1883. 

At  the  time  of  the  foundation  of  the  Institution  probably  not  more 
than  one  or  two  universities  or  learned  establishments  in  America  had 
so  large  an  endowment,  and  it  was  apparently  the  idea  of  Congress 
that  the  fund  left  by  Smithson  was  ample  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
multifarious  operations  then  proposed.  These  included,  besides  the 
custody  of  the  national  and  other  collections  confided  to  its  care, 
whereby  the  Museum  was  made  an  integral  part  of  the  Institution,  the 
accumulation  and  maintenance  of  a  large  library,  the  conduct  of  sci- 
entific investigations,  and  the  dissemination  of  useful  knowledge,  for 
all  of  which  purposes  the  construction  of  an  adequate  building  was 
primarily  required  and  immediately  determined  upon.  In  the  absence 
of  any  stated  limitations  as  to  the  time  when  the  transfer  of  the  Gov- 
ernment collections  should  take  place,  the  date  for  accepting  the  obli- 
gation rested  with  the  Regents,  who,  while  confronted  with  the  man- 
datory language  of  the  law,  were  still  forced  to  recognize  the  inadequacy 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   OF   A881STANT   SECRETARY.  5 

of  the  fund  at  their  disposal  for  the  support  of  so  large  an  undertaking. 
The  cost  of  the  extensive  and  elaborate  building,  designed  mainly  for  the 
accommodation  of  the  Museum  and  Library,  would  have  drawn  heavily 
upon  the  principal  of  the  fund,  had  not  a  policy  of  delay  prevailed,  nine 
years  being  allowed  to  elapse  between  the  laying  of  the  corner  stone, 
in  1846,  and  the  completion  of  the  structure.  This  delay  gave  oppor- 
tunity for  influencing  a  change  of  sentiment,  so  that  when,  in  1857,  the 
necessary  arrangement  became  possible,  Congress  was  prepared  to  vote 
means  for  building  cases,  for  transferring  the  specimens  from  the 
Patent  Office,  and,  to  a  certain  extent,  for  the  care  and  preservation 
of  the  collections.  So  inadequate,  however,  were  the  sums  granted 
that  for  many  years  the  slender  income  of  the  Institution  was  heavily 
drawn  upon  to  insure  the  maintenance  of  what  was  then  called  the 
Smithsonian  Museum,  and  justly  enough,  since  the  building  was  paid 
for  out  of  the  Smithson  fund,  and  considerable  portions  of  the  collec- 
tions were  and  still  are  the  actual  property  of  the  Institution,  through 
exploration,  gift,  and  purchase,  and  a  number  of  the  officials  in  charge 
of  the  collections  were  employed  at  its  expense. 

While  the  collections  in  the  custody  of  the  National  Institute 
remained  at  the  Patent  Office,  as  before  stated,  until  1858,  material 
for  a  museum  was  in  the  meantime  being  accumulated  at  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  The  first  scientific  collection  to  come  into  its  pos- 
session, and,  in  fact,  it  accompanied  the  bequest,  was  the  small  but 
valuable  mineralogical  cabinet  of  James  Smithson,  the  founder,  who 
was  himself  a  chemist  and  mineralogist  of  repute  and  a  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  London.  This  collection  was  unfortunately  destroyed 
by  fire  in  1865.  The  personal  bent  of  Professor  Baird,  who  became 
an  assistant  secretary  of  the  Institution  in  1850,  was  toward  the  col- 
lection of  natural-history  specimens  for  purposes  of  study.  With  the 
approval  of  Secretary  Henry  he  put  into  operation  plans  for  accom- 
plishing this  object,  which,  fostered  and  encouraged,  were  soon  yield- 
ing regular  and  abundant  returns.  Professor  Baird\s  own  vacations 
were  spent  in  field  work.  Officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  and  of 
other  branches  of  the  Government  service,  fishermen,  fur  traders, 
private  explorers,  and  such  powerful  commercial  organizations  as  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  the  Western  Union  Telegraph  Company 
were  enlisted  in  the  cause  and  rendered  valuable  assistance.  The 
influence  exerted  by  these  beginnings  has  been  lasting  and  widespread, 
as  shown  in  the  extensive  natural-history  operations  of  subsequent 
national  and  State  surveys,  the  organization  of  the  United  States  Fish 
Commission,  and  the  support  given  to  scientific  collecting  by  many 
other  bureaus  of  the  Government. 

The  title  •"  National  Museum,"  first  recognized  by  Congress  in  1875, 
came  into  general  use  through  the  display  of  the  Government  collec- 
tions at  the  Centennial  Exhibition  at  Philadelphia  in  1876.     This  was 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


6  BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

the  first  exposition  in  this  country  in  which  the  Government  partici- 
pated, and  the  first  to  make  known  to  vast  numbers  of  the  people  of 
the  United  States  the  existence  of  national  collections  at  Washington, 
as  well  as  new  methods  of  installing  and  exhibiting  museum  materials, 
differing  radically  from  the  older  cabinets  of  college  or  local  museums 
which  prevailed  up  to  that  time.  After  its  close  the  material  brought 
back  belonging  to  the  Government,  together  with  the  extensive  gifts 
made  to  the  United  States  by  private  persons  and  foreign  govern- 
ments, forced  the  erection  of  a  separate  building,  which  brought  the 
name  "  National  Museum  "  into  greater  prominence.  Since  that  time 
Congress  has  in  the  main  provided  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Museum, 
but  its  management  remains,  by  the  fundamental  act,  under  the 
authority  of  the  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  administered 
through  their  Secretary,  who  is  ex  officio  the  keeper^-a  form  of  gov- 
ernment insuring  a  consistent  and  uniform  policy  and  a  nonpartisan 
administration  of  its  affairs.  The  greater  part  of  the  Smithsonian 
building  is  still  used  for  museum  purposes,  and  the  Institution,  as 
well  as  all  the  scientific  bureaus  at  Washington,  cooperate,  both 
through  men  and  material,  in  enlarging  and  caring  for  the  national 
collections. 

With  the  primary  object  of  preserving  the  collections  in  anthro- 
pology, biology,  and  geology  obtained  by  the  national  surveys,  every 
effort  is  being  made,  through  exchange,  donation,  purchase,  and  the 
encouragement  of  exploration,  to  so  increase  its  possessions  that  the 
Museum  of  the  Government  may  in  time  contain  the  fullest  possible 
representation  of  all  branches  of  science  and  the  arts  capable  of  being 
illustrated  in  a  material  way.  The  specimens  are  classified  in  two 
series,  one  comprising  the  bulk  of  the  material,  being  arranged  for 
the  purposes  of  scientific  research  and  reference  in  laboratories  and 
storerooms,  to  which  students  are  freely  admitted;  the  other,  selected 
with  regard  to  their  general  educational  value  and  popular  interest, 
and  accompanied  by  descriptive  labels,  being  displayed  in  glass-cov- 
ered cases  in  the  public  halls.  The  duplicate  specimens  not  required 
for  exchanges  are  made  up  into  sets  for  distribution  to  schools  and 
colleges  throughout  the  country.  Papers  descriptive  of  the  collec- 
tions, both  technical  and  popular,  are  published  for  gratuitous  circu- 
lation to  the  extent  of  three  or  more  volumes  yearly;  and,  finally,  the 
Museum  has  come  to  be  regarded  as  a  sort  of  bureau  of  information 
in  respect  to  all  subjects  with  which  it  is  concerned  even  in  the 
remotest  degree,  the  correspondence  which  this  involves  now  consti- 
tuting one  of  its  heaviest  tasks. 

The  history  of  the  Museum,  as  pointed  out  by  the  late  Dr.  Goode, 
may  be  divided  into  three  epochs,  which  he  characterized  as  follows: 

First,  the  period  from  the  foundation  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  1867,  dur- 
ing which  time  specimens  were  collected  solely  to  serve  as  materials  for  research. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  7 

No  special  effort  was  made  to  exhibit  them  to  the  public  or  to  utilize  them,  except 
as  a  foundation  for  scientific  description  and  theory. 

Second,  the  period  from  1857,  when  the  Institution  assumed  the  custody  of  the 
"National  Cabinet  of  Curio8itie8,,,  to  1876.  During  this  period  the  Museum  became 
a  place  of  deposit  for  scientific  collections  which  had  already  been  studied,  these  col- 
lections, so  far  as  convenient,  being  exhibited  to  the  public  and,  so  far  as  practicable, 
made  to  serve  an  educational  purpose. 

Third,  the  present  period  (beginning  in  the  year  1876),  in  which  the  Museum  has 
undertaken  more  fully  the  additional  task  of  gathering  collections  and  exhibiting 
them  on  account  of  their  value  from  an  educational  standpoint. 

During  the  first  period  the  main  object  of  the  Museum  was  scientific  research;  in 
the  second,  the  establishment  became  a  museum  of  record  as  well  as  of  research; 
while  in  the  third  period  has  been  added  the  idea  of  public  education.  The  three 
ideas — record,  research,  and  education — cooperative  and  mutually  helpful  as  they  are, 
are  essential  to  the  development  of  every  great  museum.  The  National  Museum 
endeavors  to  promote  them  all. 

In  the  same  connection,  Dr.  Goode  also  defined  the  scope  and  objects 
of  the  Museum  in  the  following  concise  manner: 

It  is  a  museum  of  record,  in  which  are  preserved  the  material  foundations  of  an 
enormous  amount  of  scientific  knowledge — the  types  of  numerous  past  investigations. 
This  is  especially  the  case  with  those  materials  that  have  served  as  a  foundation  for 
the  reports  upon  the  resources  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  a  museum  of  research,  which  aims  to  make  its  contents  serve  in  the  highest 
degree  as  a  stimulus  to  inquiry  and  a  foundation  for  scientific  investigation.  Research 
is  necessary  in  order  to  identify  and  group  the  objects  in  the  most  philosophical  and 
instructive  relations,  and  its  officers  are  therefore  selected  for  their  ability  as  investi- 
gators, as  well  as  for  their  trustworthiness  as  custodians. 

It  is  an  educational  museum,  through  its  policy  of  illustrating  by  specimens  every 
kind  of  natural  object  and  every  manifestation  of  human  thought  and  activity,  of 
displaying  descriptive  labels  adapted  to  the  popular  mind,  and  of  distributing  its 
publications  and  its  named  series  of  duplicates. 

AS  A   MUSEUM   OF   RECORD. 

In  its  function  as  a  museum  of  record  the  growth  of  the  National 
Museum  has  been  unprecedented,  due  mainly  to  the  rapid  exploration 
and  development  of  a  rich  and  extensive,  country  under  the  liberal 
and  progressive  policy  of  the  Government.  From  scientific  institu- 
tions throughout  the  world,  from  foreign  governments,  and  from 
individuals  abundant  stores  of  great  value  have  been  received,  either 
as  gifts  or  through  the  medium  of  exchange  of  specimens,  and  a  small 
fund  in  recent  years  has  permitted  of  some  purchases  to  supply 
desiderata. 

The  principal  sourcas  of  the  collections  may  be  briefly  summarized 
as  follows: 

1.  The  explorations  carried  on  more  or  less  directly  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  or  bjr  the  Institution  in  con- 
nection with  educational  institutions  or  commercial  establishments,  and 
the  efforts,  since  1850,  of  its  officers  and  correspondents  toward  the 
accumulation  of  natural  history  and  anthropological  material. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


8  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

2.  The  United  States  Exploring  Expedition  around  the  world  from 
1838  to  1842,  the  North  Pacific,  or  Perry,  Exploring  Expedition  froru 
1853  to  1856,  and  many  subsequent  naval  expeditions  down  to  and 
including  the  recent  operations  in  the  West  Indian  and  Philippine 
waters. 

3.  The  activities  of  members  of  the  United  States  diplomatic  and 
consular  service  abroad. 

4.  The  Government  surveys  at  home,  such  as  the  Pacific  Railroad 
survey,  the  Mexican  and  Canadian  boundary  surveys,  and  the  surveys 
carried  on  b}-  the  Engineer  Corps  of  the  U.  S.  Army;  and  the  activi- 
ties of  officers  of  the  Signal  Corps,  and  other  branches  of  the  Army 
stationed  in  remote  regions. 

5.  The  explorations  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  the 
United  States  Fish  Commission,  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and 
other  scientific  branches  of  the  Government. 

6.  Donations  and  purchases  in  connection  with  the  several  exposi- 
tions at  home  and  abroad  in  which  the  Museum  and  Fish  Commission 
have  participated,  among  these  having  been  the  Centennial  Exhibition 
at  Philadelphia  in  1870,  the  international  fisheries  exhibitions  at  Berlin 
in  1880  and  at  London  in  1883,  the  New  Orleans  Cotton  Centennial 
Exposition  in  1884  and  1885,  the  Cincinnati  Exposition  of  1888,  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  at  Chicago  in  1893,  and  the  expositions 
at  Atlanta  in  1895,  at  Nashville  in  1897,  and  at  Omaha  in  1898.  The 
returns  from  the  World's  Fair  in  Philadelphia  were  of  greatest  extent, 
comprising,  besides  the  collections  displayed  by  the  United  States  in 
illustration  of  the  animal  and  mineral  resources,  the  fisheries,  and  the 
ethnology  of  the  native  races  of  the  country,  valuable  gifts  from  thirty 
of  the  foreign  governments  which  participated,  as  well  as  the  indus- 
trial collections  of  numerous  manufacturing  and  commercial  houses  of 
Europe  and  America. 

7.  Exchanges  with  foreign  and  domestic  museums  and  with  indi- 
viduals. 

Immediately  preceding  the  Centennial  Exhibition  of  1876,  when  the 
collections  were  entirely  provided  for  in  the  Smithsonian  building", 
the  number  of  entries  of  specimens  in  the  Museum  record  books  was 
about  235,000.  In  1884,  when  the  additional  room  afforded  by  the 
new  building  gave  opportunity  for  taking  a  provisional  census  of  the 
large  accessions  received  from  Philadelphia,  and  from  other  sources, 
the  number  had  grown  to  1,471,000.  Now,  at  the  close  of  1901,  it 
amounts  to  nearly  5,000,000. 

While  these  figures  convey  no  impression  of  the  bulk  of  the  collec- 
tions, when  it  is  considered  that  in  1885  all  of  the  space  in  both  build- 
ings was  completely  filled,  and  in  fact  was  so  overcrowded  that  a  third 
building  was  already  being  asked  of  Congress,  some  conception  may 
be  had  of  the  conditions  now  existing.     The  storerooms  are  packed  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  9 

their  utmost  capacity,  making  it  difficult  to  gain  access  to  the  speci- 
mens or  to  provide  adequately  for  their  safety.  For  many  years  most 
of  the  objects  received  have  had  to  be  stored  in  outside  and  unsafe 
structures  where  they  are  mainly  piled  up  in  the  original  packing 
boxes,  and  where  has  already  accumulated  enough  material  of  great 
intrinsic  and  scientific  value  to  fill  an  additional  building  as  large  as 
that  now  occupied  by  the  main  collections. 

AS  A   MUSEUM   OF  RESEARCH. 

In  order  to  permit  of  their  examination  and  study,  as  provided  in 
the  act  of  establishment,  the  collections  of  the  Museum  are,  to  the 
extent  of  its  accommodations,  arranged  systematically  and  in  a  manner 
convenient  for  reference.  Access  to  the  reserve  or  study  series,  so 
called,  consisting  of  the  main  body  of  the  collections  and  as  complete 
in  all  the  groups  as  the  accessions  have  made  possible,  is  given  to  all 
properly  qualified  persons  engaged  in  original  research.  The  oppor- 
tunities thus  afforded  are  widely  availed  of,  the  Museum  being  visited 
every  year  by  many  investigators,  some  of  world-wide  distinction, 
coming  from  the  scientific  centers  of  European  and  other  foreign 
countries  as  well  as  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  Material  is 
also  occasionally  sent  out  to  representatives  of  other  institutions 
having  the  means  of  providing  for  its  safekeeping,  when  required  in 
the  working  up  of  special  subjects,  or  for  comparison  in  connection 
with  their  own  collections. 

The  custodianship  of  the  collections  being  the  first  and  most 
imperative  duty  devolving  upon  the  scientific  staff  of  the  National 
Museum,  its  members  find  comparatively  little  time  during  office  hours 
for  advancing  knowledge,  though  they  are  mostly  well  qualified  for 
such  work,  being  selected  with  special  reference  to  their  ability  to 
identify  and  classify  the  specimens  under  their  charge  in  accordance 
with  the  latest  researches.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  however,  the  staff 
does  produce  every  year  a  large  number  of  papers  descriptive  of  the 
collections,  which  together  constitute  an  important  contribution  to 
scientific  literature. 

Among  the  honorary  officers  having  their  laboratories  at  the  Museum 
are  a  number  of  assistants  employed  by  other  scientific  bureaus  to  con- 
duct investigations  on  material  kept  here  in  their  charge,  and  in  whose 
results  the  Museum  shares. 

Many  collections  have,  from  time  to  time,  been  transferred  by  the 
Geological  Survey,  the  Fish  Commission,  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, and  other  branches  of  the  Government  to  the  custody  of  the 
Museum  in  advance  of  their  final  working  up,  in  order  to  provide  for 
their  safe  storage  and  to  secure  the  better  facilities  for  study  here 
afforded.  Under  this  arrangement  the  amount  of  research  work  car- 
ried on  in  the  Museum  building  has  been  greatly  increased. 

Though  having  little  means  to  expend  for  field  work,  members  of 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


10  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

the  Museum  staff  are  occasionally  given  opportunities  to  participate  in 
the  explorations  of  other  Government  bureaus  or  of  private  expedi- 
tions, in  connection  with  which  special  researches  may  be  carried  on, 
though  the  chief  advantage  results  from  the  acquisition  of  new  and 
valuable  material  and  a  knowledge  of  the  conditions  under  which  it 
occurred. 

AS   AN    EDUCATIONAL    MUSEUM. 

The  educational  side  of  the  Museum  is  intended  to  consist  mainly  of 
an  exhibition  of  all  the  classes  of  objects  which  it  represents,  so 
mounted,  installed,  and  labeled  as  to  directly  interest  and  instruct  the 
general  public.  The  principal  difficulty  incident  to  the  proper  installa- 
tion of  such  a  collection,  conceding  all  the  space  required,  lies  in  the 
selection  of  its  parts,  so  that  while  enough  is  displayed  to  convey  the 
amount  of  information  which  it  is  intended  to  impart,  the  visitor  shall 
not  be  overburdened  or  confused  with  details.  While  this  policy  is 
being  followed  in  the  National  Museum  so  far  as  its  means  permit,  the 
lack  of  room  has  always  prevented  a  complete  or  satisfactory  develop- 
ment of  the  plan,  and  every  succeeding  year  the  conditions  in  this 
respect  grow  worse  instead  of  better  through  the  increased  crowding 
of  the  halls.  The  advances  in  recent  years  have  been  chiefly  in  the 
methods  of  display,  in  the  character  of  individual  and  group  mountings, 
and  in  the  labeling,  in  all  of  which  directions  exceptional  progress  has 
been  made. 

A  year  ago  it  was  announced  that  all  of  the  halls  designed  for  pub- 
lic use  were  then  for  the  first  time  permanently  open,  though  none 
were  above  addition  or  improvement,  while  in  some  the  arrangement 
was  entirely  provisional.  This  was  only  accomplished  by  the  transfer 
of  large  quantities  of  material  to  outside  storage,  but  during  the  past 
year  it  has  unfortunately  been  again  necessary  to  shut  off  one  of  the 
most  attractive  halls  in  order  to  furnish  increased  space  for  work- 
rooms. 

In  this  connection  it  seems  appropriate  to  refer  to  the  work  of  Dr. 
Goode,  than  whom  no  museum  administrator  ever  had  a  better  under- 
standing of  the  public  needs.  He  labored  earnestly  and  conscien- 
tiously to  make  this  a  museum  for,  as  well  as  of,  the  people,  and  the 
plans  now  being  carried  out  are,  in  all  their  essential  features,  of  his 
making.  While  the  assistants  might  be  relied  upon  to  arrange  and 
maintain  the  studjr  series  in  a  manner  acceptable  to  the  specialist,  the 
interests  of  the  public  always  remained  in  his  immediate  charge.  He 
was  ever  occupied  in  devising  ways  for  so  presenting  the  features  of 
nature  and  the  activities  of  mankind  that  by  the  very  force  of  his  sur- 
roundings the  visitor  was  bound  to  receive  and  carry  with  him  some 
definite  impressions,  some  new  bit  of  knowledge.  Dr.  Goode's  labors 
in  this  field  ranged  from  the  planning  of  the  general  scheme  to  the  most 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT  SECRETARY.  11 

minute  details  of  case  architecture  and  fittings.  His  official  connec- 
tion with  nearly  all  the  important  expositions  of  the  past  quarter  of  a 
century  and  his  exhaustive  studies  of  all  the  principal  museums  of 
Europe  and  the  United  States  gave  him  exceptional  opportunities  for 
observation  and  experiment.  Though  a  young  man  when  he  died,  none 
other  had  acquired  so  ripe  an  experience  and  none  is  more  worthy 
of  being  followed. 

An  incidental  though  very  popular  educational  feature  of  the 
Museum,  having  for  its  purpose  the  promotion  of  scientific  teaching 
throughout  the  country,  has  been  the  distribution  to  schools  and  col- 
leges of  its  duplicate  specimens,  properly  identified  and  labeled,  and 
put  up  in  carefully  selected  sets.  Inadequate  means  have  prevented 
this  measure  from  being  carried  out  on  the  scale  which  the  resources 
of  the  Museum  would  admit  of,  but  many  hundreds  of  such  sets  have 
already  been  given  away. 

Scarcely  a  year  passes  that  some  exposition,  either  at  home  or 
abroad,  is  not  occupying  the  attention  of  the  Museum,  and  through 
this  means  its  existence  and  aims  are  brought  constantly  and  promi- 
nently before  the  public.  These  expositions  have  of  late  followed  one 
another  so  closely  and  have  required  so  extensive  preparations  as  to 
interfere  greatly  with  the  ordinary  work  of  the  Museum,  but  the 
practice  of  introducing  new  and  varied  features,  of  showing  a  fresh 
series  of  objects  or  improved  groupings  in  connection  with  each  one, 
insures  a  substantial  gain,  as  the  collections  are  returned  to  Wash- 
ington, besides  fulfilling  the  important  function  of  making  museum 
methods  known  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  and  stimulating 
the  growth  of  museums  in  many  quarters. 

Though  mainly  technical  and  most  useful  to  the  investigator,  the 
publications  of  the  Museum  can  be  classed,  in  a  general  way,  as  belong- 
ing to  its  educational  side,  being  the  medium  through  which  the  nature 
and  extent  of  its  collections  are  made  known.  The  Annual  Report, 
first  printed  as  a  separate  volume  of  the  Smithsonian  Report  in  1884, 
and  now  in  its  eighteenth  volume,  consists,  besides  the  administrative 
part,  mainly  of  semipopular  papers  on  interesting  portions  of  the  col- 
lections. The  Proceedings  and  Bulletins  are  almost  exclusively  tech- 
nical, the  shorter  papers  being  assigned  to  the  former  and  the  larger 
and  more  exhaustive  works  to  the  latter.  Of  the  Proceedings  twenty- 
two  complete  volumes  have  been  issued  and  of  the  Bulletins  fifty 
numbers. 

PRESENT  CONDITIONS   AND   NEEDS. 

Attention  has  repeatedly  been  called  to  the  inadequacy  of  the  pres- 
ent accommodations  for  the  national  collections.  The  Smithsonian 
building  had  become  fully  occupied  some  twenty-five  years  ago,  when 
the  large  contributions  to  the  Government  from   exhibitors  at  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


12  REPORT   OP   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

Philadelphia  Centennial  Exhibition  led  to  the  erection  of  the  Museum 
building,  completed  in  1881.  By  1885  this  structure  was  also  filled,  and 
though  numerous  efforts  have  since  been  made  to  secure  more  ample 
quarters,  all  have  met  with  failure.  In  1888,  1890,  and  1892,  the 
Senate  voted  $500,000  for  a  new  building,  and  in  1896,  $250,000,  but 
none  of  these  measures  was  even  considered  in  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives. 

There  has  been  no  abatement  in  the  number  of  collections  received 
annually,  but,  in  fact,  a  general  increase  from  year  to  year,  and  a 
severe  task  has  thus  devolved  upon  the  Museum  authorities  in  arrang- 
ing for  their  disposition.  New  specimens  have  constantly  been  added 
to  the  exhibition  halls  and  storage  rooms  until  both  are  overcrowded 
to  the  extent  that  in  the  one  the  objects,  as  a  rule,  can  not  be  properly 
viewed  by  visitors,  and  in  the  other  their  classification  has  become 
impossible,  and  they  are  for  the  most  part  practically  inaccessible  for 
study.  But  so  extensive  have  been  the  accessions  that  only  a  part 
could  be  disposed  of  in  this  manner,  and  it  became  necessary,  several 
years  ago,  to  resort  to  outside  storage,  which  is  now  provided  for  in 
an  old  wooden  shed  upon  the  Mall  and  in  several  rented  buildings. 
None  of  these  buildings  is  of  fireproof  construction,  though  they  con- 
tain collections  of  great  value  and  in  large  part  not  replaceable.  They 
also  lack  facilities  for  the  classification  and  arrangement  of  the  speci- 
mens, which  are  packed  away  in  shipping  boxes  and,  for  the  time, 
serve  no  purpose  of  any  kind. 

The  collections  made  by  the  Government  surveys,  of  which  the 
Museum  is  the  legal  custodian,  can  continue  to  be  received  and  housed, 
as  additional  storage  buildings  may  be  leased,  if  necessary,  though 
the  further  provision  of  the  law  to  make  them  at  all  times  available 
for  study  and  examination  can  no  longer  be  carried  out.  The  same 
applies  to  specimens  obtained  by  purchase  or  exchange  and  to  such 
donations  as  are  given  without  condition.  The  Museum  is,  in  fact, 
being  resolved  into  a  mere  storehouse  of  material  which  comes  to  it 
mainly  without  solicitation,  and  its  larger  purpose,  while  never  lost 
sight  of,  is  becoming  more  and  more  difficult  to  maintain.  Its  reserve 
or  record  collections  in  every  branch  should  be  so  systematically 
arranged  that  any  specimens  desired  for  study  could  immediately  be 
found;  the  public  exhibition  should  comprise  the  entire  range  of 
Museum  subjects,  and  be  installed  effectively  and  without  crowding, 
and  there  should  be  ample  and  well-appointed  working  quarters,  in 
which  all  the  activities  of  the  establishment  could  be  conveniently 
carried  on. 

With  the  conditions  as  they  now  are,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that 
the  National  Museum  lacks  that  character  of  support  which  has  done 
so  much  for  many  other  museums.  Its  donations  are  generally  small 
and  relatively  unimportant.     The   possessors  of  large  and  valuable 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   OF   ASBI8TANT   SECRETARY.  13 

collections  will  not  present  them  where  they  can  not  be  at  once  dis- 
played or  well  arranged.  Such  inducements  can  now  rarely  be  offered 
here,  but  many  of  the  larger  museums  elsewhere  owe  their  principal 
growth  to  generous  gifts  from  wealthy  patrons  of  science  and  the  arts. 
Specific  mention  could  be  made  of  several  large  collections  which  their 
owners  would  have  preferred  to  place  at  the  national  capital,  but  which 
have  been  given  to  or  deposited  in  other  museums,  because  in  Wash- 
ington they  would  have  to  be  packed  away  for  an  indefinite  period,  at 
great  risk  of  injury  and  destruction. 

The  amount  of  floor  space  occupied  by  the  national  collections  is 
very  much  smaller  than  would  appear  to  the  casual  visitor.  The  two 
main  buildings  contain,  in  fact,  only  195,486  square  feet,  to  which  the 
outside  buildings,  mostly  rented,  add  43,203  square  feet,  making  a 
total  of  238,689  square  feet.  The  latter  are  partly  occupied  by  work- 
shops, but  are  mainly  used  for  the  gross  storage  of  specimens,  and  in 
no  case  for  exhibition  or  for  the  arrangement  in  classified  order  of  the 
reserve  series. 

In  London  the  subjects  represented  by  the  United  States  National 
Museum  are  distributed  among  several  museums,  such  as  the  British 
Museum,  leaving  out  the  Library,  the  Victoria  and  Albert  Museum, 
and  the  Museum  of  Practical  Geology,  which  now  have  an  aggregate  of 
989,388  square  feet  of  floor  space,  soon  to  be  increased  by  400,000  to 
500,000  square  feet  in  the  new  addition  to  the  Victoria  and  Albert 
Museum.  In  Berlin  seven  of  the  national  museums  relating  to  natural 
history  and  the  industrial  arts  possess  some  575,000  square  feet  of  area, 
and  the  new  National  History  Museum  of  Vienna  has  over  350,000  square 
feet  alone.  In  our  own  country,  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
Histor}'  in  New  York  City,  which,  when  completed,  will  cover  a  ground 
area  of  over  5i  acres,  already  has  356,800  square  feet  of  floor  space 
available. 

A  study  of  the  conditions  in  Washington  has  shown  that  to  prop- 
erly arrange  the  national  collections  and  provide  for  the  growth  of 
perhaps  fifteen  or  twenty  years  would  require  additional  floor  space  to 
the  extent  of  something  like  400,000  or  500,000  square  feet.  If  this 
were  obtained  through  the  construction  of  a  new  building  having  that 
amount  of  room,  it  would  still  be  necessary  to  utilize  both  of  the  pres- 
ent buildings,  and  this  seems  the  preferable  course  to  pursjie. 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  OPERATIONS  OF  THE  YEAR. 

APPROPRIATIONS   AND   EXPENDITURES. 

The  total  amount  appropriated  by  Congress  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  National  Museum  during  the  year  ending  June  30,  1901,  was 
$263,540,  that  for  the  previous  year  having  been  $238,540.  The  prin- 
cipal changes  as  compared  with  1900  were  an  increase  of  $10,000  for 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


14 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


preservation  of  collections,  an  increase  of  $9,000  for  repairs  to  build- 
ings, and  a  separate  appropriation  of  $10,000  for  the  purchase  of 
specimens.  The  appropriation  for  furniture  and  fixtures  included 
$2,500  for  furnishing  a  lecture  hall,  and  that  for  heating,  lighting-, 
and  electrical  service  $3,500  for  beginning  the  installation  of  an 
electric-lighting  system. 

The  expenditures  from  the  appropriations  for  1900-1901  amounted 
to  $246,824.67  up  to  the  close  of  the  year,  leaving  a  balance  of 
$16,715.33  to  meet  outstanding  liabilities.  During  the  same  year 
$11,026.06  were  disbursed  from  the  balance  of  $11,400.81  of  the  appro- 
priations for  1899-1900  on  hand  June  30,  1900. 

The  following  tables  show  the  expenditures  during  the  year  1900- 
1901  under  each  item  of  the  appropriations  for  the  past  two  years: 

Appropriations  and  expenditure*  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  .i0y  1901. 


Object. 


Amounts 
appropriated 


Preservation  of  collections 

Furniture  and  fixtures  (including  $2,600  for  furnishing  a 

lecture  room) 

Heating,  lighting,  and  electrical  service,  and  installation  of 

electric-lighting  system 

Books  

Postage 

Building  repairs 

Rent  of  workshops 

Purchase  of  specimens 

Printing  and  binding 

Total 


$180, 000. 00 
17,500.00 


17,500. 

2,000. 

500. 

15,000. 

4,040. 
10,000. 
17,000. 


Amounts 
expended. 


$173, 492. 08 
15,403.77 


611.91 
141.96 
500.00 
115.07 
039.92 
941.44 
578. 52 


Balances 

on  hand 

June  30, 

1901. 

$6,507.92 

2,096.23 

1,888.09 
858.04 


884.93 

.08 

3,058.56 

1,421.48 


263, 540. 00 


246,824.67 


16,715.33 


Disbursements  during  1901  from  tlu  unexpended  balances  of  appropriations  for  tfie  focal 

year  ending  June  SO,  1900. 


Object. 


Balances  Amounts 

June  30,  1900.    expended. 


Balances 

June  30, 

1901. 


Preservation  of  collections . 

Furniture  and  fixtures 

Heating  and  lighting 

Books . 

Building  repairs 

Total 


$9, 133. 82 

$8, 802. 43 

$331.39 

575.24 

563. 39 

11.85 

561.96 

561.94 

.02 

878.72  j 

848.  as 

30.64 

251.07 

250. 22 

.85 

11,400.81 

11,026.06 

374.75 

From  the  appropriations  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1899,  dis- 
bursements were  made  under  the  item  for  the  purchase  of  books  to 
the  amount  of  $17.25,  leaving  a  balance  of  $7.83;  and  under  the  item 
for  the  erection  of  galleries  to  the  amount  of  $205. 12,  leaving  a  balance 
of  67  cents.  Other  balances  remaining  from  the  appropriations  for 
the  same  year,  which  revert  to  the  surplus  fund  of  the  Treasury,  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPOBT   OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  15 

as  follows:  Preservation  of  collections,  $1.53;  furniture  and  fixtures, 
$1.35;  heating  and  lighting,  1  cent;  building  repairs,  91  cents;  rent 
of  workshops,  $110.08. 

Appropriating  for  the  year  ending  June  S0t  1902. 

Preservation  of  collections $180, 000 

Furniture  and  fixtures 20, 000 

Heating,  lighting,  and  electrical  service,  including  $5,000  for  continuing 

the  installation  of  an  electric-lighting  system 23, 000 

Purchase  and  installation  of  new  heating  boilers 12, 500 

Purchase  of  specimens 10, 000 

Books,  pamphlets,  and  periodicals 2, 000 

Postage 500 

Repairs  to  buildings 15, 000 

Construction  of  two  galleries 5, 000 

Rent  of  workshops  and  storage  quarters 4, 400 

Printing  and  binding 17, 000 

Total 289,400 

BUILDING8. 

The  principal  alterations  and  repairs  to  buildings  comprised  the 
fitting  up  of  a  lecture  hall,  the  strengthening  of  the  roof  of  the 
Museum  building,  the  substitution  of  terrazzo  pavement  for  the  last 
of  the  old  wooden  floors  in  the  same  building,  and  the  starting  of  a 
comprehensive  system  of  electric  wiring  for  the  exhibition  halls  and 
offices  of  the  Museum  building. 

The  old  lecture  hall,  first  established  in  the  north  west  range  and  sub- 
sequently occupying  the  west  north  range,  was  a  few  years  ago  liter- 
ally crowded  out  of  existence  through  the  encroachment  of  collections. 
By  the  transfer  of  certain  materials  and  workrooms  to  outside 
buildings  it  has  been  possible  during  the  past  year  to  restore  this 
important  feature,  and  with  the  small  sum  specifically  appropriated  by 
Congress  the  east  north  range,  at  the  left  of  the  main  entrance,  has  been 
adapted  to  the  purpose.  The  walls  and  ceiling  were  tastefully  painted 
in  shades  of  green  and  the  windows  provided  with  shutters  for  dark- 
ening the  room  when  the  stereopticon  is  used.  The  platform,  seats, 
lantern  stage,  and  other  furnishings  are  of  the  simplest  character,  and 
are  also  removable  to  permit  of  installing  collections  for  exhibition  at 
any  time.  The  four  large  Flemish  tapestries  depicting  scenes  in  the 
life  of  Alexander  the  Great,  deposited  in  the  Museum  by  Gen.  P.  H. 
Sheridan  in  1886,  are  now  hung  in  this  room,  and  it  is  proposed  to 
add  other  objects,  requiring  only  wall  space  for  their  installation,  to 
complete  its  decoration. 

A  number  of  years  ago  a  small  electric  plant,  including  a  dynamo 
and  gas  engine,  was  installed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  that  time 
for  lighting  the  storeroom^  workrooms,  voffiees,  and  dark  passages. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


16  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

Proving  inadequate  for  the  growing  needs  of  the  Museum,  it  has 
become  necessary  to  arrange  for  taking  current  from  one  of  the  elec- 
tric companies  and  for  enlarging  and  extending  the  system  of  wiring. 
Under  authority  of  Congress  the  new  installation  has  been  planned  on 
a  scale  ample  for  also  lighting  the  exhibition  halls  in  the  Museum 
building,  thus  providing  the  possibility  for  opening  them  at  night, 
should  the  requisite  means  be  provided.  The  work  was  carried  on 
during  the  last  year  under  an  initial  appropriation  of  $3,500,  since 
supplemented  by  one  of  $5,000,  which  should  insure  its  completion 
before  the  close  of  1902. 

The  roof  of  the  Museum  building,  never  entirely  satisfactory  and 
developing  many  weak  points  during  recent  years,  has  been  repaired 
and  strengthened,  under  the  advice  of  a  competent  engineer,  to  the 
extent  that  its  character  warrants,  and  it  is  hoped  that  it  can  be  made 
to  answer  for  a  few  years  longer. 

Taking  advantage  of  the  necessity  for  replacing  the  steam  boilers 
in  the  Museum  building,  which  are  now  worn  out  beyond  repair,  and 
for  the  renewal  of  which  an  appropriation  of  $12,500  was  made  at  the 
last  session  of  Congress,  plans  were  completed  before  the  end  of  the 
year  for  an  entire  revision  of  the  heating  system.  It  is  proposed  to 
install  in  the  Museum  building  a  batter}'  of  two  boilers  of  sufficient 
power  to  heat  both  buildings,  as  well  as  the  adjacent  Museum  shops,  for 
which  heretofore  additional  boilers  in  the  Smithsonian  building  and 
a  furnace  in  the  stable  building  have  been  required.  By  this  means 
it  is  expected  to  obtain  a  better  service  with  greater  economy  of  fuel 
and  labor. 

ADDITIONS   TO   THE    COLLECTIONS. 

The  additions  to  the  collections  during  the  year,  received  in  1.470 
separate  lots  or  accessions,  amounted  to  178,1)87  specimens,  or  about 
27,000  less  than  the  previous  year.  The  total  number  of  specimens 
in  the  possession  of  the  Museum,  as  indicated  by  the  records,  has 
thereby  been  increased  to  4,994,672,  though  the  actual  number  is 
much  greater,  for  the  reason  that,  while  thousands  of  very  small 
objects  are  often  contained  in  a  single  package,  it  has  been  customary 
to  estimate  the  contents  of  such  packages  at  a  small  nominal  figure. 

The  decrease  in  the  receipts  as  compared  with  1900  was  confined  to  a 
few  divisions.  In  most  divisions  there  was  an  increase,  and  in  some 
the  increase  was  very  marked.  The  scientific  value  of  the  additions 
was,  moreover,  especially  noteworthy. 

The  most  extensive  and  important  accessions  as  a  whole  were 
derived,  as  usual,  from  the  bureaus  of  the  Government  which  arc 
engaged  in  scientific  explorations,  chiefly  the  Geological  Survey,  the 
Fish  Commission,  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  and  the  Bio- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT   8EORETARY.  17 

logical  Survey,  the  Division  of  Entomology  and  the  Division  of  Plants 
of  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  receipts  from  private  estab- 
lishments and  from  individuals,  by  donation  and  exchange,  were  afso 
large  and  of  great  value,  and  through  the  deposit  of  objects  by  their 
owners  many  interesting  features  have  been  added  to  the  exhibition 
series.  Field  investigations  by  members  of  the  Museum  staff,  which 
might  be  made  an  important  means  of  building  up  the  collections  in 
directions  not  otherwise  covered,  have,  from  lack  of  funds,  only  been 
possible  on  a  very  limited  scale.  In  fact,  except  for  the  opportunities 
occasionally  afforded  to  join  with  the  field  parties  from  other  bureaus, 
the  Museum  assistants  could  seldom  engage  in  work  of  this  character. 
During  last  year,  however,  as  elsewhere  explained,  they  participated 
in  several  such  expeditions,  which  were  exceedingly  fruitful  in  results. 

While  the  prominent  museums  throughout  the  world  have  generally 
the  means  of  adding  largely  to  their  collections  by  purchase,  this 
method  of  acquiring  specimens  has  always  been  a  very  minor  resource 
of  the  National  Museum.  For  the  past  year  Congress  has  appro- 
priated $10,000  for  this  purpose,  and  though  this  sum  is  altogether 
too  small  to  be  effective,  the  amounts  previously  available  were  even 
much  less.  Disbursements  are  almost  entirely  limited  to  the  purchase 
of  objects  not  previously  represented,  and  many  important  desiderata 
are  thus  supplied  from  year  to  year,  but  the  requirements  in  this 
regard  can  never  be  at  all  adequately  satisfied  without  a  considerable 
increase  in  the  size  of  the  appropriation. 

Reference  will  be  made  in  this  connection  to  only  a  few  of  the  more 
important  accessions  of  the  year,  the  subject  being  fully  covered  in 
the  reports  of  the  head  curators  and  in  Appendix  II. 

In  the  Department  of  Anthropology  the  total  number  of  specimens 
received  was  31,155,  of  which  26,644  specimens,  or  about  85  per  cent, 
belonged  to  prehistoric  archaeology  and  were  mainly  derived  from  two 
sources.  The  largest  accession,  consisting  of  over  18,000  stone  imple- 
ments from  an  ancient  village  site  in  Columbia  County,  Ga. ,  was  pur- 
chased of  the  collector,  Dr.  Roland  Steiner.  The  second  in  size, 
comprising  over  7,000  similar  implements  and  other  objects  princi- 
pally from  Maryland,  the  generous  gift  of  Mr.  J.  D.  McGuire,  con- 
stitutes the  most  important  collection  ever  made  in  the  Chesapeake 
region  by  a  single  individual.  Two  other  noteworthy  additions  in  the 
same  line  were  collections  of  flint  implements  and  rejectage  of  manu- 
facture, one  secured  by  the  head  curator,  Mr.  W.  H.  Holmes,  during 
an  investigation  of  an  ancient  quarry  site  in  Union  County,  111.,  the 
other,  presented  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Seton-Karr,  of  London,  England, 
illustrating  the  quarrying  and  stone  shaping  arts  of  the  primitive 
Egyptians. 

While  the  number  of  specimens  added  in  the  Division  of  Ethnology 

NAT  mus  1901 2 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


.18  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

was  relatively  much  smaller,  several  of  the  accessions  were  of  unusual 
interest.  Micronesia,  Polynesia,  and  Melanesia  were  represented  by 
a  collection  of  native  implements,  costumes,  etc. ,  made  by  Mr.  C.  H. 
Townsend  and  Dr.  H.  F.  Moore,  naturalists  on  the  U.  S.  Fish  Com- 
mission steamer  Albatross  during  the  extended  cruise  of  that  steamer 
in  1899-1900.  Material  illustrating  the  Pamamary  and  other  Indian 
tribes  of  the  Upper  Purus  River  and  the  Bororo  Indians  of  Matto- 
Grosso,  Brazil,  was  received  as  the  result  of  explorations  by  Prof.  J. 
B.  Steere,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  and  from  the  Rev.  William  A.  Cook, 
the  latter  through  the  favor  of  Dr.  Orville  A.  Derby,  of  Sao  Paulo, 
Brazil.  By  exchange  with  the  Field  Columbian  Museum  the  depart- 
ment came  into  possession  of  a  share  of  the  great  collection  made  by 
Dr.  Emil  Hassler  in  connection  with  his  important  investigations 
among  the  various  tribes  inhabiting  the  region  of  the  Upper  Paraguay 
River  in  South  America  and  exhibited  by  him  at  the  World's  Colum- 
bian Exposition  of  1893.  The  remaining  accessions  in  ethnology  and 
archaeology,  as  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  list,  relate  to  countries 
all  over  the  world  and  to  many  parts  of'  the  United  States.  The 
Division  of  History  has  also  been  greatly  enriched  through  several 
donations. 

In  the  Department  of  Biology  the  additions  numbered  115,767 
specimens,  of  which  78,767  were  zoological  and  37,000  botanical.  The 
Division  of  Insects  shows  the  greatest  increase  in  zoology,  37,000 
specimens,  followed  by  Marine  Invertebrates  with  11,889,  Mollusks 
with  10,500,  Mammals  with  7,976,  and  Birds  with  6,478. 

One  of  the  most  noteworthy  accessions  was  a  large  amount  of  valuable 
material  resulting  from  recent  explorations  in  the  East  Indies  by  Dr. 
W.  L.  Abbott,  including  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  insects,  mollusks, 
and  other  groups  of  marine  invertebrates,  of  which  a  large  proportion 
of  the  species  represented  are  probably  new  to  science.  The  generosity 
shown  by  Dr.  Abbott  in  continuing  to  make  the  National  Museum  the 
depository  for  the  many  treasures  secured  during  his  extended  labors 
in  the  little-known  regions  of  the  Eastern  Tropics  is  exceedingly  grati- 
fying. About  300  mammals,  600  birds,  and  many  birds'  eggs  and 
reptiles  were  the  outcome  of  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns's  work  in  Florida, 
while  the  expedition  to  Venezuela  of  Capt.  Wirt  Robinson,  U.  S. 
Army,  and  Dr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  was  productive  of  a  large  collection 
of  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  insects,  etc.,  including  a  valuable  series 
of  bats.  The  extensive  collection  of  mammals  made  in  Southern 
Europe  by  Mr.  Dane  Coolidge  comprises  what  is  probably  the  best 
series  of  Italian  rodents  now  contained  in  any  museum  in  the  world. 
From  a  collecting  trip  to  Madison  Count}',  New  York,  Mr.  G.  S. 
Miller,  jr.,  brought  back  about  200  mammals. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT   OF   AS8I8TANT   SECRETARY.  19 

Among  the  acquisitions  in  ornithology  were  many  rare  and  valuable 
specimens.  The  most  important  single  accession  was  the  private  col- 
lection of  Mr.  Robert  Ridgway,  containing  about  1,100  North  and 
Central  American  birds,  many  in  the  first  plumage  and  all  exceedingly 
perfect  preparations.  The  most  valuable  additions  to  the  collection 
of  birds"  eggs  were  received  as  gifts  from  Dr.  William  L.  Ralph,  who 
is  in  charge  of  the  section,  but  some  rarities  were  also  contributed  by 
the  Biological  Survey  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  expedition  made  to  the  Amazon  River,  Brazil,  by  Prof.  J.  B. 
Steere,  on  behalf  of  the  Pan- American  Exposition,  furnished  a  large 
series  of  characteristic  reptiles  and  fishes.  Other  noteworthy  additions 
of  reptiles  were  a  collection  from  the  Polynesian  Islands  made  by  the 
Fish  Commission  steamer  Albati'oss,  and  another  from  St.  Kitts,  West 
Indies,  presented  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Alexander,  United  States  weather 
observer.  Among  fishes  the  important  accessions  were  the  types  of 
new  species  and  other  specimens  obtained  about  Porto  Rico  by  the 
Fish  Commission  steamer  Fish  Hawk  in  1899,  the  types  of  Hawaiian 
fishes  collected  by  Dr.  O.  P.  Jenkins,  of  Leland  Stanford  Junior  Uni- 
versity, and  Mr.  T.  D.  Wood,  and  a  series  of  Japanese  fishes  presented 
by  the  same  university. 

Especially  prominent  among  the  additions  to  the  Division  of  Mol- 
lusks  was  a  donation  from  Dr.  W.  Eastlake,  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  compris- 
ing about  500  species  of  Oriental  shells,  which  have  heretofore  been 
poorly  represented  in  the  National  Museum.  Over  200  species  and 
3,000  specimens  were  received  from  the  collecting  trip  made  to  Haiti 
and  Jamaica  by  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson,  jr.,  and  Mr.  C.  T.  Simpson. 
Other  noteworthy  accessions  were  225  species  of  Naiades  from  South 
and  Central  America,  and  a  large  series  of  Australian  shells. 

In  the  Division  of  Insects  the  number  of  accessions  reached  297,  and 
the  important  ones  among  them  are  so  many  that  they  can  scarcely  be 
summarized  in  this  connection.  Of  greatest  value  was  the  collection 
of  European  Lepidoptera  brought  together  by  the  late  Dr.  O.  Hof- 
mann  and  obtained  by  purchase.  It  comprises  15,626  specimens  and 
is  especially  rich  in  the  smaller  moths. 

The  Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates  received  six  important  collec- 
tions from  the  Fish  Commission,  namely:  The  ophiurans  of  the  Alba- 
tross cruise  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  and  the  west  coast  of  Central  and 
South  America  in  1891,  and  described  by  Drs.  Lutken  and  Mortensen; 
the  crustaceans  from  dredgings  and  shore  collecting  on  the  coast  of 
Japan  by  the  steamer  Albatross  and  Dr.  H.  F.  Moore  in  1900;  the 
corals  from  the  South  Sea  expedition  of  the  steamer  Albatross  in 
1899-1900,  and  from  Porto  Rican  waters  collected  by  the  steamer  Fish 
Hawk  in  1899;  a  large  collection  of  crayfishes  from  West  Viginia;  and 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


20  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

the  crustaceans  and  eehinoderms  collected  by  the  Princeton  University 
Arctic  Expedition  of  1899.  Other  accessions  which  may  be  mentioned 
are  the  t}-pes  of  the  Oligochete  worms  collected  by  the  E.  W.  Harri- 
nian  Alaskan  Expedition  of  1899,  a  line  series  of  the  marine  and  fresh- 
water crustaceans  of  Hawaii,  presented  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Henshaw;  and 
the  specimens  of  ocean  bottom  obtained  by  the  U.  S.  S.  Nero  in  its 
surveys  for  cable  routes  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

In  botany  the  most  prominent  accession  was  the  collection  of  10,000 
specimens  of  lichens,  from  various  parts  of  the  world,  which  had 
belonged  to  the  late  Henry  Willey,  of  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts,  a 
well-known  specialist  in  the  group,  and  which  was  purchased  from  his 
estate.  Next  in  importance  by  reason  of  their  size  were  a  collection 
of  5,400  plants  made  in  Oregon  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Seldon  and  transferred 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  1,600  specimens  collected  in 
Alabama,  Georgia,  and  Tennessee  by  Mr.  Charles  L.  Pollard  and  Mr. 
William  R.  Maxon,  of  the  Museum. 

In  the  Department  of  Geology  by  far  the  greater  bulk  of  the  acces- 
sions was  received  from  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  the  more  impor- 
tant contributions  from  this  source  comprising  a  type  series  of  386 
specimens  of  asphalt  and  associated  rocks  from  various  parts  of  the 
United  States;  a  large  number  of  rocks  and  ores  from  the  Ten  Mile 
district,  and  Silverton,  Pikes  Peak,  and  Cripple  Creek  quadrangles  of 
Colorado;  375  specimens  of  Pre-Cambrian  marine  invertebrate  fossils, 
including  material  figured  and  described  by  Dr.  Charles  D.  Walcott; 
2,370  fossils,  mainly  brachiopods,  from  the  Cambrian,  2,425  from  the 
Ordovician  of  southern  Nevada  and  near  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  114 
Silurian  and  1,550  Devonian  fossils  from  the  Helderbergian  and 
Oriskanian  beds  of  Indian  Territory,  and  the  higher  Devonian  of 
Colorado  and  New  Mexico.  Other  noteworthy  additions  were  exten- 
sive and  valuable  collections  of  Cambrian  fossils  made  by  and  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  Walcott  in  Nova  Scotia,  Newfoundland,  Russia, 
Norway,  and  Sweden;  the  private  collection  of  Mr.  F.  A.  Randall,  of 
Warren,  Pennsylvania,  comprising  upward  of  3,600  specimens  of  Upper 
Devonian  and  Lower  Carboniferous  fossil  plants;  a  remarkably  fine 
slab  of  the  floating  crinoid,  Ulntacrlnus  social  Is  ^  the  gift  of  Mr.  Frank 
Springer;  a  skeleton  of  the  gigantic  toothed  bird,  Ilesperornis  regal  is, 
one  of  the  most  complete  in  existence,  and  of  especial  value  as  throw- 
ing new  light  upon  the  structure  of  this  somewhat  anomalous  form;  a 
complete  but  composite  skeleton  of  the  New  Zealand  Emeus  crassm; 
a  fairly  complete  skeleton  of  an  adult  female  mastodon,  unearthed  at 
Church,  Michigan;  an  exceptionally  fine  nugget  of  native  platinum, 
weighing  444  grams,  from  the  Nijni-Tagilsk  district  in  the  Russian 
Urals  and  some  fine  clusters  of  distorted  crystals  of  native  silver,  in 
dendritic  and  fern -like  forms,  from  the  Lake  Superior  district. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


HEPOBT    OF    A9SISTANT   SECRETARY. 


21 


The  statistics  of  accessions  for  the  past  and  previous  years  are  given 
in  the  following  tables: 

At*m/*?r  of  iff teci mens  received  in  1U00-1901,  and  total  numlter  in  the  xereraf  division*  on 

June  SO,  1901. 


Division. 


Anthropology: 

Ethnology 

Historic  Archaeology 

Prehistoric  Archaeology 

Technology 

Graphic  Arte 

Medicine 

Religion* 

History  and  Biography 

Somatology 

Ceramics 

Photography 

Music 

Biology: 

Mammal* 

Bird* 

Birds'  Eggs 

Reptiles  and  Batrachians 

Fishes 

Mollusks 

Insects 

Marine  Invertebrates 

Helminthology 

Comparative  Anatomy 

Plants 

Forestry 

Geology: 

Physical  and  Chemical  (ieology. 

Mineralogy 

Invertebrate  Paleontology 

Vertebrate  Paleontology 

Pal  eobotan  y 

Total 


Received  in 
1900-1901. 


2.887 

9M 

26,644 

195 


3 
1,181 

44 

3 
16 

7,976 
6,478 

1,7ft! 

2,000 
10,500 
37,000 
11.N89 

"138 

135 

37.000 


2,637  i 

116  j 

28.577  | 

160  i 

575  I 


178, 98: 


'I 


Total. 


459, 182 
2,087 

334,601 
30,979 
7,390 
6,800 
2,370 
39,267 
2,393 
4.171 
1.7H4 
1.441 

39,806 
126,431 

63,667 

41,988 
154,501 
759, 390 
1,370,370 
517,231 
"5,091 

15,768 

473. 462 

749 

83,330 
35,266 

415, 153 


4,994,672 


«  Number  of  catalogue  entries. 


Not*.— It  is  obviously  impossible  to  make  an  actual  count  of  the  specimens  in  many  of  the  col- 
lections, notably  thc#*e  of  the  lower  invertebrates,  where  single  bottles  often  contain  hundreds  of 
specimens. 

The  number  of  entries  made  in  the  catalogues  of  the  several  divisions 
was  53,573.  In  Appendix  II  will  be  found  a  complete  list  of  the 
accessions  of  the  3rear. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


22  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

Accession*  received  annually  since  1#$0. 


Year. 

Accession 

numbers  (in 

elusive). 

Number  of 

accessions 

during  the 

year. 

1881 

9890-11000 
11001-12500 
12501-13900 
13901-15550 
15551-16208 
16209-17704 
17705-19X50 
19351-20831 
20832-22178 
•22179-23340 
23341-24527 
24528-25884 
2588i>-27150 
27151-28311 
28312-29634 
29535-30833 
30834-32300 
32301-33741 
33742-35238 
35239-36705 
36706-38175 

1,111 

1882 .' 

1,500 

1883 

1,400 

1884 

1,650 

1885  (January  to  June) r 

658 

1886 

1,496 

1887 

1,646 

1888 

1,481 

1889 

1,347 

1890 

1,162 

1891 

1,187 

1892 

1,357 

1893 

1,266 

1894 

1,161 

1895 

1,223 
1,299 

1896 

1897 

1,467 

1898 

1,441 
1,497 

1899 

1900 

1,467 

1901 

1,470 

EXPLORATIONS. 

' 

The  limited  appropriations  given  the  Museum  have  never  permitted 
more  than  a  very  small  amount  of  field  work  by  the  members  of  its 
staff,  and  their  efforts  in  this  respect  have  necessarily  been  restricted 
to  expeditions  undertaken  with  the  object  of  securing  additions  to  the 
collections  or  of  further  elucidating  the  materials  already  in  its  posses- 
sion. Most  of  these  explorations  have  in  fact  only  been  rendered 
possible  through  cooperation  with  other  scientific  bureaus  of  the  Gov- 
ernment or  with  private  establishments  and  individuals.  The  extent  of 
the  field  work  during  the  past  year  was,  however,  above  the  average, 
and  its  results  were  of  exceeding  value. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Holmes,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology,  and  in  company  with  Dr.  W.  A.  Phillips,  of  the  Field 
Columbian  Museum,  made  a  detailed  examination  of  the  extensive  and 
important  flint  quarries  in  the  vicinity  of  Mill  Creek,  Union  County, 
Illinois,  where  prehistoric  implements  occur  in  great  abundance.  In 
June,  1901,  ethnological  investigations  were  begun  in  the  pueblo  coun- 
try by  Dr.  Walter  Hough,  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Peter  G.  Gates, 
of  Pasadena,  California,  and  chiefly  at  the  latter\s  expense.  The 
work  was  to  be  continued  during  the  entire  summer.  In  preparation 
primarily  for  the  anthropological  exhibit  at  the  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition, partly  at  the  expense  of  the  Exposition  and  partly  at  that  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   OF  ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  23 

the  Museum,  collecting  trips  were  made  to  Sonora,  Mexico,  by  Mr. 
W  J  McGee,  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology;  to  the  Philippine  Islands 
by  Col.  F.  F.  Hilder,  of  the  same  Bureau;  to  the  Indian  tribes  on  the 
Upper  Purus  River,  Brazil,  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere,  of  Ann  Arbor, 
Michigan;  to  the  Bororo  Indians,  a  Tupian  tribe  dwelling  near  the  head- 
waters of  the  Paraguay  River,  Brazil,  by  the  Rev.  William  A.  Cook, 
and  to  British  Columbia  and  Alaska  by  Lieut.  G.  T.  Emmons,  U.  S. 
Navy.  Dr.  Roland  Steiner,  of  Georgia,  continued  his  investigations 
of  the  quarries,  workshops,  and  village  sites  of  his  own  neighbor- 
hood, near  and  at  the  mouth  of  Shoulderbone  Creek  and  on  Little 
Kiokee  River,  and  the  large  collection  made  there  during  the  year  is 
now  deposited  in  the  Museum. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commissioner,  Mr.  W.  H. 
Ashmead  was  detailed  in  the  spring  of  1901  to  accompany  an  expedi- 
tion to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  where  at  the  close  of  the  year  he  was 
engaged  in  making  extensive  entomological  collections.  Dr.  J.  E. 
Benedict  was  also  permitted  to  join  the  Fish  Commission  steamer  Fkh 
Hawk  during  an  exploration  of  the  fishing  banks  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  opposite  Anclote  River,  Florida,  for  the  purpose  of  making 
preparations  of  marine  invertebrates. 

During  November  and  December,  1900,  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson,  jr., 
of  Washington,  to  whom  the  Museum  is  indebted  for  many  previous 
favors,  made  in  the  interest  of  the  Division  of  Mollusks  and  entirely 
at  his  own  expense  an  important  collecting  trip  to  the  islands  of  Haiti 
and  Jamaica,  lasting  about  six  weeks.  He  was  accompanied  by  Mr. 
C.  T.  Simpson.  During  the  summer  of  1900  Mr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr., 
participated  with  Capt.  Wirt  Robinson,  U.  S.  Army,  in  an  expedition 
to  Venezuela,  with  the  principal  object  of  securing  specimens  of  the 
mammals  and  birds  of  that  region,  though  attention  was  also  given  to 
other  groups  of  animals.  For  collecting  mammals,  Mr.  Dane  Coolidge, 
by  special  arrangement,  visited  Italy,  Sicily,  and  southern  France, 
and  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr.,  spent  some  time  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Peterboro,  New  York.  Fishes  were  collected  at  Key  West,  Florida, 
by  Mr.  Barton  A.  Bean  and  Mr.  William  H.  King.  The  expedition  to 
Cuba  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition,  begun  by  Messrs.  Palmer  and 
Riley  in  1900  and  referred  to  in  the  last  report,  was  completed  early 
in  the  year. 

The  only  important  botanical  field  work  was  conducted  in  the  States 
of  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Tennessee  by  Mr.  C.  L.  Pollard  and  Mr. 
W.  R.  Maxon. 

Under  the  Department  of  Geology,  Mr.  Frederic  A.  Lucas  and  Mr. 
Alban  Stewart  visited  several  localities  where  mastodon  bones  had 
been  reported,  with  the  object  of  securing  a  skeleton  for  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition.  A  single  fairly  preserved  one  was  obtained  in 
a  locality  in  southern  Michigan.     Mr.  Charles  Schuchert  spent  consid- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


24 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


erable  time  in  collecting  fossils  in  Canada,  in  the  vicinity  of  Buffalo, 
New  York,  in  Maryland,  and  in  eastern  Pennsylvania,  his  inquiries 
being  specially  directed  toward  fixing  more  definitely  the  line  separating 
the  Silurian  and  Devonian  systems  in  America.  Examinations  of  the 
Cambrian  f ossilif erous  deposits  of  Newfoundland,  Nova  Scotia,  Russia, 
and  Sweden  were  conducted  in  the  interest  of  the  Museum  by  Dr. 
Charles  D.  Walcott,  Director  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  and 
under  his  direction  by  Mr.  S.  Ward  Loper  and  Mr.  M.  Schmalensee. 
Collecting  outfits  have  been  furnished  to  the  following  persons  who 
have  offered  to  collect  material  for  the  Museum:  Commander  Frederic 
Singer,  U.  S.  Navy,  light-house  inspector,  Key  West,  Florida;  Dr.  S. 
P.  Craver,  Montevideo,  Uruguay;  Mr.  R.  T.  Young,  Boulder,  Colo- 
rado; Mr.  Selwyn  Branch,  Roseau,  Dominica,  British  West  Indies;  Dr. 
E.  A.  Mearns,  U.  S.  Army,  Newport,  Rhode  Island;  Mr.  Leon  J. 
Guthrie,  United  States  weather  observer,  Willemstad,  Curasao;  Prof. 
J.  B.  Steere,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan;  Mr.  Percy  W.  Shufeldt,  Wash- 
ington, District  of  Columbia;  Mr.  Frank  E.  Read,  Newport  News, 
Virginia;  Mr.  Howard  W.  North,  Culver,  Indiana;  the  Baldwin-Ziegler 
Polar  Expedition;  Mr.  C.  B.  Adams,  Macon,  Georgia;  Mr.  William  C. 
Peterson,  Canaveral,  Florida;  Mr.  M.  L.  Robb,  Manila,  Philippine 
Islands. 

DISTRIBUTION   AND  EXCHANGE  OF  SPECIMENS. 

Ten  thousand  and  sixty-five  specimens  have  been  sent  out  as  gifts  to 
educational  establishments  and  in  the  conduct  of  exchanges,  and  9,683 
specimens  have  been  lent  for  study.  The  gifts,  which  have  been  com- 
paratively few,  as  little  material  has  been  available  for  the  purpose 
during  the  year,  consisted  mainly  of  marine  invertebrates  and  casts 
of  prehistoric  implements.  A  new  series  of  marine  invertebrates  and 
a  series  illustrating  rock  weathering  and  soil  formation  are  in  course 
of  preparation. 

Appendix  III  contains  a  detailed  statement  of  all  the  distributions. 
The  number  of  lots  sent  to  each  State  and  foreign  country  are 
enumerated  in  the  list  below: 


State  or  country. 

No. 

State  or  country. 

|   No. 

Alabama 

1 
1 

12 
4 

11 
3 

28 
1 
1 
1 
5 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky  . 

Louisiana  . 
■  Maine 

Maryland  . 

Massachusc 

Michigan.. 

Minnesota. 

Missouri... 
,  Nebraska.. 

! 

o 

Arkansas  . . . 
California . . 
Colorado  . . . 
Connecticut 
Delaware . . . 

* * 

jhimbla 

•    2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

District  of  C< 

tts 

39 

Georgia 

Idaho  

Illinois 

Indiana 

2 

3 

7 

1 

Digitized  by 


Googk 


RKPORT  OF   ASSISTANT  8ECRETARY. 


25 


State  or  country. 


New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico 

New  York 

North  Carolina 

Ohio 

Pennsylvania 

Rhode  Island 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Washington 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 

Foreign  countries: 

Austria 

Belgium 


State  or  country. 


Foreign  countries— Continued. 

Canada 

Denmark 

England 

France  

Germany 

Holland « 

India 

Ireland 

Jamaica 

Mexico 

New  Zealand 

Norway 

Spain 

Sweden  

Switzerland 

Uruguay 


No. 


Among  the  more  important  exchange  returns  from  foreign  estab- 
lishments were  the  following:  Ethnological  objects  from  the  Musee* 
de  St.  Germain,  Seine-et-Oise,  France;  specimens  of  Paeudothdjyhnm 
fosmr^  from  the  Zoologisches  Institute,  Kiel,  Germany;  fossil  plants 
from  the  Museum  Senckenbergianum,  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  Ger- 
many; ethnological  objects  from  British  New  Guinea  and  East  Africa, 
from  the  Royal  Zoological  and  AnthropologicalrEthnographical 
Museum,  Dresden,  Germany;  Diptera  from  the  Museum  fur  Natur- 
kunde,  Berlin,  Germany;  fossil  corals  from  the  Royal  Geological 
Museum,  Leiden,  Holland;  bats  from  the  Zoological  Museum,  Turin, 
Italy;  birds'  skins  from  the  Zoological  Museum,  University  of  Upsala, 
Sweden;  mammals  from  the  Musee*  Zoologique  de  TAcademie  Impe- 
riale  des  Sciences,  St.  Petersburg,  Russia;  plants  from  the  Royal 
Botanical  Gardens,  Sibpur,  India;  plants  from  the  Botanic  Gardens, 
Sydney,  New  South  Wales;  marine,  fresh- water,  and  land  shells  from 
the  Australian  Museum,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales;  bats  from  the 
National  Museum,  Montevideo,  Uruguay;  rocks  from  the  Instituto- 
Geologico,  Mexico,  Mexico;  plants  from  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

The  following  material  was  obtained  through  exchange  with  indi- 
viduals abroad:  Fronds  of  cultivated  varieties  of  ferns  from  Mr.  C.  T. 
Druery,  London,  England;  specimens  of  Hemiptera  from  Mr.  W. 
Kirkaldy,  Wimbledon,  England;  a  set  of  Maundy  money,  A.  D.  1900, 
the  last  issued  by  Queen  Victoria,  from  Mr.  Edward  Lovett,  Croj^don, 
England;  foraminifera  from  the  West  Indies  and  Ireland  from  Mr. 
B.  W.  Priest,  Bank  House,  Keepham,  Norfolk,  England;  specimens 
of  exotic  Matillid®  and  Formicidae  from  Mr.  Ernest  Andrtf,  Gray 
(Haute  Sadne),  France;  European  ferns  from  Mr.  Edward  Rosenstock, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


26  REPORT   OP   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

Gotha,  Germany;  caboniferous  brachiopods  from  Dr.  E.  Schellwien, 
Kflnigsberg,  Prussia;  complete  costume  of  a  Tyrolean  peasant  and 
other  articles  from  Mr.  Carl  Wohlgemuth,  Bozen,  Tyrol,  Austria; 
fragment  of  meteorite  from  Dr.  F.  Berwerth,  Vienna,  Austria;  exotic 
coleoptera  from  Mr.  G.  van  Roon,  Rotterdam,  Holland;  mammal  skins 
and  skulls  from  Mr.  Paul  Narbel,  Cour,  Lausanne,  Switzerland;  speci- 
mens of  Carabus  mutteri  from  Dr.  I.  Comabella,  Barcelona,  Spain; 
minerals  from  Prof.  W.  C.  Brogger,  Christiania,  Norway;  plants  from 
Mr.  C.  Conzatti,  Oaxaca,  Mexico;  birds'  skins  from  Mr.  Eugene  Cou- 
beaux,  Saskatchewan,  Northwest  Territory,  Canada. 

RESEARCHES. 

Research  work  by  members  of  the  Museum  staff  is  necessarily  sub- 
ordinated to  the  care  of  the  collections  and  the  development  of  its  edu- 
cational features  as  exemplified  in  the  exhibition  halls,  leaving  them 
comparatively  little  time  for  original  investigations.  Notwithstanding 
this  fact,  however,  they  have  contributed  extensively  each  year  toward 
the  advancement  of  science,  as  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  Pro- 
ceedings, Bulletins,  and  Annual  Reports  of  the  Museum,  in  which  their 
productions  are  mainly  published.  The  services  of  scientific  men  not 
connected  with  the  Museum  have  also  been  availed  of  in  working  up 
and  reporting  upon  special  groups  of  objects,  but  as  such  assistance  can 
rarely  be  paid  for,  the  results  accomplished  through  this  means  h&ve 
been  relatively  inconsiderable.  There  is  frequent  demand  for  the  use 
of  specimens  in  conducting  researches  at  the  various  scientific  estab- 
lishments throughout  the  country,  and  such  requests  are  always  com- 
plied with  so  far  as  possible.  It  is  insisted,  however,  that  the  exam- 
inations be  made  in  Washington  when  practicable,  and  type  specimens 
or  choice  objects  are  only  allowed  to  be  taken  from  the  city  in  excep- 
tional cases  and  when  their  safety  can  be  absolutely  assured.  In  its 
present  crowded  condition  the  Museum  has  very  scanty  accommoda- 
tions for  visiting  students  who  desire  to  work  upon  its  collections, 
though  a  year  never  passes  without  a  number  being  given  such  facili- 
ties as  exist,  and  the  addition  of  commodious  laboratories  would  serve 
an  important  purpose  in  the  advancement  of  research  as  well  as  of 
scientific  education  in  general. 

In  the  Department  of  Anthropology  the  head  curator,  Mr.  Holmes, 
has  completed  a  report  based  on  his  own  ethnological  and  archaeolog- 
ical observations  in  the  far  West  during  several  years  past;  he  has  also 
nearly  finished  the  manuscript  and  illustrations  for  a  large  work  on 
the  ancient  pottery  of  the  United  States,  begun  some  time  ago,  and  has 
commenced  an  exhaustive  report  on  the  industries  of  mining  and 
quarrying  among  the  native  tribes.  The  Curator  of  Ethnology,  Prof. 
O.  T.  Mason,  has  continued  his  Investigations  on  the  basketry  tech- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT  SECRETARY.  27 

nique  of  the  American  Indians,  publishing  one  short  paper  on  the  sub- 
ject. He  has  also  completed  a  study  on  American  aboriginal  harpoons, 
and  has  given  much  time  to  the  ethnology  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
in  this  connection  having  arranged  and  labeled,  primarily  for  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition,  the  large  Philippine  collection  brought  back  by 
the  late  Col.  F.  F.  Hilder.  The  range  of  studies  conducted  by  the 
Curator  of  Prehistoric  Archaeology,  Dr.  Thomas  Wilson,  may  be  indi- 
cated by  the  papers  published  or  presented  by  him  during  the  year, 
which  were  as  follows:  "  Prehistoric  archeology  in  America,"  "  A 
classification  of  arrow  points,  spearheads  and  knives  of  prehistoric 
times,"  "  Jade  in  America,"  " Criminology,"  and  "Prehistoric  tre- 
panation." Dr.  Wilson  has  also  madq  an  extensive  examination  of 
prehistoric  tools  and  implements  in  furtherance  of  the  inquiry  as  to 
whether  prehistoric  man  was  ambidextrous  or  not. 

In  Biology  the  number  of  investigations  under  way  was  especially 
large.  The  first  volume  of  Mr.  Robert  Ridgway's  exhaustive  work  on 
the  birds  of  North  and  Central  America,  mentioned  in  the  last  report, 
was  put  in  type,  and  the  manuscript  of  the  second  volume  was  nearly 
completed.  Some  new  genera  and  species  of  tanagers  and  orioles 
were  also  described  by  Mr.  Ridgway.  The  preparation  of  a  card  cat- 
alogue of  the  genera  and  species  of  recent  and  fossil  birds  was  contin- 
ued, and  three  papers  on  the  nomenclature  of  birds  were  published  by 
Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond.  The  work  of  completing  Bendire's  Life 
Histories  of  North. American  Birds,  of  which  two  parts  were  issued 
a  few  years  ago  as  Special  Bulletins  No.  1  and  3,  has  been  taken  up 
by  Dr.  W.  L.  Ralph,  Honorary  Curator  of  the  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs. 
The  researches  on  mammals  by  Mr.  G.  S.  Miller,  jr.,  have  resulted  in 
twenty  published  papers,  mainly  descriptive  of  new  species  in  the 
East  Indian  collection  of  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott,  and  of  new  European, 
African,  and  South  American  forms.  Among  them,  however,  were  a 
revision  of  the  red-back  mice  of  Europe,  and  a  key  to  the  land  mam- 
mals of  eastern  North  America.  Mr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  completed  a 
study  of  the  osteology  of  the  Jerboas  and  jumping  mice.  The  investi- 
gations of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger  related  mainly  to  the  reptiles  of  Japan, 
Porto  Rico,  and  Cuba,  on  which  he  has  papers  in  course  of  prepara- 
tion, the  illustrations  being  already  made.  Dr.  Stejneger  also  reported 
on  the  reptiles  collected  in  Venezuela  by  Messrs.  Robinson  and  Lyon, 
and  published  two  papers  on  the  group  of  birds  known  as  Wheatears. 
Flightless  birds  and  the  osteology  of  the  tile  fish  and  its  allies  were 
among  the  subjects  investigated  by  Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas. 

The  publications  of  Mr.  William  H.  Dall  comprised  synopses  of  the 
molluscan  families  Telliriidte,  Cardiidse,  and  Lucinacea,  eleven  shorter 
papers  on  mollusks,  and  a  report,  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Charles  T. 
Simpson,  on  the  mollusks  collected  in  Porto  Rican  waters  by  the  Fish 
Commission  steamer  Fish  Hawk  in  1899.     Mr.  Simpson  continued  his 


Digitized  by 


Google 


28  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

studies  on  the  Naiades,  which  he  is  engaged  in  monographing,  and 
completed  three  short  papers  on  these  fresh-water  mussels.  The 
Pacific  Pyramidellidse  were  the  principal  subject  of  the  investigations 
of  Mr.  Paul  Bartsch. 

Besides  his  studies  on  the  crustacean  family  Galatheidae,  begun  some 
time  ago,  Dr.  James  E.  Benedict  reported  on  the  Anomouran  crusta- 
ceans of  the  Fish  Commission  expedition  of  1899  to  Porto  Rico  and 
published  papers  descriptive  of  four  new  species  of  the  symmetrical 
Paguridse,  and  of  the  hermit  crab  Pagurus  bemhardus  and  its  allies. 
The  work  completed  by  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun  included  a  synopsis  of 
the  Grapsoid  crabs  of  North  America,  a  report  on  the  Decapod  and 
Stomatopod  crustaceans  collected  by  the  Branner-Agassiz  expedition 
to  Brazil,  keys  to  the  various  groups  of  North  American  crabs,  a 
report  on  the  Brachyuran  and  Macruran  crustaceans  collected  by 
the  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University  expedition  of  1898-99  to  the 
Galapagos  Islands,  and  a  report  on  the  crustaceans  of  the  same 
groups  collected  in  Porto  Rican  waters  by  the  Fish  Commission  expe- 
dition of  1899.  In  reporting  upon  the  Decapod  crustaceans  obtained 
by  the  Harriman  Alaskan  expedition  of  1899,  Miss  Rathbun  has 
undertaken  to  prepare  a  complete  review  of  the  Decapods  of  the  west 
coast  of  North  America  based  upon  all  the  material  from  that  region 
now  in  the  Museum.  Miss  Harriet  Richardson,  collaborator  in-  the 
Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates,  has  reported  on  the  Isopod  crusta- 
ceans of  the  Stanford  University  and  the  Branner-Agassiz  expeditions 
above  mentioned,  and  has  published  a  key  to  the  Isopods  of  the  east 
coast  of  North  America. 

Of  the  insects  collected  on  the  Harriman  Alaskan  expedition  of  1899, 
many  of  the  groups  were  worked  up  by  assistants  in  the  Division  of 
Insects  of  the  Museum,  as  follows:  The  Dipteraby  Mr.  Coquillett,  the 
Coleoptera  and  Psyllidae  by  Mr.  Schwarz,  the  Hymenoptera  by  Mr. 
Ashmead,  the  Lepidoptera  by  Dr.  Dyar  (with  the  assistance  of  several 
specialists),  the  Arachnida  and  Neuroptera  by  Mr.  Banks,  the  Myria- 
poda  by  Professor  Cook,  and  the  Odonata  by  Mr.  Currie.  Of  material 
collected  at  the  Galapagos  Islands  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Snodgrass,  Mr.  Banks 
has  reported  upon  the  Arachnida,  Mr.  Ashmead  upon  the  Hymenop- 
tera, Mr.  Coquillett  upon  the  Diptera,  Dr.  Dyar  upon  the  Lepidoptera, 
Mr.  Currie  upon  the  Odonata,  and  Mr.  Heidemann,  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  upon  the  Hemiptera.  Besides  the  above,  Mr. 
Ashmead  has  conducted  studies  upon  the  Ichneumonoidea  and  Bombidae 
in  the  general  collection,  has  completed  a  report  upon  the  Hymenoptera 
Parasitica  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  has  continued  his  researches 
upon  exotic  material  from  Africa,  Siam,  Japan,  Australia,  and  New 
Zealand.  Mr.  Currie  has  continued  work  upon  the  Myrmeleonidse, 
and  is  preparing  a  synonymical  card  catalogue  of  the  North  American 
Neuropteroid  insects.    Much  progress  has  also  been  ioade  on  catalogues 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT  OF   A88I8TANT   SECRETARY.  29 

of  Lepidoptera  by  Dr.  Dyar,  and  of  Hymenoptera  by  Mr.  Ashmead. 
Mr.  Caudell  has  published  a  synopsis  of  the  hemipterous  genus  Sinea 
and  has  identified  considerable  material  in  the  group  Orthoptera.  The 
total  number  of  papers  by  members  of  the  staff  of  the  Division  of 
Insects  issued  during  the  year  amounted  to  78. 

The  publications  from  the  Division  of  Plants  included  five  papers  by 
Mr.  F.  V.  Coville,  a  monograph  of  the  North  American  Umbelliferro 
by  Mr.  J.  N.  Rose,  in  conjunction  with  Prof.  John  Coulter,  a  descrip- 
tion of  a  new  Hdianthus  and  a  series  of  popular  articles  on  the  fami- 
lies of  flowering  plants  by  Mr.  C.  L.  Pollard,  and  a  list  of  the  ferns  of 
North  America  and  eight  other  papers  relating  to  them  by  Mr.  William 
R.  Maxon.  Investigations  in  progress  in  the  same  division  comprised 
researches  on  the  flora  of  Mexico  by  Mr.  Rose,  who  has  in  preparation 
an" extensive  work  on  that  subject;  studies  of  the  violets  by  Mr.  Pol- 
lard, and  studies  of  the  ferns  and  their  allies  by  Mr.  Maxon. 

Under  arrangements  with  specialists  connected  with  other  establish-' 
ments,  the  collections  in  several  zoological  groups  were  being  worked 
up  for  the  National  Museum,  as  follows:  The  sertularian  and  cam- 
panularian  hydroids  by  Prof.  C.  C.  Nutting,  of  Iowa  University, 
whose  monograph  on  the  Plumularidre  was  recently  issued  as  a  special 
bulletin;  the  holothurians  by  Prof.  Charles  L.  Edwards,  of  Trinity 
College,  Hartford,  Conn.,  and  Prof.  Hubert  Lyman  Clark,  of  Olivet 
College,  Michigan,  the  former  having  the  Pedata,  the  latter  the 
Apoda;  the  parasitic  copepod  crustaceans  by  Prof.  Charles  B.  Wilson, 
of  the  State  Normal  School,  Westfield,  Mass. ;  the  recent  corals  by 
Mr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  and  the 
crayfishes  by  Prof.  W.  P.  Hay,  of  Howard  University,  Washing- 
ton, District  of  Columbia. 

In  the  Department  of  Geology  the  head  curator,  Dr.  Merrill,  inves- 
tigated a  series  of  nepheline-melilite  rocks  collected  by  Prof.  C.  H. 
Hitchcock  in  Oahu,  Hawaii,  and  completed  a  study  of  the  stony 
meteorite  which  fell  in  Felix,  Alabama,  in  1900.  His  publications 
include  a  paper  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  H.  N.  Stokes  on  a  stony 
meteorite  which  fell  at  Allegan,  Michigan,  in  1899,  and  a  meteorite  from 
Mart,  Texas,  and  a  "Guide  to  the  study  of  the  collections  in  the  section 
of  applied  geology  of  the  National  Museum,"  printed  in  the  Appendix 
to  the  Annual  Report  for  1899.  Mr.  Tassin's  researches  related  to  the 
analysis  of  a  damourite  from  California  and  the  dehydration  of  the 
metallic  hydrates,  with  special  reference  to  the  hydration  of  ferric  and 
ferrous  sulphates  and  the  dehydration  of  the  resultant  hydrates  and 
basic  salts.  He  also  completed  a  handbook  on  the  gem  collection  of 
the  Museum.  Mr.  Schuchert  has  continued  his  preparation  of  a  mon- 
ograph on  the  American  fossil  starfishes  and  his  studies  relative  to  the 
zones  separating  the  Upper  Silurian  and  Lower  Devonian  faunas  in 
America,  and  he  also  published  a  paper  on  the  Helderbergian  fossils 


Digitized  by 


Google 


30  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

occurring  near  Montreal,  Canada.  Mr.  Lucas  has  begun  upon  the 
text  for  the  volume  on  Stegosaurs  projected  by  the  late  Prof.  O.  C. 
Marsh,  and  has  given  some  attention  to  the  study  of  the  mastodons  of 
North  America.  The  following  papers  by  him  have  also  been  pub- 
lished :  "  The  lachrymal  bone  in  Pinnipeds; "  ' '  The  characters  and  rela- 
tions of  Gallinuloides,  a  fossil  gallinaceous  bird  from  the  Green  River 
Shales  of  Wyoming;"  "  Description  of  the  skull  of  Leptdostet/s  atroa*;" 
"A  new  rhinoceros,  Trigonias  osborni,  from  the  Miocene  of  South 
Dakota;"  uThe  pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon,  Baxilmaurw  cetoides 
(Owen);"  "A  new  fossil  cyprinoid,  Leuciscu*  tum\eri,  from  the  Miocene 
of  Nevada,"  and  "A  new  dinosaur,  Stegonaurus  inaruhl,  from  the 
Lower  Cretaceous  of  South  Dakota." 

The  collections  in  the  Museum  are  constantly  referred  to  by  the 
scientific  assistants  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  United 
States  Fish  Commission,  and  the  Geological  Survey.  Among  persons 
"otherwise  connected  who  have  visited  the  Museum  during  the  past  year 
for  the  purpose  of  study  the  following  may  be  mentioned:  Mr.  Ernest 
Thompson  Seton,  the  well-known  artist  and  writer  on  natural  history 
subjects,  spent  some  time  in  an  examination  of  the  specimens  of  Ameri- 
can deer,  in  connection  with  a  contemplated  work  on  the  large  game 
of  the  country.  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns,  U.  S.  Army,  continued  for  a  short 
period  his  work  on  the  zoology  of  the  Mexican  boundary  survey, 
studying  the  American  cats,  and  also  giving  some  attention  to  the 
pocket  and  white-footedlnice.  Mr.  Outram  Bangs,  of  Boston,  brought 
a  large  series  of  birds  from  Panama,  and  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chapman,  of 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  some  Peruvian  birds,  for 
identification  with  the  aid  of  Museum  specimens.  The  committee  on 
nomenclature  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  made  use,  as 
heretofore,  of  the  excellent  facilities  afforded  by  the  Division  of  Birds 
in  determining  the  status  of  various  newly  described  species  and  sub- 
species of  birds. 

The  collections  of  the  Division  of  Mollusks  were  consulted  by  Prof. 
L.  C.  Glenn  and  Mr.  A.  P.  Martin,  of  the  Maryland  geological  sur- 
vey, in  connection  with  their  work  on  the  Maryland  Tertiary  forma- 
tions, and  by  Mr.  F.  N.  Balch,  of  Boston,  for  the  identification  of  cer- 
tain arctic  shells.  In  the  Division  of  Insects,  investigations  were  con- 
ducted by  Dr.  A.  Fenyes,  Prof.  W.  L.  Tower,  of  Harvard  University, 
Miss  M.  M.  Enteman,  of  Chicago  University,  Prof.  J.  B.  Smith,  of 
Rutgers  College,  Mr.  J.  A.  G.  Rehn,  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  and  Sir  Gilbert  Carter,  of  Nassau,  Bahamas. 

Among  those  who  made  use  of  the  botanical  collections  were  Prof. 
E.  L.  Greene,  of  the  Catholic  University,  and  Mr.  E.  L.  Morris,  of 
the  Western  High  School,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia;  Mr. 
Stewardson  Brown  and  Mr.  Joseph  Crawford,  of  the  Philadelphia 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences;  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton,  of  the  New  York 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPOBT   OF   AS8ISTANT   SECRETARY.  31 

Botanical  Garden;  Prof.  E.  S.   Burgess,  of  the  New  York  Normal 
College,  and  Dr.  R.  H.  True,  of  Harvard  University. 

In  his  work  upon  the  fossil  Titanotheres  for  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  Prof.  Henry  F.  Osborn,  of  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  has  utilized  the  extensive  series  of  remains  of  this 
reptilian  group  contained  in  the  Marsh  collection  recently  transferred 
to  the  Museum  by  the  Geological  Survey. 

In  the  Department  of  Anthropology  investigations  were  carried  on 
by  Hon.  A.  D.  Tompkins,  of  the  Industrial  Commission,  relative  to 
the  African  races,  in  connection  with  studies  upon  the  negro  population 
of  the  Southern  States,  and  by  Miss  Woolson,  of  Columbia  University, 
New  York,  regarding  primitive  weaving. 

The  number  of  loans  made  to  specialists  to  aid  them  in  researches 
was  quite  large.  In  the  field  of  anthropology  much  material  relating 
to  primitive  games  was  sent  to  Mr.  Stewart  Culin,  director  of  the 
Museum  of  Science  and  Art  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  various 
articles  bearing  upon  Asiatic  contact  with  the  west  coast  of  America 
were  supplied  to  Dr.  Franz  Boas,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  New  York ;  and  a  series  of  spindle  whorls  was  lent  to  Mrs. 
H.  Newell  Wardle,  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia. 
Among  smaller  sendings  were  a  Cufic  tombstone  to  Mrs.  Alexander 
McD.  Lee,  of  Frederick,  Maryland,  and  a  relief  map  of  Palestine  in 
New  Testament  times  to  Mr.  F.  Burgi,  of  Rochester,  New  York. 

The  principal  loans  of  zoological  material  were  as  follows:  Twenty- 
eight  specimens  of  Hutia  rats  (Capromyn)  to  Mr.  F.  M.  Chapman,  of 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  35  bats  to  Mr.  James  A.  G. 
Rehn,  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences;  185  skins 
of  chicadees,  nuthatches,  and  creepers  to  Mr.  Francis  J.  Birtwell,  of 
Albuquerque,  New  Mexico;  28  skins  of  Aegialites  to  Dr.  Jonathan 
Dwight,  jr.,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  t>8  skins  of 
Macrochamphus  to  Mr.  Reginald  H.  Howe,  of  Brookline,  Massachusetts; 
several  specimens  of  the  Chimaera,  Hariotta  raleighana,  to  Mr.  Samuel 
Garman,  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology;  the  entire  collec-* 
tion  of  New  England  Amphipod  crustaceans  to  Prof.  S.  J.  Holmes,  of 
the  University  of  Chicago,  for  use  in  preparing  a  report  for  the  U.  S. 
Fish  Commission;  specimens  of  Nemerteans  from  the  Pacific  coast 
to  Dr.  Wesley  R.  Coe,  of  Yale  University;  samples  of  foraminifera 
to  Prof.  B.  W.  Priest,  of  Keepham,  England;  insects  of  the  group 
Rhynchota  to  Prof.  E.  D.  Ball,  State  Agricultural  College  of  Colorado; 
specimens  of  Diptera  and  Hemiptera  to  Sir  George  Harapson,  of  the 
British  Museum  of  Natural  History ;  a  collection  of  fleas  to  Prof.  C.  F. 
Baker,  of  St.  Louis,  Missouri;  insects  of  various  groups  to  Prof.  E.  S.  G. 
Titus,  of  the  Colorado  State  Agricultural  College,  Prof.  J.  B.  Smith, 
of  Rutgers  College,  New  Jersey,  Prof.  J.  S.  Hine,  of  the  Ohio  State 
University,  Miss  M.   M.  Enteman,  of    the  University  of   Chicago, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


32  REPORT   OF  NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 

Prof.  E.  B.  Williamson,  of  Vanderbilt  University,  Tennessee,  and 
Mr.  H.  C.  Toll,  of  Pasadena,  California;  skeletons  of  birds  to  Dr.  R.  W. 
Shufeldt;  Leptocephalus  forms  of  fishes  and  other  material  to  Prof. 
C.  H.  Eigenmann,  of  Indiana  University;  acotypeof  Bufo  argillaeem 
to  Dr.  Albert  Gunther,  of  the  British  Museum  of  Natural  History; 
and  salamanders  of  the  genus  Spelerpes  to  Prof.  W.  S.  Blatchley,  of 
Indianapolis,  Indiana.  v 

From  the  Division  of  Plants  specimens  were  lent  to  Mr.  B.  L. 
Robinson  and  Mr.  M.  N.  Fernald,  of  the  Gray  Herbarium,  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts;  Dr.  J.  K.  Small,  Mr.  P.  A.  Rydberg,  and  Prof.  L.  M. 
Underwood,  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden ;  Prof.  William  Trelease, 
of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  St.  Louis;  Mr.  George  E.  Daven- 
port, Medford,  Massachusetts;  Mr.  A.  A.  Eaton,  Seabrook,  New 
Hampshire;  Mr.  A.  A.  Heller,  Lancaster,  Pa. ;  Dr.  Charles  Mohr, 
Asheville,  North  Carolina,  and  Prof.  E.  L.  Greene,  of  the  Catholic 
University,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 

The  sendings  from  the  Department  of  Geology  included  specimens 
of  rocks  from  the  Galapagos  Islands  to  Prof.  Alexander  Agassiz,  of 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology;  sections  of  rocks  from  Alaska 
to  Mr.  Charles  Palache,  of  Harvard  University;  volcanic  rocks  to 
Mr.  H.  A.  Robinson,  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Yale  University; 
300  specimens  of  rocks  to  the  Division  of  Soils  of  the  Department 
of  Agriculture;  a  series  of  minerals  to  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  to  be  used  in  chemical  and  physical  investigations;  Oriskany 
fossils  to  Dr.  J.  M.  Clarke,  of  the  New  York  State  Museum,  Albany; 
Carboniferous  and  Triassic  fossils  to  Prof.  James  Perrin  Smith,  of 
Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  and  material  relating  to  the  fossil 
chelonia  and  fossil  horse  to  Dr.  O.  P.  Hay  and  Mr.  J.  W.  Gidley,  of 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

PROGRESS  IN  THE   INSTALLATION  OF  THE  EXHIBITION   COLLECTIONS. 

<  The  exhibition  halls  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology  are  now  so 
completely  filled,  or  rather  so  overcrowded,  as  to  prevent  any  further 
additions  except  of  small  objects  or  as  older  parts  of  the  collection 
may  be  removed  to  storage.  This  condition  prevails  in  practically 
ever}'  branch  of  the  department,  and  is  especially  embarrassing  in 
respect  to  that  class  of  objects,  of  which  many  are  received  from  time 
to  time,  that  must  be  at  once  provided  for  in  the  display  cases  to  insure 
their  safety.  The  work  of  the  year  upon  the  exhibition  series  has, 
therefore,  been  confined  mainly  to  the  rearrangement  of  material,  to 
the  substitution  of  new  and  better  prepared  specimens  for  less  desir- 
able ones,  and  to  perfecting  the  system  of  labeling.    Owing  to  the  lack 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT   OF   A88I3TANT   SECRETARY.  33 

of  laboratory  space,  it  has,  moreover,  been  necessary  to  close  the  gal- 
leries in  one  court  and  from  time  to  time  to  shut  off  temporarily  from 
public  use  other  parts  of  the  exhibition  halls. 

The  crowding  which  probably  strikes  the  visitor  as  most  objection- 
able occurs  in  the  Section  of  American  History,  which  occupies  the 
hall  first  entered  from  the  main  doorway.  While  the  collections  here 
installed  were  entirely  rearranged  during  the  year  and  only  await  the 
addition  of  printed  labels  to  put  the  section  in  as  satisfactory  a  condi- 
tion as  the  circumstances  permit,  it  has  been  necessary  to  place  the 
cases  so  close  together  as  to  leave  exceedingly  narrow  passageways 
between  them.  A  large  number  of  very  important  historical  objects 
are  unfortunately  still  in  storage,  and  the  further  development  of  the 
collection  is  hindered  by  the  fact  that  persons  having  desirable  material 
which  they  would  gladly  donate  or  loan,  will  only  do  so  on  the  assur- 
ance that  their  contributions  will  be  immediately  displayed.  The  use 
of  the  wall  cases  along  the  sides  of  this  hall  would  afford  some  relief, 
but  these  are  now  filled  with  the  very  valuable  collection  of  musical 
instruments,  for  which  no  other  place  is  available.  The  Museum  has 
also  a  large  and  noteworthy  collection  of  coins  and  medals,  of  which 
only  a  small  fraction  is  now  on  exhibition,  and  which  should  soon  be 
made  accessible  to  the  public. 

The  exhibits  prepared  by  the  department  for  the  Pan-American 
Exposition,  consisting  chiefly  of  large  ethnographical  groups  of  lay 
figures,  will,  upon  their  return  to  the  Museum  at  the  close  of  the 
exposition,  necessitate  the  clearing  out  of  at  least  one  of  the  halls  for 
their  reception  or  the  dismantling  and  storage  of  the  groups,  which 
would  be  almost  equivalent  to  their  destruction. 

While  the  halls  assigned  to  the  Department  of  Biology  are  mainly 
filled,  some  to  overflowing,  in  a  few  instances  the  completion  of  the 
displays  has  been  delayed  awaiting  the  results  of  further  experiments. 

The  south  east  range  in  the  Museum  building,  allotted  to  the  reptiles 
and  fishes,  was  repainted  and  furnished  with  a  new  floor  of  terrazzo 
pavement.  Upright  cases  have  been  arranged  along  the  walls  for  the 
fishes,  and  floor  cases  with  sloping  tops  in  the  middle  space  for  the 
reptiles  and  batrachians.  The  exhibit  consists  at  present  of  casts  of 
North  American  species,  with  a  small  alcoholic  series  of  deep-sea 
fishes,  accompanied  by  colored  figures,  which  it  is  intended  to  supple- 
ment by  collections  of  South  American  and  Old  World  species  in  some 
preservative  fluid.  No  entirely  satisfactory  method  of  representing 
these  groups  to  the  public  has  yet  been  found.  Painted  casts  can 
never  be  made  to  look  like  the  animals  as  they  appear  in  life,  and  no 
method  of  retaining  the  life  colors  in  specimens  preserved  in  liquids 
has  been  discovered.     The  painting  of  actual  specimens  has  been  tried 

NAT  mus  1001 3 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


34  BEP0RT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

in  certain  European  museums  with  some  success,  and  experiments  are 
now  under  way  here  with  a  view  to  utilizing  this  method  or  devising  . 
some  other  which  shall  render  a  display  of  the  lower  vertebrates  more 
presentable. 

Some  progress  has  been  made  toward  perfecting  the  collection  of 
game  birds,  fishes,  and  large  mammal  heads  now  temporarily  displayed 
in  the  lower  stairway  hall  at  the  main  entrance  to  the  Smithsonian 
building,  the  walls  of  which  have  been  repainted  in  appropriate  colors. 
It  is  contemplated  to  replace  the  individual  mountings,  at  least  among 
birds,  by  groups  of  specimens  with  accessories  representing  the  species 
in  their  native  surroundings,  and  several  such  groups  have  already 
been  completed. 

The  finely  mounted  specimens  of  large  mammals,  prepared  for  the 
Pan-American  Exposition,  will  ultimately  be  added  to  the  collections 
of  this  group  in  the  South  Museum  hall.  The  only  work  done  directly 
for  this  hall  was  the  relabeling  of  the  American  carnivora.  The 
exhibition  of  insects,  to  which  a  hall  in  the  Smithsonian  building  was 
recently  assigned,'  is  still  only  partially  and  imperfectly  installed, 
owing  to  the  fact  that  the  working  up  of  certain  proposed  improve- 
ments in  the  manner  of  mounting  and  arranging  the  specimens  has 
not  been  completed.  It  is  expected,  however,  to  settle  upon  some 
definite  plan  during  the  present  year,  after  which  little  delay  should 
ensue  in  placing  this  group  in  a  thoroughly  presentable  condition. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  installations  of  the  year,  so  nearly  com- 
pleted as  to  permit  of  its  being  thrown  open  to  the  public,  was  that  in 
the  so-called  "  Children's  Room,"  which  occupies  the  main  floor  in  the 
south  tower  of  the  Smithsonian  building.  This  novel  feature  is  fully 
described  in  the  Report  of  the  Secretary,  and  also  in  that  of  the  Head 
Curator  of  Biology,  on  page  63  of  this  volume.  It  was  instituted  by 
the  Secretary  for  the  benefit  of  the  very  young  people,  their  enter- 
tainment rather  than  instruction,  as  an  attractive  means  of  inculcating 
a  love  for  nature.  The  room,  a  small  one,  is  richly  painted  and  deco- 
rated in  a  prevailing  tint  of  green,  and  has  a  white  mosaic  floor  with 
Celtic  border.  The  cases,  which  follow  the  walls,  are  framed  with 
light-colored  wood,  but  consist  mainly  of  large  panes  of  plate  glass, 
and  are  so  low  that  even  a  small  child  can  see  the  contents  of  the  upper 
shelves.  The  subjects  represented  are  mainly  zoological;  familiar 
American  birds,  common  European  birds,  large  birds  of  prey,  inter- 
esting water  birds,  curious  birds,  brilliantly  colored  birds,  illustra- 
tions of  protective  mimicry  among  birds  and  insects,  and  curious  shells, 
corals,  sponges,  etc.  There  are  also  some  minerals  and  fossils,  two 
aquaria  with  living  fishes,  and  a  number  of  bird  pictures  on  the  walls. 
The  labels  are  all  in  simple  language  and  printed  in  large  type.  Much 
remains  to  be  done  before  the  exhibit  can  be  regarded  as  entirely 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  35 

complete,  but  even  in  its  present  shape  it  justifies  the  ambition  of  its 
originator,  as  testified  by  its  countless  number  of  little  visitors. 

All  of  the  exhibition  halls  in  geology  are  open  to  the  public,  and, 
except  in  the  sections  of  paleobotony  and  vertebrate  paleontology,  the 
collections  are  well  arranged  and  to  a  large  extent  quite  fully  labeled. 
With  the  receipt  of  new  material  many  changes  in  and  additions  to 
these  exhibits  will  naturally  be  made  from  time  to  time.  The  sections 
in  arrears  are  those  which  have  been  most  recently  established  and  in 
which,  moreover,  much  preparatory  work  is  necessary. 

The  cases  in  the  west  south  range,  containing  the  volcanic,  geyser, 
hot  spring,  and  rock-weathering  series,  have  been  repainted  and  the 
exhibits  rearranged.  About  two-thirds  of  the  building  stone  collection 
in  the  southwest  court  has  been  thoroughly  overhauled  and  cleaned. 

Owing  to  the  employment  of  the  preparators  in  connection  with  the 
Pan-American  Exposition  little  progress  was  made  toward  increasing 
the  exhibition  of  vertebrate  fossils,  though  the  skeleton  of  a  Plesiosaur 
and  a  large  and  fine  skeleton  of  a  Triceratops,  received  with  the  Marsh 
collection,  were  installed.  It  is  proposed  to  work  out  and  mount,  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  other  specimens  from  this  interesting  series  of  large 
extinct  vertebrates.  Of  invertebrate  fossils  specimens  to  the  number 
of  over  3,000  were  added  to  the  display  series. 

Work  is  in  progress  on  a  geological  section  across  the  United  States 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  ocean,  which  is  to  be  made  a  feature 
of  one  of  the  exhibition  halls.  It  is  being  drawn  on  a  horizontal  scale 
of  2  miles  and  a  vertical  scale  of  4,000  feet  to  the  inch. 

As  practically  all  the  available  exhibition  space  assigned  to  the 
Department  is  now  occupied,  further  development  under  existing  con- 
ditions must  be  mainly  along  the  lines  already  laid  down.  The  section 
of  practical  geology  could  be  strengthened  by  building  up  certain 
special  exhibits  showing  the  occurrence  and  association  of  the  ores  of 
some  of  the  more  interesting  mining  regions,  and  in  the  event  of  the 
construction  of  a  new  building  with  sufficient  space  provided  for  the 
purpose  this  section  can  readily  be  expanded  into  a  thoroughly  com- 
prehensive department  of  practical  geology,  for  which  there  has  long 
been  an  urgent  demand. 

The  growth  of  the  meteorite  collection  will  make  it  necessary  to  rele- 
gate many  specimens  to  the  drawer  series  in  order  to  accommodate 
some  of  the  more  important  recent  acquisitions  and  give  a  more  attrac- 
tive setting  to  the  exhibit  as  a  whole. 

visitors. 

The  number  of  visitors  to  the  Museum  building  during  the  year 
was  216,556,  and  to  the  Smithsonian  building  151,563.     The  attend- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


36 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


ance  during  each  month  of  the  past  year,  and  during  each  year  since 
1880,  is  shown  in  the  following  tables: 

Number  of  risitors  during  Ihejisail  year  1900-1901. 


July 

August 

September . 

October 

November  . 
December. . 


January'  •• 
February  . 

March 

April 

May 

June 


Year  ami  month. 


1900. 


1901. 


Total 

Approximate  daily  average  on  a  basis  of  313  days  in  the  year  . 


Museum 

Smithsonian 

building. 

building. 

12,019 

8,509 

17,402 

10,665 

16,602 

10,943 

18,322 

10,620 

12,849 

10,270 

16,673 

13,278 

11,766 

7,965 

12,901 

10,516 

48,280 

38,538 

23,784 

15,950 

13,840 

7,978 

12, 128 

6,331 

216,556 

151,663 

692 

484 

Number  of  visitors  to  the  Museum  and  SmWisonian  buildings  since  the  oj)ening  of  the 

former  in  1881. 


Museum 
building. 


Smithsonian 
building. 


1881. 


1883 

1884  (half  year). 

1884-85a 

1885-86 

1886-87 

1887-S8 

1888-«9a 

1889-90 

1890-91 

1891-92 

1892-93a 


1894-95... 
1895-96... 
1896-97  a. 
1897-98... 
1898-99... 


1899-1900.... 
1900-1901 «    . 

Total  . 


150,000 

100,000 

167,455 

152,744 

202,188 

104,823 

97,661 

45,565 

205,026 

105,993 

174,225 

88,960 

216,562 

98,552 

249,665 

102,863 

374,843 

149,618 

274,324 

120,894 

286,426 

111,669 

269,825 

114,817 

319,930 

174,188 

195,748 

103,910 

201, 744 

105,658 

180,505 

103,660 

229,606 

115,709 

177,254 

99,273 

192,471 

116,912 

225,440 

133,147 

216,566 

151,563 

4,607,454 


2,400.508 


u  Years  of  Presidential  inaugurations. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT  OF   AS8ISTANT   SECRETARY.  37 

CORRESPONDENCE. 

The  Museum  correspondence,  which  has  always  been  very  heavy, 
increases  in  volume  from  year  to  year.  Outside  of  ordinary  routine 
matters,  it  is  occasioned  for  the  most  part  by  requests  for  informa- 
tion, coming  from  all  parts  of  the  world  and  relating  to  a  wide  range 
of  subjects.  Specimens,  often  in  large  lots,  are  transmitted  for 
identification,  and  questions  are  submitted  in  regard  to  all  branches 
of  knowledge  falling  within  the  Museum's  scope.  The  requests  also 
have  reference  to  Museum  administration,  the  building  up  and  main- 
tenance of  collections,  the  construction  of  cases,  the  installation,  label- 
ing, and  cataloguing  of  specimens,  and,  in  fact,  no  topic  connected 
with  a  great  museum  or  suggested  by  its  existence  escapes  notice.  In 
accordance  with  the  time-honored  custom  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, every  communication  made  in  good  faith  and  appropriate  to  be 
considered  is  fully  answered,  even  though  this  necessitates  incessant 
demands  upon  the  scientific  staff,  whose  regular  duties  are  quite  suffi- 
cient to  occupy  their  entire  time.  The  number  of  lots  of  specimens 
determined  and  reported  upon  during  the  year  at  the  request  of 
correspondents  was  nearly  700. 

A  considerable  proportion  of  the  work  of  furnishing  information  is 
accomplished  through  the  medium  of  Museum  publications,  of  which 
more  than  30,000  volumes  and  pamphlets  were  distributed  during  the 
year,  about  one-third  of  these  having  been  sent  in  compliance  with 
special  applications. 

As  the  Museum  has  no  facilities  for  making  chemical  analyses, 
requests  for  work  of  this  kind  have  to  be  refused. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

The  publications  issued  during  the  year  comprised  the  second  vol- 
ume of  the  Annual  Keport  for  1897,  the  Annual  Reports  for  1898  and 
1899,  volume  22  of  the  Proceedings,  and  part  1  of  Special  Bulletin 
No.  4,  besides  reprints  in  separate  form  of  a  large  number  of  papers 
from  the  Reports  and  Proceedings. 

Volume  II  of  the  Report  for  1897  contains  a  biographical  account 
of  Dr.  G.  Brown  Goode,  the  late  assistant  secretary  of  the  Smith* 
sonian  Institution  in  charge  of  the  National  Museum,  together  with 
reprints  of  several  of  his  more  important  papers  on  museums  and  on 
the  history  of  scientific  progress  in  America.  It  is  illustrated  with 
portraits  of  more  than  100  men  who  have  been  prominent  in  the  sci- 
entific advancement  of  the  country.  The  appendix  to  the  Report  for 
1898  consists  of  a  single  paper,  by  the  late  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope,  on  the 
crocodilians,  lizards,  and  snakes  of  North  America,  comprising  1,100 
pages  of  text,  with  37  full-page  plates  and  347  text  figures.  The 
Report  for  1899  contains  five  scientific  papers  based  upon  collections 
in  the  Museum. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


38 


BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Volume  22  of  the  Proceedings  includes  papers  numbered  from  1179 
to  1205,  the  "  Synopsis  of  the  Naiades,"  by  Mr.  Charles  T.  Simpson, 
being  especially  worthy  of  note. 

Part  I  of  Special  Bulletin  No.  4  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  papers  on 
the  American  Hydroids,  by  Prof.  C.  C.  Nutting,  professor  of  zoology 
in  the  University  of  Iowa.  It  treats  of  the  Plumularidae,  is  in  quarto 
form,  and  contains  34  plates.  This  volume  was  issued  early  in  the 
autumn. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Ralph  has  undertaken  to  continue  the  extensive  work  on 
the  Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds,  begun  some  years  ago 
by  the  late  Maj.  Charles  Bendire,  U.  S.  Army,  and  of  which  two  vol- 
umes have  been  printed  as  special  bulletins.  A  circular  (No.  50) 
soliciting  new  and  unpublished  information  on  the  subject  has  been 
prepared  and  distributed  to  correspondents. 

With  the  permission  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, twenty-five  papers  prepared  during  the  year  by  members  of  the 
Museum  staff,  and  based  on  Museum  material,  have  been  printed  in 
publications  other  than  those  of  the  Museum.  The  titles  of  these 
papers  will  be  found  in  the  Bibliography.  The  authors  were  Dr.  T. 
H.  Bean,  Mr.  Charles  Schuchert,  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr.,  Mr.  J.  N. 
Rose,  Mr.  Charles  L.  Pollard,  and  Mr.  W.  R.  Maxon. 

The  number  of  publications,  including  bound  volumes  and  pamph- 
lets, distributed  during  the  year  amounted  to  about  31,000. 

In  Appendix  IV  will  be  found  a  list  of  the  publications  by  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Museum  staff.  In  the  table  given  below  these  papers  are 
classified  by  subjects.     The  number  of  authors  represented  is  7s. 


Subject. 


Administration. 

Archaeology 

Biography 

Biology 

Birds 

Botany 


Comparative  anatomy. 

Ethnology 

Exploration 

Fishes 


'  Papers  by 
Museum 
officers. 


Papers  by  I 
other  in-   |    Total, 
vestigators.! 


26 
2 


Fossils 

Geography 

Geology , 

Insects , 

Mammals 

Marine  invertebrates 

Mollnsk8 

Religions 

Reptiles  and  batrachians. 


Total. 


1  ' 

1  i 
17  I 


90  I 

21    . 

6  I 

15  |. 

8  I. 


206  i 


78 


2 
3 
1 
S 

36 

19 
1 
5 
1 
5 

24 

1 

3 

126 

21 
8 

15 
2 
8 


284 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BEPORT   OF    ASSISTANT    SECRETARY.  39 

LIBRARY. 

During  the  past  year  the  work  of  the  Museum  Library  has  increased 
in  volume,  although,  unfortunately,  no  relief  could  be  afforded  either 
in  the  way  of  additional  space  or  of  assistance.  A  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  new  gallery  in  the  west  north,  and  north  west  ranges  will, 
when  completed,  be  employed  for  library  purposes,  and  this  makes 
the  greatest  possible  limit  of  expansion  in  the  present  building.  The 
accessions  to  the  library  numbered  12,267  books,  pamphlets,  and 
periodicals,  of  which  4,942  were  retained  out  of  the  Smithsonian 
deposit.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  library 
matters  to  give  its  first  care  to  the  strengthening  of  the  Smithsonian 
deposit  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  and  many  sets  heretofore  retained 
in  the  Museum  are  now  being  gradually  turned  over  to  that  Library. 
This  policy  will  in  the  future  require  an  increase  in  the  appropriation 
for  books  for  the  Museum,  as  otherwise  its  interests  must  suffer.  It 
should  be  said,  however,  that  the  service  of  the  Library  of  Congress 
is  more  prompt  and  efficient  than  ever  before,  books  being  sent  to  the 
Museum  twice  a  day,  and  the  Librarian  and  his  assistants  have  cor- 
dially cooperated  with  the  Institution  and  Museum  in  supplying  their 
needs. 

The  Library  has  had  during  the  year  four  students  in  cataloguing 
and  library  practice  generally,  and  is  glad  to  afford  such  facilities  as 
its  limited  space  renders  possible. 

Twenty-five  thousand  one  hundred  and  forty-one  books  were  lent; 
8,986  periodicals  were  entered;  262  volumes,  147  parts  of  periodicals, 
and  536  pamphlets  of  the  Goode  library  accessioned,  and  4,811  cards 
added  to  the  authors'  catalogue. 

PHOTOGRAPHY. 

The  photographic  laboratory,  under  Mr.  T.  W.  Smillie,  has  produced 
more  than  the  usual  amount  of  work,  which  consisted  chiefly  in  pho- 
tographing important  objects  in  the  collections  for  use  in  illustrating 
the  publications  of  the  Museum,  and  the  high  standard  of  excellence 
demanded  for  this  purpose  has  been  fully  maintained.  The  laboratory 
is  also  called  upon  for  reproductions  of  plans  and  other  drawings  in 
connection  with  the  construction  and  repair  work  of  the  Museum,  and 
much  other  work  of  a  miscellaneous  character.  An  illustrated  cata- 
logue in  blue  print  of  the  very  large  series  of  negatives  dating  back  to 
the  first  years  of  the  Museum  has  been  nearly  completed.  The  num- 
ber of  negatives  made  during  the  year  was  902,  of  silver  prints  1,818, 
of  platinum  prints  448,  of  bromide  prints  63,  and  of  blueprints  12,144. 

COOPERATION  OF  THE  EXECUTIVE   DEPARTMENTS  OF  THE  GOVERNMENT. 

Valuable  assistance  has  continued  to  be  received  from  various  depart- 
ments and  bureaus  of  the  Government.     Officers  of   the  Army  and 


Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


40  KEPORT   OF  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 

Navy  stationed  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  in  other  of  the  new  pos- 
sessions have  made  important  contributions,  having  in  some  cases  been 
furnished  with  special  outfits  to  facilitate  their  work  of  collecting. 
Representatives  of  the  Department  of  State  abroad  have  also  been 
instrumental  in  securing  interesting  material.  Special  acknowledg- 
ments are  due  to  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Army  for 
many  courtesies  in  connection  with  the  transportation  of  specimens 
and  outfits  to  and  from  distant  points.  The  relations  of  the  Museum 
to  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  the  Bio- 
logical Survey  and  the  Divisions  of  Entomology  and  Botanj  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  and  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology 
in  regard  to  collections  transmitted  are  referred  to  elsewhere. 

EXPOSITIONS. 

Pan-American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  JV.  Y. — This  exposition  opened 
on  May  1,  1901,  and  will  continue  until  November  1.  The  Smith- 
sonian Institution  and  National  Museum  are  represented  on  the  Gov- 
ernment board  of  management  by  the  head  curator  of  biology,  Dr. 
Frederick  W.  True,  with  the  chief  clerk,  Mr.  W.  V.  Cox,  acting  as 
chief  special  agent  and  also  as  secretary  of  the  board.  An  account 
of  the  collection  exhibited  by  the  Museum  will  be  found  in  the  Appen- 
dix of  this  Report. 

The  participation  by  the  Museum  in  the  expositions  held  in  different 
parts  of  the  country  at  such  short  intervals  during  recent  years  has 
had  both  its  advantages  and  disadvantages,  the  former  undoubtedly 
preponderating.  Through  the  allotments  from  the  special  appropria- 
tions made  for  these  expositions  the  Museum  has  been  able  to, secure, 
indirectly,  many  important  additions  to  its  collections,  material  which 
it  might  otherwise  be  long  in  obtaining;  the  development  of  its  exhi- 
bition or  educational  features  has  been  greatly  stimulated;  its  existence, 
its  objects,  and  its  needs  have  been  made  widely  known,  and,  what  is 
no  less  a  part  of  the  functions  of  a  national  institution,  the  formation 
and  growth  of  museums  elsewhere  have  been  promoted.  The  disad- 
vantages arise  chiefly  from  the  haste  necessary  in  preparing  the  exhib- 
its, which  causes  serious  interference  with  the  regular  work  of  the 
Museum.  The  time  available  for  all  preparations  seldom  exceeds  a 
year  or  a  year  and  a  half.  The  display  must,  in  greater  part  at  least, 
consist  of  novelties  either  as  to  the  objects  themselves  or  the  manner 
of  presenting  them,  as  the  large  expositions  draw  their  attendance  from 
all  parts  of  the  country  and  a  repetition  of  the  same  exhibit  would 
interest  but  few.  After  the  drawing  up  of  the  plans,  the  entire  work 
must  be  pushed  forward  with  the  utmost  speed,  and  toward  the  close 
often  under  high  pressure,  to  insure  its  completion  within  the  specified 
limit.  The  collections  must  be  overhauled  for  desirable  specimens, 
and  new  ones  must  be  sought  through  the  agency  of  field  expeditions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  41 

and  dealers.  But,  most  important,  the  array  of  material  thus  assem- 
bled, equal  in  quantity  to  the  entire  contents  of  a  museum  of  no  mean 
proportions,  must  be  suitably  prepared,  mounted,  labeled,  and  adjusted 
to  the  cases  they  will  occupy  before  shipment  to  the  objective  point. 
Most  of  the  cases  require  to  be  specially  constructed,  and  the  boxing 
and  final  installation  take  much  time.  All  the  classes  of  labor  thus 
involved  demand  experience  and  training  as  much  for  their  perform- 
ance as  for  their  direction,  qualifications  seldom  obtainable  in  the  open 
market.  It  therefore  follows  that  nearly  all  of  the  technical  work  of 
preparing  for  an  exposition  falls  upon  the  employees  of  the  Museum, 
and  consumes,  while  such  work  is  in  progress,  a  very  large  proportion 
of  their  time.  It  is  perhaps  needless  to  say  that  each  member  of  the 
staff  called  into  this  service  has  performed  his  share  with  zeal  and 
enthusiasm,  a  sufficient  explanation  of  the  uniformly  successful  results 
attained  by  the  Museum  at  all  of  the  expositions  in  which  it  has 
participated. 

The  exhibit  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition  is  especially  charac- 
terized by  an  exceptionally  high  grade  of  preparators'  work.  In 
anthropology  it  consists  mainly  of  12  life-sized  lay-figure  groups  of 
the  type  tribes  of  American  aborigines  and  of  16  dwelling  group 
models;  and  in  biology  of  mounted  specimens  of  the  larger  American 
mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  and  fishes,  well  illustrating  the  latest 
advances  in  taxidermy.  Conspicuous  features  in  geology  are  skeletons 
and  restorations  of  several  of  the  large  fossil  vertebrates  from  the 
West,  besides  which  are  collections  of  minerals,  native  elements,  inver- 
tebrate fossils,  etc.  Nearly  all  of  this  material  will  be  utilized  in  the 
exhibition  halls  of  the  Museum  on  its  return. 

Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition^  St.  Louis. — An  appropriation  of 
$250,000  was  made  at  the  last  session  of  Congress  for  the  erection  of 
a  Government  building  at  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  intended 
to  be  held  in  St.  Louis  in  1904,  but  no  money  was  then  voted  for  the 
preparation  of  an  exhibit  by  the  Government. 

THE   MU8EUM  STAFF. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  the  Assistant  Secretary  was  placed  in 
immediate  charge  of  the  Museum,  the  direction  of  which  rests  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  its  keeper  ex  officio. 

The  scientific  staff  has  consisted,  besides  the  three  head  curators,  of 
18  curators,  12  assistant  curators,  14  custodians,  10  aids,  4  associates, 
and  2  collaborators,  making  a  total  of  63  persons,  of  whom,  however, 
only  about  one-half  were  under  salary  from  the  Museum,  the  remainder 
serving  in  a  volunteer  or  honorary  capacity,  though  nearly  all  of  the 
latter  were  in  the  employ  of  other  bureaus  of  the  Government.  The 
principal  changes  in  the  staff  during  the  year  were  as  follows: 

On  September  15,  1900,  the  Museum  lost  by  death  its  Honorary 


Digitized  by 


Google 


42  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901, 

Curator  of  Graphic  Arts,  Mr.  S.  R.  Koehler,  whose  connection  with 
the  Institution  began  in  1887,  and  who  was  also  for  many  years  the 
curator  of  prints  in  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Ralph,  Custodian  of  the  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs  since  the 
death  of  Maj.  Charles  Bendire,  U.  S.  Army,  and  who  has  contributed 
liberally  of  his  time  and  means  toward  improving  the  collections  under 
his  charge,  has  been  made  the  honorary  curator  of  that  section.  Mr. 
F.  A.  Lucas,  Curator  of  Comparative  Anatomy,  has  also  been  designated 
Acting  Curator  of  Vertebrate  Fossils;  Mr.  George  C.  Maynard  has  been 
advanced  from  aid  to  assistant  curator  in  the  Division  of  Technology. 
Mr.  Peter  Fireman  has  received  a  temporary  appointment  as  chemical 
geologist,  and  Miss  Harriet  Richardson  has  been  made  a  collaborator 
in  the  Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates. 

Mrs.  F  .  Weinheimer,  preparator  in  the  Division  of  Plants,  resigned 
on  January  1,  1901,  and  Mr.  Joseph  Sessford,  long  connected  with 
the  Museum  and  for  several  years  past  serving  as  clerk  in  the  Division 
of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians,  died  on  March  8,  1901. 

Dr.  Thomas  Wilson,  Curator  of  Prehistoric  Archaeology,  visited 
Paris  during  the  summer  of  1900  as  the  representative  of  the  Museum 
to  the  Congress  of  Anthropology  and  Prehistoric  Archaeology  and  the 
Congress  of  Americanists,  at  both  of  which  he  presented  papers  else- 
where referred  to  in  this  report.  Before  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year 
Dr.  Leonhard  Stejneger  was  appointed  to  represent  the  Museum  at 
the  International  Congress  of  Zoology,  which  was  to  meet  at  Berlin, 
Germany,  in  August,  1901. 

A  list  of  the  members  of  the  scientific  and  administrative  staffs  will 
be  found  in  Appendix  1. 

NECROIXXJY. 

Mr.  Sylvester  R.  Koehler,  Honorary  Curator  of  the  Division  of 
Graphic  Arts  in  the  National  Museum,  died  September  15, 1900.  Mr. 
Koehler  was  born  in  Leipsic,  Germany,  in  1837,  but  came  to  America 
when  he  was  12  years  of  age.  In  1868  he  entered,  as  technical  manager, 
the  establishment  of  L.  Prang  &  Co.,  Boston,  where  he  mastered  the 
processes  used  in  the  graphic  arts.  Gen.  Charles  G.  Loring,  Director 
of  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  states  that  the  knowledge  which 
Mr.  Koehler  thus  gained  "  was  supplemented  by  an  artistic  tempera- 
ment, which  showed  itself  also  in  his  fondness  for  music,  in  his 
love  of  verse,  and  his  skill,  though  a  moderate  one,  with  the  pencil. 
Years  of  study,  too,  had  given  him  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the 
history  of  his  art  and  confirmed  his  judgment.  He  was  an  admirable 
critic  of  work,  both  creative  and  technical.  *  *  *  He  not  only 
became  the  ultimate  authority  in  the  land  of  his  adoption,  but  his 
knowledge  and  judgment  were  held  in  great  esteem  in  the  art  centers 
of  Europe." 

Mr.  Koehler  was  appointed  curator  of  the  print  department  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPOBT   OF   ASSISTANT   8ECRETABY.  43 

Boston  Museum  in  1888.  One  year  earlier,  in  1887,  he  became  con- 
nected with  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  in  which  at  that  time  the 
collection  of  graphic  arts  was  first  formally  organized.  From  a  very 
small  beginning  this  collection  grew  rapidly  under  Mr.  Koehler's 
supervision,  and  as  a  result  of  his  well  directed  and  persistent  effort  it 
now  comprises  more  than  7,000  specimens.  Using  his  own  words,  he 
aimed  to  "  represent  art  as  an  industry,"  and  to  this  end  he  planned  to 
make  the  exhibit  one  which  should  illustrate  all  *of  the  methods 
employed  in  producing  pictures  by  lines  and  masses,  in  black  or  in  colors, 
by  hand  or  with  the  aid  of  machinery.  His  aim  has  been  realized  to  such 
an  extent  that  a  great  many  of  these  processes  are  adequately  illus- 
trated by  the  tools  and  materials  used,  as  well  as  by  examples  showing 
successive  stages  in  the  various  methods  from  the  date  of  their  incep- 
tion to  the  present  time. 

For  many  years  Mr.  Koehler  was  attached  to  the  scientific  staff  of 
the  National  Museum  as  curator.  After  his  health  failed  and  he  was 
unable  to  devote  as  much  time  to  the  work  as  formerly  he  was  made 
an  honorary  curator.  The  value  of  his  services  in  building  up  the 
graphic  arts  collection  can  not  be  overestimated. 

In  1894  he  delivered  a  course  of  nine  lectures  in  the  National  Museum 
on  " Old  and  modern  methods  of  engraving."  His  most  important 
work  wa*«  published  in  1885  and  was  entitled  "  Etching."  At  the  time, 
of  his  death  he  had  in  course  of  preparation  a  "  History  of  the  art  of 
color  printing."  He  contributed  many  articles  to  the  magazines  ol 
America,  England,  and  Germany.  Among  a  large  number  of  othei 
important  works  mention  should  be  made  of  his  "Catalogue  of  an 
exhibition  illustrating  the  technical  methods  of  the  reproductive  art* 
from  the  fifteenth  century  to  the  present  time,  with  special  reference 
to  the  photo-mechanical  processes,"  and  a  "Catalogue  of  the  engrav- 
ings, dry  points,  and  etchings  of  Albert  Durer." 

Mr.  Ralph  Dupuy  Lacoe,  whose  benefactions  have  so  greatly 
enriched  the  national  collections,  was  born  in  Luzerne  County,  Pa., 
November  14,  1824.  His  father,  Anthony  Desire  Lacoe,  came  from 
his  birthplace  in  the  vicinity  of  Havre,  France,  to  Philadelphia  in 
1792.  From  there  he  removed,  in  1798,  to  the  Wyoming  Valley, 
where,  at  Pittston,  he  died  in  1883,  at  an  aere  of  only  four  days  less 
than  103  years.  The  mother  of  R.  D.  Lacoe  was  Emelie  Magdalene 
Dupuy,  daughter  of  Jean  Francois  Dupuy,  a  native  of  Bordeaux,  and 
Jane  Elizabeth  Desir6,  a  member  of  a  Huguenot  family  of  Nantes. 
For  many  years  Jean  Francois  Dupuy  resided  in  Santo  Domingo, 
where,  in  1791,  after  the  success  of  the  negro  insurrection,  he  escaped, 
with  the  loss  of  his  valuable  estate,  to  the  United  States.  In  1795  he 
finally  settled  in  Wilkesbarre,  where,  in  1812,  his  daughter  married 
Anthony  Lacoe. 

The  subject  of  this  sketch  was  the  youngest  of  Anthonj'  Lacoe's  five 


Digitized  by 


Google 


44  REPORT  OF  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 

children.  In  his  earlier  years  he  had  no  educational  advantages  other 
than  those  furnished  by  the  country  common  schools,  supplemented  by 
the  home  teaching  of  his  talented  mother,  whose  strength  of  character 
and  refinement  were  deeply  impressed  on  the  son.  Before  Ralph 
Dupuy  was  of  age  he  taught  school  one  or  more  terms,  having  among 
his  pupils  Bridget  Clary,  who,  in  1860,  became  his  wife.  Mrs.  Lacoe 
died  in  1872,  and  Mr.  Lacoe  at  West  Pittston,  Pa.,  on  February  5, 
1901,  in  his  seventy-seventh  year.  They  had  four  children,  of  whom 
two  survive. 

In  his  earlier  years  Lacoe  followed  the  trade  of  his  father,  that  of 
carpenter.  About  1850  he  engaged  with  his  brothers  in  cutting  ties 
on  his  grandfather's  farm  to  supply  a  railway  then  in  construction. 
The  proceeds  of  this  venture  were  fortunately  invested  in  anthracite 
coal  lands  in  the  vicinity  of  his  home  near  Pittston,  and  this  was  the 
beginning  of  his  modest  wealth.  As  the  coal  industry  of  the  region 
developed,  he  conducted  a  real  estate  business,  later  becoming  promi- 
nent as  the  head  of  several  industrial  enterprises,  and  as  bank  presi- 
dent. In  1869  and  1870  he  served  as  burgess  of  the  borough  of  West 
Pittston." 

Under  too  great  pressure  of  business  responsibility  Lacoe's  health 
gave  way  about  1865,  and  the  efforts  toward  its  recovery  resulted, 
first,  in  an  amateur  interest  in  natural  history  collecting,  and,  later, 
in  a  deep  and  steadfast  devotion  to  the  promotion  of  the  vegetable  and 
insect  departments  of  paleontology.  While  seeking  health  in  Florida, 
he  amused  himself  by  collecting  the  marine  algte  and  mollusca  along 
the  beach.  Under  the  influence  of  a  strong,  innate  love  of  nature  he 
found  both  pleasure  and  recuperation  in  the  occupation,  and  on 
returning  to  his  home  in  Pennsylvania  he  soon  transferred  his  interest 
to  the  fossil  coal  plants  to  be  found  at  the  numerous  anthracite  mines 
in  the  region.  It  was  not  long  before  Lacoe  was  in  touch  with  J.  P. 
Lesley,  the  State  geologist,  and  Leo  Lesquereux,  the  distinguished 
paleobotanist,  who  was  then  engaged  in  the  study  of  the  paleozoic 
plants  of  the  State.  The  warm  friendship  between  Lacoe  and  Lesque- 
reux continued  until  the  death  of  the  latter,  in  1889. 

Although  Lacoe  never  fully  regained  his  health,  he  frequently  re- 
marked that  he  owed  years  of  his  life  to  the  out-of-door  recreation 
which  he  found  in  collecting.  Gradually,  as  he  became  more  familiar 
with  the  undeveloped  status  of  paleobotany  and  paleoentomology 
in  this  country,  he  engaged  in  the  task  of  systematically  securing 
paleozoic  plants  and  fossil  insects  over  broader  areas  and  through 
a  greater  stratigraphical  range,  as  well  as  from  many  foreign  type 

o  Further  biographical  data  are  given  in  the  excellent  memorials  by  Rev.  Horace 
Edwin  Hayden,  published  in  the  sixth  volume  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Wyoming 
Geological  and  Historical  Society,  1901,  and  in  the  American  Geologist  for  December, 
1901. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   OF  ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  45 

localities.  He  also  became  interested  in  the  investigations  of  the  floras 
of  the  later  epochs,  and  in  fossil  fishes,  crustaceans,  and  uiyiiapods. 
His  purpose  was  not  merely  to  accumulate  a  great  collection  of  fossils. 
He  chose  for  his  task  in  the  service  to  science  to  contribute  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  plant  and  animal  life  of  the  past  by  discovering, 
systematically  gathering,  and  bringing  the  fossil  remains  to  the  hand 
of  the  paleontologist.  This  material,  often  difficult  to  obtain  and 
rare,  he  submitted  to  the  most  distinguished  specialists  in  the  various 
departments,  and  not  infrequently  he  further  assisted  in  the  illustra- 
tion and  publication  of  the  results  of  their  investigations.  Accord- 
ingly, we  find  most  of  the  specimens  in  his  great  collections  labeled  on 
the  authority  of  Lesquereux,  Dawson,  Scudder,  Cope,  Hall,  or  Packard. 

In  1891  he  determined  to  see  his  collections  safely  transferred  to  a 
repository  where  they  would  be  permanently  cared  for  and  preserved, 
while  at  the  same  time  made  available  for  consultation  or  study.  He 
first  tendered  his  magnificent  collection  of  paleozoic  plants,  embracing 
about  100,000  specimens,  with  nearly  600  types,  to  the  National 
Museum.  Subsequently  he  added  his  collections  of  plants  from  the 
younger  epochs,  insects  (including  a  great  number  of  types  and  unde- 
scribed  species),  myriapods,  crustaceans,  and  fishes.  The  magnitude 
and  importance  of  these  collections  have  already  been  referred  to  in 
the  Reports  of  the  National  Museum. a 

In  the  departments  of  paleozoic  plants,  fossil  insects,  and  fishes  the 
Lacoe  collection  was  not  only  far  more  extensive  than  the  previous 
collections  in  the  Museum,  but  it  also  rendered  the  two  sections  first 
named  hardly  inferior  to  any  in  the  world.  The  number  and  biolog- 
ical range  of  the  types  in  the  Lacoe  collection  will  be  shown  in  the 
paleontological  catalogue  now  in  course  of  preparation. 

The  history  of  Lacoe's  gifts  to  the  United  States  National  Museum 
has  already  been  given  by  the  assistant  secretary  and  the  curators,  but 
reference  may  well  be  made  again  to  the  simple  and  patriotic  terms  of 
the  gift — i.  e.,  that  it  be  kept  entire,  with  such  additions  as  might  be 
made  to  it  by  exchange  or  subsequent  contributions  by  the  donor;  that 
it  be  known  as  the  Lacoe  collection,  and  that  it  be  accessible  to  scien- 
tists and  students  without  distinction,  under  such  proper  rules  and 
restrictions  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  preservation  of  the 
specimens  from  loss  or  injury.  These  informal  yet  wise  provisions, 
attending  the  most  important  gift  that  the  Museum  has  yet  received, 
afford,  as  Professor  Ward  has  happily  said,6  "  just  ground  for  national 
scientific  pride,  while  the  liberal  public  spirit  with  which  it  was  given 
is  worthy  of  imitation  by  all  patrons  of  science."  They  are  typical  of 
Lacoe's  scientific  spirit,  generosity,  and  devotion  to  paleontology. 


"Report  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1892,  pp.  186-188;  1886,  pp.  71-74. 
*  Idem,  p.  188. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


46  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUbEUM,  1901. 

Iii  his  quiet  home  life  Lacoe  was  gentle,  dignified,  and  somewhat 
diffident.  He  was  thoughtful,  often  serious,  yet  sympathetic  and 
keenly  appreciative  of  the  humorous.  He  was  pure  and  upright  in 
all  his  life.  He  was  esteemed  by  the  entire  community  and  beloved 
by  all  who  were  so  fortunate  as  to  enjoy  his  acquaintance. 

Though  having  but  a  common-school  education  in  his  youth,  he 
later  made  himself  well  read,  particularly  in  the  general  sciences.  In 
the  literature  relating  to  fossil  plants  and  insects  his  library  has  few 
equals  iu  America.  His  knowledge  of  paleozoic  plants  was  expert; 
yet  he  was  so  modest  and  so  lacking  the  ambition  of  authorship  that 
he  preferred  to  have  the  materials  of  his  collections  described  by 
others.  His  own  writings  are  confined  to  several  pamphlets,  chiefly 
of  the  nature  of  catalogues. 

During  the  later  years  of  Lacoe's  life  the  purpose  to  aid  in  the 
increase  of  knowledge  by  promoting  the  study  of  fossil  plants  and 
insects  became  more  clearly  defined,  and  found  expression  in  more 
systematically  and  wisely  directed  efforts.  In  the  field  of  fossil  plants 
he  sought  to  gain  material  from  the  paleobotanically  less  known  for- 
mations whose  fossils  should  throw  greatest  light  on  floras  already 
known.  In  the  insect  world,  instead  of  collecting  fossils  at  random, 
and  thus  continuing  the  speculations  as  to  the  affinities  of  the  older 
forms,  he  had  engaged  in  methodically  and  extensively  collecting 
insect  remains  from  the  later  geological  formations  in  order  that  they 
might  be  studied  in  connection  with  their  survivors  among  living 
insects,  his  idea  being  that  the  insects  of  each  successively  earlier 
period  should  be  mutually  studied  and  interpreted  in  the  light  of  the 
ascertained  characters  and  relations  of  the  later  times,  the  result  of 
such  studies  being  a  more  satisfactory  elaboration  of  a  genetic  and 
natural  classification  of  both  fossil  and  liviug  types.  Arrangements 
were  being  made  by  Lacoe  for  carrying  out  these  broad  and  philosoph- 
ical plans  when  a  brief  but  fatal  illness  cut  short  his  great  work. 
The  Lacoe  collections  in  the  National  Museum  form  a  most  appropri- 
ate and  lasting  monument  to  the  memory  of  this  noble  and  patriotic 
patron  of  the  sciences  for  which  they  stand. 

Mr.  George  A.  Boardman,  for  many  years  a  correspondent  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  an  intimate  friend  of  Professor  Baird, 
died  January  11,  1901,  at  his  home  in  Calais,  Maine,  aged  83  years. 
Mr.  Boardman  was  born  in  Newburyport,  Massachusetts,  on  February 
5,  1818,  his  ancestors  having  cgme  to  that  locality  on  May  10,  1637, 
from  Yorkshire,  England.  Removing  to  Calais,  he  became  extensively 
engaged  in  the  lumber  business,  from  which  he  retired  with  a  compe- 
tence in  1871,  the  subsequent  years  of  his  life  being  largely  devoted  to 
travel  and  to  the  more  active  pursuit  of  his  favorite  study,  ornithology. 
From  1871  to  about  1887,  he  spent  the  winters  in  Florida,  going  and 
returning  by  way  of  Washington,  and  usually  stopping,  sometimes  for 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BEP0RT   OF   ASSISTANT   SECRETARY.  47 

a  week  or  more,  in  order  to  study  the  collections  of  the  National 
Museum,  where  he  formed  the  acquaintance  of  the  scientific  staff  and 
preparators,  to  whom  he  was  always  a  welcome  visitor  on  account  of 
his  genial,  friendly  manner,  and  interest  in  their  occupations. 

Mr.  Boardman's  interest  in  ornithology  was  mainly  from  the  point 
of  view  of  a  sportsman  and  lover  of  nature.  He  did  little  in  the  way  of 
collecting  except  to  bring  together  a  very  complete  and  valuable  series 
of  the  birds  of  Calais  and  vicinity,  consisting  of  specimens  chiefly 
mounted  by  himself,  which  is  to  be  placed  in  one  of  the  provincial 
government  buildings  at  Fredericton,  New  Brunswick.  His  principal 
contribution  to  ornithological  literature  is  his  "  Catalogue  of  the  birds 
found  in  the  vicinity  of  Calais,  Me.,  and  about  the  islands  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,"  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Boston 
Society  of  Natural  History  (1862) ;  but  he  also  wrote  many  minor  articles 
on  natural  history  for  the  American  Naturalist,  Forest  and  Stream,  and 
other  periodicals  of  like  character.  His  relations  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  were  rather  as  a  correspondent  and  friend  of  Professor 
Baird  than  as  an  extensive  contributor  to  its  collections,  though  many 
interesting  and  valuable  specimens  were  received  from  him  at  various 
times. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORTS  OF  HEAD  CURATORS. 


REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY    -      -      -      ■      By  William  II.  Holmes. 

REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY By  Frederick  \V.  Tri'R. 

REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY By  Geor»;e  I*.  Merrill. 


NAT    MUS    1901- 


41) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 
FOE  THE  TEAE  1900-1901. 

By  William  H.  Holmes, 
Head  Curator. 

The  year  has  been  one  of  unusual  activity,  the  volume  of  business 
transacted  by  the  Department  far  exceeding  that  of  any  previous  year. 
This  condition  is  due  in  part  to  the  fact  that  exhibits  were  collected 
and  prepared  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition  at  Buffalo.  More  than 
half  the  force  of  the  Department  were  engaged  upon  this  work  almost 
exclusively  for  a  period  of  six  months.  A  detailed  account  of  the 
exhibits  displayed  at  Buffalo  is  appended  to  this  report. 

The  accessions  for  the  year  are  more  numerous  than  usual  and  of 
exceptional  scientific  valufe.  Of  those  deserving  special  notice,  received 
by  the  Department  and  assigned  to  the  various  divisions  and  sections, 
the  following  may  be  mentioned : 

COLLECTED   FOR  THE  MUSEUM. 

Ethnological  material  from  Polynesia,  Micronesia,  Melanesia,  etc., 
collected  for  the  Museum  by  Mr.  C.  H.  Townsend  and  Dr.  H.  F. 
Moore,  naturalists  on  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  steamer  Albatross 
during  the  expedition  of  1899-1900  to  the  Tropical  Pacific,  under  the 
direction  of  Alexander  Agassiz.  This  is  a  second  installment  of  the 
collection  made  by  these  gentlemen,  the  larger  part  having  been 
received  during  the  previous  year.  The  total  number  of  specimens 
obtained  is  330. 

Ethnological  material  from  the  Pamamary  Indians  and  other  tribes 
of  the  upper  Purus  River,  in  Brazil,  collected  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere,  of 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

Implements  and  rejectamenta  of  manufacture  from  an  ancient  flint 
quarry  in  Union  County,  Illinois,  collected  by  W.  H.  Holmes,  head 
curator;  455  specimens. 

Ethnological  material  from  the  Bororo  Indians  of  Matto-Grosso,  in 
Brazil;  collected  by  Rev.  William  A.  Cook,  through  the  courtesy  of 
Dr.  Orville  A.  Derby,  director  of  the  geographical  and  geological  sur- 
vey of  the  province  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil;  123  specimens. 

51 


Digitized  by 


Google 


52  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

Ethnological  and  archeological  specimens  obtained  from  the  Mission 
Indians  of  southern  California;  collected  by  Mr.  Horatio  N.  Rust,  South 
Pasadena,  California;  136  specimens. 

Ethnological  collections  from  the  Indian  tribes  of  British  Columbia 
and  Alaska;  collected  by  Lieut.  George  T.  Emmons,  U.  S.  Navy;  157 
specimens. 

GIFTS   TO   THE    MUSEUM. 

Collection  of  prehistoric  stone  implements  and  other  relics,  princi- 
pally from  Maryland,  presented  by  Dr.  J.  D.  McGuire,  of  Ellicott 
City,  Maryland;  7,211  specimens.  This  collection  comprises  a  great 
body  of  interesting  and  valuable  material,  and  is  the  most  important 
one  ever  made  by  a  single  collector  within  the  Chesapeake  region, 
being  of  exceptional  scientific  value. 

Ethnological  objects  from  the  East  Indies  and  the  Malay  peninsula; 
gift  of  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott;  21  specimens. 

Ethnological  objects  from  the  Philippine  Islands,  gift  of  Gen.  James 
M.  Bell,  U.  S.  Volunteers;  35  specimens. 

Ethnological  and  archeological  collections  from  the  Pueblo  Indians, 
the  Alaskan  Eskimo,  and  from  Mexico;  gift  of  E.  W.  Nelson;  39 
specimens. 

Collection  of  flint  implements  and  rejectamenta  of  manufacture  from 
ancient  flint  quarries  in  Egypt;  gift  of  H.  W.  Seton-Karr,  London, 
England;  281  specimens.  This  is  a  most  important  collection,  illus- 
trating the  quarrying  and  stone-shaping  arts  of  the  primitive  Egyptians. 

Collection  of  stone  implements  from  Owego,  Tioga  County,  New 
York;  gift  of  A.  F.  Barrott;  250  specimens. 

Swords,  pistols,  medals,  spurs,  and  shoulder  straps  presented  to 
Gen.  George  W.  Morgan,  U.  S.  Army,  for  services  dur^.g  the  Mexi- 
can and  the  Civil  Wars;  gift  of  Mrs.  Morgan. 

Lock  and  key  to  the  Emperor's  gate  of  the  u  Forbidden  City," 
Pekin,  China;  gift  of  Rev.  W.  T.  Hobart. 

Sword,  hat,  commissions,  and  other  memorials  of  Gen.  Thomas 
Swords,  U.  S.  Army,  who  served  during  the  Mexican  and  the  Civil  War; 
presented  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  Mrs.  E.  H.  Cotheal. 

Maunday  money,  the  last  issued  during  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria; 
gift  of  Edward  Lovett. 

A  collection  of  (52  coins,  medals,  and  tokens,  ancient  and  modern; 
gift  of  E.  J.  Sears. 

Two  direct  photographs  in  natural  colors;  made  and  presented  by 
Prof.  G.  Lippman.  One  represents  the  solar  spectrum,  and  the  other 
a  group  of  fruit  and  richly  colored  vases. 

Twenty-nine  photographs  relating  to  the  solar  eclipse,  17  of  which 
were  presented  by  Prof.  William  Libbey,  of  Princeton  University, 
and  12  by  the  Smithsonian  Eclipse  Expedition  of  1900. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT   OK   THE  DEPARTMENT   OF  ANTHBOPOLOGY.  53 

Facsimile  reproductions  of  ancient  Mexican  codices,  as  follows: 
Tonalamati  der  Aubin'schen  Sammlung;  Codex  Telleriano  Remensis; 
Codex  Vaticanus  3773;  Codex  Vaticanus  2738  (del  Kios);  Codex  Bor- 
gia; Codex  Bologna;  gift  of  the  Due  de  Loubat.  These  reproductions 
are  of  the  greatest  value  to  students  of  aboriginal  American  culture. 

A  Siemens  galvanometer,  presented  by  Mr.  H.  B.  Ledyard,  presi- 
dent of  the  Michigan  Central  Railroad  Company.  This  type  of  gal- 
vanometer, made  by  Siemens  Brothers,  of  London,  was  introduced 
into  this  country  about  1870,  and  for  ten  years  or  more  was  generally 
used  for  testing  telegraph  lines  and  for  other  electrical  work. 

A  number  of  historical  telegraph  instruments  and  insulators;  gift 
of  J.  H.  Bunnell  &  Co.,  New  York  City. 

A  collection  of  typical  bare  and  insulated  aluminum  electrical  con- 
ductors; gift  of  the  Pittsburg  Reduction  Works,  Pittsburg,  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Examples  of  the  submarine  telegraph  cables  laid  between  the  main 
coast  of  Massachusetts  and  Nantucket  Island  in  1856  and  1858,  and 
other  typical  cables;  gift  of  George  C.  Maynard;  three  specimens. 

A  bronze  bust  of  Charles  H.  Haswell,  the  first  engineer  in  chief  of 
the  U.  S.  Navy;  executed  by  U.  S.  J.  Dunbar,  and  presented  to  the 
Museum  by  Commander  George  W.  Baird,  U.  S.  Navy,  on  behalf  of 
the  subscribers. 

A  gramophone  of  the  latest  type,  with  accessories,  showing  the 
method  by  which  the  sound  is  recorded  on  a  zinc  plate,  transferred  to 
a  hard  rubber  plate,  and  reproduced  by  the  gramophone;  gift  of  Emil 
Berliner,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 

One  cylinder,  three  cross  heads,  and  four  eccentric  rods  belonging 
to  the  locomotive  Stourbridge  Lion;  gift  of  Mr.  G.  T.  Slade,  general 
manager  of  the  Erie  and  Wyoming  Valley  Railroad  Company, 
Dunmore,  Pennsylvania. 

A  number  of  military  and  sporting  guns  of  the  latest  patterns;  gift 
of  the  Remington  Arms  Company,  Ilion,  New  York. 

PUKCHASED  BY  THE  MUSEUM. 

Stone  implements  from  an  ancient  village  site,  Big  Kiokee  Creek, 
Columbia  County,  Georgia;  collected  bjr  Dr.  Roland  Steiner,  (J rove- 
town,  Georgia;  18,907  specimens. 

Collection  of  small  arms,  etc.,  from  Mr.  William  C.  Dodge,  Wash- 
ington, District  of  Columbia;  52  specimens. 

Passenger  cart  formerly  used  in  royal  processions  in  Korea;  from 
Mr.  H.  P.  Hulbert,  Seoul,  Korea. 

Babylonian  seals  and  inscribed  earthenware  bowls,  acquired  from 
Rev.  Gabriel  Oussani,  Bagdad,  Turkey.  Many  of  these  seals  are 
rare  and  of  much  interest  to  orientalists,  and  the  inscribed  bowls  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


54  REPOET   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

of  importance  to  the  student  of  religious  views  and  practices,  reveal- 
ing, as  they  do,  a  peculiar  phase  in  the  development  of  religious  ideas 
under  various  heterogeneous  influences. 

Leaf -shaped  flint  implements  from  a  mound  in  Scott  County,  Illinois; 
from  Mr.  C.  E.  Clifton,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia;  143 
specimens. 

Stone  implements,  pottery,  etc.,  from  southern  Jamaica,  West 
Indies;  collected  by  Mr.  Robert  C.  MacCormack,  Salt  River,  Jamaica; 
319  specimens. 

Leaf-shaped  flint  implements  from  a  cache,  plowed  up  in  Jackson 
County,  Indiana;  from  Mr.  L.  W.  Still  well,  Dead  wood,  South  Dakota; 
30  specimens. 

Antiquities  from  the  islands  of  St.  Kitts,  St.  Bartholomews,  Nevis, 
and  Santa  Lucia,  West  Indies;  from  Dr.  C.  W.  Branch,  St.  Kitts; 
330  specimens. 

Archeological  collection  from  the  northwest  coast  of  America; 
from  Lieut.  George  T.  Emmons,  U.  S.  Navy;  248  specimens. 

Ethnological  material  from  Indian  tribes  of  the  Great  Plains;  col- 
lected by  Capt.  Paul  B.  Carter;  114  specimens. 

Stone  implements,  etc.,  from  California,  Alaska,  Hawaii,  Fiji,  etc.; 
obtained  from  Mr.  Nathan  Joseph,  San  Francisco,  California;  43 
specimens. 

Ethnological  objects,  consisting  of  porcelain,  lacquer,  metal  work, 
embroideries,  etc.,  from  China,  Japan,  and  Korea;  obtained  from  Miss 
M.  A.  Shufeldt;  177  specimens. 

Portraits  of  American  Indians  (oil  colors),  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Sharp,  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio;  11  specimens. 

Ethnological  objects  from  the  Bella  Coola  Indians,  British  Colum- 
bia; obtained  from  Mr.  1.  Fouquer,  Crookston,  Minnesota;-  130  speci- 
mens. 

OBTAINED   THROUGH   EXCHANGE. 

Collections  from  various  tribes  of  the  Upper  Paraguay  River,  viz, 
the  Omiris,  Kechuas,  Chamacoco  Brabos,  Chamacoco  Mansos,  Len- 
guas,  Cuximanapanas,  Guanas,  Corvados,  Angaytes,  Matacos,  Sana- 
panas,  Caiuguas,  Tupis,  Cadocas,  Apiacas,  Guatos,  Guaranis,  Pa3Ta- 
guas,  Parecis,  Tobas,  Chavantes,  and  Coroados;  collected  by  Dr.  Eniil 
Hassler  and  procured  in  exchange" from  the  Field  Columbian  Museum; 
417  specimens.  This  is  part  of  the  great  collection  exhibited  by  Dr. 
Hassler  at  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  in  1893. 

Two  altars  in  combined  Gothic,  Renaissance,  and  Rococo  style,  val- 
uable and  interesting  from  an  archeological  and  art-historic  point  of 
view.  They  are  also  important  from  the  fact  that  they  will  form  a 
suitable  center  for  the  proposed  exhibit  of  ecclesiastical  art  in  the 
Museum. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT   ON   THE   DEPABTMENT   OF   ANTHROPOLOGY.  65 

The  specimens  received  during  the  year  have  been  catalogued  and 
cared  for  in  the  usual  way,  but  the  available  spaces  are  already  so 
fully  occupied  that  new  material  can  not  be  placed  on  view  save  by 
storing  the  earlier  collections.  The  Department  has  not  been  able  to 
add  to  its  case  room,  and  storage  facilities  remain,  as  before,  entirely 
inadequate.  Owing  to  the  lack  of  laboratory  space  one  or  more  of 
the  halls  have  been  closed  throughout  the  year  as  workrooms,  and 
no  little  confusion  has  resulted  from  this  and  the  disturbance  due  to 
the  selection,  mounting,  labeling,  and  boxing  of  exhibits  for  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition. 

The  work  of  labeling  the  Museum  exhibits  has  been  continued,  and 
very  considerable  advances  have  been  made  in  the  direction  of  print- 
ing, framing,  and  placing  case  labels  in  various  halls. 

The  following  details  with  regard  to  progress  made  in  preserving 
and  installing  the  collections  of  the  Department  are  introduced  from 
the  reports  of  the  heads  of  divisions  and  sections: 

Prof.  Otis  T.  Mason,  curator  of  the  Division  of  Ethnology,  says 
that— 

No  hall  or  collection  has  been  installed  in  the  division  during  the  fiscal  year  1901. 
Most  of  the  time  of  my  assistants  has  been  taken  up  with  the  preparation  of  exhibits 
for  the  Pan-American  Exposition.  For  the  preservation  and  installation  of  speci- 
mens in  my  custody  the  space  and  resources  are  well-nigh  exhausted,  and  I  hail  with 
pleasure  the  announcement  that  new  galleries  are  to  be  erected  to  relieve  the 
situation. 

The  continued  ill  health  of  my  clerk  made  it  necessary  to  employ  expert  help 
temporarily.  I  was  fortunate  in  securing  the  services  of  Miss  Harriet  O.  Fracker, 
whose  long  connection  with  the  Intercontinental  Railway  Commission  fitted  her  for 
the  difficult  ta*k  of  preparing  labels  and  of  reading  proof  in  Spanish,  French,  and 
German. 

Dr.  Hough,  assistant  curator  of  this  division,  spent  a  good  portion  of  the  year  in 
getting  together  materials  for  the  •  Pan-American  Exposition  and  in  cataloguing 
accessions,  and  in  May  proceeded  to  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  for  the  purpose  of 
conducting  explorations  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Peter  G.  Gates. 

The  following-named  halls  are  used  for  exhibition: 

(a)  The  west  north  range  is  devoted  to  North  American  tribes.  Twice  the  area 
here  provided  is  required  to  show  adequately  the  industrial  life  of  our  tribes.  We 
are  rich  in  material  of  this  sort  and  it  should  be  displayed. 

(6)  The  north  west  range.  The  Eskimo  collections  occupy  about  one-half  of  the 
range,  and  might  well  take  the  entire  space.  After  the  return  of  the  Pan-American 
material  this  whole  collection  should  be  reinstalled.  The  southeastern  Alaskan  col- 
lection occupies  only  the  north  end  of  the  range,  a  space  entirely  inadepuate  to  its 
exhibition.     The  entire  range  should  be  either  Eskimo  or  Indian. 

(c)  The  northwest  court  is  given  up  entirely  to  the  tribes  of  the  arid  region  of 
southwestern  United  States.  The  rich  pottery  collection  here  crowds  out  other  con- 
siderations. It  would  require  four  times  the  space  to  install  properly  the  collections 
from  this  area. 

(d)  The  northwest  gallery  is  devoted  to  basketry  on  two  sides,  to  the  Republic  of 
Mexico  on  the  north  side,  while  the  whole  of  Central  and  South  America  are  crowded 
into  the  <*ases  on  the  south  side.     I  do  not  know  what  I  am  going  to  do  with  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


56  REPOET   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

large  collections  coming  in  from  that  region.  Ten  thousand  feet  of  floor  space  would 
not  be  too  much  at  once  for  the  installation  of  this  fine  material. 

(e)  The  Indo-Pacific  collections  are  displayed  on  the  north  gallery  of  the  west 
hall.  The  cases  are  now  crowded  and  yet  not  all  of  the  precious  Wilkes  exploring 
expedition  specimens  are  installed.  What  are  we  to  do  when  the  vast  Philippine 
collections  arrive  in  November? 

But  the  worst  conditions,  perhaps,  exist  in  the  west  hall.  As  you  enter  it  from 
the  rotunda  you  have  the  spoils  of  ancient  classic  art — Hamite,  Semite,  and  Aryan — 
in  two  alcoves.  The  rest  of  the  space  is  devoted  to  modern  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa, 
a  subject  demanding  30,000  square  feet,  if  not  more. 

Incidentally  connected  with  the  ethnological  exhibits  are  many  technical  series  in 
which  a  single  art  or  device  is  traced  through  its  ethnic  distribution  and  its  historic 
elaboration. 

The  study  series  of  ethnology  are  to  be  found: 

(a)  In  the  tower  rooms  of  the  west  balcony,  which  are  inaccessible,  crowded,  and 
dirty. 

(6)  In  the  drawers  on  the  west  balcony,  where  the  specimens  are  quite  accessible 
and  in  good  condition. 

(c>  In  table  and  other  cases  all  about  the  building,  which  is  not  satisfactory,  as  the 
temptation  to  use  this  space  for  storage  or  stowage  is  very  great 

(d)  Hidden  away  behind  the  pottery  in  pueblo  court  and  piled  up  behind  the 
graphic  arts  exhibit. 

Again,  there  is  no  place  in  which  to  study  the  specimens,  excepting  our  own 
public  offices,  where  the  student  is  subject  to  all  sorts  of  interruptions,  and  I  trust 
that  measures  can  be  taken  at  once  toward  providing  a  laboratory  of  ethnology, 
where  those  who  desire  to  make  wide  comparisons  of  things  may  have  opportunity 
to  spread  them  out. 

Dr.  Cyrus  Adler,  assistant  curator,  Division  of  Historic  Archeol- 
ogy, reports  as  follows: 

Some  changes  and  additions  have  been  made  in  the  Section  of  Biblical  and  Pales- 
tinian Antiquities.  Casts  are  being  made  of  the  collection  of  oriental  seals  and  the 
inscribed  magic  bowls  are  being  photographed  preparatory  to  a  study  of  their 
significance. 

The  collection  is  installed  in  the  two  alcoves  west  of  the  rotunda  in  the  following 
manner: 

North  alcove,  Biblical  and  Palestinian  antiquities  (manuscripts  and  editions  of 
the  Bible,  musical  instruments,  mineralogical  and  botanical  specimens,  dress,  orna- 
ments, and  utensils  of  the  East),  in  a  wall  case;  monuments  found  in  Palestine 
(Moabite  stone,  Siloam  inscription,  Temple  stone),  Assyrian  statues  and  slabs,  on 
the  floor,  the  walls,  and  screens. 

The  south  alcove  holds  the  collection  of  Egyptian  antiquities  (mummies,  mummy 
cases,  and  other  funerary  paraphernalia,  statues,  busts,  reliefs,  ornaments,  etc. )  in  a 
wall  case,  on  the  floor,  and  on  screens;  the  mosaic  from  Carthage;  the  statues  from 
north  Syria,  and  Hittite  casts;  the  Persepolitan  casts. 

On  the  top  of  the  wall  cases  of  both  alcoves  the  larger  casts  of  Greek  and  Roman 
mythologic  subjects  have  a  place. 

As  custodian  of  Historic  Religious  Ceremonials,  Dr.  Adler  writes: 

The  two  antique  German  altars  recently  acquired  were  restored  and  renovated, 
with  the  addition  of  tables  to  both  and  a  tabernacle  to  one  of  them.  The  larger 
one  was  installed  on  the  center  balcony  of  west  hall,  facing  the  rotunda.  Some 
changes  and  additions  were  also  made  in  the  sections  of  the  Jewish  religion  and 
Brahman  ism,  and  additional  labels  were  prepared. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BEPOBT  ON   THE  DEPARTMENT   OF   ANTHROPOLOGY.  57 

The  collections  on  exhibition  are  installed  in  the  south  gallery  of  the  west  hall,  in 
the  following  order,  beginning  at  the  entrance  from  the  rotunda:  Jewish  religion  in 
two  arch  cases  and  three  wing  cases;  Mohammedanism  in  one  arch  case  and  two  bay 
cases;  GrecorRoman  religion  in  one  arch  case  and  three  wing  cases;  Brahmanism  in 
one  arch  case  and  one  Kensington  case;  Buddhism  in  two  arch  cases,  four  wing  cases, 
and  one  special  case;  Shintoism  in  one  wing  case;  objects  of  other  east  Asiatic  relig- 
ions in  one  wing  case  and  one  Kensington  case;  a  collection  of  amulets  in  one  Ken- 
sington case. 

The  entire  collection  of  objects  of  Christian  ceremonial,  as  well  as  a  number  of 
objects  belonging  to  other  religions,  are,  on  account  of  lack  of  space,  for  the  present 
in  storage  boxes. 

A  Bibliography  of  Assyriology  from  the  beginning  to  1900,  inclusive,  has  been  com- 
menced by  Dr.  Adler,  and  in  the  Division  of  Religions  the  work  on  the  Benguiat 
collection  of  objects  of  Jewish  ceremonial,  with  36  plates,  has  been  completed  and 
published. 

Mr.  A.  H.  Clark,  custodian  of  the  Section  of  American  History, 
reports  as  follows: 

The  collections  of  this  section  have  all  been  rearranged  and  put  in  order  so  that 
they  are  now  in  satisfactory  condition  except  as  to  labels. 

Typewritten  labels  accompany  nearly  every  object  exhibited.  A  large  number  of 
valuable  objects  are  in  storage  for  want  of  exhibition  room,  and  it  is  important  that 
the  side  cases  now  devoted  to  musical  instruments  be  given  up  to  objects  of  history. 

There  are  large  collections  of  medals  and  coins  now  of  little  public  use  for  study 
or  for  exhibition  through  lack  of  proper  facilities  for  their  arrangement  and  some 
step  should  soon  be  taken  to  make  these  valuable  collections  available. 

The  portrait  collection,  now  practically  in  storage,  could  be  made  accessible  at 
little  expense  by  the  erection  of  a  gallery  in  the  north  tower  office,  as  already  recom- 
mended. 

The  collections  of  this  section  are  now  catalogued,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  con- 
dition of  the  specimens  is  in  every  way  as  satisfactory  as  could  possibly  be  expected. 
Much  credit  is  due  to  my  assistant,  Mr.  Paul  Beck  with,  for  his  labors  in  this  section. 

Dr.  Thomas  Wilson,  curator  of  the  Division  of  Prehistoric  Archae- 
ology, makes  the  following  report: 

The  usual  routine  course  in  the  reception,  marking,  and  display  of  specimens  was 
pursued  during  the  year.  For  details  relating  to  these  topics  reference  should  be 
made  to  my  reports  for  the  two  preceding  years. 

We  have  continued  our  work  in  the  rearrangement  of  specific  displays,  endeavoring 
to  bring  together  objects  which  there  belong.  The  system  adopted,  of  a  geographical 
subdivision,  coupled  with  the  immense  mass  of  objects  which  we  have,  renders  this 
labor  almost  continuous.  The  objects  are  delivered  to  us  en  masse  and  have  to  be 
segregated;  this,  with  the  same  labor  continued  and  applied  to  the  200,000  specimens 
under  our  care,  makes  a  task  which  can  never  be  fully  completed. 

The  objects  on  exhibition  are  becoming  crowded,  and  with  almost  every  accession 
there  must  be  a  rearrangement  to  afford  room  for  these  new  arrivals. 

Special  investigations  conducted  during  the  year  by  members  of  the 
Department  staff  may  be  briefly  summarized  as  follows: 

The  head  curator  has,  as  in  preceding  years,  devoted  most  of  his 
time  and  energies  to  the  work  of  the  Department,  transacting  routine 
business,  perfecting  its  methods  and  facilities  in  caring  for  and  install- 
ing collections.     He  has  found  time  to  complete  a  report  on  ethnolog- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


58  KEPOET   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

ical  and  general  archeological  observations  made  in  the  far  West 
during  previous  years.  This  will  appear  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the 
Museum  for  1901.  In  addition,  he  has  spent  much  time  in  completing 
the  manuscript  and  illustrations  for  a  large  work  on  ancient  pottery  of 
the  United  States,  begun  some  years  ago,  and  has  entered  upon  the 
work  of  preparing  a  full  report  on  the  great  industries  of  mining  and 
quarrying  among  the  native  tribes. 

As  already  mentioned,  a  large  part  of  the  year  has  been  taken  up 
with  the  preparation  of  an  exhibit  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition. 
This  work  consisted  of  the  construction  of  life-sized  lay  figure  groups 
of  type  tribes  of  our  aborigines,  comprising  some  60  figures  of  men, 
women,  and  children.  The  designing  of  the  groups  and  the  super- 
vision of  the  work  fell  almost  wholly  to  the  lot  of  the  head  curator. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  the  preparation  of  16  dwelling  group  models 
described  in  connection  with  full  accounts  of  the  lay  figure  groups  in 
the  appendix  to  this  report. 

Professor  Mason,  curator  of  the  Division  of  Ethnology,  has  pub- 
lished in  The  Anthropologist  a  paper  on  American  basketry  technic 
and  made  investigations  for  enlarging  this  study  for  a  monograph  on 
the  subject.  He  had  given  much  time  to  the  ethnology  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  so  as  to  be  prepared  for  any  questions  that  might  arise, 
and  has,  in  association  with  the  head  curator,  compiled  a  paper 
embodying  detailed  instructions  to  collectors  in  the  Philippines.  He 
translated  for  the  Secretary,  who  has  published  them  in  his  report, 
the  papers  of  Bluraentritt  and  Virchow  on  this  subject,  and  assisted, 
as  a  member  of  the  United  States  Board  on  Geographic  Names,  to  fix 
the  nomenclature  of  the  islands. 

Professor  Mason  has  also  completed  a  study  on  American  aboriginal 
harpoons  and  has  read  the  proof  of  the  result,  which  will  appear  as  a 
paper  in  the  Museum  report  for  1900. 

On  the  return  of  Col.  F.  F.  Hilder  from  the  Philippines,  Professor 
Mason  undertook  the  task  of  cataloguing  the  large  collection  made, 
and  the  elaborate  labels  used  on  the  collection  at  the  Pan-American 
Exposition  were  all  prepared  by  him.  During  the  winter  much  of 
Professor  Mason's  time  was  taken  up  in  preparing  labels  for  the  exten- 
sive ethnological  exhibit  made  by  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at 
this  exposition. 

Dr.  Thomas  Wilson,  Curator  of  the  Division  of  Prehistoric  Arche- 
ology, was  invited  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  present  fiscal  year,  to  attend  a  series  of  interna- 
tional congresses  to  be  held  at  Paris,  France,  during  the  exposition  of 
1900,  and  sailed  for  that  country  on  the  Netherlands  steamer  Maasdam 
on  August  4,  arriving  at  Boulogne-sur-Mer  on  the  13th.  He  attended 
the  Congress  of  Anthropology  and  Prehistoric  Archeology,  before 
which  he  presented  two  papers:  "Prehistoric  archeology  in  America" 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF  ANTHROPOLOGY.  59 

and  4fcA  classification  of  arrowpoints,  spearheads,  and  knives  of  pre- 
historic times. v  He  was  present  at  the  Congress  of  Ethnology,  and 
was  presiding  officer  during  one  day.  At  the  Congress  of  American- 
ists he  presented  a  paper  on  "Jade  in  America."  These  various  com- 
munications were  translated  into  French,  and  left,  with  the  necessary 
illustrations,  in  custody  of  the  proper  committees  for  publication. 

On  his  return  from  Paris  he  prepared  a  summary  of  the  reports 
of  proceedings  of  the  International  Congresses  of  Anthropology  and 
Prehistoric  Archeology  and  of  the  Congress  of  Americanists,  which 
were  sent  to  Prof.  J.  H.  Gore,  commissioner,  to  be  transmitted  by  him 
in  his  formulation  of  the  reports  of  Mr.  Ferdinand  Peck,  United  States 
commissioner  to  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1900. 

Dr.  Wilson  has  completed  a  translation  into  French  of  his  paper  on 
"The  antiquity  of  the  red  race  in  America,"  which  appeared  in  the 
D.  S.  National  Museum  Report  for  1895,  and  this  translation  has  been 
published  in  L' Anthropologic  for  the  current  year  (p.  41),  under  the 
title  of  "L'Antiquite  des  peaux-rouges  en  Amerique." 

A  paper  on  "  Criminology  "  was  read  by  him  before  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  at  its  forty-ninth  meeting, 
in  New  York,  June,  1900,  and  lias  been  published  in  the  proceedings 
of  that  association  for  1900. 

His  investigations  into  prehistoric  trepanation  have  been  continued, 
and  his  paper  on  that  subject  has  been  completed  and  presented  for 
publication  by  the  Museum. 

He  was  engaged  during  the  year,  at  the  request  of  Mr.  II.  R.  Bishop, 
of  New  York  City,  in  the  preparation  of  a  paper  on  "  Jade,"  which  is 
now  completed  and  will  shortly  be  ready  for  publication. 

Dr.  Wilson  has  been  interested  in  determining,  so  far  as  possible, 
the  truth  of  the  allegation  that  prehistoric  man  was  ambidextrous. 
He  has  obtained  from  the  Carlisle  and  Hampton  schools  reports  as  to 
the  proportion  of  right  and  left  handedness  among  the  tribes  there 
represented.  In  continuation  of  this  subject  he  has  made  a  considera- 
ble examination  of  such  prehistoric  tools  and  implements  as  are  con- 
tained in  the  Division  of  Prehistoric  Archeology,  with  a  view  of 
determining  the  proportion  each  way.  Nearly  all  of  these  tools  were 
adapted  to  either  hand;  but  the  hatchets  or  gouges  made  of  the  f  ulgur 
shell  and  used  with  a  handle  which  had  been  inserted  afford  a  basis  for 
comparison,  and  the  study  of  these  has  been  nearly  completed. 

Explorations  conducted  for  the  purpose  of  enriching  the  collections 
of  the  Museum  have  been  made  by  members  of  the  Museum  staff  and 
other  experienced  collectors.  The  head  curator  visited  the  vicinity  of 
Mill  Creek,  Union  County,  Illinois,  to  join  Dr.  W.  A.  Phillips,  of  the 
Field  Columbian  Museum,  in  the  examination  of  the  very  extensive 
and  important  flint  quarries  at  that  place.  A  large  collection  of  imple- 
ments and  of  quarry  shop  rejectamenta  of  numerous  varieties  was 


Digitized  by 


Google 


60  BEPOBT   OF  KATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

secured.  Dr.  Walter  Hough  began  work  in  connection  with  Mr.  Peter 
G.  Gates  in  the  Pueblo  country,  in  June,  and  by  the  end  of  the  fiscal 
year  had  reported  very  flattering  progress.  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere,  of  Ann 
Arbor,  Michigan,  made  collections  on  the  Upper  Purus  River,  in  BraziL 
William  A.  Cook  forwarded  many  valuable  objects  from  the  Bororo,  a 
Tupian  tribe  dwelling  near  the  headwaters  of  the  Paraguay,  in  Brazil. 
Lieut.  G.  T.  Emmons,  U.  S.  Navy,  secured  much  valuable  material  from 
British  Columbia  and  Alaska;  and  of  special  interest  and  importance 
is  the  outfit  for  a  Chilcat  family,  now  utilized  in  one  of  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition  lay-figure  groups. 

Two  expeditions  sent  out  by  the  Government  board  of  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition  secured  most  valuable  accessions,  now  displayed 
at  Buffalo.  These  expeditions  were  conducted,  one  by  Dr.  W  J 
McGee,  in  Sonora,  Mexico,  and  the  other  by  Col.  F.  F.  Hilder,  in 
the  Philippines. 

Dr.  Roland  Steiner,  though  not  officially  attached  to  the  Museum, 
continued  his  investigations  and  searches  into  quarries,  workshops, 
and  village  sites  of  his  own  neighborhood  near  and  at  the  mouth  of 
Shoulderbone  Creek  and  on  Little  Kiokee  River,  Georgia,  and  has 
collected  many  thousands  of  specimens  of  prehistoric  artifacts,  all  of 
which  are  now  deposited  in  this  Museum. 

Seven  papers  on  anthropological  subjects  have  been  furnished  dur- 
ing the  year  by  members  of  the  staff  of  this  department.  Two  are  by 
the  head  curator,  Mr.  W.  H.  Holmes.  One  of  these  relates  to  the 
obsidian  mines  of  Hidalgo,  Mexico,  while  the  other  is  a  review  of  the 
evidence  relating  to  early  man  in  California,  as  furnished  by  the  aurif- 
erous gravels. 

The  curator  of  ethnology,  Prof.  Otis  T.  Mason,  prepared  a  paper 
entitled  "Traps  of  the  Amerinds,"  which  was  published  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science; 
also  one  relating  to  the  pointed  canoes  of  the  Kootenai  River  in  Wash- 
ington and  those  used  on  the  Amur,  and  a  third,  describing  a  primi- 
tive heddle  frame  for  weaving  narrow  fabrics,  in  use  among  the  Indians 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley  and  the  Pueblo  region,  and  also  throughout 
the  Eastern  States  and  in  Europe. 

The  full  titles  of  all  these  papers  will  be  found  in  the  bibliography 
(Appendix  IV),  arranged  under  the  names  of  their  respective  authors. 

Facilities  for  the  study  of  museum  collections  have  been  afforded  a 
number  of  students.  Much  material  relating  to  primitive  games  has 
been  forwarded  to  Dr.  Stewart  Culin,  of  the  Museum  of  Science  and 
Art,  in  Philadelphia;  and  various  articles  bearing  upon  Asiatic  con- 
tact with  the  west  coast  of  America  have  been  placed  at  the  disposal 
of  Dr.  Franz  Boas,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 'New 
York. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY.      61 

It  has  given  curators  of  the  Department  much  pleasure  to  aid  post- 
graduate students,  journalists,  teachers  with  their  classes,  public  lec- 
turers, and  specialists  in  all  branches  of  anthropology.  The  collections 
have  been  made  available  to  the  fullest  extent  to  all  students. 

The  following  objects  from  ihe  marine  architecture  collection  were 
lent  for  exhibition  at  the  Pan-Anierican  Exposition:  The  original 
Francis  life-saving  car,  to  the  U.  S.  Life-Saving  Service,  and  seven 
boat  models  to  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission. 

The  specimens  of  earliest  electrical  apparatus  belonging  to  the 
American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  and  to  Miss  Sarah  J. 
Farmer,  and  deposited  in  the  Museum,  were  forwarded,  at  the  request 
of  the  owners,  to  Mr.  Francis  E.  Drake  for  exhibition  at  the  Paris 
Exposition,  They  have  been  returned,  but  many  of  the  objects  are  in 
such  a  badly  damaged  condition  as  to  be  entirely  unsuited  for  further 
exhibition. 

A  series  of  spindle  whorls  was  lent  to  Miss  H.  Newall  Wardle, 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  at  the  request  of 
Dr.  Dixon,  for  purposes  of  study. 

The  demand  for  collections  for  exposition  display  has  been  unusu- 
ally gre*t,  and  objects  aggregating  in  value  many  thousands  of  dollars 
are  now  installed  in  the  Government  building  at  Buffalo.  The  wear 
and  tear  upon  many  of  these  specimens  is  serious,  and  it  may  seem 
wise  in  future  for  the  Museum  authorities  to  take  steps  toward  coun- 
teracting the  deterioration  that  comes  from  exposure,  use,  and  the 
vicissitudes  of  shipment  and  reshipment. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BEPOBT  OH  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY 
FOB  THE  YEAB  1900-1901. 

By  Frkderick  W.  True, 
Head  Curator. 

The  past  year  has  been  remarkable  for  the  amount  of  scientific  work 
accomplished,  and  has  been  especially  marked  by  the  completion  of 
preparations  for  participation  in  the  Pan-American  Exposition  and  the 
installation  of  the  Children's  Room  under  the  immediate  direction  of 
the  Secretary.  The  additions  to  the  collections  have  been  numerous 
and  as  a  whole  compare  favorably  in  scientific  value  with  those  of  any 
recent  year. 

THE   EXHIBITION   COLLECTIONS. 

In  those  years  in  which  the  Museum  participates  in  a  large  exposi- 
tion or  world's  fair,  as  has  been  the  case  this  year,  improvements  in  the 
regular  exhibition  series  advance  slowly,  for  the  reason  that  the  prepa- 
rators  and  mechanics  are  necessarily  diverted  from  their  regular  duties. 
Although  large  numbers  of  interesting  objects  were  prepared  for  the 
Pan-American  Exposition,  they  can  not,  of  course,  be  incorporated  in 
the  regular  exhibition  series  until  after  the  close  of  the  exposition. 
The  benefit  of  the  work  accomplished  during  the  year  covered  by  this 
report  will  not,  therefore,  be  felt  until  the  ensuing  year. 

For  reasons  which  will  be  explained  elsewhere,  the  exhibit  prepared 
for  Buffalo  consists  entirely  of  American  vertebrates.  It  includes 
many  large,  characteristic  American  animals,  such  as  the  Kodiak  bear, 
Glacier  bear,  Alaska  moose,  white  sheep,  musk  ox,  West  Indian  seal, 
condor,  rhea,  bald  eagle,  boa  constrictor,  alligator  snapper,  Galapagos 
turtle,  various  large  fishes,  etc.  These  are  all  of  the  highest  grade  as 
regards  taxidermy  and  for  the  most  part  unrepresented  in  the  regu- 
lar exhibition  series.  They  will  add  materially  to  the  effectiveness  of 
the  exhibition  halls  when  returned  from  Buffalo. 

One  of  the  most  important  operations  of  the  year,  as  already  stated, 
was  the  installation  of  collections  in  the  Children's  Room  in  the  Smith- 
sonian building.  This  room  was  assigned  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Institution  for  a  collection  which  should  be  in  every  respect  suited  to 
the  comprehension  of  children.  The  room  was  entirely  refitted  under 
competent  architectural  advice  and  is  now  the  handsomest  room  in 

63 


Digitized  by 


Google 


64  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

the  Museum.  The  windows  were  reconstructed  so  as  to  give  the  maxi- 
mum amount  of  light,  by  inserting  plate  glass  in  the  wall  without  the 
intervention  of  sashes.  The  walls  were  painted  a  pleasing  color  and 
the  ceiling  decorated  in  an  elaborate  manner  with  frescoes  representing 
a  bower  of  vines,  with  birds  perched  at  the  various  openings.  The 
floor  was  relaid  in  marble  mosaic.  The  cases  are  of  maple,  finished 
as  light  as  possible  and  made  low  enough  for  a  child  to  see  on  the 
top  shelves.  The  shelving  is  of  glass.  Two  aquariums  have  been 
placed  in  the  center  of  the  room,  one  furnished  with  a  fountain  and 
intended  for  fresh-water  animals,  the  other  for  salt-water  animals.  A 
large  bird  cage  containing  bright-colored  birds  and  songsters  is  sus- 
pended from  the  ceiling. 

The  following  series  of  objects  selected  by  the  Secretary  have  been 
installed  in  the  cases:  (1)  A  series  of  familiar  American  birds;  (2)  com- 
mon European  birds;  (3)  large  birds  of  prey;  (4)  interesting  water 
birds;  (5)  curious  birds,  such  as  the  crocodile  bird,  kiwi,  etc.;  (6) 
some  brilliant-colored  birds;  (7)  curious  nests  and  eggs;  (8)  a  series  of 
specimens  with  accessories  representing  protective  mimicry,  under  the 
caption,  "How  creatures  hide;"  (9)  remarkable  insects;  (10)  bright- 
colored  shells;  (11)  other  interesting  invertebrates;  (12)  remarkable 
minerals.  In  addition,  the  bower  of  a  bower  bird  is  exhibited  and  a 
number  of  Audubon  pictures  representing  birds  in  action. 

The  labels  are  adapted  to  the  comprehension  of  children,  being  in 
untechnical  language  throughout.  They  are  printed  in  large  type  and 
contain  interesting  information  regarding  the  habits  of  birds,  etc.  It 
is  confidently  anticipated  that  the  airiness  and  beauty  of  the  room  and 
fittings  and  the  beauty  and  brilliancy  of  the  exhibits  will  prove  exceed- 
ingly attractive  to  children  and  hardly  less  so  to  older  persons. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  a  new  terrazzo  floor  was  laid  in  the 
southeast  range,  containing  the  exhibition  series  of  reptiles,  batrach- 
ians,  and  fishes,  and  the  cases  were  reassorted  and  arranged  with 
special  reference  to  the  lighting  and  all  extraneous  objects  removed. 
Toward  the  close  of  the  year  two  windows  which  were  formerly 
obscured  by  the  roof  of  the  restaurant  outside  were  opened  again,  and 
the  hall,  in  spite  of  the  rather  low  ceiling,  is  now  one  of  the  best 
lighted  in  the  building.  The  fishes  occupy  upright  cases  along  the 
walls,  and  the  reptiles  and  batrachians  a  series  of  floor  cases  with  slop- 
ing tops.  These  latter  are  not  the  best  that  could  be  designed  for  this 
purpose;  but  as  no  new  ones  could  be  built,  it  was  necessary  to  make 
use  of  them.  The  exhibit  consists  of  casts  of  North  American  species. 
It  is  intended  to  supplement  these  by  collections  of  South  American 
and  Old  World  species  in  liquid. 

The  question  of  the  best  form  of  preparation  for  an  exhibition  series 
of  lower  vertebrates  is  one  which  has  occupied  a  good  deal  of  attention. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON    THE    DEPARTMENT   OF   BIOLOGY.  65 

Painted  casts  can  never  be  actual  facsimiles  of  the  animals  as  they 
appear  in  life,  and  for  that  reason  are  less  valuable  than  preparations 
of  specimens.  The  painting  of  casts  in  life  colors  by  competent  artists 
involves  very  large  .expense.  Furthermore,  such  casts  are  rather  art 
objects  than  natural  history  specimens.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is 
no  known  method  of  retaining  life  colors  in  specimens  preserved  in 
liquids,  and  such  specimens  are  therefore  less  attractive  to  the  public 
than  they  should  be.  In  certain  European  museums  a  method  of 
painting  the  actual  specimens  with  pigments  which  resist  the  action  of 
the  preservative  liquids  has  been  employed.  This  may  prove  a  solution 
of  the  difficulty.  A  number  of  experiments  with  this  process  and  also 
with  formalin  preparations  were  made  during  the  year,  and  it  is 
expected  that  a  conclusion  will  soon  be  reached  as  to  the  method  or 
methods  which  can  be  most  profitably  employed  in  the  enlargement  of 
the  exhibition  series.  At  present  it  seems  probable  that  for  large  and 
medium  sized  species  of  North  American  fishes,  batrachians,  and  reptiles 
it  will  be  best  to  continue  to  make  painted  casts,  ignoring  the  fact  that 
the  colors  as  represented  are  more  or  less  diagrammatic;  that  for  exotic 
species,  especially  those  inhabiting  remote  parts  of  the  world,  and  for 
all  very  small  species,  specimens  in  formalin  or  alcohol,  painted  or  not, 
will  necessarily  be  employed. 

The  exhibit  at  present  consists  of  167  fish  casts,  73  reptile  casts,  11 
batrachian  casts,  2  large  stuffed  sharks,  an  alligator,  and  a  group 
illustrating  the  habitat  of  a  species  of  goby. 

Some  highly  successful  experiments  have  been  made  in  constructing 
composite  preparations  of  turtles  by  casting  the  head,  tail,  and  limbs 
and  fitting  them  into  the  natural  shell  or  carapace. 

A  small  series  of  deep-sea  fishes,  about  25  or  30  in  number,  was 
placed  on  exhibition.  As  these  fish  are  almost  invariably  much 
mutilated  when  dragged  from  the  deep  sea,  they  are  not  well  suited 
for  public  exhibition.  To  supplement  them  a  series  of  colored 
figures,  chiefly  from  Garman's  "Deep-Sea  Fishes"  and  from  Goode 
and  Bean's  "Oceanic  Ichthyology,"  is  exhibited  with  the  specimens, 
which  they  serve  to  explain.  In  connection  with  the  exhibit  for  the 
Pan-American  Exposition  an  enlarged  model  of  one  of  the  luminous 
deep-sea  species  was  prepared,  and  a  typical  series  of  similar  casts 
will  probably  be  prepared  during  the  coming  year. 

The  walls  of  the  entrance  hall  of  the  Smithsonian  building  were 
repainted  during  the  year,  and  a  better  background  obtained  for  the 
game  birds,  fishes,  and  large  mammal  heads  there  exhibited.  A  plan 
was  perfected  for  reorganizing  the  exhibit  of  game  birds  and  render- 
ing it  more  effective  by  replacing  single  specimens  by  groups  with 
accessories  representing  the  birds  in  their  native  wilds.     A  series  of 

NAT  mus  1901 5 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


66  REPOKT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

twenty  groups,  each  about  2  by  3  feet,  are  in  contemplation,  four 
of  which  have  already  been  completed. 

A  large  amount  of  work  was  done  by  the  taxidermists  in  remount- 
ing old  specimens  of  value  in  the  regular  faunal  exhibition  series  of 
birds,  and  one  taxidermist  was  continuously  engaged  in  overhauling 
the  collection  to  keep  it  from  deterioration.  This  is  made  necessary 
on  account  of  the  imperfect  condition  of  the  cases  which  are  now  at 
least  twenty-five  years  old  and  far  from  being  dust  and  vermin  proof. 

New  labels  were  prepared  for  the  American  carnivorous  mammals 
in  the  large  wall  case  on  the  east  side  of  the  south  hall,  completed 
two  years  ago.  It  was  found  necessary  to  store  a  large  lot  of  boxes 
of  mounted  birds  in  the  west  side  of  the  hall  behind  the  detached 
cases  containing  the  groups  of  large  mammals.  As  these  were  very 
unsightly  the  back  glass  of  the  cases  was  painted  and  wooden  parti- 
tions were  set  up  between  them.  This  is  only  a  temporary  provision. 
Nothing  was  done  directly  by  way  of  adding  to  the  series  of  mounted 
mammals,  on  account  of  the  preparations  for  the  Buffalo  Exposition, 
as  already  explained. 

Early  in  the  autumn  experiments  were  begun  looking  toward  the 
construction  of  exhibition  boxes  for  insects.  It  was  thought  that  this 
seemingly  trifling  matter  could  be  disposed  of  in  a  week  or  two,  but, 
in  fact,  to  obtain  an  immaculate  surface  in  the  boxes  on  which  the 
insects  could  be  pinned  and  which  would  not  warp  during  changes  in 
the  weather  proved  to  be  a  task  of  no  small  magnitude  and  baffled  the 
ingenuity  of  the  Museum  mechanics  for  many  months.  Toward  the 
close  of  the  year  the  desired  background  was  at  last  obtained  by 
the  use  of  specially  prepared  cork  and  blotting  paper,  and  the  few 
boxes  filled  have  proved  quite  satisfactory.  It  is  expected  that  the 
whole  exhibition  series  will  be  reorganized  and  transferred  to  the  new 
boxes  during  the  coming  year. 

A  new  series  of  enlarged  models  representing  the  structure  of 
feathers  was  placed  on  exhibition  in  the  hall  of  comparative  anatomy 
during  the  year,  and  a  part  of  the  other  models  were  transferred  to 
new  cases  with  large  glass. 

EXPLORATIONS. 

In  the  spring  of  1901,  by  arrangement  with  the  Museum,  Mr.  Dane 
Coolidge  made  extensive  collections  of  mammals  in  the  mainland  of 
Italy  and  in  Sicily  and  southern  France.  Mr.  G.  S.  Miller,  jr.,  engaged 
in  collecting  operations  in  the  vicinity  of  Peterboro,  New  York,  in  July 
and  August,  1900.  An  arrangement  was  made  with  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns, 
U.  S.  Army,  to  engage  in  explorations  in  central  Florida,  and  especially 
to  visit  various  type  localities  for  mammals.  He  was  in  the  field  from 
February  to  May,  1901,  and  made  large  collections,  especially  along 
the  Kissimee  River,     Toward  the  close  of  the  year  Mr.  \V.  H.  Ashmead 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT    ON    THE    DEPARTMENT    OF    BIOLOGY.  <>7 

was  detailed  to  make  entomological  collections  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
taking  advantage  of  the  excellent  opportunities  for  transportation,  etc., 
afforded  on  account  of  the  marine  work  being  carried  on  from  island 
to  island  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission.  Further  advantage  was  taken 
of  the  operations  of  the  Commission  by  detailing  Dr.  J.  E.  Benedict  to 
accompany  the  steamer  Fhh  Hawk,  which  was  engaged  in  an  investi- 
gation of  the  offshore  fishing  banks  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  opposite 
Anelote  River,  Florida.  By  invitation,  Mr.  Charles  T.  Simpson 
accompanied  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson,  jr.,  in  conchological  explorations 
about  the  islands  of  Haiti  and  Jamaica.  About  six  weeks  in  November 
and  December  were  spent  in  this  work. 

In  addition  to  the  collecting  parties  sent  out  last  year  in  behalf  of 
the  Pan-American  Exposition,  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere  made  explorations 
along  the  Amazon  River,  Brazil,  in  the  spring  of  1901,  and  Messrs. 
Barton  A.  Bean  and  William  H.  King  collected  fishes  at  Key  West, 
Florida.  Messrs.  Palmer  and  Riley,  who  visited  Cuba  on  behalf  of 
the  Exposition,  and  Mr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  who  made  collections  in 
Venezuela,  returned  to  the  United  States  in  August. 

In  July,  1900,  Messrs.  Charles  L.  Pollard  and  William  R.  Maxon 
made  botanical  explorations  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  and  Tennessee, 
obtaining  collections  of  much  interest.  In  May,  1901,  Mr.  Pollard 
visited  the  mountains  of  North  Carolina  and  obtained  a  rich  collection 
of  violets,  as  well  as  other  plants. 

ACCESSIONS. 

In  the  majority  of  divisions  of  the  Department  the  accessions  sur- 
passed those  of  last  year  in  number  and  were  of  equal  or  greater 
importance.  The  increase  in  mammals  was  4,593  specimens,  a  very 
large  number.  Of  insects  a  smaller  number  was  received — 37,000,  as 
compared  with  85,000  last  year — but  the  value  scientifically  was  not 
inferior.  The  accessions  of  birds'  eggs  far  surpassed  those  of  last 
year  in  number  and  value.  The  importance  of  the  accessions  to  the 
Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates  was  much  greater  than  last  year. 
On  the  whole  the  year  ma}'  be  considered  as  more  than  ordinarily 
prosperous. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott  continued  his  extensive  natural  history  explora- 
tions in  the  East  Indies,  and  contributed  large  collections  of  mammals, 
birds,  reptiles,  mollusks,  insects,  and  marine  invertebrates  from  the 
Natuna  Islands,  the  Mergui  Archipelago,  and  the  coast  of  Tringanu 
(Malay  Peninsula).  About  twenty  new  species  of  mammals  have  been 
detected  in  these  collections,  and  there  are  doubtless  others,  as  well 
as  new  birds,  reptiles,  etc.  These  collections  constitute  additions  of 
♦Treat  importance. 

While  stationed  at  Newport,  Rhode  Island,  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns,  lT.  8. 
Army,  made  extensive  zoological  collections  in  all  classes,  which  he 


Digitized  by 


Google 


68  RKPOKT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,    11)01. 

presented  to  the  Museum.  Later,  as  already  stated,  arrangements 
were  made  with  him  to  collect  small  mammals  from  type  localities  in 
Florida,  especially  along  the  Kissimmee  River.  He  obtained  about 
300  mammals,  some  000  birds,  including  man}'  in  plumages  not  previ- 
ously represented  in  the  Museum  collections,  such  as  the  downy  young 
of  the  Florida  Dusky  duck,  etc.;  also  many  birds' eggs,  including  five 
eggs  of  the  Florida  Dusky  duck,  Ana*  fulvUjula,  and  large  numbers 
of  reptiles,  among  which  was  a  tine  series  of  skulls  and  skeletons  of 
the  soft-shelled  turtle,  Platypeltix  xpinifrr. 

Notice  was  taken  in  last  year's  report  of  an  expedition  to  Venezuela 
by  Capt.  Wirt  Robinson,  U.  S.  Army,  with  whom  was  associated  Mr. 
M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.  The  collectors  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  considerable 
quantity  of  material,  including  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  and  insects. 
The  collection  was  rich  in  bats  and  included  some  beautifully  preserved 
reptiles,  among  which  were  two  new  species  of  snakes,  Pxeudohoa  rtJ>- 
!w«riu  and  Phrynonaz  I  yon!. 

In  the  spring  of  1901,  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere  was  authorized  to  make 
collections  of  characteristic  reptiles  and  fish  of  the  Amazon  River  for 
exhibition  at  the  Pan-American  Exposition.  He  was  successful  in 
this  work,  and  obtained  also  a  fine  adult  skeleton  of  the  Amazon  por- 
poise. In  la  amazimiva,  some  interesting  wasps'  nests,  and  other  objects. 

The  mammal  collection  from  southern  Europe  obtained  by  Mr.  Dane 
Coolidge,  already  mentioned,  included  what  is  probably  the  best  series 
of  Italian  rodents  now  in  existence.  The  collection  of  mammals  made 
by  Mr.  G.  S.  Miller,  jr.,  in  Madison  County,  New  York,  contains 
about  200  specimens. 

The  Museum  had  the  good  fortune  to  obtain  from  Mrs.  E.  D.  (x>pe. 
by  purchase,  a  specimen  of  the  extinct  Philip  Island  parrot,  AW<>/ 
]>r<nlHctns.  There  are  now  two  specimens  of  this  bird  in  the  Museum. 
Only  about  twelve  specimens  are  known  to  be  preserved. 

In  the  middle  of  the  year  the  Museum  purchased  the  private  collec- 
tion of  Mr.  Robert  Ridgway,  containing  about  1,100  North  and  Cen- 
tral American  birds,  including  many  in  the  first  plumages,  and  all 
exceedingly  perfect  specimens.  There  were  no  duplicates  in  the 
collections. 

The  type  of  a  supposed  new  Mountain  Chickadee,  Para*  gamMl 
tltayerl.  was  presented  by  the  late  F.  J.  Birtwell. 

Mr.  C.  B.  Kloss  presented  a  representative  series  of  5(5  birds  from 
Singapore  Island,  Malay  Peninsula.  Capt.  II.  C.  Benson,  l\  S.  Army, 
presented  an  excellent  collection  of  nests  and  eggs  of  Philippine  birds, 
accompanied  in  the  majority  of  cases  by  specimens  of  the  birds.  A 
pair  of  the  rare  Stitch  birds  of  New  Zealand  was  purchased;  also  six 
skins  of  the  imperial  parrot  of  Dominica  Island,  West  Indies;  and  four 
Birds  of  Paradise,  including  the  rare  Ptcvuhtphora  albert  I ^  a  species 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF   BIOLOGY.  69 

with  extraordinary  plumes.     The  last  i  ontioned  is  exhibited  in  the 
children's  room. 

Dr.  William  L.  Ralph  continued  his  generous  donation  of  rare  birds' 
eggs,  included  among  which  were  eggs  of  the  Everglade  kite  and  Hens- 
low'*  sparrow.  Some  small  collections  of  eggs  from  the  western  United 
States  and  Mexico,  received  from  the  Biological  Survey,  Department 
of  Agriculture,  were  extremely  rich  in  rarities. 

The  naturalist  of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission  Steamer  Alba- 
troxx  obtained  for  the  Museum  a  collection  of  55  reptiles  from  the  Poly- 
nesian Islands  during  the  recent  cruise  of  the  vessel  in  the  South  Seas, 
a  welcome  addition  to  the  scant  collections  from  that  part  of  the  world/ 
Thirty -seven  reptiles  from  the  island  of  St.  Kitts,  West  Indies,  were 
presented  by  Mr.  W.  II.  Alexander,  United  States  weather  observer. 

The  types  of  the  new  species  of  fish  collected  by  the  Fi*h  Hawk 
expedition  of  1899,  to  Porta  Rico,  were  deposited  in  the  Museum  by 
the  United  States  Fish  Commission,  together  with  other  specimens 
from  that  island. 

Dr.  O.  P.  Jenkins,  of  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  presented 
the  type  of  Hawaiian  fishes  collected  in  the  islands  by  himself  and 
Mr.  T.  D.  Wood.  The  university  also  presented  a  series  of  Japanese 
fishes. 

Regarding  important  accessions  of  mollusks,  Mr.  William  II.  Dall, 
honorary  curator,  writes  as  follows: 

Scientifically  the  most  interesting  lot  of  material  received  was  from  Dr.  W.  Kast- 
lake,  of  Tokyo,  Japan  (through  Mr.  II.  F.  Moore,  of  the  Finli  Commission),  com- 
prising about  500  species  of  oriental  shells,  a  department  in  which  we  are 
exceptionally  weak  and  which  this  donation  materially  assisted. 

Next,  perhaps,  comes  the  collection  made  by  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson,  jr.,  and  Mr. 
Simpson,  in  Haiti  and.  Jamaica,  comprising  over  200  species  and  3,000  specimens, 
which  have  not  been  fully  administered  U|>on,  but  which  will  add  valuable  and 
needed  material  to  the  collection. 

A  collection  of  Naiades  from  South  and  Central  America,  sent  by  Dr.  If.  von 
Ihering  and  comprising  some  225  species,  has  proved  especially  valuable,  filling 
many  gaps. 

A  collection  of  Australian  shells,  sent  in  exchange  by  the  Australian  Museum,  is 
among  the  more  noteworthy  additions. 

Other  accessions  worthy  of  special  mention  are  those4  from  the  Malay  Peninsula 
and  adjacent  islands,  sent  by  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott;  the  collections  made  in  Mexico  and 
Yucatan  by  Mr.  E.  W.  Nelson,  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  a  small  col- 
lection from  the  vicinity  of  Pernambuco,  Brazil,  received  from  Dr.  J.  C.  Branner. 

The  accessions  of  insects  are  so  numerous,  amounting'  to  21)7,  com- 
prising 37,000  specimens,  that  it  is  impossible  to  mention  even  the 
more  important  ones  in  detail  in  this  place.  Preeminent  among1  them, 
however,  was  the  Hofmann  collection  of  European  Lepidoptera.  This 
collection  was  formed  by  the  late  Dr.  O.  Hofmann,  and  was  purchased 
by  the  Museum  from  Prof.  A.  R.  Grotc,  of  Ilildesheim,  Germany. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


70  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

It  contains  15,62(>  specimens,  a  splendid  series  of  European  Lepidop- 
tera,  particularly  rich  in  the  smaller  moths. 

Other  important  accessions  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  From 
the  Philippine  Islands,  several  accessions  of  insects  of  all  orders,  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  P.  L.  Stangl,  IT.  S.  Army,  and  100  butterflies,  presented 
by  Mr.  Samuel  H.  Adams;  from  Porto  Rico,  30  dragon  flies,  presented 
by  Mr.  G.  N.  Collins,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture;  from 
the  Hawaiian  Islands,  258  Hymenoptera,  donated  by  the  committee  for 
investigating  the  fauna  and  flora  of  these  islands  (through  Dr.  David 
Sharpe),  3  lots  given  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Henshaw,  together  with  the  large 
series  collected  by  Mr.  William  H.  Ashmead;  from  Cuba  wrere 
received  the  collections  made  by  Messrs.  Palmer  and  Riley  of  the 
Museum;  from  New  Mexico,  several  lots  of  insects  of  all  orders, 
including  types  of  bees,  presented  by  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell;  from 
Utah,  5  vials  containing  types  of  Lithobiidw,  presented  by  Mr.  Ralph 
V.  Chamberlain;  from  Paraguay,  1,005  butterflies  and  moths,  together 
with  other  insects,  were  purchased;  from  the  Galapagos  Islands,  216 
Diptera,  presented  by  Mr.  Robert  E.  Snodgrass;  from  Venezuela,  174 
insects,  collected  by  Dr.  M.  J.  Lyon;  from  South  Africa,  63  Diptera, 
representing  27  species,  from  C.  P.  Lounsbury,  Government  entomol- 
ogist, Capetown;  from  the  Malay  Peninsula  and  the  Natuna  Islands,  3 
lots  of  insects,  collected  by  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott;  from  Australia,  a  col- 
lection of  parasitic  Hymenoptera,  presented  by  the  department  of 
mines  and  agriculture,  Sydney;  from  Germany,  545  Diptera  and  48 
galls  of  Honnomyia  fagi,  presented  by  Mr.  Theo.  Pergande. 

In  addition  should  be  mentioned  the  following:  Six  thousand  Mex- 
ican diptera  from  Prof.  C.  II.  T.  Townsend;  a  collection  of  390  Diptera, 
comprising  92  species,  received  in  exchange  from  the  Museum  fur 
Naturkunde,  Berlin,  and  141  Diptera,  presented  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Johnson; 
400  moths,  presented  by  Dr.  William  Barnes;  15  types  of  Chambers's 
Tineida%  presented  by  the  Laville  University;  202  moths,  presented 
by  Dr.  Ottolengui;  5  types  and  1  cotype  of  species  of  Noctuidje,  pre- 
sented by  Prof.  John  B.  Smith;  50  moths  and  4  types,  presented  by 
Dr.  James  Fletcher;  100  living  cocoons  of  Monvma  flavesven*  and  100 
moths,  presented  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Wileman;  a  collection  of  Mutillidas 
and  Formicida?  received  in  exchange  from  Ernest  Andre,  esq.,  Gray, 
France;  38  Orthoptera,  together  with  some  types  and  cotypes,  pre- 
sented by  W.  S.  Blatchley  through  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture;  22  rare  Hydrooeeia,  presented  by  Mr.  Henry  Bird;  types 
of  Jassida*,  presented  by  Prof.  Herbert  Osborn,  Ohio  State  University. 

The  United  States  Fish  Commission  transferred  to  the  Museum  six 
important  collections  of  marine  invertebrates,  as  follows: 

(1)  The  ophiurans  of  the  ^Agassiz"  cruise  of  the  Albatrtm,  1891, 
to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  west  coast  of  Mexico,  etc.,  and  determined 
bv  Drs.  Lutken  and  Mortensen. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF   BIOLOGY.  71 

(2)  Japanese  Crustacea  collected  by  the  Albatross,  1900.  These 
comprise  specimens  dredged  in  various  depths  as  well  as  those  col- 
lected along  shore  by  Dr.  H.  F.  Moore,  naturalist  of  the  Albatross, 

(3)  Corals  from  the  Albatross  South  Sea  expedition,  1899-1900;  to 
be  studied  and  reported  upon  by  Mr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan. 

(4)  Corals  collected  in  Porto  Rican  waters  by  the  Fi*k  Hawk,  1899. 
Determined  by  Mr.  Vaughan  and  results  to  be  published  in  bulletin 
of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission. 

(5)  Large  collection  of  crayfishes  collected  in  West  Virginia,  1899, 
by  a  field  partv  of  the  Fish  Commission.  Determined  bv  Mr.  W.  P. 
Hay- 

(<>)  Arctic  crustaceans  and  echinoderms  collected  by  the  Princeton 
U  niversity  expedition,  1899.    These  species  were  named  when  received. 

Other  collections  of  lower  invertebrates  which  should  be  mentioned 
in  this  place  are  the  types  of  the  oligochete  worms  (Enchytra>ida») 
collected  by  the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition  and  presented  through 
Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam;  the  types  of  Cambarus  gall  m  us  presented  by 
Prof.  Theodore  D.  A.  Cockerell;  a  collection  of  marine  and  fresh- 
water crustaceans  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  presented  by  Mr.  II.  W. 
Henshaw;  Philippine  corals  and  sponges,  received  in  exchange  from 
Father  Jose*  Algue";  specimens  of  ocean  bottom  obtained  in  connection 
with  the  Pacific  cable  survey  made  by  the  U.  S.  S.  Nero,  and  trans- 
mitted by  the  Ilydrographic  Office,  U.  S.  Navy. 

A  very  important  accession  of  the  year  was  the  Willey  lichen  her- 
barium, comprising  10,000  specimens  from  all  parts  of  the  world, 
constituting  the  entire  private  collection  of  the  late  Henry  Willey,  a 
well-known  specialist  in  this  group  of  plants.  The  collection  was 
purchased  by  the  Museum  from  the  estate. 

Other  important  accessions  of  plants,  which  were  chiefly  from  the 
Southern  United  States  and  Mexico,  are  as  follows:  From  West  Vir- 
ginia, 468  specimens,  collected  by  Mr.  E.  L.  Morris  and  received  through 
the  United  States  Fish  Commission;  from  North  Carolina,  200  speci- 
mens, collected  by  Mr.  C.  L.  Pollard,  of  the  Museum;  from  Alabama, 
Georgia,  and  Tennessee,  1,000  plants,  collected  by  Messrs.  Pollard  and 
Maxon,  of  the  Museum  staff;  from  Louisiana,  144  specimens,  presented 
by  Mr.  C.  R.  Ball,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture;  from 
Oregon,  5,400  plants,  collected  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Sheldon  and  received 
through  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture;  from  Utah, 
126  specimens,  received  in  exchange;  from  Alaska,  174  specimens, 
presented  by  Mrs.  J.  B.  Flett,  and  248  specimens  received  in  exchange 
from  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden;  also  100  specimens  of  arbo- 
rescent plants,  from  various  localities  in  the  United  States,  presented 
by  Prof.  C.  S.  Sargent;  and  887  specimens  from  various  localities  in 
the  United  States  and  Mexico  tmd  Central  America,  received  in 
exchange  from  the  Gray  Herbarium. 

a  This  is  the  first  species  of  crayfish  known  from  New  Mexico      , 


72  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

The  following  were  the  principal  purchases  of  plants  made  during  the 
year:  917  specimens  from  Georgia,  1,293  specimens  from  Florida  and 
Mississippi,  670  specimens  from  Missouri,  295  specimens  from  New 
Mexico,  268  specimens  from  Mexico,  and  100  specimens  (Alga&)  from 
various  localities  in  the  United  States. 

WORK   ON  THE   STUDT   COLLECTIONS. 

In  the  Division  of  Mammals  the  work  of  renovating  skins  in  danger 
of  destruction  on  account  of  their  greasy  condition  or  otherwise  was 
continued,  special  attention  being  paid  to  the  medium-sized  skins — 
monkeys,  small  carnivores,  etc.  About  600  specimens  were  treated 
during  the  year. 

The  collections  of  small  mammals  are  now  in  good  condition  and  for 
the  most  part  well  arranged.  The  collections  of  large  skins,  on  the 
other  hand,  are  still  to  a  great  extent  in  bad  or  even  dangerous  con- 
dition, due  to  lack  of  cases,  room,  and  taxidermic  assistance.  The 
specimens  in  cases  are  overcrowded,  and  hundreds  have  remained  for 
several  years  without  cases,  exposed  to  dust  and  vermin.  Still  others 
are  in  vats  containing  preservatives,  where  they  have  remained  for  a 
number  of  years. 

Considerable  work  has  been  done  during  the  year  in  rearranging 
the  large  skulls,  a  commodious  storage  space  having  been  provided 
behind  the  large  wall  case  on  the  east  side  of  the  South  Hall. 

A  considerable  number  of  worthless  mammal  skins  which  had  accu- 
mulated were  brought  together,  passed  upon  by  a  committee  of  inspec- 
tion, and  condemned. 

In  order  to  make  room  for  headquarters  for  the  Depaitment,  the 
mammal  collections  of  the  Biological  Survey,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, formerly  in  the  south  entrance  of  the  Museum  building,  were 
transferred  to  the  north  balcony.  Some  3,000  small  mammal  skulls 
belonging  to  the  collection  of  the  Survey  were  cleaned  during  the 
year,  a  platform  was  built  on  the  cases  containing  the  collections  in 
the  southeast  range,  and  12  new  unit  cases  were  constructed. 

In  the  Division  of  Birds  little  work  was  done  on  the  cabinet  collec- 
tions. The  assistant  curator  was  alone,  and  being  fully  occupied  by 
the  preparations  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition  and  the  installation 
of  the  children's  room,  he  found  little  time  to  devote  to  other  than 
routine  work,  such  as  answering  correspondence,  recording  specimens, 
attending  to  accessions,  loans,  etc.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year,  how- 
ever, 18  new  half-unit  cases  were  placed  in  the  West  basement,  and  a 
beginning  made  in  transferring  the  birds  from  the  old  and  imperfect 
cases  previously  used  and  arranging  them  in  systematic  order.  The 
collections  of  birds'  eggs  are  in  excellent  condition,  but  the  nests  are 
not  properly  housed,  being  slill  in  cases  not  dust  proof.     The  dupli- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF   BIOLOGY.  73 

cate  eggs  were  overhauled  during  the  year  and  a  considerable  amount 
of  worthless  material  discarded. 

In  the  Division  of  Reptiles  the  old  trays  containing  the  study  collec- 
tions were  replaced  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  by  a  new  system  of 
shelving,  doubling  the  storage  capacity  of  the  laboratory.  The  shelves 
arc  movable  and  provided  with  simple  runners,  so  that  they  can  be 
raised  or  lowered  with  the  greatest  ease  and  without  loss  of  time.  A 
rearrangement  of  the  collections  could  not  be  undertaken  during  the 
year,  as  the  electric  lighting  of  the  laboratory  was  not  completed. 
The  clerk  of  this  division,  the  only  assistant  of  the  curator,  was  ill 
for  a  considerable  part  of  the  year,  and  finally  died. 

The  collections  of  fishes  were  thoroughly  overhauled  and  provided 
with  new  alcohol.  Red  labels  were  furnished  for  the  type  specimens 
received  during  the  year,  anfl  a  considerable  part  of  the  regular  series 
relabeled. 

One  of  the  principal  operations  of  the  Division  of  Mollusks  was  a 
thorough  revision  of  the  Lucinacea,  the  larger  portion  of  which  was 
relabeled  in  accordance  with  the  revised  classification  of  the  group. 
The  new  accessions  of  the  year  were  labeled  and  distributed  to  their 
proper  places  in  the  collection. 

The  sets  of  lower  marine  invertebrates  prepared  for  distribu- 
tion to  educational  institutions  having  been  exhausted,  a  new  series  of 
100  sets  was  prepared  during  the  year.  Each  set  contains  about  300 
specimens,  representing  from  85  to  95  species.  Ten  special  sets  of 
duplicate  specimens  were  also  made  up  and  distributed  to  museums 
and  kindred  institutions  and  12  lots  sent  out  for  exchange  purposes. 
Accessions  of  the  year  were  cared  for  as  soon  as  received,  and  the 
greater  part  of  the  crustaceans  named,  but  for  the  lack  of  clerical  assist- 
ance it  was  impossible  to  catalogue  specimens  as  fast  as  received. 

The  ophiurans  received  from  the  Agassiz  Albatrox*  expedition  of 
1891,  and  determined  by  Drs.  Lutken  and  Mortensen,  were  catalogued 
and  the  duplicates  divided  into  seven  sets  and  distributed  to  seven  of 
of  the  principal  museums  in  Europe  and  America. 

In  the  Division  of  Insects  the  work  on  the  general  collections  is 
reported  upon  by  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard,  honorary  curator,  as  follows: 

The  collections  are  probably  as  well  cared  for  as  the  room  at  our  disposal,  the  help 
available,  and  the  number  of  insect  drawers  obtainable  will  permit. 

The  Lepidoptera  art*  well  arranged  in  the  standard  insect  drawers,  and  the  large 
and  valuable  H  of  maun  collection  of  European  moths  has  been  incorporated.  A  card 
catalogue  of  species  of  the  entire  collection  of  lepidoptera  has  been  prepared  and 
greatly  facilitates  the  quick  finding  of  specimens. 

The  collection  of  sawflies  and  part  of  the  ichneumon  flies  have  l>een  transferred  to 
these  same  drawers  and  Mr.  Schwarz  has  superintended  the  transfer  of  the  North 
American  Cerambyeidte  to  them,  the  Hubbard  and  Schwarz  collection  in  this  family 
being  at  the  name  time  incorporated  with  the  regular  museum  scries.  A  rearrange- 
ment of  some  of  the  exotic  collections  of  Ooleoptera  has  also  l>een  made. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


74  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

Dr.  Dyar  has  spent  much  time  in  the  identification  and  arrangement  of  exotic 
material,  l>eing  assisted,  particularly  in  the  mounting  and  labeling  of  new  material, 
by  Mr.  A.  N.  Caudell,  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Division  of  Entomology. 

Mr.  Ooquillett  has  done  much  work  on  the  Diptera,  Mr.  Ashmead  on  the  Hymen- 
optera,  and  Mr.  Schwarz,  as  far  as  his  impaired  health  would  permit,  on  the 
Coleoptera. 

Mr.  Currie  has  worked  on  the  Odonata  and  Myrmeleonidae,  having  named  most  of 
the  North  American  insects  in  these  groups  and  mounted  and  labeled  a  good  series 
for  the  systematic  collection.  Lack  of  room,  however,  has  prevented  their  perma- 
nent arrangement,  most  of  the  available  space  and  drawers  being  taken  up  by  the 
Orthoptera. 

The  exotic  and  duplicate  Coleoptera  and  the  Arachnida  and  Myriapoda  have  been 
removed  to  the  east-south  range  gallery.  Mr.  Banks  has  rearranged  much  of  the 
Arachnida  and  has  transferred  the  vials  containing  the  Marx  collection  and  the  reg- 
ular collection  to  museum  jars  filled  with  alcohol,  thus  avoiding  the  danger  of  the 
material  drying  up.  # 

Work  has  also  been  done  by  Professor  Cook  on  the  Myriapoda  and  by  Mr.  Ileide- 
mann  on  the  Ilemiptera-Heteroptera. 

Mr.  F.  Y.  Coville,  honorary  curator,  Division  of  Plants,  furnishes 
the  following  report  on  the  progress  of  work  in  the  herbarium: 

In  the  last  annual  report  a  description  of  the  new  insect-proof  case  was  given,  and 
reference  was  made  to  the  installation  of  HO  of  these  on  the  floor  of  the  gallery  over 
the  southern  range.  In  accordance  with  the  plan  of  gradual  replacement  outlined* 
at  that  time,  14  of  these  cases  have  recently  been  set  up  along  the  west  wall  of  the 
main  balcony,  and  30  additional  ones  will  shortly  be  installed  on  the  exhibition 
balcony.  It  has  been  found  that  these  cases,  with  their  double  doors,  are  well  adapted 
to  the  bisulphide  treatment  at  anytime,  and  that  insect  pests,  when  eradicated,  may 
be  kept  in  control  by  a  liberal  use  of  naphthaline  in  the  cases. 

The  systematic  stamping  of  the  sheets  in  the  herbarium  has  been  temporarily  dis- 
continued on  account  of  the  insufficiency  of  our  force.  All  sheets  of  specimens, 
however,  which  are  loaned  for  study  to  persons  outside  of  the  Museum  are  stami>ed 
and  recorded  before  transmission,  so  that  in  this  way  the  numbering  of  the  herbarium 
is  slowly  progressing. 

During  the  last  few  months  the  work  of  rearranging  the  herbarium  according  to 
the  sequence  established  by  Engler  and  Prantl  in  "Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien" 
has  progressed  satisfactorily,  the  "Index  Generum  Phanerogamorum ' '  of  De  Dal  la 
Torre  and  Harms  being  taken  as  a  guide.  The  ferns  and  fern  allies,  gymnosperms 
and  monocotyledons,  are  now  arranged  on  the  modern  sequence. 

Owing  to  the  resignation  of  one  of  our  three  preparators  on  January  15,  1901,  the 
work  of  mounting  was  greatly  delayed,  and  the  services  of  three  temporary  prepara- 
tors were  secured  by  requisitions  drawn  for  the  purpose  in  April  of  the  present  year. 
One  has  assisted  Mr.  Maxon  in  lal)eling  and  mounting  the  lichens  of  the  Willey 
collection;  another  has  mounted  miscellaneous  plants, and  the  third  has  repaired 
such  sheets  in  the  main  herbarium  as  were  found  to  be  impaired  by  the  attacks  of 
insect  pests.  The  total  number  of  specimens  mounted  during  the  year,  exclusive  of 
the  cryptogams,  is  18,177.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  many  of  the  latter  are  mounted  on 
a  single  sheet  it  is  not  possible  to  make  even  an  approximate  estimate  of  their  num- 
ber, but  the  collections  of  mosses  and  lichens,  in  particular,  have  been  carefully 
labeled  and  all  accumulations  of  material  mounted.  Our  catalogue  books  show  a 
total  of  24,647  mounted  sheets  that  have  been  stamped  and  recorded  during  the  year. 
The  great  majority  of  these  have  been  distributed  into  the  general  herbarium. 

Mr.  Roland  M.  Harper  was  engaged  by  contract  to  determine  and  label  the  large 
collection  of  plants  transmit  ted  by  the  Fish  Commission,  to  which  reference  is  made 
in  another  part  of  this  report. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF    BIOLOGY.  75 

The  alcoholics  and  rough  skeletons  belonging  in  the  Division  of 
Comparative  Anatomy,  which  are  necessarily  kept  in  one  of  the 
annexes  at  present,  were  rearranged  and  put  in  order  during  the 
year,  and  1,100  skulls  of  mammals,  many  of  them  of  large  size,  were 
cleaned  and  added  to  the  reserve  series. 

SCIENTIFIC   RESEARCHES   AND   PUBLICATIONS. 

The  activity  of  the  scientific  staff  in  research  was  one  of  the  most 
prominent  and  gratifying  features  of  the  year's  work,  and  the  large 
amount  of  important  results  published  is  shown  by  the  Bibliography 
(Appendix  IV). 

The  systematic  manual  of  the  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America,  by 
Mr.  Robert  Ridgway,  of  which  mention  was  made  in  last  year's  report, 
progressed  favorably  in  spite  of  serious  interruptions,  and  the  first 
volume  was  put  in  type.  The  second  volume  is  nearly  ready  for  the 
printer.  It  is  expected  that  the  work  will  be  complete  in  seven  vol- 
umes. After  careful  consideration  of  all  the  circumstances  in  the 
case,  it  was  decided  to  recast  the  measurements  of  specimens,  which 
had  been  prepared  for  the  first  volume  in  English  inches,  into  metric 
measurements,  and  this  system  will  be  followed  throughout  the  work. 
Mr.  Ridgway  also  prepared  a  paper  on  a  new  species  and  genera  of 
tanagers  and  orioles. 

Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond  continued  work  on  a  card  catalogue  of 
genera  and  species  of  fossil  and  recent  birds,  and  also  published  three 
papers  relating  to  the  nomenclature  of  birds.  The  work  of  complet- 
ing Bendire's  "Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds"  (Special 
Bulletins,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Nos.  1  and  3)  was  taken  up  by 
Dr.  W.  L.  Ralph,  honorary  curator  of  the  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs,  and 
in  that  connection  a  circular  letter  was  issued  to  those  interested  in 
collecting  information.  A  gratifying  number  of  responses  has  been 
received  from  correspondents  and  friends  of  the  Institution. 

Mr.  G.  S.  Miller,  jr.,  published  twenty  papers  on  mammals  during 
the  year,  chiefly  noticing  new  forms  in  the  East  Indian  collections  of 
Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott,  new  European,  African,  and  South  American 
mammals.  Included  among  them,  however,  were  a  revision  of  the 
Red-backed  mice  of  Europe  and  a  key  to  the  land  mammals  of  eastern 
North  America.  Mr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  published  a  study  of  the  oste- 
ology of  the  jerboas  and  jumping  mice. 

Papers  on  the  reptiles  of  Japan  and  of  Porto  Rico  were  nearly  com- 
pleted b}^  Dr.  L.  Stejneger  during  the  year.  A  large  series  of  out- 
line illustrations  for  the  former  was  prepared.  Dr.  Stejneger  also 
began  a  study  of  the  reptiles  of  Cuba,  and  illustrations  tor  a  paper  on 
that  subject  were  prepared.  In  addition  he  reported  on  the  reptiles 
collected  by  Messrs.  Robinson  and  Lyon  in  Venezuela  and  published 
two  papers  on  the  birds  known  as  Wheatears  (genus  Sttvicola), 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


76  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

The  synopses  of  the  Molluscan  families  Tellinida*  and  Cardiida*  by 
Mr.  William  II.  Dall,  mentioned  in  the  previous  report,  were  pub- 
lished during  the  year,  together  with  a  synopsis  of  the  Lucinaeea,  the 
fifth  part  of  a  treatise  on  the  Tertiary  mollusks  of  Florida,  eleven 
other  shorter  papers  on  mollusks,  and  several  articles  of  a  general 
character.  In  conjunction  with  Mr.  Charles  T.  Simpson  he  prepared 
a  report  on  the  mollusks  collected  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission 
steamer  Fmh  Hawk  in  Porto  Rico.  Mr.  Simpson  also  published  three 
papers  on  river  mussels  and  continued  his  studies  of  the  naiades  with 
the  view  of  publishing  a  monograph  at  some  time  in  the  future.  Mr. 
P.  Bartsch  continued  studies  on  the  Pacific  Pyramidellida4,  and  pub- 
lished various  short  natural  history  papers  in  the  "Osprev,"  of  which  he 
is  associate  editor. 

In  the  Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates,  Dr.  J.  E.  Benedict  con- 
tinued his  studies  of  the  crustaceans  of  the  family  Galatheidse  and  pre- 
pared a  report  on  the  anomuran  crustaceans  of  the  Fish  Commission 
expedition  of  1899  to  Porto  Rico  and  a  description  of  four  new  species 
of  symmetrical  pagurid  crustaceans.  He  also  published  a  paper  on 
the  hermit  crab,  Pagurus  bernhardu^  and  its  allies. 

Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun  published  a  synopsis  of  the  grapsoid  crabs  of 
North  America  and  a  report  on  the  decapod  and  stomatopod  crusta- 
ceans collected  during  the  Branner-Agassiz  expedition  to  Brazil.  She 
has  also  completed  keys  to  the  various  groups  of  North  American  crabs 
besides  the  grapsoids,  a  report  of  the  brachyuran  and  macruran  crus- 
taceans collected  during  the  Stanford  University  expedition  to  the 
Galapagos  Islands  in  1898-99;  a  report  on  crustaceans  of  the  same 
groups  collected  in  Porto  Rican  waters  in  1899  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Com- 
mission steamer  Fi$h  ITmrl\  In  reporting  on  the  decapod  crustaceans 
collected  by  the  Harriman  expedition  in  1899,  Miss  Rathbun  has  under- 
taken a  review  of  the  Decapoda  of  the  west  coast  of  North  America, 
making  in  that  connection  a  study  of  the  vast  number  of  Macrura  in 
the  Museum  collected  in  years  past  by  the  naturalists  of  the  steamer 
AlbatroHH  and  by  Mr.  William  II.  Dall  and  others. 

Miss  Harriet  Richardson  prepared  a  report  on  the  isopods  of  the 
Stanford  University  expedition  and  published  a  report  on  the  isopods 
of  the  Branner-Agassiz  expedition  and  a  key  to  the  isopods  of  the  east 
coast  of  North  America. 

Regarding  scientific  researches  in  the  Division  of  Insects,  Dr.  L.  O. 
Howard  reports  as  follows: 

All  the  material  of  the  Harriman  expedition  has  been  worked  up,  and  reports  upon 
the  same  are  being  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Washington  Academy  of 
Sciences.  Mr.  Coimillett  reported  upon  the  Diptera,  Mr.  Kincaid  upon  the  Ten- 
thredinoidea,  Sphegoidea,  Vespoidea,  and  metamorphoses  of  Col eoptera,  Mr.  Sehwarz 
upon  the  Coleoptera  and  Psyllida*,  Mr.  Ashmead  upon  the  Ilymenoptera  as  a  whole, 
Dr.  Dyar  upon  the  Lepidoptera  (descriptions  of  the  new  species  being  furnished  by 
several  sj>ecialists),  Mr.  Caudell  upon  the  Orthoptera,  Mr.  Justus  \V.  Folsom,  of 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON    THE    DEPARTMENT   OF    BIOLOGY.  77 

Champaign,  111.,  upon  the  Thynanura,  Mr.  Heidemann  upon  the  Hemiptera,  Mr. 
Banks  upon  the  Arachnida  and  neuropteroid  insectn,  Professor  Cook  upon  the 
Myriapoda,  Mr.  Pergande  upon  the  Aphidida?  and  Formicidie,  and  Mr.  Currie  upon 
the  Odonata.  # 

During  the  year  Mr.  Coquiliett  has  been  at  work  monographing  certain  families  of 
the  Diptera,  while  Mr.  Ashmead  has  worked  upon  the  Ichneumonoidea  and  Bombi- 
die  and  ha*<  completed  his  report  upon  the  Hymenoptera  Parasitica  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands.  His  work  upon  exotic  material  from  Africa,  8iam,  Japan,  Australia,  and 
New  Zealand  has  also  been  continued. 

The  various  npecialists  connected  with  the  Division  of  Insects  and  the  Division  of 
Entomology,  in  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  have  identified  material  from  the 
Galapagos  Islands  collected  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Snodgrass,  and  reports  upon  the  same  will 
soon  l)e  published  as  follows:  Mr.  Banks  upon  the  Arachnida,  Mr.  Ashmead  uf*>n 
the  Hymenoptera,  Mr.  Coquiliett  upon  the  Diptera,  Dr.  Dyar  upon  the  Ijepidoptera, 
Mr.  Currie  upon  the  Odonata,  and  Mr.  Heidemann  uj>on  the  Hemiptera. 

Mr.  Currie  has  continued  his  work  upon  the  Myrmeleonidiv,  and  is  preparing  a 
synonymical  card  catalogue  of  the  North  American  neuropteroid  insects  which, 
together  with  catalogues  of  the  North  American  insects  in  other  orders,  it  is  pro- 
posed to  publish  for  the  Museum.  Much  work  has  also  been  done  on  catalogues  of 
Lepidoptera  by  Dr.  Dyar,  and  Hymenoptera  by  Mr.  Ashmead. 

Mr.  Caudell  has  published  a  synopsis  of  the  hemipterous  genus  Sinea,  and  has 
identified  considerable  material  in  the  Orthoptera. 

The  bibliography  of  the  division  shows  78  titles  of  papers  on  insects 
by  members  of  the  staff  published  during  the  year.  The  honorary 
curator,  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard,  also  published  a  popular  book  on  habits 
and  classification  of  mosquitoes. 

Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas  prosecuted  studies  on  flightless  birds  and  on  the 
osteology  of  the  Tile-tish  and  its  allies. 

In  the  Division  of  Plants  Mr.  F.  V.  Coville  published  live  botanical 
papers  during  the  year.  Mr.  Rose  (with  Prof.  J.  M.  Coulter)  published 
a  monograph  of  the  North  American  Unilxdlifene,  and  has  continued 
his  studies  of  the  flora  of  Mexico,  with  the  view  of  ultimately  pub- 
lishing an  extensive  work  on  that  subject.  Mr.  Pollard  continued  his 
studies  of  the  violets,  and  published  a  description  of  a  new  HcHaidlin^ 
and  a  series  of  popular  articles  on  the  families  of  flowering  plants. 
Mr.  William  R.  Maxon  continued  studies  of  the  ferns  and  their  allies 
and  published  a  list  of  these  plants  growing  in  North  America  and 
eight  other  papers  relating  to  them. 

LOAN   OF   SPECIMENS. 

The  practice  of  lending  collections  to  investigators  for  study  con- 
tinued as  in  previous  years.  While  it  is  impossible  in  this  place  to 
notice  all  these  transactions  in  detail,  mention  will  be  made  of  the  more 
important  instances. 

Twenty -eight  specimens  of  Hutia  rats  {Ca-promya)  were  lent  to  Mr. 
F.  M.  Chapman,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  who  is 
engaged  in  a  revision  of  the  genus.  Thirty-live  bats  were  lent  to  Mr. 
James  A.  G.  Rehn,  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


78  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

Mr.  Francis  #1.  Birtwell,  of  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  received  60  skins 
of  the  Mountain  Chickadee,  Parus  gamheli,  50  skins  of  the  Nuthatches, 
Sltta  carolirutHfdH  aculeata  and  mevicana,  and  75  skins  of  various  sub- 
species of  Creepers  (Certhia)  for  comparison  with  New  Mexican  speci- 
mens. To  Dr.  Jonathan  D wight,  jr.,  were  sent  28  skins  of  ^fkjiulites 
to  aid  him  in  determining  the  status  of  the  subspecies  JE*  ineloda  cir~ 
cumcincta.  Mr.  Reginald  H.  Howe,  of  Brookline,  Massachusetts, 
received  68  skins  of  Macrorhamphus  to  assist  him  in  determining  the 
relationships  of  two  recognized  forms.  Messrs.  Birtwell  and  Howe 
published  papers  during  the  year  based  partly  on  the  material  sent 
them. 

The  type  of  the  Chimeera,  Harwtta  raleigliana,  and  two  other  fishes 
of  the  same  species  were  lent  to  Dr.  Samuel  Garman,  of  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Prof.  C.  C.  Nutting,  of  Iowa  University,  received  the  general  col- 
lection of  hydoids  of  the  families  Sertularidre,  Campanularidae,  etc.,  to 
be  used  in  the  second  part  of  his  monograph  of  the  American  Hydroids, 
which  forms  a  Special  Bulletin  of  the  National  Museum. 

The  general  collection  of  parasitic  copepod  crustaceans  was  placed 
in  the  hands  of  Prof.  Charles  B.  Wilson,  of  the  State  Normal  School, 
Westfield,  Massachusetts,  to  be  worked  up  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Museum. 

Prof.  S.  J.  Holmes,  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  received  the 
Museum  collection  of  amphipod  crustaceans  from  New  England,  to 
be  used  in  the  preparation  of  a  report  for  the  United  States  Fish  Com- 
mission. 

To  the  general  collection  of  pedate  holothurians,  now  in  the  hands 
of  Prof.  Charles  L.  Edwards,  of  Trinity  College,  were  added  examples 
of  all  the  named  species  in  the  Museum. 

Dr.  Wesley  R.  Coe,  of  the  Sheffield  Scientific  School,  obtained  the 
loan  of  the  nemerteans  from  the  Pacific  to  assist  him  in  preparing  a 
report  on  the  collection  of  these  animals  obtained  during  the  recent 
cruise  of  the  Albatross  in  the  South  Pacific. 

The  general  collection  of  Ostracoda  was  sent  to  Prof.  R.  W.  Sharpe, 
of  Dubuque,  Iowa,  for  study. 

Twelve  lots  of  the  Foraminifera,  obtained  during  the  various  cruises 
of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission  steamer  Albatross^  were  sent  to 
B.  W.  Priest,  esq.,  Keepham,  England. 

Prof.  E.  D.  Ball,  State  Agricultural  College,  Colorado,  who  is  pre- 
paring a  monograph  of  the  Rhynehota,  obtained  from  the  Museum  a 
loan  of  402  specimens  of  insects  of  that  group. 

A  collection  of  fleas  for  monographic  work  was  sent  to  Prof.  Carl  F. 
Baker,  of  St.  Louis,  Missouri.  Similar  loans  were  made  to  Prof.  E.  S. 
G.  Titus,  State  Agricultural  College,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado  (332  bees); 
Prof.  J.  B.  Smith,  Rutgers  College  (192  butterflies);  Prof.  J.  S.  Hine, 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF    BIOLOGY.  V9 

Ohio  State  University  (71  Mecoptera);  Miss  M.  M.  En  tertian,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  (329  specimens  of  Hyraenoptera);  Prof.  E.  B.  Wil- 
liamson, Vanderbilt  University  (199  dragon  flies,  genus  Goinphiix)\ 
Mr.  J.  A.  G.  Rehn,  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Sciences  (170  Mexican 
and  Central  American  Orthoptera);  Mr.  H.  C.  Toll,  Pasadena,  Cali- 
fornia (400  specimens  of  beetles). 

A  number  of  skeletons  of  birds  were  loaned  to  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt 
for  use  in  connection  with  his  work  on  the  osteology  of  North  Ameri- 
can birds. 

A  total  number  of  1,736  specimens  of  plants  were  lent  to  various 
specialists  during  the  year. 

DISTRIBUTION    OF   DUPLICATES. 

The  demand  for  zoological  material  by  educational  institutions 
increases  every  year,  but  during  the  year  covered  by  this  report  no 
large  amount  was  distributed,  for  the  reason  that  the  sets  made  up  some 
years  ago  were  practically  exhausted.  In  the  case  of  marine  inverte- 
brates, however,  as  already  noted  (see  p.  73),  one  hundred  new  sets, 
comprising  in  all  about  30,000  specimens,  were  prepared.  Three  sets 
of  invertebrates  and  three  of  fishes  were  distributed,  containing  in  all 
1,092  specimens.  In  addition,  10  small  special  lots  of  marine  inverte- 
brates were  also  distributed,  together  with  the  duplicate  ophiurans  of 
the  Agassiz  Alhatnm  expedition  of  1891,  as  already  noted  (see  p.  73). 

LABORATORY    USE   OF   COLLECTIONS   BY   INVESTIGATORS. 

As  in  previous  years,  the  staff  of  the  Biologieal  Survey,  Department 
of  Agriculture,  made  extensive  use  of  the  collections  for  purposes  of 
comparison,  and  especially  mammals  and  birds. 

Mr.  Ernest  Thompson-Seton  spent  some  days  in  examining  the  col- 
lection of  American  deer  in  connection  with  a  work  on  the  large  game 
of  North  America  which  he  has  in  contemplation.  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns, 
L\  S.  Army,  resumed  for  a  time  his  work  on  the  zoology  of  the 
Mexican  boundary  survey,  and  in  that  connection  studied  the  speci- 
mens of  American  cats  in  the  collection  of  the  Museum.  A  large  series 
of  the  birds  of  Panama- was  brought  to  the  Division  of  Birds  by  Mr. 
Outram  Bangs,  and  compared  with  the  Museum  collections.  Tin*, 
committee  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  on  nomenclature 
spent  some  time  in  the  Division  of  Birds,  as  in  previous  years,  in 
determining  the  status  of  various  newly-described  species  and  sub- 
species of  birds. 

The  ichthyologists  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  consulted  the  col- 
lection of  tishes. 

Prof.  L.  C.  Glenn  and  Mr.  G.  C.  Martin,  of  the  Maryland  Geolog- 
ical Survey,  consulted  the  collections  of  mollusks  on  many  occasions 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


80  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

in  connection  with  their  work  on  the  Maryland  Tertiary.  Mr. 
F.  N.  Balch,  of  Boston,  compared  Arctic  shells. 

Prof.  W.  P.  Hay,  of  Howard  University,  continued  studies  of  the 
crayfish  in  the  coilection,  and  Mr.  T.  Way  land  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geo- 
logical Survey,  continued  work  on  the  West  Indian  corals. 

In  the  laboratory  of  the  Division  of  Insects  the  following  investi- 
gators spent  more  or  less  time  during  the  year:  Dr.  A.  Fenyes,  wife, 
and  niece  (on  Coleoptera);  Prof.  W.  L.  Tower,  Harvard  University 
(on  Coleoptera,  particularly  Chrysomelidie);  Miss  M.  M.  Enteniann, 
Chicago  University  (wasps  of  the  genus  /W/.y^.v);  Prof.  J.  B.  Smith, 
Rutgers  College  (various  collections,  especially  Lepidoptera);  Mr. 
J.  A.  G.  Rehn,  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  (on  Orthop- 
tera);  Sir  Gilbert  Carter,  of  Nassau,  Bahamas  (on  Lepidoptera). 

Prof.  K.  L.  Greene,  of  the  Catholic  University,  and  Mr.  E.  L.  Morris, 
of  the  Western  High  School,  Washington,  were  frequent  visitors  to  the 
herbarium,  the  former  making  general  comparisons,  the  latter  eontiu- 
uing  his  studies  on  the  North  American  Plantaginacea*. 

Mr.  Stewardson  Brown  and  Mr.  Joseph  Crawford,  of  the  Philadel- 
phia Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  made  a  brief  visit  to  the  herbarium 
to  look  up  some  ancient  types.  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton,  of  the  New  York 
Botanical  Garden,  has  made  several  trips  to  Washington  to  consult 
the  herbarium  in  connection  with  his  forthcoming  manual.  Prof. 
E.  S.  Burgess,  of  the  New  York  Normal  College,  spent  a  few  days  here 
examining  our  Axtt-r  material.  Dr.  R.  IT.  True,  of  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, visited  the  herbarium  and  studied  specimens  of  the  genus  Diem- 
iHHH.  A  number  of  officials  from  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
made  frequent  use  of  the  herbarium. 

PERSONNEL. 

The  head  curator  of  the  department  was  appointed  representative  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum  on  the  Government 
Board  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Miss  Harriet  Richardson  was  appointed  collaborator  in  the  Divison 
of  Marine  Invertebrates,  January  11,  1901. 

Dr.  L.  Stejneger  was  appointed  to  represent  the  National  Museum 
at  the  International  Zoological  Congress,  Berlin,  Germany. 

Mrs.  F.  Weinheimer,  preparator  in  the  Division  of  Plants,  resigned 
January  1,  11)01. 

Mr.  Joseph  Sessford,  clerk  in  the  Division  of  Reptiles  and  Batra- 
chians,  died  March  8,  1901. 

Mr.  M.  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  aid,  Division  of  Mammals,  was  transferred 
to  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  on  June  1,  1901. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 
FOR  THE  TEAR  1900-1901. 

By  George  P.  Merrill, 
Head  Curator. 

The  year  just  passed  has  been  a  busy  one  and  has  been  characterized 
by  several  changes  which,  when  considered  in  the  aggregate,  are  of 
very  great  importance,  placing  the  department  as  a  whole  in  a  better 
condition  to  care  for  its  collections  than  ever  before. 

accessions. 

The  more  important  accessions  of  the  year,  including  also  some  of 
the  material  which  was  purchased  for  exhibition  at  the  Pan-American 
Exposition,  were  as  follows: 

A  beautiful  nugget  of  native  platinum  weighing  444  grams,  from 
the  Nijni  Tagilsk  district,  Russia,  purchased  of  Mr.  H.  M.  Lewis  for 
the  Pan-American  Exposition. 

A  type  series  comprising  386  specimens  of  asphalt  and  associated 
rocks,  from  various  parts  of  the  United  States,  collected  by  George 
H.  Eldridge  and  transmitted  through  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

A  beautiful  series  of  native  silver  and  copper  specimens  from 
Houghton  County,  Mich.,  purchased  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition. 

About  100  pounds  of  Georgia  corundum  in  masses  and  crystals, 
gift  of  the  International  Emery  Company,  of  Chester,  Massachusetts. 

Rocks  and  ores  received  from  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
including  those  of  the  Ten  Mile  District,  and  Silverton,  Pikes  Peak, 
and  Cripple  Creek  quadrangles  of  Colorado. 

A  series  of  zinc  ores  and  associated  minerals  from  Joplin,  Missouri, 
collected  by  F.  W.  Crosby,  and  asphaltum  and  radiolarian  earth  from 
the  Barbados,  from  C.  F.  Howe. 

A  series  of  iron,  zinc,  and  other  ores  from  various  parts  of  Europe, 
collected  by  Dr.  Heinrich  Ries. 

Large  specimens  of  mohawkite  and  domeykite,  with  native  silver 
from  the  Wolverine  copper  mine,  Houghton  County,  Michigan,  gift  of 
Fred  Smith. 

Three  samples  of  beach  gold  from  Cape  Nome,  Alaska,  purchased. 

Six  nuggets  of  platinum,  weighing  26i  grams,  from  Trinity  County, 
California,  the  gift  of  the  Welsbach  Company,  through  W.  E.  Bar- 
rows, president. 

NAT  mus  1901 6  81 

Digitized  by  LiOOQ IC 


82  REPORT    OK    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

A  tine  large  nodule  of  Oregon  priceite,  the  gift  of  W.  C.  Lake. 

Twenty-two  specimens  of  minerals  from  the  trap  rocks  near  Trenton, 
New  Jersey,  gift  of  W.  A.  Roebling. 

Five  cut  beryls  from  Topsham,  Maine. 

Twelve  cut  turquoise  and  two  cut  opals,  gift  of  H.  B.  Petersen. 

Two  specimens  of  pisanite,  a  mineral  new  to  the  collection,  received 
from  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

One  specimen  of  reinite,  also  new  to  the  collection,  the  gift  of  T. 
Kotchibe. 

From  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  375  specimens  of  Pre- 
Cambrian  invertebrate  fossils,  including  material  figured  and  described 
by  Dr.  Charles  D.  Walcott  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Geological  Society  of 
America;  2,370  specimens,  mainly  brachiopods,  from  the  Cambrian; 
2,425  Ordovician  fossils,  being  the  first  collections  of  considerable  value 
from  this  horizon,  from  southern  Nevada  and  near  El  Paso,  Texas;  114 
Silurian  and  1,550  Devonian  specimens,  from  the  Helderbergian  and 
Oriskanian  beds  of  Indian  Territory  and  the  higher  Devonian  of  Colo- 
rado and  New  Mexico,  a  portion  of  which  was  described  by  Mr.  G.  H. 
Girty  in  the  Nineteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey,  and  a  very  large  number  of  duplicate  Miocene  and 
Pliocene  mollusea. 

In  addition  to  these  should  be  mentioned  the  collections  of  Cambrian 
fossils  from  Russia,  Norway,  Sweden,  Nova  Scotia,  and  Newfoundland 
made  by  Mr.  Walcott  and  his  assistants,  Messrs.  Schmalensee  and  S. 
Ward  Loper,  and  extensive  Carboniferous,  Silurian,  and  Devonian 
collections  made  by  Charles  Schuchert  in  New  Brunswick,  the  Gaspe* 
region  in  Quebec,  and  in  western  New  York,  Maryland,  and  eastern 
Pennsylvania. 

An  excellent  series  of  ccphalopod  niollusks,  purchased  from  Messrs. 
Krantz  and  Sturtz,  of  Bonn,  Prussia. 

A  tine  series  of  Oriskanian  and  Helderbergian  fossils  from  near 
Cumberland,  Maryland,  obtained  by  gift  and  exchange  from  Messrs. 
Robert  II.  Gordon,  Frank  Hartley,  and  George  W.  Perdue. 

A  remarkably  fine  slab  of  the  floating  crinoid  Uintaerinus  socialis, 
from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  of  Logan  County,  Kansas,  gift  of  Mr. 
Frank  Springer. 

The  private  collection  of  F.  A.  Randall,  of  Warren,  Pennsylvania, 
containing  upward  of  3,600  specimens  of  Upper  Devonian  and  Lower 
Carboniferous  fossils,  obtained  by  purchase. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  skeleton  of  the  gigantic  toothed  diver, 
IlesjH'rornis  regain,  from  Logan  County,  Kansas,  purchased  for  the 
Pan-American  Exposition. 

A  series  of  Moa  bones,  obtained  by  exchange  from  Capt.  F.  W. 
Hutton,  of  Christ  Church,  New  Zealand. 

A  nearly  complete  Lvough  composite  skeleton  of  the  New  Zealand 
Emeus  crassm,  obtained  by  purchase. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT   ON    THE   DEPARTMENT   OF   C4E0LGGY.  83 

A  skull  of  Elotherium  and  other  vertebrate  fossils  from  the  Bad 
Lands  of  Dakota,  gift  of  Dr.  J.  R.  Walker,  of  the  Pine  Ridge  Agency. 

A  fairly  complete  skeleton  of  an  adult  female  mastodon,  obtained 
by  purchase  and  excavating,  from  near  Church,  Michigan. 

One  hundred  and  fifty  Carboniferous  and  Permian  fossil  plants  from 
Kansas,  received  in  exchange  from  the  University  of  Kansas,  through 
Mr.  E.  H.  Sellards,  of  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

One  hundred  and  seventy -three  fossil  plants  of  the  Middle  and 
Upper  Oligocene,  Middle  and  Upper  Miocene,  and  Upper  Pliocene 
of  Germany,  received  in  exchange  from  the  Museum  Senckenberg 
National  Scientific  Society,  of  Frankfort,  through  Dr.  F.  Kinkelin,  of 
Frankfort-on-Main,  Germany. 

Thirty-three  fossil  plants  from  the  Triassic  of  York  County,  Penn- 
sylvania, received  in  exchange  from  Prof.  A.  Wanner,  superintendent 
of  public  instruction,  of  York,  Pennsylvania. 

One  hundred  and  twenty-five  specimens  of  fossil  plants  from  Fern 
Ledges,  St.  John,  New  Brunswick — the  W.  J.  Wilson  collection-gift 
of  Mr.  R.  D.  Ijacoe. 

Sixty-eight  specimens  of  Devonian  and  sub-Carboniferous  fossil 
plants,  part  of  the  collection  purchased  from  F.  A.  Randall,  of  War- 
ren, Pennsylvania. 

The  meteorite  collection  has  been  increased  by  purchase  and  exchange 
more  than  during  any  previous  period  of  like  duration  within  the 
history  of  the  Museum.  The  most  important  accession  was  a  stony 
meteorite  which  fell  near  Felix,  Alabama,  in  May,  19(K),  and  which  was 
obtained  for  the  Museum  mainly  through  the  efforts  of  Mr.  Coleman. 
This  stone,  weighing  2,049  grams,  is  of  more  than  ordinary  interest 
and  has  been  made  the  subject  of  special  study.  In  addition,  there  were 
obtained  by  purchase  a  fine  slab  weighing  4,420  grams  of  the  Sacra- 
mento iron;  a  38-gram  fragment  of  the  Agen  stone,  which  fell  in  1814; 
a  31-gram  fragment  of  the  Zavid  stone,  which  fell  in  August,  1897, 
and  490  grams  of  a  stony  meteorite  from  Ness  County,  Kansas.  By 
exchange  there  were  obtained  a  3,103-gram  piece  of  the  second-find 
Fayette  County  stone;  a  98-gram  piece  of  the  celebrated  Carbona- 
ceous Orgueil  stone,  which  fell  in  1864;  (J20  grams  of  the  Bjurbole 
stone  of  1899;  10  grams  of  the  Lance  stone  of  1872,  and  45  grains  of 
the  Misshof  stone  of  1890. 

SOURCES   OF   NEW   MATERIAL. 

As  in  years  past,  the  IT.  S.  Geological  Survey  has  been  the  principal 
contributor  to  the  collection,  though,  as  noted  above,  several  valuable 
specimens  have  been  obtained  by  purchase  and  exchange. 

In  August,  1 90<>,  Mr.  Frederic  A.  Lucas,  in  search  of  mastodon  remains 
for  the  Pan- American  Exposition,  visited  several  reported  finds  of  bones 
near  Munroe,  New  York,  Kimmswick,  Missouri,  and  Culver,  Indiana. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


84  '    REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

Mr.  Stewart,  on  a  similar  errand,  also  visited  Kimmswick  and  various 
reported  finds  in  adjacent  States;  but  in  none  of  these  cases  was  mate- 
rial sufficiently  perfect  for  restoration  secured,  though  some  interest- 
ing portions  of  skeletons  were  obtained.  The  latter  part  of  May  Mr. 
Stewart  was  sent  to  investigate  a  reported  find  of  bones  near  Church, 
in  southern  Michigan,  and  was  fortunate  enough  to  secure  a  very  well 
preserved  skeleton  of  a  female  Mastodon  wmericanus.  It  is  hoped  we 
may  be  able  to  mount  this  for  exhibition  some  time  during  the  coming 
year. 

Mr.  Schuchert  spent  the  month  of  July  and  the  greater  part  of 
August  in  collecting  fossils  from  the  Silurian  along  the  Arisaig  coast 
in  Nova  Scotia,  and  from  the  Lower  Devonian  near  Dalhousie,  New 
Brunswick,  and  the  Gaspe*  region  of  eastern  Quebec,  Canada.  In  Sep- 
tember he  passed  a  few  days  near  Cumberland,  Maryland,  gathering 
Silurian  and  Devonian  fossils,  and  after  his  work  of  installation  at  the 
Pan-American  Exposition  in  early  May,  a  few  days  were  devoted  to 
collecting  Silurian  fossils  in  the  cement  quarries  at  North  Buffalo  and 
about  Lewiston  and  New  Bloomfield,  in  eastern  Pennsylvania.  During 
May  and  June  he  was  again  occupied  for  nearly  four  weeks  collecting 
Silurian  and  Devonian  fossils  in  eastern  Pennsylvania  and  about  Cum- 
berland, Maryland.  These  collections,  it  may  be  said,  were  made  with 
a  view  to  the  more  accurate  fixation  of  the  line  separating  the  Silurian 
from  the  Devonian  systems  in  America,  a  problem  upon  which  Mr. 
Schuchert  has  been  for  some  time  engaged. 

In  February  Mr.  J.  W.  Coleman  was  sent  to  Selma,  Alabama,  where 
he  obtained  the  Felix  meteorite  already  referred  to,  and  others  have 
been  obtained  by  exchange.  Six  polished  spheres  of  pegmatite,  onyx, 
marble,  serpentine,  sphaerosideritc,  and  satin  spar  have  been  prepared 
from  material  in  the  reserve  series  and  added  to  the  gem  series. 

ROUTINE. 

In  all  divisions  of  the  department  there  were  received  some  80,000 
specimens  which  required  entering  in  the  Museum  catalogues,  num- 
bering, and,  in  many  instances,  the  preparation  of  cards  for  the  card 
catalogues,  and  perhaps  labels  for  exhibition  purposes  as  well.  In 
addition  there  still  remains  a  large  amount  of  old  material  needing 
attention.  Mrs.  Jouy,  who  has  been  placed  in  charge  of  this  line  of 
work,  reports  that  for  the  Division  of  Geology  and  the  sections  of 
paleobotany  and  vertebrate  paleontology  there  have  thus  been  made 
7,351  entries  in  the  Museum  registers;  that  between  13,000  and 
14,000  catalogue  and  reference  cards,  specimen  slips,  and  temporary 
labels  have  been  prepared,  and  that  5,383  specimens  have  been  num- 
bered. These  numbers  are  painted  in  oil  on  a  hard-oil  finished  back- 
ground and  require  four  or  five  figures  for  each  number,  involving, 
all  told,  therefore,  some  25,000  figures. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT   ON   THE    DEPARTMENT   OF   GEOLOGY.  85 

Mr.  Schuchert  reports  the  final  installation  during  the  year  of 
3,278  specimens.  In  all  the  divisions  there  have  been  prepared  and 
sent  to  the  printer  manuscript  for  5,626  specimen  labels. 

The  cases  in  the  west-south  range  containing  the  volcanic,  geyser 
and  hot  spring,  and  rock-weathering  series,  have  been  repainted,  and 
the  exhibit  rearranged.  About  two-thirds  of  the  building-stone  col- 
lection in  the  southwest  court  has  been  thoroughly  overhauled  and 
cleansed  from  the  dust  and  dirt  that  accumulated  during  the  work  of 
the  erection  of  the  balconies.  The  work  of  labeling  the  non-metallic 
series  on  the  balcony  of  the  southwest  court  has  been  practically 
completed. 

A  large  amount  of  work  has  been  done  in  the  way  of  cutting, 
polishing,  and  otherwise  preparing  material  for  exhibition,  particularly 
in  the  divisions  of  geology.  A  75-pound  mass  which  was  cut  from 
the  prehistoric  Casa  Grande  meteoric  iron  has  been  sawn  into  slices 
and  cubes,  giving  thus  valuable  material  for  etching,  for  exhibition, 
and  for  exchange. 

But  little  progress  has  been  made  in  the  way  of  increasing  the  exhibi- 
tion series  in  the  section  of  vertebrate  fossils,  owing  to  the  employ- 
ment of  the  preparators  on  work  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition,  to 
he  noted  later.  A  large  Plasiosaur  skeleton  has,  however,  been  placed 
on  exhibition  in  a  special  case,  as  has  also  a  large  and  fine  skull  of 
Triceratops,  both  of  which  were  received  from  the  Marsh  collection. 

Dr.  Peale,  when  not  occupied  with  the  routine  work  of  his  division, 
has  been  engaged  in  the  preliminary  compilation  of  a  geological  sec- 
tion across  the  United  States  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the  Atlantic 
coast.  The  line  upon  which  this  section  was  made  was  drawn  through 
those  parts  of  the  country  where  the  most  geological  data  were  avail- 
able. The  horizontal  scale  is  2  miles  to  the  inch,  as  this  coincides 
with  a  large  part  of  the  topographic  data  available  from  the  records  of 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey.  The  vertical  scale  of  4,000  feet 
to  the  inch  was  adopted  so  that  the  relief  might  be  apparent,  especially 
in  those  parts  of  the  section  where  the  elevation  above  sea  level  is  not 
very  great.  In  order,  also,  to  show  the  structure  of  these  portions, 
the  section  was  carried  to  a  line  5,000  feet  below  sea  level.  The  work 
°f  the  Geological  Survey  in  California  and  in  the  Appalachian  region; 
that  of  the  survey  of  the  fortieth  parallel  in  Nevada,  Utah,  and  Wyo- 
ming;  of  the  Hayden  survey  of  Colorado,  and  that  of  the  Kansas, 
Missouri,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  and  North  Carolina  State  surveys,  where 
the  line  crosses  those  States,  have  been  utilized  in  making  this  section. 
The  section  has  been  drawn  in  water  color  on  rough  manila  paper. 

Mr.  Newhall,  as  in  years  past,  has  been  engaged  in  the  general  work 
°f  the  details  of  the  exhibition  and  study  series  of  the  division  of 
geology. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


86  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,    1901. 

PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION. 

The  daily  routine  of  the  Museum  has  been  greatly  retarded  by  the 
work  of  preparing  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition  at  Buffalo.  This 
was  l>egun  early  in  the  year,  and,  although  not  occupying  all  of  our 
time  and  attention,  was  continued  until  the  opening  of  the  exposition 
in  May.  The  exhibits  prepared  by  the  various  divisions  of  the  depart- 
ment consisted  of: 

A  systematic  collection  of  minerals,  comprising  7H5  specimens  and 
occupying  five  slope-top  cases. 

Collections  illustrating  cave  deposits,  concretionary  structures,  hot 
spring  and  geyser  deposits,  silicitied  woods,  and  the  rocks  and  soils  of 
the  Hawaiian  Islands,  occup}'ing  five  wall  cases. 

A  small  case  of  native  elements. 

A  systematic  collection  of  invertebrate  fossils  illustrating  the 
developement  and  classification  of  the  cephalopod  mollusks,  compris- 
ing 450  specimens,  and  a  synoptic  collection  of  crinoids,  comprising 
some  300  specimens. 

A  mounted  skeleton  of  the  gigantic  toothed  diver,  Hixpcwmi* 
regal i*i  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Kansas. 

A  life-size  restoration  of  the  skeleton  of  the  Cretaceous  reptile, 
TricvmtopH  />/v>7-.vw,  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming. 

A  life-size  restoration  of  the  skeleton  of  the  Zeuglodon,  from  the 
Tertiary  beds  of  Alabama. 

The  restoration  of  the  Trice ratops  was  accompanied  by  a  small 
model  and  painting  of  the  animal  as  it  was  supposed  to  appear  in  life, 
the  work  of  Mr.  Charles  R.  Knight.  In  addition  to  these,  there  were 
two  cases  of  mammoth  remains  from  Indian  Territory  and  Kimmswick, 
Missouri,  collected  for  the  Museum  by  Mr.  Stewart.  It  had  been 
hoped  to  include  in  the  exhibit  a  mounted  skeleton  of  the  extinct  mas- 
todon, but  a  sufficiently  perfect  one  was  not  found  until  too  late  for  the 
exposition. 

The  installation  of  these  exhibits  at  Buffalo  required  the  presence 
there  of  Messrs.  Lucas,  Schuchert,  Stewart,  Tassin,  and  the  head 
curator  himself,  for  periods  of  from  six  to  ten  days,  and  naturally  tin 
ordinary  work  of  the  Museum  was  greatly  interrupted  thereby. 

PRESENT  STATE  OF  THE  COLLECTIONS. 

The  department,  as  a  whole,  was  never  in  better  condition  than  it  is 
to-day.  All  of  the  halls  are  open  to  the  public,  and  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  sections  of  paleobotany  and  vertebrate  paleontology  the 
collections  are  well  arranged  and  quite  completely  labeled.  A  great 
deal,  naturally,  remains  to  be  done  in  the  way  of  substituting  new 
material  and  rounding  out  the  collections.  The  sections  in  arrears  are 
those  which  have  been  most  recently  established,  and  in  which,  more- 
over, a  great  amount  of  preparatory   work  is  necessary  before  the 


Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OK  GEOLOGY.        87 

specimens  can  be  placed  upon  exhibition.  It  will  be  some  years  before 
they  can  expect  to  compare  favorably  with  those  which  have  been 
longer  in  existence. 

RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION. 

The  head  curator  is  engaged  in  investigations  upon  a  series  of 
nepheline-melilite  rocks,  collected  by  C.  H.  Hitchcock  in  Oahu, 
Hawaii,  and  has  completed  a  study  of  the  stony  meteorite  which  fell 
in  Felix,  Alabama,  in  11)00.  He  has  published  during  the  year,  in  con- 
nection with  Dr.  H.  N.  Stokes,  a  paper  on  a  stony  meteorite  which  fell 
at  Allegan,  Michigan,  in  181)9,  and  an  iron  meteorite  from  Mart, Texas. 
The  Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Collections  in  the  Section  of  Applied 
Geology,  which  was  mentioned  in  the  last  report  as  being  in  the  hands 
of  the  Government  Printer,  has  been  issued,  and  comprises  pages  157 
to  483,  inclusive,  of  the  Annual  Report  for  1899. 

The  transfer  of  the  laboratory  from  the  second  to  the  third  floor  of 
the  southwest  pavilion  not  merely  gives  better  space  for  office  pur- 
poses on  the  second  floor,  but  enables  us"  to  concentrate  the  work 
of  the  geological  and  mineralogical  divisions  and  make  a  considerable 
saving  in  time  and  energy  as  well  as  expense  for  material  and  appa- 
ratus. Should  Dr.  Fireman  continue  in  the  department  as  chemist, 
we  may  hope  to  see  an  important  improvement,  both  in  the  quantity 
and  quality  of  the  work  done  upon  the  collections.  Mr.  Tassin  is  at 
present  engaged  in  an  analysis  of  adamourite  from  California,  involving 
the  determination  of  boron,  which,  it  is  thought,  may  have  an  impor- 
tant l)earing  upon  the  establishment  of  the  formula  for  this  mineral. 
He  is  also  continuing  his  work  on  the  dehydration  of  the  metallic 
hydrates,  with  especial  reference  to  the  hydration  of  ferric  and  ferrous 
sulphates  and  the  dehydration  of  the  resultant  hydrates  and  basic  salts. 
The  manuscript  of  a  handbook  on  the  Gem  Collection,  mentioned  in 
my  last  report  as  in  process  of  preparation,  has  been  completed  and  is 
in  the  bands  of  the  Government  Printer. 

Mr.  Schuchert  has  continued  his  work  on  a  Monograph  of  American 
Fossil  Starfishes,  and  hopes  to  complete  Part  I  of  the  same  during  the 
coming  winter.  He  has  also  continued  his  studies  relative  to  the  zones 
separating  the  Upper  Silurian  and  Lower  Devonian  faunas  in  America, 
and  has  published  a  paper  on  the  Helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal, 
Canada,  in  which  he  gives  a  corrected  list  of  the  fossils  found  on  St. 
Helens  Island.  This  shows  that  two  distinct  faunas  are  there  found, 
one,  the  Helderbergian,  older  than  the  agglomerate,  and  another  from 
blocks  in  the  agglomerate,  of  Middle  Devonian  age,  the  Helderbergian 
fauna  being  not  mixed  with  the  Silurian  nor  Middle  Devonian  fossils, 
a.s  stated  by  previous  workers. 

Mr.  Lucas  has  begun  the  work  of  preparing  the  text  for  the  volume 
on  Stegosaurs  projected  by  the  late  Prof.  O.  C.  Marsh.  He  has  also 
given  some  little  time  to  the  study  of  the  mastodons  of  North  America, 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


88  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

and  published  papers  on  the  Lachrymal  Bone  in  Pinnipeds;  on  the 
Characters  and  Relations  of  Gallinuloidcs,  a  Fossil  Gallinaceous 
Bird  from  the  Green  River  Shales  of  Wyoming;  a  Description  of 
Skull  of  Lepidoatem  at vox;  on  a  New  Rhinoceros,  Trigmuan  o«borni, 
from  the  Miocene  of  South  Dakota;  on  The  Pelvic  Girdle  of  Zeuglo- 
don,  BaHilomurM  ceioides  (Owen);  on  A  New  Fossil  Cyprinoid,  Lcxici*- 
ew  turner  i,  from  the  Miocene  of  Nevada,  and  on  A  New  Dinosaur, 
Stegoxaurm  marshi,  from  the  Lower  Cretaceous  of  South  Dakota. 

ASSISTANCE   TO    INDIVIDUALS   AND   INSTITUTIONS. 

As  in  previous  years,  a  very  considerable  amount  of  material  has 
been  lent  for  studj*  or  sent  out  as  exchanges  or  as  direct  gifts  to 
schools  and  colleges.  Among  the  loans  mention  may  be  made  of  the 
following: 

To  Alexander  Agassiz,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  of  Harvard 
University,  28  specimens  and  4  thin  sections  of  rocks,  from  the  Gala- 
pagos Islands. 

To  Charles  Palaclle,  Harvard  University,  28  thin  sections  of  Alas- 
kan rocks. 

To  H.  A.  Robinson,  Peabody  Museum  of  Yale  University,  7  speci- 
mens of  volcanic  rock. 

To  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  specimens  of  minerals  for 
use  in  chemical  and  physical  investigations. 

To  Dr.  J.  M.  Clarke,  of  the  States  Museum,  Albany,  New  York,  559 
specimens  of  Oriskany  fossils,  collected  by  Mr.  Schuchert  in  the  Gasp6 
region. 

To  Prof.  James  Perrin  Smith,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University, 
California,  19  Texas  ammonoids  from  the  Carboniferous  formation  and 
77  Triassic  ammonoids. 

To  Dr.  O.  P.  Hay  and  J.  W.  Gidley,  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  New  York  City,  material  for  use  in  the  preparation 
of  papers  on  the  chelonia  and  the  horse. 

In  the  way  of  exchanges  material  has  been  sent  out  as  follows: 

To  Rev.  Mark  C.  Hay  ford,  Cape  Coast,  West  Africa,  22  specimens 
of  rocks  and  ores. 

To  Dr.  E.  Ordonez,  City  of  Mexico,  6  specimens  of  eruptive  rocks. 

To  H.  S.  Washington,  Locust,  New  Jersey,  2  specimens  of  eruptive 
rocks. 

To  L.  V.  Pirsson,  Yale  University,  15  specimens  of  eruptive  rocks. 

To  W7.  C.  BrOgger,  Christiania,  Norway,  79  specimens  of  eruptive 
rocks. 

To  H.  A.  Ward,  Rochester,  New  York,  2  specimens  of  meteorites. 

To  F.  W.  Hutton,  curator  of  Canterbury  Museum,  New  Zealand,  a 
series  of  Titanotherium  bones  and  43  specimens  of  invertebrates. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT  ON  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY.        89 

Gifts  of  specimens  have  l>een  made  to  schools  and  colleges,  etc.,  as 
follows: 

To  the  Louisiana  Industrial  Institute,  of  Ruston,  I»uisiana,  32 
specimens  of  rocks,  minerals,  ores,  and  fossils. 

To  the  city  school,  Monroe,  Louisiana,  31  specimens  of  rocks,  min- 
erals, ores,  and  fossils. 

To  A.V.  S.  Cochrane,  Hudson,  New  York,  22  specimens  of  ores  and 
minerals. 

To  the  University  of  Idaho,  Moscow,  Idaho,  28  specimens  of  rocks 
and  14  thin  sections. 

To  the  Wesleyan  Female  Seminary  at  Macon,  Georgia,  43  specimens 
of  rocks. 

To  the  Division  of  Soils,  Department  of  Agriculture,  a  collection  of 
302  specimens  of  minerals. 

PLANS   FOR  THtf   FUTURE. 

A  generalized  geological  section  across  the  entire  width  of  the 
American  continent  has  been  attempted,  and  a  preliminary  sketch  on 
a  horizontal  scale  of  2  miles  to  an  inch  has  been  prepared,  as 
already  noted.  This  will  give,  when  finished,  a  section  some  125  feet 
in  length,  to  accompany  the  historical  series  now  installed  in  a  tempo- 
rary case  on  the  south  wall  of  the  west-south  range.  It  is  hoped  that 
another  year  will  enable  -us  to  put  this  section  into  permanent  form, 
as  well  as  to  replace  the  temporary  case  with  a  new  one  better 
adapted  to  the  purpose. 

As  practically  all  the  available  exhibition  space  for  the  department 
is  now  occupied,  further  development  must  be  mainly  along  the  lines 
already  laid  down.  It  has  long  been  felt  that  the  section  of  practical 
geology  could  be  strengthened  by  building  up  certain  special  exhibits 
showing  the  occurrence  and  association  of  the  ores  of  some  few  of  the 
more  interesting  mining  regions.  At  present  this  has  been  attempted 
only  for  the  zinc  and  lead  regions  of  southwest  Missouri.  The  work 
is  as  yet  incomplete. 

The  growth  of  the  meteorite  collection  has  been  such  that  an  entire 
rearrangement  is  anticipated,  Very  many  of  the  smaller  specimens 
will  be  relegated  to  the  drawer  series,  and  in  the  space  thus  gained  an 
attempt  will  be  made  to  give  the  others  a  more  attractive  setting  and 
more  comprehensive  labels. 

In  the  section  of  vertebrate  paleontology  it  is  desired  to  mount 
for  exhibition  some  of  the  abundant  Dinosaur  material,  particularly 
the  limbs  and  pelvis  of  the  Triceratops  and  the  entire  hind  limb  of 
llvromunus  grandh,  as  well  as  the  remarkably  tine  series  of  Titanothe- 
rium  skulls.  This,  with  the  work  of  repairing  and  properly  install- 
ing material  now  in  the  cases,  will  alone  occupy  the  attention  of  our 
present  force  of  preparators  for  the  entire  year. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


90  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   IflOl. 

In  the  section  of  invertebrate  paleontology  Mr.  Schuchert  reports 
the  I.  H.  Harris  collection  of  Cincinnati  fossils  as  next  to  receive 
attention,  the  available  space  for  exhibition  being  so  nearly  occupied 
that  little  more  can  t>e  done  in  this  direction. 

In  the  section  of  paleobotany  Dr.  Peale  will  begin  at  once  with  an 
entire  readjustment  of  the  exhibition  series  and  the  work  of  preparing 
manuscript  of  the  labels  for  the  same. 

From  the  manner  in  which  the  Museum  collections  have  been  built 
up,  it  follows  almost  as  a  matter  of  course  that  they  are  unusually 
rich  in  type  material  or  material  which  has  been  the  subject  of  special 
study.  It  is  my  hope  to  be  able  to  present  with  this  report  a  catalogue 
of  such  types,  in  order  that  their  whereabouts  may  be  more  widely 
known  and  incidentally  to  enhance  their  value.  In  this  connection 
it  may  l>e  well  to  call  attention  to  the  large  collections  of  unstudied 
material  which  have  accumulated,  particularly  in  the  section  of  inver- 
tebrate paleontology.  I  would  refer  more  especially  to  the  fossil 
insects,  bryozoa,  hydroids,  sponges,  etc.  It  is  hoped  that  before 
many  years  some  arrangement  can  be  made  whereby  the.se  collections 
may  be  worked  up  by  competent  specialists. 

PERSONNEL. 

Several  changes  in  the  personnel  of  the  Department  have  occurred 
during  the  year,  and  the  additional  assistance  afforded  has  been  of 
great  benefit.  Miss  Lucy  M.  Graves  was  appointed  as  stenographer 
to  succeed  Miss  Carrie  V.  Hurlbut,  resigned;  Mrs.  M.  S.  F.  Jouy  was 
promoted  to  the  position  of  clerk  in  charge  of  the  records,  and  Dr. 
Peter  Fireman  was  given  a  temporary  appointment  as  chemical  geol- 
ogist. The  employment  of  Mr.  C.  N.  Cruikshank  for  the  purpose  of 
numbering  specimens  and  attending  to  other  miscellaneous  work,  and 
of  Messrs.  J.  W.  Coleman  and  Alban  Stewart  as  skilled  laborer  and 
preparator,  respectively,  should  also  be  mentioned. 

CONCLUDING   REMARKS. 

No  one  but  a  specialist  can  fully  realize  how  trying  it  is  to  be  obliged 
to  lay  aside  systematic  work  on  the  collections  or  the  consideration  of 
the  many  interesting  problems  which  constantly  present  themselves, 
for  the  work  of  preparing  for  the  numerous  expositions  which  have 
been  held  during  the  past  dozen  or  twenty  years.  It  has  been  estimated 
that  an  amount  of  time  equal  to  three  months,  or  one-fourth  of  the 
entire  year,  was  given  by  the  head  of  each  division  or  section  to  the 
work  of  preparing  and  installing  the  exhibit  now  at  Buffalo.  While 
recognizing  that  such  work  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  essential  part  of  a 
curators  duties,  nevertheless  the  amount  of  it  that  has  devolved  upon 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPOKT   ON   THE   DEPARTMENT   OF   GEOLOGY.  91 

the  department  during  the  past  few  years  is  sufficient  to  test  the 
patience  and  endurance  of  the  best. 

Considerations  such  as  those  lead  rne  to  once  more  express  my  grati- 
fication at  the  willingness  always  manifested  on  the  part  of  the  depart- 
mental staff  and  the  thoroughness  with  which  any  work  is  done  which  it 
is  believred  will  advance  the  interests  of  the  Museum  as  a  whole,  regard- 
less of  personal  considerations. 

Through  the  death  of  Mr.  R.  D.  Lacoe,  which  took  place  on  Feb- 
ruary 5, 1 901,  the  department  has  met  with  a  severe  loss.  It  is  doubtful 
if  any  museum  ever  had  a  more  disinterested  friend  than  ho — one  who 
considered  himself  last  of  all,  and  only  asked  that  his  collections  might 
be  put  where  they  would  be  of  the  greatest  possible  good  in  advancing 
the  cause  of  science. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


APPENDIX   I. 


The  Museum  Staff. 

[June  30,  1901.] 

^ -^.  Langley,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Keeper  Ex-Officio. 
^•VrViard  Rathbun,  Assistant  Secretary,  in  charge  bf  the  U.  S.  National  Museum, 
^^tederick  \V.  True,  Executive  Curator. 

SCIENTIFIC  STAFF. 

~X— >KI\\KTMENT  OK   ANTHROPOLOGY: 

W.  H.  Holmes,  Head  Curator. 
(a)  Division  of  Ethnology:  O.  T.  Mason,  Curator;  Walter  Hough,  Assistant  Cura- 
tor; J.  W.  Fewkes,  Collaborator. 
(h)  Division  of  Historir    Archeology:   Paul   Haupt,    Honorary   Curator;    Cyrus 

Adler,  Honorary  Assistant  Curator;  I.  M.  Casanowicz,  Aid. 
('•)  Dirision  of  Prehistoric  Archeology:  Thomas  Wilson,  Curator. 
[d)  Division  of  Technology  (Mechanical  phases):  J.  E.  Watkins,  Curator;  George 
C.  Maynard,  Assistant  Curator. 
Section  of  Electricity:  G.  C.  Maynard,  Custodian. 
(e)  Division  of  Graphic  Arts: 

Section  of  Photography:  T.  W.  Smillie,  Custodian. 
(/)  Division  of  Medicine:  J.  M.  Flint,  U.  S.  N.  (Retired),  Honorary  Curator. 
{g)  Dirision  of  Religions: 

Section  of  Historic  Religious  Ceremonials;  Cyrus  Adler,  Custodian. 
(/<)  Division  of  History  and  Biography: 

Section  of  American  History,  A.  H.  Clark,  Custodian;  Paul  Beck  with, 
Aid. 
Department  of  Biology: 

Frederick  W.  True,  Head  Curator. 

(a)  Division  of  Mammals:  Frederick  W.  True,  Acting  Curator;  G.  S.  Miller,  jr., 

Assistant  Curator;  Marcus  W.  Lyon,  jr.,  Aid. 

(b)  Division  of  Birds:  Robert  Ridgway,  Curator;  Charles  W.  Richmond,  Assist- 

ant Curator;  J.  H.  Riley,  Aid. 
Section  of  Birds'  Eggs:  William  L.  Ralph,  Honorary  Curator. 
(**)  Divisitm  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians:  Leonhard  Stejneger,  Curator. 
(d)  Division  of  Fishes:  Tarleton  H.  Bean,  Honorary  Curator;  Barton  A.  Bean, 

Assistant  Curator. 
M  Division  of  MoUnsks:  William  H.  Dall,  Honorary  Curator;  C.  T.  Simpson,  Aid; 

Paul  Bartsch,  Aid. 
(/)  Division  of  Insect*:   L.  O.  Howard,  Honorary   Curator;    W.  H     Ashmead, 
Assistant  Curator;  R.  P.  Currie,  Aid. 
Section  of  Hymenoptera:  W.  H.  Ashmead,  in  charge. 

93 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


94  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,    1901. 

Department  of  Biology — Continued. 
(/)  Di nation  of  Insect* — Continued. 

Section  of  Myriapoda:  O.  F.  Cook,  Custodian. 
Section  of  Diptera:  D.  W.  Coquillett,  Custodian. 
Section  of  Coleoptera:  E.  A.  Schwarz,  Custodian. 
Section  of  Lepidoptera:  Harrison  G.  Dyar,  Custodian. 
Section  of  Araehnida:  Nathan  Banks,  Custodian. 
(g)  Division  of  Marine  Invertebrates:  Richard  Rat.hbun,  Honorary  Curator;  J.  E. 
Benedict,  Assistant  Curator;  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Assistant  Curator; 
Miss  Harriet  Richardson,  Collaborator. 
Section  of  Helminthological  Collections:  C.  W.  Stiles,  Custodian. 
(/*)  Division  of  Comparative  Anatomy:  Frederic  A.  Lucas,  Curator. 
(i)  Division  of  Plants  (National  Herbarium):  Frederick  V.  Coville,  Honorary 
Curator;  J.  N.  Rose,  Assistant  Curator;  C.  L.  Pollard,  Assistant  Cura- 
tor; W.  R.  Maxon,  Aid. 
Section  of  Forestry:  B.  E.  Fernow,  Honorary  Curator. 
Section  of  Cryptogamic  Collections:  O.   F.  Cook,  Honorary  Assistant 

Curator. 
Section  of  Algtc:  W.  T.  Swingle,  Custodian. 
Section  of  Lower  Fungi:  D.  G.  Fairchild,  Custodian. 
Associates  in   Zoology  (Honorary):  Theodore  N.  Gill,  C.  Hart  Merriam, 
R.  E.  C.  Stearns. 
Department  ok  Geolooy: 

George  P.  Merrill,  Head  Curator. 
(a)  Division  of  Pitysical  and  Chemical  Ceology  (Systematic  and  Applied):  George 
P.  Merrill,  Curator;  W.  H.  Newhall,  Aid;  Peter  Fireman,  Chemical 
Geologist. 
(h)  Division  of  Mineralogy:    F.  W.    Clarke,    Honorary   Curator;    Wirt  Tassin, 
Assistant  Curator;  L.  T.  Chamberlain,  Honorary  Custodian  of  Gems 
and  Precious  Stones. 
(c)   Division  of  Stratigraphic  Paleontology:  Charles  D.  Walcott,  Honorary  Curator; 
Charles  Schuchert,  Assistant  Curator. 
Section  of  Vertebrate  Fossils:  F.  A.  Lucas,  Acting  Curator. 
Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils:    Paleozoic,  Charles  Schuchert,  Custo- 
dian; Carboniferous,  George  II .  Girty,  Custodian;  Mesozoic,  T.  W. 
Stanton,  Custodian;  Cenozoic,  W.  H.  Dall,  Associate  Curator. 
Section  of  Paleobotany:  lister  F.  Ward,  Associate  Curator;  A.  C.  Peale, 
Aid;  F.  II.  Knowlton,  Custodian  of  Mesozoic  Plants;  David  White, 
Custodian  of  Paleozoic  Plants. 
Associate  in  Paleontology  (Honorary):  Charles  A.  White. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF. 
Chief  Clerk,  W.  V.  Cox. 

Chief  of  Buildings  and  Suj»erintendeneo,  J.  K  Watkins. 
Chief  of  Correspondence  and  Documents,  R.  I.  Geare. 
Photographer,  T.  W.  Smillie. 
Registrar,  S.  C.  Brown. 
Disbursing  Clerk,  W.  W.  Kan. 
Property  Clerk,  W.  A.  Knowles  (Acting). 
Librarian,  Cyrus  Adler. 
Assistant  Librarian,  N.  P.  Seudder. 
Editor,  Marcus  Benjamin. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


APPENDIX  II. 

List  of  Accessions. 


Abbott,  Dr.  W.  L.,  Singapore,  Straits 
Settlements:  Natural  history  specimens 
and  ethnological  objects  from  the  Mer- 
gui  Peninsula  and  localities  in  the  Ma- 
lay Archipelago,  Natunas,  Tringanu, 
and  Tioman  Island  (37007,  37335, 
37409).     (See  under  Kloss,  C.  B.) 

Abel,  J.  C,  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Stone  imple- 
ments and  arrow  points  found  on  the 
Conestoga  Hills,  near  Lancaster.  37411. 

Adair,  I.  J.,  Warren,  Ark.:  Wheel  bug, 
Prutmdu*  cristalw.     3681 5» 

Adams,  C.  E.,  San  Juan,  Porto  Rico: 
Three  specimens  of  blind  lizards  (Am- 
pkub.vna).     36803. 

Adams,  C.  F.,  Kansas*  City,  Mo.:  Six 
specimens  of  Diptera.     37618. 

Adams,  Henry.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution. ) 

Adams,  Samial  H.,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Washington,  D.  C:  Received 
through  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard.  One  hun- 
dred butterflies  from  the  Philippine 
Islands.     37713. 

Adler,  Dr.  Cyrus,  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion: Photograph  of  a  synagogue  in 
Gibraltar.    37373. 

Affeld,  O.  E.,  Biloxi,  Miss.:  Plant. 
37624. 

Aorictlttke,  Department  of.  Hon. 
James  Wilson,  Secretary:  • 
Four  crabs  from  Mexico  representing 
2  specks  (36809);  received  from  Dr. 
L.  O.  Howard,  anklet  made  from  a 
monkey  skin  and  cocoons  of  the 
"Queen  Moth,"  Argema  mimwie 
Boisduval  (36991);  61  specimens  of 
dragon  flies  from  North  America  con- 
taining many  rare  species  and  con- 
stituting a  port  ion  of  the  collection  of 
the  late  Prof.  F.  L.  Harvey  (37059); 


Agriculture,  Department,  of — Cont'd, 
received  through  Biological  Survey, 
land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Mex- 
ico, collected  by  E.W.  Nelson  (37096) ; 
6  Hippas  from  Yucatan,  collected  by 
Messrs.  E.  W.  Nelson  and  E.  A. 
Goldman  (37718);  geological  speci- 
mens (37726);  2,082  specimens,  rep- 
resenting 1,105  species  of  Hemiptera- 
heteroptera  (37873) ;  crabs  from 
Yucatan,  collected  by  Messrs.  Nelson 
and  Goldman  (37915). 
Material  dejmtdted  in  the  National  Her- 
barium: Specimeu  of  Sttjra.r  plantan- 
{folia,  collected  by  Charles  Hupperty, 
Austin,  Tex.  (36772) ;  plant  from  Cal- 
ifornia, collected  by  E.  R.  Emery 
(36812);  7  plants  collected  by  L.  H. 
Dewey  in  the  United  States  (36898); 
18  plants  collected  by  Lieut.  B.  II. 
Dutcher,  Fort  Grant,  Ariz.  (36907); 
118  plants  collected  by  E.  Taylor  in 
Iceland  (37031);  5,400  plants  col- 
lected in  Oregon  by  E.  P.  Sheldon 
(37166);  24  plants  collected  in  Alaska 
by  Lieut.  J.  S.  Herron  (37191) ;  plant 
collected  by  L.  II.  Dewey  (37275); 
15  plants  from  Texas  collected  by 
Vernon  Bailey  (37310);  22  plants 
from  Oregon  collected  by  F.  V.  Oo- 
ville  (37382);  specimen  of  Marxitia 
from  Louisiana  (37402);  21  plants 
collected  by  Mr.  Coville  (37398);  8 
plants  from  California  collected  by 
J.  M.  Hutchens  and  Vernon  Bailey 
(37448) ;  183  plants  collected  in  Mon- 
tana by  V.  K.  Chestnut  and  T.  E. 
Wilcox  (37454);  42  plants  from 
Alaska  and  British  Columbia,  col- 
lected by  N.  II.  Osgood  (37472);  78 
plants  from  the  Hudson  Bay  region 
collected  by  E.  A.  Preble  (37473);  10 
plants  from  Luzon,  Philippine  Islands 
95 


Digitized  by 


Google 


96 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


Agriculture,  Department  of — Cont'd. 
(37573);  14  plaute  collected  in  Mon- 
tana by  T.  E.  Wilcox  (37579);  52 
plants  from  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park,  collected  by  Elmer  D.  Merrill 
(37600);  140  plants  collected  in  Ore- 
gon by  F.  V.  Coville  (37679);  73 
plants  from  Alaska  collected  by  Ar- 
thur J.  Collier  (37752) ;  56  plants  from 
Oregon  collected  by  E.  I.  Applegate 
(37836);  2  plants  from  the  British 
Museum,  Jxmdon,  England  (37870); 
plant  collected  in  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia by  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher  (37909); 
211  plants  collected  in  Alaska  by  A. 
L.  Bolton  (37960);  22  plants  collected 
by  C.  C.  Georgeson  in  Alaska  (37984) ; 
21  plants  collected  in  Arizona  by 
Gifford  Pinchot  (37985);  plant  from 
New  Mexico  collected  by  Prof.  T.  I). 

A.  Cockerell  and  W.  P.  Cockerell 
(37986);  plant  from  Texas  collected 
by  E.N.  Plank  (37987);  64  plants  col- 
lected in  Canada  by  E.  A.  and  A.  E. 
Preble  (37988);  3  plants  collected  in 
North  Carolina  by  W.  W.  Ashe 
(38000) ;  plant  collected  in  Oregon  by 
E.  I.  Applegate  (38001);  plant  col- 
lected in  New  Jersey  by  Miss  A.  D. 
Weeks  (38032) ;  specimens  of  Negundo 
from  New  Jersey  collected  by  Miss 

B.  Durgen  (38033);  3  plants  from 
New  York  collected  by  M.  L.  Over- 
acker  (38060);  plant  from  Europe 
collected  by  M.  J.  Ball  (38070);  17 
plants  from  Alaska  collected  by  M.  F. 
E.  Blaisdell  (38071);  2  plants  from 
Wyoming  collected  by  Aven  Nelson 
(38072);  168  plants  from  Idaho  col- 
lected by  E.  D.  Merrill  (38073); 
plant  from  the  District  of  Columbia 
collected  by  A.  G.  Masius  (38110); 
plant  from  Virginia  collected  by 
Harry  J.  Kirk  (38111);  plant  from 
Alaska  collected  by  Dr.  L.  Stejneger 
(38112);  plants  from  Montana  col- 
lected by  H.  B.  Ayres  (38113). 

(See  under  Anderson,  J.  R.;  Arm- 
strong, George;  Barnett,  J.  M.;  Beal, 
W.  J.;  Brandegee,  T.  8.;  Cole,  Miss 
E.  J.;  Collins,  G.  N.;  Finley,  J.  B.; 
Fisher,  Dr.  A.  K.;  Haberer,  Dr.  J. 
V.;  Harward,  Miss  Winnie;  Masse, 
Dr.    II.   E.;    Hay,  W.   P.;    Herrera, 


Agriculture,  Department  of — Cont'd. 
Prof.  A.  L. ;  Hindman,  Albert;  Hol- 
ainger,  J.  M.;  Langille,  H.  D.;  Mel- 
ton, T.  A.;  Millspaugh,  Dr.  C.  F.; 
Nolan,  W.J.;  O'Neill,  J.  A.;  Pitcher, 
James  R.;   Preble,   A.  E.;    Preble, 
E.A.;  Sheldon,  E.P.;  Shrader,  F. C. ; 
Steele,  W.  C;  Sydney,  New  South 
Wales,  Botanic  Gardens;  Tracy,  S. 
M.;  Trask,  Mrs.  Blanche;  War  De- 
partment;  Wells,    H.    C;   Whited, 
Kirk;  Wilkinson,  E.  B.;   Wooddell, 
G.  P.;  Wooton,  E.  O.) 
Aguilera,  Jose  G.     (See  under  Mexico, 
Mexico,  Instituto  Geologico  de  Mex- 
ico.) 
Akin,   Lapha,  Sparksville,  Ky.:   Speci- 
mens of  scolytid  beetles.     38131. 
Alabama   Biological  Survev,  Auburn, 
Ala. :  One  hundred  plants.    Exchange. 
38144. 
Aldrich,    Prof.    J.    M.,    University    of 
Idaho,    Moscow,    Idaho:    Woodchuek 
(Arctomys).     37804. 
Aldrich,  Hon.  T.  H.,  Birmingham,  Ala.: 
Eight  species  of   Unionida*  from  the 
Southern    States    (36792);     Unionidte 
from  various  localities  (37173). 
Alexander,   R.  M.,  Kansas  City,  Mo.: 
Twenty  spearheads,  15  arrow  points, 
and  a  hematite  celt.    Exchange.    37444. 
Alexander,  W.  II.,  Basseterre,  St.  Kitts, 
British  West  Indies:  Bats,  reptiles,  in- 
sects, and  birds,  in  alcohol,  from  the 
West  Indies.     38105. 

Aloue,  Father  Jose,  Director  of  the  Ob- 
servatory, Manila,  Philippine  Islands: 
Mollusks,  corals,  and  sponge  from  the 
Philippine  Islands.    Exchange.    37445. 

Altofar,  Mrs.  J.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Canadian  two-dollar  note.  Purchase. 
37261. 

American  Museum  op  Natural  His- 
tory, New  York  City:  tfen  plaster 
casts  of  implements  and  carvings  of 
stone  and  bone  from  British  Columbia 
(36864);  received  through  Dr.  Franz 
Boas,  3  suits  of  Eskimo  clothing  ( 37404). 
Exchange. 

Ami,  Dr.  II.  M.  (See  under  Ottawa,  Can- 
ada, (ieological  Survey  of.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


97 


Axdkrson,  Edith,  Highland,  N.  C. :  Spec- 
imen of  Kalmia.    36978. 

Anderson,  F.  M.,  Berkeley,  Cal.:  Twen- 
ty-seven specimens  (7  species)  of  Cre- 
taceous (Lower  Chico)  ammonites  from 
near  Phoenix,  Ariz.   Exchange.  37489. 

Anderson,  J.  R.,  Victoria,  British  Co- 
lumbia: Received  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture.  Plants  (36897, 
37035.) 

Andre,  Ebxest,  Gray  (Haute-Saone), 
France:  One  hundred  and  forty-two 
specimens  of  exotic  Matillidae  and  For- 
micidae,  representing  75  species.  Ex- 
change.   36922. 

Andrews,  E.  F.,  Washington,  Ga.:  Stone 
implement.     37883. 

Andrews,  Mrs.  E.  F.,  Washington,  Ga.: 
Fruit  of  the  Varnish  tree,  Sterculia  pla~ 
tanifolia.     36988. 

Andrews,  W.  S.,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.: 
Six  skiagraphs  of  recent  shells,  pre- 
pared by  the  donor.     37807. 

Appleoate,  E.  I.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Ardley,  E.,  Red  path  Museum,  Montreal, 
Canada:  Thirty-two  specimens  of  Low- 
er Helderberg  fossils  from  St.  Helens 
Islands,  Montreal,  Canada.  Purchase. 
37446. 

Arbciiavaleta,  J.  (See  under  Monte- 
video, Uruguay,  Museo  Nacional. ) 

Armstrong,  George,  Junction,  Tex. :  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. Specimen  of  Phaseolus  retusiis 
from  Texas.     37117. 

Ash,  C.  E.,  Jr., Newport,  R.  I.:  Received 
through  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns.  Turtle 
(Chryzemys  picta)  from  Rhode  Island. 
36716. 

Ashe,  W.  W.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Ashmead,  W.  H.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Insects,  spiders,  myriapods,  and  shells 
from  the  Hawaiian  Islands.     38164. 

Atkins,  Emerson,  East  Las  Vegas,  N.  Mex. : 
Six  birds'  skins  from  New  Mexico. 
37356. 

Attwater,  H.  P.,  Houston,  Tex.:  Mam- 
mals  from    Texas    (38079);    Golden- 

NAT  MU8   1901 7 


Attwater,  H.  P. — Continued. 

cheeked    warbler,     Dendroica    chryso- 

paria,  from  Texas  (38123). 
Austin,  S.  W.,  Independence, Cal.:  Eight 

plants  from  California.     37535. 

Ay  me,  Lor  is  H.,  U.  8.  consul,  Guade- 
loupe, British  West  Indies:  Part  of  an 
ancient  jar  and  pieces  of  pottery. 
36912. 

Ayres,  H.  B.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Babcock,  W.  C,  Chloride,'  Ariz.:  Speci- 
men of  serpentine  from  Lost  Basin, 
between  White  Hills  and  Colorado 
River.     37634. 

Bacon,  Mrs.  Mary  L.,  San  Jose,  Cal.: 
Indian  basket.    37495. 

Bailey,  Vernon,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: One  hundred  specimens,  15 
species,  of  land-shells  from  Texas  and 
California  (37379) ;  plants  from  New 
Mexico  and  Texas  (37599,  38059).  (See 
under  Agriculture,  Department  of. ) 

Baird,  Commander  G.  W.,  F.  S.  Navy, 
Washington,  D.  C:  Bronze  bust  of 
Charles  H.  Haswell,  first  Engineer  in 
Chief  of  the  U.  S.  Navy.     37396. 

Baker,  C.  Alice,  Deerfield,  Mass.:  Con- 
necticut River  clay  stones.     37211. 

Baker,  C.  F.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.:  Seven  hun- 
dred and  two  plants  from  the  Rocky 
Mountain  region  (36771);  75  plants 
from  Colombia,  South  America  (37914). 
Purchase. 

Baker,  Dr.  Fred.,  San  Diego,  Cal.: 
Twenty  specimens,  15  species,  of  marine 
shells  from  Lower  California.     37588. 

Baldridge,  Mrs.  Maria,  Devon  Inn,  Los 
Angeles,  Cal.:  Three  shells  of  Cypnm 
nigropunctala  from  the  Galapagos 
Islands.     38012. 

Ball,  C.  R.,  Department  of  Agriculture: 
Plants  from  Louisiana.  (36854,  37241, 
37742. ) 

Ball,  M.  J.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of). 

Ballard,  1).  F.  A.,  National  Military 
Home,  Kans.:  Fossil  plant  represent- 
ing the  sj>ecies  Xntroptcrh  ctarkfumi 
Lesquereux.     37179. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


98 


BBPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Bang-Haas,  A.,  and  Dr.  0.  Standinger, 
Dresden,  Germany :  Seventy-seven  but- 
terflies.   Purchase.    37116. 

Bangs,  Outram,  Boston,  Mass. :  Twenty- 
four  birds'  skins  from  San  Miguel 
Island,  Panama  (gift)  (37155);  mam- 
mals and  birds  from  Borneo  (purchase) 
(38019). 

Bannbrman,  Francis,  New  York  City: 
Volcanic  magazine  carbine  (purchase) 
(36887);  2  cartridge  cases  picked  up 
on  Cuban  battlefields  (gift)  (37298). 

Barber,  £.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Eth- 
nological objects  from  Vermont  and 
Pennsylvania  (36883);  9  pieces  of  Ben- 
nington (Vermont)  pottery  (37187). 
Purchase. 

Barber,  H.  S.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Eight 
specimens  of  dragon  flies  (36947);  liz- 
ards from  Virginia  (38037);  reptiles 
from  Arizona  (38046);  living  larvae  of 
Myrmeleonids.    38078. 

Barbour,  W.  C,  Sayre,  Pa.:  Thirty-one 
specimens  of  Hepatica  from  New  York 
and  Pennsylvania  (exchange)  (37214); 
100  plants  from  Pennsylvania  (gift) 
(37593). 

Barnaby,  C.  W.,  Urga,  Mongolia:  Two 
earthenware  votive  offerings.    36931. 

Barncord,  J.  H.,  Ridgeley,  W.  Va.: 
Three  pieces  of  chipped  flint.    37845. 

Barndollar,  Mrs.  J.  W.  (See  under 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. ) 

Barnes,  Dr.  William,  Decatur,  111.: 
Four  hundred  moths.    37162. 

Barnett,  J.  M.,  Mark le ton,  Pa.:  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture.    Plant.    37090. 

Barnum,  Henry,  Lower  Brule,  S.  Dak.: 
Specimen  of  Indian  tobacco  (Chung- 
shasha),  obtained  from  the  Sioux  In- 
dians of  South  Dakota.    36886. 

Barrott,  A.  F.,  Owego,  N.  Y.:  Stone 
implements  and  a  human  skull.    37316. 

Barrows,  W.  E.     (See  under  Welsbach 

Company. ) 
Bartsch,   Miss   Anna.    (See  under   Y. 

Hirase.) 


Bartsch,  Paul,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Nest  and  5  eggs  of  Rough-winged  Swal- 
low, StelgidopUryx  serripennis,  from 
Maryland.    38016. 

Batchelder,  J.  F.,  Portland,  Oreg.:  Re- 
ceived through  Interior  Department, 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  Two  speci- 
mens of  chalcopyrite  with  cobalite, 
from  the  East  Fork  of  Dixie  Creek, 
near  Prairie  City,  Grant  County,  Ore- 
gon.    37678. 

Baum,  H.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Plant 
from  the  Potomac  Flats.    37840. 

Bkal,  W.  J.,  Agricultural  College,  Md.: 
Received  through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. Three  hundred  and  twenty-six 
plants.     Exchange.    36861. 

Bean,  B.  A.,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 
Glass,  porcelain  vase,  platter,  Pennsyl- 
vania Deutsch  slip  ware,  and  a  flat-iron. 


Bean,  B.  A.,  and  King,  W.  H.,  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  Reptiles,  insects, 
and  marine  invertebrates  from  Florida. 
37693. 

Beard,  Mrs.  Bessie,  Hudson,  Wis. :  Con- 
cretionary quartz  from  the  falls  of  St 
Croix  River.    37065. 

Beck,  W.  H.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Spod- 
umene  from  Etta  Mine,  Pennington,  S. 
Dak.    37367. 

Beck  with,  Paul,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Four  death  tags  used  during  the  civil 
war  (3  copper  and  1  lead),  copper  3 
Baiocco,  Papal  States  coin  issued 
1849  (37144);  sword  belonging  to  the 
late  Gen.  Nathaniel  Lyons,  U.  S.  A. 
(exchange)  (37388);  2  campaign  but- 
tons (37387);  6  campaign  buttons  of 
Messrs.  McKinley  and  Bryan  (37407); 
papers  of  the  Capital  Centennial  Cele- 
bration, held  at  Washington  city, 
December  12,  1900  (37425);  sand  bot- 
tle (37480);  an  impression,  in  metal, 
of  a  seal  found  near  Virginia  Beach 
(37503);  25-cent  note  of  Bland  County, 
Va.,  C.  S.  A.,  issued  November  13, 
1862  (38020). 

Beede,  J.  W.,  Effingham,  Kane.:  Fifteen 
specimens  of  triassic  fossils  from  Okla- 
homa Territory  (37585);  4  specimens 
of  Zugmayeria,  n.  sp.,  from  Oklahoma 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


99 


Bkedb,  J.  W. — Continued. 

(37295) ;  90  specimens  of  Fusulina  from 
the  Upper  Carboniferous,  of  Kansas 
(37311 ).  (See  also  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Bell,  Brig.  Gen.  J.  M.,  U.  S.  Army, 
Washington,  D.  C:  Filipino  hat  made 
of  hemp  fiber  by  the  Bicols  of  the 
Camarine  provinces.  38141.  (See  un- 
der Smithsonian  Institution. ) 

Benedict,  James  £.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum :  Caterpillars  from  the  Everglades 
of  Florida  (37810);  invertebrates  and 
fishes  from  the  western  coast  of  Flori- 
da (37849);  insects  from  Florida 
(37850) ;  miscellaneous  collection  of  in- 
sects from  Miami  (37949) ;  invertebrates 
from  the  vicinity  of  Miami  (37990). 

Bkvham,  J.  W.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.:  Unfin- 
ished basket  and  material  for  basket 
weaving,  with  two  plants  from  which 
splints  are  cut     ( 38167. ) 

Benjamin,  Mrs.  C.  G.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Basket  from  North  Africa  (37237);  or- 
namented carrying  band  used  by  the 
Nex  Perce*  Indians  ( 37238 ) .    Exchange. 

Bennett  and  Hudson,  Austin,  Tex. :  Two 
specimens  of  Screw  worms,  representing 
the  species  LuciUa  marceUia.    36895. 

Benson,  Capt  H.  C,  U.  S.  Army,  Bay- 
ambang,  Philippine  Islands.  Birds1 
eggs  from  the  Philippine  Islands 
(36847) ;  16  birds'  skins,  nests,  and  eggs 
from  the  Philippine  Islands  (36896); 
birds'  skins  and  birds'  eggs  from  Ba- 
yambang  (36976);  14  birds'  skins 
(37313) ;  9  birds'  eggs  and  9  birds' 
skins  from  the  Philippine  Islands 
(38041). 

Benton,  G.  B.,  Rouzerville,  Pa.:  Wheel 
bug,  Prianidus  crislalus  L.     36961. 

Berlin,  Prussia:  Museum  fur  Natur- 
eunde.  Three  hundred  and  ninety- 
six  specimens  of  Diptera.  Exchange. 
37967. 

Berliner,  Emile,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Berliner  gramophone.    36816. 

Berwebth,  Prof.  Fred.,  K.  K.  Natur- 
historichee  Hofmuseum,  Vienna,  Aus- 
tria: Pfece  of  Lance*  (France)  meteorite. 
Exchange*    37831. 


Bbs8Bt,  C.  S.,  Lincoln,  Nebr.:  One  hun- 
dred and  fifty-nine  specimens  of  vio- 
lets.    Exchange.     36846. 

Bethel,  E.,  Denver,  Colo.:  Plant  from 
Colorado.    37933. 

Bibb  ins,  Arthur.  (See  under  Woman's 
College  of  Baltimore. ) 

Bikderman,  C.  R.,  Goldhill,  Oreg.:  Lepi- 
doptera  and  other  insects.  (36724, 
37461,37814.) 

Bigelow,  E.  F.,  Stamford,  Conn.:  Mis- 
cellaneous insects  found  on  morning- 
glories.     37025. 

Billings,  W.  R., Ottawa,  Canada:  Eleven 
specimens  of  English  fossil  starfishes 
and  12  specimens  of  Canadian  Lower 
Silurian  starfishes  (to  be  added  to  the 
1.  H.  Harris  collection)  (36959);  58 
specimens  of  fossils  (37119).  Ex- 
change. 

Billingsley,  L.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Pistol  found  at  Balls  Bluff,  Virginia. 
Purchase.     37695. 

Bingham,  H.  O.,  Shippensbarg,  Pa.: 
Continental  note,  9  pence,  issued  in 
1781.     Purchase.     38022. 

Bird,  H.,  Rye,  N.  Y.:  Specimens  of 
Lepidoptera  (36997,  37296). 

Birtwell,  F.  J.,  Albuquerque,  N.  Mex.: 
Type  specimen  of  Parus  gambeli  thayeri 
from  New  Mexico.     37659. 

Blackman,  E.  E.,Roca,  Nebr. :  Fragments 
of  ancient  Pawnee  pottery  with  cloth 
impressions,  found  near  Fullerton, 
Nebr.     37891. 

Blair,  J.  J.,  Yukon,   Okla.:    Locustid. 


Blaisdell,  M.  F.  E.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of. ) 

Blake,  W.  W.,  City  of  Mexico,  Mexico: 
Stone  with  Aztec  carving  of  the  God- 
dess of  Water,  and  a  foot-shaped  vase 
made  of  pottery.     Purchase.    37365. 

Blanch  a  rd,  William  S.,  Washington, 
D.  C:  Watch  holder.     37689. 

Blank inship,  J.  W.,  Bozeman,  Mont: 
Four  plants  from  Montana.     36760. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


100 


REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 


Blatchley,  W.   S.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.:     Brandeger,  T.  S.,  San  Diego,  Cal.     Be- 


Thirty-eight  specimens  of  Orthoptera, 

including  types  and  cotypee  described 

by  the  donor.     37687. 
Boas,  Dr.  Franz.     (See  under  American 

Museum  of  Natural  History. ) 
Bolton,  A.  L.     (See  under  Agriculture, 

Department  of. ) 
Botanic  Gardens.     (See  under  Sydney, 

New  South  Wales.) 

Bouldin,  P.,  Jr.,  Stuart,  Va. :  Specimens 
of  staurolite  from  Patrick  County,  Va. 
37374. 

Bowdish,  B.  S.,  U.  S.  Army,  Mayaguez, 
Porto  Rico:  Zoological  material  from 
Porto  Rico,  as  follows:  Eleven  birds' 
skins  (36718) ;  2  mammals  and  4  birds' 
skins,  3  birds'  nests  and  6  eggs  (36830) ; 
mammals  and  frogs  (37196) ;  birds  and 
birds'  nests  (37415) ;«  3  bats  (37526); 
bat  and  2  mice  (37544) ;  2  mammals  and 
a  bird  less  (37720). 

Bowers,  Master  Hubert,  Jefferson,  Md. : 
Sphinx  moth,  Protoparce  celeus  Hiibner. 
36825. 

Bowers,  Dr.  Stephen,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. : 
Twenty-nine  specimens  (4  species)  of 
Upper  Cretaceous  invertebrate  fossils 
from  Orange  County,  Cal.  (37876); 
5  specimens  (4  species)  of  Cretaceous 
invertebrates  from  Santa  Ana  Moun- 
tains, California  (37564). 

Bradford,  Rear-Admiral  R.  B.  (See 
under  Navy  Department. ) 

Braendle,  F.  J.,  Washington,  I).  C: 
Eight  specimens  of  dried  mushrooms. 
37243. 

Bramhall,  Col.  W.  L.,  Washington,  D. 
C. :  Twenty  campaign  medals  of  Wash- 
ington, Lincoln,  Douglas,  and  other 
prominent  men.     37576. 

Branch,  Dr.  C.  W.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy.) 

Branch,  H.  Selwyn,  St.  Lucia,  West 
Indies:  Five  skins  of  Imperial  Parrot 
from  Dominica  (37222);  31  birds' skins 
and  a  small  snake  from  St.  Lucia  (37782) ; 
bats  from  St.  Lucia  (38132) .     Purchase. 


ceived  through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Thirty-three  plants  from  Lower 
California  (exchange)  (37471 ) ;  2  plants 
from  Lower  California  (gift)  (37816). 

Brandt,  Dr.  K.  (See  under  Kiel,  Ger- 
many, Zoologisches  Institut. ) 

Branner,  Dr.  J.  C,  Stanford  University, 
Cal.:  Marine  shells  from  the  coast  of 
Brazil  near  Pernambuco  (36975);  fossil 
fishes  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Brazil 
(37175). 

Bratley,  J.  H.,  Havasupai  Indian 
School,  Supai,  Ariz. :  Havasupai  brush, 
scratcher,  partly  finished  basket,  a  roll 
of  white  fiber,  and  a  bunch  of  strips  of 
"Devil's  claws."    37995. 

Brennan,  J.  C.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

Brewer,  E.  A.,  Shellbank,  La.:  Twenty 
birds'  eggs  from  Louisiana.     37911. 

Briggs,  A.  A.,  East  Andover,  N.  H.: 
Six  plants.    36744. 

Brtmlev,  H.  H.  and  C.  S.,  Raleigh,  N. 

C:   Fifteen  turtles  from   Texas   and 

North    Carolina   (36877);    mud  turtle 

(37290);    mud   turtles    from    Texas 

( 37291 ) ;  turtle  and  2  garter  snakes  from 

North   America  (37292);   5  cottontail 

i      rabbits  from  Raleigh  ( 37691 ) ;  6  rabbits 

1      (37756);  4  tree  frogs  from  Mississippi 

(37874);  6  specimens  of  Amphisbaena 

\      from    Florida    (37879);    coon    skull 

(37989);    snake    (38104).     Purchase. 

(See  also  under  North  Carolina  State 

Museum. ) 

Britts,  Dr.  J.  H.,  Clinton,  Mo.:  Ten 
pieces  of  Upper  Carboniferous  lime- 
stone containing  four  specimens  of  an 
unknown  crinoid.     37935. 

Brogger,  Prof.  W.  C,  University  of  Chris- 
tiania,  Christiania,  Norway.  Received 
through  Interior  Department,  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey:  Two  specimens  of 
Laurdalite  from  Norway.  Exchange. 
37993. 

Brooke,   Mrs.    K.   C,   Lexington,   Va.: 
Specimens    of    PUurodonle    margineUa 
from  Cuba.     36876. 
j  Browder,   Thomas  E.,  Olmstead,   Ky.: 
Stone  ax.     37171. 


a  Returned. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST   OP  ACCE88ION8. 


101 


Brown,  E. ,  Washington,  D.  C. :  Twenty- 
five  specimens  of  Myxvmycetes  from  Vir- 
ginia (37163);  14  specimens  of  Myxo- 
mycetes  from  New  York  (37150). 

Brown,  E.  J.,  Lemon  City,  Fla.:  Birds' 
skins,  bats,  reptiles,  butterflies,  and  a 
fish  from  Lemon  City  (37022);  Spliinx 
moth  (37617);  Mole  cricket,  2  beetles, 
and  a  Crab  spider  (38121). 

Bbown,  F.  A.,  Savage,  Md.:  Winnowing 
fan.    37441. 

Bbown,  H.,  Yuma,  Ariz.  Received 
through  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard.  Fifty- 
seven  insects  from  Arizona.    37355. 

Brown,  Jasper,  Norway,  Iowa:  Three 
stone  arrowheads  found  near  Norway. 
37082. 

Bbown,  Mrs.  J.  Crosby,  Orange,  N.  J.: 
An  alto  ophicleide  (purchase)  (36762) ; 
cane  flute  and  a  flageolet  (exchange) 
(38138). 

Bbown,  J.  C,  Pacific  Grove,  CaL:  Crus- 
taceans (37110,  37047). 

Bbown,  Mrs.  N.  M.,  Ashtabula,  Ohio: 
Two  hundred  and  two  plants  collected 
by  E.  A.  Goldman.    36856. 

Bbown,  Bichard,  Hospital  Corps,  Baco- 
lod,  Negros,  Philippine  Islands:  Gecko, 
Peropus  mutilatuSj  from  the  Philippine 
Islands.    37606. 

Bbown,  R.  A.,  Saginaw,  Mich. :  Nest  and 
two  eggs  of  Cserulean  warbler,  Dendroica 
roro,  and  two  eggs  of  Cowbird.    37135. 

Bbown,  Rev.  William,  Northbend,  Wash. : 
Sphinx  moth,  Paonias  exccecalus  Smith 
and  Abbot    36721. 

Bull,  C.  P.,  jr.,  Ojus,  Fla.:  Ophiosaurus 
ventralis  from  Florida.    36971. 

Bunnell,  J.  H.  &  Co.,  New  York  City: 
Four  telegraph  instruments  and  a  tele- 
graph insulator.     37530. 

Bubgbsb,  Andrew,  Cotton  Mills,  Laurens, 
8.  C:  Specimen  of  corundum.    37431. 

Bubgj,  F.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.:  Burgi  relief 
map  of  the  Holy  Land.    37843. 

Bpenhah,  S.  H.f  Vaughns,  N.  Y.:  Plant 

from  New  York.     37362. 
Bcum,W.  B.     (See  under  Kline,  J.  J.) 


Bush,  Mrs.  A.  E,,  San  Jose,  CaL:  Eigh- 
teen species  of  shells  from  California 
(37231);  plant  (36738). 

Bush,  B.  F.,  Courtney,  Mo. :  Six  hundred 
and  seventy  plants  from  Texas,  Ar- 
kansasand  Missouri.   Purchase.   37708. 

Bussing,  D.  S.,  Minaville,  N.  Y.:  Two 
costumes  from  islands  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean.    Exchange.    37235. 

Cahn,  Lazard,  New  York  City:  Speci- 
men of  leucophamicite,  from  Parker 
shaft,  Franklin,  N.  J.    37423. 

California  Academy  op  Sciences,  San 
Francisco,  Cal. :  One  hundred  and  thirty 
plants.    37702. 

Call,  R.  Ellsworth,  Museum  of  Brook- 
lyn Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
I  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. :  Specimens  of  Ocecido- 
tea  stygia  Packard,  from  Mammoth 
Cave,  Kentucky.     37064. 

Cambridge  University,  Cambridge,  Eng- 
land. Received  through  Dr.  David 
Sharp.  Two  hundred  and  sixty-eight 
specimens  of  parasitic  Hymenoptera, 
37615. 

Camerano,  Lorenzo  (See  under  Turin, 
Italy,  Zoological  Museum  of  Turin). 

Camp,  J.  H.,  Lima,  Ohio:  Beetle  ( Chalco- 
phora  campestris  Say).     37271. 

Campbell,  J.  B.,  Baird,  CaL:  Skin  and 
skull  of  an  albinistic  gopher  ( Thomo- 
mys)  (36906);  hatchet  (37160). 

Canby,W.  M., Wilmington,  Del.:  Twelve 
specimens  of  violets  from  the  United 
States.    Exchange.    37143. 

Candlin,  H.,  Greely,  Colo.:  Lizard 
(36969);  seven  snakes  (37058). 

Cannon,  Miss  E.,  San  Francisco,  Cal.: 
Specimen  of  HelicmthdUi  from  Califor- 
nia.    37201. 

Capitol,  Architect  of,  Washington,  D.  C. : 
Plaster  model  of  Bartholdi's  statue  of 
Liberty  in  New  York  Harbor.    37177. 

Carpenter,  Joseph  W.,  St.  George,  Utah: 
Ten  plants.    37910. 

Carr,  Mrs.  G.  O.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Indian  objects  obtained  from  Great 
Plains  Indians.     Purchase.    38163. 

Carrico,  E.  T.,  Stithton,  Ky.:  Fresh- 
water shells  (37740);  snakes  (38074). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


102 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Carter,  Lieut.  Commander  F.  S.,  U.  S. 
Navy,  Hydrographic  Office,  Navy  De- 
partment, Washington,  D.  C. :  Snakes, 
in  alcohol,  from  near  Iquitos,  Peru. 
37256. 

Cartwright  Brothers,  Rye  Valley,  Oreg. 

Received  through  Dr.  W.  Lindgren. 

Mastodon  and  Mammoth  teeth.    37236. 
Cary,  Merritt,  Neligh,  Nebr.:  Lizards. 

37046. 

Caudell,  A.  N.,  Department  of  Agricul- 
culture:  Ten  specimens  of  Odonata 
from  the  Indian  Territory  and  Massa- 
chusetts (36945);  19  specimens  of 
Rhynchota  and  a  grasshopper  (37421); 
living  larvse  of  Myrmeleonids  (38076). 

Chamberlin,  R.  V.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah: 
Type  specimens  of  Lithobiidae.     37936. 

Chamberlin,  T.  S.,  Vallejo,  CaL:  Cato- 
cala  moth,  Caiocahi  nehraskx  Dodge. 
37578. 

Chandler,  H.  P.,  Berkeley,  Cal.:  Plant 
(37339);  360  plants  collected  in  the 
Sierra  Nevada  of  California  by  Messrs. 
Chandler  and  Hail  (37696). 

Charlton,  Prof.  O.  C,  Baylor  University, 
Waco,  Tex. :  Piece  of  a  meteorite  from 
Fayette  County,  Tex.    37930. 

Chestnut,  V.  K.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Chisholm,  R.  P.,  Bessemer,  Ala.:  Speci- 
mens of  Murgantia  histrionica  Hahn. 
37228. 

Choster,  George  W.,  Southport,  Eng- 
land: Ten  specimens  of  Spiralinella 
spiralis  Mont.,  from  England;  and  50 
specimens  of  JordanieUa  nivosa  Mont., 
from  Norway.    37159. 

Claghorn,  C.  E.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution. ) 

Clark,  E.  A.,  Flagstaff,  Ariz.:  Coral 
from  near  Concho,  Apache  County, 
Ariz.     37395. 

Clark,  Dr.  E.  P.,  The  Plains,  Va.:  Tusk 
of  a  boar  and  teeth  of  a  drum-fish. 
37153. 

Clarke,  Capt.  A.  G.,  Lawrence,  Kans.: 
Six-inch  shell  fired  by  the  U.  S.  S. 
Charleston,  at  Calocan,  February  10, 
1899;  wooden  cannon  with  a  gas-pipe  I 


Clarke,  Capt.  A.  G. — Continued, 
bore,  used  during  the  Philippine  insur- 
rection.    36870. 

Clarke,  Dr.  John  M.  (See  under  New 
York  State  Museum.) 

Clements,  F.  E.,  Lincoln,  Nebr.:  Plant 
from  Colorado.    37091. 

Cleveland,  Capt.  B.  D.,  New  Bedford, 
Mass.:  Sea  leopard  (Ogmorhinus). 
Purchase.     37314. 

Clough,  L.,  Concord,  N.  H.:  Specimen 
of  fluorite  from  Westmoreland,  N.  H. 
37483. 

Cockerell,  Prof.  T.  D.  A.,  East  Las 
Vegas,  N.  Mex.:  Insects  including 
several  types,  also  specimens  of  land 
and.  fresh-water  shells  from  New  Mex- 
ico (37018);  insects  (37055);  5  plants 
(37074);  insecte  (37076);  insects 
(37102);  11  moths  (37168);  6  speci- 
mens of  Hymenoptera  (37186);  5 
specimens  of  Cambarus  gallinus  and  a 
specimen  of  Apus  (37193);  land  and 
fresh-water  shells  from  New  Mexico 
(37266);  specimens  of  Lepidoptera 
(37494);  9  plants  from  New  Mexico 
(37511) ;  22  specimens  of  Lepidoptera 
and  Hymenoptera  (37570);  8  speci- 
mens of  Microhymenoptera  (37639); 
type  specimen  of  VUreacarolinensisv&r. 
wetherbyi  Cockerell,  from  Roan  Moun- 
tain, North  Carolina  (37642);  cater- 
pillar from  New  Mexico  (37602);  125 
specimens  of  miscellaneous  insects 
(37612);  7  species  of  land  and  fresh- 
water shells  (37803);  photograph  of  a 
type  specimen  of  plant  from  Colorado 
(37818);  miscellaneous  collection  of 
New  Mexican  insects  (37872);  19 
plants  from  New  Mexico  (37917);  11 
plants  from  New  Mexico  (38056);  4 
plants  from  New  Mexico  (38057); 
specimen  of  violet  from  New  Mexico 
(38118);  Meloid  beetle,  Leonidia  neo- 
mexicana  CklL,  and  64  specimens  of 
bees,  including  42  types  and  4  cotypee 
of  Professor  Cockereir8species( 38137). 
(See  under  Agriculture,  Department 
of;  New  Mexico  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station.) 

Cockerell,  W.  P.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LlSt   Of   ACCESSIONS. 


103 


Ooffman,  J.  B.,  Dayton,  Va.:  Logger- 
head shrike.    37403. 

Colburk,  A.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Bat 
(La$iums  borealis),  from  Washington, 
D.  C.    37194. 

CoLE,MissEM*Aj.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 
Received  through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture.   Plant  from  Michigan.    36875. 

Cole,  Leon  J.,  University  of  Michigan, 
Ann  Arbor,  Mich.:  Two  specimens  of 
Olfema  amerieana  and  1  specimen  of 
Pseudolfer*ia  maculuUi.     37798. 

Coleman,  Mrs.  J.  I.,  Troy,  Ariz.:  Bag- 
worm  ( Oiketicu*  sp?) .     37980. 

Coleman,  J.  W.  (See  under  Sturtevant, 
R.  D.;  Suttle,  J.  Freeman.) 

Collier,  Arthur  J.  ( See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Collins,  F.  S.,  Maiden,  Mass.:  Fifty 
specimens  of  algse,  comprising  Fascicle 
xv  of  Phycotheca  Boreal i- Americana 
(36927) ;  75  plants  from  various  locali- 
ties (37727).    Purchase. 

Collins,  G.  N.,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Thirty  specimens  of  dragon  flies 
from  Porto  Rico,  and  22  specimens 
from  the  District  of  Columbia  (36946) ; 
through  Department  of  Agriculture,  14 
specimens  of  Myxomycetes  from  New 
York  (37150). 

Collins,  W.  B.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Pe- 
seta, silver  piece,  Spanish  money,  found 
on  board  the  wreck  of  the  Viscaya. 
37036. 

Colonna,  B.  A.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Specimens  of  baryta  from  Crowders 
Mount  Mine,  Gaston  County,  N.  C. 
37282. 

Columbia  University,  New  York  City: 
Twenty-seven  plants,  from  California 
and  Nevada.     37134. 

Colville,  Walter,  Lake  St.  Johns,  Can- 
ada: Nine  mammal  skulls.     Purchase. 


Comabella,  Dr.  I.,  Barcelona,  Spain: 
Six  specimens  of  Carabus  mulleri.  Ex- 
change.    37881. 

Cosger,  Edwis  H.      (See  under  Hobart, 

Rev.W.  T.) 


I  Conklin,  S.  A.,  Kilbourne,  111.:  Speci- 
men of  Stylopyga  oritntalis  Linne*. 
38075. 
!  Conzatti,  Prof.  C,  Oxaca,  Mexico:  One 
hundred  plants.  Exchange.  37359. 
(See  under  Gray  Herbarium. ) 

Cook,  Prof.  O.  F.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Six  plants  from  Ohio,  collected  by  W. 
A.  Kellerman.     36844. 

Cook,  W.  A.  (See  under  Derby,  Or- 
ville  A.) 

Coolidge,  Dane,  New  York  City:  Mam- 
mals, lizards,  and  crayfishes,  from  Pal- 
ermo, Sicily,  and  Sorrento,  Italy 
(36386);  20  skins  and  skulls  of  mam- 
mals from  Italy  (36911);  39  skins  and 
skulls  of  mammals  from  Barcelonette, 

.    France  (37107).     Purchase. 

Cope,  Mrs.  Annie  P.,  Haverford,  Pa.: 
Philip  Island  parrot    Purchase.    38027. 

Cordlbv,  Prof.  A.  B.,  Oregon  Agricul- 
tural College,  Corvallis,  Oreg.:  Three 
parasites.     37681. 

Corr,  W.  C,  Badger,  Nebr.:  Thirty-three 
butterflies.     37712. 

Coubeaux,  Eugene,  Saskatchewan,  North- 
west Territory,  Canada:  Six  birds'  skins 
from  Canada.     Exchange.     37645. 

Couper,  R.  H.,  Cartersville,  Ga.:  Verte- 
bra* of  a  snake,  and  teeth  of  a  bear. 
37178. 

Coville,  F.  V.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of.) 

Cox,  Emery,  Brightwood,  D.  C:  Young 
Purple  Grackle,  Quiseulus  quticula,  in 
the  flesh  (36706);  mole  (Scalops  aquati- 
cut)  (37199). 

Cox,  Hazel  V.,  Brightwood,  D.  C:  Fox 
Sparrow,  Passerella  iliaca,  in  the  flesh. 
37763. 

Cox,  Dr.  N.  H.  D.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution. ) 

Cox,  W.  J.  (See  under  Mollie  Gibson 
Mining  Company. ) 

Cragin,  Prof.  F.  W.,  Colorado  College, 
Colorado  Springs,  Colo. :  Five  topotypes 
of  Exogyra  weaiherf&rdensis.  Exchange. 
38156. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


104 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Crain,  Mrs.  E.  J.,  San  Pedro,  Cal.: 
Specimen  of  Catireltaria  cooperi,  from 
near  Point  Fermin,  California  (38733); 
3  specimens  of  ( hpulwt  californims  Dall, 
from  Pecten  Jtorulus  dredged  at  San 
Pedro  (37048). 

Crane,  Mrs.  A.  R.,  Dawson  City,  Can- 
ada:   Lead  pencil  found  in  a  Stikine 
Indian  hut;  skin  dresser  and  deer  ar- 
row point  from  Lake  Lebarge,  14  photo-  | 
graphs.     37470. 

Craver,  Rev.  Samuel  P.  (See  under 
Foster,  W.  T.)  , 

('raw ford,  Lamar,  Staunton,  Va.:  Four  I 
flint  implements  from  France,  and  3  ( 
flint    arrow    points    from    California. 
38068.  ! 

Crosby,  F.  \V.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Mar- 
casite,  blende,  calcite,  etc.,  from  Jop- 
lin,  Mo.  (purchase)  (36917);  galena  ( 
and  marcasite  with  dolomite  (purchase) 
(36919) ;  -2  specimens  of  soapstone  from 
Schuyler," Va.  (gift)  (37805). 

Crosby,  O.  T.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Re-  I 
ceived  through  Dr.  Marcus  Benjamin:  I 
Abyssinian  cincture.     37009.  j 

Cross,  Whitman.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Crown,  W.  S.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Al- 
bino Bank  swallow,  Cliricola  riparia, 
in  flesh.     37020. 

GYlin,  Stewart.  (See  under  Free  Mu- 
seum of  Science  and  Art. ) 

Cummins,  M.  D.,  Pierceton,  Ind.:  Stone 
ax  and  a  knife  blade  from  Washington 
Township,  Kosciusko  County,  Ind. 
37377. 

CYrrie,  R.  P.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Twenty-one  specimens  of  Odonata  and 
42  specimens  of  Hymenoptera  from 
Stockport,  N.  Y.,  and  56  specimens  of 
Odonata  from  Greatfalls,  Md.     35694. 

Curry,  J.  W.,  Key  West,  Fla.:  Shrimp. 
37596. 

Curtice,  Cooper.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Curtis,  Mrs.  H.  M.,  New  Canaan,  Conn.: 
Two  black  Blister  beetles.     36972. 

Curtis,  W.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Clay 
pipes  from  Indiana.    37158. 


j  Curtiss,  A.  H.,  Jacksonville,  Fla.:  Forty  - 
I  six  plants  (gift)  (36936);  138  plant* 
f  from  the  Southern  States  (purchase) 
,       (37581). 

Cusick,  W.  C,  Union,  Oreg.:  Nineteen 
,      plante  (gift)  (37360);  137  plants  from 

eastern  Oregon  (purchase)  (37962). 
:  Dall,  Dr.  WT.  H.,  U.  S.  Geological  Sur- 
j      vey:  Lady's  parasol  (1804).     36894. 
i  Daly,  Mrs.  J.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C: 

Quilt  embroidered  by  Mrs.  Susan  Adel 

Esputa.     37898. 

I  Damon,    R.    F.,   Weymouth,    England: 
Model  of  Ascoceras.    Purchase.    37357. 

Dampf,  Henry,  New  York  City:  Pseudo- 
!      scorpion.     37809. 

Danporth,  R.  E.,  Riceville,  N.  C:  Speci- 
mens  of  Hymenoptera  from  Squirrel 
,      Island,  Maine.     36799. 

Daniels,  Mrs.  Flora,  Ulysses,  Pa.:  Two 
specimens  of  Pollutes  pallipes  Lapel. 
37885. 

Daniels,  L.  E.,  La  Porte,  Ind.:  Crayfish 
,      and  insects   (36986);    9  fossil  insects 
from  Florissant,  Colo.  (37312). 

Daniels,  Dr.  Z.  T.,  Siletz  Agency,  Oreg.: 
Pewter  spoon.     37884. 

Dann,  J.  W.,  Honeoye  Falls,  N.  Y. :  Speci- 
men of  carborundum.    37739. 

Dannefaerd,  S.,  Auckland,  New  Zealand: 
Six  birds'  skins  from  New  Zealand. 
Purchase.     37428. 

Darton,  N.  H.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Davenport,  G.  E.,  Medford,  Mass.: 
Twenty  photographs  of  ferns  of  New 
England.     37130. 

Davenport,  H.  C,  East  Orange,  N.  J.: 
Pheasant,  Tragopan  caboti(?)  (37512); 
Pheasant  (37584). 

Davidson,  Dr.  A.,  Clifton,  Ariz.:  Plants 
(36746,  37561). 

Davis,  C.  Abbott,  Providence,  R.  I.: 
Three  specimens  of  Hymenoptera. 
37465. 

Davis,  G.  C,  Ogilby,  OaL:  Geological 
specimens  (37591,37822). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LI8T   OK   ACCESSIONS. 


105 


Davis,  Thom\s,  Cros8anehor,  Tenn.: 
Nymph  of  Acholla  multujnnom  De  Gecr 
( 37890) ;  Long-sting, /?fy/**«  atmia  Fabr. 
(36723). 

Dean,  Samuel  B.,  Arlington,  Mass.:  Old 
style  English  "tyg:" — a  three-handled 
drinking  cup.     37225. 

Deane,  Walter,  Cambridge,  Mass.: 
Forty-two  plant**  from  Texas,  collected 
by  R.  N.  Larrabee.     37651. 

Dkhlh,  Louis,  Kahoka,  Ark.:  Specimens 
of  Piridium  abditum  Hald,  from  Arkan- 
sas.    38142. 

Demmixg,  Col.  H.  C,  Harrisburg,  Pa.:  , 
Specimen  of  soft  rock  containing  pupal 
cells  of  a  Digger-bee  (Anthophora  sp. ).  . 

38005. 

i 

Derby,  Orville  A.,  Director  Geological  ( 
Survey,  Sao   Paulo,  Brazil:  Ethnolog-  J 
icai  objects  from  southern  Brazil,  col-  ' 
lected    by    W.   A.    Cook.     Purchase. 
38128. 

Devlin,  Edward,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Photograph  of  the  historical 
hall  of  the  Old  Colony  Historical  Soci- 
ety at  Taunton,  Mass.  (36819);  Tree- 
frog  from  Maryland  (38099). 

Dewey,  L.  H.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Deyrolle,     Lbs    Filb    d'Emile,   Paris, 
France:    Bird    of    Paradise    (37430); 
3  skins  of   Birds  of  Paradise  (38062);  ; 
skin  of  Amblyornis  inornaius  from  New  ■ 
Guinea  (38063).     Purchase. 

Dickey,  J.  A.,  Bristol, Tenn. :  Specimens 
of  zinc  blende  from  Bristol.    37632.        ] 

Diehl,   Mrs.    A.    R.,   New  York    City: 
Twelve      oriental      seals.      Purchase.  [ 
37370.  ! 

DiBTz,  J.  J.,  Grafton,  Ohio:  Moth  ( Atta-  I 
cuscecropia).     36715.  j 

Diller,  J.  S.     (See  under  Lake,  W.  C. )       j 

Dionne,  Mons.     (See  under  Laville  Uni-  | 
vereity. ) 

Ditmars,  R.  L.  (See  under  New  York 
Zoological  Park. ) 

Dod,  F.  H.  Wolley,  Calgary,  Alberta, 
Canada:  Moths  (new  to  Museum  col- 
lection) (37484;  37711). 


Dodge,  W.  C,  Washington,  D.  C:  Fifty 
firearms,  ancient  and  modern.  Pur- 
chase.   37097. 

Dowdex,  Dr.  J.  E.,  Fairmount,  W.  Va.: 
Mole  cricket,  (Jryllotalpa  boreali*  Bur- 
meister.     36776. 

Drake,  N.  F.  (See  under  Leland  Stan- 
ford Junior  University. ) 

Dresdex,  Germaxy;  Royal  Zoological 
and  Anthropological-Ethnographical 
Museum.  Received  through  Dr.  A.  B. 
Meyer:  Nine  ethnological  specimens 
from  British  New  Guinea,  and  6  from 
eastern  Africa.     Exchange.     37549. 

Driver,  Fred,  Montserrat,  West  Indies: 
Bats  from  Montserrat.    37198. 

Droop,  E.  H.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Iron 
gibbet  from  Virginia.  Purchase. 
38091. 

Druery,  C.  T.,  London,  England:  Forty- 
eight  fronds  of  cultivated  varieties  of 
ferns  for  use  in  raising  plants  from  the 
spores  (37149);  2  ferns  from  England 
(37306).     Exchange. 

Drysdale,  H.  P.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Republican  campaign  token  issued  in 
1860.     37422. 

DU      BoiS,      Miss     CoNSTAXCE     GODDARD, 

Waterbury,  Conn.:  Brush  of  soaproot 
for  cleaning  a  metate  stone,  from 
Mesa  Grande,  Cal.;  redo,  or  carrying 
net,  made  of  inilkweed  fiber,  and 
another  one  made  of  palm-leaf  fiber. 
Purchase.  37896. 
DtT  Bose,  G.  M.,  Lisbon,  Ga.:  Shells  and 
turtles.     (36767,  36768.) 

Dc  Bose,  J.  IL,  Huguenot,  Ga.:  Snake, 
Diadophis  punctatus,  from  Georgia 
(37289);  snake  (Cyclophis  test  mis) 
(36852);  caterpillar  of  a  Hawk  moth, 

.    Thyreus  abbotti  Swains  (38077). 

Duck,  D.  R.,  McHenfy,  N.  Dak.:  Two 
birds'  skins  and  a  bird's  egg.     38048. 

Dcerdex,  J.  E.  (See  under  Kingston, 
Jamaica,  Institute  of. ) 

DroEs,  Dr.  A.,  Guanajuato,  Mexico: 
Twenty-two  specimens  of  Diptera, 
7  representing  species  new  to  the 
Museum  collection  (37577);  3  plants 
(37692);  crustaceans  (38011). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


106 


BEPORT   OF  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Dunblazer,  W.  H.,  Clarksville,  Ark.: 
Two  lizards.     38153. 

Dunham,  Pikebe  S.,  St.  Augustine,  Fla.: 
Plaster  cast  of  a  sea  monster.     37189. 

Dunham,  S.  C,  Washington,  D.  C. :  Beach 
gold  from  Alaska.    Purchase.    37537. 

Dunn,  H.  H.,  Fullerton,  Cal.:  Skin  of 
Swainson's  hawk,  Buteo  mmtwoni 
(37942);  14  birds'  skins  and  4  birds1 
eggs  from  California  (38102). 

Dunn,  James,  West  End,  N.  J.:  Partially 
albino  specimen  of  Sea  bass  (Centra- 
pristes  striatum).     36915. 

Dubgen,  Miss  B.  ( See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Dutcher,  Lieut.  B.  II.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of. ) 

Dyer,  J.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. :  Cannon 
ball  found  in  Wakefield,  Va.    37137. 

Eads,  Lizzie.   (See  under  Medford,  H.  C. ) 

Earle,  F.  S.,  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  Auburn,  Ala.:  Two  hundred 
and  ninety-five  plants  from  New  Mex- 
ico (purchase)  (37460);  115  specimens 
of  Viola  (exchange)  (38143). 

Eastlake,  Dr.  Warrenton,  Iedamachi, 
Tokyo,  Japan.  Received  through  H.  F. 
Moore:  Collection  of  shells  and  Japa- 
nese insects.     36966. 

Eastman,  Mrs.  M.  A.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Eleven  photographs  of  New  England 
homespun  quilting.    Purchase.    37838. 

Eastwood,  Miss  Alice,  San  Francisco, 
Cal.:  Twenty-seven  ferns  from  the 
western  section  of  the  United  States 
and  Lower  California.    37652. 

Eaton,  A.  A.,  Seabrook,  N.  H.:  Plant 
(36845);  20  specimens  representing  the 
genera  Iscetes  and  Lycopodium  (37510). 
Exchange. 

Eddy,  Hon.  Frank  M.,  M.  C,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. :  Mounted  moose  head.  De- 
posit.   38098. 

Edwards, S.M.,Argusville,N. Dak.:  Two 
species  of  Unionidre  from  North  Dakota. 
36797. 

Eggleston,  W.  W.,  Rutland,  Vt.:  One 
hundred  plants  from  Vermont.  Pur- 
chase.    37903. 

Eigenmann,  Dr.  C.  H.,  Bloomington,  Ind. : 
Blind-fish  from  Illinois,  Chologaster  pa- 


Eigenmann,  Dr.  C.  H.— Continued. 
pilliferus  (36734) ;  2  specimens  of  Blind- 
fish  ,  A  m  blyopsis  spelwus  ( 36806 ) . 

Eisen,  Gustav.  (See  under  Harriman 
Alaskan  Expedition. ) 

Eldbidge,  George  H.  (See  under  In- 
terior Department,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey. ) 

Ells,  Rev.  Myron,  Union,  Wash.:  Six 
half-finished  baskets  obtained  from  the 
T wana  Indians  (Salishan  f am  ily ) .  Pur- 
chase.    38089. 

Elrod,  Prof.  M.  J., University  of  Montana, 
Missoula,  Mont. :  Land  and  fresh- water 
shells  (36884 ) ;  specimens  of  Epipragmo- 
phora  elrodi  Pilsbry,  from  Missoula 
Mountains,  Montana  (37001). 

Emery,  E.  R.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Emmons,  Lieut.  G.  T.,  U.  S.  Navy,  Prince- 
ton, N.  J.:  Stone  dagger  from  Fort 
Rupert,  British  Columbia  (purchase) 
(36823);  ethnological  material  from 
Alaska  (purchase)  (37750);  ethnologi- 
cal objects  obtained  from  the  Tlinkit 
Indians  (purchase)  (37889);  4  baskets 
from  the  northwest  coast  (gift)  (38082). 
(See  under  Smithsonian  Institution, 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

English,  G.  L.  &  Co.,  New  York  City: 
Specimens  of  lead  from  Sweden,  and 
specimens  of  arsenic  from  Germany 
(37540) ;  seschynite  from  Iimen  Mount- 
ains, Siberia  (37673);  sulphur  crystal 
from  Sicily  (37764);  specimen  of  an- 
timony from  Prince  William,  York 
County,  New  Brunswick  ( 37799) .  Pur- 
chase. 

Evermann,  Prof.  B.  W.,  U.  S.  Fish  Com- 
mission: Sixty-four  butterflies  and  4 
dragonflies  from  Indiana  (37620);  in- 
sect larva?  (37682).  (See  under  Fish 
Commission,  U.  S.) 

Fairbanks,  H.  W.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Fant,  A.  L.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Twenty-seven  pieces  of  Confederate 
scrip,  dated  1862-1864  (36818);  one 
hundred  dollar  Confederate  note,  dated 
February  17,  1864  (36865). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF  ACCESSIONS. 


lOY 


Fabenholt,  Dr.  A.,  U.  S.  Navy,  Cebu, 
Philippine  Islands:  Beetle  (Trwhogna- 
thus  melon  Olivier).     37458. 

Faringsworth,  Tilten,  Cedar  Creek, 
Tenn.:  Centipede  from  Porto  Rico. 
37728. 

Farwell,  O.  A.,  Detroit,  Mich.:  Speci- 
men of  Thaspium  from  Michigan. 
37242. 

Faucett,  Willi  am,  Hope  Gardens,  Kings- 
ton, Jamaica :  Two  plants  from  Jamaica. 
37536. 

Feathbrstonhaugh,  Dr.  Thomas,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. :  Thirty-nine  watch  move- 
ments.    37070. 

Feldcamp,  Sergt.  George,  U.  S.  Army, 
San  Nicholas,  Uocos  Norte,  Luzon,  P.  I. : 
Beetle.     37220. 

Ferriss,  James  H.,  Joilet,  111.:  Land  and 
fresh- water  shells  from  Arkansas  repre- 
senting 30  species  (36905) ;  fern  from 
Arkansas  (37552). 

Field  Columbian  Museum,  Chicago,  111. 
Received  through  F.  J.  V.  Skiff,  direc- 
tor: Breech-loading  rifle,  pocket  rifle, 
and  an  old-style  swivel  rifle  (gift) 
(37669) ;  ethnological  material  from  La 
Plata  and  Montez,  South  America  (ex- 
change) (38093). 

FrNLEY,  J.  B.,  Oregon  City,  Oreg.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture: Plant.     36992. 

Fise  Commission,  U.  S.,  Hon.  G.  M. 
Bowers,  Commissioner:  Crayfishes  col- 
lected in  West  Virginia  in  1899  (36745) ; 
type  specimens  of  new  species  of  fishes 
obtained  by  the  steamer  Fish  Hawk 
expedition  to  Porto  Rico  (36735); 
100+  specimens  of  algae  from  Porto 
Rico  (37165);  14  plants  from  Indiana 
(37213);  collection  of  Ophiurans  ob- 
tained by  the  steamer  Albatross  in  1891 
(37381);  plants  collected  in  northern 
Indiana  by  Prof.  B.  W.  Evermann 
(37438);  corals,  turtle  bones,  alcoholic 
reptiles,  and  mollusks  from  the  expe- 
dition of  the  Albatross  to  the  southern 
seas  (37464) ;  plant  from  Maine  (37468) ; 
young  Egret  from  Porto  Rico  (37698); 
shrimp  (Penaeus  brasUiensis)  from  Ka- 
tama  Bay,  Martha's  Vineyard  (37703); 
corals  from  Porto  Rico,  collected  by  the 


Fish  Commission,  U.  S. — Continued, 
steamer  Fish  Hawk  in  1899  (37753); 
363  specimens  of  fishes  from  Porto  Rico 
collected  by  the  steamer  Fish  Hawk 
during  January  and  February  of  1899 
(37759);  collection  or  Arctic  inverte- 
brates made  by  the  Princeton  expe- 
dition in  1899  (37772) ;  468  plants  col- 
lected in  West  Virginia  by  E.  L.  Morris 
(37835);  collection  of  Japanese  crus- 
taceans made  by  the  steamer  Albatross 
(37954) ;  skull  of  a  Kamchatkan  bear 
(37958) ;  invertebrates  and  mollusks 
obtained  principally  from  the  vicinity 
of  Eastport,  Maine  (38054);  specimen 
of  Aphthalmichthys  caribbetis,  type,  Gill 
and  Smith,  from  San  Geronimo,  Porto 
Rico,  obtained  by  G.  M.  Gray  (deposit) 
(38097). 

Fisher,  Dr.  A.  K.  Received  through  De- 
partment of  Agriculture:  Fifty  plants 
from  Alaska  collected  by  Messrs.  Fisher 
and  Osgood.  37205.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of;  Grinneil,  Dr. 
George  Bird;  Little,  L.  G.) 

Fisher,  H.  H.,  Corpus  Christi,  Tex.: 
Specimen  of  Cassia  acutifolia  from 
Texas.     37736. 

Fisher,  H.  L.,  Califon,  N.  J.:  Three 
plants  from  New  Jersey.     37112. 

Fisher,  W.  II.,  Baltimore,  Md.:  Snake 
representing  the  species  Storeria  dekayi 
(36851 ) ;  4  snakes  representing  the  same 
species  from  Maryland  (36892);  snake 
(Eutainia  saurila)  from  Maryland 
(37923). 

Fleming,  J.  H.,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada: 
Two  Stitch  birds  representing  the 
species  Pogonornis  cinda,  from  New 
Zealand.     Purchase.     36711. 

Fletcher,  Dr.  James,  Dominion  Ento- 
mologist, Ottawa,  Canada:  Fifty  moths, 
including  four  type  specimens.     37779. 

Fletcher,  O.  K.,  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S. 
A.,  Manila,  P.  I.:  Specimen  of  Tectoris 
banksii  Donovan.     36858. 

Flett,  J.  B.,  Washington,  D.  C. :  Plants 
from  Alaska.     (37092,  37507,  37635. ) 

Floyd,  A.  L.  Washington,  D.  C:  Old- 
style  machete  blade  from  Guayama, 
Porto  Rico,  used  by  the  donor  during 
the  war  with  Spain;  knife  used  by  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


108 


BEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 


Floyd,  A.  L.— Continued, 
sailor  in  the  U.  8.  Navy;  U.  S.  signal 
flag  used  daring  the  Cuban  campaign. 
Purchase.    36770. 

Floyd,  F.  G.,  West  Roxbury,  Mass.: 
Five  living  specimens  of  Dennstaedtia, 
from  Massachusetts.  Exchange.  37206. 

Foote  Mineral  Company,  Philadelphia, 
Pa. :  Specimen  of  silver,  from  Kewee- 
naw district,  Michigan;  slab  of  Sacra- 
mento meteorite  (37539);  geological 
specimens  from  various  localities 
(37647).     Purchase. 

Fort  Monroe  Arsenal,  Fort  Monroe, 
Va.  Received  through  Col.  W.  A. 
Mayre,  U.  S.  Army:  Two  Springfield 
muzzle-loading  rifles;  2  Springfield 
breech-loading  shotguns;  2  Joslyn 
breech-loading  carbines;  2  Colt's  army 
revolvers;  2  Remington  army  revolvers, 
and  2  Remington  navy  revolvers.  Pur- 
chase.   37533. 

Foster,  W.  T.,  Sapucay,  Paraguay. 
Received  through  Hon.  J.  N.  Ruffin, 
U.  S.  consul,  Asuncion,  Paraguay: 
Collection  of  insects  (purchase)  bird 
skin  and  frogs  (gift)  (37045);  3  bats 
from  Sapucay  (gift)  (37061);  received 
through  Rev.  Samuel  P.  Craver  and 
Miss  Mary  W.  Swaney,  80  birds'  skins 
from  Paraguay  (purchase)  (37209); 
about  170  bats  from  Paraguay  (pur- 
chase) (37875). 

Fougner,  Iver,  Crookston,  Minn.:  Col- 
lection of  ethnological  objects  from 
Bella  Coola,  British  Columbia.  37973. 
(See  under  Smithsonian  Institution, 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

Frankfort  on  the  Main,  Germany;  Mu- 
seum Senckbnberoianum.  Received 
through  Dr.  F.  Kinkelin:  Collection 
of  fossil  plants.      Exchange.      36934. 

Free  Museum  op  Science  and  Art, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Received  through 
Stewart  Culin,  director:  Five  plaster 
caste  of  archaeological  objects.  Ex- 
change.   37005. 

French,  Capt.  F.  II. ,  U.  S.  Army,  Buga- 
son,  Panay,  P.  I. :  Copy  in  English  of 
Aguinaldo's  "Notice  of  Justice,"  a 
mask,  a  cigarette  holder,  and  a  copy  of 
Aguinaldo's  address  to  the  Filipino 
people.    37463. 


Frey,  Dr.  B.  F.,  New  Smyrna,  Fla.: 
Cerambycid  beetle,  GtUfehroma  ttplen- 
didum  Leconte.     36839. 

Frierson,  L.  S.,  Frierson,  La.:  Shells 
from  Louisiana.    37063. 

Fritsch,  Dr.  Anton,  Prague,  Bohemia: 
Plaster  cast  of  a  bust  of  Joachim  Bar- 
rande.    37433. 

Fuller,  T.  A.,  Calumet,  Mass.:  Ear  of 
pop  corn  affected  with  larvae.     37104. 

Fur  Seal  Commission,  Treasury  Depart- 
ment: Collection  of  photographs  of  fur- 
seals.     Deposit.    37276. 

FuRBUsn,  Capt.  C.  L.,  Tagbilaran,  Bohol, 
P.  I.:  Four  tanned  skins  of  Lemur 
(GalsopUhecus).    37224. 

Gaines,  Angus,  Vincennes,  Ind.:  Frog. 
36728. 

Garman,  H.,  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  Lexington,  Ky.:  Ten  speci- 
mens of  Armadillidium  vulgare  from 
Lexington.    37824. 

Garner,  D.  L.,  New  York  City:  Ethno- 
logical objects  from  Mpahomus  or  Pfau 
tribe  of  West  Central  Africa,    36893. 

Gee,  N.  Gist,  Columbia  Female  College, 
Columbia,  S.  C. :  Specimen  of  Bronchi- 
pus.    37791. 

Geer,  Hon.  O.  L.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution.) 

Gellineau,  Peter,  Westerhall  Estate, 
Grenada,  W.  I.:  Bate  from  the  West 
Indies.     Purchase.     38083. 

Geologisches  In8titut.  ( See  under  Kiel, 
Germany. ) 

Georgeson,  C.  C.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Gerend,  John,  Sheboygan,  Wis.:  Six- 
teen stone  sinkers  and  two  pieces  of 
pottery  from  an  Indian  camping  site  in 
Wisconsin.    38103. 

Gerrard,  E.,  Camden  Town,  London, 
England:  Skeleton  and  stuffed  speci- 
men of  a  Golden  mole.  Purchase. 
37901. 

Gholson,  A.  J.,  Round  Lake,  Miss.: 
Stone  implement  from  Mississippi 
37778. 

Giers,  E.  T.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Bate 
and  three  insects  from  Trinidad,  West 
Indies.    Purchase.    86988. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


MBT  OK   ACCESSIONS. 


109 


Gilbert,  Mrs.  A.  P.,  Logan,  Okla.:  Spe- 
cimen of  Conorhinu*  sanguisuga  Leconte 
(36817);  specimen  of  Datamex  formida- 
Wi*  Simon  (36899);  Harvest  fly,  Cicada 
dortata  Say  (37019);  Scarabceid  beetle 
belonging  to  the  genus  Phsmeus  ( 37050) . 

Gilbert,  Walter  M.  (See  under  Lou- 
bat,  M.  le  due  de. ) 

Giraclt,  A.  A.,  Annapolis,  Md.:  Galls 
of  Neuroterus  sp.,  and  two  specimens 
of  Smicra  marwr  Riley  (38004);  galls 
and  specimens  of  Phylloxera  carysecauixs 
Fitch,  and  a  specimen  of  Catolaccus  n. 
sp.  (38064). 

Girty,  Dr.  George  H.  (See  under  In- 
terior Department,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey. ) 

Godman,  F.  Du  Cane,  London,  England. 
Received  through  E.  A.  Smith,  British 
Museum:  Sixty-nine  species  of  land  and 
fresh- water  shells  from  Mexico  and 
Central  America.    38139. 

Goff,  Dean  S.,  Metlaltoyuca,  Eastern 
Puebla,  Mexico  (Ranco  Elgin):  Two 
plants  from  Eastern  Puebla,  Mexico. 
37999. 

Golder,  F.  A.,  Unga,  Alaska:  One  hun- 
dred plants  from  Alaska.    37204. 

Goldman,  E.  A. ,  Washington,  D.C. :  Plants 
from  Mexico  ( 37667,  37731 ).  ( See  un- 
der Agriculture,  Department  of ;  Brown, 
Mrs.  N.  M.;  Nelson,  E.W.) 

Goldman,  Mrs.  Leo,  Phoenix,  Ariz. :  Four 
specimens  of  basket  material  obtained 
from  the  Pima  Indians  of  southern  Ari- 
zona.    36749. 

Goll,  Rev.  G.  P.,  Maytown,  Pa.:  Insects 
and  reptiles  collected  at  Mount  Coffee, 
Liberia,  West  Africa.     37012. 

Gonzales,  V.  (See  under  Gray  Herba- 
rium.) 

Gooufbllow,  Walter,  Paris,  France:  One 
thousand  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
six  specimens  of  Humming  birds,  from 
Ecuador.     Purchase.    36885. « 

Goodrich,  Mrs.  L.  L.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.: 
Seven  plants  belonging  to  the  genus 
EpipacH$(  exchange)  (36939);  specimen 
of  Hart's  tongue  from  the  original 
American  station  at  Split  Rock,  Geddes, 
near  Syracuse  (gift)  (37827). 


Gordon,  R.  H.,  Cumberland,  Md. :  Thirty- 
nine  specimens  of  Oriskany  and  236 
specimens  of  Lower  Helderberg  fossils, 
from  Mr.  Gordon's  collection.    37122. 

Gordon,  R.  H.,  and  Hartley,  Frank,  Cum- 
berland, Md.:  Sixty  pieces  containing 
fossils  illustrating  the  Lewiston  forma- 
tion section  at  Pinto,  Md.    37392. 

Gortner,  S.  A.,  Rhea  Springs,  Tenn.: 
Crab -spider,  Acrosoma  tpinea  Hentz. 
36801. 

Gotcher,  H.  F.,  Copperas  Cove,  Tex.: 
Specimen  of  ilmenite  with  native  gold 
from  New  Mexico.     38158. 

Gottschall,  A.  H.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.: 
Twined  basket  made  of  bulrushes  from 
the  western  coast  of  Oregon.    37893. 

Graham,  D.  D.  Received  through  Mrs. 
M.  C.  Stevenson,  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Three  Zufti  dresses  and  a  pair  of  moc- 
casins.    Purchase.     37926. 

Gray,  G.  M.,  Woods  Hole,  Mass.:  Six 
specimens  of  crustaceans.  37004.  (See 
under  Fish  Commission,  U.  8. ) 

Gray  Herbarium,  Cambridge  Station, 
Boston,  Mass. :  Two  plants  from  Mex- 
ico, collected  by  C.  G.  Pringle  (37305); 
356  plants  from  Mexico  and  Central 
America  (37358);  22  Mexican  plants 
(37609);  12  plants  from  Mexico,  col- 
lected by  C.  Conzatti  and  V.  Gonzales 
(37937) ;  531  plants  from  the  United 
States  and  Mexico  (37950);  37  plants 
collected  by  Messrs.  Townsend  and 
Barber  in  Mexico  (37951);  2  plants 
from  Costa  Rica  ( 38126 ) .     Exchange. 

Grayson,  G.  H.,  Arkadelphia,  Ark. :  Head 
of  Buffalo-fish,  Ifiiobm  bubalus.    37075. 

Grea8on,  Miss  Mira,  Kaw  Agency,  Okla- 
homa: Ancient  pottery  vase  from  Hawi- 
kuh,  near  Zufli,  N.  Mex.     36824. 

Grebnitski,  N.  A.  Received  through 
Dr.  Leon  hard  Stejneger:  Thirty-seven 
plants  from  the  Commander  Islands, 
Bering  Sea.     38124. 

Gregory,  Arthur,  Durango,  Mexico: 
Molds  of  two  rare  Mexican  coins. 
37590. 

Gribblb,  R.  W.,  Weston,  Tex.:  Teeth 
and  bones  of  small  fishes  and  6  creta- 
ceous invertebrates.     37832. 


a  Received  in  1900. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


110 


REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Griffin,  William,  Somerset,  Ky. :  Speci- 
mens of  bituminous  limestone  from 
South  Fork  River,  Pulaski  County,  Ky. 
37315. 

Grinnell,  Dr.  George  Bird,  New  York 
City.  Received  through  Dr.  A.  K. 
Fisher:  Type  of  Seiwms  ntevius  notahilis. 
Deposit.  36998.  (See  under  Kelley, 
Capt.  Luther  S.) 

Grote,  A.  R.,  Hildersheim,  Hanover, 
Germany:  Hofmann  collection  of  Le- 
pidoptera.    Purchase.    37099. 

Grout,  Dr.  A.  J.,  Boys*  High  School, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.:  Specimen  of  Lycopo- 
dium  chnmstcyparissus  from  Vermont 
(37828) ;  50  plants  (37792). 

Grubbs,  Dr.  Robert,  U.  S.  Army,  Manila, 
P.  I. :  Specimen  of  PhyUium.     37856. 

Guldberg,  Ansgar,  Christiania,  Norway: 
Seven  specimens  of  minerals  from  Nor- 
way.    Purchase.    38092. 

Gunn,  Fanny  A.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Eight  eggs  of  Carolina  Paroquet,  Conn- 
rus  carolinenm.     Purchase.     37497. 

Guthrie,  Leon  J.,  U.  S.  Weather  Ob- 
server, Curacao,  West  Indies:  One  hun- 
dred and  twelve  bats  from  the  West 
Indies.     Purchase.     37658. 

Haberer,  Dr.  J.  V.,  Utica,  N.  Y.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Twe'nty-seven  plants  from  New 
York  (37841);  12  plants  from  central 
New  York  (37700). 

Hafbrlandt,  W.,  and  Pi  prow,  Berlin, 
Germany:  Five  mammal  skins.  Pur- 
chase.   37109. 

Hague,  Arnold.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Hall.     (See  under  Chandler,  H.  P.) 

Hall,  Harry  O.,  Army  Medical  Museum, 
Washington,  D.C. :  Water-color  sketch 
of  the  flag  used  by  the  minute  men  at 
the  battles  of  Concord  and  Lexington, 
April  19,  1775.     37504. 

Hamlin,  Homer,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.: 
Eleven  specimens  of  Tertiary  (?)  corals 
and  pelecypods  from  lx>s  Angeles 
(37488) ;  humerus  of  a  fossil  Auk  and  a 
few  other  bones  (37826). 


Harden,  E.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La.:  Mole 
cricket  (Gryllotalpa  borecdis  Burmeis- 
ter).     37218. 

Haring,  A.  B.,  Frenchtown,  N.  J. :  Cater- 
pillar of  Cecropia  Sphinx  moth,  Ora- 
tomia  catalpsc  Boisduval.     37010. 

Harper,  Roland,  M.,  New  York  City: 
Nine  hundred  and  seventeen  plants 
from  Georgia  (37672);  plants  from 
Georgia  (37907,  38058). 

Harriman  Alaskan  Expedition.  Re- 
ceived through  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam. 
Type  specimens  of  new  species  of 
Enchytneidae,  described  by  Gustav 
Eisen.     36879. 

Harrington,  W. ,  Hague,  Ottawa,  Canada: 
Fifteen  bumble-bees.    37858. 

Harrison,  Benjamin,  Jacksonville,  Fla.: 
Specimen  of  Pterophryne  histrio,  from 
Nassau  Sound,  Florida.     37654. 

Harrison,  Miss  Carrie,  Department  of 
Agriculture:  One  hundred  specimens  of 
mosses  and  lichens  collected  in  the 
Adirondack^  (37054);  40  plants  from 
Massachusetts  (37384). 

Hart,  W.  W.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City: 
Alaskan  sheep  and  skull,  mountain 
goat,  musk  ox,  Newfoundland  lynx. 
(37324,37522,37851. )     Purchase. 

Hartley,  Frank,  Cumberland,  Md.: 
Seventeen  specimens  of  fossils  (37121); 
23  specimens  of  Helderbergian  fossils, 
from  Cumberland  and  Pinto,  Md. 
(37928). 

Hartley,  Frank  and  Gordon,  R.  H., 
Cumberland,  Md.:  A  collection  of  fos- 
sils illustrating  the  Lewiston  formation 
section  at  Pinto,  Md.     37392. 

Hartley,  M.  (See  under  Remington 
Arms  Company.) 

Harvey,  Prof.  F.  L.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of. ) 

Harvey,  L.  H.,  Orono,  Me.:  Sixty  plants 
from  Maine.     Purchase.     36759. 

Harward,  Miss  Winnie,  Albuquerque,  N. 
Mex.:  Received  through  Department 
of  Agriculture.  Nineteen  plants  from 
New  Mexico.     36780. 

Hasse,  Dr.  H.  E.,  Soldiers  Home,  Los 
Angeles,  Cal.  Received  through  De- 
partment of  Agriculture:  Seven  plants 
from  California.    37516. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


Ill 


Hatcher,  J.  B.,  Carnegie  Museum,  Pitts- 
J>urg,  Pa. :  Fossil  meat  of  nuts  and  fos- 
sil wood  from  Squaw  Creek,  Sioux 
County,  Nebr.     37479. 

Hawkrs,  Maj.  E.  L.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Kris,  two  bolo  knives,  spear,  bamboo 
bow,  arrows  and  quiver,  and  wooden 
bow  from  the  Philippine  Islands.  Pur- 
chase.    38084. 

Hawkins,  D.  D.,  Terra  Ceia,  Fla.:  Skel- 
eton of  a  porpoise  from  Tampa  Bay, 
Fla.     37895. 

Hawlby,  E.  H.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Dutch  hautbois,  or  Discant  schalmay. 
Purchase.     37389. 

Hay,  Marshall  P.,  Tallapoosa,  Ga.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture: Nineteen  plants.     36811. 

Hay,  W.  P.,  Hinton,  W.  Va.:  Insects 
(36782);  2  salamanders  from  West  Vir- 
ginia (36785);  specimens  of  Hymenop- 
tera  and  other  insects  (36956);  50 
specimens  of  Cambarus  affinis  from  the 
Potomac  River  (38095). 

Hkarxk,  W.  H.,  Vivian,  La.:  Mole 
cricket,  Gryllotalpa  barealis  Burmeister. 
37051. 

Hegen,  R.  II.,  Miami,  Fla.:  One  hun- 
dred and  sixty-five  specimens  of  miscel- 
laneous moths,  principally  Sphingidie 
(38008) ;  75  miscellaneous  specimens  of 
moths  (38120) . 

Hemic ller,  A.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Two  altars  from  a  Roman  Catholic 
Church  at  Hildesheim,  Germany.  Ex- 
change 37132. 

Hemp,  Miss  Laura,  Jefferson,  Md. :  Larva 
of  Sphinx  moth.     36833. 

Henderson,  J.  B.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Land  and  fresh- water  shells  from  Haiti. 
37521. 

Hemshaw,  II.  W.,  Hawaiian  Islands. 
Received  through  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard: 
Two  hundred  and  sixty-four  Hawaiian 
insects  (36832);  crustaceans  (37030); 
miscellaneous  collection  of  insects  from 
the  Hawaiian  Islands  (37105);  shrimps 
(37240);  crabs  and  shrimps  (37255); 
crustaceans,  mollusks,  reptile,  and  a 
fish  (37085);  natural  history  specimens 
from  the  Hawaiian  Islands  (37293, 
374*7,  37524,  37690). 


Henshaw,  Samuel.  (See  under  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology. ) 

Hepburn,  Dr.  J.  II.,  Fort  Bayard,  N. 
Mex.:  Specimen  of  Searabieid  beetle, 
Dynastes  grant'n  Horn.     37043. 

Herrera,  Prof.  A.  L.,  City  of  Mexico, 
Mexico.  Received  through  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture:  Plant.     37182. 

Herron,  Lieut.  J.  S.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of. ) 

Hilder,  Col.  F.  F.  (deceased):  Micro- 
scopic newspaper  sent  into  Paris  during 
the  German  siege,  1870-71,  by  means 
of  carrier  pigeons  (36989);  8  human 
skulls  from  a  small  cemetery  (Tata- 
log)  north  of  Manila  ( 37500) ;  7  speci- 
mens of  pottery  from  a  cemetery  near 
Santa  Ana,  Manila,  Philippine  Islands 
(37769) ;  12  sets  of  negatives  and  a  set 
of  prints  of  Philippine  men  and  women 
of  different  tribes  (38094). 

Hill,  E.  H.,  Savannah,  (Ja.:  Indian 
burial  pot.     Purchase.     36748. 

Hill,  M.  S.,  Blaine,  Wash.:  Three  pho- 
tographs of  Makah  Indians.     37394. 

Hilliard,  (i.  R.,  Urbana,  Ohio:  Worm, 
Pecocephalus  kexveme  ( Moseley ) . 

Hindman,  Albert,  Elmo,  Ark.,  received 
through  Department  of  Agriculture: 
Four  plants  from  Arkansas.     37089. 

Hine,  Prof.  James  S.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, Columbus,  Ohio:  Four  Panorpids, 
new  to  the  Museum  collection.     37717. 

Hirase,  Y.,  Kyoto,  Japan.  Received 
through  Miss  Anna  Bartech.  Fifty  spe- 
cies of  Japanese  shells.  Purchase. 
37729. 

Hitchcock,  A.  S.,  Agricultural  College, 
Manhattan,  Kans. :  Five  hundred  and 
forty-two  plants  from  southwestern 
Florida.     Purchase.     37723. 

Hitt,  J.  E.,  Augusta,  Ga.:  S|)ecimeii  of 
Corydalm  cvrmtfus  Linnseus.     36881. 

Hobart,  Rev.  W.  T.,  received  through 
Mr.  Edwin  H.  Conger,  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
the  United  States  to  China:  Lock  and 
key  to  the  city  gate  of  Pekin,  known 
as  the  "front  gate."     37959. 

Hodge,  Dr.  E.  R.,  Army  Medical  Mu- 
seum, Washington,  D.  C. :  Three  post- 
age   stamps  of  the  mileaima  denomi- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


112 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Hodge,  Dr.  E.  R. — Continued. 

nation  and  3  of  the  centavo  denomina- 
tion.    37852. 

Hodge,  F.  W.,  Smithsonian  Institution: 
Two  arrow  points,  piece  of  obsidian, 
fragments  of  pottery  and  pumice  stone 
from  New  Mexico.     37501. 

Hogan,  William,  Olmstead,  Ky. :  Stone 
pestle.     37172. 

Hoge,  J.  M.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology.) 

Holcomb,  Benton,  West  Granby,  Conn.: 
Beetles  and  cedar  wood.     37771. 

Holmes,  J.  H.,  Dunedin,  Fla. :  Marine 
shells  (36796);  starfish  (Luidia  alter- 
nate) from  Sanibel  Island  (37705). 

Holmes,  J.  S.,  Bowmans  Bluff,  N.  C: 
Jumping  mouse.     36805. 

Holmes,  W.  H.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Two  specimens  of  iron  ore  from  Nova 
Scotia  (37234);  107  specimens  of  shop 
refuse  from  the  Jasper  quarry  at  Dur- 
ham, Pa.  (37248).  (See  under  Smithso- 
nian Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology.) 

Holzinger,  J.  M.,  Winona,  Minn.,  re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture: Moss  from  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park  (37436);  5  plants  from 
Minnesota  and  Montana  (37817). 

Hooper,  I.  H.,  Raht,  Tenn.:  Piece  of 
rock,  with  supposed  inscriptions,  taken 
from  an  ancient  wall  in  Raht.     36766. 

Hopkins,  M.  H.,  Louisville,  Fla.:  Two 
plants  from  Florida.     37125. 

Horch,  Jacob  A.,  Soldiers'  Home,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. :  Coins  from  the  Philip- 
pine Islands.     Purchase.     37746. 

Hornaday,  W.  T.,  New  York  City:  Head 
skins  of  buffalo  and  Rocky  Mountain 
sheep.     37627. 

Hornung,  Dr.  John,  San  Francisco,  Cal. : 
Nine  mammal  skins  (36831),  10  star- 
fishes from  San  Francisco  Bay  (37603); 
3  mammals  (37745). 

Hough,  Dr.  Walter.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy-) 

House,  H.  D.,  Oneida,  N.  Y.:  Fifty  speci- 
mens of  Mold  sthrrkii  from  New  York 
(37032) ;  2  plants  (37702).  Exchange. 
Hovey,  G.  U.  S.,  White  Church,  Kans. : 
Six  scraper  stones,  from  Wyandotte 
County,  Kans.     37793. 


Howard,  Dr.  L.  0.  (See  under  Adams, 
Samuel  II.;  Agriculture,  Departmentof; 
Brown,  H.;  Henshaw,  H.  W.;  Stover, 
Oliver  O.;  Townsend,  Prof.  C.  H. 
Tyler.) 

Howe,  C.  F.,  Chalky  Mount,  Barbados, 
West  Indies:  Geological  specimens. 
36958. 

Howell,  A.  H.,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture: Eighteen  plants  from  Mans- 
field, Vt.     36938. 

Howell,  E.  E.,  Washington  D.  C:  Three 
series  of  Bohemian  trilobites,  showing 
the  development  of  Arethusina,  Dal- 
manitex,  and  D-inuclevs  (purchase) 
(36925);  meteoric  iron  from  Canyon 
Diablo,  Ariz,  (exchange)  (37066);  re- 
lief map  of  Palestine  ( purchase)  (37372) ; 
specimens  of  fossil  wood  from  near 
Holbrook,  Ariz,  (purchase)  (37538); 
5  pieces  of  polished  agate  ami  2  agate 
spheres  (purchase)  (37641);  11  fossil 
crinoids  (purchase)  (37722). 

IIuenevon,  Dr.  T.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.) 

Hulbert,  H.  B.,  Seoul,  Korea,  received 
through  Rev.  E.  E.  Rogers:  Korean 
monocycle.     Purchase.     37613. 

Hulst,  Rev.  G.  D.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.: 
Eleven  specimens  of  Lepidoptera  (gift) 
(36996) ;  2  specimens  of  ferns  from  New 
York  (exchange)  (37133);  plant  (Poly- 
podium  ruhjare  camhricum)  from  New 
York  (37254). 

Humphreys,  J.  W.,  Colon,  Colombia: 
Fourteen  bats  from  Colombia.  Pur- 
chase.    38090. 

II  inter,  Mrs.  Mary,  Washington,  D.  C: 
One  hundred  plants  from  the  District 
of  Columbia.     Purchase.     37033. 

Hunter,  W.  G.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Gold 
ore  from  near  Marshall,  N.  C.     37267. 

Hupperty,  Charles.  (See  under  Agri- 
culture, Department  of. ) 

Hutciiens,  J.  M.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Departmentof.) 

Hi  n  m\>,  D.  B.,  Hart,  Mich.:  Concre- 
tion.    37920. 

Hutchinson,  W.  V.,  Winchester,  Va.: 
Skull  of  a  Virginia  deer,  (Mocoilvn* 
rirffhibniiix.     37939. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


113 


Hyskll,  Dr.  J.  H.,  Santiago,  Cuba:  Crus- 
taceans, beetles,  toads,  and  lizards. 
Purchase.     37550. 

Ihkrikg,  Dr.  H.  vox,  Museu  Paulista, 
Sao  Paulo,  Brazil:  Specimens  of  mis- 
cellaneous Unionidffi  and  marine  shells 
from  Guatemala  and  Brazil.    37767. 

Interior  Department,  United  Stales  Geo- 
logical Surrey:  Specimens  of  borings 
(deposit)  (36967) ;  Hot  Springs  deposits 
and  l>at  guano,  from  Glen  wood  Springs, 
Colo.  (37131);  Chamberlain  shales, 
from  Belt  terrane,  Big  Belt  Mountains, 
Mont.,  and  interformational  conglom- 
erates from  Belt  series,  Dearborn  River, 
Mont.  (37176);  18specimensof  Oldhamia 
occidens  Walcott,  from  the  Cambrian  of 
New  York  (37226) ;  35  calciferous  fos- 
sils from  Iowa  Mine,  Smithville,  Law- 
rence County,  Ark. ;  33  Lower  Silurian 
fossils  from  Black  Hills,  8.  Dak.,  col- 
lected by  T.  A.  Jaggar  and  J.  VV.  Beede; 
65  graptolites  from  California,  collected 
by  H.  W.  Turner;  1,790  Cambrian 
brachiopods  identified  by  Hon.  Charles 
D.  Walcott,  and  375  Pre-Cambrian  fos- 
sils, including  the  types  described  and 
figured  by  Mr.  Walcott  (37302) ;  collec- 
tion of  rocks  from  the  Ten-Mile  District 
of  Colorado,  and  Sultan  Mount,  San 
Juan  County,  obtained  by  Whitman 
Cross  (37322);  Dinosaur  bones  and 
mammal  bones  (37346);  part  of  a  tusk 
of  a  fossil  elephant  (37419);  barite  in 
rhyolite,  from  Castle  Rock,  Douglas 
County,  Colo.,  collected  by  N.  H.Dar- 
ton  (37424);  32  specimens  of  Ordovi- 
cian  fossils,  from  the  Massanutten 
sandstone  of  Goshen,  Va.  (37453) ;  26 
Niagara  fossils  from  Indian  Territory; 
1,190  H elder bergian  fossils  from  the 
same  Territory,  140  Oriskanian  fossils 
from  the  same  Territory,  and  50  Upper 
Devonian  fossils  from  Colorado,  collect- 
ed by  Dr.  G.  H.  Girty  (37478);  series  of 
asphalt  and  bituminous  rock  specimens 
collected  by  G.  H.  Eldridge  (37481); 
86  specimens  of  ores,  Irom  the  Telluride 
region  ot  Colorado,  selected  from  the 
original  working  collection  made  in 
1896  by  C.  W.  Purington  (37485) ;  fossil 
plants  from  California  (37569) ;  40  Silu- 
rian fossils  from  Big  Belt  Mountains, 

NAT  MU8  1901 8 


Interior  Department,  United  State*  (Geo- 
logical Survey — Continued. 
Mont.,  collected  by  Hon.  C.  D.  Walcott; 
790  Ordovician  fossils  from  Nevada,  col- 
lected by  J.  E.  Spurr  and  F.  B.  Weeks; 
170  Devonian  fossils  from  Nevada,  col- 
lected by  J.  E.  Spurr  (37571);  collec- 
tion of  rock  specimens  from  San  Luis 
quadrangle,  California,  collected  by  H. 
W.  Fairbanks  (37611);  50  specimens  of 
rocks  from  the  Boise  quadrangle,  Idaho, 
collected  by  Mr.  W.  Lindgren  (37649); 
4  specimens  of  chrysolite,  1  specimen 
of  realgar,  9  specimens  of  pisanite,  etc., 
and  1  specimen  of  olivenite,  and  a  speci- 
men of  quartz  (37676);  275  specimens  of 
OboltUa  allantica,  from  Conception  Bay, 
Newfoundland,  and  230  Cambrian 
brachiopods,  from  Utah  and  Colorado 
(37709);  50,000  specimens  of  duplicate 
Miocene  mollusks,  from  Maryland,  and 
Pliocene,  from  Florida  (37761);  1,140 
Ordovician  and  Silurian  fossils  from  the 
Franklin  Range,  near  El  Paso,  Tex. 
(37762);  rock  illustrating  mud  cracks 
in  shaly  Cambrian  sandstone  from  near 
Columbine  Lake,  Animas  Valley,  En- 
gineer Mountain  quadraugle,  Colorado, 
collected  by  Dr.  G.  II.  Girty  (37811); 
1 25 Cambrian  brachiopods  from  Nevada 
(37943);  collection  of  Cambrian  fossils 
from  Newfoundland,  made  by  Hon. 
Charles  D.  Walcott  and  S.  Ward  Loper 
(37944);  150  specimens  of  Upper  Cam- 
brian brachiopods,  from  Osceola,  New 
(37945);  collection  of  Cambrian  fossils 
from  Russia,  Norway,  and  Sweden, 
made  by  M.  Schmalensee  (37946);  13 
Cambrian  and  Ordovician  fossils  col- 
lected by  Dr.  T.  von  Huene  in  Norway 
and  Sweden  (37947) ;  30  8i>ecimens  of 
calciferous  fossils  from  Tennessee  and 
28  specimens  of  Silurian  fossils  col- 
lected by  Cooper  Curtice  (37953); 
large  block  of  black  obsidian  from 
01)sidian  Cliffs,  Yellowstone  National 
Park,  collected  by  Arnold  Hague 
(37969);  3  specimens  of  fish  remains 
from  Rockwood,  Colo.,  collected  by 
Whitman  Cross,  and  fish  remains  from 
Aspen,  Colo.,  collected  by  George  W. 
Tower  (37970);  rocks  from  Pike's  Peak 
quadrangle,  Colorado,  including  many 
specimens   from    the    Cripple    Creek 


Digitized  by 


Google 


114 


BEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Interior  Department,  United  States  Geo- 
logical &urvey — Continued, 
special  quadrangle,  collected  by  Whit- 
man Cross  (38042);  collection  of  rocks 
and  ores  from  Elkhorn,  Mont,  col- 
lected by  W.  H.  Weed  (38085).  (See 
under  Batchelder,  J.  F. ;  Brogger,  Prof. 
W.  C. ;  Lucas,  I. ;  Washburne,  Chester. ) 

International  Emery  and  Corundum 
Company,  Chester,  Mass. :  Specimens  of 
corundum  and  two  specimens  of  mar- 
garite.     37839. 

Ireland,  W.  J.,  Arapahoe,  Nebr. :  Spider 
representing  the  species  Lathrodectu* 
nuetansF&br.  (37219);  pedipalp  (37966). 

Jaggar,  T.  A.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

James,  F.  L.,  Grand  Mound,  Wash.: 
Specimen,  of  Mantispa  brunnea  Say 
(36722) ;  specimen  of  Sinea  diadema 
Fabr.  (36974). 

James,  Mrs.  Julian,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Straw  hat  from  Porto  Rico,  made  of 
strips  of  palm  leaf  dyed  red  and  green 
(37994);  silver  ring,  presented  by  the 
Indian  chief,  Chin-ko-ka-ki-pa,  to 
Charles  King  Gracy  (38080) . 

Janson,  O.  E.,  &  Son,  London,  England: 
Three  specimens  of  Whitehead  mam- 
mals (36789)  4  specimens  of  Whitehead 
mammals  (36970) ;  14  birds'  skins  from 
the  Philippine  Islands  (36834);  skele- 
ton of  Moa,  Eurypapteryx  crassa  ( 36904 ) ; 
4  mammal  skins  (36869) .     Purchase. 

Jar  vis,  P.  W.,  Kingston,  Jamaica:  Five 
crabs.     37998. 

Jenkins,  Dr.  O.  P.,  Stanford  University, 
Cal. :  Type  specimens  of  fishes  from  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  collected  by  Drs. 
Jenkins  and  T.  D.  Wood.     37724. 

Jochmemson,  Louis.  (See  under  Robb, 
M.  L.) 

Johnson,  Prof.  C.  W.,  Wagner  Free  In- 
stitute, Philadelphia,  Pa. :  One  hundred 
and  thirty-five  specimens  of  Diptera 
representing  cotypes  and  several  new 
species  and  genera  ( 36994 ) ;  7  specimens 
of  Diptera  including  3  cotypes  (37057) ; 
6  specimens  of  Diptera,  including  one 
cotype  (37456). 


Johnson,  T.  K.,  Guthrie,  Okla.:   Larva 
of  a  moth  (Lagoa  crispata  Packard). 
37011. 
Johnson,  William  R.,  Rossland,  S.  C: 
Specimen    of     Harpactor     americanus 
Bergr.     38129. 
Jones,  A.  W.,  Salina,  Kans.      Received 
through  T.   W.   Stanton.     Two  fossil 
plants  from   bluffs  on  Smoky  River, 
Ellsworth  County,  Kans.    37259. 
Jones,  C.  W.,  Battersea,  England:   Five 
broken  clay  pipes  and  a  copper  coin 
(37748);  15  clay  pipes  and  a  fragment 
of  a  stem,  from  the  grounds  of  Lambeth 
Palace,  London  (37528). 
Jones,  Marcus  E.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah: 
j      One  hundred  and   twenty-six  plants. 
37775. 
Jordan,  Dr.  David  S.     (See under Leland 
'      Stanford  Junior  University. ) 
Jouy,  Mrs.  M.  S.  F.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Five  tracings  of  sculptures  on 
ruin  of  Xochialco,  Mexico,  made  by 
the  late  P.  L.  Jouy.     37534. 
Kansas,  University  of,  Lawrence,  Kans. 
Received  through  E.  H.  Sellards:  Fossil 
plants  from  the  Lawrence  shales  and 
Permian  of  Kansas  (exchange)  (36853). 
Received    through    S.    W.    Williston: 
'      Nineteen  specimens  of  Permian  Fu*u- 
'      Una  from    Beaumont,   Kans.    (37304) 
(gift);  111    fossil    plants    (exchange) 
;       (37677). 
Kearfott,    W.    D.,    New    York    City: 
Twenty-two  specimens  of  Lepidoptera, 
native  and  exotic  (36720);  28  speci- 
mens of  Lepidoptera  from  New  Guinea 
i      and  Australia  (37353). 
Kearney,  T.  H.,  Jr.     (See  under  Ruth, 
A.) 

Keeler,  L.,  Benton,  Ohio:  Larva  of 
i       Orgyia  leucostigma.     36714. 

Kbllerman,  W.  A.  (See  under  Cook, 
Prof.  O.  F.) 

Kellogg,  R.  S.,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Two  teeth  of  Ptychodus.     37630. 

Kelly,  Capt  Luther  S.,  U.  S.   Army, 

Dapitan  and  Dajsitan,  Mindanao,  P.  I. 

Received  through  Dr.  George  B.  Griu- 

I      nell:  Skin  of  Hornbill,  from  the  Phil- 

i      ippine  Islands  (36941);  horns  of  Min- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF   ACCESSIONS. 


115 


Kelly,  Capt  Lother  S. — Continued, 
danao  Barking  deer  (Rtua)    (38026). 
(See  under  War  Department.) 

Kelsey,  F.  W.,  San  Diego,  Cal.:  Eight- 
een specimens  of  fresh- water  mollusks, 
3  species,  from  China.    36828. 

Kendall,  W.  C,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission: 
Twenty  specimens  of  fossils,  3  species, 
from  Freeport,  Me.     37432. 

Kerb,  John  G. ,  Denver,  Colo. :  Indurated 
volcanic  mud.     37475. 

Kjefeb,  George.  (See  under  War  De- 
partment) 

Kiel,  Germ  any,  Gbologisches  Institut. 
Received  through  Dr.  K.  Brandt,  di- 
rector: Crab  (Pseudothelphuna  fossor). 
Exchange.     36736. 

Kilboubne  and  Forrester,  St.  Francis- 
ville,  La. :  Albino  specimen  of  the  com- 
mon mole  (Scalops  afjuaticus).     37865. 

Kimball,  Jambs  P.,  New  York  City: 
Specimens  showing  replacement  of 
limestone  by  martite,  from  Serita River, 
Vancouver  Island,  British  Columbia. 
38021. 

Kimball,  Miss  L.  F.,  National  City,  Cal.: 
Thirty  ferns  from  California  (ex- 
change) (36725);  8  plants  representing 
the  species  Afrplenium  ivspertinum  (gift) 
(37755);  12  ferns  from  San  Diego 
County,  Cal.  (exchange)  (37956). 

Kincaid,  Prof.  Trevor,  University  of 
Washington,  Seattle,  Wash. :  Twenty- 
two  Psychodidae  representing  typo- 
types  of  9  species  (gift)  (36882);  Alas- 
kan crabs  (exchange)  (36890);  12  moths 
from  Rock  Springs,  Wyo.  (gift) 
(37049). 

King,  W.  H.,  and  Bean,  B.  A.,  IT.  S. 
National  Museum:  Reptiles,  insects, 
and  marine  invertebrates  from  Florida. 
37693. 

Kingel,  F.,  Palm  Beach,  Fla. :  Two  moths 
and  a  larva.    36764. 

Kingston,  Jamaica,  Institute  of  Ja- 
maica. Received  through  J.  E  Duer- 
den:  Four  specimens  of  Peripatw*. 
37664. 

Kinkelin,  Dr.  F.  (See  under  Frankfort 
on  the  Main,  Museum  Senckenbergia- 
num.) 


Kinnear,  W.  T.,  Forss  by  Thurso,  Scot- 
land: Ten  specimens  of  paleozoic  tishes. 
Purcha**e.     37546. 

Kirk,  Harry  J.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of.) 

Kirxaldy,  W.,  Wimbledon,  Kngland. 
Sixty-nix  si>eeimens  of  Hemiptera. 
Exchange.     37789. 

Kirscii,  Lows.  (See  under  Williams- 
burgh  Scientific  Society,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.) 

Kizer,  Dr.  D.  T.,  Springfield,  Mo.: 
Shells.     36848. 

Kleixscumidt,  E.  II.,  Helena,  Mont: 
Acadian  owl  Xyctala  acadicft,  from 
Montana.     37496. 

Kline,  J.  J.,  Concord,  Ky.  Received 
through  W.  R.  Burns:  Archaeological 
and  geological  specimens.     37583. 

Kloss,  C.  B.  Received  through  Dr.  W. 
L.  Abbott,  Singapore,  Straits  Settle- 
ments: Fifty-Hi x  birds'  skins  from  the 
vicinity  of  Singapore.     37410. 

KiAMpn,  W.  E.,  Corning,  Ohio:  Stone 
pipe  from  Sunday  Creek,  Perry  County. 
37459. 

Knight,  C.  H.,  Washington,  D.  C. :  Head- 
dress of  an  Aushire  Indian,  Napo  River, 
between  Ecuador  and  Colombia.  Pur- 
chase.    37505. 

Kober,  Dr.  G.  M.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Seventeen  specimens  of  marine  shells 
from  New  Mexico  (exchange)  (37390); 
old-style  German  clock  (purchase) 
(37506). 

KooiNs,  Prof.  B.  F.,  Storrs,  Conn.  Sala- 
mander.    Exchange.     37284. 

Kotchihie,  Dr.,  director,  Imperial  Sur- 
vey, Japan.  Received  through  J.  E. 
Spurr,  IT.  S.  Geological  Survey.  Speci- 
men of  reinite  from  Kurasawa,  Kai, 
Japan.     37675. 

Krantz,  Dr.  F.,  Bonn,  Germany:  One 
hundred  and  seventy-seven  specimens 
of  Nautiloids  and  Ammonoids,  and  a 
series  of  cephalopod  models.     37399. 

Kuntzelman,  I.,  Bainbridge,  Pa.:  Fishes 
and  a  snake  from  Pennsylvania.   37610. 

Kurtz,  II.  M.,  Woodland,  Pa.:  Two  fos- 
sil plants.     37878. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


116 


BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Lacey,  R.  S.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Ban- 
ner-stone from  near  Mount  Olivet 
Church,  Ballston,  Va.     37594. 

Lacoe,  R.  D.,  Pittston,  Pa.:  One  hundred 
and  twenty-five  fossil  plants  from  the 
supposed  Middle  Devonian  at  St. 
Johns,  New  Brunswick.     37174. 

Lake,  W.  C,  Harbor,  Oreg.  Received 
through  J.  S.  Diller.  Nodule  of  priceite 
from  southwestern  Oregon.     37268. 

Lamb,  T.  F.,  Portland,  Me.:  Cut  speci- 
men of  yellow  beryl,  cut  specimen  of 
yellow  beryl  mounted  in  gold,  and  two 
fragments  of  beryl.    Purchase.    36860. 

Lambson,  G.  H.,  Baird,  Cal.:  Two  Pitt 
River  Indian  baskets.     36909.  - 

Lane,  J.  J.,  Piedmont,  Mo.:  Specimen  of 
Dynaste*  tityus  Linne\     37068. 

Langille,  H.  D.,  Washington,  D.  C.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture. Nineteen  plants  from  Washing- 
ton State.     37551. 

Lang  ley,  Mr.  S.  P.,  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution:  Time-indi- 
cating lamp  from  Nuremberg  (37342); 
antique  scale  from  Paris,  France 
(7343). 

Lansburgii,  Max,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Cards  of  invitation  and  other  papers 
relating  to  historical  events  (37408, 
37619). 

Lant,  J.  A.,  Tarrytown,  N.  Y.:  Old  Brad- 
ford Press,  pull-down  jobber,  star  card 
press,  ink  balls,  and  breyers.  Pur- 
chase.    36751. 

Larrabee,  R.  N.  (See  under  Deane, 
Walter.) 

Lathrop,  A.  P.  (See  under  St.  Paul  Gas 
Light  Company. ) 

Laville  University,  Quebec,  Canada. 
Received  through  Monsignor  Dionne. 
Fifteen  type  specimens  of  Chamber's 
Tineidae.     37780. 

Law,  Charles,  Sr.,  West  Pittston,  Pa.: 
Granite  from  Fulton  County,  Iowa 
(37821);  piece  of  iridescent  anthracite 
coal  from  Butler  mine,  Pittston  (37862). 

Ledyard,  H.  B.  (See  under  Michigan 
Central  Railroad  Company.) 

Lee,  Harry  A.  (See  under  Mollie  Gib- 
son Mining  Company. ) 


Lege,  B.  K.,  Yoakum,  Tex.:  Plant. 
37183. 

Lehman,  W.  V.,  Tremont,  Pa.:  Three 
fossil  plants  (Sphetioplerw  sp. )  from 
Swatara  Gap,  near  Tremont.    37250. 

Leiden,  Holland:  Royal  Geological 
Museum.  Received  through  Prof.  K. 
Martin,  Director.  Twenty-six  speci- 
mens (13  species)  of  fossil  corals  from 
Curacao,  Bonaure,  etc.  Exchange. 
37492. 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University, 
Stanford  University,  Cal.  Received 
through  Dr.  D.  S.  Jordan.  Fishes  col- 
lected by  N.  F.  Drake  at  Tientsin, 
China  (37391 ) ;  Japanese  fishes  (38029) . 

Leon,  Dr.  Nicholas,  care  Nacional  Mu- 
seum, Mexico,  Mexico:  Thirty-eight 
photographs  of  Mexicans  of  different 
tribes  in  ordinary  costumes.     37239. 

Leroux,  Ernest,  Paris,  France:  Fac- 
simile of  Codex  Bourbonicus.  Pur- 
chase.    37527. 

Le  Sage,  Capt.  J.  V.,  Colfax,  La.:  Sting- 
snake,  Farancia  abacura,  from  Louisi- 
ana.   36814. 

Lewis,  II.  M.  See  under  White  Dental 
Manufacturing  Co. ) 

Lindgren,  Dr.  W.  (See  under  Cart- 
wright  Brothers,  and  Interior  Depart- 
ment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey.) 

Lindsay,  L. ,  Nogales,  Ariz. :  Four  earthen 
pots;  bones  unearthed  in  the  streets  of 
Nogales.     36713. 

L' Instrumental,  Paris,  France:  Six  mu- 
sical instruments.     Purchase.     38127. 

Lippmann,  Prof.  G. ,  Paris,  France:  Photo- 
graph (still-life  group)  in  natural  colors, 
and  a  photograph  (solar  spectrum)  also 
in  natural  colors.    37111. 

Little,  L.  G.,  Lanthus,  Ind.  Received 
through  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher.  Five  eggs 
of  Short-billed  Marsh  wren,  Cistothorus 
stellaris.    37455. 

Little,  P.  J.,  Ebensburg,  Pa.:  Water- 
bug.     36965. 

Livingston,  A.  J.,  Butte,  Mont.:  Seven 
photographs  of  fossils.     37633. 

Lloyd,  Mr.     (See  under  Tracy,  S.  M.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST  OF  ACCESSIONS. 


117 


Lockwood,  Mrs.  Eliza,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. : 
Potato  Sphinx  moth,  Protopanr  ein- 
Fdata  Fabr.     37026. 

LONDON,      ENGLAND:        BRITISH      MlSEUM. 

(See  under   Agriculture,    Department 
of.) 

Long,  W.  H.,  jr.,  Austin,  Tex.:  Speci- 
mens of  Proctotrypids.     37493. 

Loomis,  Rev.  Henry,  Yokohama,  Japan:  ' 
Japanese  shells  (36980);  echinoderms, 
barnacles,  and  mollusks  from  Japan  and  ' 
adjacent  territory  (37393).  , 

Loper,  Prof.  S.  Ward.  (See  under  In-  ' 
terior  Department,  lT.  S.  Geological  | 
Survey. )  I 

Loring,  J.  Alden,  New  York  City:  Nine  i 
£kins  and  skulls  of  mammals.     37732.  , 

Loubat,  M.  le  Due  de,  Paris,  France:  Re- 
ceived   through    Walter    M.    Gilbert,  I 
Columbia  University,  New  York  City:  j 
Six  Mexican  codices;  Tonalamatl  der 
Aubin'schen     Sammlung;   Seler:    Auf  ' 
Alten   Wegen  in  Mexico  and  Guate-  | 
mala;    Codex    Telleriano    Remensis; 
Codex    Vaticanus   3773;  Codex  Vati-  ' 
can  us  3738  (de  Rios) ;   Codex   Borgia; 
Codex  Bologna.     37443.  j 

Locnsbcry,    C.    P.,   Government    Ento- 
mologist, Cape   Town,  Cape  Colony, 
South  Africa:  Sixty-three  specimens  of  I 
Diptera  (27  species) ,  principally  new  to 
Museum  collection.     37979. 

Lovett,  Edward,  Croydon,  England: 
Set  of  Maundy  money,  A.  D.  1900,  the 
last  issued  by  Queen  Victoria.  Ex- 
change.    37650. 

Low,  Capt.  Thomas,  Anclote,  Fla.: 
Shrimps.     37938. 

Lowe,  H.  N.,  Long  Beach,  Cal.:  Nine 
specimens  (5  species)  of  mollusks,  and 
a  crustacean,  from  San  Clement  Island, 
Cal.     37972. 

Lucas,  I.,  Passaic,  N.  J.  Received 
through  Interior  Department,  IT.  S. 
Geological  Survey:  Views  of  the  red 
sandstone  formation  near  the  banks  of 
the  Passaic  River.     37128. 

Lunt,  William,  Botanical  Station,  St. 
Kitts,  British  West  Indies:  Eleven 
species  of  land  shells  from  Trinidad, 
West  Indies.    37976. 


Lyman,  H.  II.,  Montreal,  Canada:  But- 
terfly.    36719. 

Lvon,  M.  W.,  jr.,  I -.  S.  National  Museum: 
Two  species  of  land  shells  from  San 
Juan,  P.  R.  (36754);  natural  history 
specimens  from  the  vicinity  of  La 
Guayra,  Venezuela;  silver,  nickel,  and 
copper  coins  (36930,  36943). 

Lyon,  R.,  Cherry,  Ariz.:  Specimens  of 
Dynurte*  grant  ii  Horn.     37482. 

MacGillivray,  Alexander,  Entomolo- 
gical Laboratory,  Ithiea,  N.  Y.:  Para- 
sites from  Pterin  rapiu'j  Ajxintrle*  glome- 
ratw*  and  Tetrastiehus  *emiden\     37886. 

McBride,  Prof.  T.  II.,  Iowa  City,  Iowa: 
Specimen  of  StemonUix  a.rifera  from 
Washington.     Exchange.     37094. 

McCalla,  W.  C,  St.  Catharine,  Ontario: 
Four  hundred  and  thirty-two  plants 
from  the  northern  Rocky  Mountain 
region.     36739. 

McCaskey,  Capt.  William  S.,  U.  S.  Army. 
(See  under  War  Department.) 

McClain,  G.  C,  jr.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Two  shells  from  the  Vineaya,  and  a  shell 
from  the  Maria  Theresa.     37281. 

McClu  re  Steam  Ship  Co.,  New  York  City: 
Diagram  illustrating  the  development 
of  the  horse.     37060. 

McColl,  W.  W.,  Salamanca,  N.  Y.: 
Water  bug  (Btmaeu*  grineu*  Say). 
36888. 

McCormick,  L.  M.,  Glen  Island  Museum, 
Long  Island,  N.  Y. :  Mammals  and  rep- 
tiles from  Porto  Rico  and  the  Philippine 
Islands.     37321. 

McCormick,  W.  F.  J.,  Cocoanut  Grove, 
Fla.:  Mouse-fish,  IHerophryne  yiblxi. 
37340. 

McDonald,  W.  II.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.: 
Specimen  of  Lycopodium  from  New 
York.     37508. 

McFarland,  Miss  Mary  C,  Washington, 
D.  C:  Four  articles  of  dress  belonging 
to  the  costume  of  a  Siamese  noble;  5 
gold  Siamese  coins;  13  silver  Siamese 
coins,  and  4  Siamese  copj>er  coins. 
Purchase.     37364. 

McGee,  W  J,  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
Washington,  D.  C. :  Ethnological  ob- 
jects obtained  from  the  Cocopa  Indians. 
37787. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


118 


REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MU8EUM,   1901. 


McGirk,  Capt.  Thomah  L.,  l\  S.  Volun-  j 
teers,  Misamis,  Mindanao,  1*.  I.:  Comb 
made  by  the  Moros  (37336) ;  an  orchid 
and  a  specimen  of  grass  from  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  (37397);  2  specimens  of 
Ovulum  volva  L.,  or  "  Shuttle-shell,' ' 
from  Mindanao  (37476);  20  species  of 
marine  shells  from  the  Philippine 
Islands  (38083);  75  species  of  marine 
and  land  shells  from  Panquil  Bay, 
Mindanao,  and  other  localities  (38161) . 

McGowan,  Samuel,  Charleston,  S.  C. : 
Four  abnormal  eggs.     38003. 

McGregor,  R.  C,  Palo  Alto,  Cal.:  Crus- 
taceans from  Alaska  (37188);  Pacific 
eider,  Somateria  r-nigra  (37786). 

McGuire,  J.  D.,  Washington,  1).  C: 
Sixteen  worked  stones,  stone  ax, 
broken  arrow  points,  specimens  of 
bones,  from  Long  Pier,  Castine  Branch, 
Maine.  37247.  (See  under  Smithson- 
ian Institution. ) 

McIntyre,  Frank,  Bohemia,  Oreg. :  Geo- 
logical material  from  Bohemia.    37216. 

McKeever,  G.  W.,  Marion,  Ohio:  Water 
beetle.     36944. 

McKinley,  L.  L.,  Longview,  Tex.:  Mole 
cricket,  Gryllotalpa  Iforealw  Burm. 
37078. 

McLanahan,  Mrs.  S.  C,  Hollidaysburg, 
Pa. :  Dermestid  larva.     36707. 

McMullkn,  Logan,  Jelm,  Wyo.:  Speci- 
mens of  pink  mineral  from  Jelm 
Mountain,  Albany  County,  Wyo. 
37264. 

McNary  &  Gaines,  Xenia,  Ohio:  Plant. 
37685. 

McRae,  W.  C,  Coketon,  W.  Va.:.  Speci- 
men of  CorydaJus  cornutus  Linnaeus. 
36868. 

Macoun,  John,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada: 
One  hundred  plants  from  Canada. 
Exchange.     37855. 

Maddren,  A.  G.,  PortTownsend,  Wash. : 
Five  specimens  of  Middle  Devonian 
corals  from  Alaska.     37707. 

Maier,  T.  F.,  I*  Mott,  Pa.:  Eggs  of 
Katydid.     37837. 

Marlatt,  C.  L.,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Two  trapdoor  spider  nests  and  a 
spider  from  Lamesa,  collected  by  Nina 


Marlatt,  C.  L. — Continued. 
Strachass  (36843) ;  about  400  specimens 
of  Hymenoptera  from  Kansas  (37185). 

Marsh,  Dr.  II.  R.,  Joliet,  111.:  Collec- 
tion of  ethnological  objects,  from 
Point  Barrow,  Alaska  (purchase) 
(37830);  adz  head  of  nephrite,  from 
Point  Barrow,  Alaska  (gift).     (38133). 

Marshall,  Ernest  and  Henry,  Laurel, 
Md.:  Red  squirrel,  Sciurus  hudwnicus 
loquax,  and  a  muskrat  {Fiber  zibdhicus). 
37520. 

Marshall,  George,  U.  S.  National 
Museum:  Tortoise  (CLitudo  Carolina) 
from  Maryland  (36849);  snake  (37308). 

Marshall,  Henry,  U.  S.  National 
Museum:  Ground  lizard  (Leiolopisma 
lalerale)  from  Washington,  D.  C. 
37285. 

Marshall,  Dr.  W.  S.,  Madison,  Wis.: 
Nine  specimens  of  Diptera,  including 
two  species  new  to  the  Museum  collec- 
tion.    37349. 

Marston,  B.,  Kearney,  Nebr.:  Immature 
membracid,  and  eggs  of  Pentatomid. 
36902. 

Martin,  H.  T.,  Lawrence,  Kans.:  Fossils 
from  Kansas.     37777.     Purchase. 

Martin,  Prof.  K.  (See  under  Leiden, 
Holland,  Royal  Geological  Museum.) 

Marye,  Col.  W.  A.,  U.  S.  Aj-my.  (See 
under  Fort  Monroe  Arsenal. ) 

Mash's,  A.  G.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of.) 

Massie,  John  R.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
One  thousand  and  seventy-four  birds' 
skins  from  various  parts  of  the  United 
States.     Purchase.     37765. 

Masta,  Caroline,  Pierreviile,  Canada: 
Collection  of  Abenaki  Indian  baskets. 
Purchase.     36975. 

Matchett,  George  G.  and  John  I.,  Phil- 
adelphia, Pa.:  Specimen  of  soft  rock 
containing  pupal  ceils  of  a  Digger  bee 
(Atdhophora  sp. ).     38005. 

Mather,  Mrs.  Adelaide.  (See  under 
Mather,  Fred,  (deceased). 

Mather,  Fred,  (deceased),  received 
through  Mrs.  Adelaide  Mather,  Brook- 
lyn, N.  Y. :  Pair  of  snowshoes,  pair  of 
moccasins,  birds'  eggs,  fish  eggs,  etc. 
37279. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST   OF    ACCESSIONS. 


119 


Mather,  W.  (no  address  given):  Egg 
of  California  Condor,  Gymnogyps  cali- 
fornianus,  from  California.  Purchase. 
38115. 

Matthews,  Dr.  Washington,  U.  S.  Army, 
Washington,  D.  C:  Rattle,  comb,  and 
part  of  a  loom  of  the  cliff  dwellers. 
37376. 

Maxon,  W.  R.,  IT.  S.  National  Museum: 
Twenty  plants  from  central  New  York 
(36726);  two  birds'  skins  from  New 
York  (36737);  15  plants  from  Alabama 
(36779) ;  58  specimens  of  insects  from 
Alabama  (36807);  48  specimens  of 
Odonata,  a  fly  and  a  beetle  from  central 
New  York  (36808);  plant  from  Mary- 
land (36937) ;  6  specimens  of  Odonata 
and  aspecimenof  My  rmeleonid  (36951 ) ; 
2  birds'  skins  from  New  York  (36940) ; 
specimen  of  Ophioglossum  vulgatum  i 
from  Maryland  (36937);  20  specimens 
of  dragon  flies  from  the  vicinity  of 
Washington  (37103);  25  specimens  of 
Myxomycetes  from  Virginia  (37163); 
20  specimens  of  Myxomycetes  from 
Maryland  (37181);  16  specimens  of 
Myxomycetes  from  the  District  of 
Columbia  (37190) ;  24  plants  from  New 
York  and  the  District  of  Columbia 
(37566);  plant  (37871);  4  plants  from 
Virginia  Beach,  Va.  (37918). 

Maxwell,  C.  W.,  Norfolk,  Va.:  Ants 
representing  the  species  Myrmica  Isevi- 
nodis  Nylander.     36775. 

Maxwell,  P.  P.,  Davidson,  N.  C:  But- 
terfly ( Danais  arckippus  Fab. ) .    37184. 

Maynaed,  G.  C,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Two  specimens  of  submarine  tel-  i 
egraph  cables  laid  between  the  main  \ 
coast  of  Massachusetts  and  Nantucket 
in  1856-57  (37531);  specimens  of  iron  ! 
electric  conductor,  telephone  cable,  and  . 
submarine  telephone  cable  (37605). 

Maybe,  Col.  W.  A.,  U.  S.  Army.  (See 
under  Fort  Monroe  Arsenal.) 

Meacham,  William,  St.  Paul,  Minn.: 
Three  cockroaches.    36995. 

Meaens,  Dr.  E.  A.,  U.  S.  Army,  Fort 
Adams,  Newport,  R.  I.:  Natural  his- 
tory specimens  from  Rhode  Island 
(36984,  37318);  shells  and  mammal 
skeletons  (37416);   five    birds'   skins, 


Meaens,  Dr.  E.  A.— Continued, 
fish  bones,  barnacles,  mammal  skins, 
and  a  pine  cone  (37462);  natural  his- 
tory specimens  from  the  vicinity  of 
Newport  (37560) ;  natural  history  speci- 
mens from  Florida  (37574, 37657, 37758, 
37770,  37825,  37934);  natural  history 
specimens  and  ethnological  objects 
from  Florida  (37905);  natural  history 
material  from  Florida  (37955,  37543, 
37604);  nest  and  three  eggs  of  Worm- 
eating  warbler,  Helmintheros  vermivonts, 
and  egg  of  Cowbird,  Molothrus  ater, 
from  Maryland  (38017).  (See  under 
Ash,  C.  E.,  jr.) 

Meaens,  Louis  di  Z.,  Newport,  R.  I.: 
Specimen  of  Corvus  americanus;  three 
Muskrats  (Fiber  zibethicus)  and  two 
House  rats  (Mus  decumanus)  (36985); 
mammals,  birds,  and  reptiles  (37319); 
two  mammals  (37477).     Deposit. 

Medfoed,  H.  C.  Tupelo,  Miss. :  Waterbug 
(Benacus  griseus  Say)  (gift)  (36857); 
portion  of  a  large  fossil  femur  (gift) 
(36903);  part  of  tibia  of  a  Dinosaur 
(gift)  (37141);  Indian  relics  obtained 
by  Lizzie  Eades  (purchase)  (37751); 
acorns  from  Bosque  County,  Tex.  (gift) 
(38066). 

Mebhan,  J.  V.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Connecticut  one-cent  piece  of  the  issue 
of  1787.     37629. 

Melton,  T.  A.,  Manila,  P.  I.  Received 
through  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Plant.    36874. 

Meredith,  H.  B.,  Danville,  Pa.:  Speci- 
men of  Ajuga  genevensis  from  Pennsyl- 
vania.   37666. 

Merhiam,  Dr.  C.  Haet.  (See  under 
Harriman  Alaskan  Expedition. ) 

Merrick,  H.  D.,  New  Brighton,  Pa.: 
Fifty-four  moths.     37714. 

Mereill,  Elmer  D.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Merrill,  Dr.  G.  P.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Unionidae  from  Maine  (36710); 
limestone  and  residual  clay  from  Mary- 
land (37971). 

Mesny,  A.  B.  Le  P.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Honey  barrel,  or  bee's  nest,  made  by  a 
Leaf-cutting  bee  ( MegachUe  sp. ) .  37270. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


120 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


Metcalf,  James  K.,  Silver  City,  N.  Mex. : 
Specimens  of  spherulites.  Purchase. 
37853. 

Mexico,  Mexico:  Instititto-Geologico 
of  Mexico.  Received  through  Jose*  C. 
Aguilera.  Six  specimens  of  rocks.  Ex- 
change.   37427. 

de  Mey,  Dr.  C.  F.,  U.  S.  Army,  Manila, 
P.  I.:  Received  through  Office  of  Sur- 
geon-General, War  Department.  Co- 
eoanut  crab,  Birgm  lalro  Linnaeus. 
37052. 

Meyer,  Dr.  A.  B.  (See  under  Dresden, 
Germany,  Royal  Zoological  and  An- 
thropological-Ethnographical Muse- 
um.) 

Meyer,  S.  N.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Badge 
of  the  Confederate  celebration  of  Gen- 
eral Lee's  birthday,  and  four  campaign 
badges  of  Messrs.  McKinley  and  Bryan. 
37499. 

Micheli,  Marc,  Romilly,  Geneva,  Swit- 
zerland :  Nine  hundred  and  thirty-three 
plants  from  Mexico.    Purchase.    37509. 

Michigan  Central  Railroad  Company. 
Received  through  H.  B.  Ledyard,  pres- 
ident, Detroit,  Mich.:  Siemens  galva- 
nometer.    37861. 

Miles,  Mrs.  Cornelia,  Denver,  Colo.: 
Plant.    36827. 

Miller,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Page,  Peterboro, 
N.  Y.:  Frogs  from  New  York  (36948); 
natural  history  specimens  from  New 
York  (37042). 

Miller,  Mrs.  Frank,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Luna  moth.     37978. 

Miller,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr.,  U.  S.  National 
Museum:  Two  specimens  of  Phallus 
from  the  District  of  Columbia  (37385); 
about  400  natural  history  specimens 
from  Peterboro,  N.  Y.  (36921);  collec- 
tion of  frogs  from  New  Hampshire, 
Mississippi,  and  Virginia  (36784);  13 
plants  from  central  New  York  (37164). 

Miller,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr.,  and  E.  A.  Preble, 
U.  S.  National  Museum:  Two  tree 
frogs  from  Virginia.     36952. 

Miller,  H.  C,  Jackson,  Ohio:  Five  cad- 
dis worms.    36729. 


Millspaugh,  Dr.  C.  H.,  Field  Columbian 
Museum,  Chicago,  111.  Received 
through  Department  of  Agriculture: 
Plant  from  the  West  Indies.     37572. 

Mi  not,  A.,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa:  Arrow- 
head from  Atkinson,  Nebr.     36923. 

Mitchell,  Hon.  J.  D.,  Victoria,  Tex.: 
Specimen  of  VaUineetes  sapklus  with  an 
albino  claw  (37029);  3  species  of  shells 
from  Texas  (37621). 

Mohr,  Dr.  Charles,  Asheville,  N.  C: 
Two  plants.     36973. 

Mollis  Gibson  Mining  Company,  Den- 
ver, Colo.:  Received  through  W.  J. 
Cox,  superintendent,  and  H.  A.  Lee, 
Bureau  of  Mines,  Denver.  Native  sil- 
ver from  Colorado.     37653. 

Molloy,  J.  M.,  Nez  Perces  Agency,  Spal- 
ding, Idaho:  Butterflies.    36742. 

Montague,  H.  C,  Washington,  D.  C: 
A  Burnside  army  carbine  and  a  May- 
nard  army  carbine.    Purchase.    37586. 

Montandon,  A.  L.,  Bucarest,  Roumania: 
Three  small  mammals  and  two  reptiles. 
37699. 

Montevideo,  Uruguay,  Museo  Nacional. 
Received  through  J.  Arechavaleta,  di- 
rector: Eight  bats.    Exchange.    36929. 

Mooney,  James.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

Moore,  C.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Three 
shell  implements  from  Florida  and 
South  Carolina  (36727);  vessel  found 
inverted  over  fragments  of  bone  in  a 
cemetery  near  Point  Washington,  Fla, 
(38106). 

Moore,  E.  Kirk,  Hampton,  S.  C:  Pho- 
tograph of  a  bottle  and  cast  of  seal  on 
bottle  found  in  an  Indian  grave.    36924. 

Moore,  E.  P.,  Enid,  Oklahoma:  Head  of 
Cotton-tail  rabbit.    37913. 

Moore,  Felix  T.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Five  Confederate  notes  issued  from  the 
State  of  Alabama.    37299. 

Moore,  H.  F.  (See  under  Eastlake,  Dr. 
Warrenton). 

Morgan,  Burt,  Central,  S.  C:  Ceram- 
bycid  beetle  (Orthowma  brunneum 
Forster)  36873. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST    OF    ACCESSIONS. 


121 


Morgan,  Dr.  K.  L.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Gray  squirrel,  St'iarux  ranrfinenxix. 
37195. 

Morgan,  G.  I).,  Maxey,  Tenn.:  Reptiles 
and  hatrachians  from  Tennessee.   37287. 

Morgan,  Mrs.  G.  W.,  Mount  Vernon, 
Ohio:  Gold  sword,  pair  of  silver 
mounted  pistols,  two  military  belts,  a 
Mexican  war  sword  and  spurs,  mil 
war  sword  ami  spurs  and  five  shoulder- 
strajjs.     37280. 

Mobley,  Clauoe,  Ipswich,  England: 
Specimen  of  Sphecophaga  rexjwtrum 
Westbrook.     37844. 

Morrey,  J.  B.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Two 
Lapp  costumes.     Purchase.     37704. 

Morris,  Mrs.  D.  H.,  New  York  City: 
Horn-tailed  sawfly,  Treinfx  rottnnha 
Linnaeus.     37582. 

Morris,  E.  L.  (See  under  Fish  Commis- 
sion, U.  S.;  Western  High  School.) 

Moss,  William,  Ashton-under-Lyne, 
England:  Five  specimens  of  land- 
mollusks  (3  species)  from  Trinidad 
(37406);  land  and  fresh- water  shells 
from  Trinidad,  West  Indies  (37977). 

Murdoch,  Miss  E.  P.,  Washington,  D.  C. : 
Five  patterns  of  Mexican  drawn  work 
(37101);  pair  of  old  beaded  moccasins 
from  the  Iroquois  Indians  of  New  York 
(37968). 

Misee  de  St.  Germain.  (See  under 
Seine-et-Oise. ) 

Musee  Zoologique  de  L'Academie  Im- 
periale  des  Sciences.  (See  under  St. 
Petersburg,  Russia.) 

Mcseo  N actional.  (See  under  Monte- 
video, Uruguay.) 

Museum  fur  Naturkunde.  (See  under 
Berlin,  Germany.) 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.  Received  through  Sam- 
uel Henshaw:  Copy  plates  of  Garman's 
deep-sea  fishes.     37559. 

Narbel,  Paul,  Cour,  Lausanne,  Switzer- 
land: Forty-nine  mammal  skins  and 
skulls.  (37006,  37017,  37269.)  Ex- 
change. 


Nash,  C.  \V\,  Toronto,  Canada:  Speci- 
mens of  elaterid  larvse  infested  with 
Cordycep*   acicuhiri*   Berk,    and    Raw 

37880. 

Nash,  Dr.  G.  W.,  Kings  Bridge,  N.  Y.: 
Received  through  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Piece  of 
grass  cloth  from  Kongo  River,  Africa. 
37257. 

Nathan,  Johepit.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnoi- 
^y-) 

National  Capital  Centennial,  Citizens' 
Committee.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution. ) 

Navy  Department  (Bureau  of  Equip- 
ment), Rear  Admiral  R.  B.  Bradford, 
Chief.  Collection  of  ocean  bottom 
specimens  collected  by  the  lT.  S.  S. 
Xero.     37100. 

Needham,  Prof.  J.  G.,  Lake  Forest,  111.: 
Five  specimens  of  Diptera  (37139);  8 
specimens  of  parasitic  Hymenoptera 
(37272). 

Nelson,  A  vex.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Nelson,  E.  W.,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Fifteen  skins  and  skulls  of  West 
Indian  seals  from  Triangle  Keys,  Cam- 
peche,  Mexico,  collected  by  the  donor 
and  E.  A.  Goldman  ( purchase* )  ( 36783) ; 
objects  from  a  mound  in  Arizona, 
fragments  of  pottery  from  Mexico, 
and  Eskimo  objects  from  the  mouth 
of  the  Yukon  River,  Alaska  (gift) 
(37368).  (See  under  Agriculture,  De- 
partment of. ) 

Nelson,  Elias,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Ninety-seven  plants  from  various  local- 
ities in  the  United  States.  Purchase. 
37790. 

Nelson,  J.  H.,  Kahoka,  M«». :  Five 
chipped  flint  specimens  from  Missouri. 
37904. 

Neville,  W.  R.,  Austin,  Tex.:  Hellgram- 
mite  fly,  Cor  yd/din  cornuta  Linne. 
38152. 

Nevin,  Miss  Blanch,  Windsor  Forges, 
Churchtown,  Pa. :  Three  Japanese  wed- 
ding cups  and  two  Chinese  shell  spoons. 
37003. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


122 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Nkvv  Mexico  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  Mesilla  Park,  N.  Mex.  Re- 
ceived through  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell: 
Two  earthworms  from  Las  Vegas 
(36717);  flies,  beetles,  and  wasps 
(36913);  insects  from  New  Mexico 
(36955). 

New  York  Botanical  Gardens,  Bronx 
Park,  N.  Y. :  Plant  from  Columbia  Uni- 
versity greenhouse  (37034);  specimen 
of  Selaginella  drimt  Rydberg  (37093) ;  21 
plants  from  Colorado,  collected  by  P. 
A.  Rydberg  (37329);  248  plants  from 
Yukon,  Alaska,  collected  by  Mr.  Wil- 
liams (38002).     Exchange. 

New  York  State  Museum,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Received  through  Dr.  John  M.  Clarke: 
Three  specimens  of  fossils.     36990. 

New  York  Zoological  Park.  (See  un- 
der New  York  Zoological  Society.) 

New  York  Zoological  Society.  Re- 
ceived through  New  York  Zoological 
Park,  R.  L  Ditmars:  King  cobra. 
37730. 

Newcomb,  B.  M.,  Oak  Hill,  Cal. :  Mercury 
in  gangue  from  Phoenix  and  Karl 
quicksilver  mines,  San  Luis  Obispo 
County,  Cal.     37940. 

Newlon,  Dr.  VV.  S.,  Oswego,  Kans.: 
Specimen  of  Cordaites  (?)  from  the 
Cherokee  shale.     38009. 

Nixon,  S.  D.,  Baltimore,  Md.:  Water 
snake,  Natrix  sipedon.    37922. 

Nolan,  W.  J.,  Weatherfield  Center,  Vt. 
Received  through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture: Two  plants.     37151. 

North  American  Belgian  Hare  Com- 
pany, Washington,  D.  C.  Received 
through  J.  Howard  Payne:  Belgian 
hare.     37857. 

North  Carolina  State  Museum,  Ra- 
leigh, N.  C.  Received  through  H.  H. 
Brimley:  Elk.     Deposit.     37803. 

Norton  Company,  II.  P.,  Seattle,  Wash.: 
Skin  of  Glacier  Bear,  from  Alaska. 
Purchase.     36953. 

Notestein,  F.  N.,  Alma,  Mich.:  Snake. 
37794. 

Nylander,  Olaf,  Caribou,  Me.:  Four 
species  of  Pisidium  from  Maine. 
37553. 


O'Neill,  J.  A.,  Franklin,  La.  Received 
through  Department  of  Agriculture: 
Five  plants.     37152. 

Oakes,  Miss  F.  F.,  Blackstone,  111.:  Cer- 
ambycid  beetle,  Prionus  imbricornis 
Linnaeus.     36786. 

Offer,  William,  Miami,  Fla,:  Land, 
fresh- water,  and  marine  shells.     37834. 

Oldham,  Perry  B.,  Seguin,  Tex.:  Six- 
teen crayfishes  (37912,  37927);  3  speci- 
mens of  crayfishes  (Cambarus  clarkii) 
(37848). 

Oldroyd,  Mrs.  T.  S.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.: 
Two  specimens  of  marine  shells  from 
San  Pedro,  Cal.     37550. 

Olds,  H.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Speci- 
men of  Plantago  ariMata  nultaJlii  from 
Maryland.     38117. 

Olney,  Mrs.  M.  P.,  Spokane,  Wash.: 
Shells  of  Pyramidula  from  Idaho. 
37545. 

Oneida  Community,  Limited,  Kenwood, 
N.  Y. :  Mouse  trap,  6  Newhouse  traps, 
old-style  English  trap,  and  an  old-style 
German  trap.     38088. 

Orcutt,  C.  R.,  San  Diego,  Cal.:  Shells 
and  echini  from  Lower  California 
(36813);  35  specimens  of  Cactacese 
from  the  United  States  and  Lower 
California  (37229);  echinoderms,  crus- 
taceans, corals,  f oram inif era,  and  mol- 
lusks,  from  various  localities  (37863). 

Osborn,  Ph)f.  Herbert,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, Columbus,  Ohio:  Seven  types 
of  Jassidse  belonging  to  the  genus 
Scaphoideus.     37354. 

Osgood,  N.  H.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of. ) 

Osterloh,  Paul,  Leipzig,  Germany:  Se- 
ries of  models  illustrating  the  structure 
and  development  of  a  feather.  Pur- 
chase.    37541. 

Ottawa,  Canada,  Geological  Survey. 
Received  through  Dr.  H.  M.  Ami: 
Thirty  specimens  of  Lower  Carbonifer- 
ous (Windsor)  limestone  fossils,  and 
11  specimens  of  StringocephcUus  bnrtini 
from  Manitoba.     37491. 

Ottolengui,  Dr.  R.,  New  York  City: 
One  hundred  and  two  specimens  of 
Lepidoptera.     36763. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


123 


OrasAjn,  Rev.  Gabriel,  New  York  City: 
Sixty-six  Babylonian  seals,  5  inscribed 
earthen  bowls,  4  glass  bottles,  2  figu- 
rines, pieces  of  blue  tile,  alabaster  jar, 
lamp,  and  a  carving  representing  a  deer 
(the  last  five  from  southern  Arabia). 
Purchase.    37297. 

Overacker,  M.  L.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Ozias,  J.  \\\,  Lawrence,  Kan*.:  Letters 
written  by  American  soldiers  from  the 
Philippine  Inlands  on  Spanish  official 
paper,  newspapers  from  Manila,  and 
ethnological  objects.     87644. 

Pack,  L.  W.,  Department  of  Agriculture: 
Two  facetted  pebbles,  from  Martha's 
Vineyard  and  Cape  Cod,  Massachu- 
setts.   37801. 

Paine,  R.  G.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Trte  frogs  from  South  Carolina.  38101. 

Palmer,  Dr.  Edward,  Washington  I).  C: 
Shells,  crustaceans,  earthworms,  and 
geological  specimens,  from  Mexico 
(purchase)  (36968);  small  wicker  bas- 
ket of  willow  from  Santa  Maria  del 
Rio,  near  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mexico  (gift) 
(37964). 

Palmer,  William,  U.  S.   National  Mu- 
seum: Natural  history   material  from 
Cuba  (36920,  36962);  two  frogs  {Rami 
paluMru)  from  Maryland  (36949);  two 
birds'  ski  us   (gift)  and  four  mountain 
sheep  ( purchase )  ( 374 1 3, 3741 4 ) ;  snake, 
122  plants,  insects,  plants,  two  lizards, 
insects,  plants,  and  two  Spanish  coins,  j 
from  Cuba  (36740,  36757,  36781,  36787,  ; 
36741,  36916,  36981,  37016);  two  skins  j 
of  Ammodramw  princeps,  from  Smiths 
Island,    Virginia   (37515) ;   five  speci-  ' 
mens  of  Viola  from  Virginia  (38031); 
five  ferns  from  Maryland  and  Virginia  | 
(38039);   Woodchuck,  Arvtmny*  mtmax  ( 
(38065);  two  birds'  nests  from  Virginia 
(38067);    two  specimens  of   Polioptila 
ctmda,  with  nest  and  8  eggs  (37625);  i 
salamander  from  Virginia  (38100).         j 

Parish,   S.    B.,    San    Bernardino,    Cal.: 
Plants  from  California  (96821,  37437,  j 
38025 ) .     G i  ft  and  exchange.  , 

Parsons,  F.  R.,  Providence,  R.  I.:  Four  i 
eggs  of  an  albino  specimen  of  the  Three  j 
toed  woodpecker,  Picoides  americanus  \ 
dorsalit,  from  Arizona.     37768. 


Patterson,  Rev.  B.  Craig,  Barterbrook, 
Va. :  Ghost-head,  or  ant-nose  coin  of 
China,  issued  612-589  B.  C.     38052. 

Paxson,  H.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Pot- 
tery, lamps,  tinder  boxes,  etc.,  from 
Holland  and  Pennsylvania  Exchange. 
37210. 

Payn,  E.  J.,  Olympia,  Wash.:  Speci- 
men of  gold-silver  ore  from  Okanogan 
district,  Washington.     37426. 

Payne,  J.  Howard.  (See  under  North 
American  Belgian  Hare  Company. ) 

Pea  body,  Mrs.  H.  M.  (See  under  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  Bureau  of  Eth- 
nology. ) 

Pearse,  A.  S.,  Omaha,  Nebr. :  Natural 
history  specimens  from  East  I*ryor 
Creek,  near  Billings,  Mont.     37607. 

Pease,  G.  II.,  Placer,  Oreg.:  Ammonite 
and  2  specimens  of  Trigonia  from  the 
Cretaceous  rocks  on  Grave  Creek,  Jack- 
son County,  Oreg.     37897. 

Peck,  Prof.  C.  H.,  Albany,  N.  Y.:  Speci- 
men of  Viola  from  New  York.     37203. 

Peck.  W.  J.,  Pittston,  Pa.:  Rolled  coal 
bowlder  from  Mount  Lookout  Shaft, 
Wyoming,  Pa.     38157. 

Pennypackek,  C.  F.,  West  Chester,  Pa.: 
Specimen  of  cummingtonite.  Pur- 
chase.    37829. 

Perdew,G.  M., Cumberland, Md. :  Eleven 
specimens  of  fossils.    Exchange.    37120. 

Periolat,  C.  F.,  Chicago,  111.:  Skin  and 
skull  of  a  Gray  wolf  from  Alaska,  and 
a  pair  of  horns  of  the  Giant  moose  of 
Alaska.     Purchase.     37167. 

Petersen,  H.  P.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Two  cut  opals  from  Mexico,  and  12  cut 
"  matrix  turquoise  "  from  New  Mexico. 
38023. 

Philadelphia  Academy  of  Sciences, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Two  bats  (Chitonyc- 
teris).     Exchange.     37323. 

Philadelphia  Commercial  Museum, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Twenty-five  speci- 
mens of  violets  from  different  sections 
of  the  United  States.  Exchange. 
37053. 

Phillips,  Mrs.  Imogens.  (See  under. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


124 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Phillips,  J.   \V.,  Hailey,  Mo.:  Fungus.  | 
37200.  ! 

Pi  do  eon,  H.  and  A.  E.  Stanfield,   Fort  , 
Wrangel,  Alaska:  Five  photographs  of  , 
black    Alaskan    sheep    (Otis   stonei). 
Gift    for    Pan  American    Exposition.  ! 
37386.  ' 

Pidgeon,  H.,  Fort  Wrangel,  Alaska.: 
Skin  and  skull  of  black  Alaskan  sheep. 
37450. 

Pkiorini,  Lnoi,  director,  Musei  Preis- 
torico-Ethnografico,  Rome,  Italy: 
Two  full-sized  photographs  of  the  gild- 
ed Atlatl,  from  ancient  Mexico.  Ex- 
change.    37965. 

Pinchot,  Gifpori).  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Piper,  G.  V.,  Pullman,  Wash.:  Seven 
plants.     Exchange.     37073. 

Piper,  Miss  M.  G.,  IT.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Specimen  of  Ahus  oculatus. 
38119. 

Pitcher,  James  R.,  Shorthills,  N.  J. 
(received  through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture): Plant.     37274. 

Pittier,  H.,  San  Jose\  Costa  Rica,  Cen- 
tral America:  One  hundred  and  fifty- 
six  plants  from  Costa  Rica.  Purchase. 
38024. 

Pittsburgh  Reduction  Company,  Pitts- 
burg, Pa. :  Ten  pieces  of  bare  and  in- 
sulated cable.     37067. 

Plank,  E.  N.,  Decatur,  Ark.:  Four 
plants  (36731);  plant  from  Texas 
(37952).  (See  under  Agriculture,  De- 
partment of) . 

Plumacher,  Edward.  (See  under 
Smithsonian  Institution. ) 

Poling,  O.  C,  Quincy,  111.;  Two  speci- 
mens olNeopkamaterlootn  Behr  (37258) ; 
30  specimens  of  Lepidoptera  (37328). 

Pollard,  C.  L.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Fifty-eight  insects  (36807) ;  6  specimens 
of  Odonata  andaMyrmeleonid  (36951 ) ; 
3  specimens  of  Odonata  from  New  Jer- 
sey (36950);  15  plants  from  Alabama 
(36779);  50  plants  from  the  District  of 
Columbia  (37908);  salamander  from 
Slide  Mountain,  New  York  (38028); 
200  plants  from  North  Carolina  ( 38030) ; 
50  plants  from  New  York  (38086);  5 
birds  from  North  Carolina  (38150). 


Potter,  C.  L.,  Rumford  Point,  Me.: 
Slab  of  muscovite.     37084. 

Prather,  J.  K.,  Waco,  Tex.:  Collection 
of  Cretaceous  fossil  vertebrates.     36712. 

Pratt,  J.  H.,  Chapelhili,  N.  C. :  Specimen 
of  pseudo  meteoric  iron  from  Davidson 
County,  N.  C.  (37784);  specimens  of 
corundums  from  Canada,  tourmalines, 
feldspars,  lepidolite,  scheelite,  and  wol- 
framite from  various  localities  in  New 
England  (37352). 

Pratt,  P.  H.,  East  Bridgewater,  Mass.: 
Wampum  and  arrow  points.      37251. 

Preble,  E.  A.,  Biological  Survey,  De- 
partment of  Agriculture:  Frog  from 
Vi  rginia.  37288.  ( See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of;  Miller,  Ger- 
ritS.,  jr.) 

Preble,  E.  A.  and  A.  E.  (See  under 
Agriculture,  Department  of.) 

Prevost,  Victor.  (See  under  Rosch, 
John,  and  Scandler,  W.  I.). 

Price,  Miss  S.  F.,  Bowling  Green,  Ky.: 
Two  species  of  shell  from  Kentucky. 
36964. 

Priest,  B.  W.,  Bank  House,  Keepham, 
Norfolk,  England:  Foraminifera  from 
the  West  Indies  and  Ireland.  Ex- 
change.   37991. 

Pringle,  C.  G.,  Charlotte,  Vt.:  Seventy- 
seven  Mexican  plants  (purchase) 
(36761);  300  Mexican  plants  (purchase) 
(37469).   (See  under  Gray  Herbarium. ) 

Proudfit,  Robert,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: U.  S.  infantry  button,  explosive 
bullet,  minie  rifle  bullet  from  Ben- 
nings,  D.  C.  (37363);  stone  hatchet,  or 
gouge,  stone  tablet  with  notched  edge 
from  near  Bennings  (37719). 

Pruett,  G.  H.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Scor- 
pion, Centrums  carolinianus  Beaur. 
38096. 

Purington,  C.  W.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  IT.  S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Purpus,  C.  A.,  San  Diego,  Cal.:  Eighty- 
seven  plants  from  Lower  California. 
Purchase.     37317. 

Ralph,  Dr.  W.  L.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Eighteen  birds'  eggs  and  3  nests 
from  Grand  Manan,  New  Brunswick 
(36932);   88  birds'  eggs  from  various 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST   OF   ACCE88IONS. 


125 


Ralph,  Dr.  W.  L. — Continued, 
localities  in  the  United  States  (37742);  ! 
4  eggs  of  Hudsonian  chickadee,  Partis  ' 
hud&onicus,  and  2  crocodile  eggs  from  ' 
Florida  (37452);  74  birds7  eggs  and  9  | 
nests  from  Grand  Manan,  New  Brans- 
wick  (37867);   egg  of  the  Mississippi 
kite,  Icterus  mississippiensisj  from  South 
Carolina   (37868);    bird  skins   and    4 
birds'  eggs  from  Florida  (37894);  nest 
and  6  eggs  of  Tufted  titmouse,  Parm 
bicolar,  from  the  District  of  Columbia 
(37975);  4  eggs  of  Wood  thrush,  Hylo- 
ckbla  mu&telina,  from  the  District  of 
Columbia  (38006);  13  birds'  eggs  and 
3  nests  from  the  District  of  Columbia 
(38018);  22  birds'  eggs  and  a  bird  skin 
from  Florida  (38040) ;  egg  of  a  Califor- 
nia condor,   Gymnogyps    californiantis, 
from  California  (38122). 
Randall,  F.  A.,  Warren,  Pa.:  Devonian 
and  Lower  Carboniferous  invertebrates 
(37129);  3,421  specimens  of  Devonian 
and  Carboniferous  fossils  (36935);  De- 
vonian and  Carboniferous  fossils  and 
plants  (36935). 
Ransome,  F.  L.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Na- 
tive tellurium  from  Good  Hope  mine, 
near  Vulcan,  Gunnison  County,  Colo. 
37776. 
Rathray,    B.    F.,   Washington,   D.   C: 

Specimen  of  Limulus.    36987. 
Rawlinos,  Stuart  L.,  San  Dimas,  Du-  j 
rango,    Mexico:    Two    specimens    of  \ 
Membracids  (  Vmbonia  sp. ).    37369. 
Read,  A.  M.,  Washington,  D.  C:  Watch  i 
manufactured   in  France  by  Romilly 
about  the  year  1240.    36891. 
Rkasonkr,  E.   N.,   Oneco,   Fla.:  Plant. 

37735. 
Rkdubkr,  Paul,  Superintendent  Lincoln 
Park,  Chicago,  111. :  Two  photographs 
of  Rocky  Mountain  sheep.     37686. 
Reed,  John  A.  (no  address  given):  Badge 
of  the    Independent  Order  of   Good 
Americans,  Baltimore,  Md.    38648. 
Rekdeb,  John  T.,  Calumet,  Mich. :  Eight 
specimens  of   silver  and   copper  ores 
(purchase,  Buffalo  Exposition)  and  2 
specimens  of  copper  (gift).    37697. 
Reeves,  James  A.,  Joplin,  Mo.:  Burling- 
ton formation  cricoid.    38044. 


Behn,  J.  A.  G.,  and  A.  N.  Caudell,  De- 
partment of  Agriculture:  Nineteen  spec- 
imens of  Rynchota  and  a  grasshopper. 
37421. 

Remington  Arms  Company,  Received 
through  M.  Hartley,  president,  New 
York  City:  Double  rifle  hammeriess 
shotgun,  military  magazine  rifle,  Rem- 
ington rifle,  and  a  Remington  double 
Derringer.     37963. 

Reverchon,  J.,  Rose  Cottage,  Dallas, 
Tex. :  Five  plants.     36810. 

Reynolds,  Lawrence  R.,  Cocorit,  So- 
nora,  Mexico:  Twenty-seven  speci- 
mens, 6  species,  of  fresh-water  shells, 
from  the  delta  of  the  Yaqai  River,  near 
Cocorit.     37882. 

Richards,  J.  W.,  Lehigh  University, 
Bethlehem,  Pa. :  Two  specimens  of  wav- 
ellite  in  clay  and  a  specimen  of  axinite. 
37916. 

Richards,  W.  M.,  Talent,  Oreg.:  Two 
teeth  of  a  horse,  probably  representing 
a  fossil  species.     37981. 

Richardson,  H.  E.,  Manchester,  N.  H.: 
Two  Forficu\ae(  Labia  minor  Linmeus). 
37348. 

Richardson,  James,  and  Sons,  Kingston, 
Ontario,  Canada:  Feldspar  from  the 
quarries  of  Feldspar,  Kingston  County. 
38047. 

Riddle,  A.,  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  I).  C:  Spider  (Dolomedes 
scriptus  Hente).     36708. 

Ries,  Dr.  Heinrich,  Cornell  University, 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  Iron  ores  and  rocks  from 
Europe.     Purchase.     (37180,37215.) 

Rilev,  J.  IL,  IT.  S.  National  Museum: 
Snake  (36740);  plant*,  insects,  lizards, 
from  Cuba  (36757,  36781,  36787,  36741, 
36916,  36962,  36981);  specimen  of  Sci- 
uruxmrolinen8is(37Hl3) ;  natural  history 
specimens  from  Cuba  (36920) ;  2  eggs  of 
Broad- winged  hawk  from  Virginia 
(37974) ;  2  eggs  of  BiUeo  laiissimus  from 
Virginia  (38043). 

Rivers,  J.  J.,  Ocean  Park,  Cal.:  Twelve 
specimens  of  Pleintocene  fossils  from 
Los  Angeles  County.     37320. 

Robb,  M.  L.,  Tonku,  China:  Leaf  insect 
from    Guiniaras    Islands,    Philippine 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


126 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


Robb,  M.  L. — Continued, 
group,    found    by    Louis    Jehmenson 
(37263);    46  miscellaneous  specimens 
of  insects  (38053). 

Robbins  and  Applkton,  New  York  City: 
Vanguard  and  Maximus  watch  move- 
ments.    Purchase.     38175. 

Roberts,  W.  J.,  Branchton,  Pa.:  Weevil 
(Eurymycter  fasciatus  Oliver).     37056. 

Robinette,  W.  W.,  Robinette,  Tenn.: 
Seventeen  sponges  (37156);  50  speci- 
mens of  Ordovician  fossils  and  40  spec- 
imens of  Lower  Carboniferous  fossils 
(38081).     Purchase. 

Robinson,  Capt.  Wirt,  U.  S.  Army,  West 
Point,  N.  Y.:  Birds*  skins,  nests,  and 
eggs  from  Venezuela  (37567);  skins 
and  skulls  of  mammals,  and  a  bat 
(Glossophaga  sorocinia),  from  Vene- 
zuela (37887,  38116). 

Rockwell,  J.  E.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Facsimile  of  the  New  England 
Courant,  dated  February  11,  1723. 
37643. 

Roebling,  W.  A.,  Trenton,  N.  J.:  Eleven 
specimens  of  stilbite,  5  specimens  of 
hydromica,  clarkeite,  1  specimen  of 
epidote,  1  specimen  of  tourmaline,  and 
2  specimens  of  pectolite.    37800. 

Rogers,  Rev.  E.  E.  (See  under  Uul- 
bert,  H.  B.) 

Roon,  G.  Van,  Rotterdam,  Holland: 
Sixty-one  specimens  of  exotic  Coleop- 
tera.     Exchange.     37565. 

Rosch,  John,  White  Plains,  N.  Y.:  Calo- 
type  negative  made  by  Victor  Prevost. 
36889. 

Rosenberg,  W.  F.  IT.,  London,  England: 
Twenty-three  mammal  skins  (36880); 
15  birds'  skins  from  Ecuador  and  New 
Zealand  (37337).     Purchase. 

Rosbnstock,  Dr.  Edward,  Gotha,  Ger- 
many: Eighty -three  plants  from  Eu- 
rope.    37744.     Exchange. 

Rowan  Granite  Company,  Woodside,  Sargent,  Prof.  C.  S.,  Jamaica  Plains, 
N.  C:  Two  cubes  of  granite  from  a  Mass.:  One  hundred  plants  from  the 
quarry    at    Granite,    near    Salisbury.  I       United  States.     37674. 

37983*  j  Saunders,  M.  B.,  South  Norwalk,  Conn.: 

Rowell,  J.  G.,  Claremont,  N.  II.:  Beans  I  Long-sting,  Thcdessa  lunaior  Fabr. 
infested  with  insects.     37334.  I      36798. 


Royal  Botanical  Garden.  (See  under 
Sibpur,  Calcutta,  India.) 

Royal  Geological  Museum.  (See  under 
Leiden,  Holland.) 

RufFin,  Hon.  H.  N.  (See  under  Foster, 
W\  T.) 

Rust,  H.  N.  (See  under  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

Ruth,  A.,  Knoxville,  Tenn.  Received 
through  T.  H.  Kearney,  jr.  Plants. 
37743. 

Rydberg,  P.  A.,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.: 
Plants  from  Washington  and  Colorado 
(37668, 37854).  (See  under  New  York 
Botanical  Garden. ) 

St.  Paul  Gas  Light  Company,  St.  Paul, 
Minn. :  Received  through  A.  P.  Lathrop, 
general  manager.  Two  samples  of  un- 
derground cable  and  a  line  insulator. 
37405. 

St.  Petersburg,  Russia,  Musee  Zoolog- 
ique  de  L'Academie  Imperials  des 
Sciences.  Received  through  W.  Sa- 
lensky:  Seven  rodents.  Exchange. 
36793. 

Salensky,  W.  (See  under  St  Peters- 
burg, Russia,  Musee  Zoologique  de 
L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences.) 

Saltztein,  A.  L.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Watch.     36908.     Purchase. 

Samson,  H.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Badge  issued  by  the  Pan-American 
Exposition.     37597. 

Sandberg  Botanical  Exchange  Bureau, 
Minneapolis,  Minn.:  Nineteen  plants 
from  various  localities.     37623. 

Sanders,  R.  F.,  Dawson  ville,  Ga. :  Sphinx- 
moth,  Chccrocampa  tersa  Linne".    37138. 

Sanders,  T.,  jr.,  Newark,  N.  J.:  Speci- 
men of  massive  granite  from  Minerva, 
N.  Y.     37919. 

San dos,  W.  A.,  Opelousas,  La.:  Locustid, 
37230. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LIST  OF  ACCESSIONS, 


127 


Satodirs,  W.  E.,  London,  Ontario,  Can- 
ada: Fourteen  plants  from  Ontario, 
Canada.     Exchange.    37207. 

Scandlbr,  W.  I.,  New  York  City:  Calo- 
type  negative  made  by  Victor  Prevoet. 


Scanlan,  Mrs.  M.,  White  Hills,  Ariz.: 
Geological  specimen  from  Arizona. 
37575. 

Scarborough,  R.  B.,  Conway,  8.  C. :  Pho- 
tograph of  a  whale.    37327. 

Scheib,  Rev.  K.,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind.: 
Leaf-shaped  blade  of  flint  from  a 
mound  near  Lawrenceburg.  Exchange. 
37236. 

8chellwetn,  Dr.  E.,  director,  Provincial 
Museum,  Konigsberg,  Prussia:  Forty- 
six  specimens  of  Carboniferous  brachi- 
opods  (21  species).    Exchange.    37929. 

Schenck,  John  T.,  Cumberland,  Md.: 
Thirty  specimens  of  Helderbergian  and 
Oriskanian  fossils  from  Cumberland. 
Exchange,     38155. 

Scherffius,  Jacob,  Winona,  Minn.  Re- 
ceived through  Hon.  J.  A.  Tawney. 
Geological  specimen  found  on  the  Wis- 
consin side  of  the  Mississippi  River. 
37823. 

Schmalensee,  M.  (See  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  S.  Geographical  Sur- 
vey.) 

Schnabbl,  C.  L.,  Portland, Oreg.:  Bronze 
button  made  from  the  borings  of  a  can- 
non captured  by  the  Second  Oregon 
Regiment  at  San  Ysidore,  near  Manila, 
Philippine  Islands.    36820. 

Schrader,  F.  C,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Plants  from  Alaska.    37088. 

Scbuchbrt,  Charles,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Silurian  and  Devonian  fossils 
from  Windsor  and  Arisaig,  Nova  Sco- 
tia; Dalhousie,  New  Brunswick,  and 
Gaspe,  Quebec  (36942) ;  300  Lower  Hel- 
derberg  fossils  from  Cumberland,  Md., 
and  Keyser,  W.  Va.  (37123);  50  fossils 
from  the  Manlius  formation  at  Buffalo, 
N.  Y. ;  50  from  the  Niagara  at  Lewiston, 
Pa. ;  130  from  the  Helderberg  at  Lewis- 
ton,  Pa.,  and  275  from  the  Helderberg 
at  Bloomneld,  Pa.  (37948);  water  lime- 
stone from  the  Upper  Silurian,  north 


!  Schuchert,  Charles— Continued. 
|  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (37931);  about  10,000 
i  pieces  of  Cincinnati  fossils  (exchange) 
i  (38014);  about  400  specimens  of  Hel- 
i  derbergian  fossils  from  localities  in 
'  eastern  Pennsylvania  ^ 38015);  Helder- 
bergian and  Oriskanian  fossils  from 
|      western  Maryland  (38154). 

Schwarz,  E.  A.  and  H.  S.  Barber,  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  Reptiles  from  Ari- 
zona.    38046. 

Seaborne,  C.  R.,  Gallup,  N.  Mex.:  Liz- 
ard.   Purchase. 


Seal,  W.  P.,  Delair,  N.  J.:  Eleven 
of  a  Bull  snake,  PUuopkU  melanoleucus, 
from  New  Jersey.    36850. 

Seeqer,  G.  A.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Snake  (Dropidonotus  sipedon)  from 
Maryland  (36753) ;  2  snakes  from  Mary- 
land (37286). 

Seine-et-oise,  France,  Musis  de  st. 
Germain.  Cast  of  a  Lychnarion,  her- 
maphrodites, 2  silver  casseroles,  and 
galvanic  reproduction  of  gems,  com- 
prising 15  specimens.  Exchange. 
37547. 

Seip,  A.  N.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Five  specimens  of  "shin-plasters,"  or 
"State  script."    36841. 

Sellards,  E.  H.,  University  of  Kansas, 
Lawrence,  Kans.:  Six  pieces  of  Oread 
limestone  containing  Fusulina.  37303. 
(See  under  Kansas,  University  of.) 

Sempers,  J.  Ford,  Aikin,  Md.:  Birds' 
skins  and  birds'  eggs,  from  Maryland 
and  Massachusetts.    37345. 

Seton-Karr,  H.  W.,  Wimbledon,  Lon- 
don, England:  Collection  of  chipped 
flints  from  quarries  in  Egypt.     37154. 

Shackelford,  Mrs.  R.  S.,  The  Dalles, 
Oreg. :  Klickitat  Indian  woman's  dance 
dress;  dance  dress  of  a  Klickitat 
woman,  with  rows  of  beading  and 
pendants;  also  20  ethnological  objects 
obtained  from  the  Klickitat,  Cowlitz, 
and  Skokomish  Indians  (purchase) 
(37147);  2  sally  bags  made  by  the 
Wasco  Indians  of  Washington  (gift) 
(37802);  basket  material  and  a  basket 
made  by  the  Wasco  Indians  (gift) 
(37002). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


128 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


Sharp,  Dr.  David.    (See  under  Cambridge 

University.) 
Sharp,  J.  H.     (See  under  Smithsonian 

Institution,  Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 
Sharpe,  Prof.  R.  W.,  Dubuque,  Iowa: 

Normal  and  pathologic  Unionidse  from 

Dubuque.     36878. 
Sheldon,  E.  P.     (See  under  Agriculture, 

Department  of. ) 
Shellack,   Dr.   E.   H.,   Galena,  Kans.: 

Specimen  of  Upper  Silurian  (Niagara) 

coral  of  the  genus  Favorites.    37924. 
Shepard,  Dr.  C.  U.,   Pinehurst,  S.  C: 

Specimen  of  meteorite  from  Warren 

County,  Mo.     Exchange.     37797. 
Shepherd,  T.  M.,  Grady,  Tex.:  Skulls  of 

Gray  fox  {Urocyon),  Coon  (I^rocyon), 

and  Wild-cat  (Felis)  (37957);  skin  of  a 

wolf  (37795). 

Sherman,  Franklin,  Jr.,  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Raleigh,  N.  C:  Five  galls 
of  Andricus  tubicola.     37401. 

Shrader,  F.  C.  Received  through  De- 
partment of  Agriculture:  Plant  from 
Russia.    38125. 

Shubert,  A.  B.,  Chicago,  111.:  Carved 
wooden  bowl.     Purchase.     37142. 

Shufeldt,  Miss  M.  A.,  Morristown,  N.  J. : 
One  hundred  and  ten  specimens  of  ori- 
ental art  from  China,  Japan,  and  Korea. 
Purchase.    38151. 

Shufeldt,  Percy,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Seven  specimens  of  the  genera  Orizomys 
and  Microtus.     37461. 

Sibpur,  Calcutta,  India,  Royal  Botan- 
ical Garden:  One  hundred  and  ninety- 
one  plants  from  India.  Exchange. 
36963. 

Silver,  A.  B.,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia:  Two 
specimens  of  Salmo  solar  ouananiche. 
37338. 

Simpson,  C.  T.,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Land  and  fresh  -  water  shells,  from 
Haiti.    37521. 

Singer,  Commander  Frederick,  U.  8. 
Navy,  inspector,  Seventh  light-house 
district,  Key  West,  Fla. :  Specimen  of 
Blenny  and  a  Pipe-fish.    37932. 

Sipe,  Porter,  Davis,  W.  Va.:  American 
bittern,  Botatmis  frttiiginosus,  from 
West  Virginia.    37148. 


Sirdefield,  Rev.  A.  C,  Melbourne,  Fla.: 
Two  Lubber  grasshoppers,  Dictyopfiorus 
rctictdatus  Thunb.     37738. 

Skiff,  F.  J.  V.  (See  under  Field  Colum- 
bian Museum,  Chicago,  111. ) 

Slade,  G.  T.,  Dunmore,  Pa.:  Cylinder, 
crossheads,  and  four  eccentric  rods  of 
the  locomotive  "Stourbridge  Lion." 
37788. 

Slater,  Miss  S.  R.,  Moulmein,  Burma, 
India:  Custard-apple  seeds  from  Burma. 
37202. 

Slocum,  Capt.  Joshua,  Newport,  R.  I.: 
Stone  ax  found  at  Manley,  near  Syd- 
ney, Australia.     36871. 

Slosson,  Mrs.  A.  T.,  New  York  City: 
Four  specimens  of  parasitic  Hymenop- 
tera,  including  two  species  new  to  the 
Museum  collection  (37217);  37  speci- 
mens of  Diptera  from  Biscayne  Bay, 
Florida,  principally  new  to  the  Mu- 
seum collection,  and  one  representing 
a  new  genus  (37774);  11  specimens  of 
parasitic  Hymenoptera  (37840). 

Small,  H.  B.  Hamilton,  Bermuda:  Two 
plants  from  Bermuda.     38055. 

Smallwood,    Miss   M.    K.,    Cold   Spring 
Harbor,  L.  I. :  Specimens  of  Talorches- 
|       tia.     36826. 

Smith,  E.  A.  (See  under  Godman,  F.  Du 
Cane.) 

Smith,  Fred.,  Wolverine  Copper  Mine, 
Houghton  County,  Mich.:  Specimens 
of  inoneykite  and  mohawkite  from 
Wolverine  Copper  Mine.     37366. 

Smith,  George  D.,  New  York  City:  Let- 
ters and  other  documents  relating  to 
the  inventions  of  J.  Ericsson.  Pur- 
chase.    36755. 

Smith,  Dr.  II.  C.,  Auburn,  Wash.:  Dip- 
terous larva.     37529. 

Smith,  Dr.  H.  M.,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission: 
Specimen  of  Ijimpsilis  ligamentrintu* 
yibbuH  from  Arkansas  (36730);  44  spec- 
imens (5  species)  of  land  shells  from 
Koine,  Italy  (373S0). 

Smith,  Prof.  J.  B.,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. : 
Four  specimens  of  ( 'hrysocharis  oscinidis 
Ashm.  (37737);  6  types  of  Noctuid 
moths  (37773). 

Smith,  J.  D.,  Baltimore,  Md.:  Plant  from 
Guatemala.     37580. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST   OF   ACCES8ION8. 


129 


Smith,  Rev.  P.  J.,  Beatty,  Pa.:  Specimen 

of  Ophalotkrips  coloradensis.     36794. 
Surra,  W.  D.,  Prophetstown,  111. :  Cecro- 

pia  Moth,  AUacu*  cecropia  Linnseus. 

38168. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Mr.  8.  P.  Lang- 
ley,  Secretary. 

Collection  of  873  medals  and  29  coins. 
Received  from  Mr.  Henry  Adams, 
Washington,  D.  C.    37081.     Deposit. 

Three  pieces  of  native  Bicol  armor,  3 
bolos,  signal  torch,  3  spears,  2  bows, 
15  arrows,  bird  trap,  fish  basket,  war 
club,  sword,  and  wooden  shield. 
Received  from  Brig.  Gen.  James  M. 
Bell,  U.  S.  V.,  Military  Governor, 
Nueva  Caceres,  Philippine  Islands. 
37548. 

Medal  struck  to  commemorate  the  one 
hundredth  anniversary  of  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  seat  of  government 
in  the  District  of  Columbia.  Received 
from  the  Citizens'  Committee. 
37589. 

Lafayette  medal.  Received  from  Mr. 
C.  E.  Claghorn,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
37997. 

Two  human  skulls,  powder  flask,  syr- 
inge, telephone,  2  horns  and  2  hunt- 
ing bags,  7  birds'  skins,  etc.,  from 
Batanga  Cameroons,  West  Africa. 
Received  from  Dr.  N.  H.  D.  Cox, 
Baltimore,  Md.    37614. 

Medal  struck  in  commemoration  of  the 
dedication  of  the  capitol  of  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Arizona.  Received  from 
Hon.  O.  L.  Geer,  Phoenix,  Ariz. 
37688. 

Collection  of  stone  implements  from 
Potomac-Chesapeake  tide-waterprov- 
ince.  Received  from  Mr.  J.  D. 
McGuire,  Ellicott  City,  Md.     37330. 

Skull,  bows,  arrows,  and  spears  used 
by  the  Motilou  Indians,  and  a  collec- 
tion of  skulls  and  pottery  from  La 
Hoyada.  Received  from  Mr.  Edward 
Plumacher,  United  States  consul, 
Maracaibo,  Venezuela.    36732, 37331 . 

TrtmsmiUed  from  the  Bureau  of  Eth- 
nology, Maj.  J.  W.  Powell,  Director: 

Alaskan  totem  pole  obtained  through 
Iver  Fougner  (36752);    leaf-shaped 


Smithsonian  Institution— Continued, 
blades  of  gray  flint,  from  a  mound 
in  Scott  County,  111.  (36777);  30 leaf- 
shaped  flints  from  a  cache  in  Jackson 
County,  Ind.  (36778);  30  plants  col- 
lected by  Dr.  Walter  Hough  in  Ari- 
zona during  his  connection  with  the 
Fewkes  expedition  (37127);  collec- 
tion of  Bella  Coola  objects  and  natu- 
ral history  specimens  received  from 
Iver  Fougner  (37021);  113  ethnolog- 
ical objects  from  southern  California 
received  from  H.  N.  Rust  (37098); 
wooden  carving  of  Zufti  war  god, 
wooden  carving  of  Zufii  war  goddess, 
Pueblo  vases  and  fragments,  stone 
fetish  of  the  Zufiis,  miscellaneous 
stone  implements,  and  10  molds  of 
aboriginal  relics  (36918);  received 
from  Mrs.  H.  M.  Peabody,  Navajo 
woman's  dress  (37161);  3,215  relics 
from  the  Etowah  Mounds  and  vicin- 
ity, Bartow  County,  Ga.  (37113)«; 
relics  comprising  16,756  specimens 
from  mounds  on  the  Davis  plantation 
(old  Evans  place) ,  Burke  County,  Ga. 
(37114)  fl;  relics  from  mounds  in  vari- 
ous places,  comprising  36,514  objects 
371 15)*;  received  through  Mr.  W.  H. 
Holmes,  quarry  refuse  from  Indian 
quarries  (37341);  4  baskets  manufac- 
tured by  the  Cherokee  Indians  and 
some  wooden  spoons,  collected  by 
James  Mooney  on  the  Cherokee  Res- 
ervation, N.  C.  (37412);  5  baskets 
made  by  Palomas  Apache  Indians 
(37474);  Tarumari  Indian  mummy 
(37556) ;  received  through  J.  H.  Sharp 
11  oil  paintings  of  American  Indians, 
Sioux,  Cheyenne,  and  Crow  tribes 
(37595);  received  from  Lieut.  G.  T. 
Emmons,  U.  S.  Navy,  arrow  heads, 
spear  points,  stone  celts,  etc.,  from 
Spring  Island,  British  Columbia 
(37766);  18,907  stone  implements 
from  aboriginal  village  sites  in  Geor- 
gia (38007) ;  received  through  Joseph 
Nathan,  ethnological  and  archaeolog- 
ical objects  from  California  (38162); 
through  J.  M.  Hoge,  carved  stone 
pipe  from  Virginia  (38169);  through 
J.  C.  Brennan,  100  stone  implements 


«  These  specimens  were  originally  deposited  in  the  National  Museum  by  Dr.  Roland  Steiner,  Grove- 
town,  Georgia,  in  previous  yearn,  and  have  since  been  purchased  from  him  by  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

NAT  MU8  1901 9 


Digitized  by 


Google 


130 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   J901. 


Smithsonian  Institution — Continued, 
from  Jamaica  (38170);  through  Mrs. 
Imogene  Phillips,  drawing  of  a  ruined 
temple  in  Yucatan  (38171);  through 
Mrs.  J.  W.  Barndollar,  belt  formerly 
worn  by  Chief  Sitting  Bull  (38172) ; 
through  Dr.  C.  W.  Branch,  stone 
implements  and  pottery  from  the 
West  Indies  (38173).  (See  under 
Nash,  Dr.  George  W.) 

Transmitted  from  the  National  Zoological 
Park,  Dr.  Frank  Baker,  Superin- 
tendent: 

Zebu  (Bos  indicus),  tapir  (Elasmogna- 
thus)  (36769);  snake  (Epicrates  inor- 
natm)  (36774) ;  leopard  ( Felispardus) 
and  porcupine  (Erethizon  dorsatus) 
(36977) ;  snake  (Ejncrates  inornalus) 
from  Porto  Rico  (37013) ;  snake  ( Cro- 
Udus  lurrridus)  from  West  Virginia 
(37014);  snake  (Orotalus  horridus) 
from  North  Carolina  (37015);  Maca- 
cus  cynomolgus  and  Capromys  pilorides 
(37039);  snake  (Boa  constrictor) 
(37040);  iguana  (Stenosaura  teres) 
from  Mexico  (37041);  Douroucoli 
monkey  ( NyctipUhecus  azarte),  porcu- 
pine (Erethizon  dorsatus),  kangaroo 
(Macropns  reficoUis  bennetli  (?),  kit 
fox  (Vnlpes  relox)  (37108);  3  speci- 
mens of  Oreortyx  pictns  plumiferus 
and  a  specimen  of  Dendronessa  galt- 
riculala  (37221) ;  buffalo  ( Bisonameri- 
canus),  gopher-snake  (Spilotes  corais 
couperii),  Lanzaroote  pigeon  ((bhim- 
ba),  gannet  (Sula  bassana)  (37253); 
parrot  (Amazona  viridigenalis) 
(37265);  rabbit  (Lepus  americamis 
bairdi),  spider-monkey,  Atelcs  ater 
(37277);  crocodile,  from  Venezuela 
(37307);  iguana  (37301);  peccary 
(Dicotyles  labiatus),  beaver  (Castor 
canadensis)  (37420);  lizard  and  a 
snake  (37439);  mule  deer  (Cariacas 
macrotis)  and  a  moose  (Alces  ameri- 
canus)  (37513);  duck  hawk  (37757); 
baboon  (Papio)  (37671);  peccary 
(Dicotyles  tajacu)  (37661);  Cuban 
deer  (Odocoileus)  (37660);  moose 
(Alces  americana)  (37662);  sea  lion 
(Zalophus  californicm)  (37663);  Boa 
constrictor,  from  Para,  Brazil  (37670); 
crocodile  (37781);  puma  (Felis  con- 
cofor),  skunk  (ClhicM),  gray  squirrel 


Smithsonian  Institution — Continued. 
(Sciurus  carolinensis)  (37812);  parrot 
(Amazona  sahini)  (37925);  3  young 
lions  and  a  sloth  (37992);  alligator 
from  Florida  (38108);  cormorant 
(38148);  swan  (Cygnus  gibbus) 
(38149). 

Snodgrass,  R.  K,  Palo  Alto,  Cal.:  Two 
hundred  and  sixteen  specimens  of  Dip- 
tera  from  the  Galapagos  Islands. 
37638. 

Snyder,  A.  J.,  Belvidere,  111.:  Eight 
butterflies.     37725. 

Snyder,  J.  O.,  Stanford  University,  Cal.; 
Reptiles  and  batrachians  from  Califor- 
nia.    37375. 

Snyder,  N.  R.,  United  States  consul, 
Port  Antonio,  Jamaica,  West  Indies: 
Two  stone  celts  and  a  polished  pebble 
from  Priestinans  River,  northeastern 
coast  of  Jamaica.     37426. 

Spencer,  A.  L.,  Oenaville,  Tex.:  Long- 
horn  beetle,  Callichrama  plicatum  Lee 
38140. 

Spies,  Albert,  Newark,  N.  J.:  Cecropia 
Moth ,  A  ttaens  cecropia  Linnaeus.    381 45. 

Spratt,  Prof.  C.  C,  Bridgton  Academy, 
North  Bridgton,  Me.:  Two  specimens 
of  Myriapods.     37273. 

Sprendall,  A.  E.,  New  Berlin,  Ohio: 
Beetle.     36900. 

Springer,  Frank,  East  Lasvegas,  N.  Mex.  : 
Large  slab  covered  with  IKntaerinus 
80cialis,  a  Cretaceous  crinoid.    37514. 

Spurr,  J.  E.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey.) 

Stabler,  J.  P.,  Sandspring,  Md.:  Two 
Red-tailed  hawks  (37344,  37440);  Spar- 
row-hawk (37900). 

Standinger,  Dr.  O.,  and  A.  Bang-Haas, 
Dresden,  Germany:  Seventy -seven  but- 
terflies.    Purchase.     37116. 

Stanfield,  A.  E.,  and  H.  Pidgeon,  Fort 
Wrangel,  Alaska:  Five  photographs  of 
Black  Alaskan  sheep  (Ovis  tionei). 
37386. 

Stangl,  Dr.  P.  L.,  Luzon,  Bacoor,  Phil- 
ippine Islands:  Insects  from  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands  (36867,  37077,  37140); 
insects  and  invertebrates  (37157);  in- 
sects (37300,37490,  37716);  reptiles  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LI8T   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


131 


Staxgl,  Dr.  P.  L.— Continued, 
batrachians     from     Cavite    Province 
(38036);  insects  (38049);  shell  of  Mu- 
bonium  (38165). 

Stanton,  T.  W.    (See  under  Jones,  A.  W. ) 

Stanton,  Mrs.  Gen.  William,  Fort  Riley, 
Kans.:  Basket  from  Fort  Sill,  Okla., 
made  by  an  Apache  Indian.     37616. 

Stearns,  J.  B.,  Camden,  Me.:  Pottery 
from  ancient  graves  in  Chiriqui.  Ex- 
change.   37866. 

Stearns,  Dr.  R.  E.  C,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. : 
Specimens  of  Valkmia  pulchella  M tiller. 
37000. 

Steele,  E.  8.,  Washington*,  D.  C:  Plant*. 
Purchase  and  gift.  (36747,  37232, 
37260.) 

Steele,  W.  C,  Switzerland,  Ga.:  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture.    Plant  from  Florida.     37361. 

Stbere,  Prof.  J.  B.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.: 
Ethnological  objects  obtained  from  the 
Jamamad ys  Indians  on  the  Purus  River, 
Brazil  (purchase)  (37902);  mammals, 
reptiles,  fishes,  and  invertebrates  from 
the  Amazon  River  region,  Brazil,  col- 
lected for  the  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion (37996) ;  13  birds'  skins  from  Bra- 
zil (purchase)   (38135). 

Steiner,  Dr.  Roland,  Grovetown,  Ga.: 
Two  fish  baskets  (36750);  old-style 
piggin  and  a  deerskin  trunk  (36910); 
wooden  mug  (37136);  3  fish  traps 
(38146).  (See  under  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, Bureau  of  Ethnology. ) 

Stejxeger,  Dr.  Leonhard,  U.  S.  National 
Museum :  Lizard  from  Virginia.  38035. 
(See  under  Agriculture,  Department  of; 
Grebnitski,  N.  A.) 

Stejneger,  Miss  Thora,  Department  of 
Agriculture:  Twelve  mammals  from 
Norway.     Purchase.     37646. 

Stephens,  J.  H.,  Jacksonville,  Fla.:  Part 
of  a  tooth  of  a  southern  mammoth. 
37062. 

Sterling,  Dr.  E.  C,  Director,  Adelaide 
Museum,  Adelaide,  Australia:  Forty- 
seven  photographs  of  native  Austra- 
lians.   37888. 

Stevens,  Charles,  Columbus,  Kans. :  Ga- 
lena and  sphalerite  with  calcite  crystals 
from  Stephens  Brothers'  mine,  Peacock 
City,  Kans.    37941. 


Stevenson,  J.  A.,  Miami,  Fla.:  Land 
Bhells  from  the  Bahamas  (36788) ;  about 
40  specimens,  12  species,  of  marine 
shells  from  Florida  (37517). 

Stevenson,  Mrs.  M.  A.  (See  under  Gra- 
ham, D.D.) 

Stewart,  Alban,  Jefferson  Barracks,  Mo. : 
Vertebrate  fossils  from  Missouri. 
37551.     (See  under  Wood,  Levi. ) 

Stewart,  Guy,  College  Park,  Md. :  Fern. 
36773. 

Stone,  Witmer,  Academy  of  Natural  Sci- 
ences, Philadelphia,  Pa. :  Specimen  of 
I  riola  affirm  from  Pennsy  1  vania.    38087. 

Stover,  O.  O.,  Westbrook,  Me.  Received 
through  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard:  Five  speci- 
mens of  Neuroptera  and  two  of  Hyme- 
noptera.     37710. 

Strachass,  Nina.  (See  under  Marlatt, 
C.  L.) 

Strother,W.  L.,Vicksburg,  Miss.:  Chry- 
somelid  beetle  (Coptocyda  aurichalcea 
Fab.).     38051. 

Sturtevant,  R.  D.,  Augustin,  Ala.:  Por- 
tion of  a  meteorite  which  fell  at  Selma; 
collected  by  J.  W.  Coleman.     37563. 

Stitrtz,  B.,Bonn,  Germany:  Thirty-eight 
European  cephalopods.  Purchase. 
37223. 

Sitttle,  J.  Freeman,  Felix,  Ala.:  Portion 
of  a  meteorite  which  fell  at  Selma;  col- 
lected by  J.  W.  Coleman.     37562. 
|  Swaney,  Miss  Mary.     (See  under  Foster, 
W.T.) 

Swett,  Miss  Annie  K.,  Washington,  1).  C: 
Coccinellid  beetle,  Anatia  15-punctata 
Oliv.    38050. 

Sydney,  Australia,  Australian  Museum: 
One  thousand  and  seventeen  specimens 
of  marine,  fresh-water,  and  land  shells 
(204  species);  two  specimens  of  Dino- 
le&tes  mulleri.     Exchange.     38034. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  Botanic 
Gardens.  Received  through  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture:  Eighty- two  plants 
from  Australia.     Exchange.     36758. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  Department 
op  Mines  and  Agriculture:  Parasitic 
Hymenoptera.     37106. 

Tartagli,  A.,  Brozzi,  near  Florence, 
Italy:  Mammal  skins.  Purchase. 
37860. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


132 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU3EUM,  1901. 


Tassin,  Wibt,  Washington,  D.  C:  Sap- 
phire graver,  sapphire  file,  and  two 
pieces  of  uncut  sapphire.     37434. 

Tawnby,  Hon.  J.  A.  (See  under  Jacob 
Scherffius.) 

Taylor,  C.  B.,  Kingston,  Jamaica:  Two 
bats.    37197. 

Taylor,  E.  (See  under  Agriculture,  De- 
partment of. ) 

Taylor,  Rev.  G.  W.,  Nanaimo,  B.  C: 
Specimens  of  Lamca  rubra  Mtg.,  and 
Phyllaphysia  taylori  Dall,  from  near 
Nanaimo,  B.  C.    37244. 

Taylor,  Dr.  L.  M.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
War  club  with  stone  head  of  catlinite, 
probably  Samoan.    37249. 

Thayer,  A.  H.  and  Grralp,  Dublin, 
N.  H.:  Mouse  (Mub  muaeulw)  from 
Sorrento,  Italy.    38160. 

Thomas,  Miss  B.  T.,  Fort  Defiance,  Ariz, 
(poet-office,  Gallup,  N.  Mex.)  Lizard. 
38166. 

Thomas,  J.  E.,  Atlanta,  Tex.:  Rabbit 
scalp  with  horn.    37262. 

Thomas,  Oldpieijd,  British  Museum  (Nat- 
ural History),  London,  England:  Nine 
bate  from  Europe  and  South  America. 
37523. 

Thompson,  C.  H.,  Baker  City,  Oreg.:  Ob- 
sidian coated  with  an  oxide  of  alumi- 
num.    37170. 

Thompson,  C.  W.,  Tacoma,  Wash.:  Ore 
from  Carbon  River  mining  district, 
Washington.    37637. 

Thompson,  Ernest  Seton,  New  York 
City:  Two  specimens  of  White-tail 
deer  (37417);  skulls,  head  skins,  and 
leg  bones  of  deer  (37525).    Purchase. 

Thompson,  J.  W.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.: 
Painted  cast  of  a  Japanese  giant  sala- 
mander.    Purchase.     37684. 

Thorns,  F.  R.,  Ashboro,  N.  C:  Samples 
of  copper  ore  from  Scarlet  mine,  near 
Ashboro.    37023. 

Tilden,  Miss  J.  E.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, Minneapolis,  Minn.:  One  hun- 
dred plants.    Purchase.    37819. 

Tillotbon,  Lottie  S.,  Seattle,  Wash.: 
Plant    37701. 


Tinoman,  A.  G.,  Indio,  Cal.:  Specimens 
of  fossil  Planorbis.    37921. 

Titus,  Prof.  E.  S.  G.,  Fort  Collins,  Colo.: 
Chalcid  parasite  on  Carneade*  tmelata. 
(37024);  17  bumble-bees  (37859). 

Tollin,  Oscar,  Sarasota,  Fla,:  Marine 
shells  from  Marco,  Fla.    36800. 

Tompkins,  R.  J.,  Old  Point  Comfort,  Va,: 
Herring  gull.    37734. 

Tourgee,  A.  W.,  U.  S.  consul,  Bordeaux, 
France:  Nest  of  Chardomeret,  from 
France.     36914. 

Tower,  G.  W.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  *S.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Towne,  E.  B.,  West  Newton,  Mass.: 
Eleven  specimens  of  California  condor 
skins,  1  egg  and  a  few  bones  of  the 
same,  from  California  (deposit)  (37278)  ; 
skin  of  California  vulture  and  2  colored 
drawings  of  the  same  (deposit)  (37429). 

TowN8BND,  Prof.  C.  H.  Tyler,  received 
through  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard.  Six  thou- 
sand specimens  of  Diptera  from  Mex- 
ico.   Deposit.    37245. 

Tracy,  S.  M.,  Biloxi,  Miss.:  Received 
through  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Plants  (36791, 36822, 37072) ;  plants  from 
Mississippi  and  Louisiana,  collected  by 
Messrs.  Tracy  and  Lloyd  (37095);  813 
plants  from  the  Gulf  coast  (purchase) 
(37622). 

Traphaoen,  Dr.  F.  W.,  Bozeman,  Mont.: 
Two  specimens  of  Bellerophon  (Euphe- 
mus  n.  sp.)  (37192);  2  briquettes  of 
Dakota  lignite  and  pitch  (37899). 

Trask,  Mrs.  Blanche,  Avalon,  Santa 
Catalina  Island,  Cal.  Received  through 
Department  of  Agriculture.  Fifty-nine 
plants  (36855);  38  plants  (37747). 
Purchase. 

Trbgaskis,  J.  and  M.  L.,  London,  Eng- 
land: Dish  and  patera  of  Samian  ware. 
Purchase.     37044. 

Troschel,  A.,  Chicago,  111.:  Fifty-four 
specimens  of  Lepidoptera.  Exchange. 
37680. 

Tucheband,  Dr.  A.,  Maranhoa,  Brazil: 
Twenty-five  bats  from  Brazil.  Pur- 
chase.   37518. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF   ACCESSIONS. 


138 


Tucker,  Leboy,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Colt's  naval  revolver  worn  by  Gen. 
Frank  Tucker,  Adjutant-General  C. 
8.  A.;  also  a  protector's  revolver  (pur- 
chase) (37332);  Allen's  patent  solid 
cylinder  revolver  (gift)  (37333). 

Turin,  Italy,  Zoological  Museum  of 
Turin.  Received  through  Lorenzo 
Oamerano:  Three  bats.  Exchange. 
37626. 

Turner,  G.  B.,  U.  8.  National  Museum: 
Steel-head  salmon  as  accessory  to  a 
Kadiak  bear  group.    Purchase.    36060. 

Turner,  H.  W.  (8ee  under  Interior 
Department,  U.  8.  Geological  Survey. ) 

Turner,  Mrs.  Harriet,  Alexandria,  Va. : 
Coiled  basket  with  body  of  sedge, 
sewed  with  strips  of  hard  wood,  and  a 
handle  of  the  same  material,  said  to  be 
from  Arizona.     37741. 

Udden,  J.  A.,  Rock  Island,  111.:  Atmos- 
pheric deposits  from  various  localities. 
Exchange.     36829.     . 

Umrach,  L.  M.,  Naperville,  111.:  Two 
hundred  and  twenty-five  plants,  prin- 
cipally from  Ontario.  Exchange. 
37467. 

Umlauff,  J.  F.  F.,  Museum,  Hamburg, 
Germany:  Skins  and  skulls  of  mam- 
mals.    (36837,36888.)     Purchase. 

U.  8.  National  Museum,  Anthropolog- 
ical Laboratories:  Twenty-eight  casts 
of  stone  implements  from  Michigan. 
37749. 

University  of  Upsala.  (8ee  under  Up- 
sala, Sweden.) 

Upsala,  8weden,  University  of  Upsala: 
Twenty-four  birds'  skins  from  Spits- 
bergen.   Exchange.    38174. 

Vaset,  Miss  Flora,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum: Stenograph.    37554. 

Vaughan,  T.  Wayland,  U.  S.  Geological 
8urvey:  Fifteen  specimens  of  coral 
(Dickocomiz  Moheri)  from  Florida. 
37796. 

Vrlie,  Dr.  J.  W.,  St  Joseph,  Mich.: 
Three  specimens  of  ophiurans,  star- 
fishes, and  two  photographs  of  a  star- 
fish.   37820. 

Vernon,  Dr.  J.  B.,  Walnut  Ridge,  Ark.,: 
Mussel  shell  and  four  pearls.    37502. 


Verb  ill,  Prof.  A.  E.,  Peabody  Museum, 
Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Conn.: 
Fifty-nine  crustaceans  from  Bermuda 
(37555);  16  specimens  (6  species)  of 
crustaceans  from  Bermuda  and  other 
localities  (37665). 

Voight,  B.  G.,  Denver,  Colo.:  Pair  of 
specimens  of  Leucoiticle  australis  from 
Colorado.    37592. 

Voorhirs,  Dr.  H.  G.,  Mount  Vernon, 
Mo.:  Vertebrate  fossils.     37721. 

V boman,  A.  C,  Pasadena,  Cal.:  Pack  of 
Indian  playing-cards.    37027. 

Waddington,  A.  H.,  Parkersburg,  Oreg.: 
Plant    36872. 

Wadletgh,  Miss  Frances,  Washington, 
D.  C. :  Two  dried  sponges  from  Swamp- 
scott,  Mass.    37486. 

Wadmond,  S.  C,  Racine,  Wis.:  Forty 
specimens  of  violets  from  Wisconsin. 
Exchange.    37383. 

Wadsworth,  Miss  Mattie,  Hallowell, 
Me.:  Thirty-eight  dragonflies,  repre- 
senting 9  species.    Exchange.    37233. 

Walcott,  C.  D.,  Hon.  (See  under  In- 
terior Department,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey. ) 

Walcott,  C.  D.,  Jr.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Three  salamanders  from  Wisconsin. 
37083. 

Walker,  Bryant,  Detroit,  Mich. :  Fresh- 
water mussel  (36979);  three  shells  of 
Lampsilis  elUpsiformis  from  Michigan 
(37785);  fresh- water  shells  from  Flor- 
ida and  Michigan  (37906). 

Walker,  Henry  P.,  Washington  D.  C: 
Three  specimens  of  ferns  from  New 
Hampshire.    37869. 

Walker,  Dr.  J.  W.,  Pine  Ridge  Agency, 
S.  Dak.:  Minerals,  vertebrate  fossils, 
and  invertebrate  fossils.    37283. 

Wall,  A.  R.,  Taal,  Province  of  Batan- 
gas,  Luzon,  Philippine  Islands:  Rhi- 
noceros beetle  (TYicfiognathus  melon 
Olivier).    37457. 

Waller,  S.  L.,  San  Francisco,  Cal.:  Six 
relics  from  the  Philippine  Islands. 
37212. 

Wallihan,  A.  G.,  Lay,  Colo. :  Ten  photo- 
graphs of  mammals.    37087. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


134 


BEPOBT   OF  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 


Wallingspord,  W.  W.,  U.  S.  National 
Museum:  Copy  of  "Gilham's  Manual 
for  Volunteers  and  Militia,  1861 ," 
found  in  a  Confederate  fort  at  Hilton 
Head,  South  Carolina,  during  the  Civil 
War.     37961. 

Wanner,  Prof.  A.,  York,  Pa.:  Thirty- 
one  specimens  of  fossil  plants  from  the 
Triassic  of  York  County.  Exchange. 
37683. 

War  Department:  Received  through 
Gen.  John  M.  Wilson,  Chief  of  En- 
gineers, U.  S.  Army:  Collection  of 
geological  and  mineralogical  specimens 
and  fossil  fishes,  incident  to  the  geolog- 
ical .surveys  west  of  the  100th  meridian 
(37169).  Received  through  Army 
Medical  Museum,  Surgeon-General' 8 
Office,  Col.  Alfred  A.  Woodhull,  in 
charge,  3  mummies  from  Peru,  ob- 
tained by  George  Kiefer  in  1886,  1888, 
and  1899  (37371).  Received  through 
Capt.  William  S.  McCaskey,  Fort  San- 
tiago, Manila,  Philippine  Islands,  sec- 
tion of  Spanish  flagstaff  from  the  walls 
of  the  arsenal  at  Fort  Santiago  (37847). 
Deposit.  Received  through  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture:  One  hundred  and 
fifteen  plants  collected  by  Capt.  L.  S. 
Kelly  in  the  Philippines  (38061 ).  (See 
under  de  Mey,  Dr.  C.  F.,  U.  S.  Army. ) 

Ward,  H.  A.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.:  Meteor- 
ite, from  Misshof,  Russia  (exchange) 
(37783);  meteorite  from  Bjurbole, 
southern  coast  of  Finland  (exchange) 
(37815);  two  large  fan  corals  (pur- 
chase) (37808);  three  meteorites  (ex- 
change) (38159). 

Ward,  Prof.  Lester  F.,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey:  Two  hundred  and  fifty  plants 
from  Arizona.     38130. 

Ward,  Rowland,  Limited,  London,  Eng- 
land: Specimen  of  Tahr,  Hemitragus 
jenlaicus.     Purchase.     38107. 

Ward's  Natural  Science  Establish- 
ment, Rochester,  N.  Y. :  Dried  and  alco- 
holic crustaceans  (36482);  large  group 
of  calcite  crystals  (37079);  doubly  ter- 
minate crystal  of  calcite  (37080);  cast 
of  Snapping  turtle  and  a  cast  of  Baur's 
turtle  (37325);  concretionary  clay  from 
Weymouth,  England,  concretionary 
granite  from  Korsfors,   Sweden,   con- 


Ward's  Natural  Science  Establish- 
ment— Continued . 
cretionary  clay  iron  stone  from  New 
York,  fulgurite  fromStarcynow,  Poland, 
volcanic  bomb  from  Mount  Etna,  and 
pisolitic  limestone  from  Fern  Island, 
New  Zealand,  (37636);  specimen  of 
Rhea  americana  ( 37733 ) .     Purchase. 

Washburne,  Chester,  Beaver  Creek, 
Oreg. :  Received  through  U.  S.  Geologi- 
cal Survey:  Seventy -five  specimens  (23 
species)  of  cretaceous  mollusks  from 
from  the  Chico  formation,  Crook 
County,  Oreg.     37558. 

Washington,  C.  S.,  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum :  Two  specimens  of  tortoise  ( Cistudo 
Carolina)  from  Washington,  D.  C,  and 
Maryland  (36866,37071). 

Weed,  A.  C,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.:  Alcoholic 
specimens  of  Ancylus  tardus  Say,  from 
a  creek  near  New  Hartford,  N.Y.   37892. 

Weed,  W.  H.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  SH  Geological  Survey. ) 

Weeks,  Miss  A.  D.  (See  under  Agricul- 
ture, Department  of. ) 

Weeks,  F.  E.  (See  under  Interior  De- 
partment, U.  S.  Geological  Survey.) 

Weems,  J.  B.  (no  address  given):  Badge 
of  the  Maryland  Cadets,  1887.     37694. 

Weller,  Prof.  Stuart,  University  of 
Chicago,  Chicago,  111. :  Three  specimens 
of  Orthis  missourienms.     37833. 

Wells,  A.  C,  Short  Hills,  N.  J.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Eight  plants  from  New  Jersey. 
37126. 

Welsbach  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Received  through  W.  E.  Barrows,  presi- 
dent: Six  platinum  nuggets  from  Trin- 
ity County,  Cal.     37568. 

Wenzel,  II.  W.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.:  Ten 
specimens  of  parasitic  Hymenoptera. 
37400. 

Western  High  School,  Washington,  D. 
C.  Received  through  E.  L.  Morris: 
Two  plants  from  Maryland.  Exchange. 
38069. 

Wheeler,  Dr.  Q.  M.,  University  of 
Texas,  Austin,  Tex. :  Collection  of  ants 
and  two  parasites,  representing  new 
genera.     37347. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


LI8T   OF   ACCESSIONS. 


135 


Whit*,  Dr.  C.  A.,  Washington,  D.  C: 
Weaver's  glass  brought  from  England 
in  1827  by  James  Pilkington,  of  Dighton , 
Mass.  (36863);  specimens  of  an  old 
form  of  pin  used  in  mounting  insects 
(37447). 

White,  David,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey: 
Five  specimens  of  Oamptosarus  rhizo- 
phyUus  from  Pennsylvania.    36928. 

White  Dental  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, Philadelphia,  Pa.  Received 
through  H.  M.  Lewis:  Nugget  of  na- 
tive platinum.     Purchase.     37640. 

White,  Miss  Josie,  Redding, Cal. :  Sphinx 
moth,  Protoparce  cingvlata  Fabr,  and 
a  specimen  of  Catocala  sp.     37069. 

Whited,  Kirk,  Ellensburg,  Wash.  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture: Forty-nine  plants  from  Wash- 
ington (exchange)  (37309) ;  110  plants 
from  Washington  (exchange)  (36756) ; 
6  plants  from  Washington  (gift) 
(37498). 

Whitesell,  O.  C,  Streator,  III.:  Part  of 
a  human  skull.     37252. 

Whithead,  Caleb,  Washington,  D.  C. : 
Sample  of  beach  gold  from  Cape  Nome, 
Alaska.    Purchase.     37519. 

Whiting,  Dr.  C.  A.,  Pacific  School  of 
Osteopathy,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.:  Holo- 
thurians,  ascidians,  barnacles,  and 
crustaceans.     (37655,37656.) 

Wilbur,  Mrs.  C.  D.,  Newark,  N.  J.:  Re- 
ceipt of  payment  on  account  of  bond 
for  lands,  dated  December  £3,  1799, 
and  signed  by  William  Henry  Harrison. 
37145. 

Wilcox,  T.  E.  (See  under  Agriculture, 
Department  of.) 

Wilbm an,  A.  E.,  British  consulate,  Kobe, 
Japan:  One  hundred  living  cocoons  of 
Monema  jlarescens,  and  100  moths  repre- 
senting various  species.     37760. 

Wilkie,  J.  E.,  Chief  of  Secret  Service 
Bureau,  Treasury  Department:  Speci- 
men of  the  work  of  termites  in  a  pack- 
age of  paper  blanks.     37982. 

Wilkinson,  E.  H.  Received  through 
Department  of  Agriculture:  Twenty 
plants  from  Texas.    36993. 


Willard,  Mrs.  L.  G.,  Sanibel,  Fla.: 
Three  species  of  marine  shells.     37608. 

Willey,  Henry,  New  Bedford,  Mass.: 
Ten  thousand  plants,  including  lichens, 
from  various  localities.  Purchase. 
36901. 

Williams,  H.  E.,  Sarepta,  Miss.:  Luca- 
nid  beetle,  Lucanm  elaphus  Fabr. 
37840. 

Williams,  Dr.  J.  J.  (t.,  German  town, 
Pa. :  Six  specimens  of  Tremex  columlta 
Linnaeus,  and  two  parasites  represent- 
ing the  species  Thcdemi  lunator  Fabr. 
36802. 

Williams,  T.  A.,  Takoma  Park,  I).  C: 
Lichen  from  Oregon.     37435. 

Williams,  Mr.  (See  under  New  York 
Botanical  Garden. ) 

Willi amsburgh  Scientific*  Society, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  Received  through 
Louis  Kirsch:  Five  specimens  of  cut 
and  polished  white  topaz.  Exchange. 
38109. 

Williamson,  E.  B.,  Vanderbilt  Univer- 
sity, Nashville,  Tenn.:  Fifteen  speci- 
mens (5  species)  of  dragonflies  (ex- 
change) (37118);  6  male  specimens  of 
Calopteryx  angtMLipennix  (exchange) 
(37715);  6  living  and  3  dead  cray- 
fishes, from  Tennessee  (gift)  (37864); 
11  crayfishes  (gift)  (37877);  2  cray- 
fishes (Cambanis  ruxticus),  from  Rich- 
land Creek,  Nashville,  Tenn.  (gift) 
(38045). 

Willis,  Mrs.  I.  G.,  Front  Royal,  Va. 
Twelve  plants.     36970. 

Willis,  Mrs.  N.  P.,  Washington,  I).  C: 
One  hundred  plants  from  Switzerland. 
37601. 

Williston,  S.  W.  (See  under  Kansas, 
University  of. ) 

Wilson,  Dr.  II.  V.,  Biological  Laborato- 
ry, Beaufort,  N.  0. :  Specimen  of  Al- 
pheus  with  parasitic  isopod.     37037. 

Wilson,  J.  D.,  Syracune,  N.  Y.  Three 
specimens  of  Goniatite*  ranuxemi  from 
Manlius,  N.  Y.     Purchase.     37008. 

Wilson,  Brig.  Gen.  John  M.  ^  See  under 
War  Department.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


136 


BEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Wilson,  Miss  Thomaaana  W.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C:  Grooved  stone  ax  from 
Montgomery  County,  Md.     36765. 

Winnsboro  Granite  Company,  Charles- 
ton, S.  C:  Specimen  of  granite  from 
Rion,  S.  C.     36999. 

Wohlgemuth,  Carl,  Bozen,  Tyrol,  Aus- 
tria: Complete  costume  of  a  Tyrolean 
peasant,  with  watch  and  other  articles. 
Exchange.     38134. 

Woltz,  George,  U.  S.  National  Museum: 
Two  sergeant's  chevrons,  U.  S.  Infan- 
try; two  service  straps,  U.  S.  Artillery; 
and  two  enlistment  stripes,  U.  S.  In- 
fantry (38010);  five  bound  volumes  of 
Army  tactics  (38136). 

Woman's  College  op  Baltimore,  Balti- 
more, Md.:  Received  through  Arthur 
Bibbins,  director.  Collection  of  rocks. 
Exchange.     37466. 

Wood,  Levi,  Church,  Mich.:  Mastodon 
bones  from  Church,  collected  by  Alban 
Stewart.     Purchase.    38114. 

Wood,  Dr.  T.  D.  (See  under  Jenkins, 
Dr.  O.  P.) 

Wood,  Maj.  W.  W.,  U.  S.  A.,  Jefferson 
Barracks,  Mo. :  Luna  moth,  Adias  luna 
Linnaeus.     36862. 

Woodbury,  Mrs.  Frank  M.,  Pelham, 
N.  H. :  Rose  galls,  Rhodites  tricolor  Harr. 
38147. 

Wooddell,  G.  P.,  Seven  Oaks,  Fla.:  Re- 
ceived through  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture.    Plant  from  Florida.     37124. 

Woodhull,  Col.  A.  A.  (See  under  War 
Department. ) 

Woolman,  Mrs.  M.  S.,  New  York  City: 
Loom  used  in  the  schools  of  New  York 
City.     37542. 

Wooster,  L.  C,  State  Normal  School, 
Emporia,  Kans.:  Two  goniatites  from 
the  Upper  Coal  Measures.     37227. 

Wooton,  E.  O.,  Mesilla  Park,  N.  Mex.: 
Received  through  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. Plant  from  New  Mexico. 
37598. 


Worthen,  C.  K.,  Warsaw,  111.:  Five 
birds'  skins  from  Galapagos  Islands 
(purchase)  (36709);  110  mammal  skins 
and  skulls  from  British  America  (gift) 
(36835);  tortoise  egg  from  South  Albe- 
marle Island,  Galapagos  group  (pur- 
chase) (36743) ;  5  birds'  skins  from  the 
Galapagos  Islands  (purchase)  (36709); 
Whooping  crane  (purchase)  (37587);  3 
birds'  skins  and  a  Stormy  petrel  (pur- 
chase) (37628). 

Wright,  B.  H.,  Penn  Yan,  N.  Y.:  Three 
specimens  of  unios  from  Florida.    37294. 

Wright,  E.  M.,  Eureka,  Ills. :  Five  speci- 
mens, 3  species,  of  marine  shells  from 
California.    37378. 

Yale,  Charles,  Louisiana,  Mo.:  Nine 
specimens  of  Carboniferous  crinoids 
(exchange)  (37449);  3  specimens  of 
Burlington  group  blastoids,  5  specimens 
of  Burlington  group  crinoids  (37631); 
1 1  specimens  of  sub-carboniferous  cri- 
noids, blastoids,  and  corals  (37842). 

Young,  B.  H.,  Louisville,  Ky.:  Mounted 
skin  of  a  tarpon.     37086. 

Young  Brothers,  Cartersville,  Ga. :  Mole- 
cricket,  GryUotalpa  borecdis.    36957. 

Young,  C.  M.,  Crow  Agency,  Mont.: 
Timber  wolf  from  Montana.  Purchase. 
37757. 

Young,  R.  T.,  Boulder,  Colo.:'  Mammals 
and  birds  from  Texas  and  Colorado. 
Deposit.     36926. 

Young,  R.  T.,  Waring,  Tex.:  Two  ba- 
trachians  from  Colorado.     37038. 

Young  love,  Dr.  J.  E.,  Bowling  Green, 
Ky.:  Nineteen  specimens  of  Pentre- 
mites.     37028. 

Zerpass,  J.  J.  R.,  Ephrata,  Pa.:  l  Chris- 
topher Sauer"  Bible.  Purchase.  37146. 

Zollikofer,  E.  H.,  St.  Gallon,  Switzer- 
land: Ninety-one  small  mammals  from 
Switzerland,  Italy,  and  Sicily  (37532); 
mammals  from  Switzerland  (38013). 
Purchase. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


APPENDIX   III. 
Distribution  of  Specimens. 


AMERICA. 
North  America. 

CANADA. 

Ontario. 
Billings,   Walter  R.,    Ottawa:    Fossil 

crinoids  (32  specimens);  fossils  (53 

specimens).     Exchange.     (D.  13874, 

13986.) 
Fowler,  James,  Kingston:  Violets  (10 

specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14034.) 
Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  Ottawa: 

Fossils  (10  specimens);     plants  (3 

specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14144, 

14265.) 
Macoun,  J.  M.,  Ottawa:    Violets  (10 

specimens).   Exchange.    (D.  14030.) 
Saunders,  N.  E.,  London:    Plants   (6 

specimen*:) .    Exchange.    ( D.  13985. ) 

MEXICO. 

Mexico. 
National  Medical  Institute,  Mexico: 
Plants  (708  specimens).  Gift  (D. 
14737.) 
National  Museum,  Mexico:  Plants  (3 
specimens);  geological  material  (6 
specimens).  Exchange.  (D.  14730, 
14113.) 

UNITED  STATES. 

Alabama. 
Earie,  F.  8.,  Auburn:  Violets  (10  spec- 
imens).    Exchange.     (D.  14006.) 
Arkanm*. 
Fort  Smith:  Public  School,  Marine  in- 
vertebrates (288   specimens,   Series 
VI,  set  100).    Gift     (D.  14275.) 
Oahfornia. 
Anderson,  F.  M.,  Berkeley:  Fossils  (14 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14236.) 
Brandegee,  T.   S.,  San  Diego:  Plants 
(4  specimens) .    Lent  for  study.   (D. 
14321.) 


California — Continued. 

California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San 
Francisco:  Plants  (3  specimens). 
Exchange.     (D.  14266.) 

Chandler,  Harley  P.,  Berkeley:  Plants 
(49  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14390.) 

Eastwood,  Alice,  San  Francisco:  Vio- 
(  lets  (10 specimens).    Exchange.    (D. 

t  14011.) 

I  Grinnell,  Joseph,  Palo  Alto:  Pigmy 
Owl  ( 23  skins) .  Lent  for  study.  ( D. 
13992.) 

Kimball,  Laura  F.,  National  City: 
Plants  (21  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  13745.) 

Lewis,  J.  B.,  Petal uma:  Stone  imple- 
ments (8  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  13739.) 

Loom  is,  L.  M.,  San  Francisco:  Birds' 
skins (6  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
13906.) 

Northrop,  C.  H.,  San  Jose:  Shells  (3 
specimens).    Forstudy.    (D.  13868.) 

Smith,  James  Perrin,  Stanford  Univer- 
sity: Fossil  ammonoids  (19  speci- 
mens); Mesozoic  fossils  (77  speci- 
mens). Lent  for  study.  (D.  13905, 
14003.) 
Colorado. 

Ball,  E.  D.,  Fort  Collins:  Insects  (283 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
13898.) 

Bethel,  E.  C,  Denver:  Violets  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14014.) 

Osterhout,  G.  E.,  New  Windsor:  Vio- 
lets (10  specimens).     (D.  14033. ) 

Titus,  E.  S.  G.,  Fort  Collins:  Bees  (332 
specimens).     Lent  for  study.     (D. 
13894.) 
Connecticut. 

Coe,  Wesley  R.,  New  Haven:  Nemer- 
teans  ( 71  specimens ) .  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14445.) 

137 


Digitized  by 


Google 


138 


REPORT   OK   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Connecticut — Continued. 
Eames,  E.  H.,  Bridgeport:  Violets  (10  | 

specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14036.)  j 
Edwards,  Charles  L.,  Hartford:  Holo-  | 

thurians  (39  specimens).     Lent  for  I 

study.     (D.  14044.)  | 

Evans,  A.  W.,  New  Haven:  Plants  (66  i 

specimens);    plants   (7  specimens).  I 

Lent  for  study.     ( D.  14186, 14685. )       j 
Koons,  B.  F.,  Storre:  One  snake.     Ex-  j 

change.     (D.  14083.) 
Peabody  Museum,  New  Haven:  Violets 

(10  specimens);  marine  invertebrate 

(1  specimen).  Exchange.    (D.  14140, 

14380. ) 
Pirsson,  L.  V.,  New  Haven:  Geological 

material  ( 15  specimens ) .    Exchange. 

(D.  14686.) 
Robinson,  H.  H.,  New  Haven:  Rocks 

( 7  specimens) .     Lent  for  study.    ( D. 

14574.) 
Verrill,  A.  E.,  New  Haven:  Crustaceans 

(12    specimens).      Exchange.      (D. 

14299.) 

Delaware. 
Canby,  W.  M.,  Wilmington:  Plants  (16 
specimens);  violets  (10  specimens); 
plants   (9   specimens).      Exchange. 
(D.  13773,  14009,  14702.)  \ 

District  of  Columbia.  : 

Beckwith,  Paul,  Washington:  Mauser 
rifle.     Exchange.     (D.  14185.)  | 

Benjamin,  Mrs.  C.  G.,  Washington:  : 
Moki  peach  basket.  Exchange.  (D.  • 
14118.)  I 

Columbian  University,  Washington: 
Fossils  (375  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  14117.)  , 

Crosby,  O.  T.,  Washington:  Cinctures 
(2  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14313.) 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Washing- 
ton: Minerals  (222  specimens)  (D. 
14631). 

Greene,  E.  L.,  Washington:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14031.) 

Hayford,  Mark  C,  Washington:  Geo- 
logical material  (22  specimens);  bo- 
tanical material  (6  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  13828, 13848.) 


District  of  Columbia — Continued. 

Heitmuller,  A.,  Washington:  Ethno- 
logical material  (167  specimens);* 
Pueblo  pottery  (55  specimens) .  Ex- 
change.    (D.  13952,  14129.) 

Holm,Theodor,  Brookland:  Plants  (15 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14425.) 

Howell,  E.  E.,  Washington:  Marble 
(3  slabs).     Exchange.     (D.  13925.) 

Knowlton,  F.  H.,  Washington:  Ferns 
(3  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14344.) 

Morris,  E.  L.,  Washington:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14024.) 

Nelson,  Elias,  Washington:  Plants  (47 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14470.) 

Peters,  A.  J.,  Washington:  Violets  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14037- ) 

Ridgway,  R.,  Brookland:  Birds'  skins 
(34  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  13858.) 

Topping,  D.  L.,  Washington:  Ferns  (3 
specimens);  plants  (20  specimens). 
Exchange.     (D.  14352,  14465.) 

U.  S.  Fish  Commission:  Fur-seal  skins 
(3 specimens).  Economic  crustaceans 
(49  specimens).  Ethnological  mate- 
rial. Lent  for  study.  Crustaceans  (48 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  Shells 
(67  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
Rigged-boat  models  (7  specimens); 
collection  of  fishery  apparatus. 
Shrimp.  (D.  13964,  14088,  14090, 
14315,  14334,  14394,  14395,  14632. ) 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey:  Minerals  (16 
specimens).     (D.  14689.) 

Yaste,  W.  J.,  Washington:  Pueblo  (3 
specimens. )    Exchange.    (D.  14739. ) 
Georgia. 

Wesleyan    Female    College,     Macon: 
Geological  material  (43  specimens). 
Gift.     (D.  14423.) 
Idaho. 

University  of  Idaho,  Moscow:  Geolog- 
ical material  (28  specimens  and   18 
thin  sections) .     Gift.     ( D.  14415. ) 
Illinois. 

Chicago,  University  of  Chicago:  Fos- 
sils (10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14141.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


SPECIMENS   DISTRIBUTED. 


139 


IBinois— Continued. 

Elliot,  D.  G.,  Chicago:  American  mam 
mala  (14  skulls);   alcoholic  bats  (4  , 
specimens).     Lent  for  study.     (D. 
14641,  14760.) 

Enteman,  M.  M.,  Chicago:  Insects 
(392  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14270.) 

Field  Columbian  Museum,  Chicago: 
Indian  shields  (8  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14525.) 

Forbes,  S.  A.,  TJrbana:  Orang-outang 
(skull).    Lent  for  study.    (D.  13919.) 

Meek,  S.  E.,  Chicago:  Shark  (jaw)  and 
fish  (teeth).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14420.) 

Millspaugh,  C.  F.,  Chicago:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14025.) 

St  Francis  Academy,  Joliet:  Casts  of 
prehistoric  stone  implements  (95 
specimens,  set  77).  Gift.    (D.  14095.) 

Tarbell,  F.  G.,  Chicago:  Etruscan  pot- 
tery (4  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14066.) 

Troschel,  A.,  Chicago:  Lepidoptera  (54 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14419.) 

Umbach,  L.  M.,   Naperville:    Violets 
(10    specimens).      Exchange.     (D. 
14026.) 
Indiana. 

Blatchley,  W.  8.,  Indianapolis:  Sala- 
manders (3  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  14619.) 

Eigenmann,  C.  G.,  Blooinington:  Sala- 
mander. Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14154.) 

Evermann,  B.  W.,  Culver:  Plants  (105 
specimens)  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
13804.) 

Scheib,  K.,  Lawrenceburg:  Indian 
relics  (14  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14075.) 

Workingman's  Institute  and  Public 
library,  New  Harmony:  Casts  of 
prehistoric  stone  implements  (set 
79);  invertebrates  (24  specimens). 
Gift.  (D.  14296.) 
Iowa 

Fink,  B..  Fayette:  Plants  (9  speci- 
mens).   Exchange.     ( D.  14684. ) 

Historical  Department  ot  Iowa,  Des 
Moines.  Archaeological  material  (54 
specimens).    Gift     (D.  13812.) 


Iowa — Continued. 

Iowa  City:  University  of  Iowa.  Hy- 
droids.     Gift.     (D.  14642.) 

Jewell  Lutheran  College,  Jewell:  Ma- 
rine invertebrates  (291  specimens, 
Series VI,  set 99).    Gift.    (D.  14148.) 

Sharpe,  R.  W.,   Dubuque:   Ostracoda 
(500  specimens).     Lent  for  study. 
(D.  13791.) 
Kansas. 

Hitchcock,  A.  S.,  Manhattan:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14023.) 

Lawrence:  University  of  Kansas.  Fossil 
plants  (123  specimens).     Exchange. 
(D.  13818.) 
Kentucky. 

Garman,  H.,  Lexington:  Marine  in- 
vertebrates (20  specimens).  Lent 
for  study.     (D.  14501.) 

Price,  Sadie  F.,  Bowling  Green:  Ferns 
(3    specimens).      Exchange.       (D. 
14353.) 
Louisiana. 

Louisiana  Industrial  Institute,  Ruston: 
Geological  material  (32  specimens); 
invertebrates  (26  specimens).  Gift. 
(D.  14479.) 

Monroe,  City  School:  Geological  mate- 
rial  (31  specimens);     invertebrates 
(28  specimens).     Gift.     (D.  14487.) 
Maine. 

Norton,  Arthur  H.,  Westbrook:  Birds' 
skins  (18  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  13847.) 

Wadsworth,  Mattie,  Hallowell:  Odo- 
nata    (32    specimens).      Exchange. 
(D.  13979.) 
Maryland. 

Bantz,  G.  E.,  Baltimore:  Sponges  (15 
specimens).    For  study.    (D.  14259  ) 

Smith,  John  Donnell,  Baltimore: 
Plants  (90  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14158.) 

Woman's  College,   Baltimore:   Collec- 
tion of  Foraminifera  and   Pteropod 
ooze.     Gift.     (D.  14131.) 
Massachusetts. 

Amherst  College,  Amherst:  Collection 
of  Foraminifera.     Gift.     (D.  14547.) 

Bangs,  Outran),  Boston.  Birds''  skins 
(16  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D  14731,  14181.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


140 


BEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


Massachusetts — Continued . 
Brewster,  William,  Cambridge:  Birds' 

skins  ( 2  specimens) .    Lent  for  study. 

(D.  14475.) 
Clarke,  S.  F.,  Williamstown :   Marine 

invertebrates  (2  specimens).     Lent 

for  study.     (D.  13938.) 
Crosby,  W.   O:,   Boston:    Green  Por- 
phyry  (1   specimen).      Exchange. 

(D.     14719.) 
Cummings,    Clara,  Wellesley:    Plants 

(10  specimens).       Exchange.      (D. 

14373.) 
JOavenport,  G.  E.,  Medford:  Ferns  (12 

specimens).    Lent  for  study.     Plants 

(14  specimens).    Exchange.     Plants 

(2    specimens).      Lent    for   study. 

Plants    (51    specimens).     Lent    for 

study.     Plants  (3  specimens).    Lent 

for   study.     Plants    (2    specimens). 

Exchange.     Plants  (13  specimens). 

Lent  for  study.   *(D.  13767,  13817, 

13980,  14110,  1*4138,  14481.) 
Deane,   Walter,    Boston:    Violets   (10 

specimens).     Exchange.      Plant  (1 

specimen).     Lent   for   study.     (D. 

14010,14292.) 
Dodge,  Raynal,  Newbury  port:  Plants 

(4    specimens).       Exchange.       (D. 

13967.) 
Eigenmann,  C.  H.,  Woods  Hole:  Fishes 

(24    specimens).     Lent   for    study. 

(D.  13866.) 
Fernald,  M.  L.,  Boston:  Violets   (10 

speci  mens ) .   Exchange.    Plants  (155 

specimens).     Lent    for   study.     (D. 

14336.) 
Garman,    8.,    Cambridge:    Fishes    (2 

specimens).     Lent    for   study.     (D. 

14663.) 
Gray  Herbarium,  Boston:   Plants  (81 

specimens).    Lent  for  study.   Violets 

(10  specimens).    Exchange.     Plants 

( 70  specimens ) .    Exchange.    Plants 

(47    specimens).     Lent   for   study. 

Plants  (3   specimens).     Exchange. 

Plants  (152  specimens).     Exchange. 

Plants  (319  specimens).     Exchange. 

(D.  13799,  14012, 14183, 14184,  14263, 

14593,  14714.) 
Holmes,  S.  J.,  Woods  Hole:  Amphi- 

pods.    Lent  for  study.     (D.  13845  ) 


Massachusetts — Continued. 

Howe,  Reginald  Heber,  jr.,  Brook  line: 
Birds'  skins  (68  specimens).  Lent 
for  study.     (D.  14145.) 

Hyatt,  Alpheus,  Boston:  Shells.  Lent 
for  study.     (D.  13780. ) 

Morse,  E.  S., Salem:  Cambrian  brachio- 
pods  (20  specimens).  For  study. 
(D.  14544.) 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cam- 
bridge: Fossils  (10  specimens); 
Ophiurans  (212  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    ( D.  14142,  14383. ) 

Roberts,  E.  W.,  Chelsea:  Indian  bas- 
kets (9  specimens) .  Exchange.  (D. 
14515.) 

Robinson,  B.  L.,  Boston:  Plants  (4 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14630.) 

Slosson,  Margaret,  Andover:  Plants  (2 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14139.) 

True,  R.  H.,  Cambridge:  Plants  (60 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14529.) 

Wilson,  Charles  B.,  Westfield:  Para- 
sitic Copepods  (2,900  specimens). 
Lent  for  study.     (D.  14568. ) 

Wood  worth,    W.    McM.,   Cambridge: 
Geological    material    (28  specimens 
and  4  thin  sections ) .     Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14045.) 
Michigan. 

Clark,  H.  L.,  Olivet:  One  bird  in  alco- 
hol.    Lent  for  study.     ( D.  13974.) 

Cole,  Leon  J.,  Ann  Arbor:  Marine  in- 
vertebrates (3  specimens).     Lent  for 
study.     (D.  14000.)  . 
Minnesota. 

McMillan,  Conway,  Minneapolis:  Vio- 
lets (10  specimens) .  Exchange.  ( D, 
14021  ) 

Minneapolis,  University  of  Minnesota: 
Plants  (3  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14264.) 

Tilden,    Josephine    E.,    Minneapolis: 
Plant.     Lent  for  study.     ( D.  14124. ) 
Missouri. 

Glatfelter,  M.  M.,  St.  Louis:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D 
14008.) 

Missouri  Botanical  Gardens,  St  Louis: 
Violets  (10  specimens).     Exchange. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


SPECIMENS    DISTBIBUTED. 


141 


Mmowri — Continued. 

Living  plants  (2  specimens).  Ex- 
change. Plants  (3  specimens).  Gift 
(D.  14016,  14058,  14262.) 

Trelease,  William,  St  Louis:  Plants  (58 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
13900,  14472.) 

Yale,  Charles,  Louisiana:  Fossils  (13 
specimens).   Exchange.    (D.  14204.) 
Nebraska. 

Williams,  A.  L.,  Omaha:  Foraminifera. 
For  study.     (D.  14169.) 
New  Hampshire. 

Eaton,  A.  A.,  Seabrook:  Plants  (5  spec- 
imens). Lent  for  study.  Violets  (10 
specimens).  Exchange.  Plants  (44 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  Plants 
(10  specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
13895,  14015,  14128,  14322.) 
New  Jersey. 

Best,  G.  N.,  Rosemont:  Plants  (28 spec- 
imens).   Lent  for  study.    (D.  13967.) 

Brown,  Mrs.  John  Crosby,  Orange: 
Musical  instruments  (2  specimens). 
Exchange.     (D.  14749.) 

Emmons,  G.  T.,  Princeton:  Indian  bas- 
ket and  bone  carving.  Exchange. 
(D.  14536.) 

Trenton:  High  School,  Casts  of  prehis- 
toric stone  implements  (80  specimens, 
set  86).     Gift     (D.  14487.) 

Washington,  H.  S.,  Locust:  Minerals 
(2   specimens).      Exchange.      (D. 
14655.) 
New  Mexico. 

Birtwell,  F.  J.,  Albuquerque:  Birds' 
skins (60 specimens);  birds'  skins  (50 
specimens);  birds'  skins  (75  speci- 
mens). Lent  for  study.  (D.  14280, 
14301,14348.) 

Springer,  Frank,  East  Las  Vegas:  Dried 
specimen  of  Penkurinu$.    Exchange. 
(D.  14449.) 
New  York. 

Allen,  J.  A.,  New  York:  Birds'  skins 
(2  specimens) ;  plants  (43  specimens) ; 
16  skins  of  opossum  and  19  skulls. 
Lent  for  study.  (D.  13761,  13763, 
14546.) 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York:  Seven  plaster  casts  of  stone 
and  whalebone  clubs.      Exchange. 


New  York— Continued. 

Fossils  (10  specimens).  Exchange. 
Eskimo  clothing,  etc.  Exchange. 
Fossil  medusae  (31  specimens).  Gift 
(D.  13861,  14146,  14346,  14534.) 

Bicknell,  E.  P.,  Riverdale-on- Hudson: 
Violets  (10  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14017.) 

Boas,  Franz,  New  York:  Copper  im- 
ages.   Lent  for  study.     (D.  14471.) 

Britton,  Dr.  N.  L.,  New  York:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  Plant 
Lent  for  study.     (D.  14039,  14418.) 

Britton,  Mrs.  N.  L.,  New  York:  Plants 
(29  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
Plants  (65  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.  Plants  (14  specimens).  Ex- 
change. Plants  (85 specimens).  Ex- 
change. Plants  (35  specimens) .  Ex- 
change. Plants  ( 7  specimens ) .  Lent 
for  study.  Plants  (27  specimens). 
Exchange.  Plants  (9  specimens).. 
Lent  for  study.  (D.  14194,  14114, 
14215,  14278,  14350,  14650,  14708, 
14709.) 

Brooklyn:  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences, Pueblo  pottery  (55  speci- 
mens).   Exchange.     (D.  14693.) 

Brooklyn:  Public  School  No.  15,  Casts 
of  prehistoric  stone  implements  (83 
specimens,  set82).   Gift    (D.  44422.) 

Buffalo:  Historical  Society,  Casts  of 
prehistoric  stone  implements  (97 
specimens,  set  75).   Gift   (D.  13774.) 

Burnham,  S.  H.,  Vaughns:  Violets  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14022.) 

Bussing,  D.  8.,  Minaville:  Stone  imple- 
ments (58  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14571.) 

Chapman,  Frank  M.,  New  York:  Ca- 
promys  (28  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  14320.) 

Clarke,  John  M.,  Albany:  Fossils  (559 
specimens);  fossil  (1  specimen);  fos- 
sils (54  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14001,  14237,  14620.) 

Clute,  W.  M.,  Binghamton:  Plants  (3 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14279.) 

Cochrane,  A.  V.  S.,  Hudson:  (Geolog- 
ical material  (22  specimens).  For 
examination.     (D.  14404.) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


142 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


New  York— Continued. 

Columbia  University,  New  York: 
Plants  (3  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14261.) 

Cowell,  J.  F.,  Buffalo:  Violets  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14027.) 

Dwight,  Jonathan,  jr.,  New  York: 
Birds'  skins  (28  specimens).  Lent 
for  study.     (D.  14607.) 

Gilbert,  B.  D.,  Clayville:  Plants  (3 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14551.) 

Grammar  School  No.  2,  Brooklyn: 
Casts  of  prehistoric  stone  implements 
(97  specimens,  set  74).  Gift.  (D. 
13747.) 

Grout,  H.  J.,  Brooklyn:  Plants  (12 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  13877.) 

Haberer,  J.  V.,  Utica:  Plants  (77  speci- 
mens).    Lent  for  study.     (D.  14543.) 

Hay,  O.  P.,  New  York:  Fossils  (2  speci- 
mens   and  fragments).      Lent  for 
study.  k(D.  14454.) 

House,  H.  D.,  Syracuse:  Plants  (41 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14054. ) 

New  York  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx 
Park,  New  York:  Plants  (3  speci- 
mens). Lent  for  study .  Plants  (120 
sped  mens) .  Lent  for  study.  ( Plant 
(1  specimen).  Exchange.  Plants  (2 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  Plants 
(315  specimens).  Exchange.  (J). 
13941,  14056,  14182,  14248,  14748.) 

New  York  State  Museum,  Albany:  Fos- 
sils (10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14147.) 

Robinson,  Wirt,  "West  Point:  Mouse 
(skin  and  skull).  Exchange.  (D. 
14530.) 

Rowlee,  W.  W.,  Ithaca:  Violets  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14032. ) 

Rydberg,  P.  A.,  Bronx  Park,  New 
York:  Plants  (206  specimens);  plants 
(70  specimens);  plants  (123  speci- 
mens). Lent  for  study.  (D.  14073, 
14094,  14195.) 

Smith,  Mrs.  Hugh  M.,  Brooklyn:  Plants 
(32  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14362.) 

Underwood,  L.  M.,  New  York:  Plants 
(5  specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14458.) 


New  York — Continued. 

Union  College,  Schenectady:  Isopods 
(10   specimens).      Exchange.      (D. 
14323.) 
North  Carolina. 

Beadle,  C.  D.,  Biltmore:  Violets  (10 
specimens).  Exchange.  Plants  (50 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14013, 14165.) 

Biltmore  Herbarium,  Biltmore:  Ferns 
(3  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14351.) 

Mohr,   Charles,   Asheville:    Plants  (5 
specimens).     Lent  for  study.     (D. 
13875.) 
Ohio. 

Comstock,  F.  W.,  Cleveland:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14035.) 

Dayton:  Public  Library  and  Museum, 
Corals  and  sponges  (55  specimens). 
Gift.     (D.  14041.) 

Hine,  James  S.,  Columbus:  Shells  (2 
specimens).     Lent  for  study.      (D. 
14162.) 
Pennsylvania. 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadel- 
phia: Alcoholic  bats  (2  specimens); 
plants  (3  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14120,  14260.) 

Barbour,  W.  C,  Sayre:  Plants  (31  speci- 
mens).    Exchange.     (D.  14224.) 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburg:  Model  of 
Red  River  cart  and  model  of  Chinese 
wheelbarrow.  Lent  for  study.  Model 
of  Egyptian  chariot  and  model  of  Per- 
sian farm  cart.  Lent  for  study.  Rat- 
tlesnakes (2  specimens);  marine  in- 
vertebrates (310  specimens);  fossils 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
13764,  13888,  13932,  14092,  14143.) 

Crawford,  Joseph,  Philadelphia:  Vio- 
lets (10  specimens);  ferns  (3  speci- 
mens). Exchange.  (D.  14007,  14354.) 

Culin,  Stewart,  Philadelphia:  Indian 
games  (16).  Lent  for  study.  (P. 
14557.) 

Dixon, Samuel  G. ,  Philadelphia:  Terra- 
cotta spindle-whorls  (37  specimens). 
Lent  for  study.     (D.  14598. ) 

Free  Museum  of  Science  and  Art,  Phila- 
delphia:  Ethnological  material  (158 
specimens);  game  of  Mancala.  Lent 
for  study.     (D.  13907,  13921. ) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SPECIMENS   DISTRIBUTED. 


143 


Pennsylvania — Contin  ued . 

Heller,  A.  A.,  Lancaster:  Plants  (25 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  Plants 
(69 specimens).  Lent  for  study.  Vio- 
lets (10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
13769,  13996,  14341.) 

Paxson,  H.  P.,  Bycot  Station:  Ethno- 
logical and  archaeological  material 
(317 specimens);  casts  of  prehistoric 
stone  implements  (95  specimens,  set 
80).    Exchange.     (D.  14341.) 

Philadelphia:  Commercial  Museum, 
Violets  (10  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14028.) 

Rehn,  J.  A.  G.,  Philadelphia:  Bats  (3 
specimens ) ;  bats  ( 35  *  specimens) . 
Lent  for  study.     (D.  1 4384,  1 4605. ) 

Strecker,  Hermann,  Reading:  Lepidop- 
tera  (9  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
Lepidoptera  (3  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  13768.) 

Rhode  Inland. 

Collins,  Franklin,  Providence:  Violets 
(10  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14018.) 

Critchley,  W.  F.,  Providence:  Two 
skulls  of  fur  seals.  Lent  for  study. 
(D.  14115.) 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  Provi- 
dence: White-footed  mice  (3  speci- 
mens).   Gift.     (D.  14081.) 

Parsons,  F.  R.,  Providence:  Birds' 
eggs  ( 19  specimens) .  Exchange. 
(D.  14337.) 

Tennessee. 

Martin  College  for  Young  Ladies,  Pu- 
laski: Casts  of  prehistoric  stone  im- 
plemen  ts  ( 97  specimens,  set  76 ) .  Gift. 
(D.  13975.) 

Williamson,  E.  D.,  Nashville:  Dragon 
flies  (14 specimens).  Exchange.  In- 
sects (9  specimens).  Lent  for  study. 
Dragon  flies  (199  specimens.)  Lent 
for  study.  Dragon  flies  (24  speci- 
mens. )  Exchange.  Dragon  fly.  Ex- 
change. (D.  13947,  14116,  14281, 
14294,  14379.)  ' 

Texas. 
Singley,  J.  A.,  Giddings:  Eocene  corals 
(55   specimens).      Exchange.      (D. 
13826.) 


i 


Utah. 
Jones,    Marcus    E.,   Salt    Lake   City: 
Violets  (10  specimens).     Exchange. 
(D.  14020.) 

Washington. 

Flett,  J.  B.,  Tacoma:  Plants  (25  speci- 
mens).    Exchange.     (D.  14232.) 

Piper,  C.  V.,  Pullman:  Plants  (22 
specimens).  Exchange.  (D.  13913.) 
If  'wconsin. 

Black  River  Falls:  High  school,  Casts 
of  prehistoric  stone  implements  (80 
specimens, set 87).    Gift.   (D.  14581.) 

Eau  Claire:  High  school,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (81  speci- 
mens, set  88).     Gift.      (I).  14522.) 

Elkhorn:  High  school,  Casts  of  prehis- 
toric stone  implements  (87 sj5ecimens, 
set  81).     Gift.     (D.  14333.) 

La  Crosse:  High  school,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (81  speci- 
mens, set  89).     Gift.     ( D.  14523. ) 

Omro:  High  school,  Casts  of  prehistoric 
stone  implements  (99  specimens,  set 
78).     Gift.     (D.  14256.) 

Racine:  High  school,  Casts  of  prehis- 
toric stone  implements  (81  specimens, 
set  90).     Gift.     (D.  14597.) 

Sheboygan:  High  school,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (84  speci- 
mens, set  83);  fishes  (69  specimens). 
Gift.     (D.  14491.) 

Waukesha:  High  school,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (80  s[>eci- 
mens,  set  84);  fishes  (66  specimens, 
set  115).     Gift.     (D.  14492.) 

West  Bend:  High  school,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (80  speci- 
mens, set  85) ;  fishes  (68  specimens, 
set  1*13).     Gift.     (D.  14493.) 

Wyocena:  Public  schools,  Casts  of  pre- 
historic stone  implements  (82  speci- 
mens, set  91).     Gift.      (D.  14720.) 

Wadmond,  S.  C,  Racine:  Plants  (20 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14703.) 

Wyoming. 
Rocky  Mountain  Herbarium,  Laramie: 
Plant.     For  study.     (D.  14461.) 

WEST    INDIES. 

Jamaica. 

Taylor,  C.  B.,  Kingston:  Shells  ^spec- 
imens).    For  study.     (D.  14405.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


144 


BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUft,  1901. 


South  America. 


Derby,  Orville  A.,  Sao  Paulo:  Sandstone. 

Lent  for  study.     (D.  13959.) 
Museu  Paulista,  Sao  Paulo:   Insects  (8 

specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  13805.) 


National  Museum,  Montevideo:  Alco- 
holic specimens  of  bats.  Gift  (D. 
14168.) 

ASIA. 


Indian  Museum,  Culcutta:  Ophiurans 
(39  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
13488.) 

EUROPE. 


Berwerth,  Fred,  Vienna:  Meteorite.  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14559.) 

Imperial  Royal  Geological  Establish- 
ment, Vienna:  Fossils  (10  speci- 
mens).    Exchange.     (D.  14152.) 

Royal  Natural  History  Museum,  Vienna: 
Ophiurans  (42  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14387.) 

BELGIUM. 

Mahillon,  Victor  C,  Brussels:  Model  of 
musical  instrument.  Exchange.  (D. 
14716.) 

de  Vriere,  Baron  Raoul,  Lophem  Zedel- 
ghem :  Beetles  ( 226  specimens ) .  Ex- 
change.    (D.  13869.) 

DENMARK. 

Bergh,  R.,  Copenhagen,  Mollusks  (3 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
13793.) 

Zoological  Museum,  Copenhagen:  Ophiu- 
rans (50  specimens).  Exchange. 
Echini  (5  specimens).  Exchange. 
Echini  (1  specimen).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  14398,  14524.) 


FRANCE. 

Gandoger,  Michel,  Villefranche:  Plants 
(179  specimens).  Exchange.  (D. 
14715.) 

Gres,  Louis,  Noisy-le-Sec,  Seine:  Plants 
(8  specimens ) .  Lent  for  study.  ( D. 
13827.) 

Museum  of  Natural  History,  Paris:  Eco- 
nomic crustaceans  (69  specimens); 
fossils  ( 10  specimens) ;  ophiurans  (57 
specimens).  Exchange.  (D.  13830, 
14161,  14389.) 

Sidorot,  Professor,  Rennes:  Plant  For 
study.     (D.  14309.) 

GERMANY. 

Krantz,  F.,  Bonn:  Meteorite.  Exchange. 
(D.  13978.) 

Royal  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Ber- 
lin: Diptera  (384  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14700.) 

Schellwien,  E.,  Konigsberg:  Fossils  (516 
specimens).  Lent  for  study.  (D. 
14122.) 

Von  Zittel,  Karl  A.,  Munich:  Fossils  (10 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14150.) 

Zoological  Museum,  Kiel:  Shrimp.  Ex- 
change.    (D.  13762.) 

GREAT  BRITAIN. 

England. 

British  Museum  ( Natural  H  istory ) ,  Lon- 
don: Bats  (2  specimens);  squirrels 
(2  skins  and  skulls) ;  fossils  ( 10  speci- 
mens); ophiurans  (71  specimens). 
Exchange.  Mammals (7 specimens). 
Lent  for  study.  Mammals  (3  speci- 
mens). Excnange.  (D.  13902, 
13904, 14151, 14386, 14160.) 

Druery,  Charles  T.,  London:  Ferns  (10 
specimens);  plants  (5  specimens). 
Exchange.     (D.  13945, 13981.) 

Gtinther,  A.,  Surrey:  Mexican  toad. 
Lent  for  study.     ( D.  14277.) 

Ham  peon,  Sir  George  F.,  London: 
Moths  (10  specimens).  Lent  for 
study.     (D.  13878.) 

Lovett,  Edward,  Croydon:  Archaeolog- 
ical material  (40  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14447.) 

Lydekker,  R. ,  London :  Casts  of  Eskimo 
faces  (6  specimens) ;  Indian  heads  (5 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14391.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SPECIMENS   DISTRIBUTED. 


145 


England— Continued. 

Priest,  B.  W.f  Keepham:  Foraminifera 
(12  specimens).  For  study.  (D. 
13862.) 

Royal  Gardens,  Kew:  Plants  (246  speci- 
mens) .  Exchange.  Plants  ( 2  speci- 
mens). Lent  for  study.  (D.  14057, 
14595,14654.) 

Thomas,  Oldfield,  London:  Squirrel 
(skin  and  skull);  squirrels  (9  speci- 
mens); Cuban  bats  (4  skins  and 
skulls).  Lent  for  study.  (D.  13903, 
13983,14667.) 
Ireland. 

Science  and  Art  Museum,  Dublin:  Ma- 
terial from  flint  working  sites.  Gift 
(D.  13936.) 


van  Roon,  G.,  Rotterdam:  Beetles  (71 
specimens ) .   Exchange.    ( D.  14340. ) 

Royal  Geological  Museum,  Leiden:  Fos- 
sils (39  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14276.) 

ITALY. 

Camerano,  Lorenzo,  Turin:  Bones  of  a 
Barren  Ground  Caribou  (3  speci- 
mens.)   Lentforstudy.     (D.  14583.) 


Gestro,  R.,  Genoa:  Bats  in  alcohol  (24 
specimens).   Exchange.    (D.  14180.) 

Royal  Zoological  Museum,  Turin:  Bats 
in  alcohol  (3  specimens);  marine 
invertebrates  (2  specimens).  Ex- 
change.    (D.  14364,  14369.) 

NORWAY. 

Brogger,  W.  C,  Christiania:  Rocks  (79 
specimens).   Exchange.    (D.  14706.) 


Comabella,  I.,  Barcelona:  Coleoptera  (12 
specimens).    Exchange.    (D.  14613.) 

SWEDEN. 

Natural  History  Museum,  Stockholm: 
Fossils  (10  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14149.) 

SWITZERLAND. 

Narbel,  Paul,  Lausanne:  Mammals  (48 
skins  and  skulls) .  Exchange.  (D. 
14464.) 

OCEANIA. 

NEW   ZEALAND. 

Canterbury  Museum,  Christchurch:  Fos- 
sils (44  specimens).  Exchange. 
(D.  14109.) 


NAT  MUS  1901- 


-10 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


APPENDIX  IV. 

Bibliography. 

publications  of  the  museum. 


AinnrAL  report. 


Annual  Report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  Re- 
gents |  of  the  |  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, |  showing  |  the  operations,  ex- 
penditures, and  condition  |  of  the  Insti- 
tution |  for  the  |  year  ending  June  30, 
1897.  |  —  |  Report  |  of  the  |  U.  S.  Na- 
tional Museum.  |  Part  II.  |  —  |  Wash- 
ington: |  Government  Printing  Office. 
|1901. 

8  vo.,  pp.  xii,  1-615.  110  pla. 

Annual  Report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  Re- 
gents |  of  the  |  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, |  showing  |  the  operations,  ex- 
penditures, and  condition  |  of  the  Insti- 


tution |  for  the  |  year  ending  June  30, 

1898.  |  —  |  Report  |  of  the  |  National 
Museum.  |  —  |  Washington:  |  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office.  |  1900. 

8vo.,  pp.  xvlil,  1-1294, 36  pis.,  347  figs. 

Annual  Report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  Re- 
gents |  of  the  |  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, |  showing  |  the  operations,  ex- 
penditures, and  condition  |  of  the  Insti- 
tution |  for  the  |  year  ending  June  30, 

1899.  |  —  |  Report  |  of  the  |  U.  S.  Na- 
tional Museum.  |  —  |  Washington:  | 
Government  Printing  Office.  |  1901. 

8vo.,  pp.  xv,  1-698,  62  pis.,  74  figs. 


PB0CXEDIHG8. 


Smithsonian  Institution.  |  United  States 
National  Museum.  |  —  |  Proceedings  | 
of  the  |  United    States  National  Mu- 
seum. |  —  |  Volume  XXII.  |  —  |  Pub- 


lished under  the  direction  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  |  —  |  Washington: 
|  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1900. 
8vo.,  pp.  xii,  1-1075, 18  pis.,  16  figs. 


SPECIAL  BTTLLBTIV. 


Smithsonian  Institution.  |  United  States 
National  Museum.  |  —  |  Special  Bulle- 
tin. |  —  |  American   Hydroids.  |  — - 1 
Part    I.    J  The     Plumularidee,  |  with 
thirty-four  plates,  |  By  |  Charles  Cleve- 


land Nutting,  |  Professor  of  Zoology, 

University  of  Iowa.  |  —  |  Washington : 

|  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1900. 

Special  Bulletin   U.  &  Nat   Mw.,  No.  4. 
4tO.,  pp.  it,  1-285,  34  pis.,  124  figs. 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  IV  SEPARATE  FORM  DURDTG  THE  TEAS.  EHDIHG  JTOS  80,  1901. 

[From  the  Report  for  1896.] 


Report  upon  the  condition  and  progress 
of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  during 
the  year  ending  June  30,  1898.  By 
Charles  D.  Walcott    pp.  1-149. 


The  crocodilians,  lizards,  and  snakes  of 
North  America.  By  Edward  Drinker 
Cope.  pp.  163-1270,  pis.  1-36,  figs. 
1-346. 

147 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


148 


REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


[From  the  Report  for  1899.] 


Report  upon  the  condition  and  progress 
of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  during 
the  year  ending  June  30,  1899.  By 
Richard  Rathbun.     pp.  1-152. 

Guide  to  the  study  of  the  collections  in 
the  Section  of  Applied  Geology.  The 
Nonmetallic  minerals.  By  George  P. 
Merrill,  pp.  155-483,  pis.  1-30,  figs. 
1-11. 

A  primitive  frame  for  weaving  narrow 
fabrics.  By  Otis  Tufton  Mason,  pp. 
486-510,  pis.  1-9,  figs.  1-19. 


An  early  West  Virginia  pottery.  By 
Walter  Hough,     pp.  511-521,  pis.  1-18. 

Pointed  bark  canoes  of  the  Kutenai  and 
Amur.  By  Otis  T.  Mason,  with  notes 
on  the  Kutenai  canoe  by  Meriden  S. 
Hill.     pp.  523-537,  pis.  1-5,  figs.  1-6. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  a  collection  of 
objects  of  Jewish  ceremonial  deposited 
in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  by  Hadji 
Ephraim  Benguiat.  By  Cyrus  Adler 
and  I.  M.  Casanowicz.  pp.  539-561, 
pis.  1-36. 


[From  Volume  23  of  the  Proceedings.] 


No.  1203.  A  hundred  new  moths  of  the 
family  Noctuida*.  By  John 
B.  Smith,     pp.  413-495. 

No.  1204.  A  new  Bird  of  Paradise.  By 
RollaP.Currie.  pp.  497-499, 
pi.  17. 

No.  1205.  Synopsis  of  the  Naiades,  or 
Pearly  Fresh-water  Mussels. 
By  Charles  Torrey  Simpson, 
pp.  501-1044,  pi.  18. 

No.  1206.  Classification  of  the  Ichneumon 
Flies,  or  the  superfamily 
Ichneumonoidea.  By  Wil- 
liam H.  Ashmead.    pp.  1-220. 

No.  1207.  A  new  rhinoceros,  Tritjmria* 
osborni,  from  the  Miocene  of 
Nevada.  By  Frederic  A. 
Lucas,    pp.  221-223,  figs.  1,2. 

No.  1208.  New  species  of  moths  of  the 
superfamily  Tineina  from 
Florida.  By  August  Busck. 
pp.  225-254*  pi.  1. 

No.  1209.  Life  histories  of  some  North 
American  moths.  By  Har- 
rison G.  Dyar.     pp.  255-284. 

No.  1210.  Synopsis  of  the  family  Tellini- 
dte  and  of  the  North  Ameri- 
can species.  By  William 
Healey  Dall.  pp.  285-326, 
pis.  2-4. 

No.  1211.  The  pelvic  girdle  of  Zeuglodon, 
Basilosaurus  celoides  ( Owen ) , 
with  notes  on  other  portions 
of  the  skeleton.  By  Frederic 
A.  Lucas,  pp.  327-331,  pis. 
5-7. 


No.  1212.  A  new  fossil  Cyprinoid,  Leucis- 
cus  turneri,  from  the  Mkxiene 
of  South  Dakota.  By  Fred- 
eric A.  Lucas,  pp.  333,334, 
pi.  8.     • 

No.  1213.  A  list  of  fishes  collected  in 
Japan  by  Keinosuke  Otaki, 
and  by  the  United  States 
steamer  Albatross,  with  de- 
scriptions of  fourteen  new 
species.  By  David  Starr  Jor- 
dan and  John  Otterbein  Sny- 
der,    pp.  335-380,  pis.  9-20. 

No.  1214.  Synopsis  of  the  family  Cardiidae 
and  of  the  North  American 
species.  By  William  Healey 
Dall.     pp.  381-392. 

No.  1215.  Revision  of  the  Orthopteran 
genus  Trimerotropis.  By  Jer- 
ome McNeill,  pp.  393-449, 
pi.  21. 

No.  1216.  The  Hermit  Crabs  of  the  Pa- 
gurus  bemhardus  type.  By 
James  E.  Benedict,  pp. 
451^*56. 

No.  1217.  On  a  new  species  of  Spiney- 
tailed  Iguana  from  Utilla 
Island,  Honduras.  By  Leon- 
hard  Stejneger.    pp.  467, 468. 

No.  1218.  A  new  systematic  name  for  the 
Yellow  Boa  of  Jamaica.  By 
Leon  hard  Stejneger.  pp. 
467-470. 

No.  1219.  Diagnosis  of  a  new  species  of 
Iguanoid  Lizard  from  Green 
Cay,  Bahama  Islands.  By 
Leon  hard  Stejneger.    p.  471. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


149 


No.  1220.  On  the  Wheatears  (Saxicola) 
occurring  in  North  America. 
By  Leonhard  Stejneger.  pp. 
473-481. 

No.  1221.  List  of  fishes  collected  in  the 
River  Pei-Ho,  at  Tientsin, 
China,  by  Noah  Fields  Drake, 
with  descriptions  of  seven 
new  species.  By  James 
Francis  Abbott,  pp.  483-491. 

Nc.  1222.  Key  to  the  Isopods  of  the 
Atlantic  coast  of  North 
America,  with  descriptions 
of  new  and  little-known  spe- 
cies. By  Harriet  Richard- 
son,    pp.  493-679. 

No.  1223:  Some  spiders  and  other  Arach- 
nida  from  southern  Arizona. 
By  Nathan  Banks,  pp.  581- 
590,  pi.  22. 

No.  1224.  A  new  Dinosaur,  Stegomurus 
marshi,  from  the  Lower  Cre- 
taceous of  South  Dakota.  By 
Frederic  A.  Lucas,  pp.  591, 
592,  pis.  23,  24. 

No.  1225.  New  Diptera  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  ByD.  W. 
Coquillett.     pp.  593-618. 

No.  1226.  A  list  of  ferns  and  fern  allies 
of  North  America  north  of 
Mexico,  with  principal  syno- 
nyms and  distribution.  By 
William  R.  Maxon.  pp.  619- 
651. 

No.  1227.  A  systematic  arrangement  of 
the  families  of  the  Diptera. 
By  D.  W.  Coquillett.  pp. 
653-658. 


No.  1228.  A  comparison  of  the  osteology 
of  the  Jerboas  and  Jumping 
Mice.  By  Marcus  W.  Lyon, 
jr.     pp.  659-668,  pis.  25-27. 

No.  1229.  Cambrian  Brachiapoda;  Obo- 
lella,  subgenus  Glyptias;  Bi- 
cia;  Obolu*,  subgenus  Wes- 
tonia;  with  descriptions  of 
new  species.  By  Charles  D. 
Walcott.     pp.  669-695. 

No.  1230.  A  revision  of  certain  species 
of  plants  of  the  genus  Artier* 
naria.  By  Elias  Nelson,  pp. 
697-713. 

No.  1231.  Description  of  new  species  of 
Snake  from  Clarion  Island, 
west  coast  of  Mexico.  By 
Leonhard  Stejneger.  pp. 
715-717. 

No.  1232.  On  the  relationship  of  the 
Lutianoid  fish,  Aphareusfur~ 
catu$.  By  David  8tarr  Jor- 
dan and  Edwin  Chapin 
Starks.  pp.  719-723,  pis.  28, 
29. 

No.  1234.  The  proper  names  of  Bdellos- 
toma  or  Ifcptatrcma.  By 
Theodore  Gill.    pp.  735-738. 

CIRCULAR  60. 

[Circular  requesting  information  relating 
to  the  nesting  habits,  nests,  and  eggs 
of  North  American  birds.]  By  Rich- 
ard Rath  bun.     1901.     pp.  [l]-[3]. 


PAPER8  BY   OFFICERS  OF  THE   NATIONAL   MUSEUM    AND  OTHERS,    BASED 
WHOLLY   OR  IN  PART  UPON  THE   NATIONAL  COLLECTIONS. 


ABBOTT,  Jambs  Francis.  List  of  fishes 
collected  in  the  River  Pei-Ho,  at  Tien- 
tan,  China,  by  Noah  Fields  Drake, 
with  descriptions  of  seven  new  species. 

Proc.  V.  S.  NaL  lftw.,  *Xin,  No.  1221,  Feb. 
25, 1901,  pp.  488-491. 

ADLER,  Cybus,  and  CASANOWICZ,  1. 
H.  Descriptive  catalogue  of  a  collec- 
tion of  objects  of  Jewish  ceremonial 
deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum, by  Hadji  Ephraim  Benguiat. 
Rep.  SmUhwnian  JnsL  (U.  8.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1399  (1901),  pp.  539-661,  pis.  1-36. 


ALLEN,  J.  A.  List  of  birds  collected  in 
the  district  of  Santa  Marta,  Colombia, 
by  Mr.  Herbert  H.  Smith. 

Bull.  Am.  Mu9.  Nat.  Hist.,  xin,  Aug.  25, 
1900,  pp.  117-184. 
This  is-  a  list  of  species  collected  by  Mr. 
Smith  in  the  Santa  Marta  region  of  Colombia, 
together  with  the  additional  species  (men- 
tioned in  brackets)  recorded  by  Mr.  Bangs  in 
earlier  papers.  Some  380  species  are  treated, 
often  at  considerable  length.  The  list  is  pre- 
ceded by  an  analysis  of  previous  work  in  this 
region  and  a  list  of  papers  bearing  on  the 
territory  under  consideration.  The  following 
are  described  as  new:  Odontophorus  atrrfroM 


Digitized  by 


Google 


150 


BBPOBT  OF  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 


ALLEN,  J.  A.— Continued. 

(p.  127),  Myiobius  assimUU  (p.  144),  Ochthaca 
jessupi  (p.  161),  0.  oUvacea  (p.  152),  Attila 
parvtrostris  (p.  158),  AUUarufipectus  (p.  158), 
OraUaria  bangsi  (p.  159),  MyrmothmUamncUc- 
marim  (p.  160),  and  Hylophilus  brunneus  (p. 
171). 

ASHMEAD,  William  H.  The  Aculeate 
Hymenoptera  of  the  islands  of  St.  Vin- 
cent and  Grenada,  with  additions  to 
the  Parasitic  Hymenoptera  and  a  list  of 
the  described  Hymenoptera  of  the  West 
Indies. 

Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London,  July,  1900,  pp. 
207-867. 
Records  the  species  of  the  Aculeate  taken 
on  these  islands  by  Mr.  Herbert  H.  8mlth, 
gives  additions  to  the  Parasitica,  and  finishes 
with  a  complete  list  of  the  Hymenoptera  of 
the  West  Indies.  One  hundred  and  three 
new  species  are  described  and  1,291  West 
Indian  species  are  listed. 

Classification  of  the  Ichneumon 


flies,  or  the  superfamily  Ichneumono- 
idea. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxra,  No.  1206, 
Oct  18, 1900,  pp.  1-220. 
This  vast  superfamily  is  divided  by  the 
author  into  6  families  (Evaniidse,  Agrloty- 
pidse,  Ichneumonidee,  Alysllda,  Braoonidae, 
and  Stephanidse),  28  subfamilies,  64  tribes, 
and  1,146  genera,  tables  for  all  of  which  are 
given.  In  his  Introduction  he  says  that  a 
difference  of  opinion  always  has  existed  and, 
in  the  nature  of  the  case,  always  will  exist, 
as  to  what  constitute  sufficient  characters  for 
the  erection  of  genera  and  higher  groups;  in 
consequence,  he  has  recognized  many  genera 
which  are  ignored  by  some  authors.  A  high 
tribute  is  paid  to  Dr.  Arnold  Fdrster's  work 
on  these  insects,  upon  which,  he  states,  his 
own  work  is  almost  entirely  based,  he  having 
restored  most  of  Fdrster's  genera  and  recog- 
nised his  so-called  families  as  either  subfami- 
lies or  tribes.  A  table  of  the  author's  super- 
families  in  the  Hymenoptera  is  reproduced 
at  the  beginning  of  the  work,  and  at  the  end 
are  tables  for  the  separation  of  the  94  families 
into  which  the  order  is  divided.  Eighty 
genera  are  new.  Lists,  with  references,  are 
given  for  the  genera  which  are  unknown  to 
the  author,  and  for  those  which  have  been 
incorrectly  placed  in  the  Ichneumonoidea. 
A  bibliography  of  genera,  alphabetically  ar- 
ranged, is  also  included. 

Classification  of  the  fossorial,  pre- 

daceous,  and  parasitic  wasps,  or  the 

superfamily  Vespoidea.   ( Paper  No.  3. ) 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  10,  Oct., 

1900,  pp.  295,296. 

Treats  of  the  subfamily  Ageniins  and  gives 

a  table  for  separating  the  six  genera  placed 

therein. 


ASHMEAD,  William  H.    Description  of 
a  new  genus  in  the  Aphelininse. 

Canadian  Entomologist,   xxxn,    No.  U, 
Nov.,  1900,  p.  849. 
Describes  Myiocnema  comperei,  new  genus 
and  species,  from  Brisbane,  Queensland,  bred 
from  Lccanium  olem  Bernard. 

Some  changes  in  generic  names  in 


the  Hymenoptera. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  12,  Dec.. 
1900,  p.  368. 
The  author  proposes  new  names  for  sixteen 
genera  whose  original  names  are  preoccupied 
in  other  groups  of  zoology. 

Some    hymenopterous    parasites 

from  dragon-fly  eggs. 

Entomological  News,  xi.  No.  10,  Dec,  1900, 
pp.  615-617. 
Gives  descriptions  of  Ave  species,  Hypertda 
poiynemse,  Tetrastichus  poiynemse,  Brachista 
pallida,  Ccntrdbia  odonatx,  and  Polynema  need- 
hami,&l\  bred  from  the  eggs  of  species  of  Lettes, 
by  Prof.  James  Q.  Needham. 

Some  new  exotic  parasitic  Hymen- 
optera. 

Entomological  Newt,  xi,  No.  10,  Dec.,  1900, 
pp.  628-680. 
Seven  new  species  are  described  from  a  col- 
lection received  for  determination  from  the 
Btadtiaches  Museum  far  Natur-,  V61ker-  und 
Handeto-kunde  at  Bremen.  Six  of  these 
species  are  from  the  Chatham  Islands,  col- 
lected by  the  director  of  the  Bremen  museum, 
Dr.  Hugo  H.  Schauinsland,  and  the  assistant 
entomologist,  Prof.  T.  D.  Alfken.  Two  new 
genera  of  Braconidse  are  described,  Sckau- 
inslandia  and  Doryctomorpha,  and  a  table  for 
the  separation  of  the  subfamilies  of  the  Aly- 
siide  is  included. 

[Hymenoptera  parasitica.] 

Psyche,  IX,  No.  297,  Jan.,  1901,  pp.  147, 148. 

Included  in  "Some  insects  of  theHudeonian 

Zone  in  New  Mexico.— II,"  by  Prof.  T.  D.  A. 

Cockerell.     Eight  species  are  listed,  six  of 

which  are  new. 

[Hymenoptera  (part).] 

Psyche,  ix,  No.  800,  Apr.,  1901,  pp.  186, 186. 

Included  in  "Some  insects  of  the  Uudsonian 

Zone  in  New  Mexico.— IV."  by  Prof.  T.D.  A. 

Cockerell.    Six  species  are  listed,   two  of 

which  are  new. 

Magrettina,  a  new  genus   in  the 


family  Mymosidse. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv.  No.  4,  May  25. 
1901,  pp.  444, 445. 
The  fossorial  wasp,  Meria  nocturna  Mora- 
wltz,  from  Turkestan,  is  here  made  the  type 
of  a  new  genus  which  is  named  in  honor  of 
the  Italian  hymenopterologist.  Dr.  Paolo  Ma- 
gretti,  of  Milaa 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


151 


A8HMEAD,  Willi  am  H.   Three  new  par- 
asitic Hymenoptera  from  South  Africa. 
Canadian  Entomologist,  jjuliii,  No.  5,  May, 
1901.  pp.  188-140. 
Describes  AUotropa  Unmsbvryi  and  Coceid- 
eneyrtus  fiavus,  bred  from  Daetylopius  sp.  on 
Gone,  and  TetrasHchus  prospaUss,  bred  from 
ProspaUa  aurantH  Howard,  infesting  a  Myti- 
laspis  sp.  on  SdUx  eapensis. 

BANGS,  Octram.    Notes  on  a  collection 
of  Bahama  birds. 

Auk,  XVII,  July.  1900,  pp.  288-293,  1  text 
ng. 
Notes  on  61  species  of  Bahama  birds,  of 
which  the  following  are  described  as  new: 
Spcotyto  cumicularia  cavicota  (p,  287),  Oeoth- 
lypismaynardi  (p.  290),  and  Dendroica  achrus- 
(era  (p.  292). 

List  of  birds  collected  by  W.  W. 

Brown,  jr.,  at  Loma  del  Leon,  Panama. 
Proe.  New  England  ZooL  Club,  n,  Sept.  20, 

1900,  pp.  13-34. 

An  annotated  list  of  148  species  collected 
by  Mr.  Brown  at  Loma  del  Leon,  otherwise 
known  as  Lion  Hill  Station,  Panama.  Three 
species  are  described  as  new,  vis,  Mionectcs 
oleagineus  parens  (p.  20),  Myrmekutes  ceterus 
(p.  25),  and  Sattator  lacertosus  (p.  81). 

Birds  of  San  Miguel  Island,  Pan- 
ama. 

Auk,  xyii,  Jan.,  1901,  pp.  24-82. 
A  list  of  42  species,  with  critical  notes  on 
some  of  them.  Mclanerpes  seduetus  (p.  26), 
Phssthomis  hyaUnus  (p.  27),  Elsmia  sordidata 
(p.  28),  and  Rhamphoeelus  Umatus  (p.  81),  are 
described  as  new. 

A  new  Honey  creeper  from  San 

Miguel  Island,  Panama. 

Proe.  Sew  England  Zool.  Club,  n,  Feb.  8, 

1901,  pp.  61,62. 

Octreba  cerinoelunis  (p.  52)  is  described  as 
a  new  species,  related  to  C.  luteola. 

A  new  Meadow  lark  from  South 

America, 

Proe.  New  England  Zool.  Club,  u,  Feb.  16, 
1901,  pp.  65, 66. 
StmmeUa  magna  paraHos  (p.  66),  from  San 
Sebastian,  Colombia,  is  described  as  new. 

BANK8,  Nathan.    New  genera  and  spe- 
cies of  American  Phalangida. 

Joum.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soe.,  vin,  No.  3,  Sept. 
1900,  p.  199-201. 
Describes  three  new  genera  and  five  new 
•pedes  from  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 

Some  Arachnida  from  Alabama. 

Proe  Acad.  Nat.  Set  PMla.,  Sept.,  1900, 
pp.  629-648. 
A  list  of  146  species  from  the  8tate,  and  de- 
scriptions of  four  new  species. 


BANKS,    Nathan.    Camphor   secreted 
by  an  insect. 

Science  (new  series),  xii,  No.  304,  Oct  26, 
1900,  p.  649. 
Notes  on  this  subject  published  by  Prof. 
£.  D.  Cope  many  years  ago. 

Two  new  species  of  Troctes. 

Entomological  New*,  xi,  No.  8,  Oct.,  1900, 
pp.  669, 560. 
Describes  T.  bicoior  and  T.  niger,  with  a  ta- 
ble for  all  species  of  the  United  States. 

[Arachnida]  [Neuroptera.] 

Psyche,  IX,  No.  296,  Nov.,  1900,  pp.  123, 124. 
Included  in  "Some  Insects  of  the  Hudson  Ian 
Zone  in  New  Mexico— I,"  edited  by  Prof. 
T.  D.  A.  Gockerell.    List  of  species,  with  de- 
scription of  one  new  form. 

A  new  species  of  MyrmeUon  from 


Texas. 


Entomological  Ncw9,  XI,  No.  9,  Nov.,  1900, 
p.  696. 
Describes  M.  texanum. 


Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

Expedition,     x.     Entomological     re- 
sults (4):  The  Neuropteroid  Insects. 

Proe.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  n,  Dec.  20, 1900, 
pp.  466-476,  pis.  xxji-xxviii,  20  flgs. 
A  list  of  34  species  with  descriptions  of  7 
new  ones. 


Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

Expedition,    xi.    Entomological     re- 
sults (5):  The  Arachnida. 

Proe.  Wash.  Acad.  Set.,  II,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  477-486,  pi.  XXIX,  9  figs. 
A  list  of  82  species,  with  descriptions  of  6 
new  forms. 

A  list  of  works  on  North  Ameri- 
can entomology. 

Bull.  IHv.  Ent.,   U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  (new 
series),  No.  24, 1900,  pp.  1-95. 
A  list  of  works  useful  for  the  study  of  North 
American  insects. 

Some  spiders  and  other  Arachnida 

from  southern  Arizona. 

Proe.  U.S.  Nat  Mus.,  xxnr,  No.  1223,  Feb. 
26,  1901,  pp.  681-690,  pi.  XXII,  11  figs. 
A  list  of  35  species  from  the  Territory,  with 
descriptions  of  8  new  species. 

Notes  on  entomology. 

Science  (new  series),  xm,  No.  330,  Apr.  26, 
1901,  pp.  668,669. 
A  series  of  miscellaneous  notes. 

Gli  Insetti  Nocivi. 

Science  (new  series),  xm,  No.  331,  May  3, 
1901,  p.  706. 
A  review  of  the  work  of  this  title  by  A. 
Lunardoni  and  O.  Leonard!. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


152 


REPORT   OP  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


BANKS,  Nathan.     Flies  as  carriers  of 
disease. 

Am.  Naturalist,  xxxv,  No.  413,  May,  1901, 
pp.  406,407. 
Review  of  Dr.  Howard's  paper  on  the  in- 
sect fauna  of  human  excrement. 

A    new   genus   of   Endoparasitic 

Acarians. 

Oenecskundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Ned.- Indie, 
xli,  2,  May,  1901,  3  pp. 
Describes  a  mite  found  in  the  lungs  of  a 
Javanese  monkey. 

•  A  new  Ascalaphid  from  the  United 


States. 

Entomological  News,  xn,  No.  6,  June,  1901, 
p.  172. 
Describes  lltda  aWifrons,  and  gives  a  table 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  in  the  United 
States. 

Bibliography  of  the  more  impor- 
tant contributions  to  American  eco- 
nomic entomology.     Part  vn. 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington, 1901,  pp.  1-113. 
Brings  the  literature  down  to  January  1, 
1900. 

BARTSCH,  Paul.     Birds  of  the  road. 

Osprey,  IV,  1901,  Noa.  11,12,  pp.  162-166,  3 
figs.;  V,  No.  1,  pp.  2-6,  4  figs. 
These  are  two  popular  articles  discussing 
the  birdsof  Washington  and  its  vicinity.    Fig- 
ures of  the  common  forms,  and  their  nests 
accompany  the  sketches. 

A  trip  to  the  Zoological  Park. 

Osprey,  V,  1901,  No,  2,  pp.  19-21. 
This  article  deals  with  the  winter  birds  of 
the  park,  and  also  refers  to  a  number  of  the 
caged  Inhabitants. 

BENEDICT,  James  E.  The  Hermit  crabs 
of  the  Pagurus  bernhardus  type. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxiii,  No.  1216,  Jan. 
19,  1901,  pp.  451-466,  6  text  figs. 
The  seven  species  referred  to  this  group  are 
described  and  six  of  them  are  figured.  The 
so-called  P.  bernhardus  of  the  Atlantic  coast  of 
North  America  is  separated  from  the  Euro- 
pean P.  bernhardus  under  the  name  of  P. 
acadianus. 

BIRTWELL,  Francis  J.  Description  of 
a  supposed  new  subspecies  of  Parrn 
from  New  Mexico. 

Auk,  xvili,  April,  1901,  pp.  165-167. 
Parus  gambeli  thayeri  is  described  as  new. 

BISHOP,  Louis  B.  Birds  of  the  Yukon 
region,  with  notes  on  other  species. 

North  Am.  Fauna,  No.  19,  Oct.  6,  1900,  pp. 
47-76. 
A  fully  annotated  list  of  the  species  met 
With  in  the  Yukon  district. 


BREWSTER,  William,  and  BANGS, 
Outram.  Description  of  a  new  Becard 
from  Lower  Uruguay. 

Proc.  Neic  England  ZooL  Club,  II,  Feb.  15, 
1901,  pp.  53,54. 
Pachyrhamphus  notius  (p.  53)  is  described 
as  new.    It  is  most  nearly  related  to  P.  poly- 
chropterus. 

BUSCK,  August.  New  species  of  moths 
of  the  superfamily  Tineina  from 
Florida. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxm,  No.  1208,  Oct. 
15,  1900,  pp.  225-254,  pi.  1. 
Descriptions  and  life  histories  of  32  new 
species.    Five  new  genera  are  erected.    All 
of  the  types  are  in  the  National  Museum. 

New  American  Tineina. 


Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  vm,  No.  4,  Dec., 

1900,  pp.  234-248,  pi.  IX. 
Descriptions  and  life  histories  of  10  new 

species.    Four  new  genera  are  noted.    All 
of  the  types  are  in  the  National  Museum. 

A  new  Canadian  Tineid. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxiu,  No.  1,  Jan. 

1901,  p.  14. 

Description  and  life  history  of  Anacampsis 
lupinella,  with  notes  on  allied  species.  The 
types  in  the  U.  S.  National  Meseum. 

Nepticula    pomivoretta    Packard, 

alias  Micropteryx  pomivordla  Packard. 

Canadian   Entomologist,    xxxm,   No.  2, 
Feb..  1901,  p.  52. 
Generic  correction  and  notes  on  life  history 
of  Nepticula  pomivordla  Packard  and  Copto- 
disca  splendorifercUa  Clem. 

[Glyphidocera  floridaneUa  n.  sp.] 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  25, 

1901,  p.  475. 

The  description  of  this  specie*,  prepared  by 

Mr.  Busck,  is  Included  in  a  paper  by  Dr. 

H.  G.  Dyar,  entitled  "Notes  on  the  winter 

Lepidoptera  of  Lake  Worth,  Florida." 

CASANOWICZ,  I.  M.    The  position  of 
woman  in  the  Talmud. 

Am.  Anthropologist  (new  series),  m,  1901, 
pp.  170-172. 

(See  also  under  Cyrus  Adler.) 

GA  UDELL,  Andrew  N.     Description  of 
larvae  of  Azelina  peplaria  Hubn. 

Entomological  Nnvs,  xi,  No.  9.  Nov.,  1900, 
p.  583. 

Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

expedition,      xv.     Entomological   re- 
sults (9):  The  Orthoptera. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sri.,  u,  Dec.  20, 1900,  pp. 
511,512. 
One  species,  Melanoplus  borealis  Fieber,  is 
recorded  as  being  the  only  Orthqpteran  con- 
tained in  the  collection. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BIBUOGBAPHT. 


153 


CAUDELL,  Andrew  N.    The  genus  Sinea 
of  Amyot  <&  Serville. 

Jowrn.  A*.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.f  ix,  No.  1,  Mar.,  1901, 
pp.  1-11,  pis.  1,2, 17  figs. 
A  synopsis  of  the  genus,  with  a  table  for 
the  separation  of  the  species.  Twelve  of  the 
species  are  described,  one  {Sinea  confusa) 
being  new.  The  paper  is  based  partly  upon 
Museum  material,  and  the  type  is  in  the 
Museum  collection. 


•  On  some  Arizona  Acridiidae. 


Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxm,  No.4,  Apr., 
1901,  pp.  102-106. 
Gives  a  list  of  11  species,  represented  by  32 
specimens,  purchased  by  the  author  from  the 
collector,  Dr.  R.  E.  Kunze,  of  Phoenix,  Ariz. 
One  of  these,  Arseopteryx  penetope,  is  described 
as  representing  a  new  genus  and  species.  The 
type  Is  in  the  National  Museum. 

CHAPMAN,  Frank  M.  A  study  of  the 
genus  Sturndla. 

BulL  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  xin,  Dec.Sl,  1900, 
pp.  297-320, 8  text  figs. 
A  review  of  the  genus  SturneUa,  mainly  de- 
voted to  the- forms  magna  and  neglecta.  A 
discussion  of  the  relationships  of  these  two 
forms,  and  the  geographical  variation  of 
each  occupies  a  large  share  of  the  paper, 
while  text  figures  show  certain  characteris- 
tics of  the  feather  markings  of  the  two  forms. 
Seven  forms  of  Sturndla  are  recognized,  all  of 
them  being  treated  as  subspecies  of  Sturrtella 
magma. 

CHITTENDEN,  Frank  H.  Some  in- 
sects injurious  to  the  violet,  rose,  and 
other  ornamental  plants. 

BuO.  Div.  EnLt  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  (new 
series),  No.  24,  May  18,  1901,  pp.  1-144, 
pis.  i-iy,  figs.  1-29. 
Of  violet  insects,  the  following  are  given 
special  mention:  Phlyctxnia  rubigalis,  Em- 
pkytns  canadensis,  Tetranychus  bimaculatus, 
Xhopalosiphum  viotse,  Diplosis  violicola,  Peri- 
droma  $auda,  Noctua  c-nigrum,  Prodenia 
eommeUnsc,  P.  ornithogaUi,  P.  eudiopta. 
Brief  mention  is  made  of  Laphygma  frugi- 
perda,  white  grubs  (Lachnosterna  arcuata, 
AUorMna  nitida,  etc.);  wireworms  (Agriotes 
mancus,  etc.);  MgTeen  aphis"  (Myzus mahaleb 
and  Rhopatosiphum  dianthi);  Dactyhpius  vir- 
ga*w;  butterfly  caterpillars  (Euptoieta 
Claudia,  etc.);  OUgia  grata;  Lophoderus  trife- 
rana;  unknown  Tortridd;  unknown  leaf- 
miner;  SpHosoma  virginica;  Arctia  nais  (?); 
myrUpods,  sowbugs,  etc.;  Aphodius  granari- 
«.  The  rose  insects  especially  mentioned  are 
PtntMna  nimoatana,  Aramigus  fuUcri,  Hoplia 
taRipyge,  Rhynchites  tricolor,  Cladius  pectini- 
comU,  TricMus  piger,  Etaphidion  viUosum, 
HeHothU  (Chloridia)  rhextse,  Penthina  cy- 
anana,  Cacttda  rosaccana,  C.  rmana,  etc. 
Miscellaneous  insects  treated  are,  Loxostege 
v&UmUh  and  Sciara  inconstant. 


CHITTENDEN,  Frank  H.  The  de- 
structive Green  Pea  louse,  Nectarophora 
destructor  John. 

Circ.  Div.  Ent.,  V.  S.  Jkpt.  Agric.  (second 

series),  No.  43,  May  23,  1901,  pp.  1-8, 

figs.  1-3. 

A  general  account  of  this  species,  with  a 

rather  full  consideration  of  natural  enemies 

and  methods  of  control. 

COOK,  Orator  F.  Camphor  secreted  by 
an  animal  (Polyzonium). 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  301,  Oct.  6, 
1900,  pp.  516-521. 
An  account  of  camphor  secretion  by  Polyzo- 
nium  rmalbum,  with  notes  on  the  nature  of 
the  various  secretions  by  other  Piplopoda. 

Peach  yellows:  A  cause  suggested. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  310,  Dec.  7, 

1900,  pp.  875-881. 

Briefly  stated,  the  proposition  in  simply 
that  the  "  yellows"  of  the  peach  may  be  the 
result  of  the  poisoning  of  the  protoplasm  of 
the  living  cells  by  the  bite  of  a  small  arthro- 
pod, probably  a  mite  of  the  family  Phytop- 
tidffl. 

Duoporus,  a  new  Diplopod  from 

Mexico. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  3, 

1901,  pp.  402-404. 

Describes  Vuoporus,  new  genus,  and  D.  bar- 
retti,  new  species,  from  Cuernavaca,  Mexico, 
collected  by  Mr.  O.  W.  Barrett. 


Priority  of  place  and  the  method 


of  types. 


Science  (new  series),  xm,  No.  331,  May  8, 
1901,  pp.  712, 713. 

-  A  kinetic  theory  of  evolution. 

Science  (new  series),  xin,  No.  338,  June 
21,  1901,  pp.  969-978. 


COPE,  Edward  Drinker.  The  croco- 
dilians,  lizards,  and  snakes  of  North 
America. 

Rep.  Smithsonian  Inst.  (U.  S.  Nat  Mus.), 
1898  (1900),  pp.  153-1270,  pis.  1-36,  figs. 
1-346. 
A  posthumous  work. 

COQUILLETT,  Daniel  W.  Papers  from 
the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  ix. 
Entomological  results  (3):  The  Dip- 
tera. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  n,  Dee.  7, 1900,  pp. 
389-464. 
Gives  a  list  of  276  species,  with  their  known 
distribution,  and  describes  one  genus  and  63 
species  as  new. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


154 


BEPOKT  OF  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901. 


COQUILLETT,    Daniel    W.     A    new 
genus  of  Ortalidae. 

Entomological  News,  Xii,  No.  1,  Jan.,  1901, 
p.  16. 
Describes  a  new  genus  and  species  from  the 
Southern  States. 


-  Three  new  species  of  Diptera. 
Entomological  Newt,  in,  No.  1,  Jan.,  1901, 
pp.  16-18. 


Describes  3  new  species,  chiefly  from  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  obtained  by  Dr.  L.  O.  Howard 
while  investigating  the  spreading  of  diseases 
by  insects. 


New  Diptera  in  the  U.  S.  National 

Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxni,  No.  1225,  Mar. 
27, 1901,  pp.  698-618. 
Describes  2  new  genera  and  71  new  species 
from  various  parts  of  the  United  States. 

A  systematic  arrangement  of  the 

families  of  the  Diptera. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxin,  No.  1227,  May 

2, 1901,  pp.  663-668. 

Briefly  reviews  the  various  attempts  that 

have  been  made  in  the  past  at  classifying  the 

families,  and  gives  a  modified  arrangement, 

based  on  recent  research. 


Descriptions  of  three  lepidopterous 

larvae. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  ix,  No.  2,  June, 
1901,  pp.  86,86. 
Describes  the  larvse  of  Homaosoma  mucidel- 
lum  Ragonot  EphesHodes  gilvetcentcUa  Rago- 
not,  and  SeHosoma/ernaldella  Riley. 


[Diptera.] 

Pysche,  ix,  No.  297, 1901,  p.  149. 
Included  in  "Some  insects  of  the  Hud- 
sonian  Zone  in  New  Mexico.— II,"  edited  by 
Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell.  Gives  a  list  of  23 
species,  with  their  known  distribution,  and 
describes  2  of  the  species  as  new. 

COUTlfcRE,  H.  SurquelquesAlpheidae 
des  cotes  amencaines  (Collection  de 
PU.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington). 

C.  R.  Acad.  ScL,  Paris,  cxxxi,  No.  6,  July, 
1900,  pp.  366-858. 
Preliminary  notice  of  Alpheidse  sent  by  the 
U.  S.  National  Museum  to  Dr.  Coutiere  for 
study.  Notes  3  new  species,  Alpheus  rathbuni, 
A.  faxoni and  Automate rugosa;  places  Alhanas 
ortmanni  Rankin  in  Jousseaumea,  and  draws 
several  conclusions  from  the  occurrence  of 
vast  numbers  of  Synalpheus  tevimanus  longi- 
carpus  from  a  single  locality. 


COVILLE,  Frederick  V.    The  tree  wil- 
lows of  Alaska. 

Proc.  Wash,  Acad.  ScL,  n,  Oct.  10,  1900, 
pp.  276-286,  pi.  xv,  figs,  are. 
An  account  of  the  6  tree  willows  of  Alaska, 
one  of  them,  Saliz  amplifolia,  being  a  new 
species. 

Ribes  metcalerium,  an  undescribed 

currant  from  New  Mexico  and  Texas. 

Proc.  BioL  Soc.  Wash.,  xm,  Dec.  21,  1900, 
pp.  196-198. 


The  home  of  Botrychium  pumicola. 

Butt.  Torrey  Baton.  Club,  Feb.  28, 1901,  pp. 
109-111,  one  plate. 
An  account  of  the  anomalous  habitat  of 
this  fern  in  the  pumice  gravel  at  Crater  Lake, 
Oregon. 


Kibes  colorademe,  an  undescribed 

currant  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  of 
Colorado. 

Proc.  BioL  Soc.  Wash.,  xiv,  Mar.  9, 1901, 
pp.  1-6. 


Juncus  columbianua,  an  undescribed 

rush  from  the  Columbia  Plains. 

Proc.  BioL  Soc.  Wash.,  xrv,  June  19, 1901, 
pp.  87-89. 

CURRIE,  Rolla  P.    A  new  Bird  of  Par- 
adise. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxn,  No.  1204,  July 
t         7, 1900,  pp.  497-499,  pi.  XVII. 

Describes  Ciciwnurus  lyogyrus,  new  species, 
from  a  specimen  in  the  National  Museum 
labeled  "New  Guinea,"  received  from  Mon- 
sieur A.  Boucard.  A  table  is  given  showing 
the  important  structural  differences  between 
this  form  and  Ciciwnurus  regius  (Linnseus). 
The  plate  gives  outline  figures  of  the  pectoral 
shield,  head,  and  tail  of  each  species. 


A  dwarf  Ant-lion  fly. 

Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  13, 
1901,  pp.  436-187. 
The  new  genus  Maracandula  is  erected  for 
Myrmcleon  pygmttus  Hagen  from  Mexico,  and 
the  species  is  redescribed  from  material  re- 
cently collected  in  Madera  Canyon,  Santa 
Rita  Moun  tains,  Arixona,  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Schwarx, 
and  at  Phoenix,  Aril.,  by  Dr.  R.  B.  Kun*4. 

DALL,  William  Healey.     [Review  of] 
A  monograph  of  Christmas  Island. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  298,  Any.  10, 
1900,  pp.  226, 228. 
A  review  of  the  Monograph  on  the  fauna  of 
Christmas  Island,  issued  by  the  British  Mu- 
seum. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


155 


DALL,  Wkjjam  Hkalby. 
from  California. 


A  new  Murex 


NauMtSy  xrv.  No.  4,  Aug.,  1900,  p.  87. 
Murex  petri,  n.  sp.,  is  described  from  8an 
Pedro,  CaL,  and  compared  with  its  allied 
species. 

Some  names  which  most  be  dis- 


carded. 

NautQus,  xrv,  No.  4,  Aug.,  1900,  p.  44. 
An  enumeration  of  some  names  which  being 
preoccupied  in  nomenclature  must  be  re- 
placed by  others.  CisteUa  Gray,  1853,  not 
Gistel,  1848,  is  named  Argyrotheca;  Euryta  H. 
and  A.  Adams,  1868,  not  Gistel,  1848,  is  named 
Mazatiania;  Glomus  Jeffreys,  1876,  not  Gistel, 
1848,  is  named  PrisUgtoma.  By  a  process  of 
elimination  it  is  shown  that  Mitrularia  Schu- 
macher, 1817,  must  be  replaced  by  Chettea 
Modeer,  1793. 

[Review  of]  The  Norwegian  North 

Polar  Expedition,  1893-1896. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  293,  Oct.  12, 
1900,  pp.  562,563. 
A  review  of  the  first  volume  of  the  "Scien- 
tific Results  "  of  Nansen'8  expedition. 

A  new  species  of  Cerion. 

Nautilus,  xrv.  No.  6,  Oct.,  1900,  p.  65. 
Cerion  stevcnsonif  n.  sp.,  Is  described  from 
Sum  Cay,  Bahamas. 

Synopsis  of  the  family  Tellinidfle 


and  of  the  North  American  species. 

Proe.  U.  S.  A'al.  Mus.,  xxm,  No.  1210,  Nov. 
14, 1900.  pp.  285-326,  pi.  II-IV. 
The  family  is  discussed,  reviewed,  and  a 
new  classification  proposed  for  the  forms  con- 
tained in  it.  The  limits  of  the  genera,  sub- 
genera and  sections  contained  in  the  family 
are  newly  restricted,  and  the  following  new 
subdivisions  are  proposed:  PhyUodina,  new 
section,  type  TeUina  squamifera  Deshayes; 
Merisca,  new  section,  type  TeUina  crystaUina 
Wood;  Scrobiculina,  new  section,  type  Scrobi- 
aUariavirxdotincta  Cpr. ,  Scissula,  new  section, 
type  TeUina  decora  Say,  Peronidia,  new  sec- 
tion, type  TeUina  albican*  Gmelin;  Psamma- 
coma,  new  subgenus,  type  Macoma  Candida 
Benin;  Oydippina,  new  section,  type  Macoma 
brcrtfron$&Bj,  Psamsnotreta*  new  section,  type 
Tdlma  aurora  Hanley. 

The  following  new  species  are  described  and 
figured:  TeUina  (EuryteUina)  georgiana;  Tel- 
Una  {Liotellina)  iheringi;  TeUina  (EUiptot el- 
Una)  ameruxma,  TcUina  (Angulus)  promera; 
TcUtna  ( Angulus)  JlageUum;  Tdlina  (Angulus) 
eolorata;  TeUina  (Angulus)  texana;  Macoma 
phemax,  Macoma  (Psammacoma)  extenuata; 
and  Macoma  (Psammacoma)  tageUformis;  all 
from  the  Atlantic  coasts  of  America.  The 
tollowing  are  new  from  the  Pacific  coast:  Tel- 
tma  (Meruca)  rcctusa.  TeUvna  (EUiptoteUina) 
pac&ca;  TeUina  (PkyUodma)prisUphora;  Tel- 


DALL,  William  Healky — Continued. 
Una  (EurytcUina)  leucogonia;  TcUina  (Moe- 
reUa)  meropsU;  Tdlina  (MoereUa)  amianta; 
Tdlina  (MoereUa)  paziana;  TcUina  (Angulus) 
macneUii;  TeUina  (Angulus)  suffusa;  TeUina 
(Angulus)  cerrosiana;  TeUina  (Angulus)  pan- 
amensis;  TeUina  (Angulus)  recurva:  TeUina 
(Angulus)  carpenteri;  TeUina  (Oudardia)  but- 
toni;  TeUina  (Peronidia)  santarosx;  Macoma 
krausei;  Macoma  sitkana;  Macoma  alaskana; 
Macoma  tennirostris:  and  Macoma  (Psamma- 
eoma)  panamewis.  A  number  of  hitherto  un- 
figured  species  are  illustrated. 

Letter  to  the  editor. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  308,  Nov.  23, 
1900,  pp.  808, 809. 
A  correction  of  some  statements  as  to  the 
geological  relations  of  South  America  and  the 
West  Indies  which  had  appeared  in  an  article 
by  Professor  Bray  on  the  relations  of  the 
American  floras,  in  the  issue  of  Nov.  9, 1900. 

Contributions    to     the    Tertiary 

fauna  of  Florida.    Part  v,  Teleodes- 
macea:  Solen  to  Diplodonta. 

Trans.  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Set.,  in,  part  v, 
Nov.  28,  1900,  pp.  949-1218,  pi.  XXXVI- 
XLVII. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  the  monographic 
review  of  the  Tertiary  fossils  (especially  those 
of  the  Oligocene  and  later  beds)  of  the  south- 
eastern United  States.  The  types  of  this  work 
are  nearly  all  in  the  National  Museum  collec- 
tion. The  work  includes,  in  most  instances, 
a  thorough  revision  of  the  nomenclature  of 
each  group,  an  enumeration  of  the  known 
Tertiary  species  in  American  beds,  a  descrip- 
tion with  figures  of  the  new  or  unfigured 
forms  and  comparisons  with  the  Pacific  coast 
and  other  fossil  faunas  and  with  the  now 
existing  fauna  of  the  adjacent  seas.  The 
Oligocene  of  the  West  Indian  region  being 
practically  the  same  as  part  of  the  Floridian 
beds,  is  also  included  in  the  general  revision. 
The  following  groups  are  covered  by  the 
present  issue:  Solenacea,  Tellinacea,  Isocar- 
diacea,  Cardiacea,  Leptonacea,  and  the  fam- 
ilies Petrlcolidee,  Cooperellidae,  and  Diplodon- 
tldae.  The  following  sections  are  proposed  as 
as  new:  OrobiteUa  in  Montacula;  JSretica  and 
Bombergia  in  StrigUla;  Dinocardium  in  Car- 
dium,  Oarum  and  Psammoica  in  Psammobia; 
Ptaiydonax  and  Orammatodonax  in  Donax;  Se- 
metina  in  Sonde;  and  the  following  new  spe- 
cies are  described  and  figured:  Abratriangu- 
lata;  Aligcna  minor,  A.nuda;  Alveinus  rotun- 
dus;  AnciUaria  chipolana;  Anisodonta  ameri- 
cana.  A.bowdeniana,  A.  Carolina;  Astyrisper/er- 
vida ,  A .  turgidula;  Bornia  dodona,  B.floridana, 

B.  mazyckii,  B.  pUdopygia;  B.  rota,  B.  scintU- 
lata;  Cardium  acrocome,  C.  alicula,  C.  aminenset 

C.  apateticum,  C.  arestum,  C.  bowdenense,  C.  but- 
bosum,  C.  burnsiij  C.  cestum,  C.  chipolanum,  C. 
comprcssum,  C.  ctenoUum,  C.  darwini,  C  dd- 
phicum,  C.  depauperatumt  C.  dominicanum,  C. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


156 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


DALL,  William  Healey — Continued. 
druidicum,  C.  gatunense,  C.  malacum,  C.  mary- 
landicum,  C.  maturense;  C.  ecdalium,  C.  pansa- 
trum,  C.  parile,  C.  phlyctsena,  C.  precursor,  C. 
propeciliare,  C.  simrothi,  C.  tamiopleura,  C. 
taphrium,  C.  turtoni,  C.  virile,  C.  waltonianum, 
C.  whitei,  C.  willeoii;  C  hama  willcoxi;  Cooper- 
ella  carpenteri;  Crassatellites  clarkaisis,  C.  den- 
sus,  C.  meridionalis,  C.  psychoptera;  Cyprsca 
chiUma;  Cyrena  pompholyx;  Diplodonta  calxto- 
saensis,  D.  gabbi,  J),  leana,  D.  minor,  I),  punc- 
turella,  D.  radiata,  D.  shilohensis,  D.  yorkensis; 
Donax  chipolana,  D.  curtula;  Erycina  amcri- 
cana,  E.  carolinensis,  E.  chipolana,  E.  curti- 
dens,  E.  fabidina,  E.  kurtzii,  E.  marylandica, 
E.  plicatula,  E.  protracta,  E.  undosa;  Eunati- 
cina  caractacus;  Hindsiella  acuta,  II.  carolin- 
ensis, II.  donacia,  II.  nephritica;  Isocardia 
Carolina,  I.  fioridana,  I.  gabbi,  I.  hoeniesi;  Kel- 
lia  triangula;  Lucina  plesiolopha;  Macoma 
alumensis,  M.  arctata,  M.  caUiounensis,  it.  con- 
radi,  M.  holmcsii,  M.  irma,  M.  kelseyi,  M.  oli- 
velia,  M.  tracta,  M.  vendryesi;  Metis  chipolana, 
M.  magnoliana,  M.  trinitaria;  Petricola  ealvcrt- 
ensis,  P.  harrisi;  Plcuroloma  boadicea,  P. 
lapenotieri;  Protocardia  jamaicensis;  Psam- 
mobia  claibornensis,  Rochefortia  stantoni,  R. 
stimpsoni;  SemeU  alumensis,  S.  appressa,  S.  chi- 
polana, S.  compacta,  S.  cythereoidea,  S.  duplin- 
ensis,  S.  leana,  S.  lirulaia,  S.  mutica,  S.  scintil- 
lata,  S.  silicata,  S.  smitfiii,  S.  steamsii,  S.  striu- 
lata;  Serripes  protr actus;  Siliqua  oregonia; 
Solen  abruptus,  S.  amphistemma,  S.  conradi; 
Sportellalioconcha,  S.  Itibrica,  S.  obolus,  S.  pelex, 
S.  petropolitana,  S.  rccessa,  S.  unicarinata,  S. 
whitficldi,  S.  yorkensis;  TeUina  acalypta,  T. 
acloneta,  T.  acosmila,  T.  acrocosmia,  T.  agria, 
T.  aldrichi,  T.  caUiglypta,  T.  calortsana,  T. 
chipolana,  T.  cloneta,  T.  cossmanni,  T.  cyno- 
glossa,  T.  dinomera,  T.  dodona,  T.  dupliniana, 
T.  eutsenia,  T.  halidona,  T.  halistrepta,  T.  heti- 
dersoni,  T.  lampra,  T.  leana,  T.  lepidota,  T. 
merula,  T.  nucineUa,  T.  pharcida,  T.  prcma,  T. 
propetenella,  T.  propctcnera,  T.  roburina,  T. 
sayi,  T.  scapha,  T.  scitula,  T.  sclera,  T.  scgrc- 
gata,  T.  simpsoni,  T.  spillmani,  T.  strophia,  T. 
suberis,  T.  mnbra,  Trapezium  claibornense; 
Tcrebrapsilis;  Velorita  fioridana;  Venus  burnsii, 
V.  caloosana,  V.  halidona,  V.  langdoni,  V. 
tarquinia,  V.  ulocyma;  Montacuta  actinophora, 
M.  chipolana,  M.  clniborniana;  M.  fioridana,  M. 
mariana,  M.  petropolitana,  M.  sagrinata. 

Recent  work  on  mollusks. 


Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  309,  Nov.  30, 

1900,  pp.  822-825. 

A  resum6  of  the  progress  of  malacologicul 

science  during  the  year,  with  a  summary  of 

some  of  the  more  important  researches,  and 

some  original  notes  on  the  Volutacea. 

On  a  genus  (Phyllaplysia)  new  to 


the  Pacific  coast. 

Xaxdilus,  xiv,  No.  8,  Dec,  1900,  pp.  91,92. 
Phyllaplysia  taylori,  n.  sp.,  from  Vancouver 
Island,  is  described  as  new. 


DALL,  William  Healey.    A  new  species 
of  Phurobranchus  from  California. 

Nautilus,  xiv,  No.  8,  Dec..  1900,  p.  92. 
Pleurobranchus  (Oscantella)  caUfonticus,  n. 
sp.,  from  San  Pedro,  Cal.,  is  described. 

Synopsis  of  the  family  Cardiidae 

and  of  the  North  American  species. 

Proc.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXIII,  No.  1214,  Jan. 
2,  1901,  pp.  381-392. 
This  paper,  like  the  Synopsis  of  the  TcUin- 
idsp,  includes  a  revision  and  classification  of 
the  family,  bibliography,  lists  of  east  and 
west  American  species,  notes,  etc.  The  fol- 
lowing are  proposed  as  new:  Section  Acros- 
tcrigma,  type  Cardium  dalli  Heilp.;  Section 
Trigoniocardia,  type  C.  graniferum  Sowerby; 
Cardium  ( Trachycardium)  pristipleura,  new 
name  for  C.  maculosum  Sowerby,  1833,  not 
Wood,  1815;  Cardium  consort  var.  laxum,  new 
variety;  and  C.  comoxense  new  variety  of  C. 
californiense  Deshayos. 

A  new  Lyropecten. 

Nautilus,  xiv,  No.  10,  Feb.,  1901,pp.ll7, 118. 
Pedcn    (Lyroprcten)    dilleri,  n.  sp.,   is  de- 
scribed from  the  Upper  Miocene  of  Rio  Dell, 
California. 

A  new  sj)ecie8  of  Subemarginula 

from  California. 

Nautilus,  xiv,  No.ll,Mar.,1901,pp.l25,126. 
Subemarginula  yatemi,  n.  sp.,  from  Monterey 
Bay,  obtained  by  Dr.  Yates,  is  described. 

Results    of  the    Branner-Agassiz 

expedition    to    Brazil,     v. — Mollusks 
from  the  vicinity  of  Pernambuco. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  m,  Apr.,  1901,  pp. 
139-147. 
An  annotated  list  of  the  species  collected, 
of  which  Mulinia  branncri  and  Drillia  gredeyi 
are  described  as  new. 

A    new   Pinna    from    California. 

NautUus,  xiv,  No.  12,  Apr.,  1901,  pp.142, 143. 
Atrina  ohlroydi,  n.  sp.  from  San  Pedro,  Cal., 
is  described,  the  genus  being  new  to  Cali- 
fornia. 

[Review  of]  Lang's  Lehrbuch  der 


vergleichenden  Anatomie;  Mollusks. 
Science  (new  series),  xin,  No.  337,  Jane 
14,  1901,  pp.  945,946. 
A  review  of  the  new  edition  of  Lang's 
work  relating  to  the  Mollusca,  edited    by 
Dr.  Henschel. 

Memorial  of  George  Brown  Goode. 


Goode's  activities  in  relation  to  Ameri- 
can science. 

Pep.  Smithsonian  Inst.  (U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1897  (1901),  II,  pp.  25-31. 
Addre&s  delivered  at  the  Goode  Memorial 
meeting  of  February  13, 1897,  and  printed  in 
the  Museum  Report  as  part  of  the  proceed- 
ings of  that  meeting. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


157 


DOANE,  K.  W.  New  North  American 
Tipulidae. 

Journ.  A*.   Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  vm.  No.  3,  Sept., 
1900,  pp.  182-198,  pis.  VII,  vill,  43  figs. 
Gives  descriptions  of  44  new  species  and 
one  new  genus. 

D WIGHT,  Jonathan,  Jr.  The  sequence 
of  plumages  and  moults  of  the  Passerine 
birds  of  New  York. 

Annals  X.  Y.  Acad.  Set*.,  xin,  Oct,  1900, 
pp.  73-360,  pis.  i-vn. 
A  comprehensive  account  of  the  moulting 
of  the  Passerine  birds  of  New  York,  including 
the  sequence  of  moults  and  plumages,  classi- 
fication of  plumages,  and  discussion  of  the 
theories  of  color  change  without  moult.  The 
paper  is  followed  by  a  full  bibliography. 

The  moult  of  the  North  American 

shore  birds  (Limicolse). 

Auk,  xvil,  Oct.,  1900,  pp.  368-385. 
This  paper  gives  an  account  of  the  moult  in 
various  shore  birds,  as  well  as  notes  on  the 
sequence  of  moults,  time  of  moulting,  and  a 
classification  of  the  plumages  in  this  group  of 
birds. 

D  Y AR,  Harrison  G.  Partial  life  history 
of  Dichogama  redtenbacheri  Led. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  9,  Sept., 
1900,  pp.  271, 272. 

- Note  on  the  genus  Dyaria  Neum. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  9,  Sept., 
1900,  p.  284. 
Refers  this  genus  to  the  Pyralidse,  near 
Gxnodomus. 

life  history  of  a  South  American 

Slug-caterpillar,  Sibinefusca  8toll. 

Entomological  News,  xi.  No.  7,  Sept.,  1900, 
pp.  517-626,  pi.  xin,  10  flgs. 

Notes  on  the  larval  cases  of  Laco- 

somidae  (Perophoridfe)  and  life  history 
of  Lacosoma  chiridota  Grt. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  EnL  Soc.,  vni,  No.  3,  Sept, 
1900,  pp.  177-180,  pi.  VI,  9  flgs. 

Life  histories  of  some  North  Amer- 


ican moths. 

Proc.   V.   S.  Nat.  Mils.,  xxm,  No.  1209, 
Oct  16, 1900,  pp.  256-284. 
This  paper  deals  with  sixteen  species. 

Notes  on  some  North  American 

species  of  Tineidee. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  10, 
Oct,  1900.  pp.  305-311. 
Gives  a  synopsis  of  the  genera  of  the  Anap- 
horin«,  and  synopses  of  the  species  of  Eulep- 
iste,  Hypodopus,  Acrolophus,  and  Pscudana- 
phora.  One  new  species  is  described,  Eulep- 
isU  cochrclH,  and  there  are  notes  on  ten 
other  species. 


DYAR,   Harrison  G.     New  species  of 
Anaphortnie. 

Canadian  Entomologist,   xxxn,   No.  11, 

Nov.,  1900,  pp.  326-328. 

Describes  Atopocera  barnesii,  Ncolophus  per- 

simplex,  Otihotophtispiger  &nd  Felderia  dorrim- 

acula.    Synopses  are  given  for  the  species  of 

Anaphora  and  Ortholophus. 

Change  of  preoccupied  names. 

Canadian  Entomologist,    xxxn,   No.   11, 
Nov.,  1900,  p.  347. 
Parasa  prasina  Dyar  is  changed  to  Parasa 
vjctlesca,  and  the  genus  Callarctia  Leech  is 
changed  to  Etdeechia. 


Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

expedition,     xn.     Entomological  re- 
sults (6):  The  Lepidoptera. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  II,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  487-501. 
A  list  of  77  species  and  varieties.  Of  the 
nine  new  species  four  are  described  by  Prof. 
John  B.  Smith,  two  by  Rev.  George  D.  Hulst, 
one  by  Dr.  R.  Ottolengui,  one  by  Dr.  C.  H. 
Fernald,  and  one  by  Mr.  William  Beuten- 
muller. 


Life  history  of  Oallidryas  agarithe. 

Entomological  News,  xi,  No.  10,  Dec,  1900, 
pp.  618,619. 

Supplementary  notes  on  Orgyia. 

Psyche,  IX,  No.  296.  Dec.  1900,  pp.  143, 144. 
Notes  on  Notolophus  oslari  Barnes,  and  N. 
inornata  Beutenniuller. 


•  A  century  of  larval  descriptions. 


Entomologists  Record  and  Journal  of  Vari- 
ation, xin,  No.  1.  Jan.  15, 1901,  pp.  37-41. 
A  brief  review  of  the  descriptive  work 
on  lepidopterous  larvae  from  the  middle  of 
the  eighteenth  to  the  beginning  of  the  twen- 
tieth century.  The  work  done  during  the 
last  one  hundred  years  is  especially  dealt 
with,  in  order  to  show  what  has  been  accom- 
plished in  that  time  as  evidenced  in  the  very 
greatly  increased  percentage  of  larval  forms 
known  in  Europe  and  North  America,  and  in 
the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  their  de- 
scriptions. The  various  larval  characters  are 
discussed  with  a  view  to  determining  their 
value  in  classification.  The  paper  concludes 
with  a  list  of  the  points  which  are  usually 
covered  in  the  description  of  larvae  at  the 
present  time  and  without  which  a  larva 
should  not  be  considered  as  fully  described. 


[Lepidoptera  Heterocera  (part).] 

Psyclie,  ix,  No.  298,  Feb..  1901,  p.  164. 
Included  in  "  Some  insects  of  the  Hudson  ian 
Zone  in  New  Mexico.— Ill,' *  edited  by  Prof. 
T.  D.  A.  Cockerell.    A  list  cf  seven  previously 
described  species. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


158 


RBPOBT  OF  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


DYAK,  Harrison  G.    Notee  on  the  geni- 
talia of  Halmdola  harrisii  Walsh. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxm,  No.  2,  Feb., 
1901,  p.  80,  2  figs. 

A  comparison  of  the  genitalia  of  Halisidota 
harrisii  with  those  of  H.  tesselaris,  in  large 
series,  shows  the  two  forms  to  be  distinct 
species. 

Descriptions  of  some  Pyralid  larvae 

from  southern  Florida. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  ix.  No.  1,  Mar., 
1901,  pp.  19-24. 
Describes  the  lairs  of  Margaronia  bivUraUs 
Guenee,  M.  infimalis  Guenee,  Sylepta  gordialis 
Guenee,  8.  anormalis  3uenee,  Dtchogama 
amabUis  Moschl.,  D.  bcrgii  Mdschl.,  Epicorsia 
meUinalis  Hubner,  Terastia  meticulosalis  Gue- 
nee, Agathodcs  designalis  Guenee,  Desmia 
tages  Cramer,  Lineodcs  iniegra  Zell.,  and  L. 
triangularis  Mdschl.,  Thyridopyralis,  new 
genus,  is  described,  with  T.  gaOaerandialis, 
new  species.  The  larva  of  the  latter  is  also 
described. 


An  apparently  new  Tortricid  from 


Florida. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  ix,  No.  1,  Mar., 
1901,  pp.  24,  26. 
Describes  Lophoderus  amatana,  new  species. 

Note  on  the  larva  of  Arctia  inter- 


media. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  ix,  No.  1,  Mar., 
1901,  pp.  26,26. 
Supplementary  to  the  remarks  on  page 
89,  Volume  VIII,  of  this  Journal. 


On  the  fluctuations  of  the  post- 

8piracular  tubercle  in  Noctuid  larvae. 
Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  rv,  No.  4,  Apr.  24, 
1901,  pp.  870-378. 
Describes  the  variations  in  the  positions  of 
this  tubercle  in  different  species  of  Noctuid® 
and  compares  the  result  with  an  arrange- 
ment of  the  family  proposed  by  Prof.  J.  B. 
Smith. 

On  certain  identifications  in  the 


genus  Acronycta. 

Canadian  Entomologist,   xxxni,   No.  4, 

Apr.,  1901,  p.  122. 

Discusses  certain  changes  in  synonomy 

made  by  Prof.  John  B.  Smith  in  his  paper  on 

pages  838  to  886  of  Volume  XXXII  of  the 

Canadian  Entomologist. 


A  new  species  of  Bertholdia. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  8, 
1901,  p.  891. 
Describes  Bertholdiasoror,  new  species,  from 
Venezuela,  and  gives  a  synopsis  of  the  species 
In  the  genus. 


D  Y AR,  H  arrison  G .  A  parallel  evolution 
in  a  certain  larval  character  between 
the  Syntomidfle  and  the  Pericopidse. 
Proc.  Ent.  Soc.   Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  8, 
1901,  pp.  407-409. 
Refers  to  the  structure  of  the  thoracic  tuber- 
cles in  these' groups.    Describes  the  larvs  of 
Daritts  hoxoardi  Henry  Edwards,  and  Ono- 
phsela  latipennis  Boisduval. 

Life  history  of  Callidapteryx  dry- 

opterata  Grt. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  10, 

1901,  pp.  414-418. 

Description  of  eggs  and  larval  stages  of  this 

species.    Discusses  its  systematic  position  and 

gives  a  genealogical  tree  of  the  families  of  the 

Bombycoidea. 


On  the  distinction  of  species  in  the 

Cochlidian  genus  Sibine. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv.  No.  4,  May  11, 
1901,  pp.  422-427. 
Describes  the  male  genitalia  of  five  species 
of  Sibine.  S.apicaOs,  from  Mexico,  is  described 
as  new. 


A  division  of  the  genus  Spfungi- 

campa  Walsh,  with  remarks  on  the 
larvae. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv.  No.  4,  May  IS, 
1901,  pp.  427-480. 
Separation  of  two  groups  in  this  genus. 
Notes  on  the  larvae  of  ten  species. 

A  remarkable  Sphinx  larva  (Lopho- 

stethus  dumolinii  Latr.). 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  18, 

1901,  pp.  440-442. 

Description  of  this  larva,  showing  that  the 

characters  of  this  species  may  be  interpreted 

as  those  of  a  true  sphinx,  not  a  Ceratocampid. 


Notes  on  the  winter  Lepidoptera 

of  Lake  Worth,  Florida. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv.  No.  4,  May  25, 
1901,  pp.  446-486. 
A  faunal  list  of  this  region,  with  descriptions 
of  a  number  of  larvae.  Ingura  burserm  Dyar, 
Synchlora  louisa  var.  hulstiana  Dyar,  Nola  opera 
var.  laguncularise  Dyar,  and  Otyphidocerafiari- 
danella  Busck  are  described  as  new. 


Note  on  the  larva  of  Psaphidia 

tkaxterianus. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,ix.,  No.  2,  June,  1901, 
pp.  84,86. 


Diagnosis  of  a  new  Arctian. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  ix,  No.  2,  June,  1901, 
p.  86. 
Describes  Dodia  aJberUt,  new  genus  and 
species,  from  Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


159 


DYAR,  Harrison  G.    Life  histories  of 
North  American  Geometridse,  xin-xxn. 

Psyche,  ix,  No.  292,  Aug.,  1900,  pp.  93,  94; 
No.  298,  Sept.,  1900,  pp.  106, 107;  No.  294, 
Oct.,  1900,  pp.  118,  119;  No.  296,  Nov., 

1900,  pp.  180-132;  No.  296,  Dec.,  1900,  pp. 
142, 143;  No.  297,  Jan.,  1901,  pp.  156,156; 
No.  298,  Feb.,  1901,  pp.  165,166;  No.  299, 
Mar.,  1901,  pp.  177-179;  No.  300,  Apr., 

1901,  pp.  189-191;  No.  801,  May,  1901,  pp. 
203,204. 

EVERMANN,  Barton  W., and  MAR8H, 
Millard  C.    The  fishes  of  Porto  Rico. 

Bull.  U.  S.  Pish  Com.,  1900,  pp.  61-360,  pis. 
1-62. 
This  paper  is  included  in  the  general  report 
on  the  investigations  in  Porto  Rico  of  the 
United  States  Fish  Commission  steamer  Pish 
Haw*,  in  1899.  1 1  contains  a  list  of  291  species 
recorded  from  the  Island,  twelve  of  which 
are  here  described  as  new  to  science. 

FERNALD,  C.  H.    New  Pyralidre  and 
Tortricidae  from  Palm  Beach,  Florida. 

Jour.  y.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  IX,  No.  2,  June, 
1901,  pp.  49-62. 
Describes  eight  new  species  collected  or 
bred  by  Dr.  H.  G.  Dyar.    The  types  are  all  in 
the  National  Museum. 


FONTAINE,  W.  M. 
F.  Ward.) 


(See  under  Lester 


GILX,  Theodore.  The  proper  names  of 
BdeUostoma  or  HeptcUrema. 

Proc.  U.  S.  y<U.  Mus.,  xxm,  No.  1284, 
June  6, 1901,  pp.  735-788. 

GIRTY,  Gborgb  H.  Devonian  fossils 
from  southwestern  Colorado.  The 
fauna  of  the  Ouray  limestone. 

tOth  Ann.  Sep.  U.  8.  Geol.  Surv.,  1900,  pp. 
25-81,  pis.  8-7. 

Describes  the  basal  Upper  Devonian  faunas 
of  southwestern  Colorado,  a  part  of  which 
had  heretofore  been  regarded  as  of  Carbon- 
iferous age.  The  author  concludes  that  the 
Ouray  limestone  fauna  mostly  resembles  the 
'Athabasca  fauna  described  by  Whiteaves, 
which  he  justly  concludes  to  be  of  about  the 
same  age  as  the  Tully  limestone  of  the  New 
York  section/ 

The  entire  material  was  transmitted  to  this 
Museum  under  accession  No.  85985  and  is 
registered  under  Catalogue  Nos.  33905-88988. 


GBINNELL,  Joseph. 
Wren-tit 


The  intermediate 


Condor,  II,  July-Aug.,  1900.    pp.  85-86. 
Chamxa  fasciata  intermedia  (p.  86),  is  de- 
scribed as  new. 


GRINNELL,  Joseph.  Birds  of  the  Kotze- 
bue  Sound  region  of  Alaska. 

Pacific  Coast  Avifauna,  No.  1,  Nov.  14, 
1900,  pp.  1-80, 1  map. 
A  report  on  the  birds  of  the  Kotsebue  Sound 
region,  based  on  a  year's  observations  in  this 
part  of  Alaska.  One  hundred  and  thirteen 
are  listed  species;  in  some  cases  extensive 
notes  are  added.  Lanius  bortaUs  invictus  is 
described  as  new.  A  useful  bibliography  is 
appended  to  this  paper. 

HEIDEMANN,  Otto.     A  new  species  of 
Tingitidse. 

Canadian    Entomologist,    xxxi,  No.    10, 
Oct,  1899,  pp.  301,302. 
Describes  OargapMa  angutata.     (Omitted 
by  mistake  from  last  year's  report.) 

Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

expedition,     xm.    Entomological  re- 
sults (7):  The  Heteroptera. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  ii,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  503-506. 
This  paper  contains  a  list  of  Hemiptera- 
Heteroptera  collected  by  Prof.  T.  Kincaid. 
The  17  species  are  mostly  well  known. 

■  Note  on  Aradutt  ( Quilnus)  niger 


Stal. 


Proc.  Eni.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  8, 
1901,  pp.  889, 890. 
Account  of  the  capture,  by  the  author,  of 
several  specimens  of  this  interesting  species 
in  the  woods  near  Soldiers'  Home,  D.  C. 
This  is  the  first  time  it  has  been  recorded 
since  it  was  originally  described  by  Stal  from 
"Carolina  meridionalis." 

Remarks  on  the   Spittle  insect, 

Clarioptera  xanthocephala  Germ. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  May  8, 
1901,  pp.  899^02,  pi.  vi,  8  figs. 

Gives  the  habits  and  life  history  of  this  spe- 
cies as  observed  by  Mr.  Heidemann  on  stems 
of  chrysanthemums  and  on  the  rag  weed 
(Ambrosia  artemisistfolia).  Another  species, 
Clastoptera  obtusa  Say,  has  been  observed  by 
Dr.  J.  A.  Lintner,  and  also  by  the  writer,  liv- 
ing upon  black  alder.  Reference  is  made  to 
the  literature  on  spittle  insects  and  to  the 
common  beliefs  and  superstitions  at  one  time 
held  by  people  in  regard  to  the  origin  of  the 
spittle-like  masses. 

The  plate  figures  the  insect  in  Its  different 
stages,  a  chrysanthemum  branch  with  the 
mass  of  "spittle,"  and  the  anal  segments  of 
the  insect  with  the  aperture  as  it  appears 
when  open  and  closed. 

HENSHAW,  H.  W.  Occurrence  of 
Larus  glaucescens  and  other  American 
birds  in  Hawaii. 

Auk,  xvn,  July,  1900,  pp.  201-206. 
Notes  on  six  species  of  birds  occasionally 
found  on  the  island  of  Hawaii. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


160 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


HENSHAW,  H.  \V.  Description  of  a 
new  Shearwater  from  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

Auk,  xvii,  July,  1900,  pp.  246,247. 
Puffinus  ncweUi  is  described  as  new. 

-  The  Yellow-billed  Tropic  bird  in 


the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Auk,  xviii,  Jan.,  1901,  p.  105. 
A  note  on  the  occurrence  of  this  species  in 
the  island  of  Hawaii. 

-  Occurrence  of  Tringa  maculata  and 


other  American  birds  in  Hawaii. 

Auk,  xviii,  Apr.,  1901,  p.  202. 
Notes  on  6  species  of  American  birds  found 
during  migrations  on  the  island  of  Hawaii. 

HOLMES,  William  H.  The  obsidian 
mines  of  Hidalgo,  Mexico. 

Am.  Anthropologist  (new  series),  n,  July- 
Sept.,  1900,  pp.  405-416,  pis.  1-16. 

Review  of  the  evidence  relating  to 

auriferous  gravel  man  in  California. 

Rep.  Smithsonian  Inst.,  1899  (1901),  pp.  419- 
472,  pis.  i-XVI. 

HOUGH,  Walter.  An  early  West  Vir- 
ginia pottery. 

Rep.  Smithsonian  Inst  (U.  8.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1899  (1901),  pp.  611-621,  pis.  1-18. 

HOWARD,  Leland  O.  The  differences 
between  malarial  and  nonmalarial  mos- 
quitoes. 

Scientific  American,  lxxxiii,  No.  1,  July 
7,  1900,  pp.  8, 9,  1  pi. 
Gives  full  life  round  of  Anopheles  quadri- 
maculatus. 

Diptera  collected  in  Hawaii  by  H. 

W.  Henshaw. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  July  16, 
1900,  pp.  489, 490. 

Notes  on  the  mosquitoes  of  the 


HOWARD,  Leland  O.     Establishment 
of  a  beneficial  insect  in  California. 

BuU.  Div.  Ent.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  (new  se- 
ries) ,  No.  26,  Nov.  1, 1900,  pp.  16, 17. 
An  account  of  the  introduction  of  ScuteUuta 
cyanea  Mots.,  from  South  Africa  into  Califor- 
nia and  its  establishment  at  San  Jose  as  a  para- 
site of  tecanium  olese  Bern. 
Beneficial  work  of  Hyperaspis  tig- 


United  States,  giving  some  account  of 
their  structure  and  biology,  with  re- 
marks on  remedies. 

Bull.  Div.  Ent.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  (new  se- 
ries) ,  No.  25,  Aug.  23, 1900,  pp.  1-70, 22  figs. 
This  paper  is  sufficiently  well  described  in 
its  title,  except  that  it  includes  an  analytical 
table  of  North  American  mosquitoes  prepared 
by  D.  W.  Coquillett. 

Two  interesting  uses  of  insects  by 


natives  in  Natal. 

Scientific  American,  lxxxiii,  No.  17,  Oct. 
27,  1900,  p.  267,  3  figs. 
Notes  on  the  use  of  cocoons  of  Ageronia 
mimosx  as  anklets  and  wax  of  Ceroptoxtcs  as 
head  rings. 


nata. 

BuU.  Div.  Ent.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  (new  se- 
ries), No.  26,  Nov.  1,1900,  pp.  17, 18,1  fig. 
Destruction  of  Pulvinaria  acericola  at  Knox- 
ville.Tenn.,  by  this  Coccinellid  whose  larva 
superficially  resembles  Daetylopius. 

The  Ulke  collection  of  Coleoptera. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  311, Dec  14, 
1900,  pp.  918-920. 
A  summary  or  the  character  of  this  great 
collection  and  of  the  services  of  Henry  Ulke 
to  Coleopterology.    The  collection  was  pur- 
chased by  the  Carnegie  Museum  at  Pittsburg, 
Pa. 
The  structure  and  life  history  of 


the  Harlequin  fly  (Chironomw). 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  No.  312,  Dec. 21. 
1900,  pp.  363, 364. 
Review  of  book  by  L.  C.  Miall  and  A.  R. 
Hammond. 
Contributions  a  PStude  dee  hyme- 


nopteres  entomophages. 

Science  (new  series),  xu,  No.  812,  Dec. 21, 
1900,  pp.  961-963. 
Review  of  paper  by  L.  G.  Seoret 

A  contribution  to  the  study  of  the 


insect  fauna  of  human  excrement. 

Proc.   Wash.  Acad.  Set,  n,  Dec.  28. 1900. 
pp.  541-604.  figs.  17-38,  pis.  XXX,  XXXI. 
The  exact  details  of  a  prolonged  investiga- 
tion, extending  through  two  years,  with  full 
lists  of  the  species  studied  and  specific  ac- 
counts of  all  the  Diptera  (77  species).    Many 
new  facts  relating  to  the  biology  of  certain 
forms  are  presented. 
Remarks    on    Psorophora   ciliata. 


with  notes  on  its  early  stages. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  xxxn,  No.  12. 
Dec,  1900,  pp.  353-357,  3  figs. 
The  first  published  descriptions  of  the 
larvse  and  pupae  of  this  genus,  and  an  ac- 
count of  the  localities  in  which  they  were 
found,  and  the  conditions  under  which  they 
live. 

Regulations   of    foreign   govern- 


ments regarding  importation  of  Ameri- 
can plants,  trees,  and  fruits. 

arc.  Div.  Ent,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  (second 
series),  No.  41, 1900.  pp.  1-4. 
A  compilation  of  the  regulations  described 
for  the  use  of  American  exporters  of  plant*, 
trees,  and  fruits. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


161 


HOWARD,  Lbland  O.    Smyrna  rig  cul- 
ture in  the  United  States. 

Yearbook  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  1900,  pp.  77- 
106,  8  pi*..  7  figs. 
An  account  of  the  attempt*  to  grow  the 
Smyrna  fig  in  this  country,  of  the  successful 
introduction  of  Blastophaga  grossorum  from 
Algeria  by  the  Department  of  Agriculture, 
and  an  account  of  the  practical  work  carried 
on  through  the  summer  of  1900  at  Fresno,  Cal., 
under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  E.  A.  Schwarz, 
who  was  detailed  by  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, for  this  purpose;  aim  an  account  of 
the  life  history  of  Blastophaga. 

Hies  and  t yphoid  fever. 

Popular  Science  Monthly,  lviii,  No.  3, 
Jan.,  1901,  pp.  249-256, 11  flgs.    ( Published 
Dec.  28, 1900.) 
A  succinct  resume  of  the  results  oi  the  in- 
vestigations of  which  a  detailed  account  is 
given  in  the  following  paper. 

The  attitude  of  the  State  toward 


Fighting  pests 


scientific  investigation. 

Science  (new  series),  xm,  No.  316,  Jan.  18, 

1901,  pp.  87-96. 
An  abstract  of  this  paper  was  published 
in  Xature.  Feb.  7,  1901,  pp.  357,358. 
Part  of  a  public  discussion  before  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Naturalists  at  the  Baltimore 
meeting,  December,  1900.  in  which  the  work 
of  the  United  States  Government  In  zoology 
was  especially  considered. 

A   new  industry  brought   by  an 


insect. 

Forum,  xxx.  No.  5.  Jan.,  1901,  pp.  606-607. 

(Published  Dec.  29, 1900.) 

A  brief  account  of  the  introduction  and 

establishment  of  JUastojthagagrossorum  in  the 

fig  orchards  of  George  C.  Roeding,  of  Fresno, 

CaL 

—  Some  diptera  bred  from  cow  dung. 

Canadian    Entomologist,    xxxm,  No.    2, 

Feb.,  1901,  pp.  42-44. 

A  list  of  species  of  Diptera  (determined  by 

Mr.  Coquillett)  reared  from  cow  dung  at  the 

Department  of  Agriculture  in  1890,  with  re- 

inarks  on  copropbagous  insects. 

Malaria  and  certain  mosquitoes. 

Century  Magazine,  LXI,  No.  6,  Apr.,  1901, 
pp.  941-949, 14  figs. 
A  rather  popular  article,  giving  an  account 
ol  the  development  of  the  malarial  organism 
and  the  biology  of  the  malaria-bearing  mos- 
quitoes of  the  genu*  Anopheles. 

Mosquitoes,  how  they  live,  how 

they  carry  disease,  how  they  are  classi- 
fied, and  how  they  may  be  destroyed. 
New  York  (McClure,  Phillips  &  Co.),  June 
3, 1901,  pp.  xv,  241, 1  pi,  50  figs. 
A  full,  popular  treatise  on  mosquitoes,  es- 
pecially directed  towards  the  disease-transfer 
function  and  methods  of  extermination. 


HOWARD,  Leland  O. 
with  insect  foes. 

Everybody's  Magazine,  v,  June,  1901,  pp. 
572-577,  9  flgs. 
An  account  of  the  introduction  of  certain 
beneficial  insects  into  the  United  States  and 
other  countries  for  the  purpose  of  destroying 
injurious  species,  together  with  a  brief  men- 
tion of  the  introduction  of  the  South  African 
locust  fungus  for  practical  use  against  western 
grasshoppers. 

The  death-bringing  House  fly. 

Oood  Housekeeping,  xxxn,  No.  0,  June, 
"     1901,  pp.  461,462,  2  figs. 
The  habits  and  life  history  of  Musca  domes- 
Oca,  its  relation  to  the  human  economy,  and 
the  remedies  to  be  used. 

HOWE,  Reginald  Hebek,  Jr.     A  new 
subspecies  of  the  genu^Ifylocichla. 

Auk,  XVII,  July,  1900,  pp.  270,271. 
Jfylocichla  Juscescen*  fuliginosa  (p.  271)   is 
described  as  new. 

A  study  of  the  genus  Macrorham- 

phvs. 

Auk,  xviii,  Apr.,  1901,  pp.  157-162,  1  map. 
A  study  of  the  two  American  species  of  the 
genus  convinces  Mr.  Howe  that  the  form  scitlo- 
paccus  should  bo  reduced  to  a  subspecies  of 
M.  griscus.  A  description  of  the  characteristic 
features  of  the  plumage  of  each  form  is  given, 
and  a  map  hhowing  the  breeding  range  and 
the  migration  routes  of  each  form  accom- 
panies the  paper. 

Variation  in  size  in    the  Wood 


NATMUS  1901- 


pewee. 

Auk,  xviii,  Apr.,  1901,  p.  194. 
A  series  of   measurements  of  the  Wood- 
pewee  from  the  northern  and  southern  parts 
of  its  range. 

HUBBARD,  Henry  G.  Letters  from 
the  Southwest.  Insect  fauna  in  the 
burrows  of  desert  rodents; a 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash,,  IV,  No.   4,  Apr.  24, 
1901,  pp.  361-364. 
Some  burrows  of  spermophiles  and  the  Kan- 
garoo rat  were  explored  by  the  writer  at 
Palm  Springs  in  the  Colorado  Desert  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

Quite  a  number  of  insects  were  thus  found, 
the  most  interesting  being  three  species  of 
the  Coleopterous  family  Histerida?.  Two  of 
these  belong  to  new  genera  allied  to  Cheliox- 
enus,  which  inhabits  the  burrows  of  the 
Florida  land  tortoise. 

Letters  from  the  Southwest.    The 

Colorado  Desert.0 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  iv,  No.  4,  Apr.  24. 
1901,  pp.  374-376. 
A  general  description  of  the  Colorado  Des- 
ert to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  next 
paper. 
a  A  posthumous  paper. 


11 


Digitized  by 


Google 


162 


REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


II 1 t BBAR1),  H bnry  G.  Letters  from  the 
Southwest.  Salton  Lake  in  the  Colo- 
rado Desert,  and  its  insect  fauna. « 

Pror.  Ent.  \Soc,  Wash.,  IV,  No.  4,  Apr.  24, 
1901,  pp.  370-378. 
An  enumeration  of  the  insects  observed  by 
the  writer  during  one  day's  collecting  at  the 
so-called  Salton  Lake,  with  notes  on  their 
mode  of  occurrence.  The  saline  fauna  of 
that  locality,  both  of  aquatic  and  terrestrial 
species,  is  not  a  rich  one. 

Insect  fauna  of  Dmtylirion  wheelcri. a 

Pnn\  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  IV,  No.  4,  May  3, 
1901,  pp.  381,382. 
Young  and  vigorous  Dasylirion  plants  in 
southern  Arizona  do  not  seem  to  be  infested 
by  insects,  but  partly  decayed  plants  harbor 
numerous  insects,  mostly  Coleoptera,  many 
of  which  are  not  yet  described  and  are  pecu- 
liar to  this  plajit. 

Insect  life  in  Florida  caves. a 

Pror.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  TV,  No.  4,  May  3, 
1901,  pp.  394-396. 
A  brief  account  of  the  insects  observed  in 
several  caves  of  Hernando  and  Citrus  coun- 
ties*, Fla. 

JORDAN,  David  Starr,  and  SNYDER, 
John  Otterbein.  A  list  of  fishes  col-, 
lected  in  Japan  by  Keinosuke  Otaki, 
and  by  the  United  States  steamer  Alba- 
trotw,  with  descriptions  of  fourteen  new 
species. 

Proc.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mux.,  xxm,  No.  1213,  Dec. 
10,  1900,  pp.  335-380,  pis.  IX-XX. 

JORDAN,  David  Starr,  and  STARKS, 

Edwin  Chapin.     On  the  relationships 

oftheLutianoid  fish,  Aptutretuifurcalus. 

Proc.  I\  S.  Xat.  Mu*.,  xxm,  No.  1232,  June 

21,  1901,  pp.  719-723,  pis.  XXVIH.XXIX. 

KINCAID,  Trevor.  Papers  from  the 
Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  vii. 
Entomological  results  (1):  The  Ten- 
th red  in  oidea. 

Proc.  Wa*h.  Acad.  Set.,  n,  Nov.  24,  1900, 
pp.  341-365. 
Introduction  concerning  the  arthropoda  of 
Ala.*>kn,  a  resume  of  the  localities  visited,  and 
the  insects,  spiders,  mites,  and  myriapods  col- 
lected by  the  author  on  this  expedition.  The 
body  of  the  paper  consists  of  a  report  upon  56 
species  of  saw-flies,  32  of  which  are  described 
as  new. 

Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

expedition.  vin.  Entomological  re- 
sults (2):  The  metamorphoses  of  some 
Alaskan  Coleoptera. 

Proc.    Wa*h.  Acad.  Set.,  II,  Nov.  24,  1900, 
pp.  367-388,  pis.  xxn-xxvi,  44  figs. 
Describes  and  figures  the  immature  stages 
of  nine  s|>eeies. 

«A  posthumous  paper. 


KINCAID,  Trevor.  Papers  from  the 
Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  xiv. 
Entomological  results  (8):  The  Sphe- 
goidea  and  Vespoidea. 

Proc.   Wash.  Acad.  ScL,  II,  Dee.  20, 1900, 
pp.  507-510. 
A  list  of  nine  species,  two  of  which  are  here 
described  for  the  first  time. 

KNOWLTON,  Frank  Hall.  Fossil 
plants  of  the  Esmeralda  formation. 

2Ut  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Gfol.  Surr.,  1900,  pt.  n, 
pp.  200-222,  pi.  xxx. 
This  paper  contains  the  description  of  a  col- 
lection of  fossil  plants  from  the  vicinity  of 
Silver  Peak  in  Esmeralda  County.  Xev.  Six- 
teen species  are  described,  all  but  one  of  them 
being  new.  The  beds  are  lake  beds  of  fresh- 
water origin  and  probably  of  the  Miocene 
Age. 

Fossil  hickory  nuts. 

IHant  World,  iv,  1901,  pp.  51-52. 
This  paper  mentions  some  fossil  hickory 
nuts  (Archihicoria  siouxemti*)  from  the  Bad 
Lands  of  Sioux  County,  Nebr.,  specimens  of 
which  are  now  In  the  Museum  collections. 

A  fossil  flower. 

Plant  World,  IV,  1901,  pp.  73.74. 
This  paper  describes  a  flower  of  Hydnuigi* 
*  from  the  Mascall  beds  of  the  John  Day  Basin, 
Oregon. 
(See  also  under  Lester  F.  Ward.) 

LUCA8,  Frederic  A.  The  lachrymal 
bone  in  pinnipeds. 

Science  (new  series),  xn,  July  27,  1900, 
p.  150. 
It  is  noted  fhat  this  bone  occurs  in  embry- 
onic and  very  young  eared  seals. 

A   new  rhinoceros,   Trigonias  <#• 

borni,    from    the    Miocene    of    South 
Dakota. 

Proc.    V.  S.  Nat.  Mm.,  xxm,  No.  1207, 

Oct.  9,  1900.  pp.  221-223,  figs.  1,  2. 

A  new  genus  and  species,  characterized  bf 

a  full  set  of  incisors  in  the  upper  jaw.   The 

lower  procumbent   tooth,  usually  called  i 

canine,  is  shown  to  be  an  incisor. 

The  pelvic  girdle  of   Zeuglodon, 


Btmlomurus  cetoide*  (Owen),  with  notes 
on  other  portions  of  the  skeleton. 

Proc.    V.  S.  Nat.   Mug.,  xxm,  No.  121', 
Nt>v.  8,  1900,  pp.  327-331,  pis.  v-viL 
Describes  the  pelvis  and  femur  for  the  first 
time,  and   gives   characters  of   the  genen 
Ba*iUw\  it  n/s  and  Dorudon . 

■  A  new  fossil  cyprinoid,  Lettcucui 


turneri,  from  the  Miocene  of  Nevada. 

Proc.  V.S.  Nat.  Mu*.,  xxm,  No.l212,No> 
H,  1900,  pp.  333,334,  pi.  vm. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


163 


IXC  AS,   Frederic    A.      Paleontologieal     MARLATT,  C.  L. 
notes.  I      San  Jose  scale. 


How  to  <*ontrol  the 


Science  (new  series),   xn,  Nov.  23,  1900,  i 
pp.  809,810. 
Includes  Thexpctius  vs.  Ctaomurus;  A  new 
locality  for  Thr*i»K*in*?  The  dentition,  hyoid,  j 
and  cranial  cavity  of  Bagilotaurus.  ' 

A     new      Dinosaur,     Stegomurus 

wmhiy  from  the  Lower  Cretaceous  of  ' 
South  Dakota. 

Proc.  V.  S.  Sat.  Mu*.,  XXIII.  No.  1224.  Feb.   I 
26.  1901,  pp.  591.592,  pis.  XXIII,  XXIV.        . 

Description  of  skull   of   Lqndos-  ' 

ten*  atrrjx.     [Fossil  I^epitlosteids  from 
the  Green  River  shales  of  Wyoming,  ' 
by  C.  R.  Eastman.] 

Buff.  Mu«.  Vomp.  Zoo?..  Cambridge,  xxxvi. 
No.  3.  Aug.  29,  1900,  p.  73. 


Characters  and  relations  of  Galli- 

unhide*,  a  fossil  gallinaceous  bin! 
from  the  Green  River  shales  of  Wyo- 
ming. 

BuU.  Mm.  Comp.  Zuol.,  Cambridge,  xxxvi, 

No.  4,  Aug.  28.  1900.  pp.  79-84,  pi.  1,  one 

text  figure. 

Describes  the  structure  of  this  bird  in  detail 

and  compares  it  with    recent  gallinaceous 

birds.    It  is  shown  to  be  very  closely  related 

to  th*  Cumssows. 

LYON,  Marcts  W.,  Jr.  A  comparison  of 
the  osteology  of  the  Jerboas  and  Jump- 
ing mice. 

Proc.  I'.  S.  Sal.  Mm.,  xxin.  No.  1228. 
May  2,  1901,  pp.  659-668,  pis.  xxv-xxvn. 

McXEILL,    Jerome.      Revision    of    the 
Orthopteran  genus  Trimerotropis. 

Pro?,  f.  S.  Sat.  Mm.,  xxin.  No.  1215,  Jan. 
19,  1901,  pp.  393-149,  pi.  XXI,  6  figs. 
Trimrrotropin  belongs  to  a  group  of  genera 
which  have  the  median  carina  of  the  prono- 
tam  cut  by  two  transverse  furrows.  A  table 
i*  given  for  separating  thegeneraof  thisgroup, 
two  of  these,  Metator  and  TYrjtidulus,  being 
new.  A  key  is  given  for  the  13 groups  and  54 
ipecies  into  which  Trimerotropis  is  divided, 
while  one  subgenus.  Agonozoa,  and  24  of  the 
species  are  described  as  new. 

MARLATT,  C.  L.     The  scale  insect  and 
tnite  enemies  of  citrus  trees. 

Yearbook  V.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  1900,  pp.  247- 
290.  pis.  XXVI-XXXI,  figs.  9-33. 
An  enumeration  of  the  more  important  of 
this  class  of  insects,  their  life  histories,  nat- 
ural enemies,  remedies,  and  distribution. 
The  paper  was  published  in  separate  form  in 
June,  1901. 


Circ.  Div.  Ent.,  V.  S.  Ihpt.  Agrir.,  No.  42 
(second  series  >,  Oct.  22,  1900,  pp.  1-6. 
Describes  the  various  methods  of  winter 
treatment  for  this  scale  insect. 

The  European  i>ear  scale,  IHtixpin 

piricola  (Del  Guercio)  Saecardo,  lHft^. 

Entomological  Sews,  XI,  No.  9,  Nov.,  1900, 
pp.  590-594. 
Bibliography,  synonymy,  and  notes  on  the 
occurrence   of   this   species   in    the   Cnited 
Suites. 


Important  insecticides.   Directions 

for  their  prej»aration  and  uw.     ( A  revi- 
sion of  Fanner*'  Bulletin  No.  19.) 

Farmer*'  BhU.,  V.  S.  Jkpt.  Agrir.,  No.  127. 
Feb.  6,  1901.  pp.  1-42,  6  figs. 


The  princi|>al    insect  enemies  of 

growing  wheat. 

Farmer*'  Bull.,  V.  S.  Drjd.  Agrir.,  No.  132, 
April  6,  1901.  40  pp  ,  25  figs. 
Life  histories  and  natural  enemies  of  and 
remedies  against  these  inserts. 

MARSH,  Millard  C.     (See under  Narton 
W.  Kvermann. ) 


MASON,   Otis  Tifton. 
Amerinds. 


Traps    of    the 


Proc.   Am.  A*#tc.    Adi\  .Sri.,    xux.    1900, 
pp.  301-313. 
Discusses  the  subject  of  traps  from  the  side 
of  invention  and  shows  their  salutary  influ- 
ence in  mind  growth. 

A    primitive   frame   for   weaving 


narrow  fabrics. 

Rej>.  Smithsonian  Jn*t.  {l\  S.  Nat.  Mus.), 

1899  (1901 ).  pp.  485-510.  pis.  1-9,  figs.  1-19. 

Traces  a  simple  device  for  weaving  from 

the  Indians  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  ami  the 

Pueblo  region,  through    New   England,  and 

thence  to  Eurojiean  countries. 

The  pointed  bark  canoes  of  the 

Kootenai  and  the  Amur. 

Hep.  Smithftonian  Innt.  (U.S.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1899  (1901),  pp.  523-537.  pis.  1-5,  figs.  1-6. 
Calls  attention  to  the  similarity  between 
the  bark  canoes  of  the  Kootenai  River,  in 
Washington,  and  those  of  the  Amur,  in  hav- 
ing both  ends  pointed  below  the  water  line. 
The  paper  includes  notes  on  the  Kootenai 
canoe  by  Meriden  8.  Hill. 

MAXON,  William  R.  Notes  on  Ameri- 
can ferns:  n. 

Fern  BuU.,  vm,  1900,  pp.  58.59. 
A  discussion  regarding  a  fern  referred  ten- 
tatively to  Polypodium  vulgarcacut urn  Moore. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


164 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


MAXON,  William  R.     Notes  on  Ameri- 
can ferns:  in. 

Fern  Bull.,  VHI,  1900,  pp.  84,85. 
History  -of   the  discovery  of    Triehomancs 
pctersii  A.  Gray  in  the  only  (three)  localities 
known.    Pcllxa  densa  (Brack.)  Hook,  ia  re- 
ported from  the  vicinity  of  Durham, Ontario. 

-  The  Hart's-tongue  in  New  York 


and  Tennessee, 

Plant  World,  III,  1900,  pp.  129-132,  pi.  4. 
A  description  of  the  habitat  of  this  species 
inccntral  New  York  and  in  Tennessee,  with  an 
account  of  its  rediscovery  in  the  latter  region. 

On  the  occurrence  of  the  Hart's- 
tongue  in  America. 

Fcrmvort  Papers.  [Published  by  the  Lin- 
nstan  Fern  Chapter] ,  1900,  pp.  30-4f>. 
Treats  at  length  of  the  distribution  of  this 
species.  Phyllitix  #colopendrium  (L.)  Newm., 
in  North  America,  including  description  of 
habitat  and  known  data  relating  to  the  sev- 
eral stations.  Specimens  collected  in  Chiapas, 
Mexico,  are  regarded  as  representing  a  dis- 
tinct species,  PhyUUis  Undent  (Hook.)  Maxon. 

Poli/podium      rulyare     oreophilum 

Maxon,  subsp.  now     [In  Morris:  Some 
plants  of  West  Virginia.] 

Proc.   Biol.  Noc.   Ilai*.,  XIII.  1900,  p.  174. 
A  description  of  the  fern  previously  referred 
to  Polypodium  vuhjnrc  anitum  Moore. 

-  Poly  podium  he*jH.rhunf  a  new  fern 

from  western  North  America. 

I*ror.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xm.  1900,  pp. 
199,200. 
A  brief  discussion  of  the  aggregate  Polypo- 
dium  ndi/ftrr  L.,  followed  by  a  description  of 
the  new  secies  mentioned  in  the  title,  which 
occurs  commonly  in  the  mountains  of  the 
western  United  States. 

A  list  of  the  Pteridophyta  col- 
lected in  Alaska  in  1900  by  Mr.  J.  B. 
Flett,  with  description  of  a  new  Dry- 
opteri*. 

Bull.  Torrcy  Botan.  Club,  xxvn,  1900,  pp. 
637-641. 
Twenty-three    species    are   listed,  one   of 
which,    Dryoptcris   aqttilonarw,   irom    Nome 
City,  is  described  as  new. 


Notes  on  the  validity  of  Atplenium 

eheHoidi't  as  a  species. 

Botnn.  Gaz..  XXX,  1900.  pp.  410-41  r». 
A  review  of  what  has  been  written  on  the 
subject.  The  hybridity  of  ferns  in  general  is 
dismissed  briefly,  and  the  tentative  proposi- 
tion advanced  that  the  fern  in  question  may 
be  a  fertile  hybrid. 


MAXON,  William  R.  A  list  of  the  ferns 
and  fern  allies  of  North  America  north 
of  Mexico,  with  principal  synonyms  and 
distribution. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxm,  p.  1226,  May  4. 
1901,  pp.  619-651. 
The  list  proper  is  preceded  by  an  introduc- 
tion, which  is  largely  historical  and  includes 
a  list  of  the  principal  papers  and  books  treat- 
ing of  the  ferns  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  The  following  new  combinations 
are  made:  Pteridium  caudatum  (L.)  Maxon; 
Dryoptcris  oreoptaHs  (Sw.)  Maxon;  Woodsia 
obtum  plummerx  (Leramon)  Maxon:  Itoclt* 
paupcrctda  (Engelm.)  A.  A.  Eaton:  Isoctei 
canadensis  (Engelm.)  A.  A.  Eaton:  and  the 
new  names  Polypodium  ndgare  tUeeptum 
Maxon  and  Lycopodium  cliapmani  Cnderw. 
are  proposed. 

MERRILL,  George  P.  Guide  to  the 
study  of  the  collections  in  the  Section 
of  Applied  Geology:  The  nonmetallic 
minerals. 

Ret).  SmWisonian  Inst.  (U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

1899  (1901),  pp.  155-483,  pis.  1-30. 

Designed   primarily  as  a  handbook,  Urn 

work  gives  a  very  exhaustive  account  of  the 

occurrence  and  uses  of  nonmetallic  minerals 

as  represented  in  the  Museum  collections. 

MERRILL,  George  P.,  and  STOKES, 
H.  N.  A  new  stony  meteorite  from 
Allegan,  Mich.,  and  a  new  iroiuneteor- 
ite  from  Mart,  Tex. 

I*roc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  n,  July  25,  190). 
pp.  41  -68. 
This  paper  gives  an  account  of  the  fall  and 
presents  the  results  of  microscopic  and  chem- 
ical examinations  of  the  Allegan  stone,  and 
chemical  analyses  of  the  iron. 

MILLER,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr.  The  Giant 
squirrels  of  Burmah  and  the  Malay 
Peninsula, 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Set'.,  n,  July  25, 1900, 
pp.  69-77. 
New  species:    Ratufa  mrlanopepla    (p.  71). 
and  R.  pyrsonota  (p.  75). 

Descriptions  of  two  new  squirrels 

from  Trong,  Lower  Siam. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  n,  July  25.  1903, 
pp.  79-81. 
New  subspecies:   Sciurtts  notatus  miniatu* 
^p.79)  and  S.  tenuis  surdus  (p. 80). 


Preliminary  revision  of  the  Euro- 
pean Redbacked  mice. 

Proc.  Waslt.  Acad.  Sci.,  n,  July  26,  1900. 
pp.  83-109. 
New:  Craseomys  (subgenus,  p.  87).  Ewtomfi* 
norvegieus  (p.  93),  Evotomys  vasconut  (P-  *)• 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


165 


.MILLER,  Gebrit  S.,  Jr.— Continued. 

Er*4omys  hrrcyitien*  hclreticu*  (p.  98).  Erotomy* 
hcrcynint*  sueeieu*  (p.  101).  Evotomy*  hercyn- 
iru* britannicus  (p.  103). 


Mammals  collected  by  Dr.  W.  L. 

Abbott  on  islands  in  the  South  China 
Sea. 

Prat.  Wash.  Aeafl.  Sci.,  II.  Aug.  20,  1900, 
pp.  203-246,  figs.  10-16. 
New  specie*:  Mu*  jlavivcnter  (p.  204),  Mu* 
anambsr  (p.  205),  Mu*  lingen*i*  (p.  206),  Mu* 
ttrrpitan*  (p.  207 ).  Mu*  tiomanicu*  {p.  209),  Mu* 
Hantanieu*  (p. 210).  Mu*  tamManieu*  (p.  212), 
Mu*  ob*cnrv*  (p. 213),  Ratufa  anambx  (p. 215), 
Ratufa  tiomansnsi*  (p.  216),  Funambulu*  ca*ta~ 
neu*  (p.  217).  Sciuru*  mimrltu*  (p.  218),  Set  urn* 
mimicvJtt*  { p.  219 ) ,  Sciuru*  tmuiroMri*  f  p.  221 ) , 
Sciuru*  anambcn*i*  (p.  223),  .Sciuru*  abbottii 
( p.  224 ) ,  Sciu  ru*  klo**ii  { p.  225 ) ,  Tragulu*  rufu - 
lu*  (p.227),  Tupaia  hunosr  (p.229),  Tupaia  *or- 
dida  (p.  231).  Tupaia  chry&nnaUa  (p.  232), 
Hipptmdero*  barbm*i*  (p.  233),  Rhimdophu* 
tuinutu*  (p.  235).  EmbalUmura  anambnt*i* 
(p.  236),  PUroint*  Irpidu*  <p.237),  and  Macaeu* 
pumQu*  (p. 241). 


MILLER,  (Jerrit  S.,  Jr.  Mammals  col- 
lected by  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott  on  Pulo 
Lankawi  and  the  Butang  Islands. 

Proe.  Biol.  Stte.  Wash.,  xm,  Dec.  21.  1900, 

pp.  187-193. 

New:   Mu*  ntcifrran*  lnncnvm*i*    {p.  IK*). 

Mu*  surifcr  Jtaridulu*   ip.   189),   Mu*  *urifer 

butangenri*  (p.   190),   Mu*  panno*u*  (p.   190), 

and  Tragulu*  umbrinu*  (p.  191). 

A   collection   of  small   mammals 


A  second  collection  of  bats  from 

the  island  of  Curacao. 

Pn>c.  BifU.  fir*.  Wa*h.,  xm.  Oct.  31,  1900. 
pp.  159-162. 
New  species:  Mormoop*  intermedia  (p.  160). 
S'atalu*  htmidinnttri*  (p.  160),  and    Mo/o*im* 
pygmxn*  (p.  162). 

A    new    Gerbille    from     eastern 


Turkestan. 

Proe.  DM.  Site.  Wa*h.,  xm.  Oct.  31.  1900, 
pp.  163, 164. 
New  specie*:  Orrbitlu*  arenicttlor  (p.  h\3). 

A  new  Freetailed  l»t  from  Cen- 


tral America. 

Ann.  and  Mag.   Xat.  Ilirt.  (series  7).  vi. 
Nov,  1900.  pp.  471,472. 
New  specie*:  Pronutp*nanu*  (p.  471).    Based 
in  part  on  material  belonging  to  the  British 
Museum. 

Kev  to  the  land  mammals  of  east- 


ern North  America. 

Bull.  X   V  Stale  Mu*..  vm,  Oct.  (Nov. 21, 
1900),  pp.  61-160. 
New  subspecies:  Odocou'eu*amer  learnt*  bore- 
*li*(p.fQ). 

A  new  Mouse  deer  from  Lower 


Siam. 


Proe.  Biol.  Soc.  Wa*h.,  xin,  Dec.  21,  1900, 
pp.  lift.] tf. 
New  species.  Tragulu*  cane*cen*  (p.  185). 


from  Mount  Coffee,  Lil>eria. 

Pritc.  Wa*h.  Acad.  Sri.,  n,  rhH'.  2m,  1900.  pp. 
631-649,  flgs.  39-43. 
New:  Sciuru*  rufubrachiatu*  lib* rieu*  (p. 633). 
Mu*  dffua  (p.  635),  Mu*  ttdlbcrgi  nt*trafu*  (p. 
637).  iMisymy*  ru/ntu*  (p.  639),  Arriiiinthi* 
phinifrons  {p.  641),  Myosorrjr  mnrirauda  (p. 
645). and  Pipi*trcUn*  minn*eulti*  (p.  647). 

A  new  bat  from  Peru. 


Ann.  and  Mag.  Sat.   Hi*t.  (S»Ti«»x  7),  VI, 
lkv.,  liJOO.  pp.  570-574,  1  fig. 
New:  Timtopca*  I  p.  570 1,  Tntunxa*  rant*  ( p. 
571 ).    Based  in  part  on  material  belonging  to 
the  British  Museum. 

Mammals  collected  bv  Or.  \V.  L. 


AblK>tt  on  the  Nat  una  Islands. 

Proe.  Wa*h.  Acad.  Sei..  in,  Mar.  26,  1901. 
pp.  111-13*. 
New  species:  Tragulu*  bunguranm*i*  (p. 
113),  Tragulu* pallidtt*  (p.  116),  Sn*  natuiu  n*i* 
{p.  117).  Mu*  intrtfir  (p.  119),  Sciuru*  print  ru* 
(p.  122),  Sciuru*  linguttgcn*i*  (p.  123).  Sciuru* 
lute*ccn*{p.  124),  Sciuru* s*Ta/><  p.  125),  Sciuru* 
rutUireniri*  (p.  126),  Sciuru*  rubidirtntri*  (p. 
127),  Sciuru*  tauten* i*  (p.  128),  fiatu/a  anqu*ti- 
cep*  (p.  130),  Arctitftatulia  inornata  (p.  131  \, 
Tupaia  *irha**eiwn*i*  (p.  IS?),  Pipi*trrllu* 
*ubulidm*  (p.  134),  and  Rhitutlophu*  *}Hidix 
(p.  136). 

The     subgenus     Rhintutrinrn*    of 

Trouessart. 

I*roc.  HiiU.  Site.  Hash.,  xiv,  Apr.  J.  1901, 
p.  2  5. 
New  Rt'tiu*;  Sciurntamia*  (p.  23). 

A  new  squirrel  from  Borneo. 

Prttc.  Biol.  Soc.  Watth..  xiv,  Apr.  5,  1901, 
pp  33,34. 
New  species:  Sciuru*  jmrvu*  (p.  33k 

—  A  new  deer  from  Costa  Rica. 

Pioc.  Biol    Soc.  Wa*h..  xiv,  Apr.  25,  1901, 
pp.  35-37. 
New  gpecies:  thlocoileu*  cinftaricnt*i*  ( p.  35) . 

A  new  dormouse  from  Italy. 

Proe.  Biol.  .Soc.  Wa*h.f  xiv,  Apr  25  1901. 
pp.  39, 40. 
New  species:  Eliomys  cinticauda  (p.  39). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


166 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


MILLER,   Gerrit  S.,    Jr.      Five    new- 
shrews  from  Europe. 

Proc.  Bi(d.  Soc.  Wash.,  xiv,  Apr.  25,  1901, 

pp.  41-45. 

New:  Crocidura    nicula    (p.  41),   Crocidura 

caudata  (p.  42).  Sorex  araneu*  alticola  (p.  43), 

Sorex  araneu*  curonotus  (p.  44 ),  Neomysfodien* 

minor  (p.  45). 

A  new  shrew  from  Switzerland. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wa*h.,  xiv,  June  27,  1901, 
pp.  95,96. 
New  species:  Crocidura  mimula  (p.  95). 


The  Alpine  varying  hare. 

Prof.  Biol.  Sor.  Wash.,  xiv,  June  27,  1901, 
pp.  97, 98. 
New  specie*:  Ispu*  varroni*  (p. 97). 

NELSON,  E.  W.  Descriptions  of  thirty 
new  North  American  hinls  in  the  Bio- 
logical Survey  collection. 

Auk,  XVH,  July,  1900,  pp.  253-270. 
The  following  species  are  described  for  the 
first  time:  Crypturu*  inornatu*  (p.  253),  Den- 
drortyx  macron  ru*  dilutu*  (p.  254),  Cyrtwiyx 
moittezumn'  nuarnsi  (p.  255),  Amazona  oratrix 
tresmarkv  (p.  250),  Momotu*  lc**oni  goldmani 
(p.  250),  Melanerpe*  frontal  i*  (p.  257),  HI.  santa- 
cruzi  fumo*u*  (p.  258),  M.  dubins  venccruci* 
(p.  259),  Dryobatrs  villo*u*  intermedin*  (p.  259), 
Nycturia*  jamaicenxi*  mexican  u*  ( p.200) ,  A  ntro*- 
tomu*  oaxacr  (p.  200),  ^4.  chiaprn*i*  (p.  261). 
Cypseln*  brunneitorque*  grmifron*  (p.  262), 
Ttialurania  ridgwayi  (p.  262).  Empuhmtu  timi- 
du*  (p.  263),  >:.  bairdi  perpltxu*  {$.  263),  J/t//o- 
1*101*  placen*  jali*cen*i*  (p.  264),  Sitto*omu* 
sylrioidc*jali*crn*i*  (p.  264),  Deudromi*  flari- 
ga*ter  megarhynchu*  (p.  265).  Xanthoura  luxn- 
om  *pecio*a  (p.  265),  Callothrm  ;vncu*  awtimUi* 
(p.  266),  Sturnella  magna  altirola  (p. 266),  Qui*- 
ralu*  macrouru*  id>*cnrus  (p.  267),  AmpUie- 
piza  bilinratajHiciJica  (p.  267),  Viren  perquMtor 
(p.  267),  I*.  amauronotu*  stnnnus  (p.  2(W), 
Ha*ilt  uteru*  belli  *cifulu*  (p.  26X),  (ieothlypi* 
tricha*  mnde*tn*  (p.  269),  Thryothoru*  felix 
grandi*  (p.  269),  and  Itarporhynchu*  curvir- 
ostris  maculatus  (p.  269). 

Descriptions  of  live  new  birds  from 


Mexico. 

yli/Jt.  xviii,  Jan.,  1901,  pp.  46-49. 
Five  species  of  birds  are  dcseribed  as  new, 
viz:  Glancidium  patmaruni  (p.  46),  Odiniis  mi- 
nor (p,  47),  Empidonaxtrepidu*{\>.  47); Pheeni- 
eothraupis  littoral is  (p.  48),  and  HeUmiyte*  r«> 
natus  rectrictu*  (p.  49). 

NELSON,  Elias.     A  revision  of  certain 
speciesof  plants  of  the  genus,  Inteimaria. 
Proc.  r.  S.  Nat.  Mu*..  xxin,  No.  1230,  June 
4,  1901,  pp.  697-713. 


NORTON,  Arthur  H.  Birds  of  the  Bow- 
doin  College  expedition  to  Labrador  in 
1891. 

Prof.  Portland  Soc.  Not.  Hi*t..  ii,  May  20, 
1901,  pp.  139-158.  pi.  ii. 
An  account  of  36 species,  in  some  cases  with 
extended  critical  notes.  Fratcrcula  glaeialti 
nanmanni  is  a  new  name  for  the  Puffin  in 
habiting  Spitsbergen.  The  Labrador  Spruce 
Grouse  is  found  to  be  the  true  Canachtie*  cam- 
dentin,  and  C.  canadmsi*  canace  (Linn.)  is  de- 
termined to  be  the  proper  name  for  the  Can- 
ada Grouse. 

NUTTING,  Charles  Cleveland.  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  |  United  States  Na- 
tional Museum.  | |  S]>ecial  Bulle- 
tin.   |   |   American    Hydroids.   | 

|  Part    I.  |  The    Plumularid*,  | 

with  thirty-four  plates.  |  By  |  Charles 
Cleveland  Nutting,  |  Professor  of  Zo- 
ology,   University    of    Iowa.  |  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing 
Office.  |  1900. 

Spec.  Bidl.  U.  S.  Sat.  Mu*.%  No.  4.  Oct  5, 
1900,  pp.  1-285,  text  figs.  1-124. 
A  monograph,  with  the  following  divisions: 
I.  Morphology  of  the  Plumularidfc.  2.  Sys- 
tematic  discussion.  Twenty-two  genera  and 
121  species,  many  of  which  are  new,  are  de- 
scribed and  figured.  Analytical  key9of  the 
genera  and  species  are  given. 

OSGOOD,  Wilfred  H.  New  stihspeeies 
of  North  American  birds. 

^4?iJt,  xvi II,  Apr.,  1901,  pp.  179-J85. 
Ijigopus  leucurn*  altipetens  (p.  180),  Awtr 
thura  biemali*  heller  i  (p.  181 »,  CiTthiafamUiarU 
zelote*  (p.  182),  and  Hylocictda  aonnlwdaisr 
verecunda  (p.  183)  are  described  as  new. 

PALMKR,  William.  Ecology  of  the 
Maryland  Yellow-throat  and  its  rela- 
tives. 

Auk,  xvn.  July.  1900.  pp.  216-242. 
An  account  of  the  variations  of  the  Mary 
land  Yellow  throat  and  some  of  its  relative*, 
together  with  a  discussion  of   the  moult*, 
changes  of  plumages,  migrations,  etc. 

PERGANDE,  Theodore.  Papers  iron. 
the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  xvi 
Entomological  results  (10):  The  Aphi 
didie. 

Proc.  Wa*h.  Acad.  Set,  II,  Dec   20,  1900 
pp.  513-517. 
A  list  of  four  species,  three  of  which  are 
new. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


167 


PERGANDE,  Theodore.  Papers  from 
the  Harriman  Alaska  expedition,  xvn. 
Entomological  results  (11):  The  For- 
micida*. 

Proc.   Wash.  Acad.  Set.,  n,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  519-521. 
A  list  of  five  species,  subspecies,  and  varie- 
ties, of  which  one  subspecies  and  two  varie- 
ties are  described  as  new. 

POLLARD,  Charles  Lons.  A  new 
Helianthus  from  Florida. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xm,  Nov.  80,  1900, 
p.  181. 
Describes  //.  agrestis,  n.  sp„  the  type  of 
which  is  deposited  in  the  V.  S.  National  Her- 
barium. 

The  families  of  flowering  plants. 

Plant   World,  Supplement,  1900-1901,  pp. 
45-132. 
A  monthly  series  of  popular  articles  on  the 
plant  families,  based  partly  on  observations 
made  in    the-  National    Herbarium.     (Con- 
tinued from  the  previous  year. ) 

RATHBUN,MaryJ.  Synopses  of  North 
American  invertebrates,  xi.  The 
Catometopous  or  Grapsoid  crabs  of 
North  America. 

Am.  Naturalist,  XXXIV,  No.  403,  July,  1900, 
pp.  583-592,  text  figs.  1-15. 
Three  new  species  are  diagnosed:  Vca  spini- 
earpa,  Pinnixa  cristata.  Raphonotus  lowei,  a*  ' 
Eehinophilus  meWtx. 

Results   of    the    Branner-Agassiz 

expedition  to  Brazil,    i.  The  Decapod 
and  Stomatopod  Crustacea. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.t  n.  Aug.  20,  1900, 
pp.  133-156.  pi.  vm. 
Seventy  species  are  noticed.  These  were 
collected  by  Dr.  J.C.  Brannerand  Mr.  Arthur 
W.  Greeley  during  an  expedition  to  Brazil  for 
the  purpose  oi  studying  the  stone  and  coral 
reefs  between  Cape  St.  Roque  and  Rio  de 
Janeiro  Six  new  species  are  described  and 
the  range  of  many  others  is  extended. 

RATHBUN,  Richard.  Report  upon  the 
condition  and  progress  of  the  IT.  S. 
National  Museum  during  the  year  end- 
ing June  30,  1899. 

Rep  Smithmmian  Inst.  (V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1*99(1901).  pp.  1-152. 

RICHARDSON,  Harriet.  Resultsofthe 
Branner-Agassiz  expedition  to  Brazil, 
ii.  The  I  so  pod  Crustacea. 

Proc.  Wath    Acad.  Sci.,  II,  Aug.  20,  1900, 
pp.  157-159.dtext  figs.  1-4. 
Two  species  are  noticed,  CoraUana  acuti- 
cauda  Miers.  the  male   of  which  is   here 


RICHARDSON,  Harriet— Continued, 
described  for  the  first    time,  and  Bopyrus 
alphei,  a  new  species  parasitic  in  the  branchial 
cavity  of  Alpheua  hcterochseHs  Say. 

Key  to  the  Isopods  of  the  Atlantic 


coast  of  North  America,  with  descrip- 
tions of  new  and  little  known  species. 

Proc.  U.S.  Xat.  Mus.,  XX HI,  No.  1222, Feb. 
28.  1901,  pp.  493-679,  text  figs.  1-34. 
Includes  keys  to  families,  genera,  and  spe- 
cies. A  new  genus,  Synuropus,  and  fourteen 
new  species  are  described.  ErichsoncUa  Bene- 
dict, nom.  nov.,  is  substituted  for  Erichsonia, 
preoccupied. 

RICHMOND,  Charlks  W.  On  the  ge- 
neric name  of  the  Californian  condor. 

Condor,  in.  Mar.- Apr.,  1901,  p.  49. 
Gymnogyps  is  shown  to  be  the  proper  generic 
name  for  the  Californian  condor. 

On  the  name  Vesf*ertUio  NwseriUii. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xiv,  Apr.  2,  1901, 
p.  24. 
A  note  showing  that  VtspertUio  blossctnllii, 
and  not   1'.  bonariensis,  should  be  employed 
as  the  name  of  this  South  American  bat. 

New  name  for  Nyctala. 

Auk,  xvin,  Apr.,  1901.  p.  193. 
Vryptoglaux  is  proposed  in  place  of  Xyctala, 
preoccupied. 

RIDGWAY,  Robert.  New  birds  of  the 
families  Tanagridtt*  and  Icterida*. 

Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  m,  Apr.  15, 1901,  pp. 
149-155. 
The  following  genera  and  species  are  de- 
scribed as  new:  Calospizafiorida  arcsci  (p.  149), 
Piranga  rosea- gitlaris  cozumelie  (p.  149).  Rham- 
phocclus  dimidiatus  isthmicus  (p.  lbQ),Pha'iiico- 
thraupis  mlvini  peninsular^  (p.  150),  P.  rnlvini 
discolor  (p.  150),  Chlorospingus  sumichrasti  (p. 
150),  Irtdophancs  (type:  lhicnis  pulchrrrina 
Sc  later ) ,  ( p  1 50 ) ,  Zarhynch  us  angler  i  mcxica  n  us 
(p.  151),  Jloloquiscalus  martiniccnsis  (p.  151), 
Scaphidurus  major  nelsoni  (p.  151),  lcttrus  cu- 
cuUatus  scnnctti  (p.  152),  Icterus  gxdari*  lamaidi- 
pensis  (p.  152),  Icterus  mcsomelas  taczanoicskii 
(p.  153),  Agelatusphamiceus/fjrtis  (p.  153),  A.  p. 
neutralis  (p.  153),  A.  p.  caurinus  (p.  153),  Pseu- 
dagclsrus  (type:  Ageltcus  imthurni  Sclater),  (p. 
155),  and  Xanthopsar  (type;  Oriolus  flatws 
Gmelin;,(p.l55). 

ROSE,  Joseph  Nelson,  and  COULTER, 
John  M.  Monograph  of  the  North 
American  Umbelliferee. 

CmUrib.  U.  S  Xat.  Herbarium,  vn,  No.  1, 
1900,  pp.  1-266. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


168 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


SCHUCHERT,  Charles.  On  the  Ilel- 
derbergian  fossils  near  Montreal, 
Canada. 

Am.  Geologist,  XX VII,  Apr.,  1901,  pp. 245-263 
4  figs. 
Here  is  given  a  corrected  list  of  the  fossils 
found  on  St.  Helens  Island,  showing  that  two 
distinct  faunas  occur  there,  one,  the  Helder- 
bergian,  older  than  the  agglomerate,  and 
another,  from  a  block  in  the  agglomerate,  of 
Middle  Devonian  age.  The  Helderbergian 
fauna  is  not  mixed  up  with  Silurian  nor 
Middle  Devonian  f<»ssils,  as  described  by  pre- 
vious students. 

SCH  WARZ,  Eugene  A.  Papers  from  the 
llarriman  Alaska  exj>edition.  xvm. 
Entomological  results  ( 12) :  Coleoptera. 

Proc.    \\\ish.  Acad.  Sci.,  II,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  523-537. 
One  hundred  and  fifty-five  species  are  listed, 
one  of  which,  Xrbria  kincaidi,  is  described  as 
new. 


Papers  from  the  Harriman  Alaska 

expedition,     xix.     Entomological    re- 
sults (13):  Psyllidie. 

Proc.   Wash.  Acad.  Sri.,  ii,  Dec.  20,  1900, 
pp.  539, 540. 
A  list  of  3  species,  referred  to  their  genera, 
but  inmamed  and  undescribed.    One  of  these 
is  supposed  to  be  new. 

On  the  insect  fauna  of  the  mistle- 


toe. 


Proc.  Enl.  Soc.    Wash.,  iv.  No.  4,  May  3. 
1901,  pp.  392-394. 
An  enumeration  of  the  insects  observed  to 
live  in  or  on  Plutradendron  macrophyUum  in 
Arizona. 

SIMPSON,  Charles  Torrey.  On  the 
evidence  of  the  Unionidfe  regarding  the 
former  courses  *>f  the  Tennessee  and 
other  Southern  rivers. 

Srinire  (new  series),  xn,  July  27, 1900,  pp. 

l£?-i:W,  1  map. 
Introductory  remarks  on  the  relation  of 

Biology  to  Physiography,  by  C.  \V.  Hayes 

and  Mr.  R.  Campbell,  are  included  in 

this  paper. 
The  conclusion  is  reached  from  the  evi- 
dence of  the  Unionidie  that  the  Tennessee 
River  formerly  flowed  into  the  Coosa  River 
and  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  through  the  Ala- 
bama system.  Many  of  the  species  which  are 
abundant  in  the  Tennessee  system  and  that 
do  not  occur  in  theLowerMississippiare  found 
slightly  changed  in  the  Alabama  and  its 
tributaries.  A  large  number  of  species  of  the 
genus  PUurolxma  of  the  Ten nessce  drainage 
are  closely  related  to  those  of  the  Alabama 
drainage.  There  is  also  evidence,  from  the 
present  distribution  of  the  Unionidre,  point- 


SIMPSON,  Charles  Torrey — Continued, 
ing  to  a  former  connection  between  the 
Etowah,  the  Chattahoochee,  and  the  Savan- 
nah, or  other  nearby  streams  which  empty 
into  the  Atlantic. 

Synopsis  of  the  Naiades,  or  Pearly 

fresh- water  mussels. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Sat.  Mus.,  xxn,  No.  1205,  Oct. 
8,  1900,  pp.  501-1044. 
The  classification  is  founded  on  the  charac- 
ters of  the  soft  parts,  more  especially  of  the 
Marsupium,  and  of  minor  shell  character! 
which  are  correlated  with  the  animal.  A 
full  synonymy  and  bibliography  are  given. 

Alasmidonta  marginata  Say. 

Nautilus,  xv,  June,  1901,  pp.  16.17. 
Notes  on  2  forms  of  AUismuhmia,  in  which 
an  attempt  is  made  to  determine  which  is  the 
true  A.  marginata  of  Say. 

SMITH,  John  B.    A  hundred  new  moths 
of  the  family  Noctuidic. 

Proc.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxiu.  No.  1203,  July 
14,  1900,  pp.  413-495. 
Descriptions  of  100  new  speeies,  most  of 
which  are  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S.  Na- 
tional Museum. 

Contributions  toward  a  monograph 

of  the  North  American  Noctuidic.    Re- 
vision of  the  species  of  Xylina  Ochs. 

Tram.  Am.  Evt.  Soc.,  xxvn.  No.  1,  Aug., 
1900,  pp.  1-46,  pis.  i-v.  72  figs. 
Thirty-four  species  are  included,  of  which 
number  six  are  described  for  the  first  time. 
Two  of  the  plates  are  taken  up  with  figures  of 
the  genitalia,  while  the  other  three  give  pho- 
tographic reproductions  of  the  moths  them- 
selves.   Based  partly  on  Museum  material. 
• 
Contributions  toward  a  monograph 


of  the  Noctuidjc  of  Boreal  North  Ameri- 
ca. Revision  of  the  species  of  Acoidia 
( )chs. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  xxvii.  No.  1,  Sept.. 
1900,  pp.  47-84. 
Two  speeies  of  7\)macontia,  two  of  Conacon- 
tia  and  thirty-two  of  Acontta  are  included. 
Of  these  one  species  of  Tornaconlia,  one  of 
Omacontia,  and  twelve  of  ^ron/iaaredesrribed 
as  new.    Based  partly  on  Museum  material. 

STARKS,  Edwin  Chapin.  (See  under 
David  Starr  Jordan.) 

STEELE,  E.  S.  Sixth  list  of  additions 
to  the  flora  of  Washington,  P.  C,  and 
vicinity. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  xiv,  June  19  1901, 
pp.  47-86.  • 

This  paper  records  a  number  of  addition* 
to  the  District   flora.     The  author  describes 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


169 


STEELE,  E.  S.— Continued. 

l*cnpu*  sherartli,  n.  sp.;  prof.  E.  L.  Greene 
describes  Viola  IscUcaerulea,  n.  sp.,  and  Mr. 
Alrah  A.  Eaton  Imx-ics  taceharala  paltneri,  n. 
rar.  and  Itoetc*  focchnrala  reticulata,  n.  var. 
The  collections  on  which  the  paper  is  based 
are  deposited  in  the  National  Herbarium. 

STEJNEGER,  Leonhard.  On  a  new 
species  of  Spiny-tailed  iguana  from 
Utilla  Island,  Honduras. 

Pntc.  V.  S.  Xat.  Mus.,  xxm.  No.  1217.  Jan. 
19.1901,  pp.  467,468.  I 

H/tv/mura  baJteri  described  as  a  new  spe-   ! 
cies;  type,  Pat.  No.  26317.  V.  8.  N.  M. 

A  new  systematic  name  for  the 

Yellow  boa  of  Jamaica. 

Proc.  I'.  S.  XaL  Mm.,  xxm.  No.  1218,  Jan. 
19.  1901.  pp.  469.170. 
EpicraU*  i(''/nnw  described  as  a  new  spe- 
cies: type.  Cat.  No.  14507,  C  S.  N.  M. 

Diagnosis  of  a  new  species  of  igua- 

noid  lizard  from  Green  Cay,  Bahama 
Inlands.  *" 

Proc.    l\  S.  Xmt.  Mu*.,    xxih.  No.   1219. 
Jan.  19.  1901,  p.  471. 
Isioeephalus  virescens  described  as  a  new 
species;  type.  Cat.  No.  26758,  V.  8.  N.  M. 

-On  the  Wheatears  {Saxicola)  oc- 
curring in  North  America. 

Proe.  U.S.  Xat.  Mug.,  xxm,  No.  1220,  Feb.  j 
25.  1901,  pp.  473-481. 
A  study  of  the  Wheatears  occurring  in 
North  America,  in  which  it  is  shown  that  a 
form  hitherto  overlooked  occurs  in  Green- 
land; this  is  recognised  as  Saxicota  amanthc 
leucnrrhoa  (Gmelin).  A  full  synonymy  of 
both  form*  is  given,  together  with  an  ex- 
tended table  of  measurements. 

■ [Review  of]  Scharff  s  History  of 

the  European  Fauna. 

Am.  Saturate,  xxxv,  Feb.,  1901,  pp. 
87-116. 
A  critical  review  of  Dr.  ScharfTs  book, 
in  which  the  writer  maintains,  in  contradis- 
tinction toScharff,  the  Arctic  characterof  the 
climate  of  Europe  during  the  Glacial  epoch. 
He  disagrees  with  him  in  assigning  an  Amer- 
ican origin  to  the  animals  constituting 
SeharfTs  "Arctic  Migration"  and  suggests 
that  they  form  apreGlacial  "first  Siberian 
Invasion." 

■ Crocodilian  nomenclature. 

Science  (new  series),  xiu,  No.  323,  March 
8,  1901,  p.  394. 
Contends  for  Jacaretinaa  crocodUus  (Linn.) 
as  the  correct  name  for  Chiman  fiderops,  and 
Oocotlylu*  niloticus  for  the  Nile  crocodile, 
against  Mr.  W.  J.  Fox  in  Science,  Feb.  8,  1901, 
P.  232. 


STEJNEGER,  Leonharo.   Th«*  t uo  races 
of  Saricoia  crnanthe. 

Auk,  XVIII.  April.  1901.  pp.  186,187. 
Some  additional  notes  on  the  two  forms  of 
Wheatears  inhabiting   the  Western    Hemi- 
sphere, with  measurements  of  some  migrants 
from  east  and  west  Africa. 


Corrections     to     Eckel's     "The 

Snakes  of  New  York  State/' 

Am.  Natural  int.  xxxv.  May,  1901,  p.  42S. 
Shows  that  Onccola  cterica  and  XfUrur rrythn, 
garter  have  been  erroneously  attributed  to 
the  State  of  New  York. 

Description   of  a   new  species   of 

snake  from  Clarion  Island,  west  coast 
of  Mexico. 

Proc.    r.    S.    Xat.    Mu*..   xxm.  No.  1231. 
June  5,  1901,  pp.  715-717. 
Baacanion  anthonyi  described  as  a  new  spe- 
cies; type.  Cat.  No.  24390.  V.  S.  N.  M. 


Description  of  two  new  lizards  of 

the  genus  A  no/is  from  Cocoh  and  Mal- 
pelo  islands. 

Bull.  Mu*.  t\tmp.  7**ol.  Ifarw.  (VJl.,  xxxvi, 

No.  6,  pp.  161-164,  1  pi. 

A  noli*  agaartzi  described  as  a  new  species 

on  p.  161  and  figured  on  plate;  tyi>e.  Cat.  No. 

22101,  U.  S.  N.  M.    Anoti*  totcMrmii,  n.  up.,  p. 

263;  type.  Cat.  No.  22107,  V.  8.  N.  M. 

STOKES,  H.  N.  (See  under  George  P. 
Merrill. ) 

STRONG,  R.  M.  A  quantitative  study 
of  variation  in  the  smaller  North 
American  shrikes. 

Am.  Xaturalirt,  xxxv.  April.  1901.  pp. 
271-298.  8  text  figs. 
In  this  paper  the  precise  criterion  of  speeies 
introduced  by  Davenport  is  applied  to  the 
shrikes  of  the  Junius  ludovieiann*  group.  A 
detailed  account  of  the  method*  employed  i* 
given. 

VAUGHAN,  T.  Waylakd.  Trochocyti- 
thu*  WMjJmani,  a  new  coral  from  the 
Cretaceous  of  New  Jersey. 

Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Set.  Phila.,  1900,  pp.436 
437, 3  figs. 

The  Eocene  and  Lower  Oligocene 

coral  faunas  of  the  United  States. 

Monogr.  U.  S.  Oeol.  Surr..  xxix,  1900,  pp. 
5-263,  pis.  1-24. 

A  Tertiary  coral  reef  near  Bain- 
bridge,  Georgia. 

SHmct:  < new  series),  xn.  1900,  pp.  S73-875. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


170 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


VAUGH AN,  T.  Wayland.  The  locality 
of  the  type  of  PrionaMrapa  vaughani 
Gregory. 

Ann.  6c  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  (series  7),  vii,  No. 
39,  Mar.,  1901,  p.  300. 

Corals  from  the  Eocene  of  Mary- 
land and  Virginia. 

Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  Eocene.  Baltimore, 
Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1901,  pp.  222-232, 
pi.  LXI. 

Shell  Bluff,  Georgia,  one  of  Lyell's 


original  localities. 

Science  (new  series),  xm,  1901,  p.  270. 

Some  fossil  corals  from  the  ele- 


vated reefs  of  Curacao,  Arube,  and 
Bonaire.  I 

A  paper  published  by  the  Rlj  ks  Geologise  h   j 
Museum,  Leiden,  ser.  n,  Bd.  n,  Heft  i, 
pp.  1-91. 

VERRILL,  A.  E.  Additions  to  the  Crus- 
tacea and  Pycnogonida  of  the  Bermu- 
das. 

Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci..  x,  pt.  2, 

No.    xv,  Sept.,    1900,    pp.    MZ-ftiQ,  pi. 

I.xx,  figs.  9, 10,  text  figs.  2-4. 

About  20  species  of  Crustacea  are  added  to 

list  of  those  known  from  the  Bermudas.    The 

determinations  were  made  in  part  by  Miss 

Rathbun. 

WALCOTT,  Charles  D.  Report  upon 
the  condition  and  progress  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum  during  the  year  end- 
ing June  30,  1898. 

Hep.  SmWtsonian  Inst.  (V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.), 
1898  (1900),  pp.  1-149. 

Cambrian  brachiopoda:  Obolella, 

subgenus  Glyptias;  Bicia;  Obolus,  sub- 
genus Westonia;  with  descriptions  of 
new  species.  ' 

Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxin,  No.  1229,  May 
22,  1901,  pp.  669-695. 
The  author  here  continues  his  studies  of  the 
Cambrian  brachiopods  and  defines  the  genus 
Obolella  and  the  new  subgenus  Glyptias  with  ' 
3  species;  also  the  genus  Bicia  and  2  species. 
Further  notes  are  made  on  Obolus  and  its  8  I 
subgenera,  of  which  one,   Westonia.  is  new. 
Ten  new  species  of  Obolus  are  defined.  I 

WANNER,  ATREUS.  (See  under  Les- 
ter F.  Ward.) 


WARD,  Lester  F.  (with  W.  M.  Fon- 
taine, Atreus  Wanner,  and  F.  H. 
Knowlton).  Status  of  the  Mesozoic 
floras  of  the  United  States.  First  pa- 
per— The  Older  Mesozoic. 

tOth  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  1898-99, 
II,  1900,  pp.  211-748,  pis.  xxi-CLXXix. 

This  paper  is  based  largely  on  specimens  in 
the  Museum  collections,  and  is  the  first  of  a 
series  of  papers  to  be  devoted  to  a  compre- 
hensive statement  of  the  progress  of  the 
development  of  the  Mesozoic  floras  of  the 
United  States. 

The  paper  gives  an  historical  account  of 
the  work  thus  far  done  on  the  Triassic  and 
Jurassic  floras  of  the  United  States,  and  also 
includes  many  new  descriptions,  nearly  200 
species  or  separate  forms  being  described. 
Prof.  Atreus  Wanner  describes  a  new  Triassic 
flora  from  material  collected  by  himself  in 
York  County,  Pa.,  which  is  alro  figured  by 
himself.  Professor  Fontaine  redescribes  the 
Emmons  collection  made  50  years  ago  in  the 
Trias  of  North  Carolina.  The  whereabouts 
of  this  collection  was  unknown  for  many 
years.  He  also  describes  and  illustrates  the 
Jurassic  flora  of  Oroville,  Cal.  Professor  Ward 
describes  and  illustrates  20  species  of  Cpca- 
della  from  83  Jurassic  cycadean  trunks  from 
Carbon  County,  Wyo.,  and  Professor  Knowl- 
ton describes  fossil  wood  from  the  Trias  of 
North  Carolina  and  the  Jurassic  of  the  Black 
Hills  of  Wyoming,  and  the  Freezeout  Hills 
of  Carbon  County,  in  the  same  State.  A  new 
genus  of  Jurassic  conifers  from  South  Dakota 
is  described  as  Pinoxylon.  Professor  Ward 
gives  a  brief  notice  of  the  Triassic  flora  of 
Virginia  and  points  out  its  agreement  with 
the  Triassic  flora  of  Lunz  in  Austria,  referred 
by  Stur  to  the  Keuper. 

WTHITE,  David.  The  stratigraphic  suc- 
cession of  the  fossil  floras  of  the  Potts- 
ville  formation  in  the  southern  anthra- 
cite coal  field,  Pennsylvania. 

SOth  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  1898-99,  pt 
II,  1900,  pp.  749-930,  pis.  CLXXX-CXCIII. 
This  paper  is  based  partly  on  Museum  ma- 
terial. The  Pottsvllle  formaticn  Is  said  to  con- 
stitute, lithologically  and  paleontologically, 
a  division  of  the  Carboniferous  coordinate 
with  the  Lower  Coal  Measures,  **  Allegheny 
Series,"  etc.,  or  the  lowest  member  of  what 
in  a  broad  sense  the  author  terms  the  Meso- 
carboniferous  in  the  Appalachian  province. 
Its  flora,  so  far,  is  said  to  be  largely  identical 
in  both  its  generic  and  specific  composition 
with  that  from  the  supposed  Middle  Devonian 
beds  at  St.  John,  New  Brunswick. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


171 


WILLIAMSON,   E.    B.       The  subgenus 

Sfylnruj!  Needbain,  Selys*  Groups  vi  and 

vii  of  the  genus  Gomphus  (Odonata), 

and  on  the  post-anal  cells  in  the  latter. 

Trans.  Am.  Eni.  Sue.,  xxvn.  No.  3,  May, 

1901.  pp.  305-217,  pis.  vin,  IX.  32  figs. 

A  consideration  of  5  species  of  Gomphw— 

amnicola^  tcuddcri,  piagiatu*.    spinicrp*,  and 

nolatus.    These  are  separated  by  a  key,  and 

each  is  described  in  detail.     The  result*  of  a 

study  of  the  post-anal  cells  of  3  European  and 

26  North  American   species  of  Gomphus  are 

also  recorded  and  tabulated.    Based  partly  on 

Museum  material. 


WILSON,     Thomas.       L'Antiquite    des 
Peaux-Rouges  en  Amenque. 

V Antkropoloffie,   xn.  1901,   No».   1-2,   pp. 

41-19. 

A  translation  into  French  of  the  author** 

paper  on  "The  antiquity  of  the  red  race  in 

America,"  published  in  the  Report  of  the  l\  S. 

National  Museum  for  1895.  pp.  1039-1045. 


Criminology. 

Proc.  Am.  Amoc.  Adv.  Sci.  (New  York  meet- 
ing). XLIX.  1900,  pp.  294-300. 
A  reply  to  Prof.  C.  Lombroso's  theory  of  the 
criminel-nt. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


I^IHT  OF  AUTHORS. 

ABftm\  James  F.,  Omi,  Otsu,  Japan. 
Adler,  Cyrus,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Allen,  J.  A.,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  City. 
American  Ornithologists'  Union,  Committee  on  Nomenclature,  New  York  City. 
A*hmrai>,  William  il.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 
BA.vr.fi,  Outram,  Boston,  Mass. 
Banks,  Nathan,  Falls  Church,  Va. 
Bahtsch,  Paul,  IT.  S.  National  Museum. 
Benedict,  James  E.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 
Birtwell,  Francis  J.,  Albuquerque,  N.  Mex. 
Bishop,  Louis  B.,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Brewster,  William,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Bisck,  August,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Casanowicz,  I.  M.,  U.  8.  iSational  Museum. 
C udell,  Andrew  N.,  U.  8.  Dei>artment  of  Agriculture. 

Chapman,  Frank  M.,  American  Musemn  of  Natural  History,  New  York  City. 
Chittenden,  Frank  H.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Cook,  Orator  F.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Cope,  Edward  Drinker  (deceased). 

CoguiLLETT,  Daniel  W.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Coctiere,  II. ,  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  France. 
Covillr,  Frederick  V.,  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Ccrrie,  Rolla  P.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 
Dall,  William  II.,  U.  8.  Geological  8urvey. 
Doane,  R.  W.,  Pearson,  Wash. 
Dwight,  Jonathan,  Jr.,  New  York  City. 
Dyar,  Harrison  G.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Evermann,  Barton  W.,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission. 
Fernald,  C.  H.,  I'.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Fontaine,  W.  M.,  University  of  Virginia,  Charlottesville,  Va. 
Gill,  Theodore  N.,  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Girty,  George  II.,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 
Grinnell,  JosEPn,  Pasadena,  Cal. 
Heidemann,  Otto,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Henmhaw,  H.  W.,  Hilo,  Hawaii. 
Holmes,  W.  H.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 
Hocoh,  Walter,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 
Howard,  Leland  O.,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Howe,  Reginald  Heber,  Jr.,  Longwood,  Mass. 
Hubbard,  Henry  G.  (deceased). 

Jordan,  David  Starr,  President  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, Cal. 
Kincaii),  Trevor,  Seattle,  Wash. 
Knowlton,  Frank  H.,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

173 


Digitized  by 


Google 


174  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Lucas,  Frederic  A.,  IT.  8.  National  Museum. 

Lyon,  Marcus  W.,  Jr.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

McNeill,  Jerome,  Arkansas  Industrial  University,  Fayetteville,  Ark. 

Marlatt,  C.  L.,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Mason,  Otis  Tufton,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Maxon,  William  R.,  U.  S.  National  Musuem. 

Merrill,  George  P.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Miller,  (Jerrit  8.,  Jr.,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Nelson,  E.  W.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Nelson,  Eli  as,  Laramie,  Wyo. 

Norton,  Arthur  II.,  Westbrook,  Me. 

Nutting,  C.  C,  8tate  University,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Osgood,  Wilfred  II.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Palmer,  William,  U.  8.  National  Musuem. 

Pergande,  Theo.,  U.  8.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Pollard,  Charles  L.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Rathbun,  Mary  J.,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Rathbun,  Richard,  Assistant  Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Richardson,  Harriet,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Richmond,  Charles  W.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Ridgway,  Robert,  Lt.  S.  National  Museum. 

Rose,  Joseph  N.,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Schuchert,  Charles,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Schwarz,  Eugene  A.,  U.  8.  Department  cf  Agriculture. 

Simpson,  Charles  Torrey,  U.  8.  National  Museum. 

Smith,  John  B.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

Steele,  E.  8.,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Stejneger,  Leonhard,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Stokes,  H.  N.,  U.  8.  Geological  Survey. 

Strong,  R.  M.,  M6rgan  Park,  111. 

Vau(;han,  T.  Wayland,  U.  8.  Geological  Survey. 

Verrill,  A.  E.,  Yale  University,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Walcott,  Charles  I).,  Director  U.  8.  Geological  Survey. 

Wanner,  Atreus,  York,  Pa. 

Ward,  Lester  F.,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

White,  David,  U.  8.  Geological  Survey. 

Williamson,  E.  B.,  Bluffton,  Ind. 

Wilson,  Thomas,  U.  S.  National  Museum. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PAET    II. 

PAPERS  DESCRIBING  AND  ILLUSTRATING  COLLECTIONS  IN  THE 
U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Page. 

Keport  on  the  Exhibit  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  at  the  Pan- 
American.  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York,  1901.  By  Frederick  W.  True, 
William  H.  Holmes,  and  George  P.  Merrrill 177 

Flint   Implements  and  Fossil   Remains  from  a  Sulphur  Spring  at   Afton, 

Indian  Territory.    By  William  Henry  Holmes 233 

Classification  and  Arrangement  of  the  Exhibits  of  an  Anthropological  Museum. 

By  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

Archeological   Field  Wrork  in   Northeastern  Arizona.     The  Museum-Gates 

Expedition  of  1901.     By  Walter  Hough 279 

Narrative  of  a  Visit  to  Indian  Tribes  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil.     By  Joseph 

BealSteere 359 

175 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repoit  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1 901 . 


Plate  1. 


X 

111 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


REPORT 

ON    THE 

EXHIBIT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 

AT  THE 

PAN-AMERICAN  EXPOSITION,  BUFFALO,  NEW  YORK,  1901. 


FREDERICK    W.    TRUE, 

Representative,  Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum. 

WILLIAM   If.  HOLMES, 
Head  Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology* 

AND 

GEORGE    P.  MERRILL, 

Head  Curator,  Department  of  (ieology. 


NAT  MUS  1901 12  177 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Plate  1.  Front  view  of  Government  building  (frontispiece). 

2.  General  view  of  U.  8.  National  Museum  exhibits. 

3.  Diagram  of  floor  space. 

4.  General  view  of  exhibits  of  Department  of  Biology. 

5.  Part  of  a.  large  mammal  case. 

6.  General  view  of  exhibit  of  fishes. 

7.  Kadiakbear. 

8.  Stone's  sheep. 

9.  Glacier  bear. 

10.  White  goat. 

11.  Alaska  wolf. 

12.  Penguin. 

13.  Condor. 

14.  Whooping  crane. 

15.  Cuban  iguana. 

16.  Large  boa  constrictor. 

17.  Hog-nose  snake  group. 

18.  Alligator  snapper. 

19.  Red  drum  cast. 

20.  Black  angel-fish  in  formalin. 

21.  Hog-fish  in  formalin. 

22.  Luminous  deep-sea  fish  model. 

23.  Family  group  of  the  Smith  Sound  Eskimo. 

24.  Lay  figure  group  of  Eastern  Eskimo. 

25.  Lay  figure  group  of  Western  Eskimo. 

26.  Family  group  of  Chilkat  Indians. 

27.  Family  group  of  Hupa  Indians. 

28.  Family  group  of  Sioux  Indians. 

29.  Family  group  of  Navajo  Indians. 

30.  Family  group  of  Zufti  Indians. 

31.  Family  group  of  Cocopa  Indians. 

32.  Family  group  of  Maya-Quiche  Indians 

33.  Lay  figure  group  of  Mexican  and  South  American  Indians. 

34.  Family  group  of  Tehuelche  Indians. 

35.  Dwelling  group  of  Central  Eskimo. 

36.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Western  Eskimo. 

37.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Haida  Indians. 

38.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Montagnais  Indians. 

39.  Dwelling  group  of  California  Indians. 

40.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Sioux  Indians. 

41.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Wichita  Indians. 

42.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Pawnee  Indians. 

43.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Cliff  Dwellers. 

44.  Dwelling  group  of  the  Papago  Indians. 

179 


Digitized  by 


Google 


180  LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Plate  45.  Dwelling  group  of  Venezuela  Indians. 

46.  Dwelling  group  of  Tehuelehe  Indian?. 

47.  Fire-making  apparatus  of  the  American  Indians. 

48.  Bows  and  arrows  of  the  American  Indians. 

49.  Throwing  sticks  of  the  American  Indians, 

50.  Harpoons  of  the  American  Indians. 

51.  Water  craft  of  the  American  Indians. 

52.  Textiles  of  the  American  Indians. 

53.  Pottery  of  the  American  Indians. 

54.  Sculpture  of  the  American  Indians. 

55.  Personal  ornaments  of  the  American  Indians. 

56.  Tobacco  pipes  of  the  American  Indians. 

57.  Pictography  and  writing  of  the  American  Indians. 

58.  General  view  of  exhibits,  Department  of  Geology. 

59.  General  view  of  exhibits,  Department  of  Geology. 

60.  Concretionary  structures. 

61.  Concretionary  structures. 

62.  Crinoid  series:  The  Crown. 

63.  Crinoid  series:  The  Dorsal  Cup. 

64.  Crinoid  series:  The  Tegmen. 

65.  Crinoid  series:  The  Brachia  and  Pinnules. 
G(i.  Crinoid  series:  The  Anal  Area. 

67.  Crinoid  series:  The  Stem. 

68.  Crinoid  series:  The  Roots. 

69.  Crinoid  series:  Crinoid  Parasites. 

70.  Hesperornis  regal  is. 

71.  Model  of  Triceratops  prorsus. 

72.  Painting  of  Triceratops  prorsus. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RETORT  ON  THE  EXHIBIT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL 
MUSEUM  AT  THE  FAN-AMERICAN  EXPOSITION,  BUFFALO, 
NEW  YORK,  190.. 


By  Frederick  W.  True,  William  H.  Holmes,  and  George  P.  Merrill. 


SUMMARY. 


By  Frederick  W.  True, 
Representative,  Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum. 

The  Pan-American  Exposition  held  at  Buffalo,  New  York,  opened 
May  1,1901,  and  closed  November  2, 1901.  An  exhibit  from  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  and  National  Museum  was  provided  for  in  the  act  of 
Congress  approved  March  3,  1899.  The  total  amount  appropriated 
for  ihe  Government  exhibit  was  $300,000,  and  for  a  Government  build- 
ing, $200,000.  Of  the  former  amount  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
and  National  Museum  were  allotted  $50,000,  in  addition  to  which 
$2,500  was  transferred  from  the  allotment  of  the  Interior  Department 
to  allow  for  the  construction  of  a  model  of  the  extinct  American  reptile 
Triceratoj>8*  to  be  jointly  exhibited  by  the  National  Museum  and  the 
Geological  Survey.  The  total  amount  allotted  was  considerably  l>elow 
the  estimate  submitted  to  the  board,  which  was  $62,625. 
.  On  the  gross  sum  originally  available  a  pro  rata  assessment  to  pro- 
vide for  an  exhibit  from  the  outlying  possessions  of  the  United  States, 
amounting  to  $1,960.79,  was  made  by  the  board,  and  $200  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  allotment  of  the  War  Department.  The  net  Smithsonian 
allotment  was,  therefore,  $50,339.21. 

The  Goverment  building  (Plate  1)  at  Buffalo  was  on  the  west  side  of 
the  exposition  grounds.  It  was  oblong  in  shape  and  had  a  length  of 
418  feet  and  a  breadth  of  140  feet  and  was  surmounted  by  a  dome  235 
feet  high.  Two  pavilions  were  connected  with  the  main  building  on 
the  east  side  by  colonnades.  The  north  pavilion  was  occupied  by  the 
Fish  Commission  and  the  south  pavilion  conjointly  by  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  the  Philippine  collection.  The  exterior  of  the 
building  was  finished  in  staff  and  tinted  yellow,  except  the  dome,  which 

181 


Digitized  by 


Google 


182  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

was  blue.     The  elaborate  polychrome  decoration  of  the  other*  exposi- 
tion buildings  was  not  attempted. 

The  space  in  the  Government  building  allotted  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  National  Museum  was  in  the  northwestern  corner. 
(Plate  2.)  It  originally  amounted  to  10,108  square  feet,  but  the  size 
of  the  Government  building  being  subsequently  reduced  the  space  was 
contracted.  From  the  extreme  north  and  south  ends  and  from  the 
west  wall  to  the  main  aisle  it  measured  133  feet  by  56  feet,  comprising 
an  area  of  about  7,500  square  feet.  A  small  area  at  the  north  end  was 
separated  from  the  main  space  by  a  cross  aisle  8  feet  wide,  leading  to 
one  of  the  west  entrances,  and  a  similar  aisle  crossed  the  space  near 
the  south  end,  though  this  was  not  originally  proposed,  but  was  found 
necessary  to  allow  convenient  admission  from  the  annexes.  The  sub- 
division of  the  space  and  the  arrangement  of  cases  are  shown  in  the 
accompanying  diagram.     (Plate  3.) 

The  space  was  on  the  whole  well  lighted  by  a  series  of  large  win- 
dows in  the  west  wall,  supplemented  by  the  clearstory  windows  above 
the  main  aisle.  The  west  windows  were  stippled  with  white  paint  to 
obstruct  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun,  and  a  series  of  transparencies  were 
placed  in  front  of  them  as  embellishments. 

As  usual  in  most  exposition  buildings,  the  posts  supporting  the 
clearstory  and  aisles  caused  more  or  less  inconvenience  in  locating  the 
cases.  In  one  instance  it  proved  unavoidable  to  cut  a  standard  case  in 
pieces  and  rebuild  it  about  a  post  in  order  to  maintain  an  important 
aisle.  In  other  instances  posts  stood  immediately  in  front  of  the  cases, 
producing  a  most  undesirable  effect.  These  architectural  inconven- 
iences can  only  be  got  rid  of  by  supporting  the  roof  by  a  series  of 
arches  springing  from  the  walls. 

The  interior  decoration  of  the  building,  as  a  whole,  was  placed  in 
the  hands  of  a  committee  of  the  Government  board  and  was  uniform 
throughout,  consisting  of  red  and  green  bunting  supplemented  by 
United  States  flags.  To  these,  in  the  Museum  space,  were  added  large 
signs  bearing  the  name  of  the  Institution  and  Museum  and  a  trophy, 
or  coat  of  arms,  with  the  seal  and  motto  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  building  had  no  basements,  and  empty  packing  cases  were  stored 
in  lofts  in  the  various  towers  and  in  the  parapets  constructed  b\T  the 
War  Department  to  illustrate  the  mounting  of  large  ordnance. 

A  good  deal  of  inconvenience  was  experienced  at  the  beginning  by 
the  defects  in  the  roof  of  the  building,  on  account  of  which  certain 
parts  of  the  space  were  flooded  during  heavy  rains.  By  constant 
watchfulness,  however,  serious  damage  was  avoided.  The  weather 
conditions  immediately  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  Exposition  were 
extremely  unfavorable.  The  workmen  suffered  much  from  cold,  and 
the  receipt  and  unloading  of  exhibits  were  greatly  hampered.  Never- 
theless, by  hard  work  the  Museum  display  was  opened  to  the  public 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT    AT   PAN- AMEBIC  AN    EXPOSITION.  183 

and  practically  complete  on  the  1st  of  May,  when  many  other  parts  of 
the  Exposition  were  in  a  backward  condition. 

As  in  the  case  of  previous  expositions,  the  exhibit  of  the  National 
Museum  far  exceeded  that  of  the  other  bureaus  under  the  direction  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  of  the  Institution  itself,  and  the  greater 
part  of  the  total  sum  allotted  was  expended  in  its  preparation.  The 
reason  of  this  will  be  readily  understood  when  it  is  recalled  that  the 
Museum  is  continuously  engaged  in  preparing  permanent  exhibits  for 
the  public,  and  has  greater  responsibilities  in  this  direction  than  any 
other  bureau  of  the  Government.  The  proportion  of  the  allotment 
expended  by  the  Museum  can  not  be  exactly  stated,  because  the  same 
mechanics  and  preparators  who  were  employed  in  connection  with  its 
exhibits  were  also  engaged  for  some  time  on  the  work  of  the  other 
bureaus  of  the  Institution.  No  apportionment  among  the  several 
bureaus  of  the  sum  set  aside  by  the  Government  board  was  necessary 
or  desirable,  and  none  was  made. 

The  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  made  no  separate  exhibit  on 
this  occasion,  those  features  of  its  work  which  lend  themselves  to 
exhibition  being  shown  through  the  agency  of  the  Department  of 
Anthropology  in  the  Museum. 

As  in  previous  instances,  the  permanent  collections,  cases,  and  fix- 
tures of  the  Museum  were  drawn  upon  as  far  as  circumstances  would 
permit,  but  some  new  cases  were  found  indispensable,  and  numerous 
specimens  were  purchased  to  fill  out  the  various  series  which  it  was 
finally  determined  to  exhibit  at  Buffalo. 

The  temporary  cases  constructed  for  the  Exposition  were  of  pine, 
painted  black,  and  furnished  with  plate  glass.  These  comprised  group 
cases  for  the  Department  of  Anthropology  and  wall  cases  and  one  or 
two  special  cases  for  the  Departments  of  Biology  and  Geology.  The 
regular  mahogany  Museum  cases  used  were  of  the  styles  known  as 
"reconstructed  door  screens"  and  ''slope  tops." 

As  may  be  surmised,  the  regular  staff  of  the  Museum  can  not  be 
drawn  upon  beyond  a  certain  limit  to  prepare  collections  for  a  tem- 
porary exposition.  The  regular  work  of  the  Museum  goes  on  hand 
in  hand  with  the  special  exposition  work,  and  the  principal  officers  of 
the  Museum  devote  a  share  of  their  time  to  each,  but  it  is  necessary 
to  augment  the  staff  of  preparators,  taxidermists,  etc.,  very  consider- 
ably or  the  exposition  collections  could  never  be  got  ready  on  time. 
This  necessity  causes  one  of  the  principal  difficulties  in  preparing  for 
an  exposition,  as  expert  preparators  are  few,  and  those  whose  services 
are  desirable  are  not  always  to  be  had  at  a  specified  time.  The  Museum 
was  especially  fortunate  in  this  matter  in  connection  with  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition,  and  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  work 
turned  out  both  by  the  regular  and  temporary  preparators  was  supe- 
rior as  a  whole  to  any  previous  effort.     The  temporary  preparators 


Digitized  by 


Google 


184  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

consisted  of  sculptors,  model  makers,  taxidermists,  colorists,  paleon- 
tological  preparators,  modelers,  and  preparators  of  "accessories," 
such  as  artificial  leaves,  flowers,  etc. 

On  June  23,  1899,  Mr.  W.  V.  Cox,  chief  clerk  of  the  National 
Museum,  was  designated  chief  special  agent,  Smithsonian  Institution 
and  National  Museum,  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition.  Mr.  Cox 
was  also  elected  secretary  of  the  Government  board  June  13,  1899, 
and  with  the  consent  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
served  in  this  capacity  throughout  the  Exposition. 

The  work  of  preparing  the  exhibits  was  begun  in  July,  1899,  at 
which  time  a  building  on  Tenth  street  S.W.,  Washington,  was  leased 
for  temporary  workshops.  Another  workshop  and  warehouse,  No. 
414  Tenth  street  N.  W.,  was  occupied  from  August,  1900,  to  April,  1901, 
by  the  Museum  conjointly  with  several  of  the  Executive  Departments. 

One  of  the  first  operations  engaged  in  was  the  overhauling  of  the 
collections  stored  in  the  Museum  anuexes  for  material  suitable  for  the 
Exposition.  This  involved  considerable  time  and  expense  on  account 
of  the  crowded  condition  of  the  storage  quarters. 

A  considerable  amount  of  field  work  was  done  in  connection  with  the 
exhibits.  Drs.  Stejneger  and  Richmond  visited  Porto  Rico,  and  Messrs. 
William  Palmer  and  J.  H.  Riley  explored  western  Cuba  in  February, 
1900,  and  succeeding  months  in  search  of  characteristic  birds,  reptiles, 
and  batrachians.  By  the  courtesy  of  the  War  Department  the  col- 
lectors were  sent  to  their  respective  destinations  on  the  transports 
Mcpherson  and  Sedgwick,  and  the  collections  made  in  Cuba  were  also 
transported  to  the  United  States  through  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment of  the  Army.  Drs.  Stejneger  and  Richmond  returned  April  29, 
1900,  and  Messrs.  Palmer  and  Riley  August  14,  1900.  Mr.  Wirt 
Tassin  visited  Philadelphia  in  July,  1899,  to  examine  collections  of 
minerals,  and  a  number  of  purchases  were  made.  Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas  vis- 
ited the  vicinity  of  Plattekill,  New  York,  in  August,  1899,  for  the 
purpose  of  examining  a  mastodon  skeleton  of  which  some  information 
had  been  received.  The  specimen  did  not,  however,  prove  suitable 
for  the  exhibit.  Another  endeavor  was  made  in  the  autumn  of  1899 
to  obtain  a  mastodon  skeleton  by  excavating  near  Monroe,  New  York, 
but  this  also  proved  unsuccessful.  The  same  was  the  case  with  inves- 
tigations in  Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  and  Indian  Territory  in  October, 
1900.  Mr.  Lucas  wont  to  Kiminswick,  Missouri,  in  August,  1900,  on 
the  same  mission,  but  without  result.  Dr.  G.  P.  Merrill  superintended 
the  sawing  of  some  fine  specimens  of  orbicular  granite  in  Baltimore  in 
October,  1899.  Dr.  Merrill  also  visited  several  localities  in  North 
Carolina  in  November,  1899,  and  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  Chester, 
Massachusetts,  in  March,  1901,  and  New  York  City  in  January,  1900, 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  geological  specimens.  Mr.  W.  H.  New 
hall  visited  Point  of  Rocks,  Maryland,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  185 

specimens  of  the  conglomerate  rock  of  that  locality.  Mr.  Adolph 
Tuchband,  who  made  an  expedition  to  the  Upper  Amazon  River  in  the 
spring  of  1900,  undertook  to  obtain  ethnological  objects,  models,  cos- 
tumes, utensils,  etc. ,  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  that  region.  The  Museum, 
however,  received  nothing  from  this  source. 

Mr.  W  J  McGee,  ethnologist  in  charge,  Bureau  of  American  Eth- 
nology, was  granted  a  small  sum  to  collect  objects  illustrating  the 
ethnology  of  the  Tepoka  Indians  of  Mexico.  On  visiting  their  country, 
however,  he  found  the  tribe  practically  exterminated,  and  he  turned 
his  attention  to  the  Cocopa  Indians,  from  whom  he  obtained  a  valuable 
collection. 

Additions  to  the  various  series  which  it  was  decided  to  exhibit  were 
also  made  by  purchase  from  professional  collectors  and  dealers  both 
in  the  United  States  and  Europe. 

Prof.  J.  B.  Steere  spent  two  months  on  the  Amazon  River  in  obtain- 
ing characteristic  fishes  and  other  vertebrates  of  that  part  of  South 
America  and  objects  illustrating  the  ethnology  of  the  various  Indian 
tribes.  Messrs.  Barton  A.  Bean  and  W.  H.  King  were  detailed  to  go 
to  Key  West,  Florida,  to  collect  fishes  in  formalin,  for  a  special  exhibit, 
to  which  further  reference  will  be  found  on  page  186. 


THE  EXHIBIT  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY. 

By  Frederick  W.  True, 
Head  Curator. 

In  planning  an  exhibit  from  the  Department  of  Biology  many  points 
have  to  be  taken  into  consideration,  such  as  the  letter  and  spirit  of 
the  Jaw  providing  for  a  Government  exhibit;  the  purpose  of  the  expo 
sition  as  a  whole;  the  conditions  existing  as  regards  obtaining  speci- 
mens suitable  for  exhibition;  the  relative  significance  and  attractive- 
ness of  different  exhibits  to  the  general  public. 

In  the  case  of  the  Pan-American  Exposition  the  underlying  idea 
was  so  clearly  defined  that  no  difficulty  was  experienced  in  determin- 
ing the  proper  scope  of  the  exhibit.  The  Exposition,  as  its  name 
implies,  was  intended  to  represent  America  as  a  whole.  It  was  fitting, 
therefore,  that  the  animals  and  plants  of  North,  South,  and  Central 
America  should  be  represented,  while  a  representation  of  the  fauna 
and  flora  of  the  rest  of  the  world  could  with  propriety  be  omitted. 

The  exhibit  of  the  Department  was  thus  limited  and  only  American 
objects  were  represented.  From  experience  gained  bj'  participation 
in  other  expositions  it  was  felt  that,  generally  speaking,  large  objects 
would  be  more  suitable  and  better  appreciated  than  small  ones,  and  it 
was  decided,  therefore,  to  confine  the  zoological  exhibit  to  the  verte- 
brates.    There  is  no  question  that  a  representation  of  the  invertebrate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


186  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

fauna  of  America  would  have  proved  interesting  to  the  public,  espe- 
cially such  classes  of  animals  as  the  insects,  corals,  mollusks,  etc.,  but 
in  proportion  to  the  outlay  of  time  involved  in  the  preparation  of  a 
thoroughly  attractive  exhibit  the  vertebrates  appeared  to  offer  the 
best  topic.  A  display  of  the  flora  of  America  was  necessarily  omitted 
because  the  Museum  is  without  resources  in  this  direction,  its  botanical 
collection  consisting  entirely  of  dried  plants  and  specimens  in  alcohol, 
which  are  unsuitable  for  a  popular  exhibit.  To  obtain  a  creditable 
botanical  exhibit  by  field  work  was  impossible  in  the  time  allotted. 

In  order  to  make  the  exhibit  of  the  vertebrate  animals  of  America 
as  significant  and  attractive  as  possible  the  best  specimens  in  even' 
class  were  withdrawn  from  the  exhibition  series  of  the  Museum,  and 
these  were  supplemented  by  specimens  purchased  wherever  obtainable. 
In  addition  four  field  parties  were  sent  out  to  gather  material  not 
otherwise  available.  Dr.  L.  Stejneger,  curator  of  the  Divison  of 
Reptiles,  and  Dr.  C.  W.  Richmond,  assistant  curator  of  the  Division 
of  Birds,  were  sent  to  Porto  Rico  and  the  other  West  Indian  Islands; 
Mr.  William  Palmer,  chief  taxidermist,  and  Mr.  J.  H.  Riley,  aid  in 
the  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs,  were  sent  to  Cuba;  Mr.  B.  A.  Bean, 
assistant  curator,  Division  of  Fishes,  and  Mr.  King,  to  Key  West, 
Florida,  while  Prof.  J.  B.  Steere  undertook  to  obtain  fishes  and  other 
vertebrates  from  the  Amazon  River. 

Drs.  Stejneger  and  Richmond  did  excellent  work  in  Porto  Rico, 
obtaining  a  large  collection  of  birds  and  reptiles,  but  were  prevented 
by  sickness  and  the  uncertainties  of  transportation  from  visiting  other 
West  Indian  Islands,  as  was  originally  intended.  The  operations  of 
Messrs.  Palmer  and  Riley  were  confined  to  western  Cuba,  where  large 
collections  of  birds,  reptiles,  and  mammals  were  made,  but  the  col- 
lectors were  prevented  by  lack  of  time  from  visiting  the  eastern  end 
of  the  island. 

In  order  to  accomplish  anything  of  importance  it  was  necessary  to 
send  these  parties  out  early,  while  the  general  plans  of  the  Govern- 
ment board  as  regards  buildings,  allotment  of  space,  and  exhibits 
from  the  outlying  possessions  of  the  United  States  were  still  incom- 
plete. The  original  plans  were  considerably  modified  before  being 
adopted,  the  total  amount  of  space  in  the  Government  building  was 
reduced,  and  endeavors  to  form  general  exhibits  from  Cuba  and  Porto 
Rico  under  the  Government  board  were  abandoned  on  account  of  the 
action  of  the  governors  of  these  islands  in  providing  separate  displays. 
It  resulted  that  only  a  portion  of  the  material  collected  could  be  exhib- 
ited, and  this  was  incorporated  with  the  general  Museum  exhibits. 

The  work  of  Professor  Steere  on  the  Amazon  resulted  in  our  obtain- 
ing an  excellent  series  of  characteristic  fresh-water  fishes  of  this  region, 
together  with  characteristic  tortoises  and  other  reptiles. 

In  addition  to  the  material  obtained  by  these  collecting  parties  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN- AMEBIC  AN    EXPOSITION.  187 

Museum  secured  many  fine,  characteristic  North  American  mammals, 
birds,  and  reptiles  through  its  correspondents  and  through  various 
dealers  in  natural-history  material. 

When  completed  the  exhibit  contained  a  very  full  outline  series  of 
the  vertebrate  animals  of  North  America  and  a  smaller  but  still  sig- 
nificant series  from  South  and  Central  America.  (Plate  4.)  Among 
the  mammals  were  such  striking  forms  as  the  Kadiak  bear,  glacier 
bear,  Alaska  moose,  Dall's  white  sheep,  Stone's  sheep,  musk  ox;  such 
birds  as  the  condor,  California  vulture,  rhea  or  American  ostrich,  wild 
turkey,  harpy  eagle,  various  gay-colored  toucans,  the  ara,  Carolina 
paroquet,  whooping  crane,  steamer  duck,  penguin  (Plate  12),  etc., 
together  with  rattlesnakes,  boas,  Gila  monster,  alligator  snapper, 
matamata,  mud  eel,  Cuban  toad,  and  other  characteristic  American 
reptiles  and  batrachians,  and  a  large  series  of  useful,  curious,  and  bril- 
liantly colored  American  fishes.  A  more  detailed  account  of  the  prin- 
cipal features  of  the  exhibit  will  be  found  on  a  later  page. 

TAXIDERMY. 

In  connection  with  the  Buffalo  exhibit  a  system  of  accessories  was 
adopted  which,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has  not  been  attempted  hitherto 
on  a  large  scale.  It  was  impracticable  on  account  of  limited  space  to 
exhibit  groups  showing  the  habits  and  natural  surroundings  of  vari- 
ous species,  while  to  display  the  specimens  on  plain  wooden  stands  was 
thought  to  deprive  them  to  a  certain  extent  of  attractiveness.  A  com- 
promise was  therefore  effected  by  using  small  stands  and  suggesting 
the  environment  by  the  introduction  of  a  few  plants,  a  rock  or  two,  a 
little  snow,  a  branch  of  a  tree,  etc.  Thus,  the  Kadiak  bear  was  placed 
on  a  stand  having  on  it  a  small  section  of  rock,  a  little  sloping  area  of 
sand,  and  a  dead  salmon.  The  fish-eating  habit  of  this  Alaskan  bear 
was  thus  suggested  in  a  very  small  space.  The  indigo  snake  was 
mounted  on  a  base  covered  with  sand,  with  a  pine  cone  or  two  and  a 
bit  of  palmetto  to  indicate  that  it  is  a  denizen  of  the  pine  barrens. 
The  condor  was  represented  as  perched  on  a  pointed  rock,  suggesting 
its  mountain  habitat.  This  treatment  was  not  adopted  for  fishes,  as 
any  endeavor  to  represent  their  environment  would  have  caused  a 
greater  expenditure  of  time  and  money  than  the  circumstances  per- 
mitted. They  were  represented  for  the  most  part  by  painted  plaster 
casts  drawn  from  the  Museum  exhibition  series.  These  were  supple- 
mented by  the  Key  West  collection,  and  by  Professor  Steere's  collec- 
tion from  the  Amazon  Kiver,  preserved  in  formalin.  The  manner  in 
which  these  two  series  of  fishes  were  prepared  presented  some  novel 
features  and  is  deserving  of  a  short  explanation. 

The  collectors  were  provided  with  a  number  of  shallow  galvanized- 
iron  pans,  having  a  uniform  length  of  2  feet,  a  quantity  of  formalin, 
injecting  syringes,  etc.     The  fish  were  injected  as  soon  as  obtained 


Digitized  by 


Google 


188  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

and  placed  in  pans,  with  the  fins  carefully  spread  out  in  natural  posi- 
tions. A  dilute  solution  of  formalin  was  then  poured  into  the  pans 
and  allowed  to  remain  until  the  specimens  hardened  properly.  They 
were  then  taken  out  and  wrapped  in  cloth  and  packed  with  great  care. 
In  the  meantime  a  series  of  80  square  glass  jars,  each  2  feet  long  and 
1  foot  high,  were  purchased  in  Germany,  and  an  equal  number  of  plas- 
ter of  paris  plaques  provided,  1  inch  thick  and  exactly  long  and  high 
enough  to  fit  the  jars.  As  soon  as  the  fish  and  jars  reached  Buffalo 
the  fish  were  attached  to  the  plaques  and  placed  in  the  jars  and  dilute 
formalin  poured  in.  With  one  or  two  exceptions  the  specimens 
remained  in  excellent  condition  throughout  the  exposition.  (See  Plate 
21.)  The  form  of  the  body  and  fins  was  exactly  preserved,  and  the 
color  remained  sufficiently  to  give  a  very  good  idea  of  the  appearance 
of  the  fish  when  alive,  though  the  brighter  tints  of  many  of  the  species 
were  in  most  cases  subdued  or  lost.  No  method  of  preserving  the 
life  colors  perfectly  is  yet  known.  To  a  large  extent  they  appear  to 
be  physiological  phenomena.  The  experiment,  as  a  whole,  may  be 
considered  very  successful.  At  the  end  of  six  months'  exposure  at 
Buffalo  the  collection  was  apparently  in  as  good  condition  as  at  the 
beginning,  and  was  transferred  to  the  Charleston  Exposition  without 
any  further  preparation. 

CASES  AND  INSTALLATION. 

On  account  of  the  large  size  of  some  of  the  mammals,  the  exhibit  of 
the  Department  of  Biology  occupied  the  center  of  the  space  allotted 
to  the  Museum.  Two  wall  cases  40  feet  long,  10  feet  high,  and  4  feet 
deep  were  constructed  for  the  mammals  at  right  angles  with  the  main 
aisle  (Plate  5),  and  flanking  them  along  the  west  wall  was  a  similar  but 
shallower  case  for  the  fishes. 

The  birds  occupied  eight  standard  Museum  screen  cases,  8  feet  6 
inches  long,  in  front  of  the  mammal  cases,  and  in  front  of  these  were 
four  standard  Museum  slope-top  cases,  8  feet  6  inches  long,  for  the 
reptiles  and  batrachians.  A  special  case  was  occupied  by  the  hum- 
ming birds. 

On  account  of  the  small  space  available,  no  attempt  was  made  to 
assemble  the  different  species  in  faunal  groups,  an  arrangement 
which  under  proper  conditions  would  have  been  very  desirable.  In 
temporary  expositions  the  refinements  of  classification  adopted  in 
museums  can  seldom  be  carried  out.  The  Government  building  at 
such  expositions  is  generally  constructed  on  broad  architectural  lines 
to  accommodate  the  diverse  exhibits  of  the  several  executive  depart- 
ments and  bureaus.  The  lighting  and  interior  arrangements  of  the 
portion  allotted  in  such  buildings  to  the  National   Museum  rarely 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  189 

permit  the  carrying  out  of  any  preconcerted  plan  rigorously.  The 
collections  are  fitted  to  the  space  rather  than  the  space  to  the  col- 
lections. This  limitation  was  experienced  in  Buffalo  no  less  than  at 
previous  expositions.  The  condition,  as  already  stated,  was  met  by 
the  abandonment  of  fauna  1  lines  and  the  \ningling  together  of  animals 
from  the  northern  and  southern  parts  of  the  American  continents.  The 
loss  of  faunal  boundaries  was  probably  not  felt  except  by  naturalists. 
The  eye  rested  everywhere  on  American  species  and  only  American, 
and  the  labels  indicated  what  particular  region  each  animal  inhabited. 
All  the  larger  mammals  and  all  the  birds,  reptiles,  batrachians,  and 
fishes  were  furnished  with  descriptive  labels,  containing  in  un technical 
language  the  most  interesting  facts  in  the  natural  history  of  the  vari- 
ous species.  The  preparation  of  these  labels  involved  no  little  labor, 
and  amounted  in  effect  to  writing  a  popular  treatise  on  the  natural  his- 
tory of  the  more  characteristic  American  vertebrates.  The  labels  for 
the  reptiles  and  batrachians  were  prepared  by  Dr.  L.  Stejneger,  those 
for  the  birds  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Richmond,  for  the  mammals  by  Mr.  G.  S. 
Miller,  jr.,  and  for  the  fishes  by  Mr.  B.  A.  Bean.  Specimens  of  these 
labels  are  subjoined. 

GLASS-SNAKE. 

Ophimunts  ivrtiralia  (Linnaeus). 

Although  without  limbs,  and  in  spite  of  its  name,  the  Glass-snake  is  no  snake  at 
all,  but  a  degeuerate  lizard,  not  very  distinctly  related  to  the  species  with  four  well- 
developed  legs.  The  character  by  which  it  may  instantly  be  recognized  is  the  exter- 
nal ear  opening,  which  is  absent  in  ail  snakes. 

The  name  Glass-snake  refers  to  the  brittleness  of  its  tail,  which  is  so  extreme  that 
a  violent  muscular  exertion  is  sufficient  to  disarticulate  the  vertebra*  and  break  the 
animal  in  two  or  more  pieces.  It  lives  in  holes  in  the  ground,  and  when  caught 
often  saves  its  life  by  disengaging  the  tail,  and  leaving  the  wriggling  member  in  the 
hand  of  the  confused  captor.  That  the  separate  parts  of  the  tail  are  twble  to  join  each 
other  and  grow  together  again  is,  of  course,  a  fable.  On  the  contrary,  a  new,  short 
stump  grows  out  to  replace  the  lost  portion  of  the  tail.  This  reduced  portion  is  dif- 
ferently colored,  and  such  a  specimen  as  here  exhibited  is  often  by  the  ignorant 
regarded  as  evidence  of  the  existence  of  the  fabulous  "Hoop-snake,"  the  conical 
stump  being  taken  for  the  alleged  "sting"  of  the  latter. 

The  Glass-snake  is  common  in  the  southern  United  States. 

MOUNTAIN  CARIBOU. 

Rangifer  rnontoniix  Thompson  Seton. 

This  is  the  Caribou  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  of  Canada,  southern  Alaska,  and  Idaho. 
It  is  much  darker  in  color  than  the  Caril>ou  of  the  Maine  woods,  from  which  it  differs 
also  in  various  details  of  structure,  though  its  habits  are  similar.  The  Caribous  are 
the  American  representative  of  the  reindeer,  but  have  never  been  domesticated  by 
the  Indians  or  Eskimos;  and  the  Government  has  found  it  necessary  to  introduce 
tame  reindeer  from  the  Old  World  into  parts  of  Alaska  where  native  Caribous  are 
abundant. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


190  BEPOKT   OF   NATIONAL    MU8EUM,  1901. 

CONIX>R. 

Sarcorhamphw  gryphus  (Linnaeus). 

This  huge  American  vulture  is  one  of  the  largest  birds  of  flight  and  probably 
occupies  the  first  place  among  the  land  birds.  It  ranges  over  a  large  portion  of  South 
America  and  is  restricted  mainly  to  the  Andes,  where  it  ascends  to  heights  not 
reached  by  any  other  creature.  The  condor  is  of  slow  growth,  requiring  about  seven 
years  to  attain  the  full  plumage  shown  by  this  specimen,  and  the  young  birds  occupy 
the  nest  for  a  year  or  more  before  they  are  able  to  fly. 

MAMMALS. 

The  largest  of  the  North  American  game  animals  exhibited  was  the 
Alaska  moose  {Alces  gigax).  This  has  only  recently  been  recognized  as 
a  separate  species.  It  grows  to  a  larger  size  than  the  moose  of  the 
Eastern  States  and  has  larger  antlers,  which  sometimes  have  a  spread 
more  than  6  feet.  They  do  not  remain  in  herds  or  u  yard"  in  winter, 
like  the  Eastern  species,  and  the  Indians  are  therefore  unable  to 
surround  them  in  bands.  The  fine  specimen  exhibited  was  one  of 
a  small  series  obtained  for  the  Museum  a  few  years  ago  by  Mr.  Dall 
De  Weese.  It  was  represented  as  standing  at  the  edge  of  a  ^wood 
among  fallen  branches  and  leaves  and  young  spruce  trees. 

Another  interesting  Alaska  game  animal  was  Dall's  sheep  (Oris 
daf-li).  This  was  also  obtained  in  the  Cooks  Inlet  region  by  Mr.  De 
Weese.  It  is  pure  white  throughout,  and  thus  distinguished  from  all 
other  wild  sheep.  It  lives  among  the  mountain  snow  fields.  The 
species  was  first  made  known  by  Mr.  E.  W.  Nelson. 

In  contrast  with  this  sheep  was  exhibited  the  newly  discovered  black 
sheep,  or  Stone's  sheep,  from  the  northern  limit  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains of  British  America.  (Plate  8.)  This  beautiful  sheep  is  very 
dark  colored  with  numerous  black  markings.  It  was  discovered  by 
Mr.  H.  A.  Stone  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Stikine  Valley,  British 
Columbia,  and  described  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen. 

Two  other  large  Alaskan  mammals  deserve  special  notice.  The 
larger  of  these  is  the  Kadiak  bear  (Urms  middendorfii).  This  is  the 
largest  of  existing  bears  and  the  largest  of  carnivorous  animals. 
(Plate  7.)  It  far  exceeds  the  lion  in  height  and  weight,  adults  prob- 
ably not  falling  short  of  a  ton.  The  specimen  exhibited  weighed  about 
1,200  pounds.  This  huge  bear  occurs,  so  far  as  known,  only  on  Kadiak 
Island  at  the  mouth  of  Cooks  Inlet.  It  feeds  on  salmon  and  on  grasses, 
berries,  and  other  vegetable  matter.  The  species  was  only  recently 
founded  by  Dr.  C.  H.  Merriam,  who  separated  it  from  the  grizzly 
bear  and  from  other  bears  with  long  claws  inhabiting  the  northwestern 
section  of  the  continent. 

The  other  Alaskan  species  above  mentioned  was  the  glacier  bear 
( Ursus  emmonsi).  This  is  a  small  bear  of  the  black-bear  group,  but, 
unlike  its  congeners,  it  is  gray  in  color,  a  very  unusual  tint  among 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT    AT   PAN-AMEBICAN    EXPOSITION.  191 

bears,  and  probably  only  found  elsewhere  in  the  bear  of  the  mountain 
ranges  of  Tibet.  (Plate  9.)  Its  home  is  among  the  snow  fields  and 
glaciers  back  of  Mount  St.  Elias.  Little  is  known  of  its  habits,  and 
but  few  specimens  have  ever  reached  museums.  It  is  among  the 
rarest  of  American  mammals.  Its  existence  was  vaguely  known  to 
hunters  and  explorers  for  a  considerable  time,  but  the  species  was  not 
established  until  1895.  It  was  described  by  Mr.  William  H.  Dall  and 
named  in  honor  of  Lieutenant  Emmons,  U.  S.  Army. 

Another  recently  known  mammal  of  the  Northwest  which  was 
included  in  the  exhibit  was  the  caribou  of  the  northern  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, known  as  the  "mountain  caribou."  It  was  first  made  known  to 
science  in  1899  by  Mr.  Thompson  Seton,  who  obtained  specimens  from 
the  Selkirk  Ranges,  British  Columbia.  Like  Stone's  sheep,  it  is  very 
dark  in  color — much  more  so  than  the  well-known  caribou  of  Maine. 

The  series  of  large  American  arctic  and  subarctic  mammals  included 
ako  the  musk  ox  of  the  barren  grounds  of  Canada,  the  white  goat  (or 
goat  antelope)  (Plate  10),  and  the  fur  seal. 

As  characteristic  large  mammals  of  the  United  States  were  exhibited 
the  prong-horn  (head),  the  puma  or  cougar,  the  gray  wolf  (Plate  11), 
Virginia  deer  (head),  Columbia  deer  (head),  wapiti,  and  bison.a 

Of  Central  American  mammals  the  most  interesting  exhibited  was 
the  Caribbean  seal  (Mcmachm  tropicalis).  This  seal  was  formerly  very 
abundant  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  but  is  now  confined  to  the  Gulf  of 
Campeachy,  where  an  excellent  series  was  recently  obtained  for  the 
Museum  by  Mr.  E.  W.  Nelson.  This  was  one  of  the  first  American 
animals  seen  by  Columbus. 

The  South  American  mammals  had  as  prominent  representatives  the 
vicuna,  a  relative  of  the  well-known  llama;  the  jaguar;  the  kinkajou, 
allied  to  the  raccoon;  the  coati  or  coatimondi;  the  giant  armadillo, 
the  largest  of  these  typical  South  American  mammals;  the  eoypu, 
one  of  the  largest  of  rodent  mammals;  Azara's  dog,  one  of  the  fox- 
like small  wild  dogs  which  replace  the  true  foxes  in  South  America; 
the  chestnut-headed  sloth;  the  chinchilla;  the  Chilean  guemal,  a  char- 
acteristic deer  of  the  southern  Andes;  the  great  ant-eater;  the  vis- 
cacha,  a  rodent  not  unlike  the  prairie  dog,  very  abundant  on  the 
Pampas;  the  Patagonian  cavy;  the  white-tipped  peccary,  and  various 
monkeys,  such  as  the  tufted  Capuchin  monkey,  mantled  howler,  long- 
haired spider  monkey,  etc. 

A  very  interesting  small  mammal  was  the  Cuban  hutia  rat.  Three 
species  of  these  rats  are  peculiar  to  Cuba,  the  indigenous  mammal 
fauna  of  which  consists  in  addition  only  of  certain  bats  and  an  insecti- 
vore  known  as  the  almiqui  (Scletwdon).  In  spite  of  persistent  efforts 
specimens  of  the  last  could  not  be  obtained  for  the  Exposition. 


a0f  this  only  a  head  was  exhibited.     Two  paintings,  representing  the  reckless 
daughter  of  the  bison  which  led  to  its  extermination,  were  also  displayed. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


192  REPOKT   Off   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

BIRDS. 

The  collection  of  birds  shown  at  Buffalo  consisted  of  416  specimens, 
representing  the  most  striking  native  forms  of  the  Western  Hemi 
sphere.  It  contained  representatives  of  the  largest  as  well  as  the 
smallest  of  the  birds  of  this  region.  Prominent  among  the  species  of 
special  interest  was  the  condor  (Sarcorhamphiis  gryphun)  of  the  Andes 
of  South  America.  (Plate  13.)  The  specimen  exhibited  was  a  male 
in  fully  adult  plumage,  which  is  attained  only  after  the  bird  is  6  or  7 
years  old.  As  an  example  of  the  best  style  of  taxidermy  the  specimen 
was  not  surpassed  by  any  other  in  the  collection.  With  the  condor 
was  exhibited  the  California  vulture  (Gymnogyps  calif ornianm),  a  near 
relative  and  one  which  rivals  it  in  size.  It  was  once  common  on  the 
Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States,  but  it  is  now  confined  to  the  less 
accessible  mountains  of  California. 

The  harpy  eagle  (Thrasaetos  harpyia),  a  bird  of  great  strength  and 
cruel  aspect,  living  in  the  dense  lowland  forests  of  tropical  America, 
was  represented  by  a  fine  adult  specimen.  Both  the  golden  and  the 
bald  eagles  (the  latter  being  the  American  "bird  of  freedom)"  were 
represented  by  well-mounted  specimens.  The  largest  bird  shown  was 
the  rhea  {Rhea  aimricana),  the  New  World  representative  of  the  African 
ostrich.  It  lives  on  the  grassy  plains  of  southern  South  America. 
The  prince  of  American  game  birds,  the  wild  turkey  (Mehxigris  gal/<*- 
pavo  fera),  was  shown  in  its  characteristic  attitude  of  strutting.  In 
this  specimen  the  naked  parts  abaut  the  head  and  neck  were  colored 
as  in  life.  Elsewhere  in  the  collection  an  effort  was  also  made  to  ren- 
der the  natural  colors  of  faded  parts  by  painting.  The  necessity  of 
so  doing  is  strongly  felt  in  such  birds  as  the  toucans,  whose  most 
striking  characteristic  is  the  brilliant  coloration  of  the  enormous  bill. 
These  bright  tints  disappear  at  death  and  in  museum  specimens  must 
be  reproduced  by  pigments.  Several  specimens  of  these  toucans  were 
exhibited,  each  one  differing  from  its  fellows  in  tints  and  pattern  of 
color  of  its  bill.  Among  the  species  shown  were  Cuvier's  toucan 
(Ramphmtos  cuoi-er!)^  the  Tocard  toucan  (R.  tocard),  the  toco  (R.  taw), 
the  red-billed  toucan  (7?.  erythrorhynchns),  etc.  Of  the  parrots 
exhibited  the  hawk  parrot  (Deroptyus  accipitrinus)  deserves  special 
notice.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  tiara-like  crest  of  bright  colors,  and 
is  an  uncommon  species,  native  of  the  Amazon  region.  From  the 
mountains  of  the  small  island  of  Dominica  was  shown  the  rare  imperial 
parrot  (Amazona  imperialh),  conspicuous  for  its  unusual  purple  color- 
ing. Of  equal  interest  was  the  St.  Vincent  parrot  (Amazona  gull- 
dingi),  which  is  noted  for  the  yellow  markings  on  its  wings.  Other 
noteworthy  species  of  parrots  exhibited  were  the  grass-green  paroquet 
of  Brazil,  a  vivid  green  bird  scarcely  as  large  as  a  sparrow  and  one  of 
the  smallest  members  of  this  family;  and  the  Carolina  paroquet  (Conn- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION,  193 

rus  carolinenzi*),  formerly  common  in  many  parts  of  the  eastern  half 
of  the  United  States,  but  now  restricted  to  parte  of  Florida  and 
Arkansas. 
j  Two  of  the  most  gorgeous  species  of  macaws  were  exhibited — the 
]  blue-and-yellow  macaw  (Ara  ararauna),  and  the  red-blue-and-yellow 
macaw  (A.  macao).  They  are  large  birds  with  very  long  tails  and 
richly  colored,  as  their  names  indicate.  Both  species  inhabit  tropical 
America  and  are  commonly  kept  in  zoological  gardens. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  small  birds  in  the  collection  was  a  crowned 
tyrant  (Oncorhynchus  regius),  a  South  American  flycatcher,  of  dull 
coloration  generally,  but  with  a  brightly  colored,  transverse  crest  of 
unusual  size.  The  tyrant  can  erect  its  crest  at  will,  but  in  a  state  of 
rest  it  is  folded  inconspicuously  on  the  bird's  back. 

Among  the  most  remarkable  birds  in  the  collection  was  the  king 
vulture  {Gypagus  papa),  native  of  the  wanner  parts  of  America.  It 
is  of  a  creamy  white  and  black  color,  with  a  hairy,  featherless  head 
and  neck,  the  skin  of  which  is  decorated  with  most  of  the  colors  of  the 
rainbow. 

The  steamer  duck  (Tachyeres  cinerea)  of  Patagonia,  a  large  gray  bird, 
is  remarkable  in  possessing  the  power  of  flight  only  while  young,  adults 
being  too  heavy  to  fly,  on  account  of  the  small  size  of  the  wings.  This 
is  one  of  the  characteristic  birds  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  The 
specimen  exhibited  was  not  as  good  as  could  be  desired,  but  it  was 
found  impossible  to  obtain  a  better  one  in  time  for  the  Exposition. 
Several  handsome  Arctic  ducks  were  shown,  such  as  the  Harlequin 
(ffistrismica*  hwtrivnicus),  spectacled  eider  (Aretonetta  fischeri),  Stel- 
lers  duck  {Eniconetta  stellen),  and  the  king  eider  (Somateria  specta- 
hili*),  all  noted  for  their  bright  colors.  The  most  beautiful  American 
species  is  the  wood  duck  ( Aix  spansa),  a  specimen  of  which  was  included 
in  the  exhibit. 

The  great  whooping  crane  (Gmts  aniericana)  of  our  western  prairies 
was  represented  by  an  excellent  specimen  from  Manitoba.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  striking  members  of  its  family  and  stands  about  4  feet 
high.     (Plate  14.) 

A  strange  pheasant-like  bird  from  the  Orinoco  region  is  the  Hoatzin 
(Opisthocoinus  hoatzin),  an  adult  example  of  which  was  exhibited. 
This  species  is  of  sombre  coloring,  but  is  of  interest  on  account  of  its 
isolated  position  in  the  avian  world.  Although  superficially  similar 
to  some  of  the  gallinaceous  birds,  it  has  no  very  near  relatives.  The 
young  Hoatzins  are  armed  with  double  claws  at  the  bend  of  the  wing 
and  climb  about  in  trees  overhanging  the  water  after  the  manner 
of  bats. 

A  bird  which  attracted  much  attention  was  the  barn  owl  (Strixpra- 
tincold)^  also  known  as  the  monkey-faced  owl.     This  species,  on  account 
of  its  strictly  nocturnal  habits,  is  little  known  to  the  general  public, 
NAT  MU8  1901 13 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


194  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

although  it  is  rather  common  over  a  wide  area  in  the  United  States. 
Its  curious  visage  stamps  it  as  a;  bird  of  great  rarity  in  the  minds  of 
the  laymen. 

Of  almost  equal  interest  to  the  people  at  large  are  two  other  com- 
mon American  birds,  the  night  hawk  and  the  whip-poor-will,  which 
by  many  are  thought  to  be  one  and  the  same  species.  These  two 
species  were  exhibited  side  by  side,  and  accompanied  by  explanatory 
labels,  pointing  out  the  differences  in  structure  and  habits  of  the  two 
birds. 

Two  birds  of  singular  appearance  included  in  the  collection  were 
the  roseate  spoonbill  (Ajaja  ajaja),  a  bright-plumaged  bird  of  tropical 
America,  remarkable  for  its  flattened  spoon-shaped  bill  and  crimson 
shoulder  patches;  and  the  boatbill  (Cocldearius  zek>dtmi),  a  nocturnal 
variety  of  heron  from  tropical  America,  named  from  its  bill,  which 
bears  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  upturned  surface  of  a  boat. 

Of  Arctic  birds  the  exhibit  included,  among  others,  the  tufted  puf- 
fin (Lunda  cirrhata),  a  member  of  the  auk  family,  of  plain  black 
plumage,  peculiar  for  its  high,  laterally  compressed,  bright-colored 
bill,  and  curly  tufts  of  white  hairy  feathers  springing  from  the  sides 
of  its  head;  and  the  sno^y  owl  (Nyctea  nyctea),  one  of  the  largest 
species  of  the  owl  tribe.  This  bird  is  dressed  in  pure  white,  relieved 
here  and  there  by  a  few  black  spots.  Its  plumage  is  very  thick,  even 
the  bill  and  feet  being  hidden  in  a  dense  covering  of  hairy  feathers  to 
protect  them  from  the  Arctic  cold. 

Very  owl-like  in  appearance  is  the  grand  potoo  (Nyctibiw*  grandu*), 
a  bird  belonging  to  the  whip-poor-will  family.  It  is  of  a  mottled  gray 
and  black  color,  and  has  an  enormous  mouth.  It  inhabits  the  northern 
half  of  South  America.  The  specimen  exhibited  was  of  large  size, 
but  hardly  in  so  good  plumage  as  many  of  the  North  American  birds. 
The  oil  bird  (SteatornU  steatomts)  is  related  to  the  goat  suckers.  It 
dwells  in  caverns  in  the  northern  part  of  South  America,  and  was  dis- 
covered by  Humboldt  during  his  travels  in  that  region.  It  lives  upon 
fruits  and  berries.  An  adult  specimen  was  exhibited.  A  bird  which 
attracted  the  attention  of  many  visitors  was  the  man-o'-war  bird,  whose 
abnormally  long,  folded  wings  project  far  beyond  its  body.  In  flight 
it  is  one  of  the  most  active  and  graceful  of  all  birds.  It  is  a  native  of 
all  tropical  seas.  Of  the  commoner  birds  exhibited  one  of  the  most 
curious  was  the  anhinga  (Anhlnga  anhingii)  or  snake  bird,  a  native  of 
Florida  and  tropical  America,  where  it  haunts  sluggish  streams  and 
wooded  swamps,  usually  perching  upon  snags  or  stumps  projecting 
from  the  water.  It  has  a  very  small  head  and  long,  narrow  neck, 
whence  the  name  "  snake  bird." 

Among  the  woodpeckers  exhibited  at  Buffalo  may  be  mentioned  two 
species  mounted  upon  one  perch  and  labeled  "giant  and  pygmy  wood- 
peckers."    The  giant  is  the  imperial  woodpecker  (Campephilw  t/npe- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT  PAN-  AMEBIC  Atf   EXPOSITION.  195 

rialw)  of  the  pine  forests  of  northern  Mexico,  the  largest  known 
member  of  its  family.  The  other  species  is  the  pygmy  woodpecker 
(Pieummis  pygmaeus),  from  Brazil,  one  of  the  smallest  of  all  wood- 
peckers. Several  other  species  of  woodpeckers  were  shown,  including 
two  bright-colored  species  from  Cuba. 

The  avian  fauna  of  Central  America  was  prominently  represented 
by  the  resplendent  trogon,  or  quezal  (Pharomachrus  mocinno),  the 
most  gorgeous  example  of  its  family.  It  is  a  native  of  certain  high 
mountains  of  Central  America,  and  is  the  national  bird  of  Guatemala. 
It  is  of  a  brilliant  metallic  green  above  and  crimson  below,  with  a 
flattened  crest  and  long  streaming  tail  coverts  extending  2£  feet 
beyond  the  body.  The  Cuban  trogon  (Priotdus  temnurm),  which  was 
also  shown,  is  confined  to  the  island  of  Cuba  and  is  noted  for  the  pecul- 
iar shape  of  the  tail  feathers,  which  look  as  if  they  had  been  notched  at 
the  end  with  a  pair  of  scissors.  A  small,  plain-colored  species,  which 
might  easily  be  overlooked  in  a  collection  of  this  kind,  is  the  crested 
ovenbird  of  Brazil  (Hcmwrm  cristatus),  which  is,  however,  notewor- 
thy on  account  of  its  remarkable  nest-building  habits.  These  nests  are 
composed  largely  of  sticks,  some  of  them  as  thick  as  one's  little  finger 
and  2  feet  long,  the  whole  structure  resembling  a  barrel  lying  upon  its 
side.  The  nests  are  about  the  size  of  an  ordinary  flour  barrel,  while  the 
bird  is  no  larger  than  our  catbird.  The  jacamars  constitute  a  family 
of  brilliantly  colored  tropical  American  species,  related  to  the  king- 
fishers. The  species,  several  of  which  were  represented  at  Buffalo, 
are  all  inhabitants  of  dense  forest  recesses,  where  they  pass  much  of 
their  time  perched  on  dead  twigs  near  the  ground.  The  most  striking 
species  is  the  grand  jacamar  (Jacamarops  a  urea) ,  of  which  several 
specimens  were  shown.  The  motmots,  represented  by  several  species, 
are  less  gorgeous  than  the  jacamars,  but  have  similar  habits.  They 
are  noted  particularly  for  their  habit  of  trimming  their  tails,  the  two 
central  feathers  of  which  are  denuded  of  the  webs  for  a  distance  of 
about  an  inch  at  the  ends. 

Among  the  numerous  bright-colored  members  of  the  Tanager  fam- 
ily may  be  mentioned  the  callistes  (genus  Oalonpiza),  some  of  which 
are  exquisitely  colored,  the  seven-colored  calliste  {Cafospiza  tatao) 
being  one  of  the  most  tastefullv  decorated.  The  red-eared  calliste 
(Chloroehrysa pkomicotis)  is  unique  in  having  on  its  shoulders  a  patch 
of  color  not  to  be  matched  in  any  other  bird. 

Of  more  brilliant  colors,  and  in  many  ways  the  most  remarkable 
assemblage  of  birds  to  be  found  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  is  the 
group  known  collectively  as  cotingas.  In  this  family,  grouped  by 
certain  peculiarities  of  structure,  may  be  found  such  singular  birds  as 
the  umbrella  bird  {Cephalopterus  ofnaiw),  the  bell  bird  (Catmwrhyn- 
cfam  tricarurvculaPus)^  the  bald  fruit  crow  {Gywrwcephahts  calvm),  th9 
cock  of  the  rock  {Hupicola  nipicola),  etc.,  all  remarkable  for  richness 


Digitized  by 


Google 


196  BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901, 

of  coloring  or  some  bizarre  style  of  plumage  or  ornamental  append- 
ages. The  holy-ghost  bird  ( Carpodectes  nitidus),  of  the  same  family, 
is  almost  pure  white,  with  a  delicate  wash  of  blue  on  the  upper  sur- 
face, and  an  innocent,  dove-like  expression.  Examples  of  these  and 
many  other  striking  forms  of  the  cotinga  family  were  exhibited. 

About  150  specimens  of  hummingbirds  were  shown  in  a  special  case, 
representing  many  of  the  more  interesting  species  of  this  exclusively 
American  family.  Though  diminutive  in  size  and  occupying  but  little 
space,  the  gem-like  brilliancy  of  their  plumage  outshone  the  larger 
birds. 

REPTILES  AND  BATRACHIANS. 

The  exhibit  of  these  classes  of  American  animals  included  the  largest 
and  most  characteristic  species  of  which  specimens  could  be  obtained. 
The  series  consisted  entirely  of  painted  plaster  casts  on  bases,  with 
accessories,  suggesting  the  natural  environment  or  habits  of  the  various 
species. 

One  of  the  largest  and  most  interesting  specimens  was  the  turtle 
known  as  the  alligator  snapper.  This  turtle  is  found  in  the  South- 
western United  States.  It  is  the  largest  species  of  fresh-water  turtle 
now  existing,  and  is  only  surpassed  in  the  class  Testudinata  by  the 
giant  tortoises  of  the  Galapagos  Islands.  The  specimen  exhibited  is 
the  largest  one  of  the  species  of  which  there  is  any  record,  and  hence 
the  largest  American  fresh-water  turtle  thus  far  known.  (Plate  18.) 
The  shell  is  29£  inches  long  and  84  inches  wide.  It  was  obtained  in 
southern  Texas.  Other  interesting  American  turtles  exhibited  were 
the  snapping  turtle,  the  curious  soft-shelled  turtle,  the  box  tortoise, 
etc.  A  ver}'  good  specimen  of  one  of  the  large  Galapagos  Island  land 
tortoises  was  also  exhibited.  Specimens  of  the  mata-mata  of  Brazil, 
the  most  grotesque  turtle  known,  and  the  large  Amazon  River  turtle 
were  also  prepared,  but  could  not  be  exhibited  for  lack  of  space. 

The  poisonous  snakes  of  North  America  were  represented  by  the 
diamond  rattlesnake  (C  ratal  us  adamantem),  the  largest  and  most  poi- 
sonous American  species;  the  well-known  copperhead,  and  the  water 
moccasin,  or  cotton  mouth,  which  is  much  dreaded  in  the  Southern 
States. 

The  larger  but  nonpoisonous  snakes  of  tropical  America  were  rep- 
resented by  the  boas.  (Plate  16.)  The  Museum  was  fortunate  enough 
to  obtain  specimens  of  the  yellow  boa  of  Jamaica,  the  Cuban  boa 
'(known  as  the  Maja  de  Santa  Maria),  which  is  the  largest  snake  of  the 
West  Indies,  and  the  well-known  boa  constrictor  of  South  America. 
Of  the  last,  a  beautiful  cast  of  a  specimen  12  feet  long  and  also  a  cast 
of  a  young  individual  were  exhibited.  The  Cuban  and  Jamaica  boas 
could  not  be  exhibited  on  account  of  reduction  of  space.     Several  of 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.      -  197 

the  characteristic  small  harmless  snakes  were  also  displayed,  and  with 
them  a  very  instructive  preparation  representing  the  nest  and  eggs  of 
the  curious  hog-nosed  snake  and  the  newly  hatched  young  snakes. 
(Plate  17.) 

The  American  lizards  are  for  the  most  part  too  small  to  he  attractive 
at  an  exposition,  hut  the  Pan-American  exhibit  included  a  fine  cast  of 
the  so-called  Gila  monster,  which  is  the  only  known  poisonous  lizard. 
It  inhabits  the  arid  regions  of  the  Southwestern  United  States  and 
adjacent  parts  of  Mexico.  Its  venom  is  powerful  and  may  cause  death, 
but  as  it  is  a  very  sluggish  creature  cases  of  poison  are  not  frequent. 

Two  large  Cuban  lizards  found  a  place  in  the  exhibit,  the  Cuban 
iguana  (Plate  15),  one  of  the  largest  of  American  lizards,  reaching  a 
length  of  5  feet,  and  the  Cuban  chameleon,  which,  like  the  Old  World 
chameleons,  can  change  its  color,  though  it  is  not  allied  to  them,  but 
belongs  to  the  American  family  of  Anolis  lizards.  The  east  of  the 
Cuban  iguana  in  its  pose  and  coloring  was  one  of  the  most  satisfactory 
and  lifelike  pieces  prepared  for  the  Exposition. 

The  curious  lizard  known  as  the  "glass  snake"  was  also  included 
in  the  exhibit.  This  is  a  lizard  without  limbs,  and  hence  resembles  a 
snake.  It  has  the  power  of  detaching  its  tail  by  powerful  muscular 
contractions,  and  as  in  this  case  a  new  short  pointed  tail  grows  out,  it 
has  formed  the  basis  of  the  stories  of  the  mythical  "hoop  snake." 

The  exhibit  of  batrachians  was  smaller  than  that  of  reptiles,  but 
included  the  more  characteristic  American  forms,  such  as  the  mud  eel, 
tiger  salamander,  etc.,  and  several  kinds  of  toads  and  frogs.  Among 
the  latter  was  the  Cuban  toad,  remarkable  for  its  large  size,  and  the 
large  Cuban  tree  frog. 

FISHES. 

The  exhibit  of  fishes  comprised  more  than  100  specimens,  of  which 
the  majority  were  painted  casts.  The  object  of  the  exhibit  was  to 
represent  as  fully  as  space  would  permit  the  larger,  more  character- 
istic, and  more  important  American  species.  It  was  found  imprac- 
ticable to  make  a  satisfactory  exhibit  of  West  coast  species,  but  the 
most  important  forms  on  the  Atlantic  coast  and  the  fresh  waters  were 
well  represented.     (Plate  6.) 

The  series  included  many  of  the  most  important  game  and  food 
fishes,  such  as  the  sheepshead,  Spanish  mackerel,  striped  bass,  tarpon, 
bluefish,  croaker,  mullet,  and  menhaden.  Tarpon,  which  is  well 
known  as  one  of  the  largest  American  game  fishes,  was  represented 
by  a  stuffed  skin  from  Florida,  presented  by  Bennett  II.  Young,  esq. 

The  Museum  was  fortunate  in  obtaining  for  this  exhibit  a  good  cast 
of  the  man-eater,  or  great  white,  shark,  13£  feet  in  length.  Specimens 
of  the  dusky  shark  and  shovel-nose  shark  were  also  exhibited,  the  for- 
mer with  the  curious  remora,  or  sucking  fish,  attached.     The  allied 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


198  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

skates  were  represented  by  a  common  species  which  reaches  a  length 
of  2  feet,  and  the  arraya,  or  stingray,  of  the  coast  of  Brazil,  which 
enters  the  Amazon  and  other  rivers. 

Several  of  the  largest  species  of  the  true  fishes  were  included  in  the 
exhibit,  such  as  the  horse  mackerel,  which  reaches  a  length  of  10  feet 
or  more,  with  a  weight  of  1,500  pounds;  the  barracuda  of  the  tropical 
Atlantic,  which  reaches  a  length  of  6  feet;  and  the  wolf  fishes,  found 
in  the  deep  waters  of  both  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific. 

The  exhibit  included  many  curious  and  grotesque  marine  fishes, 
such  as  the  sea  bat,  a  small  species  often  sold  in  curiosity  shops;  four- 
eyed  fishes,  so  named  on  account  of  the  dark  horizontal  line  crossing 
the  eyes;  the  poison  toad  of  the  tropical  Atlantic,  which  is  much  feared 
by  the  fishermen,  who  say  that  its  spines  inflict  very  painful  wounds. 
Besides  these  are  included  the  well-known  flying  fish,  the  large  sail- 
fish,  remarkable  for  the  development  of  the  dorsal  fin,  a  portion  of 
which  extends  above  the  surface  of  the  water  when  the  fish  is  swim- 
ming; the  beautiful  thread-fish,  with  its  thread-like  fins,  and  many 
others. 

The  exhibit  of  tropical  Atlantic  fishes  included  many  of  the  larger 
characteristic  species  found  in  Key  West  and  in  the  West  Indies, 
including  some  used  as  food  in  Cuba.  Among  these  were  the  lane 
snapper,  the  most  important  food  fish  of  the  Havana  markets;  the  dog 
snapper;  the  Margate  fish,  an  important  food-fish  in  Key  West,  Nassau, 
and  Havana;  several  other  species  of  grunts,  among  which  the  com- 
mon or  white  grunt  is  the  most  abundant  food-fish  at  Key  West.  The 
groupers,  one  of  the  most  characteristic  groups  of  tropical  fishes,  were 
represented  by  numerous  species,  such  as  the  rock  hind,  the  Nassau 
grouper,  one  of  the  most  attractive  of  its  tribe  and  of  large  size,  reach- 
ing a  weight  of  50  pounds;  the  red  grouper,  a  common  species  of  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico;  and  most  remarkable  of  all,  the  jewfish,  which  is 
perhaps  the  largest  of  the  tribe;  it  reaches  a  weight  of  500  pounds. 
Specimens  weighing  from  150  to  250  pounds  are  sold  in  pieces  in  the 
market  like  halibut. 

Other  especially  interesting  species  were  the  beautiful  angel  fishes 
(Plate  20),  some  of  which  stray  northward  as  far  as  the  coast  of  New 
Jersey,  but  are  characteristic  of  the  tropical  Atlantic;  and  the  rose 
fish,  remarkable  for  its  brilliant  colors;  the  red  drum  (Plate  10),  etc 

In  addition  to  the  marine  fishes  it  was  considered  especially  desira- 
ble to  display  the  more  characteristic  fresh- water  species  of  North  and 
South  America.  The  latter  series  was  necessarily  confined  to  species 
inhabiting  the  Amazon  and  its  tributaries,  as  opportunities  were  not 
afforded  to  obtain  specimens  from  the  southern  rivers.  Among  the 
North  American  forms  were  such  well-known  game  fishes  as  the  gray- 
ling, remarkable  for  its  large  dorsal  fin;  the  pickerel,  etc.     The  fishes 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT    AT   PAN-AMEEICAN    EXPOSITION.  199 

of  the  Great  Lakes  were  represented  by  the  fresh- water  drum,  white 
fish,  and  large  catfish,  which  reaches  a  weight  of  100  pounds  or  more, 
the  moon  eye  and  the  red-horse  mullet.  The  series  also  included  speci- 
mens of  the  buffalo  fish,  the  largest  of  the  suckers,  reaching  a  weight 
of  50  pounds  or  more,  found  mainly  in  the  Mississippi  River  and  its 
tributaries.  Species  peculiar  to  the  fresh  waters  of  North  America 
were  the  gar  pike  and  mud  fish,  two  very  old  types  of  fishes,  and  the 
singular  paddle  fish  of  the  Southern  and  Western  rivers. 

Among  the  most  abundant  and  characteristic  fresh- water  fishes  of 
South  America  are  the  catfishes,  of  which  there  are  many  species, 
some  of  which  are  extremely  interesting  on  account  of  their  curious 
mail-like  scales  and  large  spines.  Among  those  exhibited  was  the 
small  aeary  caciraba,  in  which  the  body  and  head  are  entirely  covered 
with  a  coat  of  mail,  made  up  of  interlocking,  bony  platas.  It  is 
typical  of  the  large  group  comprising  more  than  a  hundred  species. 
Several  other  species  of  acary  are  included  in  the  series.  Another 
characteristic  group  of  fresh-water  fishes  of  South  America  are  the 
characins.  They  are  carnivorous  fishes,  feeding  on  various  aquatic 
animals,  including  members  of  their  own  class.  Several  representa- 
tive forms  of  this  characteristic  group  were  included  in  the  exhibit, 
such  as  peixe  cachowo,  one  of  the  most  formidable  of  the  characins, 
reaching  a  length  of  4  feet;  the  jeju  and  the  agulha,  which  are  valued 
as  food  fishes.  Specimens  of  the  electric  eel  could  not  be  obtained, 
but  it  was  represented  by  an  allied  form,  the  itui,  a  common  species 
of  tropical  America. 

At  an  early  stage  in  the  development  of  plans,  it  was  proposed  to 
add  to  the  exhibit  of  fishes  characteristic  of  American  waters  a  series 
of  enlarged  models  of  fishes  of  the  deep  sea.  It  proved,  impossible, 
however,  to  construct  these  in  the  time  available,  but  a  single  example 
was  prepared.  The  species  chosen  was  one  known  as  jEtfvoprora  efful- 
gens,  belonging  to  a  characteristic  family  of  deep-sea  fishes,  many  of 
which  are  remarkable  for  their  phosphorescent  organs.  In  the  species 
exhibited  there  is  in  addition  the  luminous  spots  on  the  sides  found 
in  many  deep-sea  fishes,  a  large  luminous  area  like  a  lantern  on  the 
top  of  the  head.  This  extraordinary  creature  must  present  a  remark- 
able appearance  when  swimming  in  the  dark  abysses  of  the  ocean. 
The  model  shown  at  Buffalo  was  eight  times  natural  size  and  had  a 
length  of  4  feet  (Plate  22).  The  luminous  spots  on  the  sides  were 
represented  by  buttons  of  glass  connected  with  the  interior  by  tubes. 
The  luminous  protuberance  on  the  head  was  modeled  in  gelatine  and 
tinted.  The  model  was  so  connected  with  the  electric-lighting  system 
in  the  building  that  a  gentle  glow  appeared  in  the  side  spots  and  frontal 
protuberance,  producing  a  very  striking  and  it  is  believed  a  quite 
accurate  notion  of  the  appearance  of  a  living  phosphorescent  deep-sea 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


200  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

THE   EXHIBIT  OF  THE' DEPARTMENT  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY. 

By  William  H.  Holmes, 
Head  Curator. 

When  plans  were  required  for  an  anthropological  exhibit  to  form 
part  of  the  Government's  display  at  the  Pan-American  Exposition  in 
Buffalo,  1901,  it  was  not  difficult  to  decide  as  to  what  portion  of  the 
very  wide  field  included  in  the  Museum  department  should  "be  selected. 
The  Pan-American  concept  furnished  the  suggestion,  and  it  was 
arranged  to  present  in  the  most  striking  manner  possible  a  synopsis  of 
the  Pan-American  aborigines,  the  native  peoples  of  America,  from 
the  Eskimo  of  North  Greenland  to  the  wild  tribes  of  Tierra  del  Fuego. 
The  most  salient  ideas  or  features  available  for  exposition  presenta- 
tion in  this  field  are  (1)  the  peoples  themselves,  and  (2)  the  material 
products  of  their  varied  activities. 

GROUPS  OF  LAY  FIGURES. 

The  most  important  unit  available  for  illustrating  a  people  is  the 
family  group — the  men,  women,  and  children,  with  their  costumes, 
personal  adornments,  and  general  belongings.  It  was  therefore  decided 
to  undertake  the  preparation  ot  12  lay -figure  family  groups,  illustrat- 
ing such  tribes  as  would  serve  best  as  types  of  the  ethnic  provinces 
distributed  between  the  northern  and  southern  extremes.  With  such 
a  set  of  groups  geographically  arranged  upon  the  exhibition  space  it 
was  conceived  that  the  student,  and  even  the  ordinary  visitor,  might, 
by  passing  from  north  to  south  or  from  south  to  north  through  the 
series,  form  a  vivid  and  definite  notion  of  the  appearance,  condition, 
and  culture  of  the  race  or  peoples  called  American  Indians,  the  race 
so  rudely  and  completely  supplanted  by  the  nations  of  the  Old  World. 
Each  lay-figure  group  comprises  from  four  to  seven  individuals, 
selected  to  best  convey  an  idea  of  the  various  members  of  a  typical 
family,  old  and  young  of  both  sexes. 

Two  of  these  groups,  the  Greenland  Eskimo  and  the  Patagonian, 
occupy  cases  8  by  12  feet  in  horizontal  dimensions  and  stand  at  the 
northern  and  southern  extremities  of  the  exhibit.  The  other  cases 
are  smaller  and  accommodate  from  three  to  six  figures.  Each  mem- 
ber of  a  group  is  represented  as  engaged  in  some  suitable  occupation. 
The  activities  of  the  people  are  thus  illustrated  and  the  various  prod- 
ucts of  industry  are,  as  far  as  possible,  brought  together  in  consistent 
relations  with  the  group. 

In  building  these  figures  the  closest  possible  approach  to  accuracy 
was  sought,  but  satisfactory  costumes  were  not  always  available,  and 
collections  illustrating  arts  and  industries  were  found  to  be  deficient, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT  PAN- AMEBIC  AN    EXPOSITION.  201 

save  in  a  few  cases.  It  is  therefore  felt  that  the  exhibit  is  not  yet 
complete  and  that  many  changes  will  be  necessary  to  bring  it  up  to  a 
satisfactory  standard.  It  was  impossible,  in  the  short  time  allotted 
for  the  work,  to  secure  life  masks  of  the  people,  save  in  a  very  few 
cases,  but  the  sculptors  were  required  to  reproduce  the  physical  type 
in  each  instance  as  accurately  as  the  available  drawings  and  photo- 
graphs would  permit.  Especial  effort  was  made  to.  give  a  correct 
impression  of  the  group  as  a  whole,  rather  than  to  present  portraits  of 
individuals,  which  can  be  better  presented  in  other  ways.  Life  masks, 
as  ordinarily  taken,  convey  no  clear  notion  of  the  people.  The  faces 
are  distorted  and  expressionless,  the  eyes  are  closed,  and  the  lips 
compressed.  Like  the  ordinary  studio  photograph  of  primitive 
sitters,  the  mask  serves  chiefly  to  misrepresent  the  native  countenance 
and  disposition;  besides,  the  individual  face  is  not  necessarily  a  good 
type  of  a  group.  Good  types  may,  however,  be  worked  out  by  the 
skilful  artist  and  sculptor,  who  alone  can  adequately  present  these 
little-understood  people  as  they  really  are  and  with  reasonable  unity 
in  pose  and  expression. 

The  lack  of  appropriate  and  complete  costumes,  especially  for  the 
women  and  children,  proved  the  most  serious  drawback.  An  attempt 
was  made  to  remedy  this  by  sending  collectors  to  the  field,  but  only 
one  of  four  expeditions  sent  out  returned  in  time  to  be  of  service  in 
the  preparation  of  this  exhibit. 

It  is  well  understood  that  for  exposition  purposes  the  assemblage  of 
family  groups — or  larger  units — of  the  living  peoples  would  be  far 
superior  to  lay-figure  exhibits.  The  real  family,  clothed  in  its  own 
costumes,  engaged  in  its  own  occupations,  and  surrounded  by  its 
actual  belongings,  would  form  the  best  possible  illustration  of  a  peo- 
ple; but  such  an  exhibit,  covering  the  whole  American  field,  would 
require  much  time  for  its  preparation  as  well  as  the  expenditure  of 
large  sums  of  money.  Furthermore,  from  the  museum  point  of  view, 
the  creation  of  a  set  of  adequate  and  artistic  lay -figure  groups  forms  a 
permanent  exhibit  which,  set  up  in  the  museum,  continues  to  please 
and  instruct  for  generations;  whereas  the  real  people,  howsoever 
well  assembled,  must  scatter  at  the  close  of  the  exposition,  and  nothing 
is  left  for  future  museum  display.  Such  assemblages  of  our  native 
peoples  as  those  of  the  World's  Columbian,  the  Trans-Mississippi,  and 
the  Pan-American  expositions  are  highly  interesting  and  instructive, 
but  their  influence  is  soon  lost,  since  they  reach  onl}  the  audience  of 
the  season. 

Future  expositions  may  essay  the  bringing  together  of  living  repre- 
sentatives of  type  tribes,  scientifically  presented  and  free  from  the 
commercial  incubus,  but  to  secure  satisfactory  results  the  work  must 
needs  begin  not  less  than  two  years  before  the  opening  of  the  expo- 
sition. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


202  REPORT   OF  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

The  family  groups  and  other  lay  figures  included  in  the  present 
exhibit  are  such  as  could  be  brought  together  in  the  short  period 
allotted  for  preparation,  and  represent  the  following  tribes: 

1.  North  Greenland  Eskimo. 

2.  Eastern  Eskimo. 

3.  Alaskan  Eskimo. 

4.  Chilkat  Indians,  Alaska. 

5.  Hupa  Indians,  California. 

6.  Sioux  Indians,  the  Great  Plains. 

7.  Navaho  Indians,  the  arid  region. 

8.  Zuni  Indians,  the  arid  region. 

9.  Cocopa  Indians,  Sonora,  Mexico. 
10.  Maya-Quiche  Indians,  Guatemala. 

11a.  Zapotec  Indian  woman,  Oaxaca,  Mexico. 
lib.  Jivaro  Indian  man,  Brazil. 
11<?.  Piro  Indian  man,  Brazil. 
12.  Tehuelche  Indians,  Patagonia. 

Exhibits  2,  3,  and  11  of  this  series  were  not  completed  as  family 
groups  and  remain  assemblages  of  independent  figures  simply. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THK  GROUPS. 

The  first  exhibit  of  the  series  (Plate  23),  beginning  at  the  north,  shows 
an  Eskimo  family  of  Smith  Sound,  northwestern  Greenland.  These 
are  the  most  northern  inhabitants  of  the  world  known.  On  account 
of  the  prevalence  of  ice  the  year  round  they  make  little  use  of  the 
kaiak,  or  skin  boat,  employed  so  constantly  by  the  more  southern 
Eskimo,  using  the  dog  sled  for  transportation.  Their  clothing  is  of 
skins  of  the  seal,  reindeer,  birds,  and  dogs,  and  their  houses  are  often 
built  of  snow.  Their  activities  are  nearly  all  associated  with  the  mere 
struggle  for  existence. 

This  group  represents  a  family  as  it  might  appear  in  the  spring, 
moving  across  the  ice  fields.  The  young  man  has  succeeded  in  club- 
bing a  small  seal,  and  having  called  on  the  sledge  party  to  haul  it 
home  is  laughed  at  by  the  elder  man,  who  tells  him  he  should  have 
carried  it  on  his  back. 

This  episode  is  chosen  with  the  view  of  illustrating  the  noteworthy 
fact  that  these  farthest-north  people  are  exceptionally  cheerful  in  dis- 
position, notwithstanding  the  rigor  of  the  climate  and  the  hardships 
of  their  life.  The  woman,  who  carries  a  babe  in  her  hood,  is  about  to 
help  attach  the  seal  to  the  sledge,  and  the  girl,  who  plays  with  the  dogs, 
and  the  boy,  who  clings  to  the  back  of  the  sledge,  are  not  insensible  to 
the  pleasantries  of  the  occasion. 

In  the  second  exhibit  (Plate  24)  three  south  Greenland  figures  take 
the  place  of  the  family  group,  which  could  not  be  completed  in  time. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT    AT    PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  203 

They  represent  the  Eskimo  who  inhabit  Greenland,  the  shores  of 
northern  Labrador,  and  Hudson  Bay  adjoining.  The  figure  at  the 
right  is  that  of  a  young  woman  of  southwestern  Greenland,  her  dress 
resembling  that  of  a  Lapp.  Her  people  have  been  under  instruc- 
tion of  Moravian  missionaries  for  generations.  The  middle  figure 
represents  the  native  right-hand  man  of  the  intrepid  whalers,  who 
before  the  discovery  of  coal  oil  ransacked  Hudson  Bay  for  oil  and 
baleen.  The  woman  at  the  left  is  from  Ungava  Bav,  and  is  dressed  in 
aboriginal  costume  of  reindeer  fur,  little  modified  by  outside  influences. 
Her  loose,  roomy  garments  correspond  with  those  figured  by  the  early 
voyagers.  In  her  left  hand  she  carries  a  large  wooden  plate,  while 
the  right  is  lifted  to  ease  the  headband  which  passes  around  the  fore- 
head, sustaining  the  bat>e  held  in  the  hood  behind.  The  eastern  Eskimo 
are  especially  interesting  on  account  of  their  association  with  the 
exploring  expeditions  sent  out  in  the  last  century  to  search  for  the 
northwest  passage  and  the  North  Pole. 

The  third  case  (Plate  25)  contains  three  lay  figures  of  the  western 
Eskimo,  who  inhabit  the  shores  of  the  northwestern  seas  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Mackenzie  River  around  Alaska  to  Mount  St.  Elias. 
Their  mode  of  dress  and  living  varies  according  to  the  animals  on 
which  they  depend  and  the  contact  they  have  had  with  other  races. 
In  this  group  will  be  seen  a  woman  and  child  from  the  Mackenzie 
River  district  dressed  in  caribou  skins,  a  man  from  about  Norton 
Sound  holding  his  barbed  harpoon,  and  a  woman  from  Bristol  Bay 
clad  in  marmot  skins.  The  Mackenzie  and  Bristol  Bay  people  are  out 
of  touch  with  the  great  fleet  of  whalers,  and  their  arts  are  not  greatly 
modified,  but  the  Norton  Sound  Eskimo  have  been  under  instruction 
of  Russians  and  Americans  for  more  than  a  hundred  years. 

The  fourth  group  (Plate  26)  illustrates  the  Chilkat  Indian  family  of 
the  North  Pacific  ethnic  province.  They  live  on  Lynn  Canal,  or 
channel,  in  southeastern  Alaska,  and  belong  to  the  same  family  as  the 
better-known  Tlinkits.  They  are  selected  to  stand  as  a  type  of  the 
region  because  they  are  the  only  tribe  that  still  retains  in  a  measure  the 
aboriginal  costume.  They  are  in  commercial  contact  with  the  Atha- 
pascan family  over  the  mountains  to  the  east,  from  whom  they  obtain 
horns  and  wool  of  the  arctic  goat.  The  wool  is  used  in  making  the 
famous  Chilkat  blankets,  which  are  not  woven  in  a  loom,  but  the 
foundation  strands  are  suspended  from  a  bar  of  wood  and  fall  free 
at  the  ends  or  are  tied  up  in  bundles.  The  figures  of  the  design  are 
inserted  separately,  as  in  a  gobelin  tapestry.  The  men  of  the  tribe 
carve  the  utensils  and  ceremonial  objects  from  wood  and  horn.  In 
this  group  we  see,  sitting  on  the  floor,  a  man  carving  a  wooden  mask. 
He  is  dressed  in  a  buckskin  suit,  whose  decorations  show  contact  with 
the  Tinne  tribes  over  the  mountains.  The  woman  opposite  is  engaged 
in  making  a  basket,  with  her  babe  in  its  cradle  by  her  side.     Standing 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


204  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

behind  is  a  young  girl  offering  food  in  a  carved  wooden  dish  to  a 
man  who  wears  one  of  the  fine  Chilkat  blankets  over  his  shoulders. 
Usually  the  food  dish  is  placed  on  the  ground  and  the  men  sit  or  squat 
about  it,  the  women  eating  separately.  The  costumes  are  of  buckskin 
made  in  the  primitive  style,  and  numerous  articles  pertaining  to  the 
household  or  employed  in  the  arts  are  scattered  about  the  group. 

The  Hupa  Indians  (Plate  27),  shown  in  the  fifth  group,  inhabit  the 
valley  of  the  same  name  in  northwestern  California.  They  represent 
in  this  series  of  family  groups  the  mixed  tribes  of  California  and  Ore- 
gon. Physically  the  Hupa  stand  between  the  large-bodied  Sioux  and 
the  under-sized  Pueblo  Indians.  In  language  they  belong  to  the 
Athapascan  family  in  common  with  the  Tinne*  of  Canada  and  the 
Apache  and  Navaho  of  Arizona.  They  live  on  a  mixed  diet  of  meat, 
fish,  and  acorns;  dress  in  deerskin,  and  are  fond  of  personal  ornament. 
Their  better  houses  are  of  cedar  planks  and  the  floor  is  slightly  sunken 
beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground.  An  important  industry  among 
them  is  the  harvesting,  transporting,  storing,  and  milling  of  acorns, 
together  with  the  preparation  of  food  from  the  meal. 

In  this  group  the  man  is  making  fire  with  the  twirling  drill,  the 
standing  woman  carries  a  load  of  acorns  just  gathered,  and  the  sitting 
woman  is  pulverizing  acorns  in  a  stone  mortar  surmounted  by  a  basket 
hopper  held  in  place  by  the  miller's  knees. 

Group  6  (Plate  28)  illustrates  a  Sioux  family,  which  is  taken  as  a 
type  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Great  Plains  ethnic  province.  It  is  on 
these  plains  that  the  Sioux,  Algonkin,  and  Kiowa  developed  their 
peculiar  culture.  The  activities  of  all  these  tribes  were  created  and 
fostered  by  the  buffalo — including  their  food,  dress,  tents,  tools,  uten- 
sils, arts,  industries,  social  life,  lore,  and  religion.  In  the  group 
appear  the  man,  who  is  the  hunter,  returning  with  a  trophy  of  the 
chase;  the  wife,  who  is  butcher,  tanner,  clothier,  purveyor,  pack  ani- 
mal, and  general  drudge,  is  dressing  a  hide;  the  young  girl  is  beading 
a  moccasin  for  her  sister,  who  is  interested  in  the  work.  The  smaller 
boy,  with  bow  and  arrow,  welcomes  the  father.  The  tribes  of  the 
Great  Plains  are  thought  to  have  been  in  early  times  sedentary,  but 
the  acquisition  of  the  horse  and  the  gun  fostered  a  more  roving  life. 

Group  7  (Plate  29)  illustrates  a  Navaho  Indian  family  of  the 
Pueblo  province.  They  belong  to  the  Athapascan  family,  whose 
home  is  in  northwestern  Canada  and  central  Alaska.  They  are  among 
the  most  interesting  tribes  of  the  United  States  since,  under  Spanish 
direction,  they  laid  aside  their  wild  hunting  habits,  becoming  herdsmen 
of  sheep  and  other  domestic  animals  and  learning  to  weave  and  to  work 
in  metals.  Their  kinsmen,  the  Apache,  on  the  other  hand,  fled  from 
the  conquerors  and  remained  little  affected  by  civilization  down  to  the 
present  time. 

The  group  includes  three  figures.    The  man  is  at  work  with  modern 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT   AT  PAW- AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  205 

implements  of  iron,  shaping  the  silver  ornaments  so  skilfully  wrought 
by  the  workmen  of  his  tribe.  Two  women  are  engaged  in  the  most 
notable  industry  of  this  people,  the  spinning  of  yarn  from  native  wool 
and  the  weaving  of  blankets. 

The  Zufii  Indians,  represented  in  the  eighth  family  group  (Plate  30), 
live  in  pueblos  on  the.  table  lands  of  western  New  Mexico  and  stand 
for  the  sedentary  town- building  type  of  the  Pueblo  region.  They 
were  visited  at  the  beginning  of  the  16th  century  by  the  earliest  Span- 
ish explorers,  and  have  been  a  subject  of  study  by  ethnologists  for 
many  years.  They  dress  in  woolen  clothing,  are  agriculturists  as 
well  as  herdsmen,  and  make  excellent  belts,  blankets,  and  pottery. 
At  the  same  time  they  are  devoted  to  their  ancient  religion. 

This  group  includes  in  the  foreground  a  young  woman  engagea  in 
weaving  one  of  the  artistic  belts  used  for  the  waist.  At  the  right  is 
seated  an  old  man  occupied  in  drilling  a  bit  of  stone  with  the  ordinary 
pump  drill.  His  dress  is  that  worn  during  the  Spanish  period.  Near 
the  middle  of  the  group  stands  a  young  girl  in  the  usual  costume,  who 
has  just  returned  from  the  spring,  bearing  upon  her  head  a  water  ves- 
sel.   On  the  right  are  two  children  interested  in  their  frugal  meal. 

The  Cocopa  Indian  family,  shown  in  group  9  (Plate  31),  represents  the 
Sonoran  ethnic  province.  They  occupy  the  lower  valley  of  the  Colo- 
rado River,  Mexico,  from  the  international  boundary  to  the  head  of  the 
Gulf  of  California.  Although  they  were  visited  by  Spaniards  in  1540, 
and  have  been  in  contact  with  the  Caucasian  race  for  two  hundred  years, 
they  retained  their  primitive  traits  up  to  about  1890.  They  subsist 
largely  by  means  of  agriculture,  feeding  partly  on  game  and  fish,  with 
various  seeds,  roots,  and  fruits.  They  dwell  in  scattered  settlements, 
usually  of  one  to  half  a  dozen  houses,  which  pertain  to  a  family  or 
clan.  Little  costume  is  used,  the  men  until  recently  habitually  wear- 
ing skins  and  the  women  petticoats  of  the  inner  bark  of  willow,  as 
seen  in  the  illustration.  Their  faces  are  habitually  painted,  and  they 
are  tattooed  moderately. 

The  group  includes  five  figures.  A  young  man  with  how  and  arrow 
is  engaged  in  teaching  a  lx>y  to  shoot;  the  woman  is  pounding  corn  in 
a  wooden  mortar,  and  the  young  girl  carries  the  babe  and  concerns 
herself  with  the  bow  practice  of  the  boy. 

The  tenth  family  group  (Plate  32)  shows  the  Maya-Quich<3  of  Guate- 
mala. These  people  occupy  also  parts  of  Chiapas  and  a  small  area  in 
western  Honduras;  at  one  time  they  were  the  most  highly  cultured  of  all 
the  native  peoples  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  They  had  an  artificial 
basis  of  food  supply,  dressed  in  delicate  fabrics,  and  were  capable  of 
erecting  vast  terraces  and  stepped  pyramids  surmounted  with  buildings 
adorned  with  sculptures  and  paintings.  They  were  of  moderate  stat- 
ure, not  warlike,  but  industrial,  and  the  sculptures  and  paintings  reveal- 
ing their  religion  are  remarkably  free  from  bloody  scenes.     They 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


206  BEPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

number  in  Central  America,  at  present,  several  hundreds  of  thousands. 
The  family  group  here  presented  includes  the  man  with  staff  and  bearing 
a  net  filled  with  fruit,  one  woman  working  at  the  mill,  a  second  woman 
carrying  a  basket  of  fruit  in  her  right  band  and  a  gourd  bowl  in  the 
left,  while  the  girl  walks  by  her  mother,  and  holds  a  decorated  globular, 
gourd  vessel. 

The  eleventh  group  (Plate  33)  consists  of  three  figures,  a  woman 
of  Oaxaca,  southern  Mexico,  and  two  men,  representing  the  Piro  and 
Jivaro  tribes  of  the  headwaters  of  the  Amazon.  The  Oaxacan  woman 
is  dressed  in  a  skirt  of  striped  native -woven  cloth,  held  by  a  belt. 
The  upper  part  of  the  body  is  covered  with  a  tastefully  decorated 
tunic.  The  head  is  protected  by  a  long  sash  or  rebozo.  She  carries 
in  her  left  hand  a  red  earthen  drinking  cup  and  in  her  right  two 
gourd  vessels.  The  third  figure  is  a  Piro  man,  Arawakan  family,  head- 
quarters of  the  Ucayle,  interesting  because  tribes  speaking  the  same 
language  were  met  with  by  Columbus  on  his  first  voyage  to  America, 
He  wears  a  tunic  of  native  make,  embellished  with  artistic  patterns, 
and  confined  only  by  a  sash  of  beads  decorated  with  skins  of  birds 
passing  over  the  right  shoulder  and  beneath  the  left  arm.  The  head- 
dress consists  of  a  bark  band  in  which  are  set  three  bird  plumes.  He 
holds  in  both  hands  a  ceremonial  baton. 

The  Jivaro  man  lives  on  the  headwaters  of  the  river  Mara n on.  He 
wears  a  tasteful  and  brilliant  feather  skirt  and  headdress,  ornaments 
of  teeth,  beetle  wings,  aud  seeds.  This  tribe,  one  of  the  most  forceful 
and  independent  in  South  America,  preserve  the  dried  heads  of  their 
enemies. 

The  Patagonians,  group  12  (Plate  34),  taken  as  a  type  of  the  far 
southern  tribes,  apply  to  themselves  the  name  Tzoneca,  but  their 
neighbors  call  them  Tehuelche,  or  southerners.  They  live  on  the 
plains  and  desert  areas  of  southern  Patagonia,  and  all  of  the  arts  of 
their  lives  grow  out  of  the  region.  They  dress  in  the  skins  of  animals. 
Their  rude  tents,  or  toldos  are  made  from  the  hides  of  the  same  animals. 
Their  furniture,  food,  and  arts  are  occasioned  by  the  same  environ- 
ment. Living  on  animal  diet,  they  resemble  the  Plains  Indians  of  the 
United  States,  being  tall,  bony,  and  athletic.  When  the  Spaniards 
had  introduced  the  horse  into  America  it  took  kindly  to  these  grassy 
plains,  and  the  Indians  changed  their  arte  to  adapt  them  to  this  new 
domestic  animal.  On  horseback  they  hunt  the  guanaco,  the  American 
ostrich,  and  various  other  animals. 

In  the  group  the  family  is  on  the  point  of  breaking  camp.  The 
man,  wearing  a  skunk-skin  robe,  with  bolas  in  hand,  is  ready  to  mount 
his  horse.  One  woman  has  already  mounted,  and  the  boy  assists  in 
completing  her  outfit.  The  second  woman  is  rolling  up  skin  robes  of 
the  household,  while  the  little  girl  halters  the  pet  ostrich,  and  the 
babe  sleeps  in  its  novel  cradle. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT    AT   PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  207 

DWELLING  GROUP  MODELS. 

The  second  most  important  concept  available  for  Pan-American 
presentation  embraces  the  arts  and  industries  of  the  people.  First  in 
order  among  these  is  architecture — the  building  arts — represented  by 
the  dwelling  or  the  cluster  of  houses  and  outbuildings  occupied  by  a 
family  or  communal  group.  On  account  of  the  lack  of  room  these 
subjects  had  to  be  presented  by  models  on  a  small  scale — one  twenty- 
fourth  actual  size — but  it  was  found  that  all  essential  details  could  be 
reproduced  and  that  something  of  the  people  and  their  occupations 
could  be  shown.  The  subjects  were  selected,  as  were  the  lay-figure 
family  groups,  to  represent  type  peoples  distributed  at  intervals 
between  the  far  north  and  the  far  south.  The  series  begins  with  the 
snow  house  of  north  Greenland  and  ends  with  the  skin-covered  wind- 
break of  southern  Patagonia. 

The  list  of  dwelling  group  models  completed  for  the  Exposition  is 
as  follows: 

1.  Snow  houses  of  the  Greenland  Eskimo. 

2.  Earth  house  of  the  Alaskan  Eskimo. 

3.  Wooden  dwellings  of  the  Haida,  representing  the  North- 

west coast  tribes. 

4.  Skin  and  bark-covered  lodges  of  the  Montagnais  Indians, 

Labrador. 

5.  Dwellings  of  the  Sierra  (Digger)  Indians,  California. 

6.  Skin  lodges  of  the  Great  Plains  Indians. 

7.  Grass  houses  of  the  Wichita  Indians,  Indian  Territory. 

8.  Earth  lodges  of  the  Pawnee  Indians,  Dakota. 

9.  Cliff  dwellings  (ruins),  Arizona. 

10.  Grass  and  adobe  houses  of  the  Papago  Indians,  old  style, 

Arizona. 

11.  Pile  dwellings  of  the  Venezuela  tribes,  South  America. 

12.  Skin  shelters  of  the  Patagonians,  South  America. 

The  series  was  intended  to  include  sixteen  groups,  but  in  the  limited 
time  allowed  the  work  could  not  be  completed. 

The  first  model  of  the  series  (Plate  35)  shows  a  dwelling  group 
of  Central  Eskimo.  These  people  live  on  the  area  between  Hudson 
Strait  and  Baffin  Bay.  Their  winter  houses  are  built  of  blocks  of 
compacted*  snow  laid  up  in  a  spiral  manner,  forming  a  dome.  The 
blocks  are  some  3  feet  long,  2  feet  high,  and  6  inches  thick.  The 
main  chamber  of  the  house  varies  from  5  to  12  feet  in  height  and 
from  7  to  15  feet  in  diameter.  Over  the  entrance  a  square  is  cut 
out  and  covered  with  seal  intestine  for  a  window.  The  main  domed 
chamber  is  connected  by  passageways  with  one  or  more  subor- 
dinate chambers  which  serve  as  storerooms.  In  the  summer  the 
natives  fish  in  the  open  water;  .in  winter  seals  are  taken  by  cutting 


Digitized  by 


Google 


208  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

holes  in  the  ice.  The  clothing  of  the  men  and  women  is  made  from 
skins  of  seals  and  deer,  and  consists  of  outside  and  inside  trousers, 
jackets — those  of  the  women  having  hoods — boots,  and  inside  boots  or 
socks  made  of  light  deerskin  or  birdskin. 

In  the  second  model  of  the  series  (Plate  36)  we  have  a  dwelling  of 
the  Kinugmut  Eskimo,  taken  as  a  type  of  the  Alaskan  region.  The 
Kings  Island  people  are  Kinugmut  Eskimo,  the  same  as  at  Port  Clar- 
ence and  Bering  Strait.  Their  island  has  steep  shorevS  and  their  houses 
often  resemble  cliff  structures.  The  structures  here  shown  include 
the  large  communal  house  and  the  frame  for  keeping  food  out  of  the 
reach  of  the  dogs.  The  house  is  built  of  logs  set  on  end  and  a  cob- 
work  of  logs  resting  on  these.  The  whole  is  covered  with  earth  and 
moss.  Entrance  is  at  the  outer  end  of  a  long  gallery  and  ventilation 
is  through  the  roof.  A  portion  ha#  been  cut  out  of  one  face  of  the 
model  to  expose  to  view  the  interior  arrangements  of  the  dwellings. 
There  are  side  rooms  for  storage.  The  Port  Clarence  Eskimo  live  by 
hunting  sea  mammals  and  by  fishing.  This  special  locality  is  now 
interesting,  since  the  United  States  is  there  making  the  experiment  of 
introducing  the  domesticated  reindeer. 

The  third  model  (Plate  37)  illustrates  a  dwelling  group  of  the 
Montagnais  Indians,  a  type  of  the  eastern  Canadian  province.  The 
Montagnais  are  of  Algonquin  stock,  and  were  distributed  formerly 
throughout  Labrador  as  far  north  as  Ungava  Bay.  They  lived  by 
hunting  and  fishing.  Their  dwellings  are  of  skins  laid  on  a  frame- 
work of  poles,  not  sewed  together,  but  held  down  by  trunks  of  small 
trees  leaned  against  the  outside  and  stones  piled  around  the  base. 
The  group  includes  finished  tents,  wood  pile,  staging  filled  with  skins 
and  robes,  men  painting  a  robe,  women  drying  skins,  and  birch-bark 
canoes.  The  Montagnais  dress  in  deerskin  robes,  quite  like  those  of 
the  Eskimo,  their  neighbors,  but  well  made  and  decorated  with  paint 
rather  than  embroidery.  Their  canoes  are  of  bark,  and  not  of  skins, 
as  are  those  of  their  neighbors  in  the  north. 

The  fourth  model  (Plate  38)  represents  a  dwelling  group  of  the 
Haida  Indians,  a  type  of  the  north  Pacific  ethnic  region.  The  Haida 
Indians  inhabit  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  lying  in  the  Pacific  Ocean 
75  miles  north  of  Vancouver  Island.  They  are  a  separate  linguistic 
family.  Their  houses  are  in  the  form  of  a  regular  parallelogram, 
averaging  50  feet  in  width  and  35  feet  in  depth.  Posts  were  planted 
in  the  ground,  joined  by  means  of  timber,  and  these  were  covered  on 
the  roof  and  sides  anciently  with  hewn  planks.  In  front  are  planted 
totem  poles,  upon  which  are  carved  animal  totems  representing  the 
crests  of  the  different  clans  inhabiting  the  house.  Entrance  is  often 
by  means  of  a  low  doorway  cut  in  the  base  of  the  totem  post.  All 
over  the  front  also  are  painted  heraldic  emblems  connected  with  their 
family  symbolism.  The  Haida  tattoo  their  bodies  with  various  designs, 
and  now  clothe  themselves  largely  after  the  manner  of  the  whites. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMEKICAN   EXPOSITION.  209 

The  fifth  model  (Plate  39)  illustrates  a  dwelling  group  of  the 
so-called  Digger  Indians  of  the  Californian  region.  The  numerous 
tribes  belong  to  several  linguistic  families,  and  occupy  an  extensive 
area  in  California,  Utah,  and  Nevada.  They  received  their  name  from 
the  use  of  roots  in  their  arts.  Their  dwellings  are  primitive,  but 
modified  by  contact  with  the  whites.  This  group  includes  the  com- 
munal house,  built  of  boards  and  shingles;  the  mill  shelter;  the  sum- 
mer house,  where  the  household  arts  are  carried  on;  the  storage  plat- 
form, and  the  granary.  As  these  people  subsist  largely  on  acorns, 
the  greater  part  of  the  woman's  life  is  spent  in  gathering  the  nuts, 
carrying  them  home  in  a  conical  basket  suspended  on  the  back  by  a 
band  passing  across  the  forehead,  drying  and  hulling  them,  grinding 
them  in  stone  mortars,  sifting,  cooking,  and  serving  the  meal  in  the 
form  of  mush  or  bread.     The  men  are  hunters,  fishers,  and  laborers. 

The  sixth  model  (Plate  40)  is  that  of  a  dwelling  group  of  the 
Great  Plains  Indians.  Here  dwelt  formerly  Siouan,  Algonquian, 
Kiowan,  and  Shoshonean  tribes  in  tents  of  buffalo  and  deer  hide.  A 
set  of  poles  lashed  together  at  the  top,  a  cone-shaped  covering  over 
that,  held  down  by  pegs  driven  into  the  ground  about  the  edge,  con- 
stituted the  dwelling.  The  fireplace  was  in  the  center,  and  the  furni- 
ture consisted  of  abundance  of  skins  for  beds  and  a  few  ladles  or 
spoons  of  wood  or  horn  for  dishes.  Cooking  was  done  by  roasting 
and  stone  boiling,  and  pemmican  or  dried  buffalo  meat  was  laid  up  for 
time  of  need.  The  men  were  hunters  and  warriors,  and  the  women 
were  skilled  in  all  the  peaceful  arts  that  grew  out  of  the  chase. 

A  dwelling  of  the  Wichita  Indians  is  the  subject  of  the  seventh 
model  (Plate  41).  This  tribe  is  of  Caddoan  stock,  and  formerly 
inhabited  northern  Texas.  Their  dwellings  are  generally  cone  shaped 
and  dome  shaped.  The  frame  is  of  poles  tied  together,  like  lattice- 
work. Into  this  bundles  of  grass  are  woven  in  rows,  imbricated  so 
as  to  shed  the  raiu.  The  group  shows  a  finished  house,  one  in  process 
of  erection,  and  a  communal  shelter  supported  ou  poles.  The  Wichita 
have  become  agriculturists,  and  dry  their  corn  on  hides  or  frames. 
They  have  also  adopted  the  metal  cooking  vessels  of  the  whites.  The 
method  of  thatching  is  to  be  compared  with  that  of  the  Papago  in 
Sonora,  Mexico. 

The  eighth  model  (Plate  42)  represents  a  dwelling  group  of  the 
Pawnee  Indians,  a  type  of  the  Missouri  Valley  region.  The  Pawnee 
formerly  lived  in  Nebraska,  on  the  Platte  River.  They  belong  to  the 
same  family  as  the  Arikarees  in  North  Dakota  and  the  Caddoes  in 
Louisiana  and  eastern  Texas.  Although  their  home  was  in  the  country 
of  the  skin- tent  dwellers,  they  continued  to  build  the  ancient  northern 
type  of  earth-covered  abode  with  slightly  sunken  floor.  The  frame 
consists  of  logs  set  on  end  in  a  circle  and  connected  with  other  timbers. 
The  roof  is  of  radiating  poles,  rafters  covered  with  brush  and  then 
with  a  thick  layer  of  earth  and  sod.     From  the  circular  chamber  a 

NAT  MU8  1901 -14 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ  Ic 


210  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

passage  several  feet  in  length  leads  outward,  forming  the  doorway. 
This  type  of  dwelling  is  also  interesting  in  that  it  is  suggestive  of  the 
origin  of  many  of  the  smaller  mounds  in  different  parts  of  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley. 

The  ninth  model  of  the  series  (Plate  43)  represents  an  ancient  cliff 
dwelling  of  the  Pueblo  country.  The  arid  region  of  Colorado,  Utah, 
Arizona,  and  New  Mexico  abounds  in  canyons  and  plateaus,  and  the 
rocky  walls  have  been  carved  by  the  elements  into  many  fanciful 
shapes.  Here  also  were  formed  shelves,  shelters,  and  caverns,  and 
these  were  extensively  utilized  by  the  ancient  tribes  for  dwelling 
purposes,  from  which  circumstances  they  derive  their  name — Cliff 
Dwellers.  The  fronts  of  the  recesses  were  closed  with  stone  walls, 
and  partition  walls  divided  the  space  into  rooms  of  various  sizes. 
These  houses  were  reached  by  natural  pathways,  by  steps  cut  into  the 
rock,  and  by  wooden  ladders,  and  they  served  for  defense  as  well  as 
for  abode.  By  the  remains  of  industrial  arts  found  in  the  cliff  struc- 
tures, their  builders  are  shown  to  have  been  the  ancestors  of  part  or 
all  of  the  modern  Pueblo  tribes. 

A  dwelling  group  of  the  Papago  Indians  is  shown  in  the  tenth 
model  (Plate  44).  The  type  is  that  of  the  Sonoran  region.  The  Pa- 
pago Indians  are  of  Piman  stock,  inhabiting  Pima  County,  Arizona, 
and  the  State  of  Sonora,  Mexico.  They  dwell  in  dome-shaped  grass 
houses,  in  which  a  f rame  of  mesquite  poles  is  fastened  together  with 
yucca  twine,  covered  with  long  grass  and  mud,  and  protected  with 
stalks  of  the  ocotilla.  Other  outbuildings  are  the  kitchen  circle,  the 
pole-supported  shelter,  and  the  ruined  house  showing  structural  fea- 
tures. The  food  of  the  Papago  is  chiefly  vegetal,  the  staple  being  the 
beans  and  pods  of  the  mesquite  tree.  They  are  clever  potters.  The 
Papago  wear  little  costume,  the  modern  dress  being  of  European  or 
modified  European  pattern.  The  men  formerly  wrapped  skins  about 
their  loins,  and  the  women  were  clad  in  fringed  petticoats  of  shredded 
bark  and  leaves. 

The  eleventh  model  (Plate  45)  illustrates  the  home  of  the  Goajiros 
Indians  of  Venezuela,  a  type  of  the  Orinoco  ethnic  province.  The  dis- 
coverers of  the  coast  of  South  America  were  astonished  to  find  tribes 
living  in  huts  built  out  over  the  water,  and  so  they  gave  to  this  region 
the  name  of  Venezuela,  or  Little  Venice.  The  huts,  only  a  few  feet 
square,  stood  among  the  trees,  on  platforms  constructed  by  interlacing 
the  stems.  The  houses  later  were  supported  on  piles  or  trunks  of 
trees,  sunk  in  the  water  and  standing  5  or  6  feet  high.  In  the  center 
of  each  platform  was  a  pile  of  earth,  and  on  this  the  fire  was  built 
and  kept  continually  burning.  Over  the  platform  was  suspended  a  low 
roof  thatched  with  palm  leaves.  Access  to  the  house  was  had  by 
means  of  a  notched  tree  trunk.  The  natives  moved  about  in  dugout 
canoes,  and  when  the  water  was  high  one  of  these  could  be  seen  tied 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT  PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  211 

to  every  notched  ladder.  Little  clothing  was  worn,  but  there  was  much 
decoration  of  the  person  with  feathers  and  seeds,  and  the  bones  and 
teeth  of  small  animals. 

The  twelfth  model  (Plate  46)  illustrates  the  houses  and  human  life 
of  the  Tehuelche  tribe  of  Patagonia. 

Fabulous  stories  are  told  of  their  stature.  They  are,  in  fact,  among 
the  tallest  people  in  the  world.  Their  food  is  derived  mainly  from 
the  chase.  They  clothe  themselves  in  skins  of  animals,  and  their 
women  are  expert  not  only  in  dressing  hides,  but  also  in  decorating 
them  with  patterns  of  various  colors. 

For  a  house  the  Tehuelches  cover  a  framework  of  sticks  with  a 
number  of  skins  sewed  together.  These  shelters,  generally  open  in 
front,  are  called  toldos,  and  the  furniture  consists  of  only  a  few  rude 
appliances. 

In  this  exhibition  are  shown  a  tent  in  process  of  construction,  a 
finished  tent,  and  a  temporary  shelter.  Men  and  women  are  engaged 
in  the  various  industrial  activities  of  the  tribe — dressing  hides,  curing 
meat,  and  erecting  the  tent. 

This  group  forms  one  of  a  series  designed  to  set  forth  the  dwelling 
and  home  life  of  native  tribes  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

EXHIBITS  ILLUSTRATING  LEADING  ARTS   AND  INDUSTRIES  OF  THE 

NATIVE  AMERICANS. « 

Thirteen  series  of  exhibits  illustrating  native  handicraft  were  pre- 
sented, each  with  as  much  elaboration  as  the  subject  and  the  space 
would  permit.  They  represent  those  activities  that  seem  best  qualified 
to  convey  an  idea  of  the  culture  status  of  the  American  race.  Each 
series  of  products  is  made  to  cover  the  full  range  of  native  achieve- 
ment in  the  branch  illustrated. 

The  exhibits  include  the  following  subjects: 

1.  Fire-making  apparatus. 

2.  Bows  and  arrows. 

3.  Throwing  sticks. 

4.  Harpoons. 

5.  Water  craft. 

6.  Basketry. 

7.  Woven  fabrics. 

8.  Pottery. 

9.  Sculpture. 

10.  Personal  ornaments. 

11.  Tobacco  pipes. 

12.  Musical  instruments. 

13.  Pictography  and  writing. 

aThe  majority  of  these  exhibits  were  arranged  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
Prof.  Otis  T.  Mason. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


212  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MTJ8EUM,  1901. 

The  first  of  these  exhibits  (Plate  47)  illustrates  the  important  art 
of  tire  making.  The  fire  drill  was  in  almost  universal  use.  It  consists 
essentially  of  two  parts,  the  vertical  drill  of  hard  wood  and  the  hori- 
zontal socket  piece  of  soft,  dry  wood.  The  drill  is  rotated  by  the 
hands,  by  a  strap,  or  with  a  bow.  The  fire  is  produced  by  the  friction 
of  the  drill  in  the  socket  piece,  the  wood  dust  in  which  the  fire  arises 
falling  out  of  a  notch  in  the  side  of  the  socket  and  igniting.  With  a 
reasonable  amount  of  experience  fire  may  be  made  by  almost  anyone 
using  the  specimens  shown  in  this  series. 

The  second  exhibit  (Plate  48)  shows  the  chief  types  of  bows  and 
arrows  for  the  several  culture  regions  of  the  American  continent, 
beginning  with  the  Arctic  province  at  the  north  and  ending  with  the 
Fuegian  at  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  The  eastern  Eskimo,  on  account 
of  the  poverty  of  material,  make  a  compound  bow  of  whale's  rib,  for- 
merly lashed  together  with  sinew,  but  now  riveted  and  wrapped.  The 
western  Eskimo  bow  is  backed  with  sinew,  and  in  many  examples  is 
indistinguishable  in  shape  from  the  Tartar  bow  on  the  Asiatic  side. 
Sinew  backing  continues  down  the  Pacific  side  of  the  continent  to  the 
Pueblo  region,  where  the  material  is  shredded  and  mixed  with  glue. 
Over  all  other  parts  of  America  the  bow  is  a  simple  piece  of  wood  in 
various  forms,  according  to  locality. 

The  arrow  furnishes  one  of  the  best  bases  for  classifying  peoples, 
its  feathering,  shaft,  and  head  being  subject  to  modifications  of  mate- 
rial, size,  number  of  parts,  and  shape  of  parts  in  endless  variety. 

The  third  exhibit  (Plate  49)  shows  the  distribution  of  the  projec- 
tile apparatus  called  k'atlatl"  by  the  ancient  Mexicans,  and  throw- 
ing stick,  or  dart  thrower,  in  ethnological  literature.  The  apparatus 
consists  of  a  shaft  of  wood,  either  a  round  stick  or  a  flat  board,  with  a 
groove  on  top.  At  the  manual  end  or  base  may  be  seen  one  or  more 
pegs,  notches,  or  perforations  designed  to  receive  the  thumb  or  one 
or  more  fingers  of  the  right  hand.  At  the  working  or  outer  end  is  a 
hook  of  some  kind  to  fit  into  a  hollow  at  the  end  of  the  harpoon,  dart, 
or  other  projectile.  The  throwing  stick  is  universal  among  the 
Eskimo;  occurs  also  on  the  north  Pacific  coast,  and  here  and  there 
among  the  tribes  southward;  in  the  Pueblo  country ;  in  Sonora,  in  Mex- 
ico; in  great  numbers  throughout  southern  Mexico  and  Central  Amer- 
ica; in  southern  Florida;  along  the  Cordilleras  to  the  borders  of  Peru; 
at  various  places  on  the  Amazon,  and  in  the  Mato  Grosso.  Here  for 
the  first  time  a  series  of  these  interesting  projectile  devices  are  brought 
together  and  exhibited  in  geographic  order. 

The  fourth  exhibit  (Plate  50)  sets  forth  the  different  forms  of  har- 
poons throughout  the  Western  Hemisphere.  It  is  the  universal 
hunting  device  among  the  maritime  aborigines,  being  found  all  the 
way  from  the  farthest  north  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  A  harpoon 
is  a  spear  with  a  movable  head  attached  to  the  shaft  by  a  line,  for  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  213 

purpose  of  retrieving  the  game.  There  are  two  varieties,  the  barbed 
and  the  toggle  harpoon.  The  l>art>ed  harpoon  is  simply  the  head  of  a 
barbed  spear,  having  a  short  line  attaching  it  to  the  front  end  of  the 
shaft  It  is  impelled  from  the  hand,  from  a  bow,  or  from  a  throwing 
stick.  The  toggle  harpoon  has  its  head  hinged  on  the  end  of  a 
thong,  and  when  it  is  driven  into  an  animal  turns  and  forms  a  T-shaped 
attachment,  as  on  the  end  of  a  trace  chain.  The  simplest  form  of  the 
harpoon  is  found  at  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  and  for  this  reason  the 
series  begins  with  the  most  southern  example  and  proceeds  northward 
to  the  Arctic  region,  where  the  Eskimo,  assisted  by  the  fishermen  and 
the  whalers  of  the  world,  have  perfected  the  toggle  variety.  The 
harpoon  is  used  almost  entirely  in  hunting  animals  by  water,  although 
there  are  harpoon  arrows,  used  for  birds.  This  will  l>e  plain  when  it 
is  remembered  that  all  harpoons  are  made  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
the  game  after  it  is  struck.  When  an  animal  is  lanced  on  the  land  the 
hunter  has  an  opportunity  of  following  up  his  effort,  but  in  the  water 
the  whale,  walrus,  seal,  fish,  otter,  or  turtle  usually  disappears,  and 
the  float,  shaft,  bladder,  or  some  such  light  attachment  enables  the 
hunter  not  only  to  secure  his  game,  but  to  recover  the  precious  head  ' 
of  his  weapon. 

The  fifth  exhibit  (Plate  51)  consists  of  boat  models  and  shows  the 
remarkable  connection  between  environment,  materials,  and  inven- 
tions in  navigation.  Beginning  with  the  Arctic  shores,  the  Eskimo 
rides  in  a  skin-covered  kaiak  and  carries  freight  in  a  skin-covered 
scow,  or  women's  boat.  All  over  Canada  and  northern  United  States 
the  riding  boat  and  freight  boat  are  made  of  a  light  framework  cov- 
ered with  birch  bark.  It  was  possible  in  one  of  these,  by  paddling 
and  by  carrying  across  portages,  to  pass  into  any  tributary  of  the 
Yukon,  Mackenzie,  and  St.  Lawrence  rivers — the  longest  inland  journey 
by  water  possible  in  the  world.  One  could  even  cross  the  watershed 
between  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  Mississippi,  and  pass  on  to  New 
Orleans.  In  eastern  United  States  only  poor  dugouts  were  known. 
On  the  Missouri  River  a  crate  of  sticks  was  covered  with  hide  of  the 
buffalo,  and  called  a  bull  boat.  On  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America 
canoes  capable  of  making  sea  voyages  of  500  miles  were  dug  out  from 
the  stem  of  a  single  tree.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Caribbean  area, 
where  the  Caribs,  in  similar  craft,  visited  every  land  around  the  bor- 
ders of  that  sheet  of  water.  On  the  shores  of  Brazil  fishing  parties 
went  out  of  sight  of  the  land  in  sangadas  of  light  logs,  which  were 
fitted  with  sails.  Floats  of  reed  were  known  in  the  southern  States 
of  the  Union  and  on  the  west  coast  all  the  way  from  middle  California 
to  southern  Peru.  In  central  Brazil  a  "wood  skin,"  cut  from  the  bark 
of  a  tree  in  a  few  minutes,  was  a  common  means  of  transportation, 
and  the  Fuegians  made  seaworthy  craft  by  sewing  three  pieces  of 
bark  together,  one  forming  the  bottom  and  the  other  two  the  sides. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


214  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEtfM,   1901. 

The  parts  were  sewed  with  baleen  and  made  water-tight  by  means 
of  gum. 

It  is  the  design  of  the  sixth  exhibit  to  show  the  types  of  basketry 
for  the  whole  American  continent.  The  series  begins  in  the  upper 
left-hand  corner  of  the  case  with  the  coiled  basket  of  the  Eskimo;  then 
follow  Tinne"  basketry,  from  interior  Alaska;  bark  work,  from  Canada: 
cane  work,  from  the  Gulf  States;  twined  work,  from  southeastern 
Alaska;  checker,  diagonal,  twined,  and  coiled  work,  from  the  Pacific 
States  of  the  Union;  coiled  and  diagonal  work,  from  Mexico;  wicker 
work,  from  Central  America;  diagonal  work,  from  Guiana;  and  coiled 
work,  from  Magellan  Straits.  The  species  of  plants  used,  and  the 
annual  rainfall,  which  determines  the  toughness  and  pliability  of  the 
material,  govern  largely  the  technicand  the  quality  of  basketry  in  the 
several  culture  regions. 

Exhibit  No.  7  (Plate  52)  is  designed  to  show  the  chief  types  of 
textile  fabrics  in  various  culture  regions  of  the  two  Americas.  The 
general  term  weaving  is  sometimes  applied  also  to  basketry  and  mat 
ting,  but  here  the  material  is  first  made  into  yarn  or  twine  by  primi- 
tive modes  of  spinning,  either  in  the  fingers,  on  the  thigh,  or  with  a 
spindle.  The  frames  on  which  the  weaving  was  done  range  in  com- 
plexity from  a  mere  bar  or  yarn  beam,  over  which  the  warp  was  hung, 
to  a  rude  loom  in  which  harness  was  employed  to  shift  the  warp. 
There  were  also  battens  with  which  to  force  home  the  weft.  In  the 
Central  American  and  Peruvian  weaving  an  additional  shifting  of 
warp  was  effected  by  simple  mechanical  devices.  The  llama  furnished 
one  of  the  finest  staples  in  the  world,  and  the  delicate  spindles  found 
in  ancient  graves  of  Peruvian  women  show  that  the  art  of  working  in 
the  wool  of  this  animal  had  been  highly  developed. 

The  specimens  shown  in  group  8  (Plate  53)  are  type  forms  of  the 
pottery  of  the  aborigines.  This  art  flourished  among  the  more  cul- 
tured, sedentary  tribes  and  was  unknown,  or  but  crudely  practiced, 
in  the  far  north  and  south,  and  where  nomadic  life  was  the  rule.  The 
mound-building  people  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and  various  tribes 
in  the  southern  States  farther  east,  were  skilful  potters,  fashioning 
varied  and  artistic  forms  and  excelling  in  the  simpler  modes  of  decora- 
tion. The  Pueblo  peoples  of  the  arid  Southwest  were,  and  still  are, 
expert  potters,  but  the  art  was  carried  to  its  highest  stage  by  the 
more  cultured  nations  of  Mexico,  Central  and  South  America.  Pot- 
tery was  manufactured  mainly  for  domestic  uses,  but  ceremonial  pur- 
poses were  also  subserved.  The  strong  native  love  of  symbolism  led 
to  most  varied  and  elaborate  utilization  of  life  forms,  both  in  model- 
ing and  in  surface  decoration.  The  wheel  as  a  means  of  throwing 
forms  was  unknown,  and  the  art  of  glazing  had  not  been  discovered. 

The  ninth  exhibit  (Plate  54)  shows  in  brief  how  far  the  aboriginal 
tribes  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  had  progressed  in  sculpture,  or 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  215 

the  representation  of  natural  forms  in  stone,  wood,  bone,  etc.,  in  the 
round  or  in  relief.  In  the  extreme  North,  beyond  the  limit  of  tree 
growth,  drift-wood  and  walrus  ivory  were  and  are  the  materials  used. 
On  the  north  Pacific  coast  horn,  slate,  and  wood  are  utilized  to  excel- 
lent advantage,  but  in  other  regions  the  art  is  not  extensively  prac- 
ticed at  the  present  time.  Formerly  many  of  the  American  tribes 
excelled  in  carving,  especially  in  stone,  which  material  was  shaped  to 
represent  man,  animals,  and  fanciful  creatures  in  endless  variety.  The 
inspiration  for  this  work  was  furnished  by  the  religious  symbolism  of 
the  people.  Statuary  as  a  purely  aesthetic  art  was  unknown  to  the 
aborigines,  and  they  had  not  advanced  to  the  stage  where  accurate  por- 
traiture was  appreciated. 

Shaping  implements  were  made  of  stone,  copper,  bone,  wood,  etc. 
The  hammer  stone  served  for  breaking,  flaking,  and  pecking,  the  saw 
for  dividing,  the  drill  for  boring,  the  grinding  stone  for  shaping  and 
smoothing,  and  the  knife  and  chisel  for  cutting. 

The  tenth  exhibit  (Plate  55)  shows  how,  throughout  the  entire 
American  continent,  adornment  of  the  person  gathers  its  materials 
from  the  most  beautiful  and  durable  of  the  native  products.  The 
necklace  is  worn  always  for  jewelry,  and  is  made  up  of  those  objects 
which  are  considered  precious  in  their  several  localities.  In  the 
Arctic  province  it  is  ivory,  bone,  and  wood;  on  the  Pacific  coast,  den- 
dentalium,  abalone,  and  other  shells;  in  the  interior  basin,  the  seeds 
of  plants;  in  the  tropical  regions,  teeth  of  animals,  wings  of  insects, 
feathers  of  birds;  and  in  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  where  the  Fuegian 
tribes  can  scarcely  be  said  to  wear  clothing,  they  gather  the  pretty 
little  shells  from  the  beach  and  string  them  on  thongs  of  sinew  for  the 
adornment  of  the  person.  In  the  codices  and  sculptures  of  the  more 
cultivated  races  this  same  passion  for  adorning  the  neck  and  breast  is 
exhibited,  but  with  them  stone  of  rare  colors  and  varieties,  and  copper, 
silver,  and  gold  were  in  favor. 

In  the  eleventh  serias  (Plate  56)  is  assembled  a  collection  of  appa- 
ratus illustrating  smoking  and  snuffing  customs  of  the  aborigines  of 
America.  Instead  of  being  counted  luxuries,  the  customs  connected 
with  these  practices  were  associated  with  their  civil,  military,  and 
religious  life.  In  aboriginal  times  these  practices  were  not  universal 
throughout  the  Western  Hemisphere;  they  were  more  in  vogue  in 
North  and  Central  America  than  in  South  America.  The  western 
Eskimo  pipes  show  Asiatic  influence.  Mackenzie  says  that  the  Atha- 
pascan tribes  did  not  know  the  use  of  tobacco;  but  the  forms  of  pipes 
found  in  various  regions  of  North  America  are  so  highly  specialized 
and  so  intimately  associated  with  other  classes  of  antiquities,  assuredly 
pre-Columbian,  that  we  must  conclude  that  the  tobacco  pipe  was  of 
native  origin.     Stone  was  a  favorite  material  for  its  manufacture, 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


216  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

but  wood,  bone,  and  pottery  were  in  common  use.  The  exhibit  will 
convey  a  good  idea  of  the  range  of  form  and  material,  and  of  the 
geographical  distribution. 

In  a  limited  manner  the  specimens  in  the  twelfth  group  (Plate  57) 
illustrate  the  attempts  of  the  aboriginal  Americans  to  record  their 
thoughts  in  symbols.  Save  in  the  making  of  calendars  the  art  of 
expressing  concrete  thoughts  in  syllabic  or  phonetic  symbols  had  not 
been  reached  anywhere,  even  among  the  barbaric  tribes  of  Mexico, 
Central  America,  and  Peru.  Writing  was  by  means  of  pictures,  parts 
of  pictures,  and  rebuses.  The  Eskimo  etched  long  prompters  for 
stories  on  ivory,  the  forest  tribes  carved  them  on  wood  or  scratched 
them  on  bark, the  Plains  Indians  painted  them  on  robes,  while  the 
Mexicans  and  Mayans  sculptured  them  in  stone  or  painted  them  on 
codices  of  native  paper.  The  originals  of  the  writings,  called  codices, 
were  painted  on  cotton  cloth,  skins,  or  paper  made  from  the  maguey 
plant,  by  native  artists,  long  before  the  conquest  by  Spain.  They 
contain  histories,  genealogical  tables,  tribute  rolls,  land  titles,  laws, 
calendars,  and  minute  instructions  concerning  matters  of  religion. 
Hundreds  of  them  were  ruthlessly  destroyed  by  the  Spaniards,  but  a 
few  were  preserved  and  are  now  kept  with  strictest  care  in  the  great 
libraries  of  Europe.  By  the  munificence  of  His  Excellency,  Duke  de 
Loubat,  copies  of  existing  specimens  are  being  made  in  the  highest 
style  of  modern  reproduction,  so  that  scholars  may  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  studying  them.  In  this  exhibit  will  be  seen  facsimilies  of 
the  Codex  Vaticanus,  8773,  and  the  Codex  de  Rios,  now  in  the  Vatican 
Library;  Codex  Cospianus,  library  of  the  University  of  Bologna:  and 
Codex  Borbonicus,  in  the  Palais  Bourbon,  Paris. 

The  thirteenth  exhibit  is  designed  to  show  the  distribution  of  time- 
marking  musical  devices  among  the  aboriginal  Americans.  There  was 
entire  absence  of  attempts  at  harmonics  among  the  native  tribes  of 
the  Western  Hemisphere.  Their  melodic  scale  has  not  been  deter- 
mined. No  mention  of  stringed  musical  instruments  is  found  in  any 
early  writer,  and  all  such  found  in  the  hands  of  Indians  now  are  of 
foreign  patterns.  The  whistle,  the  flageolet,  and  the  simple  conch- 
shell  horn  were  in  vogue  in  many  places,  but  the  universal  musical 
instrument  was  for  rhythm  alone,  in  the  form  of  the  drum  or  the 
rattle.  The  Eskimo  made  his  time-marking  instrument  of  skiu,  the 
West  Coast  tribes  of  wood,  the  Indians  of  the  plains  of  hoofs  of  ani- 
mals, the  Pueblo  Indians  of  gourds,  the  coast  tribes  of  shells,  those  of 
British  Columbia  of  wood  and  basketry.  In  each  region  the  time- 
keeper found  some  natural  object  ready  at  hand  to  do  him  service. 

EXHIBITS  REPRESENTING  THE  ART  COLLECTIONS. 

Distinct  from  the  above  groups  of  ethnological  material  are  two 
series  of  exhibits  representing  the  art  collections  of  the  Smithsonian 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  217 

Institution  and  installed  with  the  special  exhibit  of  the  Institution. 
They  are  (1)  engravings  of  twenty -four  masterpieces  of  portraiture; 
and  (2)  reproductions  of  twenty -four  masterpieces  of  landscape  and 
figure  painting. 

In  addition  to  the  exhibits  displayed  in  the  systematic  series  along 
with  the  other  National  Museum  exhibits  in  the  Government  building, 
the  following  exhibits  were  prepared  for  other  departments  of  the 
Exposition  and  lent  to  them  during  the  continuance  of  the  fair: 

1.  Series  of  trephined  skulls  from  Peru,  lent  to  the  Division  of 
Ethnology  and  Archaeology  of  the  Exposition. 

2.  Ten  plaster  busts  of  American  Indians  and  Eskimo,  lent  to  the 
Division  of  Ethnology  and  Archaeology  of  the  Exposition. 

3.  Series  of  casts  of  type  forms  of  Indian  stone  implements,  lent  to 
the  Division  of  Ethnology  and  Archaeology  of  the  Exposition. 

4.  Two  lay  figures  of  Sioux  Indians,  lent  to  the  Indian  Office 
Exhibit,  Interior  Department. 

5.  Lay  figure  of  a  Filipino  girl,  weaving  at  a  loom,  lent  to  the  Gov- 
ernment Commission  of  the  Exposition  and  installed  in  the  Philippine 
exhibit,  Government  Building. 

It  is  not  assumed  that  the  exhibits  described  in  the  preceding  pages 
are  completed.  They  are  merely  such  as  could  be  assembled,  on  the 
plan  adopted,  within  the  six  months  allowed  for  the  work.  Many 
changes  and  additions  will  be  made  when  they  are  finally  set  up  in  the 
National  Museum.  The  lay  figure  groups  will  be  enlarged  to  a  uni- 
form size,  a  series  of  casts  illustrating  physical  types  of  the  people 
will  be  added,  pictures  will  aid  in  completing  the  exhibit,  and  several 
new  series  of  objects  will  serve  to  widen  the  field  covered. 

It  is  confidents  expected  that  the  completed  exhibit  will  come  more 
nearly  bringing  within  reach  of  the  average  person  a  full  conception 
of  the  native  American  race  and  its  culture  than  any  assemblage  of 
museum  material  yet  made. 

Credit  is  due  to  a  number  of  collaborators  in  the  preparation  of  this 
exhibit,  to  Prof.  O.  T.  Mason,  curator  of  ethnology,  for  his  energy 
in  selecting  and  arranging  the  ethnological  material  and  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  the  series  of  labels,  embodied  largely  in  the  present  text; 
and  to  Dr.  Walter  Hough,  assistant  ethnologist;  to  T.  W.  Sweeny  for 
competent  service  in  arranging  and  mounting  the  several  series  of 
artifacts;  to  C.  R.  Luscombe,  modeler  of  the  dwelling  groups;  to 
Frank  Lemon,  H.  J.  Ellicott,  and  U.  S.  J.  Dunbar,  sculptors,  for 
skilful  work  in  modeling  the  life-size  figures;  to  Mrs.  KateC.  Holmes 
for  lifelike  coloration  of  the  figures;  to  H.  W.  Hendley  and  C  E. 
Johnson,  builders  of  the  lay  figures,  and  especially  to  Mr.  Hendley  for 
valued  aid  in  setting  up  the  groups. 

I  was  fortunate  in  securing  a  set  of  views  of  the  lay  figure  groups 
and  of  nearly  all  the  other  exhibits.     The  work  was  done  by  two  of 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


218  BEPOBT   OP   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

oar  foremost  photographers,  Mr.  T.  W.  Smillie,  photographer  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum,  and  Miss  Frances  B. 
Johnston,  an  artist  of  international  reputation.  The  difficulties  in  the 
case  were  very  great.  The  exhibits  were  installed  in  the  darkest  sec- 
tion of  the  Government  building,  and  owing  to  the  interference  of 
timbers  and  drapery  were  very  unevenly  lighted.  The  glass  fronts 
of  the  cases  were  so  inserted  that  they  could  not  be  removed,  and  the 
reflections  proved  extremely  troublesome.  Selecting  a  Sunday  morn- 
ing for  the  work,  we  avoided  the  crowds  that  filled  the  building  during 
the  week  days.  Two  sheets  of  dark  cloth  were  secured,  each  about 
14  feet  square,  and  while  one  of  these  was  tacked  over  the  back  of  the 
case  as  a  background  for  the  group,  the  other,  held  by  two  men  on  step- 
ladders  behind  the  camera,  served  to  prevent  reflections  in  the  glass. 
The  woodwork  of  the  cases  interfered  somewhat  with  the  view  in  sev- 
eral cases,  but  by  painting  out  and  retouching  the  parts  have  been 
restored,  and  a  reasonably  uniform  result  has  been  secured. 

It  may  be  noted  that  at  the  time  of  the  handing  in  of  this  paper  the 
exhibit  is  on  view,  about  one-half  in  the  Charleston  Exposition  and  the 
remainder  in  the  halls  of  the  National  Museum. 


THE  EXHIBIT  MADE  BY  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY. 

By  George  P.  Merrill, 
Head  Curator. 

The  exhibit  made  b}'  the  Department  of  Geology  at  Buffalo  was 
directly  in  line  with  that  in  the  Museum  at  Washington,  differing  only 
in  that  special  series  were  selected  which  seemed  best  suited  to  the 
purpose,  when  the  place,  time,  character  of  the  Exposition,  and  limited 
amount  of  space  (1,520  sq.  ft.)  were  taken  into  consideration.  (See 
Plates  58  and  59.) 

The  work  of  preparation  was  begun  early  in  the  year  and  continued 
until  the  installation  was  completed  at  Buffalo  on  May  1.  While  by 
no  means  the  entire  force  of  the  Department  was  thus  occupied, 
nevertheless,  the  matter  was  always  uppermost  and  interfered  seriously 
with  the  ordinary  routine  work  of  the  Museum. 

An  attempt  was  made  to  procure  for  the  Exposition  a  fairly  com- 
plete skeleton  of  a  mastodon,  and  Messrs.  Lucas  and  Stewart  made 
several  excursions  for  the  purpose  of  investigating  reported  finds  of 
such  remains;  but  the  results  were  in  all  cases  unsatisfactory.  As  will 
be  noted  later,  however,  a  small  series  of  more  or  less  fragmentary 
material  was  obtained. 

Through  a  joint  arrangement  with  the  United  States  Geological  Sur- 
vey, sufficient  funds  were  obtained  for  a  model  of  a  skeleton  of  Triceratops 
prorsus,  the  work  of  preparation  of  which  occupied  one  preparator 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT    AT  PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  219 

and  one  or  more  modelers,  besides  the  attention  of  the  curator  of  the 
section,  for  a  large  part  of  the  time  until  the  final  installation  at 
Buffalo. 

The  details  of  the  exhibits  of  the  various  divisions  are  given  below. 
No  exhibit  was  made  by  the  section  of  paleobotany. 

I.— DIVISION  OF  GEOLOGY. 

The  exhibit  for  the  Division  of  Geology  proper  comprised  five  wall 
and  one  special  case,  four  of  the  wall  cases  being  occupied  by  cave, 
hot-spring,  and  geyser  deposits,  concretions,  and  silicified  woods. 
One  case  was  set  aside  for  an  exhibit  of  the  rocks  of  the  Hawaiian 
Island*,  the  recent  annexation  of  which  rendered  a  special  exhibit  at 
this  time  appropriate.  The  following  transcript  of  the  label  which 
accompanied  this  last  collection  is  sufficiently  descriptive  for  present 
purposes: 

ROCKS  FROM  THE  HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS. 

The  Hawaiian  Islands  are  eight  in  number,  lying  near  the  north  tropic  between 
the  parallels  of  latitude  19°  and  22J°.  They  are  of  volcanic  origin,  but  volcanic 
activity  has  ceased  on  all  except  the  island  of  Hawaii,  the  largest  and  most  southern 
of  the  group.  The  rocks  of  the  islands  are  therefore  all  of  an  igneous  nature,  with 
the  exception  of  the  limestones  of  the  coral  reefs  which  were  formed  along  the  shores. 
The  collection  here  shown  consists  of  a  series  of  specimens  collected  mainly  from  the 
islands  Oahu  and  Hawaii  by  members  of  the  Wilkes  Exploring  Expedition  in  1840, 
by  A.  B.  Lyons  in  1892,  and  Prof.  C.  H.  Hitchcock  in  1899.  It  is  intended  to  show 
the  characteristic  forms  of  the  lavas  and  the  ordinary  rock  types,  as  well  as  the  soils 
resulting  from  their  decomposition. 

Perhaps  the  most  unique  exhibit  pertaining  to  this  division  was  a 
collection  of  such  of  the  elements,  exclusive  of  the  gaseous  forms,  as 
are  found  in  an  uncombined  or  free  state  in  nature.  The  transcript  of 
the  general  label  for  this  exhibit  is  given  below: 

TTIE  NATIVE  ELEMENTS. 

Of  the  seventy-two  known  elements,  there  are,  with  the  exception  of  certain  gas- 
eous forms,  but  sixteen  which  have  thus  far  been  found  in  the  earth's  crust  in  a 
native  or  uncombined  state.     These  sixteen  are  as  follows: 


1.  Carbon. 

2.  Sulphur. 

3.  Selenium. 

4.  Tellurium. 

5.  Arsenic. 

6.  Antimony. 

7.  Bismuth. 

8.  Gold. 


9.  Silver. 

10.  Copper. 

11.  Lead. 

12.  Mercury. 

13.  Platinum. 

II:  SZ  Jlridosmine. 
16.  Iron. 


So  far  as  possible  these  are  shown  in  the  accompanying  collection.  Iridium  and 
osmium  are  shown  only  in  the  form  of  the  natural  alloy  iridosmine,  and  selenium  as 
selen-sulphur.  Lead  occurs  native  in  but  minute  quantities.  Palladium  has  been 
reported  native,  but  is  extremely  rare. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


220  REPOKT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. . 

The  most  striking  of  the  objects  here  brought  together  were  a 
small  but  very  perfect  octahedral  crystal  of  a  diamond  from  South 
Africa;  a  fine  large  mass  of  native  arsenic  from  the  Hartz  Moun- 
tains, Germany;  a  like  mass  of  antimony  from  New  Brunswick;  beau- 
tiful examples  of  wire  and  moss  gold  from  California;  branching 
crystals  of  silver  and  copper  from  the  Lake  Superior  mines;  thin  films 
of  native  lead  from  Sweden;  tellurium  from  Nevada;  iridosmine  from 
the  Pacific  co&st  of  Oregon;  native  iron  from  Greenland,  and  a  fine 
water-worn  nugget  of  platinum  weighing  4AA  grams  from  the  Nijai 
Tagilsk  district,  Russia. 

There  was  also  a  case  of  striking  concretionary  forms,  including 
examples  of  the  so-called  "Wagel"  or  orbicular  granites  from  Sweden, 
Finland,  and  Rhode  Island,  and  of  the  septarian  concretions  of  clay 
ironstone  from  Weymouth,  England;  New  York;  Kansas,  and  other 
localities.  Examples  of  the  individual  specimens  are  shown  on  Plates 
60  and  01. 

II.— DIVISION  OF  MINERALOGY. 

The  exhibit  of  the  Division  of  Mineralogy  was  arranged  with  the 
following  objects  in  view:  To  make  as  attractive  a  display  as  possible 
with  the  material  and  space  available;  to  illustrate  methods  of  arrange- 
ment and  installation  used  by  the  division;  to  be  self-explanatory  and 
complete  in  itself.  In  the  carrying  out  of  this  a  systematic  arrange- 
ment of  minerals  was  planned  which  should  show  specimens  of  the 
more  important  minerals  and  their  arrangement  in  accordance  with 
the  general  scheme  of  classification,  as  outlined  in  the  label,  a  transcript 
of  which  is  given  below: 

A  SYSTEMATIC  ARRANGEMENT  OF  MINERALS. 

The  chemical  composition  of  the  mineral  determines  its  position  in  the  several 
classes.  These  classes,  which  are  arranged  in  accordance  with  certain  chemical  laws 
having  the  periodic  arrangement  of  the  elements  as  a  basis,  are  made  up  of  those 
minerals  having  the  same  dominant  negative  chemical  radical  from  which  the  class 
name  is  derived,  as  sulphide,  silicate,  etc.  The  whole  is  divided  into  two  general 
groups — native  elements  and  compounds  of  the  elements.  The  compounds  of  the 
elements  are  further  divided  and  grouped  under  certain  classes  according  to,  and 
which  take  their  names  from,  their  more  negative  constituents,  as  follows:  Com- 
pounds of  the  halogens,  fluorides,  chlorides,  bromides,  and  iodides.  Compounds  of 
sulphur,  selenium,  and  tellurium;  also  arsenic  and  antimony,  including  sulphides, 
selenides,  and  tellurides;  arsenides,  antimonides,  sulpharsenides,  and  sulphantirao- 
nides;  also  sulphosalts.  Oxygen  compounds,  including  oxides  and  the  oxygen  salts, 
borates,  aluminates,  chromites,  ferrites,  manganites,  plumbates,  arsenites  and  anti- 
monites,  selenites  and  tellurites,  carbonates,  silicates,  titanates,  columbates  and  tan- 
talates,  nitrates,  vanadates,  phosphates,  arsenates  and  antimonates,  sulphates, 
seleuates  and  tellurates,  chromates,  molyhdates  and  tungstates,  iodates,  and  uranates. 
Compounds  of  organic  origin,  including  salts  of  organic  acids  and  carbon  compounds- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT    AT    PAN-AMERICAN    EXPOSITION.  221 

Each  of  these  classes  was  preceded  by  a  general  label  giving  a  short 
statement  of  its  more  important  chemical  characters,  as  illustrated  by 
the  following  example: 

CLAHS—8I I J  C  ATES. 

The  **iiicate*s  derivatives  of  the  several  nilicie  acids  H48i04,  H,8iOSt  H4Si,<>:, 
HrSi205,  and  H4Si30„,  or  compounds  of  silicon  oxide  with  other  oxides,  constitute 
about  nine-tenths  of  the  known  crust  of  the  earth  and  more  than  one-fourth  of  the 
known  kinds  of  minerals.  Isomorphic  combinations  are  the  rule,  ami  the  class 
exhibits  great  diversity  of  composition.  For  example,  the  ratio  of  oxygen  in  silica 
to  that  in  combined  oxide  may  vary  for  monad  and  dyad  elements,  such  as  potas- 
sium or  calcium,  between  2:4  and  4:1;  and  for  silicates  of  triad  elements,  such  as 
aluminum  or  iron,  between  2:6  and  12:3.  Again,  it  's  not  unusual  to  find  a  silicate 
containing  both  potassium  and  calcium,  or  the  oxides  of  iron  and  aluminum,  or  of 
calcium  and  aluminum,  and  that  not  necessarily  in  atomic  proportion.  But  although 
certain  oxides  are  capable  of  mutual  replacement  in  any  and  all  proportions,  such 
as  the  sesquioxide  of  iron  or  aluminum,  or  the  monoxide  of  calcium,  magnesium, 
iron,  manganese,  sodium,  or  lithium;  and  though  a  silicate  may  contain  at  once  a  mix- 
ture of  sesquioxides  and  monoxides  in  combination  with  silica,  the  place  of  a  monox- 
ide is  not  taken  by  a  sesquioxide,  nor  that  of  a  sesquioxide  by  a  monoxide. 

Following  the  class  label,  arranged  in  order  from  left  to  right,  were 
placed  the  several  members  of  the  class,  selected  to  illustrate  as  com- 
pletely as  possible  their  occurrences,  associations,  and  variety  :n  form 
and  color.  Each  specimen  was  mounted  on  a  block  and  accompanied 
by  a  small  label  giving  the  name  of  the  mineral,  its  associations,  if 
any,  and  its  locality. 

Conspicuous  among  the  several  classes  were  the  fluorides,  carbon- 
ates, silicates,  and  chromates,  the  individuals  comprising  them  being 
especially  notable  for  their  beauty  and  vivid  coloring.  Among  the 
fluorides  were  shown  a  magnificent  series  of  German,  English,  and 
American  fluors  having  an  extensive  color  range,  including  white,  yel- 
low, green,  violet,  sky,  and  amethystine  blue,  rose  red,  and  lilac. 
Among  the  carbonates  were  the  minerals  malachite  and  azurite,  the 
former  bright  green  in  color,  the  latter  a  tine  Berlin  blue.  In  addi- 
tion a  botryoidal  mass  of  these  two  minerals  was  shown  in  which  the 
malachite  and  azurite  are  in  alternate  concentric  layers,  giving  rise  to 
a  strong  and  pleasing  contrast  of  color. 

The  display  feature  was  well  developed  in  the  class  silicates  where 
the  green  of  microcline  was  contrasted  with  the  rich  blue  of  sodalite. 
Among  the  tourmalines  was  shown  the  cross  section  of  a  crystal  red 
internally,  passing  into  a  lighter  hue,  and  finally  green;  there  was  also 
a  tine  mass  of  California  rubellite  of  a  delicate  pink  color  on  a  ground- 
mass  of  lilac-colored  lepidolite.  Play  of  color  was  well  illustrated  by 
a  fine  cleavage  mass  of  labradorite  from  Isle  of  Paul,  in  which  blue 
and  green  predominate. 

The  series  as  a  whole  comprised  some  500  specimens  and  47  group 
labels  installed  in  4  slope-top  cases,  as  shown  in  Plates  58  and  59, 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


222  BEPOBT  OF  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

in.— DIVISION  OF  STRATIGRAPHIC  PALEONTOLOGY. 
A.  Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils. 

The  exhibit  of  the  section  of  iuvertebrate  fossils  formed  two  series 
comprising  the  more  interesting  crinoids  and  cephalopoda,  the  first 
being  illustrated  by  94  and  the  second  by  156  genera.  The  object 
of  the  collectidns  was  to  illustrate  by  specimens  and  descriptive  labels 
the  anatomy  and  generic  characters  of  the  hard  parts  of  these  animals 
as  known  to  paleontologists,  and  incidentally  to  illustrate  the  methods 
of  installation  practiced  in  this  section. 

Each  series  began  with  an  introductory  label  defining  the  essential 
characters  of  each  class  of  organisms.  As  many  technical  words  were 
involved  in  the  description,  a  second  series  of  labels  was  prepared,  in 
which  the  terms  were  defined  and  which  were  accompanied  by  speci- 
mens on  which  the  parts  referred  to  were  artificially  colored.  As  it 
may  be  desirable  to  build  up  similar  series  for  other  exhibits,  some- 
time in  the  future,  the  transcript  of  the  introductory  and  explanatory 
labels  is  given  below.  Plates  62-69  show  the  character  of  the  mate- 
rial comprised  in  the  crinoid  series. 

This  exhibit  was  comprised  in  the  five  screen  cases  indistinctly 
shown  at  the  left  in  Plate  58. 

INTRODUCTORY   LABEL. 
CLASS  CRINOIDEA. 

Crinoids,  or  sea  lilies  or  stone  lilies,  are  marine  animals  related  to  the  starfishes, 
and  like  them  have  in  the  outer  integument  a  skeleton  of  calcareous  ossicles.  A 
normal  crinoid  consists  of  a  crown  attached  by  its  dorsal  or  aboral  extremity  to  a 
stem,  which  is  fixed  to  the  sea  floor  or  to  some  solid  body  by  a  root.  They  are  gre- 
garious, locally  restricted,  animals,  have  existed  since  Cambrian  time,  and  live  in 
the  seas,  ranging  from  shallow  water  down  to  about  3  miles  beneath  the  ocean 
surface.  In  Paleozoic  time  they  had  greatest  development,  and  their  separated 
ossicles  occasionally  form  beds  of  limestone  of  considerable  thickness.  In  the  Car- 
boniferous rocks  of  the*  Mississippi  Valley  crinoids  are  often  well  preserved  and  good 
crowns  are  not  rare.  More  than  300  species  are  known  from  the  vicinity  of  Burling- 
ton, Iowa. 

The  crinoids,  from  a  phylogenetic  standpoint,  are  divided  into  the  subclasses 
Monocyclica  and  Dicyclica,  and  these  divisions  are  again  separated  into  six  orders, 
five  suborders,  and  two  grades,  all  of  which  are  here  illustrated  by  specimens.  Of 
recognized  genera  there  are  upward  of  240. 

SPECIAL   EXPLANATORY   LABELS. 
THE  CROWN. 

(See  Plate  62.) 

The  crown  consists  of  the  dorsal  cup  or  shortly  cup  (colored  blue),  the  tegmcn, 
sometimes  called  disk  or  vault  (red),  and  the  brachia  or  arms  (yellow),  which  are 
generally  provided  with  pinnules  (black),  and  often  there  is  an  anal  tube  (brown). 
24185.  Platycrinus  hemisphericus.     Lower  Carbonic. 
24191.  Cyathocrinus  multibrachiatus.     Lower  Carbonic. 
24163.  Batocrinus  wachsmuthi.     Lower  Carbonic.     The  brachia  are  removed 
to  show  the  tegmen  and  anal  tube. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT  PAN-AMEKICAN   EXPOSITION.  223 

THE  iDOBSAL,  CUP. 

(See  Plate  63.) 

The  dorsal  cap  in  ite  simplest  form  is  composed  of  two  or  three  circlets  of  five 
plates,  those  in  one  circlet  alternating  with  the  five  in  the  adjacent  circlet.  Of  these 
the  most  important  are  those  that  support  the  brachia,  and  to  them  the  term  radial* 
is  restricted  (colored  blue).  The  interradial  plates  below  these  are  the  basals  (col- 
ored red),  so  called  because  in  many  crinoids  they  form  the  base  of  the  cup  and  rest 
on  the  stem.  Such  crinoids  are  called  monocyclic.  In  other  crinoids  a  circlet  of  infra- 
basab  occurs  beneath  the  basals  (colored  yellow),  and  these,  therefore,  are  known 
as  dicydic. 

Primarily  there  are  five  plates  in  each  circlet;  but  owing  to  the  fusion  of  two  or 
more  of  the  proximal  plates  the  number  of  basals  in  monocyclic  forms  may  be  reduced 
to  four,  three,  or  even  two,  and  the  infrabasals  in  dicyclic  crinoids  to  three. 

The  cup  often  has,  in  addition  to  the  plates  above  described,  supplementary  plates 
known  as  "anal*"  and  " interbrachials,"  which  assist  in  enlarging  the  cup. 

776.  Batocrinus  longirostris.     Lower  Carbonic.     The  cup  plates  not  col- 
ored are  the  interbrachials. 
7519.  Platycrinus  planus.    Lower  Carbonic. 
24191.  Cyathocrinus  multibrachiatus.     Lower  Carbonic. 

THE  TEOMEN. 
(See  Plate  64.) 

The  tegmen  in  its  simplest  form  is  composed  of  five  plates  called  deltoids  or  orals 
(colored  red).  There  are  nearly  always  present  also  ambtUacrals  (colored  blue) 
covering  the  food  grooves  or  ambulacra  that  lead  from  the  brachia  to  the  mouth. 
In  many  Paleozoic  genera  the  ambulacral  plates  are  covered  by  the  interradial  dome 
plates  (colored  yellow).  When  the  dorsal  cup  is  enlarged  by  other  plates  than  those 
of  a  simple  crinoid,  the  tegmen  also  introduces  supplementary  plates  known  as  inter- 
tmbulacrals  (black).  Finally  the  tegmen  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  coriaceous  skin, 
in  which  large  numbers  of  thin  calcareous  ossicles  are  embedded. 

The  mouth  is  nearly  always  covered  by  the  deltoids  or  the  dome  plates,  while  the 
onus,  which  is  closed  by  a  valvular  pyramid,  is  often  surrounded  by  or  raised  on 
small  plates  (colored  brown). 

24,185.  Platycrinus  hemisphericus.     Lower  Carbonic. 

768.  Dorycrinus  unicornis.     Lower  Carbonic.     The  anal  pyramid  is  not 

preserved. 
775.  Batocrinus  elegans.     Lower  Carbonic.     The  anal  tul>e  is  broken  away. 
24,413.  Strotocrinu8  regalis.     Lower  Carbonic.     A  natural  cast  of  the  interior 
surface  of  the  tegmen  showing  the  ambulacral  grooves. 

THE  BRACHIA  AND  PINNULES. 

(See  Plate  65.) 

The  brachia  or  arms  in  their  simplest  form  consist  of  a  series  of  ossicles  called 
brachials  (colored  blue),  which  continue  straight  up  from  the  radials  (colored  red). 
The  brachials  may  be  in  single  or  alternating  double  rows,  and  hence  are  spoken  of 
as  ttniserial  or  biserial  The  inner  surface  of  the  brachia  are  grooved  for  the  trans- 
mission of  food-laden  water  to  the  mouth  and  for  the  soft  parts;  and  these  are  pro- 
tected by  covering  plates  called  ambulacrals  (yellow),  which  can  open  or  close  as 
occasion  demands. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


224  BEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

The  brachia  are  rarely  single,  usually  bifurcating  in  a  regular  or  irregular  manner 
at  definite  points.  The  pinnule  (colored  black)  is  a  brachium  in  miniature;  it  differs 
in  nothing  but  position  from  the  small  end  branches  of  a  simple  dichotomous  arm. 
However,  when  the  pinnules  are  regularly  placed  on  alternate  sides  of  successive 
brachials  of  the  main  branch  the  arm  is  said  to  be  pinnulcUe.  To  these  pinnules  are 
restricted  the  fertile  portions  of  the  genital  rachis. 

24,193.  Scytalocrinus  robustus.  Lower  Carbonic.  Brachia  pinnulate  with 
regular  bifurcations.     Brachials  in  single  columns. 

34,087.  Flatyerinus  agassizi.  Lower  Carbonic.  Brachia  pinnulate  with  regu- 
lar bifurcations.     Brachials  in  double,  alternating  columns. 

24.191.  Cyathocrinus  multibrachiatus.     Lower  Carbonic.     Brachia  dichoto- 

mous, without  pinnules. 

24.155.  Barycrinu**  hercules.     Lower  Carbonic.     Pinnulate  brachia  showing 

the  ambu"  \cral  groove  and  ambulacral  plates. 

THE  ANA  I,  AREA. 

(See  Plate  66.) 

In  most  crinoids  there  is  inserted  in  an  interradius  one  or  more  extra  pieces  called 
anal  plate*  (colored  red).  The  anal  tube  when  present  (colored  blue)  is  supported 
by  the  anal  plates.  The  anal  opening  (colored  brown)  may  be  in  the  side  or  at  the 
apex  of  the  tube. 

26,771.  Cactoeriuus  ornatissimus.  Lower  Carbonic.  Showing  the  anal  tube 
between  the  brachia. 

24.192.  Scaphiocrinus  unicus.     Lower  Carbonic.     Showing  the  anal  tube  with 

the  anal  opening  in  the  side. 

24.193.  Scytalocrinus  robustus.     Lower  Carbonic. 

27,868.  ^Esiocrinus  magnificus.     Upper  Carbonic.      The  brachia  have  been 
removed. 

ENLARGEMENT  OF  THE  SIMPLE  DORSAL  CUP. 

(See  Plate  63.) 

The  dorsal  cup  may  be  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  proximal  brachial*  (here  col- 
ored blue)  or  by  the  insertion  of  a  variable  number  of  extra  plates  between  the 
brachials.     The  latter  are  called  interhrachiah  (colored  red). 

24.156.  Taxocrinus  multibrachiatus.     Lower  Carl)onic. 
24,163.  Batocrinus  wachsmuthi.     Lower  Carl)onic. 

THE  STEM. 

(See  Plate  67.) 

The  flexible  stem  is  composed  of  stem  ossicle*,  which  vary  not  only  greatly  in  num- 
ber in  different  crinoids,  but  often  also  in  form  in  different  parts  of  the  same  stem.  It 
has  a  more  or  less  large  axial  canal  which  serves  to  transmit  vascular  and  nervous 
prolongations,  and  in  the  earlier  forms  may  have  served  other  purposes.  The  larger 
segments  are  called  nodal  ossicles  (blue),  and  may  bear  cirri  (red)  at  regular  or  irreg- 
ular intervals  throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  stem. 

In  some  forms  the  stem  is  almost  absent,  the  cup  then  cementing  to  solid  objects. 
In  Pentacrinus  the  stem  attains  a  length  of  18  feet.  In  rare  cases  the  stem  has  no 
roots,  but  attaches  by  the  cirri  or  by  windingthe  stem  around  the  object  of  attach- 
ment.    In  others  it  ends  in  a  four-fluked  grapnel  or  in  a  bulb;  finally,  there  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT    AT    PAtf-AMEBlCAN    EXPOSITION.  225 

forms  without  stems  or  anchoring  structures.  The  latter  are  adapted  to  free  loco- 
motion either  by  swimming  or  by  crawling  about  by  the  brachia. 

24,887.  Ortlovician  stems  and  stem  ossicles.     St.  Paul,  Minn. 

15,518.  Stem  of  Glyptocrinus.  Winding  around  foreign  object.  Tpjier 
Ordovician. 

34,091.  Upper  Silurian  stem  and  stem  ossicles.     Dayton,  Ohio. 

26,468.  Myrtillocrinus  bulbosus.  Middle  Devonian.  Stem  ending  in  a  four- 
fluked  grapnel. 

34,08o\  Stem  and  ossicles  of  Platycrinus.  Lower  Carlionic .  The  spiral  twist 
of  the  flattened  stem  enables  the  animal  to  turn  in  any  direction. 

34,002.  Stem  with  cirri.     Lower  Carbonic. 

ROOTS. 

(See  Plate  68.) 

The  roots  are  distal  branches  of  the  stem,  and,  like  it,  are  usually  made  up  of  jn»r- 
forated  ossicles.  In  some  forms  the  stem  terminates  in  a  disk -shaped  or  encrusting 
nonsegmented  n>ot. 

34.089.   Anomalocrinus  incurvus.     Growing  upon  a  monticuliporoid  bryozoan. 

Upper  Ordovician. 
34,093.  Root  of  Eetenocrinus(?).     Upper  Ordovician. 
10,425.  Kucalyptocrinus  crassus.     Upper  Silurian. 
34,088.  Poteriocrinus  spartarius.     Ix>wer  Carbonic. 

Injuries. 

Crinoids  are  found  which  during  life  had  lost  a  considerable  portion  of  the  brachia. 
Such  lost  parts  may  be  subsequently  regrown  and  pass  through  the  same  growth 
stages  as  the  adult. 

Thestems  when  fractured  repair  the  broken  place  by  profuse  calcareous  deposit, 
as  shown  by  the  annexed  specimens. 

CRINOID  PARASITES. 

(See  Plate  69.) 

Gastropods  of  the  genera  Cyclonema  and  Platyceras  are  found  situated,  over  the 
anal  region  of  many  crinoids.  In  the  Silurian  and  Devonian  such  occurrences  are 
rare  and  there  do  not  appear  to  have  been  permanent'parasites.  In  the  Lower  Car- 
boniferous, however,  the  form  of  the  shell  is  considerably  modified  and  perfectly 
molded  to  the  crinoid,  proving  that  the  Platyceras  spent  its  life  where  found.  Its 
sustenance,  therefore,  must  have  been  largely  the  effete  matter  of  the  crinoid. 

15,513.  Glyptocrinus  decadactylus.     The  parasite  is  Cyclonema  bilix.     Upj>er 

Ordovician. 
26,465.  Arthracanthapunctobrachiata.     The  parasite  is  Platyceras  dumosum 

rarispinum?    Middle  Devonian. 
24,185.  Platycrinus  hemisphericus.     LowTer  Carlxmic.     The  parasite  is  Platy- 
ceras uncum. 

CRINOIDAL  LIMESTONE. 

Limestones  are  found,  many  feet  in  thickness,  almost  entirely  made  up  of  the  dis- 
jointed skeletal  parts  of  crinoids.  Such  limestones  are  usually  of  local  occurrence, 
hut  in  the  region  of  Iowa  and  Missouri  the  Burlington  crinoid  limestone  extends  for 
more  than  300  miles.  This  is  the  most  extensive  crinoid  bed,  having  furnished 
between  300  and  400  species  and  many  thousands  of  individuals. 

15518.  Upper  Ordovician  crinoidal  limestone,  from  Madison,  Ind. 

34094.  Lower  Carbonic  crinoidal  limestone,  from  Burlington,  Iowa. 

NAT  MUS  1901 15 

Digitized  by  VjOOy  LV 


226  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

Following  the  crinoi&s  were  shown  the  fossil  cephalopods,  with 
special  reference  to  the  ammonites.  Here  the  testaceous  anatomy  is 
not  so  complicated  as  in  the  crinoids  and  requires  fewer  descriptive 
labels  in  the  introductory  series. 

INTRODUCTORY    LABEL. 
CI, ASS  CEPHALOPODA. 

The  pearly  nautilus,  squid,  and  cuttlefish  are  three  types  of  living  Cephalopods. 
These  animals  are  restricted  to  marine  waters,  and  are  the  most  highly  organized 
class  of  the  Mollusca,  a  division  of  the  animal  kingdom,  including,  besides  the  Ceph- 
alopoda, the  bivalve  (clams,  oysters),    and  univalve  (drills,  snails)  shells. 

The  forms  here  shown  are  those  having  external  chambered  shells.  They 
abounded  in  Paleozoic  and  Mesozoic  seas.  In  the  Tertiary  seas  the  shelled  Ceph- 
alopoda are  restricted  to  a  few  forms  very  much  like  the  living  pearly  nautilus  of 
the  Pacific  Ocean.  (See  complete  animal  in  jar,  with  alcohol.)  The  shell  may  be 
straight,  curved,  or  coiled,  and  is  divided  at  regular  intervals  by  sqrta.  The  cham- 
bers thus  formed  are  connected  with  the  animal  by  a  tube  or  sipho. 

The  shelled  Cephalopods  are  divided  into  two  orders,  Xauliioidea  and  Ammonoidea. 
In  the  former  the  mture*  (lines  of  junction  of  the  septa  with  the  outer  shell)  are 
usually  straight  or  merely  undulated,  while  in  the  latter  they  are  more  or  less 
abundantly  lobed  and  inflected,  the  greatest  complexity  having  been  attained 
during  Mesozoic  time.  Of  Nautiloids  about  2,500  species  are  known,  and  of  Ammo- 
noids  not  less  than  5,000.  The  latter  died  out  during  Mesozoic  time.  Some  straight 
.  Natttiloidea  grew  to  a  length  of  more  than  15  feet,  while  certain  coiled  Ammonoids 
have  attained  a  diameter  of  5  feet. 

The  classification  here  adopted  is  that  of  Hyatt,  as  published  hi  Text  Book  of 
Paleontology,  by  Zittel  and  Eastman. 

SPECIAL    EXPLANATORY    LABEL. 
NAUTILUS  l»OMl»IL,IUS  I-INNJKUS. 

(Shell  with  animal.) 

South  Seas,  Pacific. 

(r)  Hood,  nerving  to  close  the  aperture  of  the  shell  when  the  animal  is  withdrawn 
into  the  living  chamber. 

(d)  Ifftpononn',  serving  to  conduct  water  by  suction  into  the  gill  cavity  of  the 
mantel,  from  which  it  is  then  violently  expelled,  the  reaction  driving  the  creature 
backward. 

(/)    Tcntaclis,  of  which  there  are  about  ninety. 

SKPTA  AND  SIPHO. 
Nattilcs  mackom  i*h  aluh  Sowerby. 
New  Caledonian  sea. 

The  animal  is  removed  and  the  shell  sectioned  to  show  the  various  parts,  with  the 
technical  names  applied  directly  to  each  part. 

JAWS  OF  A  NAUTII.OID. 

Temnociieilus  hidoks atcs  Schlotheim. 
(Conchorhynchus  avirostris. ) 

TRIASSIC    (mI'SCHKLKALK). 

Wurzburg,  Bavaria,  Germany.     29104. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  227 

SUTURE. 

Ceratites  xonosrs  de  Hann. 

TKIA8SIC 

Goettingen,  Gennany.     4463. 

A  .«imple  Ammonoid  with  the  shell  removed  to  show  the  suture  line  (colored  red). 

DEVELOPMKXT  OF  TIIK  NAUTILOIDEA. 

(After  Bran<*o.) 

Primonlial  chamber  of  Orthoceras  from  the  Triassic  of  St.  Cassian.  Enlarged  IN 
<liameters. 

DE\TCIiOPMEXT  OF  THE  NAUTIIA)IDEA. 
(After  Branco.) 

1.  Primordial,  second,  and  third  chain  ten*  of  Xautiln*  itumpilhu.  Enlarged  18 
diameters. 

2.  Section  of  same  to  show  the  beginning  of  the  sipltn.     Enlarged  25  diameters. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  TIIK  AMMONOIOKA. 

(After  Branco.) 

1.  Primordial  chand)er  of  a  goniatite  (Mimocertts  coHiprssstix) ,  enlarged  fM)  diame- 
ter*. 

2.  Primonlial  chamber  and  first  volution  of  name,  enlarged  tiO  diameters. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  AMMONOIDEA. 

(After  Branco.) 

1.  Primonlial  chamber  of  a  latisellate  Ammonoid  (Am1*!?*  rfftnhifarmis),  grt»atly 
enlarged.  The  term  latisellate  has  reference  to  the  suture  (colored  red)  forming  a 
decided  broad  mildk  on  the  venter. 

2.  First  volution  of  a  latisellate  Ammonoid. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  AMMONOIDEA. 

(After  Branco.) 

1.  Primonlial  chamber  of  an  angustisel late  Ammonoid  (of  the  type  of  /7o///mrrax 
hjUrophyUnm )  enlarged  60  diameters. 

2.  Section  through  the  primonlial,  second,  and  thinl  chambers,  to  show  the 
beginning  of  the  sipho  of  an  angustisellate  Ammonoid.     Enlarged  100  diameters. 

I)EVEU)PMENrr  OF  TIIK  AMMONOIDEA. 

(After  Branco.) 

1.  Primonlial  chamber  of  an  angustisellate  Ammonoid  (of  the  ty|>e  of  Odocems 
on**!**),  enlarged  60  diameters.  The  term  angustisellate  has  refen>nee  to  the  sutures 
(colored  red)  having  prominent  ventral  saddles,  with  corresponding  deep  laUral  lohrs, 
and  definite  saddles  at  the  umbilical  depression. 

2,  3.  First  and  second  volution  of  an  angustisellate  Ammonoid. 

4.  First  three  volutions,  showing  the  introduction  of  sutural  inflections  and  shell 
sculpture. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  TIIK  AMMONOIDEA. 

(After  Brancd.) 

Section  through  the  first  and  second  volution  of  a  latisellate  Ammonoid  (Tropites). 
It  shows  the  beginning  of  the  sipho  in  the  caecal  condition  in  the  primonlial  cham- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


228  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

ber  and  it«  transition  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  side;  also  the  transition  from 
the  moiwchoanitic  (having  only  a  funnel)  to  the  later  cloiochoanitic  (funnels  lost, 
collars  alone  remaining)  condition.     Enlarged  60  diameters. 

B.  Section  of  Vertebrate  Fossils. 

The  exhibit  of  the  section  of  vertebrate  fossils  comprised  a  series 
of  specimens  representing  the  Mastodon,  Mammoth,  and  Titanotherium, 
reproductions  of  the  skeletons  of  Zeuglodon  and  Triceratops,  and  a 
very  complete  mounted  skeleton  of  the  Cretaceous  diving  bird  Hez- 
perornm  regalh.  This  last  is  of  special  importance,  not  only  as  being 
the  first  skeleton  of  this  representative  of  the  toothed  birds  to  be 
mounted  and  exhibited,  but  because  it  threw  new  light  on  the  struc- 
ture and  attitude  of  the  bird.  In  ordinary  swimming  birds  the  leg* 
are  directed  downward,  beneath  the  body,  but  the  character  of  the 
articulations  show  that  in  Hesperornis  the  tarsi  were  directed  out- 
ward at  right  angles  to  the  hod}'.  A  photograph  of  the  skeleton  as 
exhibited  is  shown  in  Plate  70. 

The  skeleton  of  Zeuglodon  was  modeled  from  material  obtained  by 
Mr.  Charles  Schuchert  in  Alabama.  It  comprised  practically  a  com- 
plete vertebral  column,  many  of  the  ribs,  a  good  skull  containing  the 
complete  dentition,  and  the  major  portions  of  the  fore  and  hind  limbs. 
This  is  a  greater  amount  of  material  than  is  present  in  any  other 
museum,  and  made  it  possible  for  the  first  time  to  obtain  an  accurate 
idea  of  the  skeleton  of  this  animal.  It  is  shown  suspended  from  the 
ceiling  in  the  background  of  Plate  59. 

The  skeleton  of  Triceratops  was  a  full-sized  reproduction  based  on 
the  material  in  the  United  States  National  Museum,  which  contains 
portions  of  fifteen  specimens.  These  include  the  skull,  limbs,  lacking 
,  phalanges,  pelvis,  nearly  complete  vertebral  column  in  advance  of  the 
sacrum,  and  several  ribs.  The  greater  part  of  the  skeleton  was  thus 
present  and  restoration  was  limited  to  some  of  the  ribs  and  the  greater 
portion  of  the  caudal  vertebrae.  The  reproduction  of  the  skeleton* 
provided  the  first  accurate  representation  of  one  of  these  huge  dino- 
saurs ever  placed  on  exhibition.  It  is  regretted  that  no  more  satisfac- 
tory view  of  this  interesting  restoration  could  have  been  obtained 
than  that  furnished  in  Plates  58  and  59.  This  exhibit  was  accompanied 
by  a  small  model,  some  18  inches  in  length,  and  a  painting  by  Mr. 
Charles  Knight,  showing  the  animal  as  it  was  supposed  to  appear  in 
life.     See  Plates  71  and  72. 

The  exhibit  for  the  Division  of  Geology,  it  should  be  stated,  was 
prepared  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  head  curator;  that  of  the 
Division  of  Mineralogy  by  Mr.  Wirt  Tassin,  assistant  curator;  that  of 
the  Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils  by  Mr.  Charles  Schuchert,  assistant 
curator,  and  that  of  the  Secticjn  of  Vertebrate  Paleontology  bj*  Mr. 
F.  A.  Lucas,  curator  of  comparative  anatomy  in  charge  collection  of 
vertebrate  fossils. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


APPENDIX. 
[Public— No.  184.] 

AX  ACT  to  encourage  the  holding  of  a  Pan-American  Exposition  on  the  Niagara  frontier,  within  the 
county  of  Erie  or  Niagara,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  in  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and  one. 

Whereas  it  is  desirable  to  encourage  the  holding  of  a  Pan-American  Exposition  on 
the  Niagara  frontier,  within  the  county  of  Erie  or  Niagara,  in  the  State  of  New  York, 
in  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  to  fittingly  illustrate  the  marvelous  develop- 
ment of  the  Western  Hemisphere  during  the  nineteenth  century,  by  a  display  of  the 
arts,  industries,  manufactures,  and  products  of  the  soil,  mines,  and  sea;  and 

Whereas  the  proposed  Pan-American  Exposition,  being  confined  to  the  Western 
Hemisphere,  and  being  held  in  the  near  vicinity  of  the  great  Niagara  cataract,  within 
a  day's  journey  of  which  reside  forty  million  people,  would  unquestionably  be  of  vast 
benefit  to  the  commercial  interests,  not  only  of  this  country,  but  of  the  entire  hemi- 
sphere, and  should  therefore  have  the  sanction  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States; 
and 

Whereas  satisfactory  assurances* have  already  been  given  by  the  diplomatic  repre- 
sentatives of  Canada,  Mexico,  the  Central  and  South  American  Republics,  and  most 
of  the  States  of  the  United  States  that  these  countries  and  States  will  make  unique, 
interesting,  and  instructive  exhibits  peculiarly  illustrative  of  their  material  progress 
during  the  century  about  to  close;  and 

Whereas  no  exposition  of  a  similar  character  as  that  proposed  has  ever  been  held 
in  the  great  State  of  New  York;  and 

Whereas  the  Pan-American  Exposition  Company  has  undertaken' to  hold  such 
exposition,  beginning  on  the  first  day  of  May,  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  and  closing 
on  the  first  day  of  November,  nineteen  hundred  and  one:  Therefore, 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United  State*  of  America 
in  Congress  assembled,  That  all  articles  that  shall  \>e  imported  from  foreign  countries 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  exhibition  at  said  exposition  u|K>n  which  there  shall  be  a 
tariff  or  customs  duty  shall  be  admitted  free  of  payment  of  duty,  customs  fees,  or 
charges,  under  such  regulation  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  prescril)e;  but 
it  shall  be  lawful  at  any  time  during  the  exposition  to  sell  for  delivery  at  the  close 
thereof  any  goods  or  property  imported  for  or  actually  on  exhibition  in  the  exposi- 
tion buildings,  or  on  the  grounds,  subject  to  such  regulation  for  the  security  of  the 
revenue  and  for  the  collection  of  import  duties  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall 
prescribe:  Provided,  That  all  such  articles  when  sold  or  withdrawn  for  consumption 
in  the  United  States  shall  be  subject  to  the  duty,  if  any,  imposed  upon  such  articles 
by  the  revenue  laws  in  force  at  the  date  of  importation,  and  all  penalties  prescribed 
by  law  shall  be  applied  and  enforced  against  the  persons  who  may  be  guilty  of  any 
illegal  sale  or  withdrawal:  And  provided  further,  That  all  necessary  expenses  incurred 
in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  section,  including  salaries  of  customs  officials  in 
charge  of  imported  articles,  shall  be  paid  to  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States  by  the 
Pan-American  Exposition  Company,  under  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Treasury. 

8bc.  2.  That  there  shall  be  exhibited  at  said  exposition  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  from  its  Executive  Departments,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and 

229 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


230  REPORT   OP   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

National  Museum,  the  United  States  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Labor,  and  the  Bureau  of  the  American  Republics,  such  articles  and  material 
as  illustrate  the  function  and  administrative  faculty  of  the  Government  in  time  of 
peace,  and  its  resources  as  a  war  power,  and  its  relations  to  other  American  Repub- 
lics, tending  to  demonstrate  the  nature  of  our  institutions  and  their  adaption  to 
the  wants  of  the  i>eople.     And  to  secure  a  complete  and  harmonious  arrangement  of 
such  Government  exhibit,  a  board  of  management  shall  be  created,  to  be  charged 
with  the  selection,  purchase,  preparation,  transportation,  arrangement,  safe-keeping, 
exhibition,  and  return  of  such  articles  and  materials  as  the  heads  of  the  several 
Departments  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Commissioner  of 
Fish  and  Fisheries,  the  Commissioner  of  Labor,  and  the  Director  of  the  Bureau  of 
the  American  Republics  may  respectively  decide  shall  be  embraced  in  said  Govern- 
ment exhibit     The  President  may  also  designate  additional  articles  for  exhibition- 
Such  board  shall  be  composed  of  one  person  to  be  named  by  the  head  of  each  Execu- 
tive Department,  one  by  the  head  of  the  Smithsonian,  Institution  and -National 
Museum,  one  by  the  head  of  the  United  States  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries, 
one  by  the  Commissioner  of  Labor,  and  one  by  the  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
American  Republics.     The  President  shall  name  one  of  said  persons  so  detailed  as 
chairman,  and  the  hoard  itself  shall  appoint  its  secretary,  disbursing  officer,  and 
such  other  officers  as  it  may  deem  necessary.     The  members  of  said  J>oard  of  man- 
agement, with  other  officers  and  employees  of  the  Government  who  may  be  detailed 
to  assist  them,  including  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  shall  receive  jto  compensa- 
tion in  addition  to  their  regular  salaries,  but  they  shall  be  allowed  their  actual  and 
necessary  traveling  expenses,  together  with  a  per  diem  in  lieu  of  sul>sistence,  to  be 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  while  necessarily  -absent  from  their  homes 
engaged  upon  the  business  of  the  board.    Officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  shall 
receive  this  allowance  in  lieu  of  the  transportation  and  mileage  nrtw  allowed  by  law. 
Any  provision  of  law  which  may  prohibit  the  detail  of  persons  in  the  employ  of  the 
United  States  to  other  service  than  that  which  they  customarily  .perform  shall. not 
apply  to  persons  detailed  for  duty  in  connection  with  the  Pan-American  Exposition. 
Employees  of  the  board  not  otherwise  employed  by  the  Government  shall  be  entitled 
to  such  compensation  as  the  board  may  determine.     The  disbursing  officer  shall  give 
bond  in  the  sum  of  twenty  thousand  dollars  for  the  faithful- 'performance  of  his 
duties,  said  t>ond  to  l>e  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    The  Secretary 
of  the  Treasury  shall  advance  to  said  officer,  from  time  to  time,  under  such  regula- 
tions as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  may  prescribe,  a  sum  of  money  from  the 
appropriation  for  the  Government  exhibit,  not  exceeding  at  any  one  time  three- 
,  fourths  of  the  penalty  of  his  lx>nd,  to  enable  him  to  pay  the  expenses  of  said  exhibit 
as  authorized  by  the  board  of  management  herein  created. 

.  Sec.  3.  .That  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  cause  a  suitable  building  or  build- 
ings to  be  erected  on  the  site  selected  for  the  Pan-American  Exposition- for  the  Gov- 
ernment exhibits  Jrom  plans  to  be  approved  by  the  board,  and  he  is  hereby  authorized 
and  directed  to  contract  therefor  in  the  same  manner  and  under  the  same  regulations 
as  for  other  public  buildings  of  the  United  States;  but  the  contract  for  said  building 
or  buildings  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars,  said  sum 
being  hereby  appropriated  for  said  purpose,  out  of  any  money  in  the  Treasury  not 
otherwise  appropriated.  The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  authorized  and  required 
to  dis)M)se  of  Hiich  building  or  buildings,  or  the  material  composing  the  same,  at  the 
close  of  the  exposition,  giving  preference  to  the  city  of  Buffalo  or  to  the  said  Pan- 
American  Exposition  Company  to  purchase  the  same  at  an  appraised  value,  to  be 
ascertained  in  such  manner  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 
Sec.  4.  That  the  United  States  shall  not  be  liable  on  account  of  said  exposition  for 
any  expense  incident  to  or  growing  out  of  same,  except  for  the  construction  of  the 
building  or  buildings  hereinbefore  provided  for,  and  for  the  purpose  of  paying  the 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


EXHIBIT   AT   PAN-AMERICAN   EXPOSITION.  231 

expense  of  selection,  preparation,  purchase,  installation,  transportation,  care,  custody, 
and  safe  return  of  exhibits  by  the  Government,  for  the  employment  of  proper  persons 
as  officers  and  assistants  by  the  board  of  management  created  by  this  Act  and  for 
their  expenses,  and  for  the  maintenance  of  the  said  building  or  buildings  and  other 
contingent  expenses,  to  be  approved  by  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  management, 
or,  in  the  event  of  his  absence  or  disability,  by  such  other  officer  as  the  board  may 
designate  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  upon  itemized  accounts  and  vouchers; 
and  the  total  cost  of  said  building  or  buildings  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  two 
hundred  thousand  dollars;  nor  shall  the  expenses  of  said  Government  exhibit  for  each 
and  every  purpose  connected  therewith,  including  transportation,  exceed  the  sum  of 
three  hundred  thousand  dollars,  amounting  in  all  to  not  exceeding  the  sum  of  five 
hundred  thousand  dollars,  which  sum  is  hereby  appropriated,  out  of  any  money  in 
the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  the  sum  of  five  hundred  thousand  dollars, 
or  so  much  thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  to  be  disbursed  by  the  board  of  manage- 
ment hereinbefore  created,  of  which  not  exceeding  the  sum  of  ten  thousand  dollars 
shall  l>e  expended  for  clerical  service:  Provided,  That  no  liability  against  the  Govern- 
ment shall  be  incurred,  and  no  expenditure  of  money  under  this  Act  sliall  l>e  made, 
until  the  officers  of  said  .exposition  shall  have  furnished  the  Secretary  of  the  Treas- 
ury proofs  to  his  satisfaction  that  there  has  been  obtained  by  said  exj>osition  cor)>ora- 
tion  suljecriptions  of  stock  in  good  faith,  contributions,  donations,  or  appropriations 
from  all  sources  for  the  purposes  of  said  exposition  a  sum  aggregating  not  less  than 
five  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

Sec.  5.  That  medals,  with  appropriate  devices,  emblems,  and  inscriptions  com- 
memorative of  said  Pan-American  Exposition,  and  of  the  awards  to  l>c  made  to  the 
exhibitors  thereat,  shall  be  prepared  at  some  mint  of  the  United  States  for  the  U»ard 
of  directors  thereof,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  fifty-second  section  of  the  coin- 
age Act  of  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three,  upon  the  payment  of  a  sum  not  less 
than  the  cost  thereof;  ami  all  the  provisions,  whether  penal  or  otherwise,  of  said 
coinage  Act  against  the  counterfeiting  or  imitating  of  coins  of  the  United  States  shall 
apply  to  the  medals  struck  ami  issued  under  this  Act. 

Sec.  0.  That  the  United  States  shall  not  in  any  manner  nor  under  any  circum- 
stances lie  liable  for  any  of  the  acts,  doings,  proceedings,  or  representations  of  said 
Pan-American  Kxposition  Association,  its  officers,  agents,  servants,  or  employees,  or 
any  of  them,  or  for  service,  salaries,  labor,  or  wages  of  said  officers,  agents,  servants, 
or  employees,  or  any  of  them,  or  for  any  subscriptions  to  the  capital  stock,  or  for  any 
certificates  of  stock,  Ixmds,  mortgages,  or  obligations  of  any  kind  issued  by  said  cor- 
poration, or  for  any  debts,  liabilities,  or  expenses  of  any  kind  whatever  attending 
such  corporation,  or  accruing  by  reason  of  the  same. 

Sec.  7.  That  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  create  any  liability  of 
the  United  States,  direct  or  indirect,  for  any  debt  or  obligation  incurred,  nor  for  any 
claim  for  aid  or  pecuniary  assistance  from  Congress  or  the  Treasury  of  the  United 
States  in  support  or  liquidation  of  any  debts  or  obligations  created  by  said  commis- 
sion in  excess  of  appropriations  made  by  Congress  therefor. 

Sec.  8.  That  the  appropriation  herein  made  of  i\\t*  hundred  thousand  dollars  in  all 
shall  take  effect  and  become  available  immediately  upon  the  passage  of  this  Act. 

Approved,  March  3,  1899. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nation*!  Museum,  190', 


Plate  2. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repot  of  U    S.  National  Mu^um,  1901 . 


Plate  3. 


siigmxi    iwjigoiOdOMMiNV  JumoTsgns" 


z 

-J 

n 

^ 

s* 

c 

c 

i 

<  % 

< 
a 

_?_ 

i 

1 

x 

r  3 

►-  o 

z  c: 

<  o 


a. 

0. 

a. 

3 

Zi 

O 

o 

£E 

or 

a: 

to 

C3 

o 

sxigiwxi   TvpiooiodoyHiMv  xavipisgns 


"SIVWUVU      NVDIU3UJV 


j         sotjig 


© 

°      1  soma         I  |         gooig  | 


S1VWUVW      NV3IH1WV 


*stmoj    3ivu91im3m«i    Nvamihiv  \ 


?  *  x  *  £ 

rl  |g|  |g|  |_rj  r 


•o 

</> 

_1 

o 

u. 

Q- 

a. 

a. 

a. 

3 

ra 

3 

o 

o 

O 

IE 

az 

«C 

O 

o 

O 

DinvhX)  jo  nvawns  t"J<0")  »MV*   "HOI90100X 
IVNOliVHUUNI           N0IJ.nill9NI  1VN0UVN 

NVIN0CH1IUIS 


'AlI'MUl       X«V 


XW01WAM3SOO 


z 

UJ 
CO 

C 

-I 
< 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S-  National  Museum,   1901. 


Plate  4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S,  National  Museum.  1901 


Plate  5. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nation*!  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  6. 


o 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R«pcrt  c*  U.  S.  Nat.onal  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  7. 


< 
< 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1  903 . 


Plate  8. 


Stone's  Sheep. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National   Museum.   1901. 


Plate  9. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R*port  of  U.  S.  N»t«on«i  Museum,   1901 . 


Plate  10. 


s 

0 


z 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ffeoortcf  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901 


Plate  11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  12. 


Penguin. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R«pot  of  U.  S.   National   Museum,    1901  . 


Plate  13. 


Condor. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,    1  90 1  . 


Plate  14. 


Whooping  Crane. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R«pe*t  o'  U.  S.  National  Museum,    7  90 1  . 


Plate  15. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National   MuMum.    1901. 


Plate  16. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  N*t«onai  Museum,   1901. 


Plate  17. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.S.  National  Museum    1  901  . 


Plate  1 8. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R«portc«  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901 


Plate  19. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repr-rtcf  U.  S.  National  Museum.   1901 . 


Plate  20. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  21. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Rtjv.r:  cf  U  S.  National  Mu»um,  1901 . 


Plate  22. 


o 
o 

2 


t 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Repot  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 . 


Plate  23. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  24. 


<-.   1  & 

^    - 

^r        k  '  A           r     ^mku{ 

P*    :^M1 

i.  /h& 

mi  l^M   T    ■ 

jt  \ 

^  kJF  y:l 

■pmi  II 

■M »     i  f,imvS 

1 

i   1                       1 2<3  V 

^v                          ^V^H 

?i  «*#* 

/     LJl_ 

^^^  ■■ 

£  s 

ttMwTm*W 

■ 

1    'IB 

1  9 

j^                       ^"^^^^9 

r  m 

Lay  Figure  Group  of  Eastern  Eskimo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 . 


Plate  25. 


Lay  Figure  Group  of  Western  Eskimo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nat.onat  Museum,    1  901  . 


Plate  26. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


*""*"' U-&NMon.lM, 


useurr,   190T. 


Plate  27. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  o/U.  S.  National  Museum.    IS 


Plate  28. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S    National  Museum.    190*. 


Plate  29. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


1 


Keoortcf  U.  S.  National  Museum,   IS 


Plate  30. 


\ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  cf  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  31. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R*poa  of  U   S.  Nat.ona!  Museum,    IS 


Plate  32. 


Family  Group  of  Maya-Quiche  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  33. 


Lay  Figure  Group  of  Mexican  and  South  American  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repc*  of  U   S-  Nafonal  Museum 


seum.    1901. 


Plate  34. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repo  t  of  U.   S.   Mat.or,*!    M 


useum,    1901. 


Plate  35. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


wr  of  u  s  Natt 


onal  Museum,  1901. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National   Mus«um.    1901. 


Plate  37. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


fit-port  of  U.  S.  National   Museum,  1901. 


Plate  38. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Beporoi  U.  S.  Na.ior.al   Museum,   1901. 


Plate  39. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Bepcrt  of  U    S.  Nat-on; 


or.al  Museum,    1901. 


Plate  40. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


*'W<U  S.  H„l0„„  M< 


USeurr,    7  90  J 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  N*t 


orva)   Museum,   T901 


Plate  42. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


R«pot  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  43. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  o*  U.  S.  National   Museum,   1901. 


Plate  44. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U     S.  National  Museum,  1901 


Plate  45. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nat«or.al   Museum,   1901. 


Plate  46. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


PUATE  47. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RepoTof  U.  S.  r4atior.al  Museum    1901. 


Plate  48. 


Bows  and  Arrows  of  the  American  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  49. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


I  Report  of  U . 


S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  50. 


< 
I 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Pepo"1' 


5S*    Ni^onal      fWf»js«> 


U  fTT»  B        1   ^  O   1 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repel  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  52. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repcrt  of  U.  S.  Nat.onal  Museum,  1901 


Plate  53. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901 


Plate  54. 


o 
<0 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  55. 


Personal  Adornments  of  the  American  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  cf  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 . 


Plate  56. 


< 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901. 


Plate  57. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  58. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  59. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  US.toMj|(|B(MW| 


Plate  60. 


CONCRET.ONARy  STRUCTURES. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1 901 . 


Plate  61. 


Concretionary  Structures. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U    S    National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  62. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 


Plate  63. 


THE   DORSAL   CUP. 

The  Dorsal  Cup  in  its  simplest  form  is  composed  of  a  or  3  circlets  of  5  plates,  those  in 
one  c.rclet  alternating  with  the  5  tn  the  adjacent  circlet.  Of  these  the  most  important 
■re  those  that  support  the  brachia  and  to  them  the  term  r»SaA  is  restricted  ,  colored  bluci 
The  mterradial  plates  below  these  are  the  AuaA  .colored  red  .  so  called  because  in  many 
crinoids  they  form  the  base  of  the  cup  and  rest  on  the  stem.  Such  crinoids  are  called 
In  other  crinoids  a  circlet  of  «rA«W*  occurs  beneath  the  hasals  (colored  yel- 
low,, and   these,  therefore,  are  known  as 

Primarily  there  are  5  plates  in  each  circlet,  but  owing  to  the  fusion  of  two  or  more 
of  the  proximal  plates  the  number  of  basals  in  monocyclic  forms  may  be  reduced  10  4  3 
or  even  a,  and  the  iiifrabasals  m  dicychc  crinoids  to  three. 

The  cup  often  has,  in  addition  to  the  plates  above  described,  supplementary  plates 
known  as  ****&  and  fstoawMift  which  assist  in  enlarging  the  cup. 

„*.     Batocfiou*  IcmffitMtri*.       Lower  Carbon*.       The  cup  pfc.«i  not  co!<>red  m  the  in/^r^AMt 
7,jr#.     Pta«T«ruw»  pt*mi».       Lower  Carbonic. 

M.iQf       Cyaihocrinu*  multibracbiattt*.       Uwn  Citdji.k. 


Crinoid  Series— the  Dorsal  Cup. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S  National  Musaum,  1901. 


Plate  64. 


THE   TEGMEN. 

The  Tegmen  m   its   simplest  form  is  composed  of  5  plates  tail'.  .'. 
ored  red  .      There    are    nearly  always  preient   also  .ulored  blue  ,  covering  the 

food  grooves  or  ambulacra  that  lead  from  the  brachla  to  the  mouth.  In  many  Paleozoic 
genera   the    ambulacra!    plates   are    covered    by    the  -1   (colored   yellow 

When  the  dorsal  cup  is  enlarged  by  other  plates  than  those  of  a  simple  crinoid  the  teg- 
men  alio  introduces  supplementary  pistes  known  aa  mUramiu&r.rit  (black  .  Finally  the 
legmen  may  be  In  the  form  of  a  coriaceous  akin,  in  which  large  numbers  of  thin  calca- 
reous ossicle*  are  embedded. 

The   mouth    13   nearly  always  covered  by  the   deltoids  or  the  dome   plates  while  the 
mu,  which  la  closed  by  a  //,  is  often  surrounded  by,  or  raised  on,  small  plates 

colored  brown  . 

14. t •$.     PUtjrTrt»«s  fcttBlsrh«rlcu».       L*»«r  Carbonic. 

jSS      Dwrytriou«  unicornb.       Levtr  Carbonic.       Trip  ana!  pyramid  >a  not  pft>eivt<1. 

775.     B*t«ertr»M  ctegan*.       Low*?  Carbon*.      Tb<  anal  lab*  hi  broktrt  away, 
ta-iij.     StKrtccrinos  /*r»l*«-       Cower  Carbor.k.      A  naiwfal  east  of  ib«  interier  *urtaca  «f  the  tfgwn  »how*r>K 
th«  •BtbetecraJ  fiM  «• 


Crinoid  Series— the  Tegmen. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Natonal  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  65. 


THE   BRACHIA    AND    PINNULES. 

The  Brachia  or  armi  in  their  simplest  form  conuiat  of  a  aeries  of  ossicles  called 
+*a,te4Ji  (colored  blue  .  which  continue  straight  up  tram  the  nJiait  colored  red).  The 
brachials  may  be  in  single  or  alternating  double  rows,  and  hence  are  spoken  of  as  unutnat 
The  inner  suiface  of  the  brachia  are  grooved  for  the  transmission  of  food 
laden  water  to  the  mouth  and  for  the  soft  parts;  and  these  are  protected  by  covering 
plates  called  a*tM<nr<tIi  \ yellow),  which  can  open  or  close  as  occasion  demands. 

The  brachia  arc  rarely  single,  usually  bifurcating  in  a  regular  or  irregular  manner  at 
definite  points.  The  fiwmi-  (colored  black,  is  a  brachium  in  miniature;  it  differs  in  nothing 
but  position  from  the  small  end-branches  of  a  simple  dichotomous  arm.  However,  when 
the  pinnules  are  regularly  placed  on  alternate  sides  of  successive  brachials  of  the  main 
branch,  th;  arm  is  said  to  be  finmlmtt.  To  these  pinnules  are  restricted  the  fertile  portions 
of  the  genital  rachis 

j«.i<jj  Scrwtoermu*  robusnu.  Lower  Carbonic.  Brachia  cin.iulite  with  r«gul«r  bifurcation*.  Brachial*  in 
•ingle  column* 

j«.r>*7.  PUtycrioc*  af***Ui.  Lower  Carbonic.  Brachia  pinnuUU  with  t*|ul*f  bifurcation*.  Brachial*  in 
doable,  •  Iter n j ting  column*. 

»-»,igi.     Cyathocrinu*  multibrachUtu*.      Lower  Carbon«.       Brachia  dicholwnou*.  without  pmnulu. 

*4.i55  B*ry«-rimi*  hercule*.  Lowct  Carbonic.  Plnnulate  brathta  *howiu|>  the  ambwractal  froow  and  ambul- 
acra! pUt** 


Crinoid  Series— the  Brachia  and  Pinnules. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  o'  U   S   National  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  66. 


inttrradiu*  one  or  more  e*tr«  piece*  called 
en    present  vcolored  blue},  is  supported   by  the 
colored  brown),  may  be  in  the  Aide,  or  at  the  apex  of  the 


Shewing  ihf  anal  tub*  btmttn  lti«  bneJva 
olt.      Sfeowltif  ih*  anal  iub«  with  tS*  anal  opcntna, 

*  hara  ba«n  rarooracd. 


Crinoid  Series— the  Anal  Area. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U   S   National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  67. 


r- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U   S.  National  Muuum,  1901. 


Plate  68. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  o!  U.  5.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  69. 


ril 


u  £ 


5  1 S 

Kg5 

*>    3  5  8  ' 

r"      u   o   2  u 

ill 
81  8. 
|3g 


f 


u   —      - 


See 

5     3    3 

E I ! 

Ml 
=  12 

3  .  s 


-    ..    u 


e  *•* 


1* 


ill 


8-  £' 


h   5 
* 


9 
o 

z 

o 

I 


I  0.  - 

1    ..  * 


I 


hi 


o  i  5> 


£    u    * 


m  »  K  -a 


8  .  S 

o  <  a. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  70. 


Hesperornis  reqalis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.S.  National  Museum,  1901. 


Plate  71. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  cf  U.  S    National  Museum.  1901. 


Plate  72. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


FLINT  IMPLEMENTS  AND  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM  A  SULPHUR 
SPRING  AT  AFTON,  INDIAN  TERRITORY. 


By  William  Henry  Holmes, 
Head  Curator,  Department  of  AnUirojxdogif. 


INTRODUCTION. 

During  the  summer  of  1901  the  attention  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution was  called  to  a  new  site  3Tielding  fossil  remains  of  the  mastodon 
and  mammoth  and  numerous  flint  implements  in  close  association  with 
them.  The  information  was  furnished  by  Dr.  R.  H.  Harper,  of 
Afton,  Indian  Territory,  who,  on  making  a  superficial  examination  of 
the  site,  became  convinced  that  the  phenomena  were  of  much  scientific 
interest.  Through  his  solicitation  the  National  Museum  took  the 
matter  up,  and  Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas,  curator  of  comparative  anatomy, 
sent  his  assistant,  Mr.  A.  Stewart,  to  make  investigations,  the  partic- 
ular object  being  to  procure  a  complete  skeleton  of  mammoth  or  mas- 
todon for  the  Buffalo  Exposition;  but  Mr.  Stewart  found  that  the 
parts  of  fossil  animals  at  Afton  were  dissociated  and  fragmentar}^ 
and  the  investigation  was  abandoned  after  slight  excavations  had 
been  made. 

Owing  to  the  report  that  relics  of  human  handiwork  were  found 
associated  with  the  fossil  remains,  I  resolved  to  visit  Afton  and  make 
investigations.  Setting  out  for  the  West  on  September  26,  I  stopped 
a  few  days  at  St.  Louis  to  visit  the  fossil  mastodon  beds  at  Kimms- 
wick,  25  miles  south  of  the  city,  and,  in  company  with  Mr.  C.  W. 
Beehler  and  Mr.  T.  D.  Townsend,  who  are  interested  in  the  property 
and  engaged  in  its  exploration,  spent  a  very  instructive  day  at  the  site. 
The  question  of  the  association  of  human  remains  with  those  of  the 
mammoth  and  mastodon  has  been  raised  at  this  place  also,  but  up  to 
the  present  time  the  evidence  collected  is  not  at  all  conclusive.  It  is 
believed  that  the  bones  found,  which  so  closely  resemble  the  humerus 
of  man,  may  be  portions  of  the  fibula?  of  young  mastodons,  and  that 
the  flint  implements  reported  as  occurring  with  the  fossil  remains  may 
have  been  recently  introduced,  since  identical  forms  are  plentiful  on 
the  surface  of  the  site.     At  any  rate,  it  seems  wise  to  suspend  judg- 

237 


Digitized  by 


Google 


240  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

FINAL    EXAMINATIONS,  a 

Having  procured  workmen  and  supplied  myself  with  all  necessary 
tools  and  appliances,  1  built  a  long  trough  to  carry  the  water  well 
away  from  the  spring,  and  at  once  began  the  work  of  bailing  out  the 
basin.  The  box  was  al>out  4  feet  square,  and  made  of  heavy  boards 
held  in  place  by  timbers  on  the  inside.  About  4  feet  from  the  surface 
of  the  ground  silt  was  encountered,  then  sand  and  fine  gravel,  with 
which  came  up  teeth  of  small  mammals  and  an  occasional  mammoth 
tooth,  also  some  flint  implements,  the  number  increasing  as  descent 
was  made.  When  comparatively  firm  gravel  was  reached,  at  5  or 
5£  feet,  the  teeth  and  flints  were  found  in  great  abundance,  and  the 
shovel,  which  was  now  brought  into  use,  when  inserted  beneath  the 
lower  ends  of  the  boards  at  the  northern  side  came  out  half  filled 
with  the  handsome  blue  and  white  spear  points  and  knives,  and  along 
with  these  were  bones  of  horses,  deer,  buffalo,  and  wolves.  A  little 
further  excavation  beneath  the  northern  margin  of  the  box  brought  to 
light  the  head  of  a  buffalo  and  antlers  and  Iwnes  of  two  or  more  deer. 
In  the  deposit  were  also  a  number  of  implements  made  of  deer 
antlers,  which  resemble  very  closely  the  hammers  and  pressure-flaking 
implements  used  by  the  tribes  of  the  region  in  shaping  flint. 

The  spring  box,  now  being  without  sufficient  support  on  the  inside, 
collapsed,  letting  in  the  beds  of  soft  muck  and  sand.  It  thus  became 
necessary  to  make  excavations  outside  of  the  spring  basin  sufficiently 
extensive  to  enable  the  workmen  to  clear  away  the  wrecked  box  and 
provide  against  further  caving  in.  When  the  superficial  muck,  which 
was  about  2  feet  in  thickness,  was  removed  from  a  considerable  area, 
it  was  found  to  have  rested  on  the  surface  of  a  bed  of  compact  and 
extremely  fine  sand,  which  was  quite  firm  save  about  the  spring  box, 
where  it  had  been  disturbed  by  the  original  cleaning  out  of  the  spring 
and  by  the  slight  excavations  of  Mr.  Stewart.  In  the  muck  nothing 
excepting  a  few  fragments  of  bones  of  buffalo  were  encountered,  and 
there  were  only  occasional  specimens  in  the  sand  beneath.  The  dis- 
covery of  a  large  spear  point  in  the  sand  at  a  depth  of  3  feet  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground  was  a  surprise.  Plate  2  shows  the  implement  at 
it  appeared  at  the  point  of  the  shovel.  This  was  about  3  or  4  feet 
north  of  the  northern  side  of  the  box  as  it  originally  stood.  Since 
this  locality  was  undoubtedly  a  resort  of  the  buffalo  for  a  long  period, 
instances  must  now  and  then  have  occurred  of  the  death  of  wounded 
animals  whose  bodies  contained  the  missiles  shot  into  them  by  hunters, 
and  in  this  way  it  is  fcasy  to  account  for  the  finding  of  stray  spear 

« My  thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  Dawson,  owner  of  the  property,  for  the  privilege  of 
making  excavations.  I  must  add,  also,  that  most  valuable  aid  was  given  in  the  work 
of  excavation  by  Mr.  DeLancey  Gill,  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  who 
accompanied  me  on  the  trip. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


FLINT    IMPLEMENTS    AND    FOSSIL   REMAINS.  241 

points,  and  these  naturally  would  occur  at  depths  in  the  formations 
as  great  as  were  reached  by  the  bones  of  the  animals  themselves. 

Half  a  day  was  consumed  in  getting  rid  of  the  wrecked  box  and 
clearing  out  the  muck  and  water,  the  difficult  nature  of  the  work 
being  well  indicated  in  Plate  3.  A  pump  was  used  to  remove  the 
water,  and  the  work  was  kept  up  all  night  to  prevent  flooding;  but 
on  the  second  night  the  pump  failed  and  the  whole  place  was  soon 
under  water,  which  caused  much  delay.  Reaching  finally  the  level  of 
the  flint  deposit  in  the  spring,  we  began  to  encounter  the  implements 
again  and  took  out  a  hundred  or  more,  besides  additional  bones  of  the 
buffalo,  elk,  deer,  and  wolf.  The  finding  of  the  flints  was  under  such 
conditions  of  water  encroachment  and  deep  shadow  that  it  was  not 
possible  to  obtain  photographs;  but  this  seemed  of  little  consequence, 
as  the  specimens  did  not  occur  in  any  particular  order.  They  were 
piled  together  as  if  deposited,  mainly  at  least,  at  one  time,  in  the 
mouth  of  the  spring.  Most  of  them  had  descended  to  a  depth  of 
from  4  to  7  feet,  and  with  the  exception  of  a  few  stray  pieces,  such  as 
those  already  referred  to,  they  were  included  in  a  space  not  more  than 
3  feet  in  diameter.  In  this  cluster  were  also  most  of  the  modern 
bones  as  well  as  many  of  the  ancient  animal  remains.  At  a  depth  of  7 
feet  there  were  no  more  flints,  but  occasional  teeth  of  the  horse  occur- 
red along  with  the  great  teeth  of  the  mammoth.  The  illustration, 
Plate  4,  shows  our  party  working  in  the  wet  gravels  at  a  level  only  a 
few  inches  below  the  lowest  flints  and  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  posi- 
tion of  the  main  deposit.  Twro  fine  mammoth  teeth  are  in  sight  in  the 
view,  and  the  teeth  of  a  recent  horse  were  found  a  few  inches  behind 
the  tooth  held  in  the  right  hand  of  the  workman  in  the  shadow. 
Work  was  continued  long  enough  to  make  sure  that  there  were  no 
more  flints,  and  some  time  was  spent  in  adding  to  the  collection  of 
fossil  teeth.  Before  the  excavation  was  filled  a  new  box,  4  feet  square 
and  7  feet  deep,  was  set  in  the  spring,  and  we  had  the  pleasure  of 
seeing  the  bubbling  water  rise  in  it  as  the  work  of  filling  went  on 
around  it. 

THE  FORMATIONS. 

Other  excavations  were  made  at  various  points,  with  the  view  of 
determining  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  formations.  After  our 
departure  from  Afton,  Dr.  Harper,  working  under  my  instructions, 
sunk  three  pits — one,  north  of  the  spring,  20  feet  long  and  13  feet 
deep,  which  practically  connected  with  the  original  excavation;  a  sec- 
ond, 11  feet  deep,  25  feet  west  of  the  spring,  and  a  third,  9  feet  deep, 
south  of  the  spring  and  25  feet  away. 

The  section  (Plate  5)  shows  the  geological  formations,  together  with 
the  position  and  relations  of  the  various  finds  of  bones  and  imple- 
ments. It  is  clear  that  the  deposits  of  sand  and  gravel  are  not  local, 
pertaining  exclusively  to  the  spring  or  even  to  the  spring  group,  but 
NAT  mus  1901 16 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


244  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

specimens  shown  in  Plate  9,  an  upper  tooth,  is  11  inches  in  length,  and 
very  massive.  Mr.  Lucas,  observing  the  differences  between  the  two 
specimens  shown  in  Plate  9  (the  one  being  finely  and  the  other  coarsely 
ribbed),  expresses  the  opinion  that  they  may  possibly  represent  two 
varieties  of  mammoth — Elepha*  primigenins  and  Elephm  imperator^ 
the  latter  species,  proposed  by  Leidy,  not  as  yet  having  been  gener- 
ally accepted. 

Associated  intimately  with  the  flint  implements  in  the  spring  were 
bones  of  two  or  three  buffalo,  four  or  more  deer,  one  elk,  half  a  dozen 
wolves,  and  one  or  more  horses.  Tjiese  were  a  little  more  widely  dis- 
tributed than  the  flints,  but  were  distinctly  a  spring  deposit,  and  it  is 
not  unlikely  that  their  presence  also  was  partly  or  wholly  due  to 
human  agency. 

STONE  IMPLEMENTS. 

The  implements  found  in  the  spring  had  been  subjected  to  so  much 
disturbance  before  my  arrival  that  the  exact  nature  of  the  original 
deposit  could  not  be  determined.  They  were  in  compact  order,  as  if 
dumped  in  a  body,  but  much  the  same  result  would  have  followed 
from  the  casting  in  of  single  specimens  or  small  lots  at  various  times, 
since  all  would  settle  to  the  deepest  possible  point  in  the  spring  basin, 
the  position  and  character  of  which  has  probably  remained  unchanged 
for  a  long  period.  It  is  impossible  to  say  whether  or  not  the  native 
tribes  ever  took  the  trouble  to  excavate  the  basin,  either  for  conven- 
ience in  using  the  water,  to  increase  the  flow  in  dry  seasons,  or  to  facili- 
tate the  introduction  of  the  implements;  but  if  the  objects  deposited 
were,  as  we  suppose,  in  the  nature  of  offerings,  the  spring  was  a  sacred 
place  and  no  one  would  venture  to  disturb  it  under  any  circumstances. 

It  was  noted  that  the  remains  of  buffalo,  deer,  and  wolf  were  inter- 
mingled with  the  implements  and  that  they  were  not  associated  as 
though  the  animals  had  died  on  the  spot,  but  rather  as  if  the  separate 
bones  or  dismembered  parts  of  the  creatures  had  been  thrown  in  with 
the  implements.  1  am  inclined  to  the  view  that  they  were  cast  in  as 
offerings,  since  there  seemed  to  be  a  very  large  and  disproportionate 
number  of  bones  of  one  kind;  for  example,  not  fewer  than  twenty  or 
thirty  of  the  large,  straight  leg  bones  of  the  deer  were  associated 
directly  with  the  flints. 

If  statements  coming  from  apparently  reliable  sources  be  correct, 
more  than  half  the  deposit  of  implements  had  been  removed  before 
my  arrival.  1  obtained  altogether,  counting  fragments  and  partially 
shaped  pieces,  more  than  800  specimens,  not  quite  half  a  bushel,  so 
that  there  must  have  been  at  least  a  bushel  (some  say  a  barrel)  of 
implements  in  the  original  deposit,  the  number  reaching  somewhere 
between  1,500  and  2,000.  They  include  arrowheads,  spear  points, 
knives,  and  un specialized  blades,  besides  some  roughed-out  forms  and 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


FLINT   IMPLEMENTS   AND   FOSSIL    REMAINS.  245 

unshaped  fragments.  All  the  implements  were  shaped  by  flaking, 
and  the  work  was  for  the  greater  part  exceedingly  well  done.  The 
finished  forms  appear  to  be  such  as  would  be  appropriate  to  the  buf- 
falo hunter  equipped  for  the  chase.  The  spear  was,  it  is  believed,  the 
main  reliance  of  the  Great  Plains  hunter,  but  bow  and  arrow  were  also 
in  general  use,  especially  for  the  smaller  varieties  of  game.  To  pierce 
successfully  the  tough  hide  of  the  buffalo  and  penetrate  to  a  vital  part, 
the  projectile  point  had  to  be  thin,  long,  and  incisive;  the  sulphur 
spring  has  furnished  many  perfect  specimens  of  such  implements 
(Plate  13).  Our  museum  collections  contain  nothing  comparable  with 
them,  and,  except  such  as  were  probably  broken  by  our  excavating 
tools,  nearly  all  are  in  perfect  condition,  as  if  just  from  the  finishing 
shop.  It  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that  a  large  number  of  the  spear  points, 
as  well  as  the  knives,  had  been  freshly  sharpened  when  the  deposit 
was  made,  the  old  discolored  surface  being  easily  distinguished  from 
the  more  recently  chipped  portions  (Plate  22). 

The  knife  also,  of  which  there  are  many  specimens,  was  of  primary 
importance  to  the  hunter.  The  thin  blades  are  from  3  to  0  inches  in 
length  and  from  1  to  4  inches  in  width,  and  show  various  stages  of 
specialization  and  wear.  Many  are,  apparent^,  freshly  made,  sym- 
metric, leaf-shaped  blades,  while  others  have  been  sharpened  and 
resharpened  on  one  side  so  as  to  be  scarcely  more  than  half  the  origi- 
nal width  (Plate  17).  One  end  of  the  blade  is  in  all  cases  wider  than 
the  other,  and,  taking  the  narrow  end  as  the  point  of  the  implement, 
the  sharpening  is  such  as  to  indicate  a  right-handed  use  in  nearly  all 
cases. 

The  chert  of  which  the  implements  are  made  is  of  excellent  quality; 
it  is  white  and  bluish-gray  in  a  majority  of  cases,  but  some  specimens 
are  quite  dark.  It  is  not  of  the  variety  found  so  plentifully  in  the  quar- 
ries of  the  region  about  Afton,  but  is  of  finer  grain.  The  quarries  4 
miles  south  of  the  village,  as  well  as  those  on  the  Peoria  reservation, 
25  miles  to  the  northeast,  furnish  a  coarser  material,  generally  some- 
what yellowish  in  color.  It  is  manifest  that  the  flint  is  nearly  all  from 
a  single  quarry  or  from  a  group  of  sites  yielding  identical  material, 
and  there  is  no  doubt  that  these  quarries  will  be  found  in  good  time 
not  far  distant  from  the  Afton  Springs.  A  very  few  pieces  are  of 
other  varieties  of  flint,  such  as  are  sometimes  found  scattered  over  the 
surface  of  the  country,  and  some  of  these  may  have  been  brought  in 
from  distant  points. 

Owing  to  the  unusual  interest  attaching  to  this  collection,  I  deem 
it  wise  to  present  a  full  series  of  illustrations.  The  objects  are  shown 
actual  size  or  as  nearly  so  as  circumstances  permit.  Plates  10  to  16 
are  devoted  to  arrowheads  and  spear  points,  the  two  classes  being 
placed  together  because  it  is  quite  impossible  to  draw  the  line  sepa- 
rating them.     We  assume   that   the  smaller  forms  (Plate  10)  were 


Digitized  by 


Google 


246  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 

generally  used  as  arrowheads  and  the  larger  ones  as  spear  points. 
The  groups  assembled  in  the  plates  are,  as  far  as  may  be,  representa- 
tive of  different  types. 

In  Plate  13  examples  of  large,  superbly  finished  spear  points  are 
presented.  They  represent  the  highest  and  most  prevalent  type  of 
these  objects,  having  long,  thin  blades,  prolonged  acute  points,  and 
deep  notches  separating  flie  stem  and  the  wings.  Plate  14  shows  less 
typical  examples  of  the  same  general  shape.  Plate  15  shows  five 
examples  of  spear  points  of  unique  form,  very  probably  made  espe- 
cially for  sacrificial  purposes.  They  are  wide  and  thin,  and  are 
characterized  by  an  almost  rectangular  body,  an  abrupt  triangular 
point,  a  wide,  square  base,  and  concave  lateral  margins.  Hardly  less 
remarkable  are  the  roundish,  blunt-pointed  spear  points  shown  on 
Plate  10.  The  deposit  did  not  contain  more  than  a  dozen  of  these 
unusual  implements,  and  nothing  resembling  them  is  found  in  the 
Museum  collections.  It  may  be  suggested  that  they  possibly  served 
in  the  ceremonial  shooting  of  spirits. 

Plates  17  and  18  illustrate  knives  that  have  been  specialized  in  vari- 
ous degrees.  Examples  of  the  smaller  unspecialized  leaf -shaped  blades 
are  shown  in  Plate  19,  and  specimens  of  medium  size  appear  in  Plates 
20,  21,  and  22.  Plate  23  illustrates  four  rudely  outlined  discoidal 
blades,  while  other  still  ruder  specimens,  not  included  in  the  plates, 
probably  belong  to  the  class  of  failures  or  rejects. 

One  of  the  most  striking  features  of  these  implements  is  that  many 
of  them  show  distinct  evidences  of  recent  reshaping.  The  old  surfaces 
are  quite  dark,  as  is  well  shown  in  Plate  22,  while  the  new  flaking  has 
exposed  the  clean  white  material.  Many  arrowheads  and  spear  points 
have  been  retrimmed,  some  slightly,  others  over  a  large  part  of  the 
surface  («,  5,  and  <?),  while  the  knives  have  been  carefully  sharpened 
along  one  edge,  as  is  seen  in  rfand  e.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the 
sharpening  occurs  on  the  left  side  of  the  blade,  indicating  right  hand 
edness  of  the  owners.  Strangely  enough,  there  were  many  fragnien  s 
and  chips  of  chert  scattered  through  the  spring  deposits,  as  if  work 
had  been  done  on  the  spot  or  near  at  hand,  and  the  flakage  thrown  in 
along  with  the  shaped  objects.  Traces  of  what  appeared  to  be  arrow 
shafts  of  reed  were  also  found. 


BONE  AND  ANTLER  IMPLEMENTS. 

The  bone  implements  were  not  at  first  recognized  as  such,  and  proba- 
bly many  were  thrown  away,  being  taken  for  mere  fragments  of  bone. 
There  are  three  varieties  of  these  objects — two  made  of  antler  and  the 
other  from  leg  bones  of  deer  and  birds.  The  most  numerous  are  from 
the  heavy  end  of  the  antler;  their  length  varies  from  4  to  7  inches. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


FLINT    IMPLEMENTS   AND   FOS8IL   REMAINS.  247 

The  base  retains  nearly  its  natural  form  and  the  other  end  is  slightly 
rounded  off,  as  is  shown  in  Plate  24.  These  objects  are  of  the  type 
known  as  flint  flakers  in  the  Middle  West,  and  were  probably  supplied 
with  handles  fastened  about  the  middle  portion,  making  them  available 
for  roughing  out  the  flint  blades  by  percussion. 

A  second  form  is  such  as  would  be  produced  by  dividing  longitudi- 
nally the  implement  described  above  and  rounding  down  the  ends  and 
edges.  Examples  are  shown  in  Plate  25.  They  were  associated  with 
the  flint  knives  in  such  an  intimate  way  as  to  lead  to  the  supposi- 
tion that  they  may  have  served  as  handles.  They  could  have  been  set 
together  in  pairs  inclosing  the  upper  edge  or  back  of  the  knife  blade 
and  lashed  or  cemented  firmly  in  place.  In  two  or  three  cases  pairs 
were  found  so  nearly  matching  in  size  and  curvature  as  to  allow  suc- 
cessful employment  in  this  way.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  these  objects 
are  very  like  implements  used  in  some  regions  for  pressure  flaking 
in  the  final  trimming  and  sharpening  of  flint  implements.  Such  imple- 
ments would  naturally  form  a  part  of  the  set  of  tools  carried  by  a  hunter 
of  the  Stone  Age  when  about  to  set  out  on  a  prolonged  expedition. 

Among  the  many  partially  decayed  objects  of  bone  there  were  speci- 
mens resembling  awls;  two  of  these  appear  in  Plate  26.  The  larger 
is  made  of  one  of  the  lower  leg  bones  of  deer  or  antelope,  and  the 
smaller  of  the  leg  bone  of  some  large  bird — a  heron  or  a  sand-hill  crane. 
Such  utensils  were  an  essential  feature  of  the  outfit  of  the  lodge 
dweller  of  the  Great  Plains,  whose  clothing  and  dwellings  were  often 
made  of  skins  sewed  together. 

SIGNIFICANCE  OF  THE  DEPOSIT. 

As  has  been  indicated,  the  conclusion  was  reached  at  the  outset  that 
the  casting  of  implements  into  the  spring  was  not  a  caching  or  hiding 
of  these  precious  objects,  much  less  an  idle,  meaningless  act.  Stone 
implements  were  the  most  important  possessions  of  the  hunting  tribes. 
Stone  was  their  iron  and  steel.  A  vast  amount  of  labor  was  expended 
in  digging  it  from  its  bed  in  the  hills  and  in  reducing  it  to  the  forms 
desired,  a  work  necessarily  performed  by  men  possessing  particular 
skill.  The  placing  of  these  articles  in  the  spring  must,  therefore,  have 
been  an  act  of  great  importance  to  the  people  concerned,  and  was  doubt- 
less in  response  to  the  demands  of  superstition.  Water,  and  especially 
sources  of  water  supply,  have  ever  been  regarded  by  primitive  men, 
and  even  by  some  more  advanced  peoples,  as  dwelling  places  for  spirit 
beings,  and  when  sacrifices  were  believed  to  be  necessary,  the  most 
precious  possessions  were  cast  in,  and  no  one  was  sufficiently  bold  to 
molest  them.  In  fact,  such  a  spot  was  generally  regarded  as  sacred, 
and  wan  avoided  by  all  save  those  who  were  properly  qualified  to 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


248  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

approach  and  make  the  offerings — the  medicine  men  or  priests.  One 
of  the  most  striking  facts  connected  with  the  Af ton  spring  is  that, 
although  tradition  indicates  that  it  was  a  great  gathering  place  for  the 
native  tribes,  no  traces  of  camps  or  dwellings  were  found  in  the 
vicinity. 

That  sacrifice  to  spirit  occupants  of  springs  was  a  widespread  prac- 
tice among  the  tribes  of  the  West  is  clear,  although  observations  of 
the  fact  are  somewhat  rare.  Dr.  J.  Owen  Dorsey  tells  us  that  the 
Dakotas  believe  the  buffalo  to  be  of  subterranean  origin,  and  refers  to 
a  tradition  which  asserts  that  one  day  when  a  principal  man  of  one  of 
the  tribes  was  fasting  and  praying  to  the  Sun  god  he  saw  the  ghost  of 
a  buffalo  rising  from  a  spring.  a  The  Sioux  have  also  water  gods  and 
mystic  beings  associated  with  bogs. 

In  a  recent  publication  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Gatschet  reference  is  made  to 
a  sacred  spring  or  well  of  the  Omahas,  located  in  western  Kansas,  as 
follows: 

This  curious  water  receptacle  is  situated  on  the  top  of  a  hill,  and  has  a  nearly  cir- 
cular form  with  atxnit  30  feet  diameter.  All  the  hunting  tril>es  of  the  prairie  regarded 
it  with  a  religious  interest  mixed  with  awe;  the  Pani  called  it,  or  call  it  still,  Kitch- 
Walushti;  the  Omahas,  Ni-wuxube,  both  names  signifying  " sacred  water."  The 
miraculous  quality  of  this  pool  which  chiefly  astonishes  the  Indian  mind,  consists  in  a 
slow  rixing  of  the  water  whenever  a  large  number  of  people  stand  around  the  brink. 
The  water  of  the  pool  is  perfectly  limpid  and  considered  to  be  bottomless;  it  harbors  an 
aquatic  monster  which  engulfs  all  the  objects  thrown  into  it,  and  never  sends  them  up 
again.  Indians  offered  to  it  beads,  arrows,  kerchiefs,  earrings,  even  blankets,  and  all 
sink  down  immediately.  Before  putting  clay  or  paint  on  their  faces,  the  Indians 
impregnated  these  substances  with  the  water  of  the  well.  They  never  drink  of  this 
water,  but  t  >  allay  their  thirst  they  go  to  the  neighboring  Salomon  River.  Before 
buffalo  hunting  became  a  thing  of  the  past,  large  hunting  parties  of  natives  often 
gathered  around  this  pond-source,  and  the  following  narrative  circulated  among  them 
as  a  truthful  report  of  what  really  occurred:  Two  Piinis  once  returned  with  their 
horses.  Having  dismounted  near  the  sacred  water,  one  of  the  men  stepped  upon  a 
turtle  of  the  large  species  frequently  found  in  the  vicinity,  about  3  feet  long.  The 
man's  feet  stuck  to  the  turtle;  he  could  not  disengage  himself  from  its  treacherous 
shell,  and  when  the  turtle  ran  with  his  charge  into  the  pool,  the  Indian  was  soon 
)>eyond  possible  rescue.  His  stupefied  companion  had  seen  the  occurrence  and  went 
home  to  tell  the  tale.  b 

PEOPLES  CONCERNED  IN  THE  DEPOSIT. 

The  Af  ton  region  was  occupied  by  tribes  of  Siouan  stock,  and  par- 
ticularly by  the  Osages,  who  in  historic  times  overran  Neosho  Valley 
and  neighboring  districts.  That  it  was  some  of  these  people  who  cast 
the  offerings  into  the  spring  seems  highly  probable  from  the  fact  that 
the  whole  group  of  artifacts  was  just  such  as  they  would  have  used 
before   the   introduction  of   iron,  and  facts  brought  out   by  recent 

«J.  Owen  Dorsey,  Eleventh  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  1894, 
p.  538. 

b A.  S.  Gatschet,  Journal  of  American  Folk-Lore,  II,  1899,  pp.  68-69. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


FLINT   IMPLEMENTS    AND   FOSSIL   REMAINS.  249 

correspondence  with  the  Indian  agent  for  the  Osage  tribe  make  it  cer- 
tain that  they  alone  were  largely,  if  not  wholly,  responsible  for  the 
deposit. 

The  following  paragraph  is  quoted  from  a  letter  from  Mr.  O.  A. 
Mitscher,  Indian  agent  at  Pawhuska,  Indian  Territory,  to  Dr.  R.  H. 
Harper,  of  Afton,  who  had  written  making  inquiries: 

Slr:  Referring  to  your  letter  of  the  7th  instant  relative  to  a  certain  spring  located 
between  Afton  and  Miami,  in  which  were  found  numerouH  large  teeth,  about  five 
hundred  arrow  points  or  spearheads,  etc.,  asking  me  to  learn  from  the  Osage 
Indians  what,  if  anything,  these  signified,  I  have  the  honor  to  report  that  I  submit- 
ted this  matter  to  old  man  Red  Eagle,  the  oldest  man  in  the  Osage  tribe,  who  dis- 
tinctly remembers  the  spring,  and  states  that  it  used  to  be  the  meeting  place  of  the 
old  medicine  men  of  the  tribe  when  he  was  a  young  man;  that  the  spring  was  held 
as  a  sacred  place,  and  the  doctors  met  there  to  hold  their  councils. 

The  arrow-points  or  spearheads  were  worn  by  the  medicine  men  as  medals.  It 
was  the  custom  of  the  tribe  to  offer  the  spearheads  and  other  tokens  to  ap]>ease 
nature  or  their  gods  by  depositing  them  in  the  spring,  which  they  considered  holy 
ground.  This  custom  was  observed  whenever  the  tribe  went  on  the  warpath,  to 
insure  victory;  when  a  child  was  born,  to  secure  blessings  for  the  child;  and  for 
any  unusual  undertaking,  to  make  it  successful.  Theqe  deposits  of  tokens  in  the 
springs  were  also  good-luck  offerings. 

The  spring  was  usually  a*  shrine  resorted  to  by  the  old-time  Indians  to  commune 
with  the  unseen  world.  This  custom,  however,  is  not  now  in  vogue,  and  has  not 
been  practiced  by  the  Indians  for  some  time. 

I  am  assured  by  Red  Eagle  that  when  he  was  a  boy,  and  before  the  white  people 
intermingled  with  the  Indians,  it  was  the  practice  of  the  medicine  men  and  the 
leaders  to  gather  at  these  springs  for  the  purpose  of  holding  councils,  etc. 

Some  of  the  tribes  farther  west  seem  to  have  had  similar  practices, 
and  instances  of  sacrifice  to  springs  are  recorded.  Mr.  F.  H.  Cushing 
and  Dr.  Walter  Hough  report  the  ceremonial  use  of  springs  in  vari- 
ous localities,  and  Mr.  Thomas  Ewbank  speaks  of  a  sacred  spring 
near  Zuni,  New  Mexico,  as  follows: 

The  spring  is  cleared  out  every  year,  when  an  offering  is  made  to  the  spirit  of  the 
font  of  one  or  more  waterpots,  which  are  placed  on  the  wall.  A  dozen  or  more 
whole  ones  were  observed,  while  fragments  abounded.  Some  of  the  remaining 
vases  are  reputed  to  have  been  offered  centuries  ago  by  the  pueblo  caciques.  Spec- 
imens were  brought  away,  notwithstanding  the  tradition  that  whoever  abstracted 
one  would  be  struck  by  lightning.  As  the  Zufii  Indians  do  not  have  recourse  to 
artificial  irrigation,  they  depend  entirely  on  rain;  and  it  is  their  belief  that  if  they 
neglected  the  annual  ceremonies  at  the  spring  their  crops  would  be  destroyed  by 
drought,  <* 

Early  in  1893  some  Navaho  Indians  brought  to  Mr.  T.  V.  Keam, 
the  trader  at  Keams  Canyon,  in  northeastern  Arizona,  several  speci- 
mens  of  antique  pottery  which  they  had  uncovered  while  digging  for 
water  at  a  point  about  5  miles  from  the  trading  post.  Mr.  Keam  had 
the  Indians  continue  the  work,  with  the  result  that  in  the  course  of  a 
week's  digging  they  unearthed  several  hundred  specimens  of  ancient 

« Ewbank,  Report  on  Indian  Tribes,  Pacific  Railroad  Surveys,  IN,  185H,  pp.  44-45. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


250  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

pottery.     Mr.  James  Mooney,  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology, 
published  the  following  statement  relating  to  these  finds: 

On  Sunday,  February  12,  in  company  with  Mr.  Keam,  I  rode  over  to  the  spot  where 
the  discovery  had  been  made.  It  is  in  a  rincon,  or  side  canyon,  walled  in  by  steep 
cliffs  perhaps  150  feet  in  height.  Toward  the  south  the  canyon  opens  out  into  an 
extensive  valley  occupied  by  several  families  of  Navajos  with  their  herds  of  sheep 
and  goats.  At  the  north  end  of  the  canyon  several  springs  ooze  up  through  the 
rocks  and  sand  drifts,  and  it  was  in  excavating  one  of  these  that  the  discovery  was 
made.  Several  springs  have  now  been  dug  out,  but  pottery  has  been  found  only  at 
one.  On  climbing  the  steep  ascent  to  the  top  of  the  mesa  we  find  the  remains  of  the 
ancient  pueblo  overlooking  the  valley  on  the  east.  It  must  have  been  an  extensive 
settlement  in  its  day,  as  large  as  any  of  the  existing  Hopi  villages,  as  the  ruins  cover 
an  area  of  perhaps  4  acres,  and  the  whole  neighborhood  is  strewn  with  fragments  of 
stamped  [coiled]  and  painted  pottery  and  flakes  of  flint  and  obsidian.  The  founda- 
tions of  the  walls  are  still  well  preserved,  so  that  the  outlines  of  the  room  can  be 
distinctly  traced,  and  by  digging  out  the  accumulated  sand  and  debris  it  is  probable 
that  nearly  the  whole  ground-plan  might  be  restored.  At  the  foot  of  the  cliff, 
toward  the  south,  traces  of  burnt  clay  and  charcoal  show  where  the  pottery  was 
made,  and  the  steps  cut  into  the  rock  by  which  the  ancient  inhabitants  descended 
to  the  spring  are  still  plainly  visible. 

Several  of  the  Indians  were  at  work  digging  while  we  were  there.  They  had 
excavated  the  principal  spring,  where  the  pottery  had  been  found,  down  to  bed  clay, 
and  had  thrown  the  loosened  sand  out  at  the  top.  The  instruments  used  were  their 
hands  and  two  long-handled  shovels.  The  ground  all  around  was  strewn  with  frag- 
ments of  pottery  thrown  out,  and  numerous  other  fragments  were  embedded  in  the 
sand.  It  was  evident  that  probably  half  the  original  number,  including  the  largest 
specimens,  had  been  destroyed  in  the  digging  process.  By  working  in  from  the  side, 
instead  of  from  above,  and  proceeding  carefully  to  remove  the  sand  with  the  hands 
and  some  such  small  tool  as  a  knife  or  a  stick,  probably  three  hundred  or  more  pieces 
might  have  been  taken  out  intact.  Most  of  those  preserved  were  small,  finely  dec- 
orated with  designs  in  black  and  reddish  brown,  and  of  most  unique  shapes.     .     .     . 

.  .  .  According  to  the  statement  given  to  Mr.  Keam  by  the  Hopi,  who  have 
occupied  this  region  from  time  immemorial,  the  ruined  pueblo,  which  they  call 
Kawafka,  was  formerly  occupied  by  the  Indians  now  in  Laguna  pueblo,  west  of  the 
Rio  Grande.  They  state  also  that  their  ancestors  used  to  deposit  jars  and  bowls 
near  springs  as  votive  offerings  to  the  water  gods.  This  would  account  for  the  fact 
that  the  vessels  were  all  found  close  together  at  the  principal  spring,  and  appear  from 
their  size  and  shape  to  have  been  intended  for  religious  rather  than  practical  pur- 
poses. The  custom  of  making  offerings  at  springs  to  the  water  deities  is  common  to 
all  primitive  tribes,  and  among  the  Arapahoe  and  Oheyennes  I  have  myself  seen 
shawls  and  strips  of  calico  hung  up  as  sacrifices  upon  the  bushes  about  every  little 
watering  place  in  the  vicinity  of  a  regular  camp." 

Recent  correspondence  with  Mr.  A.  R.  Graham,  of  Ferro,  New 
Mexico,  has  brought  to  my  attention  the  discovery  of  an  offering 
spring  at  Hudson,  New  Mexico,  and  the  following  interesting  para- 
graphs are  quoted  from  his  letter  of  January  18,  1902: 

The  Hudson  hot  spring  (now  called  Fay  wood)  is  situated  at  the  foot  of  a  mesa  4 
miles  west  of  the  Rio  Mimbres,  25  miles  due  east  of  Silver  City,  this  county,  and 
about  the  same  distance  from  Deming,  New  Mexico.  It  is  directly  on  the  old  Cali- 
fornia highway,  called  the  Santa  Fe*  trail,  and  was  used  for  many  years  prior  to  the 


o  James  Mooney,  American  Anthropologist,  VI,  1893,  pp.  283-284. 

/Google 


Digitized  by  ^ 


FLINT   IMPLEMENTS    AND   FOSSIL   REMAINS.  251 

coming  of  the  railroad  in  1884  as  a  stage  station,  being  the  first  station  west  of 
Cooks  Peak  Canyon,  famous  for  its  numerous  hold-ups  and  Indian  massacres  in  the 
early  days. 

The  very  high  medicinal  virtues  of  the  waters  were  first  discovered  by  Richard 
Hudson  while  serving  as  colonel  of  California  volunteers  in  1863.  He  located  at  the 
spring  after  being  mustered  out,  and  held  possession  until  1894,  when  I  purchased 
the  property.  The  flow  from  the  spring  then  came  from  a  cistern-shaped  hole  in  the 
center  of  a  round-top  mound,  elevated  about  30  feet  above  the  surrounding  surface. 

The  regular  flow  of  the  spring  is  5,000  gallons  per  hour,  and  it  never,  to  ray  knowl- 
edge, varies  from  this.  I  purchased  the  property  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a 
health  resort,  the  analysis  showing  the  water  to  be  unexcelled  for  the  cure  of  rheu- 
matism and  stomach  disorders.  I  built  a  large  hotel  at  the  east  foot  of  the  spring 
mound,  and  in  order  to  utilize  the  hot  water  for  bath-house  and  hotel  use,  including 
heating  of  the  hotel  through  radiators,  I  found  it  necessary  to  clean  out  the  spring  and 
wall  it  up  to  prevent  loss  through  various  small  leaks  through  the  mound  formation. 
It  proved  a  costly  task,  but  I  felt  remunerated  by  the  discoveries.  The  diame- 
ter of  the  spring  excavation  was  25  feet,  and  when  I  reached  the  depth  of  26  feet 
I  found  the  spring  inclosed  by  a  wall  of  red  marlite  stone,  round  and  symmetrical  as 
man  could  build.  Thousands  of  tons  of  dirt  and  rock  had  been  thrown  into  the 
spring,  and  after  removing  this  to  the  depth  of  26  feet,  I  began  to  find  Indian 
remains  and  relics  of  Indian  art.  The  mound,  26  feet  in  height,  formed  on  top  of 
the  red  marlite  formation,  had  been  made  from  the  deposit  of  minerals  in  the  water. 

At  a  depth  of  28  feet  we  discovered  a  distinct  burial  of  a  human  being  covered 
with  mesquite  bush,  on  top  of  which  were  bowlders.  There  were  three  such 
burials  discovered  between  the  28th  or  31st  foot  levels,  and  with  each  one  were 
found  war  clubs  of  stone,  spear  points,  arrowheads,  one  wooden  l>ow,  almost  com- 
plete, beads,  mortars,  etc. 

We  secured  quite  well-preserved  parts  of  several  skulls  and  other  parts  which 
would  indicate  that  the  people  were  of  average  stature.  I  supervised  the  whole 
work,  and,  with  the  assistance  of  my  wife,  have  now  nicely  preserved  and  arranged 
in  a  cabinet  every  relic  taken  from  the  spring,  the  principal  ones  being:  (1)  Parts 
of  skulls  and  bones  of  several  human  beings;  (2)  over  50  spearheads  and  arrow-heads 
of  every  shape  and  style  of  workmanship,  the  spearheads  being  notable  for  size  and 
symmetry;  (3)  nine  large  war  clubs,  made  of  stone;  (4)  a  large  variety  of  teeth  of 
animals,  as  well  as  large  bones  of  extinct  animals;  (5)  ten  stone  pipes  from  4  to  7 
inches  in  length — the  most  interesting  relics  found;  (6)  a  flint  hatchet  and  a  stone 
hammer,  together  with  stones  worn  flat  from  use,  beads  made  from  vegetable  seed 
and  bird  bones,  part  of  two  Indian  bows,  with  a  quiver,  in  which  was  quite  a  bunch 
of  long,  coarse  black  hair  that  was  soon  lost  after  being  dried. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Hudson  Springs,  within  3  to  8  miles,  there  are  numerous  burying 
grounds  and  other  evidences  of  dwellings  of  the  earlier  Indian  tribes,  the  graves  all 
containing  more  or  less  decorated  pottery,  a  few  good  examples  of  which  I  also  have. 
Within  1  mile  of  this  hot  spring  are  two  cold  springs,  while  1J  miles  to  the  west 
is  another  warm  spring  of  medicinal  water  (temperature  98°)  that  flows  nearly 
1,000,000  gallons  daily.  This  spring  comes  up  from  the  south  base  of  stone  fortifica- 
tions of  considerable  extent,  which  stand  out  on  a  level  mesa  in  a  commanding 
position. 

In  the  East  instances  of  the  discovery  of  relics  of  arts  in  springs 
are  rare.  A  deposit  of  flint  blades  found  in  a  spring  in  North  Caro- 
lina is  exhibited  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  most  notable  examples  of  sacrifices  of  this  general  class  are 
recorded  by  explorers  of  Central  and  South  America,  where  offerings 
of  gold  and  precious  things  of  various  kinds  were  cast  into  lakes. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


252  REPORT  OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

streams,  springs,  and  the  deep  eenotes,  or  natural  wells,  to  appease 
the  gods  believed  to  dwell  therein. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  fact  connected  with  the  finds  at  Afton 
is  that  we  have  here,  for  the  first  time,  a  large  assortment  of  stone 
implements  and  other  objects  identified  fully  with  a  particular  tribe 
and  period.  We  have,  as  it  were,  recovered  a  notable  chapter  directly 
out  of  the  prehistory  of  the  primitive  buffalo-hunting  tribes  of  tbe 
Great  Plains. 

A  second  advantage  of  these  over  other  deposits  or  caches  of  imple- 
ments in  the  great  Mississippi  Valley  region  is  that  the  exact  motives  of 
the  makers  of  the  offerings  are  made  known  to  us.  The  story  of  the  old 
Osage  medicine  man  agrees  in  every  respect  with  ideas  formulated  by 
ethnologists  as  a  result  of  studies  in  other  regions  and  among  distinct 
peoples.  It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  the  practice  of  sacrificing  to  the 
spirits  of  springs  Ls  almost  universal  amongst  primitive  men. 

The  association  of  human  relics  with  the  remains  of  extinct  animals 
is  always  a  matter  of  much  scientific  interest,  but  it  appears  that  in 
this  case  the  association  has  little  significance.  The  fossil  bones  belong 
to  the  early  geological  formations  of  the  region,  while  the  human 
relics  are  of  recent  introduction  into  the  spring. 

The  course  of  events  witnessed  by  the  fleeting  ages  in  tbe  region  of 
the  Neosho  Valley  may  be  outlined  somewhat  as  follows:  About  the 
close  of  Pliocene  times,  or  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  Pleistocene,  the 
great  plains  of  the  interior  of  the  continent  were  overrun  by  vast  herds 
of  elephants,  horses,  bison,  and  other  strange  creatures,  which  slaked 
their  thirst  at  the  bubbling  springs,  if  these  then  existed,  or  otherwise 
in  the  streams  and  lakes  of  that  time,  leaving  their  carcasses  to  rot 
there.  Then  the  Ice  Age  supervened,  and  vast  changes  came  over  the 
region  and  its  life.  The  glacial  chill  drove  the  herds  to  the  south  or 
destroyed  them,  and  the  glacial  floods  buried  their  remains  in  deposits 
of  sand  and  gravel.  Then  there  arrived,  from  no  one  knows  where, 
the  buffalo,  the  elk,  and  the  deer,  with  attendant  swarms  of  carnivora 
and  minor  beasts.  With  these,  or  following  them,  came  the  Indian, 
with  spear  and  bow  and  arrow,  and  the  era  of  the  chase  began.  Afton 
Springs  were  flowing,  as  they  had  been  no  doubt  for  ages,  and  the 
beds  of  muck  received  the  bodies  of  the  dying  herds  as  before.  But 
with  the  coming  of  man  a  new  element  was  introduced — the  springs, 
abounding  in  bones  of  unknown  monsters,  became  places  of  venera- 
tion and  were  peopled  with  spirits  of  the  savage  pantheon,  and  to  these 
sacrifices  were  made,  the  most  precious  possessions  of  the  hunter  peo- 
ples finding  a  resting  place  in  the  sulphurous  shrine.  The  last,  the 
present  episode  in  Af ton's  history,  witnessed  the  disappearance  of  the 
buffalo  and  the  red  hunter  and  the  coming  of  new  cattle  and  a  strange 
people.  Then  followed  the  keeping  of  herds  on  the  plains  about,  the 
building  of  towns,  the  construction  of  railways,  and  finally  the  clean- 
ing out  of  the  springs  and  the  discovery  of  its  interesting  treasures. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  1. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  2. 


Discovery  of  a  Flint  Implement  in  the  Superficial  5anos. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  cf  U.  S.  Nat.onal  Museum,   1  901.— Holmes. 


Plate  3. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


"•PortofU.    S.Nrtio„.,MuMum,igoi.«Holm#i. 


Plate  4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  —holmes 


Plate  5. 


UJ 


•  ft  w   * 


• ... — "\v7'   '      .  • ,V5  v  • .    •  •  • 
••..-. .•••.*»./   ••...••      •    •  . 

•  ••••••      •  I    °     ••  *    o        <o   .    »    .  * 

••••  •"  •r.«:V#3   •      •    •  •      o      °   •  • 


iV.  /a.  *  • 


O 
Q 

♦    •        I 


— »t-  .     p 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Holrr.es. 


Plate  6. 


Fragmentary  Condition  of  Fossil  Bones. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museunr,  1  901 .— Ho'mes. 


Plate  7. 


Mastodon  Teeth. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  8. 


Mammoth  Teeth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Holmes. 


Plate  9. 


Mammoth  Teeth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holme*. 


Plate  10. 


w     ^ 

V           *   4 

^V                         ^1 

I 

^^         ^J 

^m    *l      g  *>■  ^H 

^r      '^ 

V         « 

^va^a^£ 

W      *1 

V     ^ 

^B                        ^1 

■                    s 

^V    s^ji'a   ivlL9 

^^r    '                *d 

W   v 

\    #4l        *■ 

1      ^« 

___J 

yf  ^^^J 

Arrow  and  Spear  Heads  (Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Holmes. 


Plate  11. 


^r                            ^1 

V                   ^H 

V             1 

V         1 

■ 

A  f   *  fl 

f     ■ 

I 

1  ti£    ^^Kr  m 

^^^J 

Ip 

r^ 

V  a  iWB 

I 

Uf        1 

^^L    ^^^V      rf^^                 ^H 

^K      j  *   J»       ^L,£^^l 

Arrow  and  Spear  Heads  (About  Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Holme*. 


Plate  12. 


Spearheads  (Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U    S.  National  Museum.  1901.— Holmes. 


Plate  13. 


Spearheads  (Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R^p-^a  of  u    5 


National  Mi 


••um,  190 1. -Holme,. 


Platf  lit 


Spearheads  -About  Three- 


fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U    S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  15. 


Spearheads  (Two-thirds  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  16. 


Blunt-pointed  Spearheads  (About  One-half  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Ripen  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  17. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


fceport  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901— Holme*. 


Plate  18. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901.— Holmes. 


Plate  19. 


Symmetric  Blades  (About  Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901, — Holme*. 


Plate  20. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  21. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  5.  National  Museum,  1 901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  22. 


ROUGHED-OUT  BLADES  (THREE-FOURTHS  ACTUAL  SlZE) 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  23. 


Freshly  Sharpened  Implements  (Three-fourths  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  24. 


Antler  Implements  (One-half  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Holmes. 


Plate  25. 


Antler  Implements  (One-half  Actual  Size). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Holmes. 


Plate  26. 


Bone  Implements  (One-half  Actual  Size), 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASSIFICATION  AND  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  EXHIBITS  OF 
AN  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  MUSEUM. 


WILUAM  IIKNUY  HOLMES, 

Head  Curator,  Department  of  Anthrojtology. 


£3 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASSIFICATION  AND  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  EXHIBITS  OF 
AN  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  MUSEUM." 


By  William  Henry  Holm  us, 
Head  Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology. 


SCOPE  OF  THE  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  FIELD. 

The  history  of  man,  including  all  that  he  is  and  does  and  all  that  he 
has  been  and  has  done,  is  a  wide  and  important  subject,  and  is  fortu- 
nately susceptible,  in  large  part,  of  lucid  and  effective  treatment  in  the 
museum.  The  available  materials  are  of  two  principal  classes.  The 
first  relates  to  man  himself  as  a  biological  unit,  and  the  second  to  the 
works  of  his  hands,  the  creations  of  his  developing  mind.  These  two 
divisions  of  the  subject  are  readily  separated  and  require  independent 
treatment  in  the  museum.  The  first  division  is  known  as  physical 
anthropology,  often  called  somatology;  the  second  may  in  contradis- 
tinction be  called  culture  anthropology,  since  it  embodies  the  vast 
range  of  the  essentially  human  activities. 

SOMATOLOOICAL   DIVISION. 

If  we  discuss  man  independently  of  his  arte — his  artificial  activi- 
ties— we  treat  him  from  the  standpoint  of  the  naturalist  or  biologist. 
Physical  anthropology  includes  the  study  of  man  as  a  species  of  animal, 
of  his  races  and  varieties,  his  external  characters,  his  anatomy,  physi- 
ology, and  pathology.  It  includes  his  ontogeny — the  development  of 
the  individual — his  inception  and  embryonic  evolution,  his  advance  to 
maturity,  his  descent  to  the  grave  and  return  to  the  elements  whence 
he  arose.  It  includes  his  phylogeny — the  development  of  the  species 
from  lower  forms  of  life — the  evolution  of  every  part  of  his  frame, 
the  skin,  bones,  muscles,  circulatory  system,  nervous  system,  and  other 
special  organs,  and  the  relation  of  these  parts,  one  and  all,  to  corre- 
sponding parts  of  the  lower  animals.  This  is  a  magnificent  field  for 
illustration,  and,  in  capable  hands,  may  readily  fill  a  museum  with 

« The  scheme  elaborated  in  this  paper  is  now  being  carried  out  in  the  United 
States  National  Museum  as  rapidly  as  conditions  will  permit. 

255 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


256  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

exhibits  of  superlative  interest  and  value.  It  is  true  that  man  is 
properly  treated  along  with  the  lower  orders  of  creatures  as  one  of  a 
great  system  of  biological  units,  and  he  should  therefore  be  included 
in  all  general  biological  presentations  in  museums.  But  man  consti- 
tutes a  unit  of  particular  interest  and  importance  which  should  be 
presented  as  a  whole.  The  first  chapter  in  any  treatise  on  anthro- 
pology deals  with  man's  physical  characteristics  and  his  relations  to 
nature.  The  curator  teaches  but  half  the  lesson  if  he  omits  illustra- 
tions of  the  physical  man  from  his  museum  exhibits.  The  naturalist 
could  as  consistently  display  the  nests  of  birds  in  a  separate  depart- 
ment from  the  birds  themselves  as  could  the  anthropologist  present 
the  phenomena  of  culture  independently  of  the  physical  man.  There  is 
excellent  reason,  therefore,  for  making  a  special  study  and  exhibition 
of  physical  man  in  immediate  association  with  culture  exhibits.  It  is 
necessary  to  bring  together  everything  that  relates  to  the  great  human 
group.  However,  it  is  not  the  purpose  at  present  to  take  up  this 
branch  in  detail,  but  rather  to  give  almost  exclusive  attention  to  the 
phenomena  of  culture. 

CULTURAL  DIVISION. 

If  the  physical  phenomena  of  man  include  all  that  connects  him 
with  the  brute,  his  culture  phenomena  include  all  that  distinguishes 
him  from  the  brute.  If  we  wish  to  realize  more  fully  the  scope  of 
the  latter  division  of  the  subject,  which  includes  the  objective  evi- 
dences of  culture,  we  have  only,  in  imagination,  to  sweep  away  all  the 
multitude  of  things  that  it  has  brought  into  the  world;  destroy  every 
city,  town,  and  dwelling,  every  article  of  furniture,  picture,  sculpture, 
book,  textile  fabric,  fictile  product,  every  article  of  clothing  and  orna- 
ment; every  vehicle,  machine,  utensil,  and  implement,  and,  in  fact, 
every  trace  of  human  handiwork;  set  aside  the  use  of  fire  and  cooked 
food;  banish  all  language,  social  organization,  government,  religion, 
music,  literature,  and  intellectual  life  generally.  When  this  has  been 
done  we  may  behold  the  real  man  standing  in  his  original  nakedness 
among  his  fellows  of  the  brute  world. 

Limitation*  of  culture  material. — The  material  evidences  of  culture 
are  thus  seen  to  be  of  vast  extent  and  importance;  but  it  should  be 
observed  that,  notwithstanding  this  fact,  all  of  culture  can  not  be 
illustrated  in  the  museum,  for  in  it  we  can  utilize  material  things  only. 
We  can  not  show  by  its  collections  the  social,  moral,  religious,  and 
intellectual  traits  of  man  save  in  an  indirect  way.  We  can  do  little  to 
illustrate  language  save  by  displaying  the  methods  of  its  expression 
to  the  eye  in  pictures  and  letters.  We  can  tell  little  of  religion  save 
by  assembling  the  idols  and  devices  that  represent  its  symbolism  and 
the  paraphernalia  which  pertain  to  the  practice  of  its  rites.  We  can 
tell  nothing  of  music  save  by  a  display  of  the  curious  array  of  instru- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHBOPOLOGIOAL   MUSEUM.  257 

merits  used  in  producing  sound,  and  society  and  government  are  even 
less  within  the  sphere  of  the  museum.  Yet  it  is  wonderful  how  much 
of  the  immaterial  side  of  the  race  can  be  illustrated  by  the  material 
things  that  man  has  used  and  made,  for  the  mind  is  in  the  things 
and  was  developed  with  and  by  the  things  more  than  is  commonly 
understood. 

Ola8»ificatiori  of  culture  materials. — But  what  shall  we  attemp.,  to 
show  in  the  culture  division  of  our  anthropological  museum,  and  how 
shall  we  classify  and  place  our  collections?  Classification  is  the  first 
essential.  If  we  look  at  the  world  and  its  inhabitants  from  a  suffi- 
ciently distant  point  of  view,  a  few  of  the  greater  groups  of  facts 
attract  the  eye.  First,  we  observe  that  men  are  of  several  distinct 
races  and  varieties ;  but  a  closer  look  demonstrates  that  these  are  not 
separated  one  from  another,  but  are  intermingled  in  such  ways  as  to 
afford  no  basis  save  the  most  general  for  a  grouping  of  their  culture 
products.  Second,  we  observe  that  nearly  all  peoples  are  separated 
into  social  and  political  groups — into  clans,  tribes,  and  nations — occu- 
pying distinct  areas  of  the  habitable  globe.  Looking  closer  at  these, 
one  sees  that  they  are  not  all  alike;  that  the  widest  possible  differences 
in  condition  and  culture  status  exist.  Some  of  the  groups  are  savages 
almost  without  art  and  without  any  evidences  of  higher  culture;  some 
are  more  advanced,  occupying  the  barbarian  grade,  while  still  others 
are  highly  cultured  and  surrounded  by  a  thousand  evidences  of  enlight- 
enment and  luxury.  Shall  we  then  classify  and  display  our  museum 
exhibits  on  the  basis  of  this  grouping  of  the  peoples  into  tribes  and 
nations?  Let  us  see  what  would  be  the  result.  The  British  Empire 
is  possessed  of  commanding  power  and  boundless  territory,  but  its  cul- 
ture materials  would  comprise  every  variety  of  product  under  the  sun, 
from  the  lowest  to  the  highest,  and  from  every  known  region  of  the 
globe.  The  same  is  true  of  nearly  all  of  the  civilized  nations.  It  is 
evident,  therefore,  that  units  of  this  class  are  too  large  and  too  com- 
plex to  be  of  use  in  classification.  Besides,  civilized  nations  may  well 
be  expected  each  to  have  and  maintain  its  own  national  museum. 

Let  us  take  another  illustration.  Suppose  that  we  decide  to  arrange 
our  collections  by  the  inferior  social  or  political  units — as  by  states  or 
tribes.  Investigation  shows  that  these  units  are  too  small;  that  we 
should  have  thousands  of  exhibition  units — too  many  entirely  for 
practical  purposes  of  grouping  and  installation.  Besides,  some  are 
artificial  divisions,  and  some  are  natural  divisions,  and  the  classification 
would  be  mixed  and  wholly  unsatisfactory.  What  is  wanted  is  a 
simple,  natural  grouping  of  the  very  diversified  ethnic  phenomena. 

Glancing  a  third  time  over  the  field  and  noting  especially  the  culture 
of  the  various  groups  of  people,  we  find  that  it  varies  with  the  region 
rather  than  with  the  race  or  nation,  and  there  is  a  significant  relation 
between  it  and  environment.     What  uncivilized  men  do  and  have  done 

NAT  MU8  1901 17 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


258  BBFOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

in  any  region  depends  much  on  the  climate  and  the  natural  productions 
of  that  region.  The  arctic  provinces  have  one  culture,  the  tropical 
another;  the  arid  plains  have  one  group  of  activities,  the  humid  regions 
another.  The  inland  district  has  a  race  of  hunters  and  develops  hunt- 
ing arts;  the  maritime  people  becomes  a  race  of  fishers  and  develops 
fishers'  arts,  and  so  on.  Culture  is  thus  so  much  the  outgrowth  of  the 
region  that  its  products  may  be  assembled  by  geographical  areas,  and 
these  may  be  large  or  small  as  occasion  demands.  The  continents, 
great  islands,  and  groups  of  islands  are  subdivided  into  minor  areas. 
These  are  called  by  anthropologists  "  specialization  areas, "because  they 
have  given  special  characters  to  the  culture  developed  within  them. 
They  have  nothing  to  do  with  political  lines,  and  they  disregard  mod- 
ern civilization  because  it  has  broken  over  all  natural  limits  and  by 
means  of  railroads  and  ships  carries  its  generalized  culture  to  the  ends 
of  the  earth.  But  as  these  areas  are  largely  those  in  which  special- 
ized cultures  have  had  their  inception  and  early  development,  it  is  by 
these  that  the  student  can  best  study  and  the  curator  can  best  illustrate 
the  phenomena  of  humanity.  Within  the  space  assigned  to  each  of 
these  geographic  groups  in  the  museum  should  be  assembled  illustra- 
tions of  everything  the  area  produces,  no  matter  what  the  race,  the 
nation,  the  culture  stage,  or  the  time  represented,  excepting  always 
the  intrusive  generalized  elements  of  civilization  which  must  be  treated 
separately  in  museums  of  national  history. 

Geo-ethnic  ai*rangement. — Now,  the  museum  materials  intended  to 
illustrate  a  given  geographic-ethnic  territory  should  be  such  in  char- 
acter and  so  arranged  that  the  student  or  visitor  passing  through  the 
hall  or  halls  in  which  they  are  installed  may  gather  quickly  a  clear 
impression  of  the  people  and  the  culture  of  the  area  represented.  I  say 
first  u  people,"  because  after  all  it  is  the  people  we  are  studjnng,  and  a 
display  of  all  the  culture  phenomena  of  a  region  without  some  definite 
illustration  of  the  people  concerned  would  be  wholly  unsatisfactory. 
The  man  himself  as  he  appears  in  his  everyday  life  is  the  best  illus- 
tration of  his  own  place  in  history,  for  his  physical  aspect,  the  expres- 
sion of  his  face,  the  care  of  his  person,  his  clothes,  his  occupations, 
his  general  appearance  and  social  relations  tell  the  story  with  much 
clearness. 

So,  since  we  can  not  display  the  people  themselves,  we  should  begin 
each  of  our  ethnical  exhibits  by  building  a  lay-figure  group,  showing 
a  typical  family  of  the  area  illustrated— the  men,  the  women,  and  the 
children— engaged  in  ordinary  occupations  and  surrounded  by  the 
things  they  make  and  use  and  love.  Physical  characters  should  be 
portrayed  with  all  possible  accuracy,  and  a  correct  impression  of  the 
disposition  and  social  attitude  of  the  members  of  the  group  should  be 
given.  Around  this  family  group  should  be  arranged  in  separate 
cases  series  of  objects  illustrating  the  arts,  industries,  and  history  of 
the  people  represented. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHBOPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM.  259 

Following  the  family  group,  the  next  most  important  culture  unit  is 
the  dwelling  group,  which  may  be  modeled  in  miniature  (say  one- 
twelfth  or  one-twenty- fourth  actual  size)  and  illustrates  the  houses 
and  associated  constructions  of  ail  kinds,  as  well  as  something  of  the 
home  arts  and  life  of  the  people.  Miniature  figures  of  men,  women, 
and  children  may  be  added  to  the  dwelling  group  to  graphically  illus- 
trate the  practice  of  culinary  arts,  manufacture  of  basketry,  weaving, 
pottery,  the  use  of  domestic  animals,  and  other  arts. 

Illustrations  of  other  activities  should  follow  the  dwelling  group  in 
the  order  of  their  importance  or  significance,  each  exhibit  (consisting 
of  the  actual  objects  or  of  models)  being  of  sufficient  extent  to  serve 
as  a  synopsis  of  the  work  of  the  area  represented  in  the  particular 
region  treated.  The  method  of  arranging  the  various  series  is  dis- 
cussed in  detail  farther  on.  Along  with  the  ordinary  ethnological 
exhibits  should  go  exhibits  of  the  archaeology  of  the  area,  showing  the 
prehistoric  cultural  relics  and  remains,  and  carrying  the  story  back  to 
the  earliest  times.  The  exhibit  of  each  area  should  be  supplemented 
by  maps,  pictures,  and  labels,  thus  completing  an  attractive  synopsis 
of  its  culture  phenomena.  If  a  particular  area  should  happen  to  con- 
tain two  or  more  distinct  peoples  or  cultures,  exhibits  could  be  added 
according  to  space  and  needs,  rounding  out  the  presentation.  If  sev- 
eral tribes  are  included  and  require  separate  attention,  the  less  typical 
may  be  represented  by  simple  costumed  figures  instead  of  by  family 
groups. 

It  would  prove  instructive  to  add  to  each  of  these  ethnic  exhibits 
illustrations  of  the  physical  characteristics  of  the  peoples  of  the  area. 
These  may  comprise  easts  of  the  face  or  even  of  the  entire  figure;  the 
skeleton  or  parts  of  it,  and  especially  the  skull,  which  presents  wide 
and  significant  variations;  examples  of  artificial  deformation  and 
mutilation,  and  collections  of  such  remains  of  fossil  man  as  are 
found  in  the  area.  This  exhibit  may  also  include  pictures,  diagrams, 
and  maps,  completing  a  synopsis  of  the  somatic  characters. 

The  geo-ethnic  units  thus  described  should  be  assembled  in  the 
museum  somewhat  as  is  represented  in  fig.  1.  Here  a  portion  of  the 
ground  plan  of  the  exhibition  hall  is  presented.  An  ordinary,  some- 
what limited  ethnic  unit  occupies  space  I  of  this  diagram.  The  lay 
figure  group  stands  at  A  and  the  associated  exhibits  extend  across  the 
hall,  filling  a  single  row  of  cases  and  the  wall  cases  of  the  alcoves. 
A  larger  unit  is  provided  for  in  II,  where  besides  the  single  family 
group  A  additional  lay  figures  are  introduced  (<z,  £,  e,  d)  to  repre- 
sent less  conspicuous  peoples.  In  section  III  two  minor  groups  are 
placed,  one  on  the  right  and  the  other  on  the  left  of  the  main  aisle, 
with  the  family  lay-figure  groups  in  front  (B,  B).  In  many  cases  the 
lack  of  well-rounded  collections  will  necessarily  prevent  the  building 
of  family  groups,  and  if  costumes  are  at  hand  single  figures  may  take 
their  place. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


260  REPOBT    OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,   1901. 

Since  these  proposed  exhibition  units  are  to  represent  terrestrial 
areas,  it  follows  that  their  order  in  the  museum  should  approximate 
as  nearly  as  may  he  the  geographical  order.  If,  for  example,  we  are 
dealing  with  North  America,  the  most  northern  group  or  unit  should 
come  first  and  the  groups  to  the  south  follow  according  to  degree  of 
intimacy  in  geographical  relations.  In  this  way  neighboring  environ- 
ments, cultures,  and  peoples  come  together  and  their  interrelations 
may  be  presented  and  studied  to  advantage. 

Assuming  that  the  museum  space  to  be  occupied  is  an  ordinary  hall 
or  series  of  halls  having  a  convenient  width  of,  say,  120  to  150  feet, 
the  several  members  of  each  series  would  be  assembled  somewhat"  as  is 
shown  in  the  diagram.  The  lay -figure  cases  (-4,^4)  would  be  ranged 
down  the  center  of  the  space,  with  wide  aisles  at  right  and  left,  the 
associated  exhibits  (</,  J,  r,  rf,  e)  coming  at  the  sides  in  whatever  order 
seems  most  advantageous,  each  series  extending  entirely  across  the 
hall,  as  shown  in  I  and  II;  or,  otherwise,  standing  at  the  sides,  in  the 
manner  indicated  in  III  and  IV,  where  B  and  B  are  the  family  groups, 
facing  the  main  aisle.  The  order  and  relative  position  of  the  separate 
exhibits  in  each  exhibition  unit  should  be  approximately  uniform. 
The  ordinary  visitor  would  thus  be  able  to  pass  down  the  central  aisles, 
observing  the  various  peoples  as  represented  by  the  lay  figures,  giving 
slight  attention  perhaps  to  the  associated  exhibits,  while  the  student 
of  a  particular  branch — as,  for  example,  weapons  of  war  and  the 
chase — could  pass  from  section  to  section,  examining  and  comparing 
in  geographic  order  the  successive  exhibits  illustrative  of  this  branch. 
The  thing  most  to  be  desired  in  conducting  the  visitor  through  such 
a  great  series  of  exhibits  is  to  bring  the  various  features  before  him  in 
logical  order,  and  the  suggested  arrangement  is  apparently  the  best 
that  can  be  devised. 

It  frequently  happens  that  a  particular  ethnic  area  contains  a  cul- 
tural feature  of  exceptional  importance  which  is  represented  by  such  a 
large  body  of  material  that  to  display  it  in  the  systematic  series  would 
be  to  throw  the  whole  representation  out  of  symmetry.  This  exigency 
would  l>e  happily  provided  for  by  arranging  the  plan  and  section  of  the 
museum  building  in  the  manner  indicated  in  figs.  2  and  3.  While  the  sys- 
tematic geographic  series  are  provided  for  in  the  main  skylighted  hall 
(.4)  and  its  lateral  gallery  spaces  (B),  say,  140  feet  in  total  width,  lat- 
eral tiers  of  inferior  side-lighted  halls  ( 6'),  properly  connected  by  door- 
ways with  the  main  hall,  may  accommodate  the  overflow  of  unusually 
developed  features.  This  idea  would  apply  most  satisfactorily,  for 
example,  in  the  California  area,  where  a  great  series  of  basketry  prod- 
ucts, so  prominent  a  feature  of  the  ethnology  of  that  region,  could  be 
installed  in  one  of  the  lateral  halls  ((?),  the  systematic  exhibit  of  the 
area  occupying  the  full  width  of  A.  Or,  again,  in  the  case  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  area,  the  great  body  of  archaeological  material  could 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM. 


261 


II 


in 


0000 


0000 


0.0  0  0  00  00  0  0 
0 


00 


0000 


0000  0  0  0000 


DDD 
DDD 


B 


nn 


rzzi 


DDD 
DDD 
DDD 


IV 


Fig.  1. — Assemblage  of  geo-ethnic  units  of  different  sizes.  I.  A  smull  unit  extending  the  full  width 
of  the  hall  and  occupying  a  single  line  of  cases.  II.  A  large  unit,  also  extending  across  the  hall 
and  occupying  three  tiers  of  cases.  III.  A  Rmall  unit  confined  to  one  side  of  the  hall,  with  two 
rows  of  cases.  IV.  A  unit  similar  to  the  preceding,  with  three  tiers  of  cases.  The  wall  cases  are 
also  utilized  in  each  instance. 


A 

8 

B 

c 

C 

1 

Fig.  2.— section  of  museum  building  showing  central  sky-lighted  hall,  A,  with  galleries,  B,  and  side 
lighted  halls,  C.  This  grouping  of  halls  seems  well  adapted  to  the  great  liody  of  anthropologic 
exhibits. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


262 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


be  placed  in  one  or  more  of  the  side  halls  in  suitable  relationship  with 
the  central  exhibit**,  which  would  consist  of  the  systematic  ethnic  col- 
lections of  that  area. 

The  floor  plan  of  the  installation  proposed  above  appears  in  fig.  3. 
The  arrangement  of  halls  suggested  is  probably  as  good  as  can  be 
derived  for  general  culture-anthropology  exhibit**. 

It  may  be  asked  whether  some  other  arrangement  of  geo-ethnic  or  of 
other  simple  ethnic  units  may  not  afford  superior  facilities  for  examin- 


c 

i 

i 
i 

i 
i 

B 

i 
i 

i 

CZ3  CZ3 

CZD 

CZD 

CZ3  CZ3 

CZD 

CZ3 

izzi  nn 

{— I 

C= 

1=3  C=2 

|—| 

[=) 

CZD  CZD 

C= 

CZD 

CZD  1=1 

=1 

=] 

1 

tZZ] 


1 
1 

\B 

1 

c 

CZl'lZD 

CD  CZ) 

czi|czi 

[=1  C=l 

tzn 

I.    J 

CD  CD 

tzn 

r  "i 

CD  CD 

□|c=> 

CD  CD 

□  .1=3 

CD  CD 

1         i 
1         ! 
1         I 
|         | 

Fig.  3.— Floor  plan  of  a  large  geo-ethnic  exhibit  showing  overflow  into  lateral  hails  C\  C.  One  full- 
sized  family  group  and  two  auxiliary  lay-figure  groups  are  provided  for  besides  a  large  number  of 
auxiliary  exhibits. 

ing  the  whole  field  of  anthropological  phenomena.  If,  for  example, 
exhibits  illustrating  the  various  groups  of  peoples  in  the  world  should 
be  assembled  according  to  grade  of  culture  rather  than  with  respect  to 
geographical  order,  the  lowest  group  taking  first  place  and  the  others 
following  according  to  culture  status,  would  not  the  survey  of  the 
field  be  easily  and  advantageously  made?  Would  one  not  be  able 
through  this  arrangement,  employing  the  lay  figure  groups  and  the 
attendant  exhibits,  before  described,  to  study  not  only  .the  peqples 
and  compare  their  culture  to  good  advantage,  but  to  have  in  orderly 
view  the  full  range  of  culture  achievement  from  lowest  to  highest  the 
world  over?  This  especial  concept  is  illustrated  in  fig.  4,  in  which, 
instead  of  the  linear  arrangement,  a  radiate  grouping  is  suggested.  The 
innerconcentricspace^l  could  be  occupied  by  the  most  primitive  peoples, 
the  succeeding  concentric  space  B  by  the  next  higher  peoples,  and  so  on 
out  to  the  periphery,  while  the  various  activities  would  occupy  the  radial 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL    MUSEUM. 


263 


spaces  1,  2,  3,  4.  These  latter  would  be  few  in  number  toward  the 
center,  where  peoples  are  simple  and  arts  are  few  (#.,  S),  and  numerous 
farther  out,  where  peoples  are  advanced  and  activities  are  numerous  (1, 
2,  3,  4).  To  study  a  particular  people,  the  visitor  would  follow  the 
concentric  lines  («,  h;  1,  2,  3,  4),  examining  each  of  the  activities  of 
that  people  in  turn.  To  study  a  particular  grade  of  culture  the  world 
over,  he  would  follow  the  same  plan.  To  study  a  particular  branch  of 
culture  in  all  its  phases,  he  would  pass  from  center  to  circumference, 
noting  what  each  people  had  done  in  that  branch  (A,  B,  67,  />).  In 
doing  this  he  would  ascend  the  culture  ladder  from  the  lowest  to  the 
highest  round,  traversing  the  full  range  of  human  accomplishment  in 
the  various  activities.  At  the  same  time,  if  the  exhibits  were  numer- 
ous and  properly  arranged,  he  could  form  a  fair  idea  of  what  the  race 


/ 
F 

e^ 

ix\ 

E 

*r\ 

D 

<^S 

C 

<J.\ 

B 

"-A 

A* 

1 1         1         1         1         { 

3^ 

1     M 

Fig.  4. — Concentric  arrangement  of  entire  ethnological  exhibit. 

as  a  whole  had  accomplished,   following  the  development  of  culture 
from  beginning  to  end. 

This  seems  at  first  glance  a  most  complete  and  comprehensive  scheme, 
for  fully  worked  out  it  would  present  the  peoples  of  the  world,  their 
activities  and  history,  in  a  single  view.  But  on  closer  inspection  it 
is  found  to  have  numerous  shortcomings,  apparently  unfitting  it  for 
general  museum  use.  (1)  In  applying  it  the  important  factor  of  the 
relations  of  peoples  to  one  another  in  the  world  and  to  their  environ- 
ment must  be  disregarded;  (2)  the  question  of  the  order  of  the  ethnic 
units  would  be  difficult  to  settle,  since  many  peoples  are  of  one  grade 
or  nearly  the  same  grade,  while  some  occupy  various  grades  in  part; 
that  is,  a  tribe  or  nation  may  be  advanced  in  one  direction  or  activity, 
filing  for  an  outer  place  on  that  account,  and  backward  in  another, 
calling  for  an  inner  place;  (3)  such  a  grouping  would  be  unsatisfac- 
tory save  where  collections  were  comprehensive  and  full;  (4)  a  build- 
lng  of  unusual  design  and  dimensions  would  be  required;  (5)  a  most 
serious  objection  is  that  this  concentric  arrangement  of  a  coinprehen- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


264  BEP0RT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

sive  exhibit,  consisting  of  thousands  of  units,  would  be  highly  per- 
plexing to  any  but  the  trained  museum  student  and  wholly  beyond  the 
grasp  of  the  ordinary  visitor.  Ninety  out  of  every  hundred  persons 
would  utterly  fail  to  comprehend  the  arrangement.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  straight-away  succession  of  geo-ethnic  units  seriated  accord- 
ing to  geographic  position  (fig.  1),  though  necessarily  falling  short  in 
some  minor  respects,  presents  the  great  advantage  of  simplicity  and 
directness.  Units  of  all  sizes  are  accommodated  with  equal  facility.  If 
a  group  is  small  a  limited  space  can  be  assigned;  if  a  group  is  large,  a 
larger  space  or  even  an  entire  hall  can  be  devoted  to  it  Compara- 
tive studies  in  the  various  culture  branches  are  carried  on  with  rea- 
sonable ease,  since  a  particular  subject  or  class  of  exhibits  has,  so  far 
as  may  be,  the  same  relative  place  in  each  of  the  groups.  Each  cul- 
ture feature  can  be  studied  to  best  advantage  in  actual  contact  with 
the  other  features  of  its  own  group;  that  is  to  say,  the  pottery  of  a 
particular  group  can  be  studied  better  in  its  own  setting  of  related 
arts — basketry,  sculpture,  wood  carving,  etc. — than  it  can  if  separated 
from  them. 

The  geo-ethnic  assemblage  of  exhibits  is  generally  applicable  and 
affords  many  advantages,  giving  at  once  to  ordinary  visitors  and  to 
students  a  comprehensive  notion  of  the  peoples  of  the  world  and  their 
culture  in  their  true  proportions  and  relations.  It  might  well  be  the 
fundamental  arrangement  in  every  general  anthropological  museum. 

Culture-history  arrangement. — But  this  is  not  all  that  the  museum 
can  do  to  illustrate  the  history  of  man.  Perhaps  the  greatest  fact  of 
humanity  is  its  evolution.  By  the  geo-ethnic  arrangement  just  de- 
scribed we  may  amply  present  the  peoples  of  the  world,  ancient  and 
modern,  and  yet  fail  to  convey  any  definite  notion  of  the  development 
of  culture,  of  the  progress  of  arte  and  industries,  and  the  gradual 
unfolding  of  the  human  mind.  These  lessons  of  evolution  may  be 
conveyed  by  assembling  artifacts  representing  the  various  activities 
and  seriating  them  according  to  the  stage  of  culture  which  they  happen 
to  represent.  These  series  may  be  called  culture-history  or  culture- 
development  series,  and,  although  they  are  not  true  genetic  series, 
since  the  forms  can  not  be  said  to  have  arisen  one  out  of  another,  they 
may  in  a  general  way  stand  for  the  genetic  order,  suggesting  forcibly 
the  manner  in  which  one  step  necessarily  gave  rise  to  another  from 
the  lowest  to  the  highest  throughout  all  culture  history. 

These  culture-history  series  may  be  numerous  and  extremely  varied 
in  character.  They  may  be  mere  synopses,  giving  only  the  great  or 
epoch-making  steps  of  progress,  or  they  may  embody  many  objects 
brought  together  from  every  part  of  the  world.  The  curator  may 
select  only  those  branches  susceptible  of  ready  and  effective  illustra- 
tion, the  steps  of  progress  being  represented  by  the  tools,  utensils,  and 
devices  employed  in  the  practice  of  the  art  or  by  the  products  where 
such  exist. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM.  265 

A  number  of  the  more  important  series  are  included  in  the  list  which 
follows,  where  they  are  classified  under  a  dozen  or  more  heads.  In 
many  cases  only  the  more  important  series  of  a  particular  group  are 
given.  A  majority  of  these  series  are  now  included  in  the  exhibits  of 
the  National  Museum. 

In  the  first  group  are  placed  all  those  activities  whose  function  is 
that  of  acquiring  or  producing  the  raw  materials  of  subsistence  or 
of  culture. 

1.  Plant    gathering,   agriculture,   horticulture,   forestry,   etc. 

Illustrated  by  the  implements  and  utensils  used  in  (a)  col- 
lecting uncultivated  products,  (b)  cultivating  the  soil,  (c) 
harvesting  the  crops. 

2.  Hunting,  fishing,  and  zooculture.    Illustrated  by  (a)  weapons, 

(b)  traps  and  snares,  (c)  hooks  and  tackle,  (d)  appliances  of 
domestication  and  culture. 

3.  Mineral  collecting,  quarrying,  and  mining.     Illustrated  by 

mining  implements  and  machinery. 
In  the  second  group  are  included  the  activities  that  prepare  the  raw 
materials  for  use,  a  few  of  which  are  as  follows: 

1.  The  building  arts.     Illustrated  by  (a)  models  of  the  house, 

(i)  models  of  furniture,  (c)  models  of  water  craft,  (d) 
models  of  machinery,  (e)  devices  used  in  construction. 

2.  The  textile  arts.     Illustrated  by  (a)  basketry  -making  appli- 

ances and  basketry  products;  (b)  spinning  appliances  and 
spinning  products;  (c)  the  loom  and  loom  products;  (d) 
sewing  and  netting  appliances  and  sewing  and  netting 
products. 

3.  The  sculptural  arts. ,  Illustrated  by  (a)  implements  for  shap- 

ing stone,  and  products;  (b)  implements  for  carving  wood, 
and  carved  products. 

4.  The  plastic  arts.     Illustrated  by  implements  for  modeling 

in  clay,  wax,  and  other  plastic  substances,  and  plastic 
products. 

5.  Glass-making  arts,  utensils  and  appliances  for  glass  making, 

and  glass  products. 

6.  The   metallurgic   arts.      Illustrated   by    (a)   metal-reducing 

appliances;  (b)  metal-shaping -tools,  utensils,  and  metal 
products. 

7.  The  graphic  arts.     Illustrated  by  ((/)  drawing  and  painting, 

(b)  writing,  (c)  engraving,  (d)  printing,  (e)  photography 
(appliances  and  products  in  each  case). 

8.  Food-preparing  arts.      Illustrated   by  (a)  contrivances  for 

milling,  (b)  cooking  appliances. 
In  the  third  group  are  implements  of  general  use  in  the  arts.     Illus- 
trated by  (ft)  hammers,  (b)  knives,  (c)  scrapers,  (d)  saws,  (t>)  axes,  (,/*) 
adzes,  (g)  drills,  etc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


266  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

In  the  fourth  group  are  the  arts  employing  natural  forces,  as — 

1.  The  use  of  light  and  heat.     Illustrated  by  (a)  devices  for 

striking  fire,  (b)  lighting  appliances,  (c)  heating  appliances. 

2.  Use  of  animal  power.     Illustrated  by  (a)  devices  for  harness- 

ing men,  (b)  devices  for  harnessing  animals. 

3.  Use  of  water  power.     Illustrated  by  (a)  water  wheels,  (b) 

hydraulic  engines. 

4.  Use  of  wind  power.     Illustrated  by  (a)  sails,  (b)  windmills, 

(<?)  kites,  (d)  flying  machines. 

5.  Use  of  steam  power.     Illustrated  by  the  steam  engine. 

6.  Use  of  electric  power.     Illustrated  by  (a)  the  electric  mag- 

net; (b)  telegraphic  transmitters,  receivers,  and  insulators; 
(c)  telephone  apparatus;  (d)  motors. 
In  the  fifth  group  are  the  metric  arts: 

1.  Counting.     Illustrated  by  tallies  and  computing  devices. 

2.  Timekeeping.     Illustrated  by  (a)  sun  dials,  (b)  hour  glasses, 

(c)  watches  and  clocks,  (d)  chronographs. 

3.  Weighing.     Illustrated  by  (a)  balance  scales,  (b)  spring  scales. 

4.  Measuring  (linear).      Illustrated  by   (a)   linear  scales,   (5) 

dividers. 

5.  Surveying.     Illustrated  by  (a)  compass,  (b)  theodolite,  (c) 

plane-table. 
In  the  sixth  group  are  transportation  arts: 

1.  Land  transportation.     Illustrated  by  (a)  devices  connected 

with  burden  bearing,  (b)  sliding  vehicles,  (6*)  rolling  vehicles, 

(d)  wheeled  vehicles. 

2.  Water  transportation.     Illustrated  by  (a)  the  vessel,  (b)  the 

sail,  (c)  the  propeller,  (d)  the  rudder. 

3.  Air  transportation.     Illustrated  by  (a)  the  sail,  (b)  the  bal- 

loon, (c)  the  flying  machine. 
In  the  seventh  group  are  the  arts  of  war.     Illustrated  by  (a)  weap- 
ons, (b)  armor,  (c)  fortifications. 

In  the  eighth  group  are  alimentary  arts: 

1.  Eating  and  drinking.     Illustrated  by  utensils  and  appliances. 

2.  Use  of  nicotine  and  narcotics.     Illustrated  by  utensils  and 

appliances  for  smoking,  chewing,  snuffing. 
In  the  ninth  group  are  eostume  arts.     Illustrated  by  (a)  dress,  (b) 
jewelry,  (c)  tattooing. 

In  the  tenth  group  are  diversional  arts,  a  few  of  which  can  be  illus- 
trated: (a)  Games  of  skill — ball,  etc.;  (b)  games  of  chance,  dice  throw- 
ing, etc. ;  (c)  toys,  dolls,  etc. 

In  addition,  other  groups  may  be  mentioned  as  follows: 

Eleventh,  the  art  of  music.     Illustrated  by  musical  instruments. 
Twelfth,  religious  and  other  ceremonials.     Illustrated  by  idols, 
symbols,  and  paraphernalia. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM.  267 

Thirteenth,  arts  of  exchange.     Illustrated  by  coins  and  other 

forms  of  money. 
Fourteenth,  pathological  arts.     Illustrated  by  devices  employed 
in  medical  practice  and  surgery. 

These  series  may,  when  properly  selected  and  arranged,  afford  strik- 
ing and  easily  understood  illustrations  of  the  history  of  ctilture  as 
recorded  in  material  things.  Some  of  the  branches,  such  as  building, 
weaving,  and  adornment  arts,  are  of  primordial  origin,  covering  the 
whole  range  of  progress,  while  others,  such  as  printing,  photography, 
the  use  of  steam,  electricity,  etc.,  have  arisen  in  recent  times;  but  all 
furnish  faithful  records  and  striking  proofs  of  the  intellectual  evolu- 
tion of  humanity. 

The  degree  of  elaboration  in  any  branch  of  the  exhibits  must  depend 
on  the  space  available  and  the  materials  at  hand.  A  few  specimens 
may  form  an  instructive  synopsis,  emphasizing  the  great  steps  of 
progress,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  a  single  branch  may  embody  exten- 
sive series  of  objects,  as  is  well  illustrated  in  the  collections  of  the  Pitt- 
Rivers  Museum,  Oxford,  where  every  available  form  of  artifact  is 
exhibited,  covering  not  only  the  full  range  from  lowest  to  highest,  but 
indicating  the  forms  peculiar  to  distinct  peoples: 

These  series  of  exhibits,  arranged  to  illustrate  the  development  of 
culture  in  general,  do  not  relate  to  any  particular  people  or  area,  but 
represent  all  peoples  and  all  areas.  They  can  not,  therefore,  be 
installed  in  direct  association  with  the  geo-ethnic  series,  but  must 
occupy  a  separate  space  in  the  museum. 

Special  cidttire  series. — Two  great  classes  of  culture  exhibits  have 
now  been  described.  First,  the  geo-ethnic  series,  illustrating  groups 
of  men  and  their  works,  assembled  by  geographical  areas,  and,  second, 
the  culture-history  series,  illustrating  the  achievements  of  the  race  in 
various  important  branches  of  activity.  Now,  it  happens  that  there 
are  numerous  subjects  worthy  of  museum  illustration  that  can  not  be 
presented  in  either  of  these  series  of  exhibits  without  confusion,  and 
these,  therefore,  call  for  independent  or  isolated  installation.  It  is 
proposed  to  group  them  under  the  head  of  special  exhibits,  and  they 
may  be  as  numerous  and  varied  as  we  choose.  Some  of  them  may 
cover  limited  portions  of  the  culture  field,  while  others  are  general, 
comprehending  a  wide  range.  They  may  be  classified  and  arranged 
in  various  ways  according  to  the  nature  of  the  concept  to  be  devel- 
oped; some  may  be  chronologic,  some  comparative,  others  cyclopedic, 
and  t»o  on.  A  national  exhibit,  that  is  to  say,  one  intended  to  illustrate 
the  history  of  a  nation,  may  be  arranged  chronologically,  as  is  the 
historical  exhibit  of  our  National  Museum.  Here  the  successive 
periods,  marked  by  important  episodes,  are  as  follows: 

(1)  Discovery;  (2)  Colonization;  (3)  Revolution;  (4)  War  of  1812; 
(5)  Mexican  war;   (6)  Civil  war;   (7)  War  with  Spain,  etc.     Within 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


268  REPOBT    OF    NATIONAL    MU8EUM,   1901. 

this  series  and  forming  part  of  it  are  special  exhibits,  as  those  repre- 
senting public  personages.  In  the  section  illustrating  the  Revolution- 
ary period,  for  example,  there  is  a  minor  exhibit  relating  to  Wash- 
ington, and  consisting  of  various  articles,  arranged  with  a  view 
to  artistic  effect  or  according  to  relative  importance  of  the  relics. 
This  national  exhibit  is  not  a  true  geo-ethnic  unit,  since  it  represents 
only  three  or  four  centuries  of  the  ethnic  history  of  the  area  included, 
and,  although  arranged  chronologically,  it  is  not  illustrative  of  the  his- 
tory of  culture  in  the  broadest  sense. 

A  collection  of  paintings  is  susceptible  of  varied  special  treatment. 
It  may  be  arranged  (1)  chronologically,  (2)  by  countries,  (3)  by 
schools,  or  (4)  by  painters.  An  exhibit  of  bookbindings  might  repre- 
sent the  work  of  (1)  an  individual,  (2)  a  firm,  (3)  a  school,  (4)  a  period, 
and  so  on. 

Special  comparative  exhibits  may  be  of  much  interest  and  value. 
They  may  be  synoptic  or  cyclopedic.  An  exhibit  of  bows  and  arrows, 
for  example,  may  l)e  synoptic,  containing  only  typical  examples  from 
the  various  regions  and  peoples,  or  cyclopedic,  containing  all  available 
specimens  from  all  sources. 

The  culture  exhibits  for  a  museum  of  anthropology  may  thus  be  best 
assembled  in  at  least  three  distinct  divisions,  each  illustrating  a  dif- 
ferent kind  of  unit  of  culture  and  serving  to  convey  distinct  classes  of 
information,  or  the  same  kind  of  information  in  different  ways.  So 
the  museum  space  allotted  to  culture  is  separated  into  three  parts, 
accommodating  the  geo-ethnic  groups,  the  culture-history  series,  and 
the  special  exhibits. 

Kenmple  of  geo-ethnic  r.rhibit. — The  significance  of  the  geo-ethnic 
exhibits,  already  described,  will  be  readily  understood  by  refering  to 
fig.  5,  a  map  of  North  America,  on  which  are  outlined  in  the  most 
general  way  some  of  the  principal  geo-ethnic  or  geographical  culture 
districts — the  characterization  areas  of  the  continent.  These  areas  are 
not  always  well  defined,  and  there  is  a  good  deal  of  overlapping  and 
ethnic  intermingling.  In  some  cases  it  is  difficult  to  say  of  a  particu- 
lar area  which  tribe  should  be  taken  as  a  type,  and  the  materials  at 
hand  must  decide  this,  since  only  those  tribes  can  be  systematically 
shown  from  which  collections  are  ample.  In  the  main,  however,  the 
delimitations  are  sufficient^  definite  for  all  practical  purposes.  The 
areas  suggesting  themselves  are  as  follows: 

I.   Eastern  Arctic  area  (Eastern  and  middle  Eskimo). 
II.  Western  Arctic  area  (Western  Eskimo). 

III.  McKenzie-Yukon  area  (Tinneh). 

IV.  Northwest  coast  area  (Tlinkit,  Salish). 

V.  Columbia  River  area  (Nez  Perc6,  Chinook). 
VI.  California  area  (Klamath,  Tulare). 
VII.  Great  Basin  area  (Bannock,  Ute). 
VIII.  Colorado-Rio  Grande  arid  area  (Pueblo,  Apache). 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM. 


269 


IX.  Great  Plains  area  (Blackfoot,  Kiowa). 
X.  Great  Lakes  and  North  Atlantic  area  (Chippewa,  Iro- 
quois). 
XI.  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  area  (Seminole,  Choctaw). 
XII.  Arkansas-Texas  area  (Wichita,  Caddo). 
XIII.  Northeast  Mexico  and  Rio  Grande  area  (Coahuiltec). 


Fig.  5.— Map  of  North  America,  Indicating  in  a  general  way  the  geo-  ethnic  provinces. 

XIV.  Sonoran  area  (Mohave,  Huichol). 

XV.  Central  Mexican  area  (Aztec,  Otomi). 

XVI.  South  Mexican  area  (Zapotec,  Mixtec). 

XVII.  Yucatan-Guatemalan  area  (Maya,  Maya-Quich6). 

XVIII.  Costa  Rican-Isthinian  area  (Mosquito,  Chibcha). 

XIX.  West  Indian  area  (Carib,  Arawak). 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


270  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

In  all  these  cases  we  deal  exclusively  with  the  native  ethnology,  as 
the  superposed  European  culture  is  too  widely  distributed  to  be 
treated  by  limited  districts,  and  transportation  from  region  to  region 
is  now  so  easy  that  a  particular  or  peculiar  environment  is  no  longer 
capable  of  impressing  its  stamp  upon  its  people  and  art.  Modern  cul- 
ture has  to  be  treated  by  artificial,  not  natural,  areas,  and  is  becoming' 
so  generalized  that  distinctions  of  art  are  disappearing,  and  we  must 
illustrate  it,  if  we  illustrate  it  at  all,  in  one  cosmopolitan  group.  But, 
referring  to  the  native  history,  let  us  see  what  these  culture  areas  mean. 

It  must  have  been  an  untoward  chain  of  circumstances  that  drove  the 
Eskimo  peoples  into  the  frozen  zone  (areas  I  and  II,  fig.  5)  occupied 
by  them,  for  at  first  glance  it  would  seem  that  human  creaturas  could 
not  survive  even  for  a  year  in  such  an  environment;  but  they  found 
means  of  living,  and  withal  are  a  healthy  and  energetic  people.  But 
their  culture  is  necessarily  very  circumscribed  and  exceptional,  devel- 
oped in  and  modified  by  the  peculiar  surroundings  as  it  was.  These 
people  have  clothing,  but  as  the  garments  are  necessarily  of  skins  and 
furs  the  textile  art  is  almost  unknown.  They  must  also  have  fire,  but 
their  fuel  is  oil.  They  venture  out  in  boats  to  capture  the  seal,  but  as 
they  have  little  wood  their  boats  are  made  of  skins  and  are  distinct 
from  the  boats  of  other  groups.  They  travel  by  land  also,  but  their 
vehicles  are  on  runners  and  are  made  of  driftwood  and  bone.  They  hunt 
game,  but  as  this  consists  chiefly  of  marine  animals  they  have  invented 
peculiar  weapons  and  appliances.  They  build  houses,  but  these  are 
unlike  those  of  any  other  climate  in  the  world,  being  often  made  of 
whale  bones  or  of  frozen  snow.  They  carve  quaint  figures  in  ivory, 
bone,  and  wood,  which  have  no  parallel  among  other  peoples.  They 
have  no  pottery,  partly  because  the  climate  is  not  favorable  to  its  devel- 
opment, but  also  because  they  have  soapstone  pots.  Notwithstanding 
their  most  dreary  and  inhospitable  surroundings,  they  are  a  clever 
people  and  invent  and  use  the  most  cunning  traps,  snares,  and  weapons 
in  the  world.  They  are  cheerful,  also,  and  enjoy  existence  in  their  way 
as  keenly,  perhaps,  as  the  more  favorably  situated  peoples. 

Can  the  culture  phenomena  of  any  other  region  or  climate  be  as 
peculiar  and  remarkable  as  this?  Strange  to  say,  this  is  not  a  rare 
instance  of  individuality  in  culture  development  and  characteristics. 
Take  the  area  marked  IV  on  the  map  and  note  what  strange  contrasts 
occur.  Area  I  has  no  wood,  but  in  area  IV  wood  abounds;  there  the 
great  cedar  and  the  shapely  spruce  grow,  and  the  ingenious  tribes  of 
Indians  have  used  them  extensively.  So  important  a  feature  of  this 
environment  are  they  that  the  culture  phenomena — the  arts — are 
largely  regulated  by  them.  The  people  go  to  sea  in  boats,  but  they 
are  not  boats  of  skin,  they  are  made  of  the  noble  spruce  trunk,  and  the 
stable  craft  are  well  shaped  and  beautifully  carved  and  painted.  The 
people  live  in  houses,  but  these  are  not  of  snow  or  whalebones,  but  of 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


'ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM. 


271 


wood  of  the  hemlock.  Their  houses  are  also  works  of  art,  with  carved 
and  painted  ornaments,  and  are  supplemented  by  wonderful  totem  poles 
sculptured  in  the  most  fanciful  forms.  The  hemlock,  the  cedar,  and 
the  spruce  have  made  these  peoples  a  race  of  builders  and  sculptors. 
They  do  not  wear  skins  exclusively,  but  have  woven  garments,  because 
the  cedar  bark  and  the  wool  of  the  mountain  goat  make  the  textile  art 
easy.  They  do  not  make  pottery,  but  they  carve  the  yellow  spruce . 
into  ornamental  vessels,  spoons,  and  chests,  and  they  have  transferred 
their  skill  in  carving  to  stone,  and  are  now  veritable  sculptors,  made 
so  because  the  forest  trees  of  this  particular  environment  dictated  the 
lines  in  which  many  features  of  their  culture  should  grow. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  go  further  into  details,  as  the  reasons  are  clear 
for  assembling  our  ethnic  collections  by  geographic  areas,  and  it  only 
remains  to  indicate  in  some  detail  how  these  collections  are  to  be 
grouped  and  displayed  in  the  museum. 


000  H  0E]0 


Fig.  6. — Diagram  of  Eastern  Eskimo  ethnic  museum  unit.    A,  Lay-figure  group,  case  8  by  12  feet.    B, 
House  models;  C  Boat  models;  D,  Sledge  models,  harness,  snowshoes;  etc. 

In  the  accompanying  diagram  (fig.  6)  we  have  a  scheme  for  arranging 
one  of  the  geo-ethnic  units.  The  area  selected  is  that  of  the  Eastern 
Eskimo  (area  I  on  the  map).  In  the  center  of  the  exhibition  hall  we 
place  the  group  of  life-size  figures,  A  (fig.  6),  showing  how  the  people 
look,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  what  they  think  and  do  and  have.  This 
is  the  key  to  the  exhibit,  the  most  essential  idea,  the  feature  from 
which  the  most  casual  observer  can  get  a  definite  conception  of  the 
people  and  their  culture.  The  particular  episode  depicted  in  the 
group  shown  in  fig.  7  was  selected  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating, 
amongst  other  things,  the  cheerful  disposition  of  the&e  farthest-north 
people.  Then,  ranged  around  this  groYip,  should  be  cases  containing 
everything  that  will  serve  to  indicate  more  fully  and  accurately  the 
nature  of  their  activities  and  culture.  Case  B  should  contain  models 
of  the  various  forms  of  dwellings — the  snow  house,  the  earth-covered 
hut,  and  the  improvised  shelter,  with  all  varieties  of  attendant  struc- 
tures; case  C,  models  of  their  boats,  while  actual  examples  may  be 
placed  near  at  hand  if  space  permits;  case  Z>,  their  sledges,  snowshoes, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


272 


REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 


etc.,  the  sledges  represented  mainly  by  small-scale  models;  case  K^ 
their  hunting  weapons,  traps,  and  snares;  case  F,  their  fishing  imple- 
ments and  apparatus;  case  £,  their  knives  and  other  tools  of  general 
use;  case  //,  their  lamps;  case  Z  their  carvings  and  graphic  art;  case 
</,  their  clothing  and  personal  ornaments  in  detail;  case  K,  their  toys, 
dolls,  and  masks,  and  so  on.  A  reasonable  space  should  be  devoted 
to  crania,  casts  from  life,  and  pictures  showing  physical  characters. 
Such  archceological  material  as  pertains  to  the  region  should  also  be 
shown.  In  instances  where  there  are  striking  distinctions  between  the 
Northern,  Central,  and  Labrador  groups  of   these  Eskimo,  duplicate 


Kfyr.  7. — Family  group  of  Kit.st<arn  Eskimo. 

exhibits  should  be  installed  and  separate  lay  figures  of  men,  women,  and 
children  should  be  prepared  to  illustrate  important  variations  in  phy- 
sique and  costume.  The  manner  of  arranging  the  specimens  of  the 
several  exhibits  in  their  cases  is  necessarily  much  varied  and  it  does 
not  seem  advisable  to  enter  further  into  the  details  in  this  place. 

The  labels  required  in  this  ethnic  unit  are  as  follows:  (a)  A  sign, 
about  12  by  3H  inches,  to  be  suspended  above  the  exhibit,  serving  to 
correlate  it  with  the  associated  units  in  the  museum  series: 


Aborigines  ok  North  America, 
thk  eskimo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM. 


273 


(h)  Case  label,  about  5  by  16  inches,  to  be  framed  and  placed  on  or 
immediately  above  each  case  to  designate  its  contents  in  a  general  way 
and  expressive  of  the  broadest  classification.  The  case  label  for  the 
family  group  is  as  follows: 

(b.) 


Tjie  Eastern  Eskimo. 

FAMILY    GROUP    OK   SMITH    SOUND. 


(c)  Descriptive  label,  about  8  by  10  inches,  two  copies  to  be  framed 
and  hung  in  each  exhibition  case  near  the  level  of  the  eye.  That  for 
the  family  group  is  as  follows: 

(c.) 


FAMILY   GROUP   OF    THE    SMITH    SOUND  ESKIMO- 
REGION. 


-TYPE  OF  THE  EASTERN   ARCTIC 


This  exhibit  shows  an  Eskimo  family  of  Smith  Sound,  in  northwestern 
Greenland.  The  Smith  Sound  Eskimo  are  called  the  Arctic  Highlanders 
and  are  the  northernmost  people  in  the  known  world.  On  account  of  the 
prevalence  of  ice  they  do  not  have  the  kaiak,  or  skin  canoe,  but  use  .the 

dog  sled  for  transportation.  Their  cloth- 
ing is  of  skins  of  seal,  reindeer,  birds,  and 
dogs,  and  their  houses  are  of  snow.  Nearly 
all  of  their  activities  are  associated  with  the 
struggle  for  existence,  and  little  attention  is 
given  to  art  work. 

This  group  represents  the  family  as  it 
might  appear,  in  the  spring,  moving  across 
the  ice  fields.     The  young  man  has  suc- 
ceeded in  clubbing  a  email  seal  and  the 
others  are  having  a  laugh  at  his  expense 
for  calling  on  the  dog  team  to  haul  it  home 
when  he  could  have  carried  it  on  his  back. 
It  is  remarkable  that  these  farthest  north 
people  are  exceptionally  cheerful  in  dispo- 
sition, notwithstanding  the  rigor  of  the  cli- 
mate and  the  hardships  of  their  life.     The 
woman,  who  carries  a  babe  in  her  hood,  is  about  to  help  attach  the  seal  to 
the  sledge;  and  the  girl,  who  plays  with  the  dogs,  and  the  boy,  who  clings 
to  the  back  of  the  sledge,  enjoy  the  confusion  of  the  young  hunter. 
Designed  by  W.  II.  Holmes;  modeled  by  H.  J.  Ellicott. 


Besides  the  case  label  and  the  general  descriptive  label,  which  go 
with  each  exhibit,  referring  to  it  as  a  whole,  all  the  exhibits  save 
the  family  group  require  labels  for  the  individual  specimens.     One 

NAT  Mys  J901 18 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


274 


REPOrtT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


example  of    these  specimen  labels,  taken  from  the  dwelling  group 
series,  may  be  given: 


DWELLING    OROUP   OF   THK  CENTRAL    R8KIMO. 

The  Central  Eskimo  live  on  the  area  between  Hudson  Strait  and  Baffin 
Bay.     Their  winter  houses  are  built  of  blocks  of  snow  laid  up  in  a  spiral 

manner,  forming  a  dome.  The  blocks  are 
about  3  feet  long,  2  feet  high,  and  6  inches 
thick.  The  main  chamber  of  the  house 
varies  from  5  to  12  feet  in  height,  and  from 
7  to  15  feet  in  diameter.  Over  the  entrance 
a  square  is  cut  out  and  the  hole  is  covered 
with  seal  intestine  for  a  window.  The 
principal  room  is  connected  by  passage- 
ways with  one  or  more  storage  rooms, .  In 
summer  the  natives  fish  in  the  open  water; 
in  winter  seals  are  taken  by  nets  set  under 
the  ice.  Dogs  are  attached  to  the  sled  by 
separate  lines.  The  clothing  of  the  men 
and  women  is  made  from  skins  of  seal  and 
deer,  and  consists  of  outside  and  inside 
trousers;  jackets,  those  of  the  women  hav- 
ing hoods;  boots,  and  inside  boots  or  socks 
made  of  light  deerskin  or  birdskin. 

This  model  forms  one  of  a  series  designed  to  set  forth  the  dwellings  and 
home  life  of  native  trills  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 


Example  of  culture-huttory  exhibit,  —The  nature  of  the  geo-ethnic  or 
specialization  area  assemblage  of  the  culture  materials  of  the  world 
has  been  sufficiently  shown  in  the  preceding  pages.  It  is  the  first  and 
most  important  method  for  a  general  museum.  It  remains  now  to 
explain  briefly  the  nature  of  the  culture-history  installation,  a  partial 
list  of  the  available  exhibition  units  of  this  class  having  already  been 
given. 

In  fig.  8  we  have  a  scheme  for  placing  and  labeling  a  series  of 
exhibits  illustrating  progressive  steps  in  the  art  of  sculpture  in  stone. 
The  other  series  are  to  be  treated  in  like  manner.  This  art  began  very 
early  in  the  career  of  the  race  and  in  forms  so  simple  that  they  would 
not  at  first  be  recognized  as  belonging  to  the  art  of  sculpture  by  the 
unscientific  student.  We  are  able  to  trace  it  more  fully  than  any 
other  art  because  its  products  are  stone,  which  is  not  seriously  affected 
by  lapse  of  time.  Then  again  the  tribes  and  nations  of  to-day  are 
found  to  be  practicing  every  known  step  in  the  art  from  the  most 
elementary  to  the  most  highly  perfected,  so  that  its  whole  history 
comes  well  within  the  range  of  present  observation,  and  examples 
of  the  tools  and  the  work  are  available.  The  first  conscious  step 
in  the  art  was  probably   that  of   fracturing   one   flinty   stone    with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANTHBOPOLOGICAL    MUSEUM. 


275 


another,  with  the  view  of  securing  a  sharp  edge  for  cutting  and  scrap- 
ing. Three  other  processes  that  must  have  come  early  into  use  are 
shaping  by  pecking,  by  grinding,  and  by  cutting,  and  for  a  long 
period  of  human  progress  the  only  sculpture  consisted  of  shaping 
useful  implements  by  these  methods.  Even  to-day  these  are  the  pro- 
cesses used,  the  tools  and  appliances  being  simple  with  primitive  peo- 
ple and  more  highly  developed  among  cultured  nations.  Mechanical 
aids  of  considerable  complexity  are  sometimes  employed  by  our  modern 
sculptors. 

The  first  group  of  exhibits  illustrating  the  history  of  the  art  may 
well  consist  of  a  progressive  series  of  the  shaping  implements  and 
devices,  while  two  or  more  additional  series  may  show  the  sculptured 
products. 


xn 


W 


1    a    1 

0 

pcjcDCjaaizitziczioooDtzin 

1        £       3      1        S       b       7       fl        8       10      II     It     13     14     IS 

c 

□□□□□□□□□□□□a 

1       t      3      4        S       6       7      6      9      10    It      IS,    11 

b 

c 

□  □□acmoaiziainoizian 

/      £34      6      *     7      8       9     10     M     'C    <3     /4    /5 

c 

anaa □□□□□□□□□□□ 

/      £       3      4       f      b    p      6       9     10     II     IZ    IS     14     15 

Fig.  8.— Arrangement  of  a  synoptic  exhibit  illustrating  the  history  of  sculpture  as  elaborated  in  the 
U.  S.  National  Museum.  Ir  Series  of  tools  and  appliances.  II.  Series  of  aboriginal  American  sculp- 
tures. III.  Series  of  oriental  sculptures.  IV.  Series  of  Mediterranean  sculptures,  a,  Case  label. 
6,  General  descriptive  label,  c,  c,  c,  c,  Series  labels.  1,  2,  3,  etc.,  Specimen  labels,  associated 
directly  with  exhibits. 

In  the  first  stages  of  the  art  onlr  simple,  useful  articles  were  made; 
later  these  were  elaborated  esthetically  and  personal  ornaments  were 
added;  then  gradually  the  processes  were  applied  to  working  out  the 
rude,  block-like,  imperfectly  proportioned  figures  of  animals  and  men; 
these  were  totems,  fetiches,  and  idols,  and  illustrate  a  third  stage  in 
our  progressive  series.  Later  still  portraiture  was  attempted,  and  a 
kind  of  rigid,  formal  likeness  was  worked  out,  marking  a  fourth  step. 
Then  with  the  higher  nations  correct  form  and  expression  came  into 
being,  and  finally  the  realistic  and  ideal  work,  represented  by  the 
highest  Greek  art,  was  developed.  Exhibits  illustrating  the  more 
advanced  phases  should  embody  originals  of  the  smaller  object^  and 
small-scale  reproductions  of  the  larger.     If  collections  are  ample,  it 


Digitized  by 


Google 


276  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

will  prove  interesting  to  treat  the  development  of  the  art  in  each  con- 
tinent or  great  cultural  province  separately,  in  the  manner  indicated 
in  fig.  8,  thus  affording  facilities  for  interesting  comparative  studies. 
America  may  furnish  one  series  of  exhibits  in  which  the  course  of 
development  through  the  several  primitive  grades  up  to  the  stage  of 
well-relieved  figures  and  rude  portraiture  is  traced  (say  16  numbers). 
The  Orient  may  afford  a  series  somewhat  more  complete  (say  18  num- 
bers), and  the  Mediterranean  province  yields  illustrations  covering  the 
same  ground,  and  besides  furnishes  additional  steps  up  to  the  highest 
achievements  of  human  genius  in  this  art  (say  20  numbers). 

Four  kinds  of  labels  are  required  for  the  sculpture  exhibit,  as  follows: 
(a)  Case  label,  about  4  by  10  inches;  framed  and  placed  at  the  top 
of  the  case.     (<z,  fig.  8.) 

(«.) 


History  ok  the  Arts  and  Industries, 
synopsis  of  the  art  ok  sculpture. 


(b)  Group  label,  descriptive  of  the  entire  exhibit;  size  about  8  by  10 
inches;  framed  and  hung  at  a  suitable  height  within  the  case.    (ft,  fig.  8.) 

C>.) 


History  ok  Sculpture. 

The  term  " sculpture"  is  here  applied  to  the  whole  group  of  processes  and 
products  pertaining  to  the  shaping  of  stone,  but  does  not  extend  to  the  carv- 
ing of  wood,  bone,  ivory,  or  other  like  substances,  the  modeling  of  plastic 
materials,  or  the  shaping  of  metals.  The  products  of  the  art,  briefly  epito- 
mized in  this  exhibit,  constitute  an  important  record  of  human  progress, 
for  they  not  only  tell  a  story  of  technical  and  industrial  development,  but 
throw  many  side  lights  on  the  history  of  religion,  esthetics,  and  general  cul- 
ture. It  is  observed  that  with  very  primitive  peoples  the  shaped  forms  are 
implements  and  utensils  merely,  but  that  with  advancing  culture  ornaments 
are  made  and  life  forms  gradually  appear,  and  that  in  civilisation  realistic 
and  ideal  phases  of  the  art  are  dominant. 

In  this  exhibit  we  have  to  deal  with  two  classes  of  artifacts — first,  the 
implements  and  appliances  used,  and  second,  the  shaped  product  The 
shaping  processes  include  flaking,  pecking,  cutting,  and  grinding  in  their 
various  forms,  and  the  implements  and  devices  used  are  in  the  main 
extremely  simple,  even  in  the  advanced  stages  of  the  art.  The  implements 
are  arranged  in  progressive  order  in  series  1,  and  the  sculptured  product 
in  some  of  its  varied  phases  in  series  2,  3,  and  4.  Series  2  indicates  the  range 
of  native  American  work;  series  3  the  sculpture  of  the  Orient,  and  series 
4  the  full  range  of  the  art  as  developed  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   MUSEUM.  277 

(e)  Series  label,  to  be  placed  at  the  beginning  of  each  series.  The 
following  example  pertains  to  series  II  of  the  sculpture  exhibit. 
(Fig.  8.) 

(c.) 


Series  2. — Aboriginal  American  Sculpture. 

The  American  tribes  displayed  a  strong  predilection  for  sculpture.  .They 
shaped  their  stone  implements  with  great  skill,  and  delighted  in  represent- 
ing animal  forms.  Religious  motives  inspired  most  of  the  more  elaborate 
work,  although  esthetic  appreciation  was  not  wanting. 

The  series  of  objects  here  presented  covers  nearly  the  full  range  of  native 
achievement,  although  the  best  examples  shown  fall  short  of  the  highest 
types  of  Aztec  and  Maya  work.  The  simpler  forms  are  placed  at  the  left, 
and  a  series  of  progressive  steps  lead  up  to  the  higher  forms  at  the  right. 
It  is  believed  by  some  that  germs  of  culture  have  occasionally  reached 
America  from  other  lands  and  that  sculpture  on  this  continent  is  not  wholly 
of  native  growth. 

The  practice  of  the  art  in  its  higher  forms  has,  for  the  most  part,  been 
abandoned  by  the  native  tribes,'  but  stone  implements  and  utensils  are 
still  made  in  some  remote  districts. 


(d)  Specimen  label,  briefly  describing  the  specimen,  and  placed 
with  it  in  each  instance.  The  following  examples  belong  to  specimens 
13  and  14  of  the  American  series  (II,  fig.  8),  as  installed  in  the  National 
Museum.  % 

(d.) 


No.  13. — Human  and  animal  figures  combined  in  a  miniature  totem  pole; 
sculptured  in  partial  relief.  Material,  black  slate;  shaped  with  metal 
tools.     Northwest  Coast  Indians.     Period  recent.  178064. 


No.  14. — Human  figure,  fully  relieved,  but  falling  short  of  the  best  Central 
American  work.  Material,  gray,  porous  lava;  probably  shaped  with 
stone  tools.     Pre-Columbian  period.  61814. 


The  ends  to  be  subserved  by  the  exhibits  of  a  general  anthropolog- 
ical museum  are  mainly  those  of  education,  and  the  aim  of  the  classifi- 
cation and  arrangement  here  proposed  is  to  so  present  the  collections 
that  the  student,  as  well  as  the  ordinary  museum  visitor,  may  secure 
the  maximum  benefit  from  them.  As  has  been  indicated  at  length  in 
the  preceding  pages,  the  three  great  ideas  capable  of  satisfactory  pre- 
sentation are:  (1)  The  biology  of  the  race— the  origin,  evolution,  and 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


278  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

present  characteristics  of  physical  man ;  (2)  the  ethnology  of  the 
race — the  various  groups  of  people  and  their  culture ;  (3)  the  history 
of  culture — the  evolution  of  arts  and  industries.  To  these  three  series 
a  fourth  is  added,  which  consists  of  various  special  exhibits,  each 
teaching  its  individual  lesson.  The  anthropological  collections  are 
thus  assembled  in  four  grand  divisions  separately  installed  and  intended 
to  convey  distinct  and  important  lessons  of  human  history. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  1 


-en 


„„,    .  x    ^'         W~d    NAVAJD 


General  Map  of  the  Region. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL  FIELD  WORK  IN  NORTHEASTERN  ARIZONA. 
THE  MUSEUM-GATES  EXPEDITION  OF  1901. 


wa:lter  hough, 

Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology, 


279 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Introduction 287 

White  Mountain  Region 289 

Forestdale 289 

Interior  Sawmill 297 

Linden 297 

Showlow * 301 

Shumway 302 

Little  Colorado  Valley 302 

McDonalds  Canyon 302 

Scorse  Ranch 306 

Canyon  Butte 309 

Adamana 317 

Metate 318 

Woodruff..... 318 

Milky  Hollow 319 

Stone  Axe 320 

Small  Sites  near  Stone  Axe 325 

Hopi  Buttes  and  Mesas 326 

Biddahoochee 326 

Chakpahu 336 

Kokopnyama 337 

Kawaiokuh 339 

Periods  of  Tusayan  ware 346 

Age  of  Jettyto  Valley  ruins 349 

Remarks 352 

Types  of  Buildings 352 

Distribution  of  Pueblo  Culture 352 

Range  of  Dual  Design  on  Pottery 354 

Symbolism 355 

Domestic  and  Food  Animals 356 

Preservation  of  Ancient  Ruins 357 

Summary  of  Work 358 

281 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Plate  1.   General  map  of  the  region. 

FORESTDALE. 

2.  Sketch  map  of  Forestdale  ruins. 

3.  Plan  of  Tundastusa  ruin. 

4.  General  view  of  Tundastusa  ruin. 

5.  View  of  Kiva. 

6.  View  on  Acropolis. 

7.  View  of  wall  of  Acropolis. 

8.  Bird-form  mortuary  vase  and  bowl. 

9.  Paint  cup  and  double  bowl. 

10.  Bowl  of  Gila  type  and  handled  Vase. 

11.  Mortuary  vases  of  gray  ware. 

12.  Fetiches  of  pottery  and  stone,  and  scrajiers. 

13.  Bone  implements. 

Interior  Sawmill. 

14.  Stone  and  bone  implements. 

Linden. 

15.  Plan  of  Pottery  Hill  ruin. 

16.  Plan  of  smaller  ruin  near  Linden. 

17.  Circular  portion  of  small  ruin  near  Linden,  Ariz. 

18.  Gray  ware. 

19.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

20.  Bowls  of  red  ware  with  exterior  decoration. 

Sitowlow. 

21.  Plan  of  Huning  ruin. 

S  HUM  WAY. 

22.  Plan  of  ruin. 

McDonalds  Canyon. 

23.  Plan  of  ruin. 

24.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

25.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

26.  Vases  of  gray  ware. 

27.  Rugose  bowl,  red  ware,  side  and  back. 

28.  Rugose  howl,  side  and  back. 

29.  Canteen  and  handled  vase. 

283 


Digitized  by 


Google 


284  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

Soorse  Ranch,  Le  Rorx,  Wash. 

Plate  30.  Sketch  map  of  ruins. 

31.  Handled  vases,  gray  ware. 

32.  Bird  and  other  forms,  gray  ware. 

33.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

34.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

35.  Bowls  of  red  ware. 

36.  Vases,  coiled  and  red  ware. 

37.  Stone  axes,  mortar  and  pestle. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Petrified  Forest. 

38.  Sketch  map  of  region. 

39.  Plan  of  ruin  1. 

40.  Plan  of  ruin  2. 

41 .  Plan  of  ruin  3. 

42.  Polychrome  bowl  and  painted  stone  tablet. 

43.  Outfit  of  medicine  man. 

44.  Plan  of  ruin  4. 

45.  Coiled  ware. 

46.  Bowls  of  rugose  and  red  ware,  white  exterior  decoration. 

47.  Red  bowls  with  white  exterior  decoration. 

48.  Red  and  brown  bowl,  exterior  and  interior  decoration. 

49.  Red  and  brown  bowl,  exterior  decoration. 

50.  Bowls  of  gray  ware. 

51 .  Vases  of  gray  ware. 

52.  Pipes  from  ancient  pueblos. 

53.  Plan  of  Milky  Hollow  ruin. 

Stone  Axe  Ruin,  Petrified  Forest  Reserve. 

54.  Plan  of  ruin. 

55.  Stone  implements. 

56.  Bone,  pottery,  shell,  and  stone  objects. 

57.  Large  vase,  polychrome  ware. 

58.  Bowl  and  vase,  yellow  ware. 

59.  Bowls,  yellow  wrare. 

60.  Bowls  showing  symbolism. 

61.  Bowls,  white  and  Gila  ware. 

62.  Bowls,  yellow-brown  and  red,  with  white  line. 

63.  Bowls,  red  ware. 

64.  Vases  with  animal  handles. 

BiDDAiioocnEE,  Cottonwood  Wash. 

65.  Sketch  map  of  group  of  ruins. 
M.  Plan  of  ruin  on  bluff. 

67.  1.   Black  Butte;  2.  Ruin  in  front  of  Butte. 

68.  Bowls,  yellow  ware. 

69.  Bowls,  yellow  ware. 

70.  Dipper,  cup,  and  handled  bowl. 

71.  Vases  with  bird  decoration. 

72.  Vases  of  yellow-brown,  and  lemon  yellow. 

73.  Vase  of  orange  color. 

74.  Bowl,  red  ware,  green  decoration. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABCHiEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  285 

Plate  75.  Bowls  of  polychrome  ware. 

76.  Bowls  of  white  ware. 

77.  Vases  of  white  ware. 

78.  Dipper  and  vase,  gray  ware. 

79.  Small  vessels,  gray  ware. 

80.  Coiled  ware. 

81.  Stone  implements. 

JETTYTO    V ALLEY    Rt'INK. 

82.  Sketch  map  of  ruins. 

83.  General  view,  of  Kokopnyama  ruin. 

84.  Cist  in  rocks,  Kokopnyama. 

85.  Excavating  in  the  talus,  Kokopnyama. 

86.  Hair  tied  with  hair  cord,  Kokopnyama. 

87.  Coiled  basketry,  Kokopnyama. 

88.  General  view  from  Kawaiokuh. 

89.  Decorations  on  wall  of  room,  Kawaiokuh. 

90.  Potters'  kiln,  two  views,  Kawaiokuh. 

91.  Burials  in  house  cemetery,  Kawaiokuh. 

92.  Jar  under  floor  of  room,  Kawaiokuh. 

93.  Small  pottery  vessels,  Kawaiokuh. 

94.  Vase  of  parrot  form  (Gates  collection),  Kawaiokuh. 

95.  Vases  of  gray  ware,  Kawaiokuh. 

96.  Small  ornaments  and  figurines,  Kawaiokuh. 

97.  Basketry  and  matting,  Kawaiokuh. 

98.  Pottery  showing  application  of  color,  Kawaiokuh. 

99.  Bowls  showing  symbolism  and  color,  Kawaiokuh  and  Kokopnyama. 

100.  Pottery  showing  color  and  symbolism,  Kawaiokuh. 

101.  Food  bowls  showing  bird  symbolism. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD  WORK    IN    NORTHEASTERN   ARI- 
ZONA.  THE  MUSEUM-GATES  EXPEDITION  OF  1901. 


By  Walter  Hough. 
Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology. 


INTRODUCTION. 

Early  in  the  spring  of  1901  the  writer  was  ordered  into  the  field  to 
conduct  ethnological  and  archeological  investigations  in  northeastern 
Arizona.  (See  Plate  1.)  The  plan  settled  upon  embraced  two  distinct 
explorations,  the  first  during  the  month  of  May,  for  the  United  States 
National  Museum  alone,  and  the  second  from  June  1  to  August  30, 
for  the  Museum  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Peter  Goddard  Gates,  of 
Pasadena,  California,  whose  interest  in  the  exploration  of  the  South- 
west has  been  productive  of  excellent  results  for  science. 

Field  work  began  on  May  3,  and  making  Holbrook,  Arizona,  the 
base,  the  McDonalds  Canyon  ruins  to  the  southeast  of  that  place 
were  visited  and  explored.  The  remainder  of  the  month  was  spent  at 
the  Canyon  Butte  ruins  east  of  Holbrook  in  a  thorough  reconnoissance 
of  the  Petrified  Forest  Reserve  and  a  visit  to  the  ruins  north  of  Hol- 
brook. These  groups  of  ruins  are  new  to  science,  and  the  results  of 
the  explorations  are  very  satisfactory. 

On  June  1  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  took  the  field,  selecting 
for  exploration  a  large  ruin  a  few  miles  east  of  the  Petrified  Forest. 
On  the  completion  of  this  work  the  party  returned  to  Holbrook  and 
went  south  into  the  White  Mountains,  reaching,  on  June  19,  the  ruin 
at  Linden.  On  June  26  the  party  camped  on  the  great  Forestdale 
ruin  on  the  White  Mountain  Apache  Reservation.  On  July  9  a  small 
ruin  at  Interior  Sawmill  was  investigated,  and  after  a  visit  to  Fort 
Apache  the  expedition  returned  to  Showlow,  working  for  a  day  or 
two  a  large  ruin  on  the  ranch  of  Mr.  Henry  Huning.  Returning 
north,  ruins  at  Shumway,  Snowflake,  and  Woodruff  were  examined, 
Holbrook  being  reached  on  July  17. 

Here  the  party  renewed  its  supplies  and  was  joined  by  Mr.  A.  C. 
Vroman,  the  well-known  photographer  of  Pasadena,  who  remained 
taking  many  views  till  the  close  of  the  season. 

287 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


288  REPORT   OF  NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

July  29  found  the  party  engaged  in  excavating  a  large  ruin  called 
Kokopnyama,  on  the  Jettyto  Wash,  2  miles  east  of  Keams  Canyon. 
On  August  11  a  ruin  near  Jettyto  Spring  called  Kawaiokuh  was  worked 
for  a  week,  when  the  party  closed  excavation  and  proceeded  to  the 
Hopi  pueblos  for  ethnological  studies,  remaining  there  till  the  28th, 
when  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  disbanded. 

The  writer  returned  to  Holbrook  to  complete  the  packing  and  ship- 
ping of  the  specimens  secured.  During  September  12-14  the  groups 
of  ruins  on  the  Le  Roux  and  Cottonwood  washes  were  carefully 
platted  and  plans  of  the  sites  made.  This  closed  up  the  season,  and 
on  September  23  the  writer  returned  to  Washington. 

In  addition  to  the  avowed  objects  of  the  expedition,  collections  of 
plants,  fossils,  minerals,  etc.,  were  made,  Mrs.  Gates  aiding  mate- 
rially in  the  botanical  work.  A  large  series  of  photographs  was  made 
by  Messrs.  Vroman,  Grates,  and  the  writer. 

The  groups  of  ruins  described  in  this  paper  are  treated  geographic- 
ally, beginning,  for  convenience,  with  the  southernmost,  at  Forestdale. 
Taking  the  more  important  sites  in  order  to  the  northward,  we  have 
Forestdale,  Linden,  Showlow,  Shumway,  McDonalds  Canyon,  Scorse 
Ranch,  Petrified  Forest  Reserve,  Biddahoochee,  and  Jettyto  Valley. 
This  line  of  archeological  reconnoissance  sho^rs  in  an  interesting  way 
the  prevalence  of  red  and  gray  pottery  south  of  the  Little  Colorado 
and  Puerco  rivers,  with  exceptions  at  Shumway  and  Stone  Axe,  gray 
ware  in  the  Little  Colorado  Valley,  and  yellow  ware  at  Biddahoochee 
and  Jettyto  Valley.  Thus  we  may  divide  the  field  explored  into  three 
regions,  namely:  (1)  Region  of  the  White  Mountains,  red  and  gray 
ware;  (2)  region  of  the  Little  Colorado  Valley,  gray  and  red  ware, 
and  (3)  region  of  the  Hopi  buttes  and  mesas,  yellow  and  little  red  and 
gray  ware.  In  detail  the  ruins  examined  in  the  region  of  the  White 
Mountains  are  Forestdale,  Interior  Sawmill,  Linden,  Showlow,  Shum- 
way (yellow  and  red),  Snowflake,  Woodruff  Butte,  Canyon  Butte, 
Petrified  Forest,  Metate  ruin,  Stone  Axe  ruin  (yellow  ware),  and 
Adamana.  Those  of  the  Little  Colorado  Valley  are  McDonalds  Can- 
yon and  Scorse  Ranch,  and  those  of  the  Hopi  buttes  and  mesas  are 
Biddahoochee  and  Jettyto  Valley. 

The  environment  of  the  three  regions  is  semiarid.  The  White 
Mountain  region,  however,  from  the  height  and  mass  of  the  range, 
especially  the  Mount  Thomas  condensing  focus,  has  greater  rainfall 
than  the  other  regions.  For  this  reason  there  is  here  abundant  vege- 
tation, and  in  the  radius  of  this  influence  and  in  this  respect  the  envi- 
ronment seems  more  favorable  for  human  habitation.  On  the  other 
hand,  geological  causes  have  determined  the  lack  of  springs  on  the 
north  side  of  the  range,  and  dependence  must  be  put  on  fluviatile 
waters.  South  of  the  Mogollon  Rim  springs  are  abundant,  and  here 
were  located  important  pueblos  like  those  of  Forestdale  and  others  in 
the  Apache  Reservation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  289 

The  conditions  in  the  valley  of  the  Little  Colorado  are  similar  in 
regard  to  available  water  supply  to  that  of  the  White  Mountains,  but 
the  region  is  more  arid  and  the  vegetation  is  of  desert  types,  the  Cot- 
tonwood along  the  stream  beds  being  the  only  tree. 

The  region  of  the  Hopi  buttes  and,  mesas  has  an  elevation  of  about 
6,500  feet,  1,500  feet  above  the  Little  Colorado  Valley.  Geological 
causes  here  also  determine  the  numerous  springs  in  this  region,  the 
rainfalls  being  stored  in  sandhills  or  in  the  heavy  strata  of  porous 
sand  rock  underlaid  by  shales,  which  brings  the  water  to  the  surface. 
This  region  is  practically  uninhabitable  without  corn,  which  is  grown 
in  the  beds  of  the  washes  and  depends  on  local  rains  for  irrigation. 
The  same  remark  is  true  of  the  second  region,  while  in  the  White 
Mountain  region  hunting  tribes  could  exist. 

WHITE  MOUNTAIN  REGION. 

PORESTDALE — INTERIOR   HAWMILL — LINDEN — HFIOWLOW — SHUMWAY. 

FORESTDALE. 

On  the  White  Mountain  Apache  Reserve,  southeast  of  Showlow 
some  10  miles,  and  a  few  miles  east  of  Pinetop,  near  the  headwaters  of 
a  creek  rising  in  the  Mogoilon  Mesa,  is  a  remarkable  ruined  pueblo, 
which,  from  its  great  extent,  must  have  been  an  important  center  of 
population  in  early  days.  (Plate  2.)  The  Apaches  call  the  place 
uTun  das  tusa"  (water  spread  out),  from  the  many  springs  forming 
marshy  areas.  The  locality  is  called  Forestdale  from  the  creek  of 
that  name.  Years  ago  Mormons  made  a  settlement  here,  but  the 
Apaches  drove  them  away,  burning  their  buildings  except  the  church, 
which  still  remains,  surrounded  with  great  pines.  The  ruin  was 
brought  to  notice  by  Bandelier,  who  hastily  examined  it  in  1883.a 

The  country  slopes  strongly  to  the  south  from  the  Mogoilon  rim, 
and  the  streams  drain  into  the  Upper  Salt  River,  which  flows  approx- 
imately 25  miles  to  the  south.  This  portion  of  the  White  Mountain 
Apache  Reservation  is  rugged,  the  streams  often  canyoned  and  again 
running  through  pleasant  valleys,  with  meadows  and  Indian  cornfields. 
The  primitive  forest  of  great  pine  trees  covers  the  country;  grass  is 
abundant,  and  wild  flowers  bloom  in  profusion,  giving  one  an  idea  of 
the  "Tierra  dcspoblada"  as  it  appeared  to  Coronado  and  his  follow- 
ers when  they  passed  through  this  region  in  1540. 

The  problems  of  food,  water,  wood,  clay,  and  stone  which  were  so 
difficult  to  most  tribes  in  other  portions  of  the  Pueblo  region  pre- 
sented no  such  complexity  to  the  ancients  of  Forestdale.  Most  of 
these  good  things  were  near  at  hand  in  greater  degree  than  at  the 


« Final  Report,  etc.,  1880  to  1885.     Papers  of  the  Archaelogical  Institute  of  America, 
Cambridge,  1892,  Pt.  2,  p.  400. 

NAT  MUS  1901 19 


Digitized  by 


Google 


290  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

neighboring  pueblo  of  Linden;  wood  was  rather  a  burden,  cold,  clear 
water  welled  beneath  their  town  walls,  the  rich  cornfields  required  no 
irrigation,  the  forest  was  full  of  game;  manzanita  berries  and  the 
sweet  mescal  agave  were  plentiful.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore, 
that  in  this  favoring  environment  pueblos  of  large  size  were  developed; 
the  cause  for  wonder  is  that  in  this  region  the  pueblo  dwellers  have 
not  persisted  to  our  day. 

Tundastusa  ruin  (Plates  3  and  4)  is  located  on  a  low  elevation 
between  two  washes  coming  into  Forestdale  Creek  from  the  north,  on 
land  claimed  by  Skidi,  a  prominent  Apache,  who  has  his  cornfields 
near  the  mouth  of  the  washes  where  there  are  springs. 

At  the  highest  point  is  a  circular  acropolis  160  feet  in  diameter,  giv- 
ing the  area  of  1  acre,  the  walls  2  feet  thick  and  8  feet  2  inches  from 
the  surface  to  the  foundation  course,  the  circle  cut  up  into  rooms  by 
narrower  walls.  At  intervals  down  the  slope  below  the  acropolis 
toward  the  creek  and  wash  are  five  or  more  walls,  forming  segments 
of  circles  concentric  with  the  acropolis  circle.  Across  these  segments 
run  radiating  lines,  showing  from  a  distance  as  windrows  of  stone  from 
the  fallen  buildings.  The  only  plaza  in  this  section  of  the  ruins  is  a 
small  one  on  the  southeast  side.  Attached  to  the  acropolis  on  the 
west  are  quadrangular  house  masses,  the  general  ground  plan  being 
irregular  or  stepped  and  extending  down  the  slope.  Beyond  this  sec- 
tion of  the  pueblo  to  the  west  is  a  long  L,  two  rooms  deep,  containing 
104  rooms.  On  the  inner  side  of  the  north  limit  of  the  L  is  a  parallel 
row  of  houses,  also  two  rooms  deep.  These  house  rows  thus  flank 
two  sides  of  a  plaza  1  acre  in  area,  and  bounded  on  the  south  by  a  low 
wall.  At  the  east  end  of  the  inner  house  row  a  sunken  depression  25 
feet  square  probably  indicates  a  kiva,  though  excavation  revealed 
nothing.  (Plate  5.)  A  curved  wing  wall  closes  the  opening  between 
the  acropolis  and  the  detached  quadrangular  ruin.  This  portion  of 
the  Forestdale  ruin  is  easily  traced.  The  ruin  is  estimated  to  show 
300  rooms  on  the  ground  floor  and  perhaps  originally  contained  1,000 
rooms.  In  area,  it  covers  7  acres,  and  its  present  appearance  is  that 
of  chaotic  heaps  of  earth  and  stone,  with  no  walls  standing  above  the 
surface.  (Plate  6.)  There  are  no  trees  on  the  ruin.  The  plan  of  For- 
estdale ruin  shows  three  house  masses,  which  strike  one  immediately 
as  having  been  constructed  at  different  times.  There  is  no  doubt  on 
this  point  concerning  the  rectangular  ruin  some  distance  to  the  west; 
but  in  order  to  determine  the  relation  of  the  house  mass  attached  to 
the  circular  ruin  the  walls  at  the  junction  were  cleared  and  it  was  found 
that  the  wall  abutting  the  acropolis  rested  on  3  feet  of  rubbish,  which 
had  accumulated  from  the  older  pueblo.  The  walls  of  the  middle 
pueblo  are  likewise  of  inferior  masonry,  not  as  good  as  that  of  the 
rectangular  house  mass.  It  is  apparent  that  the  circular  ruin  is  older 
and  formed  the  nucleus  of  subsequent  accretions.     As  has  been  stated, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AECHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  291 

the  artifacts  noted  in  the  debris  are  uniform  for  the  whole  site.  It 
most  be  said,  however,  that  no  cemeteries  were  discovered  in  connec- 
tion with  either  of  the  rectangular  house  masses.  It  seems  probable 
that  since  all  present  pueblos  are  made  up  of  aggregations  of  clan 
units,  we  see  in  Forestdale  an  ancient  evidence  of  this  fact,  which 
may  also  explain  the  occurrence  of  two  modes  of  burial. 

The  material  used  in  building  is  sandstone  brought  from  the  ledges 
cropping  out  along  the  little  creek  close  at  hand.  The  blocks  of  stone 
are  larger  and  more  uniform  in  dimension  than  is  usual  in  the  pueblos 
of  the  Southwest.  In  general  the  stones  were  of  convenient  size  for 
carrying  by  one  man,  but  larger  stones  were  used  in  the  circular  walls. 
One  measuring  3  by  2  by  2  feet  and  weighing  probably  1,000  pounds 
was  observed  set  in  the  wall  at  the  height  of  5  feet.  As  it  te  not  pos- 
sible for  men  to  lift  a  stone  to  this  height  by  muscular  effort,  it  is 
probable  that  it  was  rolled  to  position  on  an  earth  embankment  or  a 
skid  of  poles.  It  will  be  perceived  that  men  who  could  construct 
a  circle  with  an  accuracy  that  is  comparable  only  with  the  work  of 
men  possessing  instruments  of  precision  would  also  show  skill  in 
masonry.  In  the  course  of  the  excavation  the  exterior  of  the  acropolis 
wall  was  exposed  for  a  length  of  164  feet,  showing  masonry  that 
excites  admiration  and  surprise.  (Plate  7.)  Like  all  cyclopean  con- 
struction, of  which  this  wall  is  a  type,  the  stones  are  rough  bedded  and 
not  coursed.  The  wall  is  laid  up  with  judgment,  the  joints  broken, 
and  large  stones  the  width  of  the  wall  form  headers.  Occasionally  a 
series  of  large  stones  forms  what  appears  to  be  an  attempt  at  a  course. 
The  stone  are  quarry  faced,  and  projections  beyond  the  line  have  been 
pecked  away  and  a  few  petroglyphs  cut  on  some  of  the  stones.  Some 
of  the  building  blocks  scattered  over  the  ruin  have  fret  and  key 
designs  pecked  on  the  surface.  The  walls  of  the  room  interiors  have 
in  a  number  of  cases  where  such  walls  were  seen  been  carefully  sur- 
faced with  the  pecking  hammer  and  the  chinks  set  with  small  stones. 
Other  rooms  have  been  plastered  with  red  clay;  low  doorways  formed 
a  means  of  communication  between  the  rooms.  In  excavating  the 
circular  wall  a  very  narrow  entrance  was  found  leading  through  it  at 
the  northeast. 

As  usual  in  the  southwest,  Forestdale  is  one  of  a  group  of  pueblos,  a 
member  of  which  lies  a  few  hundred  feet  to  the  northwest  on  the  edge 
of  the  bluff.  Another  very  large  ruin  is  about  one-half  mile  away  on 
the  line  of  the  valley;  a  third,  comparatively  small,  stands  on  the  bank 
of  the  creek  half  a  mile  up  the  valley,  and  still  another  small  ruin  is  on 
a  sandstone  cliff  on  the  left  bank.  No  detached  houses  were  observed, 
nor  were  altars,  shrines,  or  fire  boxes  noticed.  The  surface  of  Forest- 
dale ruin  shows  traces  of  modern  occupation,  such  as  remains  of  foun- 
dations of  Mormon  houses,  shallow  basins  marking  the  location  of 
Apache  wickiups,  while  on  the  acropolis  circles  of  stones  mark  th^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


292  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,   1901. 

rifle  pits  thrown  up  during  intertribal  warfare  among  the  Apaches 
some  years  ago.     (See  Plate  6.) 

The  debris  surrounding  the  walls  and  obliterating  the  rooms  is  enor- 
mous in  mass,  greater  than  that  surrounding  any  ruin  in  the  South- 
west known  to  the  writer.  This  ddbris  consists  of  ashes  and  charcoal 
mixed  with  bones,  pottery,  fragments,  etc.,  which  has  altered  the 
contour  of  the  land  around  the  pueblo  to  a  marked  degree.  Pottery 
fragments  are  relatively  fewer  than  in  most  other  ruins,  while  bones 
of  animals  are  quite  frequent. 

One  cemetery  lies  on  the  east  hillside,  where  a  sandstone  ledge  crops 
ou tabove  the  spring.  This  cemetery  had  been  rifled  by  Skidi  and  others. 
The  pottery  secured  by  Skidi,  he  says,  was  sold  to  Mr.  Schott,  for- 
merly ugent  at  Apache.  It  is  evident  that  burials  were  made  at  length 
in  this  cemetery,  but  the  pottery,  judging  from  the  fragments,  does 
not  differ  from  that  scattered  over  the  ruin.  There  was  no  opportu- 
nity to  ascertain  whether  cinerary  burials  occurred  in  this  cemetery, 
but  it  was  gathered  from  Skidi  that  such  burials  had  been  uncovered. 

The  collection  secured  by  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  at  Forest- 
dale  was  taken  from  a  burial  place  along  the  free  portion  of  the  cir- 
cular wall  of  the  acropolis,  marked  in  the  plan.  (Plate  3.)  The  burials 
here  were  from  5  to  8  feet,  2  inches  below  the  present  surface,  and 
directly  against  the  wall.  Two  varieties  of  interment  were  also 
encountered  here,  namely,  a  few  bodies  flexed  and  placed  against  the 
wall;  the  majority  burned  and  placed  in  gray  vases,  which  were  luted 
with  clay,  stopped  with  a  stone,  or  covered  with  an  upturned  bowl. 
A  remarkable  fact  connected  with  the  interments  of  this  class  is  that 
the  vases  are  usually  set  on  the  bones  of  an  infant.  No  explanation 
derived  from  historical  or  present  observances  of  any  of  the  pueblo 
tribes  can  be  given  of  this  strange  custom,  which  appears  to  have  been 
of  sacrificial  character.  It  may  also  be  said  here  that  this  is  the  most 
northerly  occurrence  of  incineration  that  has  yet  come  to  notice. 
Fragments  of  a  paho,  painted  green,  were  found  on  the  ashes  in  one  of 
these  vases  and  a  very  much  corroded  mass  of  copper,  which  appeal's 
to  have  been  a  bell.  Among  the  calcined  bones  were  fragments  of 
awls,  showing  that  possessions  were  burned  with  the  body.  The  ashes 
of  a  young  person  were  inclosed  in  a  bird-form  vase.  (Plate  8,  fig.  1.) 
The  flexed  burials  contained  pottery,  according  to  the  general  custom, 
the  ware  being  red.  Quantities  of  fragments  of  red  bowls  were 
thrown  out  of  this  excavation,  and  some  fragments  of  cooking  vessels 
in  rugose  ware,  having  wide,  flaring  rims,  were  seen. 

The  Forestdale  pottery  is  red  and  gray  in  color,  the  red  preponder- 
ating. It  is  found  that  the  paste  of  both  varieties  is  the  same,  the  red 
ware  being  secured  by  covering  the  gray  paste  with  a  slip  of  yellow 
ocher  burning  to  red  color.  The  red  ware  is  found  in  form  of  bowls, 
dippers,  and  small  articles ;  the  decoration  geometric  rain  clouds  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FfELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  293 

terraced  figures ;  the  volute  and  key  frets  are  missing.  Several  small 
objects  of  the  highest  artistic  importance  were  collected.  These  com- 
prise a  paint  cup  of  oblong  shape  (Plate  0,  fig.  1),  a  handled  vase,  a  small 
bowl,  and  a  double  bowl  (Plate  9,  fig.  2)  of  bright  and  lively  red  color;  the 
designs  geometric  in  black  enamel,  outlined  with  white  and  sometimes 
with  black  over  a  white  ground. 

The  unique  vessel  formed  by  joining  two  bowls  is  remarkably 
attractive,  even  though  broken.  The  potter  has  lavished  on  this  object 
her  highest  skill,  and  the  result  is  an  achievement  in  polychrome  ware 
which  probably  marks  the  highest  attainment  in  ceramic  art  from  the 
Southwest.  We  may  follow  the  construction  of  this  vessel  with  a  view 
of  explaining  the  processes  involved.  The  potter  formed  two  bowls 
of  selected  clay  and  joined  them  while  "green"  by  a  short  neck  con- 
necting the  rims.  She  then  washed  the  vessel  with  fine  yellow  ocher 
and  finished  the  surface  with  a  smoothing  stone.  The  interior  of  one 
of  the  bowls  was  washed  with  cream-colored  kaolin  and  also  smoothed 
with  the  stone.  Having  prepared  her  pigment  for  the  black  enamel, 
the  basis  of  which  is  iron  ore,  but  the  secret  of  its  mixing,  whether 
with  alkaline  salts  or  resin,  is  lost,  she  skillfully  laid  on  the  interior  of 
one  of  the  bowls  a  geometric  design  and  on  the  exterior  rims  of  both 
various  geometric  frets,  outlining  the  latter  designs  with  stripes  of 
pure  kaolin.  The  interior  of  the  second  bowl  required  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  second  color,  which  should  burn  to  soft  gray  and  melt  into 
the  background.  The  vessel  was  then  fired,  care  being  taken  to  pre- 
vent uneven  tiring  and  smoke  blemishes.  The  result  shows  a  knowl- 
edge on  the  part  of  the  potter  of  materials,  manipulations,  and  proc- 
esses, from  the  selection  of  the  clay  to  the  last  stages  of  firing,  and  a 
highly  developed  artistic  sense  in  form  and  color  that  command  our 
respect  and  admiration.  That  similar  feelings  toward  the  skillful 
potter  were  entertained  among  ancients  of  the  Southwest  is  shown  by 
a  series  of  objects  taken  from  a  grave  at  Four  Mile  by  the  Fewkes 
party  in  1897.  Carefully  placed  in  this  grave  were  all  the  implements 
of  the  potter's  craft,  concave  dishes,  representing  the  beginning  of  the 
wheel  in  which  the  ware  was  set  during  manufacture,  smoothing  stones, 
a  stone  slab,  and  a  mulling  stone  and  grinder.  Securely  laid  in  a  large, 
well-made  cooking  vessel,  on  a  bed  of  pine  twigs,  were  various  kinds 
of  clay  and  paints.  Gourd  formers  and  brushes  of  yucca  strips,  if  any 
such  were  buried,  had  decayed.  With  these  objects  were  specimens 
of  excellent  pottery.  The  purpose  of  this  disposition  seems  clearly  to 
furnish  this  venerated  potter  the  implements  with  which  she  might 
continue  her  art  for  the  benefit  of  the  spiritual  beings  in  the  under 
heaven. 

One  piece  of  ware  of  the  Gila  type  (Plate  10,  fig.  1)  and  several 
fragments  were  all  the  examples  of  this  type  found  at  Forestdale.  It 
is  evident  that  the  ruins  on  the  north  slope  of  the  White  Mountains 


Digitized  by 


Google 


294  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

show  strong  Gila  influence  and  are  little  related  to  the  remains  on  the 
Salt  River.  One  fragment  of  yellow  ware  with  black  and  light-red 
ornamentation  was  picked  up.  The  black  on  the  specimen  is  thick 
and  enamel-like.  But  one  fragment  showing  white  painting  over  a 
rugose  surface  rewarded  the  most  careful  search.  Some  fragments  of 
ware  resembling  that  of  Four  Mile  have  portions  of  designs  of  human 
figures  in  white  kaolin.  Symbolic  designs  are  infrequent,  birds,  bear 
tracks,  and  a  face  on  a  red  dipper  comprising  all  such  figures  noted. 

Gray  ware.  —Shards  of  gray  ware  are  rare  in  the  debris  at  Forest- 
dale,  so  that  the  number  of  vessels  found  was  to  some  extent  unex- 
pected. The  comparatively  small  number  of  shards  may  be  due  to 
surface  conditions,  as  in  this  region  the  ground  is  held  by  plants  and 
moisture,  while  on  the  plains  the  prevalence  of  shards*  may  be  due  to 
winnowing  of  several  feet  of  soil  by  erosive  agencies.  The  greater 
number  of  pieces  of  gray  ware  were  vases  of  globular  form  (Plate  11, 
figs.  1  and  2),  or  of  bird  form  containing  incinerated  bones  (see  Plate 
8,  fig.  1).  None  of  the  vases  have  handles  as  those  from  Linden  and 
Showlow;  one  urn  has  an  animal  handle,  several  of  which,  broken  from 
vessels,  were  taken  from  the  debris.  A  few  small  bowls  of  gray  ware 
were  also  taken  out.  (Plate  8,  fig.  2.)  A  portion  of  a  gray  vessel  bear- 
ing in  relief  apparently  a  snake,  is  an  example  of  a  class  of  decoration 
very  rare  in  the  pueblo  region,  but  prevalent  in  Mexico  and  found 
sparingly  on  the  Gila  River.  The  bird-shaped  vessels  are  more  con- 
ventional in  treatment  than  those  found  north  of  the  divide  in  the 
drainage  of  the  Little  Colorado.  Some  figurines  of  animals  in  pottery, 
perhaps  fetiches,  occur  at  Forestdale.  They  are  rudely  executed  and 
without  decoration.  A  dipper  with  rattle  handle  came  from  this  ruin. 
Rugose  cooking  vessels  are  few  in  number  and  of  small  size.  Roun- 
dels of  reground  pottery  are  frequent;  one  such  piece  may  have  been 
a  spindle  whorl. 

Stone. — The  absence  of  metates  from  the  surface,  coupled  with  the 
presence  of  broken  manos,  was  remarked  at  Forestdale,  and  it  was 
learned  that  the  former  were  carried  off  by  Indians  who  make  use  of 
them  around  their  camps,  only  working  out  a  metate  if  an  ancient  one 
can  not  be  secured.  The  Apaches  also  collect  hammers  and  other 
stone  implements  from  the  ruins,  which  in  many  cases  explains  the 
paucity  of  such  relics  on  ruins  visited  by  them.  While  excavations 
brought  to  light  metates,  no  axes  and  few  hammers  appeared,  and 
arrowheads  were  infrequent.  Chert  flakes  formed  into  scrapers  and 
knives  were  numerous,  one  scraper  chipped  and  ground  being  specially 
noteworthy.  Chips  of  black  and  white  obsidian  and  an  occasional 
scraper  of  this  material  were  noticed.  A  small  boring  implement  of 
red  chert  is  figured.  (Plate  12,  fig.  4.)  A  small  paint  pestle  with 
traces  of  copper  pigment  on  the  rubbing  end  may   be   mentioned. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOOICAL    FIELD    WORK   IN    ARIZONA.  295 

Pottery  polishing  stones,  an  arrow  smoothing  stone  of  Gila  type,  and 
a  stone  resembling  a  fetich  (Plate  12,  fig.  2)  were  taken  out.  The 
stone  last  mentioned  has  been  carefully  worked  from  a  dark,  greenish- 
blue  rock  much  prized  by  the  ancient  people  of  the  Upper  Gila, 
numerous  specimens  having  been  found  in  Pueblo  Viejo  Valley  a  where 
the  material  appears  to  occur  in  situ.  Sporadic  examples  of  objects 
cut  from  this  stone  are  found  north  of  the  mountains,  and  one  speci- 
men was  collected  by  Mrs.  M.  C.  Stevenson  at  the  Hopi  villages.  A 
small  tablet  of  sandstone,  having  a  design  in  black  on  one  face,  was 
excavated  from  this  ruin.  No  conjecture  is  ventured  as  to  the  pur- 
port of  the  plan  on  the  tablet,  except  to  say  that  the  ancients  at  For- 
estdale  evidently  drew  circles  as  well  as  built  them. 

Shell. — Shell  appears  to  have  been  little  used  at  Forestdale,  only  a 
few  pieces,  consisting  of  wristlets  and  pendants,  rewarding  the  searcher. 
The  mountain  pueblos  are  generally  poor  in  shell,  probably  because 
they  were  off  the  routes  of  primitive  commerce,  or  they  may  have 
had. little  to  trade.  Pueblos  in  passes  through  the  mountains,  as  at 
Chaves  Pass,  must  have  been  more  in  touch  with  aboriginal  commerce, 
and  in  this  case  abundance  of  shell  was  found. 

Bone. — The  people  of  Forestdale  made  great  use  of  bone.  The 
most  numerous  bone  objects  were  awls  of  various  sizes  and  descrip- 
tions, with  points  at  either  end,  with  an  eye  like  a  needle  (Plate  13, 
tig.  4),  or  merely  pointed  splinters  of  bone.  One  specimen  has  a  fig- 
ure like  the  letter  X  engraved  on  the  sides,  as  seen  on  the  ceremonial 
ax  found  at  Chevlon.  *  This  was  the  only  instance  of  ornamentation 
on  bone  observed.  Cups  formed  by  sawing  off  elk  femurs  near  the 
ends  are  common,  as  at  Pottery  Hill.  It  has  been  suggested  that 
these  cups  are  rejects  after  the  shaft  of  the  femur  was  cut  up  into 
rings.  The  absence  of  such  rings  from  the  collection,  and  the  finish 
of  the  lip  of  the  cups,  would  seem  to  offer  an  objection  to  this  theory, 
but  the  use  of  the  cups  is  unknown.  Kings  cut  from  femurs  appar- 
ently for  the  finger  have  been  found  at  Chaves  Pass.  Wedges  of 
bone  and  antler,  numerous  knives  of  deer  rib,  hide  scrapers  worked 
from  deer  pelvis,  bone  tubes,  a  bone  with  holes  drilled  through  it 
(thought  to  be  an  arrow  wrench),  an  ornament  of  antler  in  form  of  a 
bear's  claw,  and  bones  used  in  flint  working  were  collected.  (Plate 
13.)  The  lower  jaw  of  a  deer  from  this  ruin,  with  bands  of  red  painted 
diagonally  across  it,  is  an  interesting  object. 

Fragments  of  decayed  wood  were  taken  from  the  excavations,  but 
it  was  not  possible  to  ascertain  whether  they  were  worked.  No  cord 
or  fabric  of  any  description  was  encountered. 

A  large  number  of  bones  of  animals  were  collected  from  the  debris, 

«J.  Walter  Fewkes,  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1897,  pi.  xvn. 
l>  Idem.,  1896,  pi.  xlvii. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


296  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

where  they  occurred  in  great  numbers.  These  have  been  ascertained 
by  Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas  to  belong  to  the  elk,  deer,  antelope,  dog,  gray 
fox,  mountain  lion,  wild-cat,  beaver,  turkey,  and  eagle. 

It  is  apparent  from  the  number  of  bones  of  animals  that  the  Forest- 
dale  tribe  were  to  a  great  extent  meat  eaters,  and  hence  must  have 
been  hunters.  The  dog  and  possibly  the  turkey  were  domesticated. 
It  would  be  interesting  to  connect  the  meat  diet  of  the  Forestdale 
people  with  their  achievements  as  builders,  but  such  theories  must  be 
advanced  with  hesitation. 

Unfortunately,  during  the  course  of  this  exploration  very  few  skele- 
tons were  encountered,  and  in  these  cases  the  bones  were  extremely 
decayed,  so  that  no  omnia  could  be  secured.  From  the  fragmentary 
bones  thrown  out  by  the  vandals  who  sacked  the  east  cemetery  it  is 
obvious  that  adequate  somatological  material  could  have  been  acquired 
here.  This  is  another  example  of  the  destruction  of  valuable  scien- 
tific evidence  by  careless  and  unskilled  hands. 

The  pottery  of  Forestdale  bears  a  closer  relation  to  that  of  Pinedale, 
north  of  the  Mogollon  Divide,  than  to  any  other  ancient  pueblo  known 
to  the  writer.  The  bright  red  ware  with  black  on  white  decoration  is 
also  found  in  a  number  of  ruins  along  the  mountains  from  Chaves 
Pass  to  Pinedale,  reaching  to  within  40  miles  of  the  Little  Colorado 
and  associated  at  Chaves  Pass  and  Four  Mile  with  yellow  ware.  The 
gray  vases  are  not  duplicated  north  of  the  divide;  they  will  be  found 
to  belong  to  the  Salt  River  Valley  in  all  probability.  The  practice  of 
incinerating  the  dead  separates  the  ruin  from  any  yet  examined  in  the 
Little  Colorado  drainage. 

On  the  whole,  the  Forestdale  ruin  is  only  one  of  perhaps  a  number 
along  the  head  streams  of  Salt  River,  which  is  on  the  natural  migration 
line  from  the  south  by  which  the  Indians  led  Coronado  to  Cibola.  In 
the  absence  of  information  concerning  the  ruins  it  is  not  possible  at 
present  to  make  any  approximate  statement  as  to  them.  Forestdale 
may  have  been  the  stopping  place  of  an  important  section  of  the  south- 
ern element  which  tradition  has  it  went  to  form  the  Zuili  or  it  may 
mark  a  southern  extension  of  the  Zuili.  The  cremation  of  the  dead 
also  tallies  with  the  Zuili  tradition  that  formerly  they  practiced  the 
same  custom."  The  burial  against  the  house  walls  also  reminds  one  of 
the  Zufii  expression,  "We  bury  our  dead  beneath  the  ladders." 

The  plans  of  the  old  Zufii  ruins  figured  by  Mindeleff  in  the  Eighth 
Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  show  that 
Nutria  is  a  circular  pueblo  and  that  Pescado,  so  far  as  the  ancient 
plan  can  be  traced,  approached  a  circular  outline.  Kintiel,  which  is  a 
Zufii  ruin,  and  several  of  the  ruins  of  the  Canyon  Butte  group  north 
of  the  Petrified  Forest  are  of  this  type. 

"Gushing  Zuili  Creation  Myths,  Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology,  p.  336. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  297 

Zuiii  archeology  still  awaits  an  explorer  who  will  do  as  much  for  it 
as  has  Fewkes  for  the  Hopi.  A  vast  and  untouched  field  lies  south  of 
Zuni,  and  complex  migration  problems  cluster  around  the  headwaters 
of  the  Gila,  Salt,  and  Little  Colorado  rivers.  In  much  of  this  region, 
on  account  of  the  work  of  untrained  explorers  and  curio  hunters,  it  is 
too  late  to  do  more  than  secure  what  the^  have  left  or  to  trace  the 
material  to  private  or  museum  collections  for  the  purpose  of  study. 

INTERIOR  SAWMILL. 

Leaving  Forestdale  a  reconnissance  was  made  to  Fort  Apache,  fol- 
lowing the  road  south  from  Cooleys.  A  cave  in  a  lava  bed  near  Inte- 
rior Sawmill  was  examined,  but  no  evidence  of  occupation  found.  A 
short  distance  from  the  Interior  Sawmill  a  small  pueblo  yielded  on 
excavation  a  few  pieces  of  gray  ware,  a  large  flaring  bowl  in  fine  coil- 
ing, a  stone  hammer  (Plate  14,  tig.  1),  a  bone  tool  splendidly  engraved 
(Plate  14,  fig.  2),  and  a  skull.  Farther  south  along  White  Mountain 
River  a  number  of  rectangular  pueblos  were  seen,  but  no  excavations 
made.  From  the  surface  relics  these  ruins  appear  to  be  poor  and  the 
pottery,  gray,  red,  and  coiled,  of  inferior  quality.  Having  secured 
photographs  and  ethnological  data  from  the  Apaches  and  made  botan- 
ical collections,  the  party  returned  north,  excavating  for  half  a  day  at 
Snowflake,  where  a  small  ruin  yielded  a  few  pieces  of  gray  and  red  ware 
and  a  skeleton. 

LINDEN. 

Near  Linden,  Navajo  County,  Arizona,  some  45  miles  south  of  Hol- 
brook,  there  is  a  large  ruin,  locally  called  Pottery  Hill,  lying  on  the 
north  side  of  the  watershed  near  the  divide  between  the  Salt  and  Little 
Colorado  rivers.  This  part  of  the  White  Mountain  Plateau  presents 
a  series  of  beautiful  park-like  expanses  between  low  ridges,  well  grassed 
and  studded  with  large  pines  and  clumps  of  stunted  oaks.  At  this 
elevation  in  the  White  Mountains  the  humidity  is  sufficient  in  favor- 
able seasons  to  admit  of  dry  farming.  Stock  raising  and  dairying  is 
the  main  occupation  of  the  people.  The  soil,  formed  by  the  decompo- 
sition of  carboniferous  sandstone,  limestone,  and  shales  is  fairly  rich. 
Vegetation  is  abundant;  after  the  summer  rains  and  the  melting  of 
the  snow  in  spring  myriads  of  flowers  appear. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  environment  would  be  favorable  to  the 
maintenance  of  the  prehistoric  people  who  lived  here,  furnishing 
wood  for  fuel  and  construction,  useful  plants,  clay  for  the  potter,  and 
stone  for  the  builder.  Game  abounded  and  wild  bees  yielded  honey. 
In  this  locality,  however,  there  are  no  springs,  the  water  sinking  and 
necessitating  at  present  its  impounding  in  ravines.  A  few  wells  have 
been  dug  at  Linden,  but  the  water  is  scanty  and  unpalatable. 

The  ruins  (Plate  15)  are  situated  on  a  ridge  bounding  the  southern 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


298  "REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

side  of  one  of  these  parks.  The  main  site  covers  the  lower  end  of  the 
ridge  lying  with  its  longer  axis  north  and  south.  On  the  east  the  ruin 
slopes  down  to  the  valley  by  a  series  of  terraces  and  on  the  west  to  a 
shallow  draw.  Its  outline  is  oval,  measuring  228  feet  in  length  by  150 
feet  in  width.  The  cemeteries  lie  to  the  east  and  to  the  west  of  the 
pueblo  and  to  the  northwest  is  a  shrine  among  the  rocks,  consisting  of 
a  pile  of  fos&ils  and  iron  concretions  of  peculiar  shapes. 

Detached  rectangular  ruins  occur  at  intervals  in  the  juniper  and 
pinyon  woods  at  the  northwest  along  the  margin  of  the  gradually 
ascending  ridge  extending  perhaps  1,500  feet.  Aged  junipers  grow 
in  these  ruins  and  the  remaining  building  stones  show  extreme 
weathering.  No  trees  except  some  young  junipers  grow  on  Pottery 
Hill,  giving  the  impression  that  this  ruin  was  occupied  at  a  later 
period  than  the  others  in  the  vicinity. 

Another  interesting  ruin  of  the  Linden  group,  lying  in  the  forest  2 
miles  west  of  Pottery  Hill,  shows  a  rectangular  plan  45  by  72  feet, 
containing  12  rooms,  and  adjoining  is  a  circular-house  plan  65  feet  in 
diameter,  having  a  passage  through  the  wall  to  the  central  court 
(Plates  16  and  17.)  There  was  little  debris,  and  excavations  were 
without  results.  Stumps  of  pine  trees  that  had  matured  and  decayed 
were  found  in  place  in  the  rooms.  The  plan  of  the  ruin  is  instructive 
when  compared  with  that  of  Forestdale,  which  also  presents  circular 
and  rectangular  features. 

No  walls  are  standing  in  the  Pottery  Hill  ruin,  and  heaps  .of  sand- 
stone blocks  from  the  houses,  interspersed  with  fragments  of  pottery 
and  broken  implements,  cover  the  surface.  A  reconstruction  of  the 
pueblo  would  show  a  long  line  of  houses  perhaps  two  stories  in  height, 
facing  both  ways,  on  the  slopes  of  the  hill,  and  below  this  successive 
rows  of  houses,  forming  terraces.  To  the  east  there  were  three  or 
four  terraces  and  to  the  west  one  or  two.  No  detached  houses  or  fire 
boxes  were  observed.  Such  walls  as  were  uncovered  during  excava- 
tion were  formed  of  oblong  blocks  of  rough-faced  sandstone  laid  with 
little  skill.  The  debris  of  house  refuse  is  enough  to  show  lengthy 
occupation  of  the  site. 

The  principal  cemetery  is  in  the  debris  on  the  west  side  of  the  pueblo 
some  distance  from  the  walls.  Most  of  the  graves  had  been  rifled 
during  the  summer  of  1900  by  dealers  in  curios  from  Pinedale,  but 
more  systematic  excavation  brought  to  light  a  number  of  specimens. 
Owing  to  the  strong  nature  of  the  soil  few  pieces  of  pottery  were 
taken  out  unbroken. 

A  feature  concerning  the  deposit  of  the  dead  in  the  graves  at  Lin- 
den such  as  the  packing  of  stones  and  clay  around  the  body,  especially 
near  the  head,  leads  one  to  suppose  that  the  device  was  to  prevent  bur- 
rowing animals  from  entering  the  sepultures.  This  mode  of  burial 
accounts  for  the  destruction  of  the  pottery  when  the  earth  sank  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABCHEOLOGIOAL   FIELD   WOKK   IN    AKIZONA.  299 

packed  in  the  graves.  The  burials  were  at  length  with  no  regard  to 
the  points  of  the  compass,  and  no  stakes  were  placed  over  the  bodies  as 
at  Chaves  Pass,  nor  were  stone  slabs  found  as  in  the  ruins  along  the 
Little  Colorado  River.  No  traces  of  matting  or  other  textiles  were 
observed.  The  skeletons  were  mostly  decayed  beyond  preservation. 
Bones  of  elk,  deer,  antelopes,  turkey,  and  of  small  mammals  and  birds 
were  numerous. 

In  the  undisturbed  cemetery  to  the  east  similar  conditions  obtained, 
but  the  majority  of  the  specimens  came  from  this  point.  A  burial 
here  was  noteworthy  in  that  two  bodies  were  interred  together,  the 
skeleton  of  one  is  in  fair  condition,  the  other  merely  vertebrae,  ribs, 
and  scapula?.  The  place  where  the  skull  should  have  been  found  was 
covered  with  an  inverted  bowl  containing  ashes,  and  no  fragments  of 
the  skull  were  present.  As  a  rule  the  pottery  was  deposited  near  the 
head;  when  a  number  of  pieces  were  found  they  were  laid  along  the 
body.  In  one  grave  as  many  as  12  pieces  had  been  buried.  No  pahos 
or/etishes  were  found  in  the  graves. 

The  finds  at  Linden  include  some  interesting  specimens  of  pottery 
•of  several  classes.  Gray  ware  is  represented  here  principally  by  gray 
vases  with  spherical  body  and  tubular  neck,  having  a  curved  handle 
from  the  rim  to  the  body  (Plate  18,  figs.  1-3);  cups  with  handles;  bowls 
with  close  zigzag  ornamentation  covering  the  interior  (Plate  19,  fig.  1), 
and  canteens  of  good  form  and  ornamentation  (Plate  18,  fig.  4).  The 
bowl  of  fine  gray  ware  delicately  coiled  on  the  exterior,  and  with  a 
well-designed  fret  pattern  forming  a  band  around  the  interior  wall,  i$ 
a  remarkable  and  unique  Specimen  (Plate  18,  fig.  5),  no  rugose  vessel 
of  the  gray  ware  having  been  hitherto  described  to  the  best  of  my 
knowledge. 

Another  noteworthy  specimen  is  a  gray  bowl  with  interior  orna- 
mentation of  human  and  animal  figures,  (Plate  19,  fig.  2.)  Around  the 
side  of  the  vessel  a  herd  of  deer  run  in  single  file  below  a  grotesquely 
drawn  human  figure  in  attitude  of  surprise,  and  in  the  bottom  of  the 
bowl  is  drawn  a  large  mountain  lion.  Apparently  there  is  no  symbol- 
ism involved  in  the  design.  The  intention  of  the  artist  evidently  was 
to  portray  in  a  realistic  manner  some  actual  occurrence,  probably  the 
encountering  of  a  herd  of  deer  pursued  by  a  mountain  lion.  Frag- 
ments of  pottery  showing  portions  of  composition  have  been  picked 
up  on  ruins  along  the  north  slopes  of  the  White  and  Mogollon 
mountains,  indicating  the  use  of  such  designs,  but  whole  specimens 
are  exceedingly  rare.  The  bowl  in  question  was  in  many  fragments 
when  found. 

Some  bowls  of  coarse  red  ware  with  interior  geometric  ornamenta- 
tion were  taken  out  at  Linden.  They  resemble  those  of  Showlow  and 
other  ruins  yielding  gray  ware.  One  well-made  bowl  (Plate  20,  fig.  2) 
has  straight  sides,  and  on  the  exterior  is  a  stepped  design  with  white 


Digitized  by 


Google 


300  BEPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

border.     The  interior  is  undeco rated.     The  edge  bears  black  dots,  a 
feature  often  noted  in  the  ware  of  the  mountain  ruins. 

Small  cooking  pote  of  coiled  ware  and  small  coiled  v%ses  occur  at 
Linden.  Great  quantities  of  fragments  of  large  flaring  bowls  with 
polished  black  interior  and  rugose  exterior  bearing  volutes  and 
grecques  in  white  lay  around  the  skeletons.  Often  five  or  six  of 
these  large  bowls  were  nested  in  a  grave,  and,  as  may  be  imagined, 
the  sinking  and  packing  of  rocky  soil  upon  them  produced  such  havoc 
that  it  was  not  possible  to  save  fragments  enough  to  reconstruct  a 
specimen  of  what  was  evidently  beautiful  ware.  A  small  globose  bowl 
of  this  type  was  preserved  intact.  (Plate  20,  fig.  1.)  Among  the  small 
pottery  objects  from  Linden  are  reground  disks  and  small  dippers. 
Fragments  of  vases  and  bowls  with  birds  and  the  widespread  four  bird 
convention  and  a  fragment  of  gray  ware  in  form  of  a  mountain  sheep's 
head  were  picked  up.  A  red  bowl  with  the  two  joined  bird  symbol 
on  the  interior  must  also  be  noticed. 

Rude  axes  and  hammers,  a  fragment  of  an  arrow-smoother  of  Gila 
type,  a  chipped  chert  implement  resembling  a  pick,  a  flint  chisel 
chipped  and  ground,  a  pitted  stone,  pottery  smoothers,  arrowheads, 
and  flint  and  obsidian  knives  comprise  the  collection  of  stone  imple- 
ments from  Linden.  Ornaments  of  stone  were  a  few  large  beads, 
disks,  and  tablets  of  red  stone.  Two  cylindrical  sections  of  fibrous 
selenite  of  unknown  use  were  found  in  a  grave.  The  stones  from  the 
shrine  were  iron  concretions  in  form  of  cups,  spheres,  and  odd  shapes 
resembling  birds,  etc.,  fragments  of  red  jasper,  and  a  mass  of  fossil 
coral  (Syrlngopora  mnltattenuata).  This  was  the  only  fossil  observed; 
on  the  hill  above  a  vein  of  Carboniferous  limestone  made  up  of  fossils 
was  seen  and  a  number  of  specimens  were  collected. 

Shell  is  very  scarce  at  Linden;  the  objects  of  this  material  taken 
out  were  fragments  of  bracelets  of  pectunculus  and  a  spiral  shell 
ornament,  TurltelJn  tigrina,  from  the  Gulf  of  California. 

Bone  was  more  frequent,  consisting  of  awls,  leather-working  tools, 
scrapers,  flint- working  tools,  punches,  and  other  implements  of  antler. 
A  number  of  antlers  were  taken  from  the  excavations.  Cups  of  elk 
and  deer  femurs  similar  to  those  found  at  Forestdale  occur  at  Linden. 

No  fragments  or  traces  of  fibers  or  textiles  were  encountered. 

The  collection  of  lx>nes  of  animals  turned  up  during  the  excavation 
is  found  by  Mr.  F.  A.  Lucas  to  include  the  following:  Antelope,  elk, 
dog,  jack  rabbit,  and  turkey.  But  one  complete  human  skeleton  could 
be  saved,  the  bones  in  most  of  the  interments  being  in  fragmentary 
condition. 

Linden  presents  points  of  similarity  with  the  Huning  ruin  at  Show- 
low,  best  characterized  by  the  rugose  ware  with  white  decoration,  a 
type  to  which  attention  was  first  called  by  Bandelier  in  1883.  The 
range  of  this  type  is  not  clearly  defined  as  yet,  but  the  explorations  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  301 

the  season  of  1901  give  localities  at  McDonald's  Canyon  and  the  Pet- 
rified Forest  (see  pp.  305,  314).  One  specimen  each  from  Four  Mile 
and  Chevlon  are  figured  by  Dr.  Fewkes. a  It  must  be  said,  however, 
that  the  occurrence  seems  to  be  sporadic  at  the  sites  mentioned  and  that 
the  localit}r  of  greatest  prevalence  so  far  as  known  is  at  Linden. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  this  ware  belongs  on  the  northern  slope  of  the 
White  Mountains. 

SHOWLOW. 

A  large  ruin  on  the  ranch  of  Mr.  Henry  Huning,  at  Showlow,  was 
worked  by  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  for  a  few  days  beginning 
July  12.  Mr.  Huning  informs  the  writer  that  the  ruin  was  examined 
by  Mr.  A.  F.  Bandelier  some  years  ago.6  The  pueblo  is  located  on  a 
rock  table  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  Showlow  Creek,  which  irri- 
gates the  wide  and  fertile  valley  forming  part  of  the  Huning  ranch. 
The  layer  of  debris  is  thin;  hence  the  plan  of  this  ruin  is  somewhat 
easy  to  make  out.  (Plate  21.)  Much  of  the  stone  has  been  removed 
for  buildings,  and  during  this  process  a  room  at  the  south  end  of  the 
pueblo  was  found  to  contain  a  large  amount  of  charred  corn,  beans,  etc. 
The  cemetery  was  located  on  the  east  side  in  front  of  one  of  the  piers; 
there  were  few  interments,  and  only  a  small  collection  was  secured. 

The  pottery  is  of  red  and  gray,  the  latter  presenting  some  rather 
good  pieces,  a  dipper  with  rattle  handle  being  noteworthy.  The  red 
ware  is  not  fine  and  the  decoration  not  well  executed.  Rugose  bowls 
with  volutes  of  white  were  frequent,  though  in  fragmentary  condition. 
Bone  awls  and  a  worked  deer  femur  were  found.  Notched  flints,  a  stone 
ax,  an  arrow  smoother,  scrapers,  arrowheads  of  obsidian,  and  a  large 
chipped  flint  leaf  form  comprised  the  relics  in  stone.  A  bit  of  the 
clay  as  rolled  out  by  the  potter  in  the  process  of  coiling  a  vessel  was 
taken  from  the  debris. 

The  scarcity  of  potshards  on  the  surface  of  this  denuded  ruin  was 
remarked,  and  reminded  one  of  the  absence  of  such  relics  from  the  Zuni 
ruins,  where  the  shards  have  been  picked  up  by  the  modern  potters 
to  be  incorporated,  after  pulverization,  with  the  clay  for  vessels.  One 
perfect  skeleton  was  secured.  Bones  of  dog,  two  species  of  rabbits, 
turkey,  and  deer  were  collected. 

The  Huning  ruin  is  a  good  example  of  the  rectangular  pueblo,  show- 
ing considerable  skill  in  laying  out  a  village.  The  masonry  exposed 
during  the  excavations  is  good;  the  material  is  of  blocks  of  Carbonifer- 
ous sandstone. 

It  seems  probable  that  the  pueblo  was  inhabited  only  for  a  short 
time.  The  artifacts  resemble  those  excavated  at  Linden,  some  8  miles 
to  the  northwest. 


a  Iteport,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1897,  pi.  n;  idem,  1896,  pi.  xlii. 
&  Papers,  Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  IV,  Pt.  2,  p.  393. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


302  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

8HUMWAY. 

Near  the  town  of  Shumway,  40  miles  south  of  Hoi  brook,  on  the 
banks  of  Silver  Creek,  a  ruin  of  some  importance  was  hastily  exam- 
ined while  the  party  was  on  the  way  north  from  Showlow.  The  ruin 
consists  of  a  long  house  group,  two  rooms  deep,  and  a  parallel  house 
group  having  a  wing  at  right  angles  at  one  end,  and  between  these 
groups  is  a  plaza  (Plate  22).  The  rear  house  mass  forms  a  high  mound 
of  debris  from  the  two  stories  of  this  part.  The  cemetery  lies  in  a 
sand  bank  near  the  walls  of  the  front  row  of  the  houses,  facing  the 
creek.  The  graves  had  been  rifled  the  summer  before  by  a  "  pottery 
digger,"  who  sold  his  ill-gotten  gains  at  Holbrook.  It  is  presumed 
that  the  specimens  are  in  a  collection  purchased  at  Holbrook  in  1901 
by  the  Free  Museum  of  Science  and  Art  of  Philadelphia.  A  number 
of  fragments,  sufficient  to  show  the  quality  and  character  of  the  pot- 
tery, were  picked  up  on  the  excavations.  The  pottery  is  fine  yellow 
and  red,  and  the  decoration  is  like  that  of  the  ancient  Hopi  pottery. 
The  fragments  show  that  symbolic  designs  were  common  on  the  inte- 
rior of  the  bowls. 

LITTLE  COLORADO  VALLEY. 

MCDONALDS     CANYON — 8COR8B     RANCH  —  CANYON     BUTTE — ADAMANA  —  MET  ATE — WOOD- 
RUFF—MILKY   HOLLOW — STONE   AXE — SMALL  SITES  NEAR  STONE  AXE. 

McDonalds  canyon. 

On  the  day  of  my  arrival  at  Holbrook  some  Mexicans  brought  in 
58  pieces  of  excellent  pottery  from  ruins  22  miles  southwest  of  that 
place,  in  McDonalds  Canyon.  (See  general  map.)  It  was  ascertained 
that  there  were  a  number  of  ruins  perhaps  worthy  of  examination 
in  the  locality  whence  the  specimens  came.  Hiring  a  small  force  of 
laborers  and  getting  together  a  camping  outfit,  on  May  4  we  camped 
by  the  ruins,  11  miles  from  nearest  water. 

McDonalds  Canyon  is  the  name  for  quite  a  scope  of  country  among 
the  ascending  Carboniferous  ridges  flanking  the  White  Mountain  Pla- 
teau. The  dry  wash  leading  into  the  Little  Colorado,  between  Hol- 
brook and  St.  Joseph,  which  heads  back  in  the  mountains,  has  numerous 
branches,  so  that  the  country  is  broken  by  canyons  of  no  great  depth, 
sometimes  expanding  into  wide,  level  barrancas,  becoming  in  wet  sea- 
sons lakes.  The  ridges,  deeply  covered  with  yellow  sand  and  clothed 
with  junipers,  present  a  most  desolate  aspect.  The  environment  is 
hostile  as  to  food  and  water,  as  the  party  experienced.  In  the  seasons 
when  rain  falls,  water  is  impounded  in  the  natural  tanks,  but  does  not 
last  long  under  the  extreme  evaporation  at  this  altitude — 5,400  feet 
In  one  case  a  stone  wall  had  been  thrown  across  a  canyon  for  the  pur- 
pose of  impounding  water,  a  piece  of  engineering  rare  in  this  portion 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


AROHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  303 

of  the  Southwest,  and  at  present  the  dam  is  effective,  this  source  of 
water  being  the  last  to  fail.  Much  of  the  present  forlorn  appearance 
of  the  country  is  caused  by  range  stock. 

The  ruins,  five  in  number,  are  located  on  sandy  ridges  from  1  to  2 
miles  apart.  They  exist  as  inconspicuous  elevations  and  are  very 
difficult  to  find  amidst  the  maze  of  ridges.  All  the  ruins  of  the  group 
are  rectangular  in  plan,  the  rows  of  houses  surrounding  a  plaza  the 
entrance  to  which  is  from  the  east.  There  were  no  detached  houses. 
The  largest  ruin  is  typical  of  the  group  (Plate  23).  It  evidently  had 
a  two-story  house  of  large  dimensions  at  the  northeast  corner.  Judg- 
ing by  the  amount  of  debris,  the  other  houses  of  the  village  were  one 
story  in  height.     A  circle  of  stones  lies  to  th^  southwest. 

The  house-building  material  is  coarse  yellow  Carboniferous  sand- 
stone laid  in  gypsum,  which  is  abundant  in  the  formations  of  this 
region.  Smooth  floors  of  the  same  material  and  slab  floors  were 
observed  in  some  of  the  rooms.  Beneath  the  corner  of  the  high  house 
of  Ruin  1  a  number  of  small  white  quartz  concretions  had  been  placed, 
apparently  in  dedication  of  the  structure. 

The  debris  is  sufficient  to  indicate  the  occupation  of  these  villages 
for  a  somewhat  extended  period,  perhaps  two  generations.  Bones  of 
antelope,  deer,  dog,  wildcat,  and  rabbit  were  found  in  the  debris. 

The  cemeteries  lie  to  the  northeast  of  the  village,  close  to  the  walls, 
and  contained  numerous  interments  at  a  moderate  depth,  the  bodies 
laid  at  full  length,  generally  to  face  the  east.  The  grave  of  a  child 
containing  several  mortuary  vessels  was  found  under  the  floor  of  a 
house.  No  grave  slabs  were  discovered,  and  the  burials  near  the  walls 
were  poor  in  pottery.  The  character  of  the  soil  is  such  that  no  incrus- 
tation of  mineral  matter  was  deposited,  so  that  the  specimens  came  out 
in  unusually  good  condition.  Twenty-three  crania  and  portions  of 
skeletons  were  collected.  Though  these  ruins  had  been  sacked,  1  was 
able  during  part  of  three  days  to  collect  over  100  specimens,  many  of 
which  had  been  left  as  unimportant  by  the  workmen,  who  only  seek 
the  marketable  pottery  and  trinkets. 

By  good  fortune  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  was  able  to 
purchase  from  H.  H.  Scorse  the  valuable  pottery  previously  collected 
here  and  from  two  other  localities  north  of  Holbrook.  Thanks  to  this 
these  specimens  now  in  the  National  Museum  supplement  those  col- 
lected by  the  writer  and  will  be  described  with  them  in  the  following 
pages. 

Seventy  per  cent  of  the  ware  at  McDonalds  Canyon  is  black  and 
white,  the  "gray  ware"  so  widespread  in  the  Pueblo  region,  and  the 
remainder  isof  red  and  coiled  ware.  The  gray  pottery  from  McDonalds 
Canyon  presents  some  of  the  finest  specimens  of  this  ware  in  existence. 
The  bowls  are  large  and  perfect  and  the  decoration  forceful,  showing 
the  touch  of  a  master  hand.     The  largest  bowl  (Plate  24,  fig.  2)  has  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


304  KEPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 

band  of  geometric  pattern  around  the  side  leaving  a  circular  field  in  the 
bottom.  This  pattern  is  made  up  of  bird  forms.  The  bowl  is  ovatein 
outline,  13  inches  in  diameter  and  6£  inches  deep.  The  pigment  has 
burnt  to  a  soft  dark  brown.  A  second  bowl  (Plate  24,  fig,  1),  also  ovate 
in  outline,  has  a  series  of  frets  of  derivative  bird  forms  and  lines  of 
hour-glass  figures  which  are  also  a  conventionalized  form  of  two  birds 
placed  feet  together  with  heads  in  opposite  direction.  The  design  is 
arranged  in  four  wedge-shaped  areas  leaving  a  square  field  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bowl.  This  bowl  is  13  inches  in  longest  diameter  and  5} 
inches  deep.  Another  bowl  (Plate  25,  fig.  2)  of  large  size  bears  on  the 
interior  a  bold  and  striking  design  of  interlocking  hooks  arising  from 
pyramidal  bases.  These  are  birds  and  the  effect  is  to  produce  a  run- 
ning key  pattern  outlined  in  black.  The  design,  like  that  of  Plate  24, 
fig.  1,  if  in  four  wedge-shaped  sections  outlining  a  square  field  in  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel.  The  color  used  is  a  rich,  glossy  black;  the  speci- 
men is  fresh  and  in  perfect  condition  (diameter,  11£  inches;  height, 
6  inches).  Still  another  large  bowl  (Plate  25,  fig.  1)  from  this  group 
of  ruins  belongs  with  similar  specimens  from  the  north.  Almost  identi- 
cal pieces  were  found  at  Scorse  Ranch  (see  p.  308),  and  W.  H.  Holmes 
figures  one  from  Tusayan."  It  is  more  than  probable  that  this  splendid 
bowl  was  secured  by  barter  from  the  people  of  lower  Le  Roux  Wash. 
The  arrangement  of  the  design  is  like  that  of  the  last-described  bowl 
and  the  outline  is  more  symmetrical.  Several  other  gray  bowls  show 
resourcefulness  and  manual  skill  in  decoration  that  mark  all  the  speci- 
mens from  this  locality.  Gray  vases  of  good  form,  with  handles,  are 
next  in  frequency  after  the  bowls.  These  comprise  the  list  of  forms  in 
gray  ware.  The  vases  are  of  different  sizes  from  very  small  to  those 
holding  upward  of  a  quart.  The  small  vases  are  as  carefully  decorated 
as  the  larger  and  it  is  probable  that  they  are  connected  with  ceremonial 
usuages  as  the  little  sacred  water  vases  of  the  Hopi. 

Attention  may  be  called  to  a  vase  of  excellent  form  and  decoration. 
(Plate  26,  fig.  2.)  The  design  is  made  up  of  horizontal  bands  inclosing 
two  running  scrolls;  the  motive,  birds  with  interlocking  beaks.  Four 
groups  of  four  vertical  lines  are  arranged  on  the  rim,  resembling  the 
Pueblo  rain  symbol.  The  black  pigment  has  a  remarkable  luster, 
unlike  that  of  any  specimen  known  to  the  writer.  A  vase,  probably 
of  idealized  bird  form,  was  taken  from  these  ruins.  (Plate  26,  fig.  1.) 
The  surface  design  in  red-brown  has  become  obscured  by  weathering, 
but  enough  remains  to  show  that  it  represents  feathers. 

The  red  ware  consists  principally  of  small  bowls  and  dippers  of  fri- 
able paste.  The  surface  is  polished  and  decorated  with  geometric 
designs.     The  small  canteen  (Plate  29,  fig.  1)  is  a  beautiful  object  from 

« Pottery  of  the  Ancient  Pueblos,  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Amer- 
ican Ethnology,  p.  323. 


igitizectby 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  305 

its  elegant  form,  high  polish,  and  varying  shades  of  red,  like  a  ripe 
apple.  A  small  vase  decorated  with  spirals  in  white  (Plate  29,  fig.  2) 
is  also  an  attractive  object.  With  the  red  ware  may  be  classed  bowls 
of  rugose  ware  with  polished  black  interior  (Plates  27  and  28,  figs.  1 
and  2)  and  a  geometrical  decoration  in  white  over  the  rough  exterior. 
The  design  reminds  one  of  those  on  basketry  and,  taken  with  the  rugose 
surface,  is  suggestive  of  the  origin  of  this  type  of  ware.  A  number 
of  rough  cooking  pots  of  coiled  ware,  usually  rather  small,  are  in  the 
collection  from  these  ruins. 

The  only  bit  of  relief  modeling  noticed  is  a  small  fragment  bearing 
a  rudely  formed  human  foot. 

It  was  noticed  that  worked  $tone  axes  and  hammers  are  absent  from 
the  McDonalds  Canyon  ruins,  their  place  being  filled  by  spalled 
quartzite  bowlders  and  cylindrical  battering  hammers  of  quartzite 
and  jasper.  One  bowlder  of  natural  form  has  two  finger  holes  pecked 
on  opposite  sides.  Pottery  polishing  stones,  chert  arrowheads,  and 
knives  are  somewhat  common.     Flat  metates  and  manos  were  present. 

A  pectunculus  shell  carved  in  the  shape  of  a  frog  and  bearing  evi- 
dence of  having  been  once  incrusted  with  mosaic  was  found.  Such 
specimens  are  rare.  Dr.  Fewkes  figures  an  incrusted  shell  frog  from 
Chaves  Passa  and  a  plain  carving  from  Chevlon.6  A  few  beads  of 
shell  or  stone  were  collected  at  McDonalds  Canyon. 

Some  awls  and  a  wedge-shaped  object  comprise  the  worked  bone 
secured  in  these  ruins. 

No  remains  of  textile  were  observed.  The  house  refuse  shows  bones 
of  turkey  and  deer  few  in  number.  Charred  corn  was  also  taken  out 
of  the  excavations. 

Pahos  and  fetishes,  except  the  stones  found  under  a  house  corner, 
were  not  seen. 

The  crania  nearly  all  show  the  flattening  of  the  occiput  so  common 
in  the  Pueblo  region.  From  the  somatological  series  procured  at 
McDonalds  Canyon  it  will  be  possible  to  make  a  contribution  to  the 
affiliations  of  the  inhabitants  of  these  pueblos. 

In  September,  after  the  close  of  the  Museum-Gates  expedition,  the 
writer  spent  some  time  in  examining  and  mapping  two  groups  of 
undescribed  ruins  north  of  Holbrook  on  the  Le  Roux  and  Cotton- 
wood washes  at  the  Scorse  Ranch  and  near  Biddahoochee,  respectively. 

Le  Roux  Wash  extends  southwest  from  the  Navajo  Reserve,  near 
the  New  Mexico  line,  about  100  miles  to  the  Little  Colorado  at  Hol- 
brook, Arizona.  There  are  two  branches,  one  called  Pueblo  Colorado 
Wash,  heading  on  the  8,000-foot  contour  near  ZilhTusayan  Butte,  and 
the  other  heading  northeast  of  Old  Fort  Defiance.  The  valley  is  wide 
and  sandy,  and  on  account  of  the  large  drainage  area  the  water  from 

«  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1896,  p.  529.  &  Idem,  p.  535. 

NAT  MU8  1901 20 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


306  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

local  storms  in  the  basin  is  distributed  for  long  distances;  not  infre- 
quently the  wash  "runs  through."  Because  of  the  water  and  of  the 
fact  that  the  bed  of  the  wash  offers  numerous  places  where  the  water 
overflows  wide  areas  of  sand,  forming  ideal  locations  for  Indian  corn- 
fields, the  movements  of  migrating  clans  have  been  along  Le  Roux 
and  Cottonwood  washes  rather  than  along  the  Puerco  and  Upper  Little 
Colorado  with  their  swift  current.  The  prevalence  of  ruins  along  the 
Le  Roux  Wash  is  in  accordance  with  the  conditions  noted.  The 
better-known  ruins  are  those  at  Ganado,  Kintiel,  and  Tanner  Springs, 
and  to  these  we  may  add  the  group  under  consideration. 

Along  this  migration  route  the  gray  and  red  ware  in  northern  forms 
of  the  San  Juan  have  been  carried  south  and  west  to  the  Little 
Colorado  far  into  Tusayan.  It  is  probable  also  that  the  migrations 
extended  into  the  White  Mountain  plateau  and  are  responsible  for 
some  of  the  sites  furnishing  gray  and  red  ware,  as  at  McDonalds 
Canyon.  It  must  be  said,  however,  that  the  characteristic  San  Juan 
forms  thin  out  in  the  western  part  of  the  White  Mountain  region, 
while  on  the  lower  Le  Roux  they  exist  in  entirety. 

SCORSE  RANCH. 

The  Scorse  Ranch  ruins  lie  on  the  south  side  of  the  Le  Roux  Wash, 
in  the  broken  country  along  the  north  flanks  of  the  Holbrook  mesa, 
at  a  distance  of  from  16  to  20  miles  north  of  Holbrook.  (Plate  30.) 
They  extend  from  the  UX"  Ranch  to  the  Scorse  Ranch,  a  distance  of 
about  4  miles.  Small  sites  are  also  found  at  the  level  of  the  valley, 
but  it  will  be  seen  that  the  larger  pueblos  were  hidden  in  the  hills, 
where  there  is  building  material  at  hand.  Small  house  ruins  are  found 
near  the  base  of  the  X  Ranch  Butte.  This  strangely  formed  mass  of 
black  lava  has  nests  of  predatory  birds  on  its  summit,  and  the  house 
sites  may  have  some  connection  with  eagle  ownership  or  they  may 
have  been  field  houses.  The  bed  of  Le  Roux  Wash  always  contains 
water,  which  may  be  had  by  digging  a  few  feet  below  the  surface. 
Wood  is  scarce;  a  few  cotton  woods  growing  along  the  wash  and  a 
small  clump  of  junipers  on  the  mesa  form  the  only  trees  to  be  seen. 
Desert  vegetation,  such  as  "rabbit  brush,"  Bigelovia  graveolens,  Atri- 
pU,r  argentea,  etc.,  is  relatively  abundant  and  furnishes  fuel  to  those 
who  camp  there.  Clay  is  plentiful,  and  stone  exists  near  the  top  of 
the  mesa,  where  deposits  of  Triassic  fossils  and  petrified  wood  were 
seen,  one  pueblo  having  been  built  of  the  last-mentioned  material. 

The  ruins  are  rectangular,  displaying  no  characteristics  of  plan 
worthy  of  remark.  No  walls  stand  above  the  surface,  and  the  condi- 
tion of  the  sites  gives  one  the  impression  that  the  pueblos  have  been 
•abandoned  a  long  time.  In  general  the  pueblos  face  the  valley  without 
uniformity  as  t©  orientation,  nor  do  the  cemeteries  appear  to  have 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  307 

been  oriented,  the  burials  being  located  around  the  villages  wherever 
a  suitable  spot  could  be  found. 

The  houses  were  constructed  of  small  irregular  blocks  of  Triassic 
sandstone  laid  up  in  the  usual  way  and  were  probably  in  the  main  one 
story  in  height.     D6bris  around  the  villages  is  abundant. 

It  is  not  possible  to  go  into  detail  concerning  the  method  of  burial 
practiced  in  these  ruins,  «as  the  cemeteries  had  been  rifled.  From 
observation  of  the  excavations  it  was  gathered  that  burial  slabs  were 
used,  that  the  ground  is  full  of  charcoal  and  ashes,  and  that  some  of 
the  skeletons  were  well  preserved.  My  guide,  who  had  worked  the 
ruins,  informed  me  that  almost  no  shell,  turquoise,  or  beads  were 
present. 

A  portion  of  the  specimens  went  to  the  Wattron  collection,  pur- 
chased by  the  Field  Columbian  Museum  of  Chicago,  and  the  subse- 
quent collections  were,  on  the  writer's  recommendation,  purchased  by 
the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  On  this  interesting  collection  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  artifacts  of  the  Le  Roux  Wash  ruins  is  based. 

The  Scorse  Ranch  collection  numbers  175  pieces  of  pottery.  Of 
these  43  per  cent  are  of  gray  ware,  20  per  cent  undecorated  brown 
ware  with  polished  black  interior,  18  per  cent  coiled  cooking  pots  and 
coiled  vases,  and  14  per  cent  of  red  ware.  The  remaining  per  cent 
consist  of  a  few  miscellaneous  pieces  not  classified. 

The  forms  of  gray  ware  in  order  of  prevalence  are:  Vases  with 
handles  (41);  bowls  (23);  globose  vases  (7);  canteens  (5);  bird-form 
vessels  (4);  cups  and  dippers,  of  which  there  is  1  each.  The  brown 
ware  with  polished  interior  is:  In  the  form  of  bowls  (26);  dippers  (5); 
cups(l);  and  vases  (1).  The  red  ware:  Bowls  (12);  vases  (5);  jars  (4); 
cups  (1);  globose  vases  (1).  The  coiled  ware  consists  principally  of 
cooking  pots,  and  with  this  class  are  a  number  of  small,  finely  coiled 
vases  of  ceremonial  use.  One  fine  bowl  of  red  ware  with  rugose  sur- 
face was  found. 

Gray  ware. — The  texture  of  the  gray  ware  is  coarse,  $nd  in  some 
cases  the  paste  is  so  dark  that  it  has  been  necessary  to  cover  the  ves- 
sels with  white  slip.  The  surface  is  roughly  finished,  and  the  marks 
of  the  smoothing  tools  are  easily  seen.  The  color  used  in  decoration 
is  black. 

The  variety  of  forms  in  gray  ware  is  in  keeping  with  the  abundance 
of  this  class.  The  handled  vases  show  considerable  diversity  in  shape, 
from  a  simple  bottle  form  to  the  typical  vase  form  with  neck  and 
shoulder.  (Plate  31,  tigs.  1-6.)  Some  of  the  vases  resemble  rude 
pitchers.  In  size  these  vessels  range  from  2  to  10£  inches  in  height. 
The  rounded  bottoms  and  heavy  handle  at  the  neck  render  these  ves- 
sels unstable  like  the  ancient  tumblers. 

Another  purely  northern  form  is  the  globular  bowl.  (Plate  32,  tig. 
6.)     These  are  usually  in  gray  ware,  but  sometimes  in  plain  red.     The 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


308  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

first  specimens  of  this  form  in  the  National  Museum  were  collected  by 
Dr.  Edward  Palmer  from  an  ancient  pueblo  at  St.  George,  Utah. 
They  are  always  thin  and  well  made  The  vessels  in  form  of  canteens 
are  also  skillfully  made  and  well  decorated.  (Plate  32,  fig.  5.)  They 
are  small  to  be  used  for  carrying  water  compared  with  the  canteens  in 
use  at  present.  This  form,  which  is  of-  rather  wide  distribution,  is 
found  in  the  ruins  of  the  gray  and  red  type  in  the  White  Mountains, 
as  well  as  on  the  Rio  San  Juan. 

The  bowls  of  gray  ware  range  from  crude  specimens  with  flat  bot- 
tom, straight  flaring  sides  and  simple  decoration,  to  those  displaying  a 
degree  of  taste.  One  of  the  more  interesting  bowls  has  a  remarkable 
design  of  unknown  meaning.  (Plate  34,  fig.  2.)  Another  shallow 
bowl  has  a  decoration  representing  a  horned  snake  with  two  heads. 
(Plate  34,  fig.  1.)  The  design  on  a  third  bowl  consists  of  two  bands  of 
the  bird  pattern  in  waved  lines.  (Plate  33,  fig.  1.)  This  pattern  is 
found  at  McDonalds  Canyon.  (P.  304.)  A  bowl  with  precisely  drawn 
decoration  shows  bird  figures  in  an  extreme  stage  of  conventionaliza- 
tion. (Plate  33,  fig.  2).  This  bowl  apparently  has  been  intentionally 
bent  into  its  present  shape;  other  bowls  so  bent  have  been  found  in 
the  White  Mountain  region.  A  small  bowl  from  this  location  is  the 
only  one  having  decoration  in  brown  pigment.  The  vessel  is  in  good 
condition  and  resembles  Zufii  work.  Another  bowl  has  a  design  in 
the  center  of  the  field  in  the  bottom  formed  of  crossed  lines  over  con- 
centric circles.  This  is  the  only  vessel  from  these  ruins  bearing  sym- 
bolism in  this  manner. 

This  collection  has  a  number  of  bird  forms  in  gray  ware.  (Plate  32.) 
One  very  good  specimen  (Plate  32,  fig.  1)  has  a  loop  at  the  tail  of  the 
bird  for  the  passage  of  a  cord;  the  head  of  the  bird  is  missing  and 
with  this  portion  the  other  loop.  The  arrangement  of  the  decoration 
into  several  fields  is  a  conventionalization  of  the  bird  topography. 
The  small  vase  (Plate  32,  fig.  4)  is  interesting  as  showing  both  bird 
form  and  surface  decoration  of  bird  elements.  A  small  rude  vase  of 
bird  form  has  a  decoration  of  feathers  around  the  neck.  (Plate  31, 
fig.  3.)  Another  undeco rated  vase  is  closer  to  the  bird  form  and  bears 
wings  in  relief  on  the  sides.     (Plate  32,  fig.  2.) 

Of  the  brown  ware  with  polished  black  interior  there  is  little  to  say, 
except  that  the  bowls  are  distinctly  conical.  This  ware  should  be  con- 
sidered a  variety  of  red. 

The  red  ware  consists  mainly  of  soft  earthenware  bowls  with  polished 
surface  and  geometric  line  decoration  on  the  interior.  (Plate  35,  fig. 
1.)  The  bowls  of  harder  paste  have  exterior  decoration  in  white  (Plate 
35,  figs.  2  and  3)  like  those  of  Canyon  Butte  (see  Plate  47).  So  far 
as  known  at  present,  the  distribution  of  this  type  of  decoration  is 
coincident  with  the  range  of  tribes  of  Zuni  culture.  Thus,  specimens 
have  appeared  at  Kintiel,  Navaho  Springs,  Petrified  Forest,  Scorse 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


AECHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK   IN   ARIZONA.  309 

Ranch  in  northeastern  Arizona,  and  in  the  St.  Johns  region  extending 
south  of  ZuQi,  New  Mexico.  Presumably  the  rugose  vessels  with 
kaolin  decoration  centralized  at  Show  low  and  Linden  belong  to  a  sepa- 
rate class  more  limited  in  distribution.  A  small  red  vase  with  finger 
sockets  (Plate  36,  fig.  1)  is  noteworthy  as  is  a  specimen  ornamented 
with  concentric  marks  made  with  the  finger  nail  (Plate  36,  fig.  3). 
The  handled  vases  (Plate  36,  figs.  4  and  5)  in  red  resemble  similar 
gray  forms.  One  of  these  is  covered  with  red  slip  over  gray  paste. 
Great  taste  was  displayed  in  coiling.     (Plate  36,  fig.  2.) 

Some  stone  hammers  grooved  for  the  reception  of  a  handle  and  a 
few  basalt  axes  of  good  form  and  elegant  finish  (Plate  37,  figs.  1  and  2), 
are  in  the  collection.  The  implements  of  chert  are  leaf-shape  knives, 
arrowheads,  and  drills.  There  are  mortars  with  pestles  of  coarse 
sandstone  and  lava.  (Plate  37,  fig.  3.)  A  well- worked  stone  ball  and 
two  tubular  pipes  of  lava  (Plate  52,  figs.  1  and  2)  were  taken  from 
these  ruins.  But  one  object  of  shell,  a  valve  of  a  clam,  is  included 
in  the  collection. 

The  pottery  from  Le  Roux  Wash  has  a  crude  appearance,  due  to 
lack  of  finish  and  skill  in  decoration.  Without  doubt  there  was  an 
attempt  to  execute  forms  of  some  complexity  and  difficulty,  but  the 
result  is  rarely  praiseworthy. 

CANYON  BUTTE. 

This  group  of  four  ruins  lies  close  to  the  northern  escarpment  of 
the  chief  basin  of  the  Petrified  Forest,  at  the  source  of  a  wash  flowing 
southwest  and  entering  the  Little  Colorado  at  Woodruff  (see  map, 
Plate  38).  The  country  is  high  and  rolling,  sloping  west  and  south 
from  the  rim  of  the  Puerco  Valley,  which  stands  about  2  miles  north 
of  the  ruins.  The  ridges  are  of  tinted  Triassic  marls  covered  with 
wind-drifted  sand,  and  sometimes  sandstone  ledges  bearing  a  few 
stunted  junipers  crop  out. 

On  May  9,  when  camp  was  made  on  the  ruins,  the  country  was  well 
grassed  and  numerous  desert  plants  had  sprung  up  after  seasonable 
rains,  but  no  water  was  to  be  had  nearer  than  the  well  in  the  wash  at 
the  "  Jim  Camp,"  in  the  Petrified  Forest,  about  2i  miles  away.  There 
are  no  springs  in  this  region,  the  water  sinking  quickly  and  flowing 
in  underground  streams. 

It  is  probable  that  the  people  inhabiting  these  pueblos  in  former 
times  impounded  water  in  tanks  in  the  marl  which  underlies  this  region. 
Sagebrush  is  the  only  available  firewood,  the  few  junipers  being  inac- 
cessible along  the  rocky  mesa  sides. 

In  great  contrast  with  the  basins  of  the  Petrified  Forest  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  ruins  shows  few  evidences  of  erosion;  hence  the  pueblos 
have  been  little  disturbed  and  appear  as  low,  weed-grown  mounds  strewn 


Digitized  by 


Google 


310  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

with  f  ragments  of  pottery,  house  stones,  and  other  debris.  The  location 
of  the  group  was  known  by  two  or  three  cattlemen  only  who  had  ridden 
over  the  site,  and  to  this  fact  is  due  the  preservation  of  the  remains 
from  the  vandals  who  have  ransacked  the  ancient  pueblos  of  the  South- 
west for  a  number  of  years  without  let  or  hindrance.  The  environment 
at  present  is  quite  hostile,  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  there  has  been 
any  great  change  in  the  climate  for  centuries.  Clay  and  stone  are 
abundant,  but  the  scarcity  of  food  animals  and  plants,  firewood,  etc., 
coupled  with  the  lack  of  water,  render  it  somewhat  of  a  mystery  why 
the  people  primarily  located  in  this  region.  It  is  probable,  however, 
that  the  juniper  forest  formerly  spread  more  widely  over  this  section 
where  areas  of  it  now  exist,  having  escaped  the  great  denudation  in 
progress.  It  has  also  been  thought  that  a  progressive  desiccation  is 
taking  place  in  the  Southwest;  no  observational  data  is  at  hand  to  sub- 
stantiate this  theory,  and  the  generalization  perhaps  arises  from  the 
cycles  of  dry  and  wet  years  that  have  been  noted  by  settlers  in  the 
country. 

All  the  Canyon  Butte  Wash  ruins  face  the  east,  the  houses  at  the 
back  of  the  pueblos  having  been  two  or  more  stories  in  height.  The 
plan  of  the  ruin  varies;  one  is  semicircular,  another  is  ovate,  another 
is  rectangular,  with  one  rounded  or  stepped  corner;  the  remaining  one 
is  rectangular.  The  materials  are  small  slabs  of  Triassic  sandstone 
laid  in  mud,  and  the  masonry  shows  little  skill  in  breaking  joints  and 
tying  corners.  The  exterior  walls  are  10  inches  thick;  the  walls  between 
the  rooms  7  inches  thick;  the  floors  of  stone  slabs;  the  rear  wall  was 
plain  and  perhaps  without  openings.  The  rooms  average  about  7  by 
10  feet  in  floor  area,  a  size  rarely  departed  from  in  the  Pueblo  region. 

The  cemeteries  are  northeast  of  the  village  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  house  walls.  The  dead  were  laid  to  face  the  same  point  of  com- 
pass and  covered  with  slabs  of  sandstone  placed  slanting  over  the  body 
at  a  depth  of  from  2  to  7  feet.  Detached  house  sites,  altars,  fire  boxes, 
etc. ,  were  observed  near  the  ruins.  The  debris  of  house  refuse  is  con- 
siderable in  amount,  and  yields  bones  of  the  rabbit,  dog,  turkey,  rodents, 
and  antelope. 

In  detail,  the  results  of  investigations  of  the  ruins  are  as  follows: 

Ruin  No.  1  (Plate  39),  the  most  important  of  the  group,  is  semi- 
circular in  outline,  two  rooms  deep,  the  mound  standing  high  at  the 
back,  indicating  a  terrace  story.  In  the  center  of  the  court,  near 
the  house  walls,  is  a  depression  about  20  feet  in  diameter.  There  are 
also  traces  of  constructions  in  the  court,  which  slopes  down  to  the 
opening.  To  the  northeast,  in  a  low  elliptic  mound  of  house  refuse, 
is  the  cemetery.  Near  the  southeast  end  of  this  mound  is  a  flat  cir- 
cular area  having  a  heap  of  concretions  and  stones  of  odd  and  sug- 
gestive shapes  and  colors.  Some  of  the  stones  are  worked  cylinders 
and  spheres.     Numerous  tubular  pipes  of  lava  were  scattered  among 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLCKttCAL   FIELD   WORK   IN   ARIZONA.  311 

the  stones,  and  near  the  altar  is  a  fire  box  lined  with  slabs  and  filled 
with  calcined  fragments  of  volcanic  rock.  Three  small  house  sites  are 
located  to  the  east  of  this  ruin.  Near  the  southern  house  a  single 
burial  was  discovered,  containing  four  pieces  of  pottery  t  some  shell 
beads,  and  a  few  turquois  pendants.  Near  the  northern  group  of 
houses  and  at  the  south  end  of  the  main  pueblo  are  fire  boxes  of  the 
usual  form. 

The  distribution  of  interments  in  the  cemetery  brings  out  the  fact  that 
the  area  at  the  end  of  the  mound  due  northeast  of  the  pueblo  contained 
the  remains  of  the  well-to-do  members  of  the  tribe  placed  deep  in  the 
ground  and  surrounded  with  valuable  things,  while  on  the  outskirts 
the  poor  were  buried  in  shallow  earth  without  slabs  and  with  only  a 
broken  vessel  or  a  fragment  beside  them,  the  part  standing  for  the 
whole.  An  interment  in  the  favored  spot  may  be  described  as  typical 
of  a  burial  of  the  better  class.  After  removing  the  surface  soil,  clean 
earth  was  encountered  intentionally  mixed  with  fragments  of  charcoal. 
This  earth  was  quite  dry  and  solid  and,  had  not  charcoal  been  present, 
might  have  seemed  unfavorable.  At  6  feet  upright  stone  slabs  were 
encountered,  and  these  being  disengaged  and  lifted  out  were  found  to 
cover  a  rectangular  cist,  at  7  feet,  cut  out  in  the  side  wall  of  the  excava- 
tion, and  the  marks  of  a  wedge-pointed  tool,  probably  a  digging  stick, 
were  preserved  in  the  hard  white  marl.  The  cist  contained  a  skeleton 
at  length,  and  with  it  were  hundreds  of  small  beads  of  calcite  and 
olivella  shells,  a  shell  bracelet,  a  bone  awl,  fragments  of  pahos  and 
matting,  and  nine  pieces  of  pottery,  some  of  them  remarkably  fine  and 
unique  as  to  decoration.  (See  Plates  48, 49.)  Fragments  of  eagle  egg- 
shells were  also  taken  from  this  grave.  In  another  burial  a  rod  of 
wood  extended  the  whole  length  of  the  grave.  The  wood  was  decayed, 
but  the  object  was  evidently  a  bow.  In  the  cemetery  awls  of  bone, 
spherical  hammers  of  chalcedony,  arrow-shaft  smoothers,  and  smooth- 
ing stones  were  encountered.  Metates  were  few  in  number.  The 
absence  of  worked  stone  axes  and  the  scarcity  of  arrowheads  was 
notable.  Beads  and  ornaments  of  stone  and  shell,  iron  and  copper 
paint  were  common.  Corn,  squash  seed,  fragments  of  matting,  coiled 
basketry,  and  cord,  the  latter  apparently  of  yucca  fiber  knotted,  were 
secured  from  ruin  No.  1.  An  interesting  tablet  of  sandstone,  hav- 
ing a  rain-cloud  design  in  black  drawn  across  the  face,  was  excavated 
from  the  cemetery.  Such  tablets  are  rare.  (Plate  42,  fig.  2. )  The  pipes 
or  "cloud  blowers,"  twelve  in  number,  from  the  shrine  are  fine  exam- 
ples of  stonework.  (See  Plate  52,  figs.  7-9.)  An  awl  made  of  hard, 
dark  wood  with  carved  head,  from  this  cemetery,  is  unlike  any  other 
known  to  the  writer.  From  a  grave  near  the  concretion  shrine  the 
skull  of  a  dog  was  taken.  The  pottery,  which  was  abundant  in  this 
ruin,  will  be  considered  with  the  finds  from  the  whole  group  further 
on,  as  will  also  the  osteological  remains. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


812  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

Ruin  No.  #.— Two  hundred  yards  southwest  of  No.  1  is  a  small  rec- 
tangular ruin  (Plate  40)  facing  a  little  south  of  east,  the  mound  higher 
on  the  west.  The  stone  is  gray  Triassic  sandstone,  brought  from 
buttes  2  miles  distant,  and  the  masonry  is  similar  to  that  of  No.  1. 
The  cemetery  is  on  the  east  side  and  is  small.  A  few  graves  exist  on 
the  bank  of  the  wash  to  the  west.  The  graves  are  deep,  the  ground 
rocky,  and  little  pottery  was  placed  with  the  dead.  The  ware  is  iden- 
tical with  that  from  other  ruins  of  this  group.  A  necklace  of  graded 
pectunculus  shells  with  carved  pendants  was  taken  out.  Chalcedony 
hammers,  smoothing  stones,  a  small  mortar  of  red  granite,  and  grind- 
ing stones  were  picked  up  on  the  surface.  A  fire  box  was  located  in 
the  corner  of  the  rectangular  court.  Seventy-five  feet  from  the  ruin 
is  an  altar  located  on  a  sand  ridge.  It  consists  of  two  bowlders  set 
together  near  a  section  of  fossil  wood,  Auriearyoxyhm  arizonicum 
Knowlton,  brought  from  the  neighboring  forest.  One  bowlder  is  of 
red  granite,  16  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  other  a  spherule  of  dark 
sandstone,  9  inches  in  diameter." 

Ruin  No.  S. — Second  in  importance  and  in  some  ways  more  inter- 
esting than  the  others  of  the  group  is  ruin  No.  3,  located  on  a  rocky 
escarpment  above  a  basin  several  hundred  feet  deep,  excavated  in  the 
red  marl.  The  ruin  occupies  a  prominent  position  on  a  level  rock  plat- 
form, and  the  mound  is  better  defined  and  stands  higher  than  that  of 
the  other  villages.  A  few  junipers  grow  on  the  edge  of  the  cliff,  and 
on  the  mesa  may  be  seen  the  Cowania,  Lycium,  and  other  plants 
familiar  around  the  mesas  of  Tusayan.  The  ruin  is  oval  in  general 
outline,  the  north  end  approaches  a  half  circle,  the  west  side  is  straight, 
the  south  end  is  rounded,  while  the  west  wall  runs  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  (Plate  41).  The  highest  point  is  about  12  feet  at  the  center 
of  the  mound,  and  another  elevation  at  the  north  end  of  the  mound  is 
7  feet  above  the  base.  These  elevations  mark  the  location  of  the  high- 
est rooms  of  the  pueblo  when  it  was  in  repair.  From  the  shape  of 
the  ruins  it  appears  that  the  village  was  pyramidal,  the  cross  section 
at  the  highest  point  showing  nine  rooms.  On  the  northwest  a  portion 
of  the  walls  seems  to  have  fallen  en  masse  and  lies  buried  in  the  ground 
giving  the  appearance  of  a  pavement.  At  several  points  the  walls 
may  be  traced.  No  detached  houses  or  shrines  were  observed.  The 
rocks  below  the  edge  of  the  mesa  were  examined  for  pictographs  with- 
out success.     If  such  existed  formerly  they  were  weathered  out. 

The  cemetery  lies  to  the  northeast  of  the  pueblo,  where  the  soil 
composed  of  house  refuse  is  thick.  The  burials  were  under  sandstone 
slabs,  as  in  the  other  cemeteries.  It  must  be  mentioned  that  occa- 
sional slabs  were  encountered  in  these  ruins  having  circular  holes 
several  inches  in  diameter  cut  through  them.  A  remarkable  discov- 
ery was  made  in  the  cemetery  of  this  ruin.     In  the  midst  of  the  burials 


«See  Harper'n  New  Monthly  Magazine,  March,  1902,  p.  899. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  313 

the  workmen  came  upon  a  mass  of  broken  human  bones,  which  proved 
to  be  the  remains  of  three  individuals.  Some  of  the  bones  bore  traces 
of  fire,  and  there  was  no  evidence  that  with  them  had  been  interred 
any  organic  material;  moreover,  marks  of  the  implement  with  which 
the  bones  had  been  fractured  were  discernible.  Undoubtedly  here 
was  evidence  of  cannibalism,  but  as  the  find  is  unique  so  far  in  this 
region  it  probably  only  indicates  anthropophagy  from  necessity. 
Ceremonial  cannibalism  among  the  North  American  Indians  was  not 
unknown,  however,  as  references  in  the  early  writers  bear  witness. 

Near  this  ossuary  was  unearthed  the  skeleton  of  a  priest,  and  with 
him  a  remarkable  collection  of  the  implements  of  his  profession,  con- 
sisting of  polished  translucent  conoids  and  plates  of  worked  chalce- 
dony, cylinders  of  haematite,  tablets  of  lignite,  fossils,  crystals, 
concretions,  minerals,  paints,  bone  plates  and  tubes,  awls,  a  flint 
knife,  a  small  paint  pestle,  the  remains  of  a  bow,  etc.     (Plate  43.) 

This  find  is  important,  as  it  shows  a  class  of  articles  connected  with 
the  cult  of  the  Zuni  Indians.  a 

Ruin  No.  £  is  located  on  a  sand  ridge  between  Nos.  1  and  3.  It  is 
rectangular  in  plan  with  a  cross  wall  dividing  it  into  two  courts,  and 
in  the  center  of  each  court  there  is  a  depression.  The  south  end  of 
the  ruin  is  stepped,  giving  this  part  a  rounded  outline.  (Plate  44.) 
A  corner  room  10  feet  square  was  cleared  out  and  the  walls  exposed, 
showing  masonry  of  inferior  character.  The  west  side  of  the  mound 
is  high,  a  feature  noted  in  other  ruins  of  this  group.  To  the  north 
and  southeast  are  small  house  plans.  Excavation  in  the  cemetery  to 
the  east- northeast  of  the  pueblo  brought  to  light  no  features  of  differ- 
ence from  the  other  pueblos.  A  small  number  of  pieces  of  pottery, 
worked  stones,  beads,  etc.,  and  some  skeletons  were  taken  out. 

1.  Artifacts — Pottery, — Red  ware  preponderates  in  the  Canyon  Butte 
ruins  and  gray  rarely  occurs,  only  seven  pieces  all  told  coming  out,  so 
that  the  group  must  be  classified  with  those  furnishing  red  ware 
exclusively.  To  this  class  belong  the  other  ruins  on  the  Petrified 
Forest  Reserve,  the  neighboring  ruins  at  Adamana,  and  the  Milky 
Hollow,  with  the  exception  of  Stone  Axe  and  Metate  sites. 

For  convenience  of  treatment  the  red  ware  may  be  divided  into 
three  kinds,  namely,  (1)  rugose,  (2)  plain,  polished,  and  (3)  decorated. 
The  rugose  ware  comprises  coiled  vessels,  on  the  exterior  of  which 
the- coiling  has  a  decorative  treatment;6  that  is,  (a)  modeled  as  a 
smooth,  salient  ridge  forming  a  spiral  from  the  base  to  the  rim  of  the 
vessel  (Plate  45,  fig  2);  (5)  the  coiling  worked  in  such  away  as  to 
divert  the  attention  from  the  horizontal  coiling  lines,  giving  a  pleas- 
ing rough  effect  like  basketry  (Plate  45,  fig,  1),  and  in  some  cases  the 

«See  F.  H.  Cushing,  Zufti  Fetiches,  Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology. 

ftW.  H.  Holmes,  Ornament  in  Ceramic  Art,  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau 
of  American  Ethnology. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


314  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

surface  so  treated  has  been  polished  without  obliterating  the  crests 
and  troughs  of  the  waves  (Plate  45,  fig.  3);  (r)  the  coils  flattened  down 
into  a  narrow  ribbon,  each  coil  imbricating  its  neighbor  below,  and 
(d)  fine  and  regular  coiling,  with  slight  indentations  on  the  coil  ridge 
(Plate  45,  fig. 4).  The  rugose  ware  is  frequently  decorated  on  the 
exterior  over  the  rough  surface  with  volutes  and  interlocking  frets  in 
white  pigment.  The  specimen  figured  on  Plate  46,  fig.  3,  is  the  finest 
example  of  its  kind,  a  type  hitherto  undescribed.  The  exterior  is  red 
and  the  interior  lustrous  black  like  that  of  the  Santa  Clara  ware.  The 
rugose  and  plain  bowls  have  all  polished  black  interior,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  one  specimen  (Plate  46,  tig.  1),  of  which  the  interior  is  polished 
red  bearing  geometric  decoration  in  black.  Coarse  black  cooking 
pots,  so  common  from  ruins  in  the  Pueblo  region,  are  almost  wanting 
in  the  Canyon  Butte  ruins. 

2.  Plain  ware. — This  ware,  entirely  in  the  form  of  bowls,  offers 
little  variety.  The  interior  of  the  vessels  is  black  and  the  exterior 
red,  the  surface  showing  the  application  of  the  polishing  stone.  These 
bowls  are  numerous  and  are  from  medium  to  small  size.  One  small 
bowl  is  decorated  on  the  exterior  with  three  horizontal  lines.  A 
number  of  like  bowls  have  a  small  pit  in  the  center  of  the  bottom,  and 
it  is  surmised  that  these  holes  were  to  socket  the  lower  end  of  a  spindle. 
Such  bowls  are  used  in  Mexico  at  present  for  this  purpose. a 

3.  Decorated. — A  striking  series  of  bright  red  bowls  was  secured  in 
these  ruins.  These  bowls  are  very  large,  are  decorated  on  the  exterior 
rim  with  frets  in  white  (see  Plates  40  and  47)  and  on  the  interior  with 
geometric  patterns,  with  which  are  incorporated  conventional  symbols. 
The  stepped  rain  cloud  forms  the  burden  of  the  designs,  involving 
rain,  hail,  birds,  stars,  etc.,  and  perhaps  corn,  the  two  latter  occupy- 
ing panels  surrounded  by  the  geometric  designs.  One  bowl  shows  an 
interesting  pattern,  in  which  the  artist  seems  to  have  broken  away  from 
the  traditions  and  produced  a  design  of  exceptional  character  (Plate 
47,  fig.  2).  Two  unique  and  beautiful  bowls  from  a  cist  burial  in  ruin 
1  merit  especial  attention  (Plates  48  and  49).  The  exterior  is  yellow, 
on  which  an  ingenious  meander  pattern  in  red  is  traced;  the  interior 
is  of  a  deep,  rich  red,  having  a  repeating  fret  pattern  inclosed  with 
bands  of  narrow  horizontal  lines,  cross-hatched  at  intervals,  painted  in 
black  on  the  surface;  the  bottom  as  in  the  other  bowls  left  plain. 
The  smaller  bowl  has  the  conventional  symbol  of  four  birds  on  the 
angles  of  a  square. 

A  few  pieces  of  red  ware  with  white  slipped  interior,  on  which  the 
design  is  painted  in  black  occur  here  (Plate  01,  fig.  2).  Some  have  white 
rim  decoration  and  in  others  the  rim  is  plain.  These  pieces  are  of  the 
Gila  type  described  from  Stone  Axe  ruin,  and  are  perhaps  imitations 
of  the  (iila  ware. 


a  J.  N.  Rose,  Contributions  from  the  U.  S.  National  Herbarium,  V,  1899,  p.  251. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ABCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK   IN   ARIZONA.  315 

The  paste  of  the  finer  red  ware  is  of  selected  clay  firing  to  a  brown- 
ish yellow  color.  This  was  covered  with  a  thick  slip  of  red;  the 
natural  color  of  the  paste  is  seen  on  the  exterior  of  the  bowls  figured 
in  Plate  48.  The  paste  of  the  rugose  vessels  and  plain  red  bowls  is 
coarse,  firing  to  dark  gray  on  fractured  edges.  Most  of  the  bowls  are 
slipped  with  red,  as  not  many  clays  give  a  good  body  color.  The 
paste  shows  no  admixture  of  pulverized  fragments  of  pottery  as  does 
that  of  Zuni,  nothing  more  appearing  than  small  pebbles,  etc.,  which 
were  impurities  in  the  clay. 

4.  Gray  ware. — From  a  cist  grave  in  ruin  1  is  a  large  deep  gray  bowl 
with  striking  ornamentation  on  the  interior  (Plate  50,  fig.  2).  The 
ornamentation  and  deep  form  of  this  bowl  are  unusual,  the  hatching 
of  the  design  is  like  Zuni.  There  is  no  exterior  decoration.  The 
paste  is  granular  with  small  quartz  pebbles.  The  vessel  has  been 
slipped  with  kaolin,  and  this  process  has  been  carried  out  on  the  other 
vessels  for  the  reason  that  a  better  finish  and  whiter  ware  may  be 
secured  by  clay  levigated  of  coarse  particles  in  water,  forming  slip 
or  wash.  Another  gray  bowl  of  thin  ware  with  paste  similar  to  the 
one  just  described  is  an  excellent  example  of  the  highest  skill  of  the 
potter  (Plate  50,  fig.  1).  The  pattern  is  a  fret  formed  of  small  trape- 
zoids produced  by  crossing  diagonally  accurately  drawn  lines,  giving 
the  effect  of  mosaic.  On  the  field  in  the  bottom  of  the  bowl  is  painted 
with  great  skill  a  frog.  The  frog  is  a  symbol  of  water  and  its  sym- 
bolic use  is  widely  diffused  in  the  Pueblo  region,  carved  in  shell, 
formed  in  clay,  worked  in  turquoise  mosaic  or  painted  on  pottery. 
The  treatment  of  the  frog  on  this  bowl  is  similar  to  that  on  the  ware 
of  the  Navajo  Springs  region,  of  which  an  example  was  collected  at 
Kintiel,  an  ancient  Zuni  ruin  32  miles  north  of  Navaho  Springs,  in 
1896,  by  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes  and  the  writer. 

Mention  should  be  made  of  a  bowl  with  handle,  a  large  dipper  with 
rattle  handle  having  a  swastika  on  the  interior  of  the  bowl  surrounded 
with  a  wedge  design  and  a  small  oblong  vessel  with  square  orifice,  at 
the  four  angles  of  which  holes  are  drilled  for  the  cords,  terminating  in 
feathers,  which  are  tied  to  certain  ceremonial  vessels  of  the  Zuni  and 
Hopi.« 

The  presence  in  modern  pueblos  of  articles  of  pottery,  basketry, 
etc.,  a  long  distance  from  their  place  of  origin  is  often  noted  and  is 
due  to  the  primitive  commerce  that  has  been  carried  on  from  time 
immemorial  among  the  pueblo  tribes.  Necessarily  from  the  perish- 
able nature  of  many  of  the  articles  of  trade,  excavations  in  the  ruins  do 
notoften  yield  instances  of  interchange.  An  interesting  example  was, 
however,  secured  in  the  Canyon  Butte  ruins  in  shape  of  a  handled 
vase  of  gray  ware  with  white  decoration  in  brown  on  the  body  and 


« J.  Walter  Fewkes,  Journal  of  American  Archeology  and  Ethnology,  IV,  p.  43, 
Boston,  1894. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


316  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

bird  tracks  around  the  neck  (Plate  51,  fig.  1).  On  bringing  the  vase 
to  Washington  and  comparing  it  with  a  specimen  in  the  National 
Museum  from  St.  Johns  (Plate  51,  fig.  2),  the  pieces  are  found  to 
be  similar  in  every  respect,  so  that  it  could  be  affirmed  that  the  same 
potter  made  them  and  that  subsequently  they  are  separated  60  miles. 
A  modern  vessel  from  Zuni  (Plate  51,  fig.  3),  shows  relationship  to 
the  vases  described. 

The  skeletons  in  the  cemeteries  of  the  Canyon  Butte  ruins  were 
found  to  be  in  a  poor  state  of  preservation,  so  that  only  a  few  crania 
and  skeletons  could  be  secured.  From  a  cursory  examination  of  the 
bones  it  would  seem  that  the  people  differed  little,  if  any,  from  the 
brachy cephalic,  short-statured  inhabitants  of  the  Pueblo  region.  The 
materia]  will  be  studied  by  an  expert  and  the  results  presented  in  a 
monograph. 

About  2£  miles  north  of  the  Canyon  Butte  group,  near  a  high  point 
on  the  rim  of  the  Puerco,  was  found  a  stone  box  set  in  the  ground 
tilled  with  a  cement  of  puddled  earth,  mixed  with  charcoal  and  ashes, 
enveloping  the  bones  of  young  turkeys.  This  seems  to  be  a  shrine, 
and  is  the  only  one  of  the  kind  known  to  the  writer,  and  may  afford  a 
clew  to  the  purpose  of  some  of  the  similar  isolated  boxes  which  are  of 
frequent  occurrence  in  the  pueblo  region.  These,  however,  may  be 
eagle  shrines  near  the  nesting  places  of  the  birds  of  prey,  so  impor- 
tant in  Pueblo  cults,  which  are  visited  at  present  by  the  Hopi,  the 
clans  laying  claim  to  the  eagles  of  the  localities  where  they  settled 
during  their  migrations.0  A  shrine  of  this  character  was  discovered 
at  Biddahoochee  by  the  writer  in  1901.  The  offerings  were  water  in 
a  ceremonial  vase,  food,  and  prayer  sticks  placed  under  a  shelving 
rock  near  a  lava-capped  butte.  The  eagles  of  this  locality  are  claimed 
by  the  Lizard  clan.  While  the  turkey  is  a  venerated  bird,  it  does  not 
have  the  high  rank  accorded  to  the  eagle.  The  obvious  arrangement  of 
the  shrine  on  the  Puerco  rim  may  have  had  to  do  with  a  desire  or 
prayer  for  the  increase  of  turkeys. 

The  people  of  this  group  had  the  dog,  but  judging  by  the  bones 
picked  from  the  excavations  their  game  animals  were  the  deer,  turkey, 
and  rabbit. 

The  ancient  pipe  of  the  Pueblos  is  tubular,6  worked  of  pottery  or 
stone,  the  favorite  material  being  vesicular  lava.  Pipes  of  lava  are 
abundant  in  the  triangle  between  the  Puerco  and  Little  Colorado 
rivers,  just  within  the  boundary  of  the  range  of  clans  of  Zuni  culture, 
and  from  their  abundance  this  seems  to  be  the  type  region.  Tubular 
pottery  pipes,  and  occasionally  one  of  stone,  occur  sparingly  in  the 

«  See  the  interesting  paper  by  J.  Walter  Fewkes,  entitled  Property  Right  in  Eagles 
among  the  Hopi,  American  Anthropologist  (N.  S. ),  II,  Oct. -Dec.,  1900,  p.  690. 

*>Ree  Pipes  and  Smoking  Customs  of  the  American  Aborigines,  J.  D.  McGuire, 
Annual  Report,  II.  S.  National  Museum,  1897,  p.  378. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD    WORK   IN    ARIZONA.  317 

ruins  of  Tusayan.  Larger  tubes  of  stone  of  similar  forms  to  the 
pipes  are  supposed  to  have  been  used  for  blowing  clouds  of  smoke  on 
sacred  meal  and  during  the  ceremonies  to  the  cardinal  points.  This 
must  have  been  attended  with  some  difficulty  in  practice.  The  smaller 
pipes  are  undoubtedly  designed  for  smoking.  In  many  of  those  from 
the  Petrified  Forest  region  a  definite  bowl  has  been  worked  out  (Plate 
52,  tig.  8);  a  number  show  an  hour-glass  section,  caused  by  boring 
from  either  end,  and  in  some  the  tube  is  smoothly  bored.  Forms  of 
these  pipes  are  shown  in  Plate  52,  figs.  7,  8,  and  9;  figs.  1  and  2  are 
from  Scorse  Ranch.  An  interesting  specimen  from  the  Milky  Wash 
ruin  shows  the  application  of  a  bone  stem  to  a  small  lava  pipe  bowl 
(Plate  52,  fig.  3).  The  stem,  fits  snugly  against  a  septum  of  baked 
clay  inside  the  bore,  and  forms  the  bottom  of  the  bowl,  which  has 
been  cut  out  as  in  fig.  8.  Attention  is  particularly  called  to  this  fea- 
ture, as  the  use  of  a  stem  with  the  ancient  stone  tubular  pipe  has  not 
before  been  noted. 

Another  specimen  of  unique  form  is  from  the  Metate  ruin  (Plate 
52,  fig.  6).  The  material  is  of  the  fine-grained  reddish  sandstone  of 
the  region.  The  lower  end  of  the  pipe  has  been  worked  out  as  a  stem 
or  for  the  securing  of  a  wooden  stem,  as  in  the  pipes  of  the  Hupa 
Indians  of  California. 

The  Tusayan  pottery  pipes,  from  their  material,  offer  much  more 
latitude  in  construction  and  ornament  than  those  of  lava,  the  latter 
sometimes  showing  a  pit-shape  depression  or  a  row  of  such  pits  as 
decoration.  In  general  these  pipes  are  fusiform,  with  bowl  worked 
out  in  the  end  and  a  central  bore  opened  through  the  tube  with  a 
slender  stick  while  the  clay  is  green.  Frequently  these  pipes  are  dec- 
orated with  dark-brown  color.  Occasionally  the  tube  is  bent  slightly. 
The  specimen  (Plate  52,  fig.  5)  is  of  pottery,  extremely  well  made, 
and  polished,  the  color  dark  brown.  It  was  found  at  Awatobi  in  a 
vase  with  a  number  of  similar  specimens,  and  was  presented  by  Mr. 
Julius  Wetzler,  of  Holbrook,  Arizona.  The  squared  stem  and  globu- 
lar bowl  mark  a  greater  differentiation  than  is  observed  in  the  more 
ancient  tubular  forms.  The  pipes  of  clay  and  stone  used  by  the  Hopi 
in  their  ceremonies  at  present  show  a  variety  of  forms  from  the  simple 
tube  to  shapes  approximating  the  European  pipe.  Many  of  these 
pipes  are  curved  or  bent  to  as  great  an  angle  as  would  be  consistent 
with  punching  the  orifice  through  from  both  ends,  and  often  they  are 
modeled  in  the  shape  of  animals.  No  pipes  showing  this  degree  of 
elaboration  are  found  in  the  ancient  pueblo  ruins. 

ADAMANA. 

Near  Adamana  Station,  on  the  Santa  Fd  Railroad,  is  a  large  stone 
ruin  150  feet  square,  two  rooms  deep,  surrounding  an  open  court  hav- 
ing a  single  gateway  to  the  north.     The  scanty  debris  and  the  almost 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


318  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

entire  absence  of  pottery  fragments  indicate  a  short  occupation  of  this 
pueblo.  On  the  rocks  under  the  mesa  near  by,  however,  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  galleries  of  petroglyphs  that  it  has  been  my  good  for- 
tune to  see.  The  designs  are  mostly  of  animals,  a  bird  with  long  bill 
occurring  frequently.     No  familiar  symbols  were  noted. 

METATE. 

Across  the  wash  from  the  Petrified  Bridge  is  a  ruin  covering  the 
apex  and  extending  about  halfway  down  the  flanks  of  a  conical  hill. 
The  houses  were  rectangular  and  were  built  of  lava  blocks.  The  hill 
bristles  with  oval  inclosures  and  lines  formed  by  setting  on  edge  large 
slabs  of  stone,  principally  those  worked  out  as  metates,  and  from  the 
number  of  these  objects  the  site  was  given  its  name.  The  ruin  is  badly 
washed  and  blown  out,  and  it  was  not  thought  profitable  to  work  it,  but 
a  careful  examination  was  made,  a  little  excavation  prosecuted,  and  a 
number  of  specimens  gathered  from  the  surface  debris.  The  pottery  is 
of  coarse  texture  and  undecorated  except  by  lines  scratched  in  the  paste 
or  by  indentation  in  the  coil,  the  colors  gray -brown  and  black.  The 
former  inhabitants  were  workers  in  stone,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  pro- 
fusion of  such  relics  in  the  great  accumulations  of  debris  and  the  numer- 
ous metates  and  stone  battering  hammers.  Several  axes,  a  digging 
stone  of  chert,  and  the  half  of  a  tubular  pipe  of  curious  form  were 
picked  up.  The  metate  people  were  in  touch  with  primitive  com- 
merce, as  fragments  of  wristlets  cut  from  seashell  manifest 

It  must  be  acknowledged  that  Metate  ruin  is  an  archaeological 
enigma  in  the  light  of  present  knowledge.  It  is  possible,  however, 
that  a  survey  of  the  ruins  in  the  Navaho  Springs  region,  where  pottery 
with  scratched  ornamentation  occurs,  would  clear  up  the  matter.  On 
weathered  sandstone  rocks  near  Metate  ruin  faint  petroglyphs  may  be 
traced. 

Three  small  ruins  on  the  bluff  above  Metate  ruin  belong,  from  the 
character  of  the  pottery  fragments,  with  the  Canyon  Butte  ruins  north 
of  the  forest. 

WOODRUFF. 

The  pyramidal  lava-covered  mass  called  Woodruff  or  Canyon  Butte, 
the  Mesa  Prieta  of  the  Mexicans,,  a  prominent  landmark  over  a  wide 
region  in  northeastern  Arizona,  has  on  its  southern  terrace  a  remark- 
able series  of  circular  remains.  These  circular  platforms  are  from  50 
to  75  feet  in  diameter,  bordered  with  lava  blocks.  The  platforms  are 
level  and  smooth  and  have  no  traces  of  constructions  upon  them. 
Seventy  circles  were  counted  beginning  about  halfway  down  the  butte 
and  stretching  both  as  connected  and  disconnected  terraces  to  the  edge 
of  the  bluff  above  the  Lee  farm  house.     Near  the  northeast  end  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ABCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  319 

terrace,  judging  from  debris  there,  appear  to  have  been  habitations, 
but  no  walls  could  be  distinguished.  Building  stones  consisting  of 
blocks  of  basalt  are  abundant.  It  is  likely  that  the  stone  for  the  long 
wall  built  by  Mr.  Lee  to  inclose  his  goat  range  may  have  been  in  part 
taken  from  ruins.  Pottery  fragments  are  very  scarce  and  those  found 
are  of  the  coarsest  description  of  red  and  yellow  brown,  the  latter 
with  paste  containing  small  pebbles  resembling  that  of  cooking  ves- 
sels from  Tanner  Springs,  on  Le  Roux  Wash  (see  Map,  Plate  1).  A 
few  hammers  of  fossil  wood  were  seen.  It  is  said  that  the  numerous 
visitors  to  the  butte  are  responsible  for  the  paucity  of  surface  relics, 
which  is  no  doubt  true.  The  conclusions  as  to  the  pottery,  however, 
were  drawn  from  an  undisturbed  section  at  the  foot  of  the  butte  in 
the  house  yard  of  Mr.  Lee  where  several  skeletons  had  been  found. 

On  the  summit  of  Canyon  Butte  are  remains  of  stone  houses,  the 
point  affording  an  extended  and  agreeable  view,  especially  over  the 
alfalfa  fields  of  Woodruff.  The  small  birds  carved  from  dark-blue 
steatite,  figured  by  Dr.  Walter  Fewkes,a  were  found  on  Woodruff 
Butte. 

Speaking  in  the  light  of  a  superficial  examination  of  these  ruins,  it 
seems  that  they  are  to  be  classed  with  the  garden  plots  so  common 
around  ruins  in  the  Southwest,  and  of  which  the  gardens  at  Zuni  and 
Walpi  are  familiar  modern  examples.  It  must  be  said,  however,  that 
the  labor  expended  in  grading  and  terracing  on  Woodruff  Butte  has 
been  enormous  for  what  at  present  seems  a  futile  effort.6 

MILKY  HOLLOW. 

To  the  east  of  the  Petrified  Forest,  about  9  miles,  is  a  ruin  located 
on  the  edge  of  Milky  Hollow  and  extending  in  a  narrow  strip  along 
the  edge  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  (Plate  53).  The  village  is 
being  swept  down  into  the  Bad  Lands  and  much  of  it  has  disappeared, 
including  the  cemeteries.  The  houses  were  small  and  rudely  built, 
stone  being  very  scarce.  Pottery  fragments  are  scanty,  the  ware 
coarse  and  undecorated,  red,  gray,  and  black  in  color.  Stone  imple- 
ments, however,  exhibiting  excellent  workmanship,  are  abundant, 
such  as  metates,  small,  neatly-finished  mortars  of  granite,  limestone, 
and  quartzite;  stone  cups,  scrapers,  drills,  stone  balls,  and  a  hoe  of 
petrified  wood  among  the  rest.  Some  shell  ornaments  were  found  and 
two  small  lava  pipes  with  bone  stems  or  mouthpieces  (Plate  52,  fig.  3). 
These  pipes  and  mouthpieces  were  found  in  place  on  the  west  side  of 
the  ruin,  the  stems  with  the  bowls,  but  not  fitted  in  them.  On  adjust- 
ing the  stem  it  was  found  to  fit  accurately  against  a  ridge  of  burnt 

a  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1897,  p.  605,  pi.  in. 

*  There  is  a  tradition  that  when  the  Mormon  colonistc  of  Woodruff  were  putting 
in  their  first  dam  the  remains  of  a  former  dam  in  the  Little  Colorado  came  to  light. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


320  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

clay  around  the  interior  of  the  bowl.  The  pipe  thus  resembles  in  form 
the  tubular  pipes  of  the  Hupa  Indians  of  California.** 

Strangely  enough,  the  ancients  of  Milky  Hollow  possessed  stoves, 
a  number  of  which  were  seen  near  the  house  groups.  They  consist  of 
two  slabs  of  stone  set  up  parallel  in  the  ground  about  8  inches  apart, 
and  across  one  end  at  right  angles  was  a  movable  slab  having  a  round 
hole  3  to  4  inches  in  diameter  cut  through  it.  No  cover  stone  was 
seen  in  place,  but  such  slab  usually  lay  close  by.  The  slabs  were  red- 
dened and  smoked  by  the  action  of  the  fire.  It  is  evident  that  the 
perforated  slab  was  an  arrangement  for  regulating  the  draft,  an 
essential  matter  in  open-air  fires  in  this  windy  region,  where  on  many 
days  the  camper  has  to  dig  a  pit  for  his  fire  and  throw  up  a  mound  of 
earth  to  the  leeward  in  order  to  reduce  the  difficulties  of  cooking. 
The  position  of  the  stoves  near  the  houses  and  their  number  indicate 
that  they  were  for  domestic  purposes,  either  for  cooking  wafer  bread, 
in  the  manner  of  the  Hopi  and  Zuni,  or  as  a  primitive  andiron  on 
which  the  pots  could  be  conveniently  set.  Mrs.  M.  C.  Stevenson 
informs  me  that  the  Zuni  have  a  similar  device,  which  may  be  termed 
a  fire  altar. 

It  does  not  seem  possible  to  classify  the  people  of  Milky  Wash  ruin 
from  the  data  at  hand.  It  may  be  affirmed,  however,  that  they  were 
a  people  of  low  state  of  culture,  not  related  to  the  tribes  occupying 
the  known  pueblos  of  this  region,  unless  it  be  the  Metate  ruin. 

STONE  AXE. 

This  ruin,  so  named  from  the  number  of  actinolite  axes  found  on 
the  surface  by  cowboys,  lies  4i  miles  east  of  the  Central  Petrified 
Forest,  on  the  north  slope,  near  the  divide  between  the  Puerco  and 
Little  Colorado  rivers,  30  miles  east  of  Holbrook  (see  Map,  Plate  38). 
The  road  from  Adamana  to  Cart's  Tank  and  the  Long  H  Ranch 
passes  near  the  ruin,  and  the  Black  Knoll,  a  landscape  feature  of 
the  region,  stands  a  few  miles  from  it  to  the  north.  The  Milky 
Hollow  ruin  lies  4£  miles  to  the  east,  and  the  Metate  ruin,  oppo- 
site the  Petrified  Bridge,  an  equal  distance  to  the  west  The  country 
is  high,  rolling  prairie,  draining  into  washes  leading  to  the  Puerco. 
The  elevations  are  sand  ridges  or  low  hills  showing  outcrop  of  Triassic 
fossils.  There  are  no  springs,  permanent  water  being  found  only 
below  the  bed  of  the  wash,  near  the  Petrified  Bridge.  After  a  rain 
storm,  water  stands  for  a  time  in  natural  mud-lined  reservoirs  in  the 
draws.  The  region  of  the  Stone  Axe  is  treeless,  and  there  is  little 
animal  life.  As  there  is  no  building  stone,  the  ruin  presents  only 
mounds  of  ill-defined  outline  on  the  point  of  a  ridge  between  two  small 
washes.    A  survey  of  the  ground  shows  four  rectangular  mounds  facing 

«  O.  T.  Mason,  The  Ray  Collection,  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1886,  pi.  xvi. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  321 

north,  grouped  around  three  sides  of  a  plaza  (Plate  54).  Some  dis- 
tance to  the  south  on  the  sand  ridge  are  evidences  of  detached  houses. 
About  2£  miles  to  the  southwest,  on  the  neighboring  ridge,  are  three 
small  village  sites  where  artifacts  are  different  from  those  in  Stone 
Axe  ruin.  The  winds  have  full  sweep  and  power.  The  loose  char- 
acter of  the  soil  renders  it  easily  displaced  by  the  infrequent  and 
often  torrential  rains,  and  by  these  agencies  many  of  the  ancient 
pueblos  of  this  locality  have  been  almost  swept  away.  In  some  cases 
the  obliteration  has  been  thorough.  Near  Stone  Axe  large  tanks  with 
hardpan  bottoms,  seemingly  excavated  by  human  agency,  were  found 
to  be  a  result  of  wind  action.  It  appears  that  wind  erosion  is  equal 
to  the  erosion  by  water  in  this  region.  Much  of  the  surface  of  the 
former  mound  of  Stone  Axe  has  been  swept  away,  but  enough  remains 
to  render  it  probable  that  the  houses  were  formed  by  sinking  a  square 
hole  in  the  ground  to  the  depth  of  3  to  4  feet  and  throwing  the  earth 
up  around  it  to  make  low  walls.  The  roof  covering  was  probably  a 
thatch  of  brush  and  grass.  The  roof  in  this  region  was  required  more 
for  protection  from  the  sun's  rays  than  from  the  storm.  The  detached 
houses  to  the  south  of  the  pueblo  show  no  ground  plans.  Their  loca- 
tion was  indicated  by  the  presence  of  large  coiled  jars,  ornamented 
vases,  and  pottery  fragments  exposed  by  the  wind.  These  large  jars 
had  evidently  been  buried  in  the  ground  for  storage  of  water  as 
Castaneda  relates  of  the  Hopi.a 

Great  quantities  of  potshards  are  scattered  over  the  ruin  and  a 
number  of  stone  hammers,  metates,  and  hand  stones  lay  about.  Bits 
of  copper  paint  stone,  obsidian,  flint,  shell,  and  an  occasional  arrow 
point  rewarded  the  search.  The  pottery  fragments  on  the  surface 
show  ware  of  better  quality  and  decoration,  on  the  whole,  than  that 
excavated  in  the  cemeteries,  but  not  different  in  character. 

The  cemeteries,  three  in  number,  are  on  the  glacis  directly  in  front 
of  the  main  division  of  the  ruin  (see  plan,  Plate  54).  A  few  sporadic 
burials  exist  on  the  east  side.  The  burials  were  at  length,  with  heads 
usually  to  the  west,  at  a  depth  from  2  to  5  feet,  in  soil  mainly  of 
house  refuse,  and  the  skeletons  were  in  rather  good  condition.  From 
150  to  200  burials,  it  is  estimated,  were  made  around  this  pueblo. 

It  was  customary  here  to  place  food  bowls,  vases,  cups,  and  other 
articles  of  pottery  in  the  grave  near  the  head.  Many  of  the  graves 
contained  no  mortuary  objects  whatever,  which  is  unusuaj.  Shell 
beads,  ornaments  of  shell,  awls,  and  tubes  of  bone,  arrow-smoothing 
stones,  scrapers  and  knives  of  obsidian  and  chert,  red,  green,  yellow, 
and  black  paint  were  commonly  found,  also  fragments  of  mats,  coiled 
basketry,  and  pahos.  Clinging  to  one  skull  was  a  fragment  of  a 
mosaic  earring,  formed  of  oblong,  rectangular  plates  of  turquoise  set 

«  Fourteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  p.  490. 
NAT  MUS  1901 21 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


322  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

on  a  tablet  of  wood;  beyond  this,  very  little  turquoise  came  to  light. 
The  collection  secured  here  was  small,  though  varied.  Of  stone,  there 
are  axes  of  actinolite  (Plate  55,  fig.  8),  a  material  prized  by  the  ancient 
Hopi  and  Zufii;  spherical  battering  hammers  of  fossil  wood;  rubbing 
stones  like  those  from  California  (Plate  55,  fig.  10);  arrow  smoothers 
of  lava  (Plate  55,  fig.  9)  and  limestone  (Plate  55,  fig.  7);  cylinders, 
disks,  and  spheres  of  sandstone  (Plate  55,  figs.  4,  5,  and  6),  probably 
used  in  games;  drills,  arrowheads,  and  knives  of  chalcedony  and  obsid- 
ian (Plate  55,  figs.  1,  2,  and  3);  and  tubular  pipes  of  lava.  Of  shell 
there  are  gorgets  of  differeut  shape  cut  from  large  shells  or  formed 
by  merely  polishing  and  perforating  a  sea  shell  (Plate  56,  figs.  1,  2,  3, 
5,  and  6);  a  few  olivella  beads  and  small  beads  of  cylindrical  form. 
Of  bone,  there  are  awls,  knives,  tubes,  and  notably  a  whistle  and  a 
notched  scapula,  the  former  of  eagle  wing  bone  (Plate  56,  fig.  2)  with 
a  hole  cut  through  the  wall  near  the  middle  where  a  small  lump  of 
pitch  was  inserted  into  the  canal  to  produce  a  sound  as  in  the  whistles 
of  the  Kiowas  and  other  plains'  tribes,  and  found  also  among  the 
present  Hopi.  The  notched  scapula  (Plate  56,  fig.  11)  is  from  the 
deer.  The  instrument  is  still  in  use  for  ceremonial  music  among  vari- 
ous existing  pueblos  and  tribes  of  northern  Mexico,  and  is  played  by 
laying  it  across  a  gourd  or  jar  and  scraping  the  notches  with  a  stick. a 

Some  obsidian  was  found  at  Stone  Axe,  but  no  arrowheads  or 
implements  of  this  material  were  seen.  Vesicular  lava  was  worked 
into  spheres,  cylinders,  and  pipes.  Fossil  wood  and  limestone  were 
employed  for  hammers,  scrapers,  axes,  arrowheads,  etc.  In  this  con- 
nection should  be  noticed  a  fragment  of  a  limestone  axe  having  scores 
on  the  side,  which  brings  to  mind  similar  specimens  from  Biddahoo- 
chee  and  Chevlon.  Metates  and  hand  stones  were  numerous  and  well 
worked  out,  the  material  being  red  and  gray  freestone. 

Green,  red,  yellow,  and  dark  brown  paint  stones,  the  latter  of  spec- 
ular iron  ore  used  by  the  Hopi  in  ceremonies,  were  collected. 

Remains  of  textiles  were  seen.  Fragments  of  pahos  were  observed 
during  the  excavations,  but  they  were  not  numerous. 

The  pottery  of  this  ruin  proves  very  interesting  and  gives  the  most 
important  indication  that  the  former  inhabitants  of  Stone  Axe  were 
related  to  the  Hopi.  This  fact  is  an  important  contribution  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  migration  of  this  people,  as  it  was  not  anticipated 
that  traces  of  thern  would  be  found  in  this  region.  This  ruin  is  about 
70  miles  east  of  Homolobi,  a  group  of  Hopi  ruins  near  Winslow, 
explored  by  Dr.  Fewkes  and  the  writer  in  1896,  and  50  miles  southeast 
of  the  new  group  of  Hopi  ruins  near  Biddahoochee,  which  were  dis- 
covered by  the  writer  during  the  autumn  of  1901.     (See  p.  326.) 

The  pottery  presents  greater  variety  than  that  of  the  ancient  pueblos 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Hopi  towns  of  Tusayan,  which  are  characterized 

a  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  p.  394. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


ARCHEOLOG1CAL   FIELD    WORK   IN    ARIZONA.  823 

by  yellow  ware  of  unmixed  paste.  About  half  of  the  ware  is  of  the 
type  mentioned,  varying  in  shades  from  cream  to  orange,  the  decora- 
tion in  geometric  and  geometric-symbolical  or  symbolism  verging  on 
geometricism,  the  color  brown,  the  forms  bowls,  vases,  and  dippers, 
the  bowls  having  exterior  rim  decorations.     (Plates  58  and  62.) 

Among  the  minor  articles  of  pottery  collected  are  spiral  relief  orna- 
ments which  had  been  used  in  decoration  (Plate  56,  figs.  7  and  9);  disks 
ground  from  pottery,  often  perforated  as  in  spindle  whorls  (Plate  56, 
fig.  8);  a  rectangular  fragment,  on  the  edge  of  which  teeth  like  a  comb 
have  been  cut  (Plate  56,  fig.  11);  a  fragment  of  a  globular  rattle,  per- 
forated, of  yellow  ware;  a  dipper  handle  with  rude  attempt  to  repre- 
sent an  animal;  scrapers;  oblong  tablets  ground  from  polychrome  ware 
in  shape  like  the  stone  ornaments,  etc.  From  the  small  ruins  2£  miles 
to  the  west  are  disks,  canteen  lugs,  etc.  It  was  observed  here  that 
cup-shaped  depressions  were  made  in  large  vessels  to  aid  the  grasp. 
This  feature  is  found  in  many  ruins  along  the  White  Mountains,  almost 
always  associated  with  gray  ware. 

The  collection  shows  a  number  of  bowls  of  red  ware  of  mixed  paste, 
slipped  on  the  interior  with  white,  upon  which  are  painted  subgeo- 
metric  designs  in  black;  very  few  of  these  specimens  have  rim  decora- 
tions. With  this  class  are  several  polychrome  vases,  one  quite  large 
(Plate  57),  the  body  of  mixed  paste  burning  light  red.  On  this  ground 
white  is  applied,  outlining  the  portions  of  the  design  that  are  intended 
to  be  red.  On  the  white  areas  portions  of  the  design  are  painted 
black.  In  some  instances  the  red  areas  are  intensified  with  a  wash  of 
deeper  red.  The  ware  just  described  is  of  Gila  type.  Similar  bowls 
have  been  found  in  the  ruins  north  of  the  Petrified  Forest,  at  Four- 
mile,  Chaves  Pass,  Chevlon,  and  Homolobi,"  being  prevalent  in  the 
ruins  along  the  White  and  Mogollon  plateaux,  where  the  Gila  influ- 
ence is  strong,  and  occurring  sporadically  along  the  Little  Colorado 
and  Puerco  and  to  the  north  of  these  streams,  except  at  Stone  Axe, 
where  the  proportion  is  about  that  of  Four  Mile.  The  presence  at 
Stone  Axe  of  light  red  ware,  characteristically  decorated  with  narrow 
white  lines  breaking  the  field  into  irregular  wedges,  must  be  noted; 
also  thin  bowls  of  gray  paste  slipped  all  over  with  white  and  having 
sparse  decoration  in  dark  green  or  brown  enamel.  These  types  appear 
at  Chevlon,  Homolobi,  and  Biddahoochee,  and  W.  II.  Holmes  informs 
me  that  the  white  ware  occurs  at  Jemez,  on  the  Rio  Grande.  The 
ware  also  has  a  vivid  polychrome  decoration  of  green,  red,  and  white 
at  Stone  Axe;  only  fragments,  however,  were  secured.  (For  remarks 
on  distribution  of  pottery,  see  p.  354.) 

The  accompanying  plates  give  a  good  idea  of  the  color,  form,  and 
symbolism  of  the  pottery  from  this  important  ruin.  It  will  be  seen 
that  there  is  the  same  remarkable  variety  here  that  also  characterizes 

a  J.  W.  Fewkes;  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1896. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


324  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

the  Homolobi,  Biddahoochee,  and  many  of  the  groups  south  of  the 
Little  Colorado,  in  contrast  with  the  uniformity  of  the  Northern  groups, 
where  gray  ware  abounds.  This  feature  goes  to  show  that  the  clans 
coming  from  the  South  passed  through  regions  inhabited  by  tribes  of 
different  culture  or  arts  and  in  the  course  of  the  migration  incorporated 
some  of  these  arts  with  their  own.  This  is  readily  accomplished  by 
clan  marriage,  since  most  of  the  arts,  notably  pottery  and  basketry, 
are  in  the  possession  of  the  women  and  are  therefore  readily  trans- 
ferred from  clan  to  clan,  provided  that  conservatism  does  not  fix  and 
require  artifacts  of  a  particular  class  within  the  clan  into  which  the 
woman  may  be  received.  Of  course  in  an  orderly  procedure  the 
woman  does  not  go  to  live  with  her  husband's  clan,  but  the  opposite; 
still  at  present  it  is  known  that  there  are  exceptions  to  this  rule.  On 
the  whole,  the  accessions  by  which  arts  are  carried  from  one  clan  to 
another  would  be  by  families.  Thus  the  pottery  of  Gila  type,  which 
is  equal  in  amount  here  with  that  of  the  yellow  or  Tusayan  type,  might 
represent  the  artifacts  of  an  element  from  the  Upper  Gila  and  the 
yellow  that  of  the  Asa  clan,  which  migrated  from  the  Rio  Grande  to 
Tusayan  by  way  of  Zuni.  While  this  is  conjectural,  the  symbolism 
on  the  yellow  ware  resembles  that  of  the  Jetty  to  Valley  ruins,  and  the 
yellow  ware  alone  bears  symbolism  of  this  character. 

Typical  specimens  of  this  class  of  pottery  are  shown  in  Plates  58 
and  59,  while  brownish  j^ellow,  also  of  this  class,  is  shown  on  Plate  60. 
The  color  of  the  decoration  is  dark  brown,  and  only  in  the  case  of  the 
bowl  with  symbolism  (Plate  60,  fig.  2)  is  red  used  in  connection  with 
the  brown. 

Several  vases  of  an  ancient  Hopi  form  were  collected.  The  specimen 
figured  (Plate  58,  fig.  2)  has  a  decoration  in  red-brown  around  the  body. 
A  bowl  of  fine  yellow  (Plate  58,  fig.  1)  is  rudely  decorated,  having 
irregular  patches  of  pigment  applied  with  no  system  on  the  interior; 
it  has  an  exterior  rim  decoration  of  unknown  meaning.  The  bowl 
(Plate  59,  fig.  1)  bears  a  geometric  decoration  involving  a  number  of 
bird  forms;  in  the  center  is  the  familiar  symbol  of  two  birds  with 
interlocking  beaks  adapted  to  a  square  figure.  Another  bowl  of  fine 
texture  (Plate  59,  tig.  2)  bears  on  the  interior  a  symbolic  design  sur- 
rounded with  the  "  life  line."  The  bowl  (Plate  60,  fig.  1)  is  decorated 
with  a  conventional  bird,  and  the  second  figure  on  this  plate  bears  a 
symbolic  design  representing  a  supernatural  being  in  the  style  of  the 
Katchina  figures  of  the  Hopi. 

The  ware  with  wash  of  white  and  decoration  in  enamel  (Plate  61,  fig. 
1)  bears  a  decoration  on  the  interior  of  three  interlocking  hook  forms 
which  seemingly  represent  tails  of  snakes.  A  set  of  two  zigzag  lines 
extend  around  the  exterior  rim  of  the  bowl;  the  space  between  these 
lines  is  often  filled  in  with  red.  The  second  figure  on  this  plate  is  a 
good  example  of  the  Gila  type  with  geometric  decoration.     On  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  325 

edge  of  the  rim  are  rows  of  small  white  marks,  usually  eight  in  each 
group;  there  is  no  decoration  on  the  exterior.  The  specimen  was  up- 
turned when  placed  in  the  grave,  hence  it  is  well  preserved.  Moreover, 
it  was  perfectly  new  and  unused  when  buried. 

A  howl  (Plate  62,  fig.  1)  of  yellow-brown  ware  shows  a  line  arrange- 
ment of  a  complicated  geometric  design  in  which  there  are  numerous 
bird  forms.  These  may  be  traced  in  the  square  in  the  center  and  in 
wedge-shaped  sections  above  and  below.  The  rim  decoration  is  a  simple 
step  design  in  an  oblong  frame. 

The  second  figure  (Plate  62,  fig.  2)  is  a  perfect  specimen  of  a  rare 
decoration.  The  ware  is  light  red,  and  the  design  on  the  exterior  and 
interior  is  in  narrow  white  lines.  The  home  of  this  style  of  ware  is 
not  known  to  the  writer,  but  examples  resembling  it  were  found  at 
Biddahoochee. 

A  small  vase  of  good  red  ware  (Plate  64,  fig.  1)  with  handle,  in  the 
form  of  an  animal  looking  into  the  vessel,  a  common  conceit  among 
the  ancient  pueblo  potters,  has  a  geometric  decoration  in  hatched  and 
solid  areas  in  dark  brown  color.  With  this  specimen  was  a  bowl  of 
fine  yellow  ware.  (See  Plate  58,  fig.  1.)  These  specimens  are  not 
related.  The  vase  should  belong  to  the  St.  John-Zufii  region,  while 
the  yellow  piece  belongs  to  the  special  area  in  Tusayan. 

SMALL  SITES  NEAR  STONE  AXE. 

Another  vase  of  gray  ware  with  conventional  animal  handle  (Plate 
64,  fig.  2)  was  found  together  with  an  elegant  canteen,  now  in  the  Gates 
collection,  in  a  small  ruin  some  miles  to  the  wrest  of  Stone  Axe.  This 
vase  is  covered  with  a  well-executed  geometric  decoration,  the  motive 
being  terrace  figures  in  the  dual  hatched  and  solid  color.  A  red  bowl 
from  the  same  group  (Plate  63,  fig.  1)  shows  the  same  treatment.  The 
specimen  is  quite  similar  to  bowls  found  at  Forestdale,  Sbowlow,  Scorse 
Ranch,  and  Canyon  Butte.  It  has  no  exterior  decoration  in  common 
with  those  mentioned;  a  bowl  from  the  small  ruins  near  Stone  Axe, 
without  interior  decoration,  has  horizontal  bands  of  white  on  the  exte- 
rior. (Plate  63,  fig.  2.)  The  white  exterior  decoration  is  also  common 
to  the  ruins  mentioned  above. 

It  will  be  seen  that  Stone  Axe  ruin  presents  a  number  of  features  of 
great  interest  to  the  student  and  some  problems  which  may  be  solved 
when  we  come  to  know  more  of  the  ruined  pueblos  of  the  Southwest, 
multitudes  of  which  await  the  explorer. 

The  group  of  small  ruins  3  miles  southwest  of  Stone  Axe  furnished 
hard  gray  ware,  with  black  geometric  decoration,  soft  red  ware,  and 
coiled  ware  with  patterns  formed  by  punching  the  coil  ridges.  These 
data  affiliate  the  ruins  with  the  numerous  small  pueblos  scattered  along 
the  northern  side  of  the  White  Mountains,  apparently  belonging  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


326  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

the  Upper  Salt  River  or  Zuiii  type.  The  forms  in  gray  ware,  with 
geometric  decoration  in  black,  are  canteens  with  pierced  lugs,  handled 
vases  with  tubular  necks,  large  flaring  bowls,  and  a  small  trilobed  cup. 
The  red  ware  was  found  only  in  form  of  bowls  of  incurved  or  slightly 
curved  wall  form,  the  decoction  in  black  sometimes  outlined  with 
white.  Numerous  pottery  and  stone  disks  were  found  on  the  surface, 
and  some  shell  ornaments,  a  spindle  whorl,  arrow  smoother,  etc.,  were 
picked  up.  Fragments  of  large  coiled  vessels  with  ornamentation 
formed  by  indenting  the  coil  ridges  were  common  here.  None  of  these 
ruins  showed  above  ten  rooms. 

Abundant  somatological  material  was  secured  from  Stone  Axe, 
consisting  of  crania,  skeletons,  and  parts  of  skeletons,  numbering  30 
entries.  The  skulls  are  brachycephalic  and  show  in  adults  occipital 
flattening.  The  skulls  of  children  do  not  present  this  feature.  It  is 
expected  that  this  material  will  be  described  by  a  competent  specialist 
when  comparison  may  be  had  with  the  material  collected  by  Dr.  Fewkes 
and  myself  in  1896  and  1897  and  reported  on  by  Dr.  Hrdlicka.  Bones 
of  animals  brought  up  during  excavation  were  carefully  collected,  no 
mammals  larger  than  deer  and  antelope  being  noted.  A  portion  of 
the  skull  of  a  dog  was  found. 

As  mentioned,  the  affiliations  by  arts  of  the  Stone  Axe  people  seem 
to  be  with  the  clans  migrating  from  the  south  to  Tusayan,  which  form 
an  important  element  in  the  Hopi  complex.  The  stations  to  the  south 
in  this  case  have  not  been  located  as  yet.  The  next  stopping  place  to 
the  north,  I  believe,  was  Biddahoochee,  and  the  route  followed  was  by 
Carrizo  Creek,  which  enters  the  Puerco  a  few  miles  west  of  Adamana, 
up  this  wash  into  the  Le  Roux  Valley,  and  across  into  the  valley  of 
the  Cottonwood,  8  miles  southeast  of  Biddahoochee.  (See  map, 
Plate  1.) 

The  large  stone  ruin  at  Adamana,  9  miles  northwest  of  Stone  Axe, 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  occupied  by  this  clan  (see  p.  317);  neither 
does  the  small  ruin  a  short  distance  north  of  the  Puerco,  near  Ada- 
mana. The  distance  to  the  Biddahoochee  group  is  about  25  to  30 
miles  by  the  route  indicated,  not  too  great  for  a  single  move,  longer 
migrations  having  been  noted  in  the  pueblo  region. 

HOPI  BUTTES  AND  MESAS. 

B1DDAHOOCIIKK — CHAKPAHU — KOKOPNYAMA — KAWAIOK.UH — PERIODS  OF  TUSAYAN 
WARE — AGE  OP  JETTYTO   VALLEY   RUINS. 

BIDDAHOOCHEE. 

For  a  number  of  years  pottery  has  been  coming  into  Holbrook  from 
the  north,  and  for  the  best  of  reasons  the  persons  collecting  pottery 
for  gain  were  indefinite  as  to  locations  until  the  spoils  had  been  gath- 
ered.    The  specimens  brought  in  were  usually  mixed  as  to  quality  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHKOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  327 

color  of  wares,  due  to  careless  methods  of  collection.  The  presence 
of  fine  yellow  pottery  of  Hopi  type  in  these  mixed  lots  of  gray,  red, 
etc,  led  the  writer  to  attempt  to  disentangle  the  problem  in  May, 
1901,  but  sand  storms  prevented  more  than  a  glance  at  a  few  ruins  on 
Le  Roux  Wash.  ^  In  September,  after  the  close  of  work  with  the 
Museum-Gates  expedition,  the  thread  was  taken  up  again.  The  serv- 
ices of  Juan  Baca,  the  most  assiduous  " pottery  digger"  of  this  region 
of  the  Southwest,  were  secured,  and  an  extensive  reconnoissance  was 
carried  out,  resulting  in  the  mapping  of  the  ruins  to  40  miles  north  of 
Holbrook.  (Plates  30  and  65.)  Plans  of  the  more  important  ruins 
were  made  (Plate  66),  photographs  taken,  some  pottery  and  pottery 
fragments  and  a  few  crania  collected. 

The  Cottonwood  Wash  ruins  arc  scattered  about  in  an  area  of  per- 
haps 30  square  miles,  mostly  along  the  north  side  of  the  stream  east  and 
west  of  the  crossing  of  the  Holbrook-Keams  Canyon  road,  at  7  miles 
south  of  Biddahoochee.  (See  sketch  map,  Plate  65.)  From  this 
crossing  the  Cottonwood  runs  southwest,  entering  the  Little  Colorado 
near  Winslow.  The  upper  portion  of  the  stream  is  indefinite  on  the 
maps,  and  it  is  only  possible  to  say  that  the  wash  parallels  Le  Roux 
Wash  and  has  important  branches  from  the  north  among  the  Moki 
Buttes  on  the  6,000-foot  contour. 

The  first  ruin  examined  lies  on  the  level  plain,  4  or  5  miles  north- 
east of  the  buttes  between  which  the  Holbrook  road  passes.  The 
location  is  at  the  head  of  a  small,  narrow  canyon  running  north  to  the 
Cottonwood.  The  ruin  is  fairly  large  and  is  divided  into  two  sections 
by  the  canyon;  the  part  to  the  west  is  rectangular,  and  the  eastern 
section  is  roughly  circular.  A  seep  spring,  now  dry,  exists  in  the 
canyon  below  the  ruins.  The  labors  of  coyotes  and  other  animals 
digging  for  water  were  evident  here.  The  numerous  potshards  are 
mostly  of  fine  yellow  ware;  some  fragments  of  thin  red,  with  enamel 
decoration,  and  of  white,  with  green  enamel  decoration,  were  seen. 

Following  down  the  canyon  to  the  Cottonwood  Wash  and  going  west 
to  the  Navaho  hogans,  near  where  the  Holbrook  road  crosses,  a  large 
ruin  on  the  bluff  was  examined  and  sketched  (Plate  66).  The  ruin 
consists  of  a  quadrangle  on  the  level  at  the  top  of  the  bluff  and  a  pro- 
longation conforming  to  a  promontory  bounded  on  the  west  by  a 
deep  ravine.  From  the  number  of  human  bones  scattered  about  it  is 
evident  that  the  cemeteries  had  contained  many  burials.  The  pottery 
fragments  are  abundant  and  of  fine  quality  like  those  of  the  ruins  just 
described.  On  the  same  bluff,  not  far  away,  is  a  small  ruin  belonging 
to  this  group. 

The  Navahos  in  the  valley  have  impounded  the  waters  of  the  wash 
by  means  of  a  dam,  thus  securing  enough  water  to  Inst  for  several 
years.  Several  of  the  Indians  told  me  that  there  is  an  ancient  ruin  on 
the   summit  of  the  large  butte   across  the   valley.     Lack   of  time 


Digitized  by 


Google 


328  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

rendered  it  impossible  to  verify  this  story.  There  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  a  ruin  crowns  a  low,  block-shaped  butte  (Plate  67,  fig.  1) 
some  miles  to  the  west  of  the  ruins  just  described.  At  the  base  of 
this  butte,  near  a  Navaho  corral,  the  cemetery  has  been  excavated  (Plate 
67,  tig.  2).  The  ware  is  yellow,  red,  and  gray  and  not  of  the  finer 
class. 

Some  few  miles  down  the  wash,  on  the  southeast  front  of  a  large 
butte,  are  two  ruins  with  a  spring  in  a  gulch  between  them.  They  also 
show  ancient  Hopi  ware  and  were  rifled  several  years  ago. 

The  remaining  member  of  this  group  is  a  small  site  containing  six 
rooms,  lying  one-half  mile  south  of  the  first  butte  on  the  Holbrook  and 
K>ams  Canyon  road. 

As  a  result  of  the  researches  in  this  locality  the  writer  was  able  to 
identify  the  specimens  in  the  Scorse  collection  at  ftolbrook,  procured 
by  Juan  Baca.  In  view  of  the  interest  attaching  to  the  group  of 
ancient  Hopi  pueblos  examined  for  the  first  time,  the  purchase  of  these 
excellent  museum  specimens  was  recommended,  and  they  were  acquired 
by  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

While  the  typical  yellow  ware  characteristic  of  Tusayan  makes  up 
the  bulk  of  the  collection,  there  are  several  other  kinds  of  ware  thpt 
give  the  ruins  additional  interest  as  probably  denoting  the  union 
of  clans  of  differing  culture.  The  yellow  ware  of  Biddahoochee 
resembles  that  of  Homolobi,  collected  by  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes  and 
the  writer/1  It  has  fine,  homogeneous  paste,  varying  in  shade  from 
cream  color  to  orange.  One  specimen  (see  Plate  72,  fig.  2)  is  of  bright 
lemon  color.  It  is  necessary  to  class  the  earth  color  and  salmon  color 
ware  with  the  yellow.  The  decoration  is  in  dark  brown,  red  brown, 
and  light  brown.  The  designs  are  geometric,  of  great  variety  and  bold- 
ness, as  though  not  far  removed  from  the  original  naturalistic  concepts. 
Symbolism  like  that  of  the  pottery  found  near  Walpi  is  rare.  Brief 
symbols  are  the  arrow,  feather,  lightning,  birds,  corn,  and  the  butterfly, 
a  number  of  which  will  be  noted  in  the  plates  of  illustrations. 

The  forms  of  yellow  ware  are  bowls,  cups,  vases,  and  dippers,  the 
latter  often  with  animal  handles. 

Four  typical  yellow  bowls  are  shown  on  Plates  68  and  69.  Plate  68, 
fig.  1,  is  of  fine,  clear,  yellow  paste,  and  the  design  incorporates  several 
bird  forms.  The  second  figure  is  also  of  fine  yellow  paste;  the  design 
in  red  brown,  apparently  incorporates  snakes  or  lightning. 

Another  bowl  (Plate  69,  fig.  1)  of  ocher  yellow  has  a  geometric 
design  in  hachure  and  solid  color,  which  is  unusual  in  this  locality. 
The  remaining  bowl  (Plate  69,  fig.  2),  which  is  also  of  ocher  yellow, 
has  a  geometric  design  in  two  sections.  In  the  open  area  between  the 
sections  are  two  flying  arrows. 


('Ina  forthcoming  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

/Google 


Digitized  by  ^ 


ABCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK   IN    ARIZONA.  329 

A  small  dipper  with  animal  handle  (Plate  70,  fig.  1)  has  a  design  on 
the  interior  representing  corn.  Another  dipper  with  animal  handle 
is  shown  (Plate  70,  fig.  2).  A  cup  of  fine  yellow  ware  (Plate  70,  fig.  3) 
has  an  unskillfully  drawn  decoration  on  the  body.  The  design  seems 
to  be  the  four- bird  symbol  arranged  in  a  band.  The  small  bowl  with 
handle  (Plate  70,  fig.  4)  is  a  fine  specimen,  exhibiting  a  geometric 
design  margined  with  white.  It  has  also  marks  in  sets  of  three  on 
the  rim,  a  feature  often  seen  on  vessels  from  the  southern  side  of  the 
basin  of  the  Little  Colorado  and  in  ruins  in  other  localities  yielding 
gray  or  red  ware. 

Five  interesting  vases  are  shown  on  Plates  71,  72,  and  73.  Plate  69, 
fig.  1,  is  decorated  with  conventional  birds,  and  the  second  figure 
bears  the  four-bird  symbol,  Vase  (Plate  72,  fig.  1),  has  a  decoration  of 
unknown  meaning;  the  design  is  margined  with  white.  The  remain- 
ing vase  (Plate  72,  fig.  2)  is  a  beautiful  specimen  of  lemon-yellow 
color,  with  elegant  geometric  decoration.  In  shape  this  vase  is  like 
the  best  specimens  from  Sikyatki  and  Jetty  to  Valley.  The  vases  from 
these  ruins  are  generally  of  inferior  shape  to  those  from  the  Hopi  ruins 
to  the  north.  A  large  vase  (Plate  73),  of  rich  orange  color,  from  the 
Cottonwood  ruins,  bears  a  geometric  design  in  which  hachure  is 
employed. 

Three  unique  bowls  of  red  ware  belong  to  this  collection.  The  paste 
is  dark  on  fractured  edges,  but  where  it  is  exposed  to  the  fire  it  burns 
to  a  pure  brick  color.  The  largest  bowl  (Plate  74)  is  decorated  on  the 
interior,  consisting  of  three  segments  outlining  a  trefoil  area  in  the 
bottom  of  the  bowl.  The  exterior  walls  of  the  bowl  are  decorated 
with  frets  of  narrow  white  lines,  as  on  the  specimen  from  Stone  Axe. 
(See  Plate  62,  fig.  2.)  The  interior  decoration  is  in  dark  green  enamel. 
Another  bowl  (Plate  75,  fig.  2)  has  the  interior  covered  with  white 
kaolin  slip,  and  on  this  ground  were  painted  interlocking  frets  in 
bright  green  enamel.  The  exterior  is  red,  with  a  maze  fret  design 
in  narrow  white  lines.  In  one  section  the  space  between  the  lines  is 
filled  with  green  enamel.  The  bowl  is  a  brilliant  specimen  of  poly- 
chrome ware.  The  third  bowl  (Plate  75,  fig.  1)  is  one  of  the  most 
artistic  specimens  of  ancient  American  ceramics  known  to  the  writer. 
It  shows  remarkable  taste  in  its  design  and  execution.  The  bowl  is 
bright  red  in  color;  the  special  feature  of  its  decoration  is  a  zone 
of  white  around  the  walls  of  the  interior.  On  this  band  is  painted  a 
key  design  of  serrated  hooked  figures  (birds)  in  green  enamel.  The 
center  of  the  bottom  is  a  field  of  red.  The  exterior  of  the  bowl  also 
has  lozenge  designs  in  narrow  lines  of  white.  The  field  of  the  lozenge 
is  crossed  by  vertical  lines,  in  turn  crossed  by  short  bars. 

White  ware. — Another  remarkable  group  of  wtfre  was  found  in  the 
Cottonwood  ruins.     This  consists  of  two  bowls  and  two  vases  of  fine 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


880  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

white  paste,  well  finished  and  of  good  form.  (Plates  76  and  77.)  The 
decoration  is  in  enamel  leaf  green  and  dark  green  in  color,  except  in 
the  small  vase,  which  is  decorated  in  red.  The  enamel  is  like  that 
on  the  polychrome  ware.  The  white  ware  resembles  that  from  Stone 
Axe  in  the  Petrified  Forest  Reserve,  described  on  page  323,  which 
also  shows  a  similar  enamel  paint.  The  green  color  is  due  to  the 
presence  of  iron,  and  it  is  evident  that  the  pigment  was  applied  in  a 
pasty  condition  from  the  uneven  lines.  The  enamel,  on  fusing,  also 
spread  and  ran  into  lumps.  In  some  cases  the  enamel  has  affected  the 
ground,  producing  a  delicate  pink  margin  around  the  design.  1  am 
not  aware  of  the  process  employed  in  producing  this  enamel.  It  has 
been  suggested  that  the  ordinary  iron  pigment  may  have  been  mixed 
with  pinyon  gum. 

The  inner  wall  of  bowl  No.  212,329  (Plate  76,  fig.  1)  is  decorated 
with  a  zone  of  diagonal  frets  and  parallel  lines,  inclosed  in  bands  of 
horizontal  lines,  divided  at  intervals  by  square  areas  with  a  dot  in  the 
center.  The  exterior  has  two  double  rain-cloud  designs  and  another 
figure  of  unknown  meaning.  The  second  bowl  (Plate  76,  fig.  2)  has  a 
zone  of  frets  on  the  interior  and  on  the  exterior  four  equidistant 
groups  of  stepped  lines  in  pairs.  The  texture  of  this  bowl  is  fine. 
The  unique  vase  (Plate  77,  fig.  2)  is  also  of  fine  texture.  The  design 
consists  of  three  figures,  representing  four  birds  on  the  corners  of  a 
quadrangle,  inclosing  two  diamond-shape  figures.  Around  the  neck 
are  alternate  pairs  of  vertical  and  horizontal  short  lines.  The  vase 
has  had  a  short  handle,  probably  an  animal  head,  projecting  from  the 
neck.  The  color  of  the  decoration  is  a  clear,  leaf -green  enamel,  with 
glazed  surface.  The  remaining  vase  (Plate  77,  fig.  1)  has  a  simple 
design  around  the  body  and  a  band  below  the  neck  in  soft  red  color. 

Gray  ware. — Some  of  the  specimens  of  gray  ware  resemble  those  of 
Scorse  Ranch.  In  general,  it  may  be  said  that  the  gray  ware  found 
in  the  ancient  Hopi  ruins  is  of  finer  quality  and  more  accurate  finish 
than  that  of  the  San  Juan.  The  design  and  forms  also  render  most  of 
the  ancient  Hopi  gray  ware  unmistakable. 

The  casual  observer  will  note  that  the  food  bowls,  for  instance,  are 
rarely  so  distorted  as  those  found  on  sites  furnishing  the  gray  and 
the  red  pottery  alone.  A  dipper  bowl  (Plate  78,  fig.  1)  bears  an  effect- 
ive design  in  lustrous  black.  The  vase  (Plate  78,  fig.  2)  is  remark- 
able both  for  its  elegant  form  and  the  handle  on  which  is  represented 
a  snake  with  head  bent  down  toward  the  interior  of  the  vase.  This 
specimen  has  been  overtired,  darkening  the  ground  and  design,  and 
rendering  the  paste  hard  as  stoneware.  It  will  be  noted  that  the 
design  is  in  hachure  and  solid  black.      (See  page  354.) 

A  number  of  small  forms  of  gray  ware  shown  are  excellent  examples 
of  this  type  of  pottery.     The  bird-form  vase  (Plate  79,  fig.  6)  combines 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOOIOAL    FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  331 

a  conventional  representation  of  the  bird  topography,  with  a  realistic 
treatment  in  the  modeling  of  the  tail.  The  small  cup,  shaped  like  a 
teacup  (Plate  79,  fig.  3),  is  of  thin  ware,  and  the  decoration  blends 
with  the  background  in  a  pleasing  manner.  Another  cup  (Plate  79, 
fig.  5)  is  of  a  form  found  over  a  wide  range  of  territory  in  northern 
New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  Two  almost  identical  specimens  are  found 
by  Dr.  Fewkes  and  the  writer  at  Homolobi.  The  ware  is  fine,  and 
the  decoration  blends  softly  into  the  ground.  One  of  the  finest  pieces 
is  the  four-lobed  vase  (Plate  79,  fig.  4),  with  a  pleasing  design  in  deep 
polished  black.  A  small  vase  (Plate  79,  fig.  2)  is  also  an  artistic  spec- 
imen, and  the  dipper  (Plate  79,  fig.  1)  is  of  the  customary  form. 

Some  of  the  finest  examples  of  coiled  ware  also  come  from  the  Bid- 
dahoochee  region.  Plate  80,  fig.  3,  shows  a  vase  of  good  workman- 
ship and  a  small  vase  of  diversified  pattern  (Plate  80,  figs.  1  and  2). 
This  is  the  best  piece  of  the  kind  that  has  come  to  my  notice.  The 
design  is  produced  by  alternate  plain  and  pinched  coils  beginning  at 
the  center  of  the  bottom  and  extending  to  the  lip,  and  shows  what 
may  be  done  in  the  artistic  treatment  of  the  coiling. 

A  number  of  stone  implements  are  in  this  collection.  These  consist 
of  grooved  stone  hammers,  the  material,  quartzite  (Plate  81,  fig.  4), 
ground  axes  of  basalt  (Plate  81,  figs.  1  and  2),  and  chert  knives,  drills, 
and  arrowheads. 

Ax  No.  212,407  (Plate  81,  fig.  1)  resembles  the  double-bitted  axes 
from  the  Jettyto  Valley  ruins.  Ax  No.  212,413  (Plate  81,  fig.  4)  is  of 
fine  white  crystalline  limestone  or  marble.  The  specimen  is  carefully 
finished  and  polished.  Four  scores  are  cut  on  the  surface  near  the 
groove  and  seven  small  pits  are  sunken  on  the  ridge  bounding  the 
planes  of  the  cutting  end.  There  is  every  evidence  that  the  unique 
specimen  was  ceremonial  in  character.  The  reader  is  referred  to  a 
double-bitted  ax  of  white  stone  found  by  Dr.  Fewkes  and  the  writer 
at  Chevlon,  which  also  has  four  scores  on  the  side."  A  bird  carved 
from  white  stone  is  also  a  fine  example  of  stone  carving. 

Shell  objects  were  quite  scarce  in  the  Cottonwood  ruins,  only  a 
fragment  of  a  pectunculus  shell  armlet  being  encountered.  Objects 
of  stone  and  pottery,  apparently  spindle  whorls,  are  in  the  collection. 
A  stone  disk  has  pits  on  either  side,  showing  that  boring  was  in 
process. 

It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  contribute  one  of  the  links  in  the  chain 
of  Hopi  migrations  from  the  Ked  land  of  the  south  and  to  add  to  one 
of  the  best  pieces  of  archaeological  work  ever  done  in  the  Southwest. 
Reference  is  here  made  to  the  explorations  of  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes 
in  the  years  1896  and  1897,  when  he  excavated  the  sites  of  the  ancient 
Baincloud  and  Lizard  clans  at  Chaves  Pass,  in  the  Mogollon  Moun- 

«Beport,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1896,  p.  537,  pi.  xlvii. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


832  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

tains,  at  Homolobi,  on  the  Little  Colorado  River,  near  Winslow,  Ari- 
zono,  2  degrees  south  of  the  present  villages  of  the  Hopi.  It  was  the 
good  fortune  of  the  writer  to  be  present  during  these  epoch-marking 
investigations. 

In  an  important  paper a  by  Dr.  Fewkes  a  new  clew  to  the  migra- 
tions of  the  Hopi  clans,  based  on  the  ownership  of  eagle's  nests  situ- 
ated near  the  ancient  seats  of  the  clans,  has  been  presented.  The 
researches  of  Dr.  Fewkes  show  that  the  Lizard  clan,  who  migrated 
with  the  Raincloud  clan,  claim  the  eagle  nests  at  Biddahoochee.  It 
has  been  conclusively  shown  that  the  Raincloud  clan  settled  for  a 
time  at  Homolobi  and  that  the  Lizard  clan  located  near  them.  From 
the  character  of  the  artifacts,  especially  from  the  polychrome  ware  with 
green  decoration  like  that  on  Plate  75,  the  large  ruin  at  the  mouth  of 
Chevlon  Creek,  12  miles  east  from  the  Homolobi  group,  was  the  pueblo 
of  the  Lizard  clan,  which,  with  the  Raincloud  clan,  followed  the  nat- 
ural line  of  migration  northeast  along  Cottonwood  wash  to  Bidda- 
hoochee. Migration  follows  the  water  in  this  semiarid  region  and  the 
great  Cottonwood  wash,  which  with  greater  precipitation  would  be 
a  large  river,  offered  abundant  facilities  for  halting  and  putting  in  a 
crop  of  corn.  Perhaps  further  investigations  along  the  Cottonwood 
between  Winslow  and  Biddahoochee  will  reveal  halting  places  of  the 
clans.  To  the  Biddahoochee  focus  it  is  also  believed  that  the  clan 
from  Stone  Axe,  east  of  the  Petrified  Forest,  was  drawn,  and  the  proof 
also  rests  in  the  main  on  the  ware  mentioned.  (Compare  Plate  61 
with  Plate  76.) 

East  and  west  along  the  Moki  buttes  are  sites  yielding  gray  ware, 
which  was  probably  the  kind  of  pottery  made  by  the  northern  clans 
entering  into  the  Hopi  complex,  the  art  having  been  submerged  and 
lost  under  that  brought  from  the  south  and  east. 

The  upper  portion  of  the  Jettyto  Valley  lies  a  few  miles  southeast 
of  the  first  Hopi  mesa.  Its  trend  is  southwest,  paralleling  Keams  Can- 
yon, and  its  waters  find  their  way  into  the  Little  Colorado  near  the 
Cascade. 

The  valley  is  quite  deep  and  wide,  as  travelers  from  Holbrook  to 
Keams  Canyon  will  testify  from  experiences  in  crossing  it  and  climb- 
ing the  Keam  mesa.  The  north  side  of  the  valley  here  is  walled  by 
a  high,  abrupt  sandstone  mesa;  the  south  side  presents  gentler  con- 
tours, except  to  the  east,  where  the  head  branches  run  in  canvons. 
Navahos  off  the  reservation  have  undisputed  possession  of  the  valley 
and  their  hogans  and  corn  fields  are  frequent  along  the  wash.  A  num- 
ber of  very  large  ruins  are  situated  on  promontories  of  the  Keam 
mesa  overlooking  the  valley.  They  begin  at  the  A watobi  mesa,  south- 
east of  Walpi,  and  extend  to  "  Mormon  John's"  spring,  2±  miles  east 

«  Property  Right  in  Eagles  among  the  Hopi,  American  Anthropologist  (N.  S. ),  II, 
Oct.-Dee.,  1900.    Also  Nineteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Pt  2. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  333 

of  Keams  Canyon  School  (Plate  82).  Beginning  on  the  west,  the 
Hopi  name  the  ruins  Awatobi  (Great  and  Little),  Kawaiokuh,  Chak- 
pahu,  Nesheptanga,  and  Kokopnyama;  and  on  the  south  side  of  the 
valley,  opposite  the  latter,  Lululongturqui.  Several  smaller  ruin&are 
interspersed  among  the  larger  ruins,  principally  on  the  mesa  top  some 
distance  from  the  edge;  a  few  lie  on  the  southern  side  of  the  valley. 
The  cultivable  tracts  along  the  wash  are  strewn  with  potsherds. 

Previous  to  1901  the  only  Jettyto  ruin  scientifically  explored  was 
Awatobi,  excavated  by  Dr.  Fewkes,"  and  subsequently  by  Dr.  Frank 
Russell,  of  Harvard  University.  Plans  of  the  larger  ruins  on  the 
northwest  side  of  Jettyto  Valley  were  made  by  Victor  Mindeleff.6  His 
"Mishiptonga"  is  Kawaiokuh;  "Bat  House''  is  Chakpahu:  "Horn 
House"  is  Kokopnyama  wrongly  located;  "  a  small  ruin  between  Horn 
House  and  Bat  House"  is  Nesheptanga.  The  ruin  south  of  Kokopny- 
ama, called  Lululongturqui,  is  not  described.  It  may  be  said  that  the 
examination  of  most  of  these  ruins  is  attended  with  hardships  because 
of  the  lack  of  water.  Awatobi  still  has  fine  springs,  and  this  fact, 
coupled  with  its  accessibility,  would  sooner  or  later  have  led  to  its 
excavation.  Water  can  be  had  within  H  miles  from  Kokopnyama, 
also.  The  lack  of  water,  however,  has  not  prevented  the  Navaho 
tearing  the  Jettyto  ruins  to  pieces  in  search  of  pottery  for  the  trader. 

The  first  Jettyto  ruin  worked  by  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  was 
Kokopnyama,  a  Hopi  name  meaning  "firewood  people. ?v  The 
Navaho  name  is  Delcalsacat,  "wild  gourd,"  and  the  name  given  it  by 
white  people  is  "Cottonwood  ruin,"  from  the  trees,  growing  in  one 
spot  near  by.  It  is  located  on  a  low,  easily  accessible  mesa  near 
Maupin's  store,  at  Mormon  John's  spring,  2£  miles  east  of  Keams  Can- 
yon School,  and  so  far  as  known  is  the  easternmost  of  the  Jettyto 
Valley  ruins  and  one  of  the  largest/' 

The  ruin  is  commandingly  located  on  the  mesa  top,  affording  an 
extensive  view  over  the  valley  below  and  over  the  country  toward 
Keams  Canyon  (Plate  83).  In  the  distance  the  Hopi  Buttes  fret  the 
horizon  with  their  remarkable  outlines.  Juniper  and  pinyon  trees  and 
an  occasional  oak  clothe  the  top  and  flanks  of  the  mesa.  Large  juni- 
pers grow  near  the  ruins,  but  no  trees  occupy  the  zone  of  habitation. 
The  location  of  the  ancient  spring  is  marked  by  four  cotton  wood  trees 
growing  close  against  the  mesa;  much  digging  near  these  trees  has 
been  done  by  Navaho  in  a  futile  search  for  water.  Toward  the  val- 
ley the  zone  of  pottery  fragments  extends  for  more  than  a  mile,  and 

c Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology;  Report, 
Smithsonjan  Institution,  1895;  American  Anthropologist,  Oct.,  1893. 

&  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

cThis  name  refers  to  the  clans  which  lived  here  and  ia  prolwbly  not  the  ancient 
designation  of  the  village. 

<*For  Mindeleff  s  plan  see  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
pi.  vn,  and  brief  description,  p.  50. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


334  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 

beneath  the  village,  heaped  up  against  the  mesa,  is  a  great  talus  of  house 
ref use.  To  the  east  of  the  site  are  sand  dunes  from  10  to  30  feet  high, 
among  which  fine  specimens  of  juniper  flourish.  Vegetation  is  scanty 
on  the  mesa,  Bigdovia  graveolens  protecting  Tradescantia  scopulorum 
and  other  small  herbs  from  browsing  animals.  On  the  talus  below  the 
mesa  the  customary  Hopi  berry  bushes,  Lycium  pallidum  and  RUbes 
cereum,  thrive. 

An  examination  of  MindelefFs  plan  will  show  the  lack  of  order  in 
the  accretion  of  house  groups  going  to  make  up  this  pueblo,  due  in 
great  part  to  the  configuration  of  the  margin  of  the  mesa.  The  rear 
wall  is  the  only, uniform  feature;  the  intermediate  area  seems  to  have 
been  built  over  in  a  haphazard  manner. 

Portions  of  the  pueblo  were  formerly  at  least  four  stories  in  height 
above  the  spring  and  along  that  section.  Below  the  mesa  many  houses 
were  built  among  the  rocks,  where  excavation  exposed  walls  running 
irregularly  on  account  of  the  nature  of  the  ground.  Places  of  burial 
were  found  in  these  houses  and  under  the  rocks  and  in  crevices,  as  fa 
now  customary  in  the  latter  case  at  the  Hopi  pueblos. 

No  walls  remain  standing  on  the  ruin,  and  there  are  no  traces  of 
house  beams.0  Excavation  in  the  rooms  showed  walls  rather  poorly 
built*  of  coarse  soft  sandstone  laid  in  mud.  Many  of  the  rooms  were 
plastered. 

A  group  of  lower  rooms  7  feet  square  on  the  edge  of  the  mesa 
above  the  spring  and  having  the  mesa  as  a  floor  were  excavated.  The 
walls  were  chinked  with  small  stones;  the  fire  hole  was  on  the  floor  at 
the  southwest.  Small,  low  doors  or  openings  between  the  rooms  were 
noticed.  On  the  floor  lay  lumps  of  clay,  paint,  flat  mealing  stones, 
small  mortars,  etc.  The  pottery  in  these  rooms  was  altogether  gray 
and  red,  a  fact  to  be  noticed  later.  No  subterranean  kiva  could  be 
found  here  or  in  any  of  the  Jettyto  ruins  examined.  Such  kivas 
existed  at  Awatobi,  however. 

Scattered  over  the  surface  are  vast  numbers  of  potehards,  almost 
invariably  of  yellow  ware,  many  pieces  showing  interesting  symbolism. 
At  one  spot  near  the  edge  of  the  mesa  pottery  was  burned,  leaving 
heaps  of  cinders  and  ashes.  Lignite  was  used  as  fuel,  the  debris  filling 
the  houses  and  falling  below  the  mesa,  being  largely  composed  of  coal 
ashes  derived  from  burning  "  bony"  lignite.  At  the  foot  of  the  mesa 
south  of  the  wash  is  a  vein  of  pure  coal  7  feet  thick,  and  at  this  point 
is  abundant  evidence  of  pottery  burning.  Some  fragments  of  vessels 
picked  up  had  clinkers  fused  to  the  surface,  and  specimens  of  pottery 
burned  to  the  hardness  of  stoneware  occurred  in  the  debris. 

On  a  bench  of  the  mesa  a  fire  box  was  seen  near  a  series  of  "gardens" 


«  A  number  of  beams  from  Awatobi  are  incorporated  in  the  houses  of  Hano  and 
Walpi.  Some  of  these  may  be  seen  in  Nampeo's  house  at  Hano.  They  were  secured 
by  her  husband,  Lesu. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ABCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  335 

demarked  with  parallel  lines  of  large  stones.  A  small  cist  (Plate  84) 
was  discovered  in  the  cliff  and  photographed  by  Mr.  Grates.  This  had 
been  broken  Into,  and  there  is  now  no  means  of  ascertaining  its  pur- 
pose. The  cist  may  have  been  made  as  a  receptacle  for  cult  objects. 
A  single  pictograph  rewarded  the  search.  This  was  on  the  face  of  an 
immense  block  of  sandstone  fallen  from  the  rampart  of  the  mesa.  The 
pictograph,  which  apparently  represents  a  mask,  is  obscured  by  weath- 
ering, and  its  preservation  seems  to  be  owing. to  a  covering  of  lichen. 
The  cliffs  were  searched  for  shrines  without  results. 

Some  time  was  spent  in  the  endeavor  to  locate  the  cemetery.  The 
sand  dunes  200  yards  back  of  the  pueblo  seemed  favorable  from  the 
number  of  potshards  there,  but  nothing  was  found,  and  it  was  thought 
that  this  cemetery  had  been  destroyed  long  ago  by  the  moving  sand. 
It  appears  that  several  parties  of  prospectors  for  pottery  met  with 
disappointment  at  this  ruin.  The  main  talus  of  village  refuse  had 
been  untouched,  and  excavation  here  yielded  a  fair  collection,  which 
has  the  distinction  of  being  all  that  remains  to  tell  of  the  ancient 
inhabitants  of  the  pueblo  of  the  firewood  people. 

The  soil  of  the  talus  has  been  greatly  solidified  by  pressure,  the 
burials  often  showing  as  a  mere  narrow  band  of  organic  materials. 
Excavation  was  carried  on  by  running  a  trench  across  the  talus  and 
carefully  paring  off  the  face,  which  was  from  5  to  8  feet  high.  (Plate 
85.)  The  bodies  were  placed  with  the  head  to  the  northwest,  the  face 
toward  the  mesa,  the  legs  being  flexed.  Mats  were  wrapped  around 
the  body,  and  the  remains  of  coiled  and  wicker  baskets,  cord  of  hair, 
cloth  of  animal  fiber,  and  feather  textile  show  a  considerable  variety 
in  this  class.  Near  the  head  were  usually  found  lumps  of  gray  arid 
yellow  clay,  red  and  yellow  paint,  and  a  flake  knife  of  flint;  the  pot- 
tery also  was  placed  around  the  head.  The  bones  were  extremely 
decayed,  and  in  most  cases  had  so  disintegrated  that  no  specimens 
could  be  saved.  In  one  burial  at  the  moment  of  uncovering  the  body 
by  the  falling  away  of  the  earth  a  skull  was  found  retaining  the  hair 
in  excellent  preservation,  tied  with  a  human  hair  cord  at  the  sides  of 
the  head.  (See  Plate  86.)  The  skull,  however,  fell  to  pieces  in  a  few 
minutes.  Small  balls  of  clay  like  marbles  were  found  in  the  graves. 
Beads  and  ornaments  were  almost  lacking,  and  only  one  small  oblong 
of  turquoise  was  encountered.  Pahos  also  were  not  seen.  Many  of 
the  burials  were  without  mortuary  offerings,  and  rarely  more  than 
three  pottery  vessels  were  taken  from  a  single  interment. 

The  pottery  is  yellow  and  as  a  rule  is  inferior  in  quality  to  the  frag- 
ments scattered  over  the  ruin.  In  deep  diggings  at  the  bottom  of 
the  talus  some  burials  had  only  gray  and  a  little  red  ware.  On  the 
slope  below  the  mesa  at  the  east  side  of  the  pueblo  in  indurated  sand 
at  a  depth  of  3  feet  were  found  four  pieces  of  black  and  white  ware, 
consisting  of  a  vase  with  animal  handle,  a  cooking  vessel  with  handle, 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


336  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

a  cup,  and  bowl.  The  vase  contained  black  and  white  beads  of  stone 
and  shell,  tablets  of  red  stone,  and  pottery  ornaments  all  pierced  for 
stringing.  Parts  of  a  child's  skull  and  femur  were  found  near  by,  but 
no  bones  were  directly  associated  with  the  pottery,  and  extensive 
diggings  brought  to  light  no  other  burials  or  remains  at  this  place. 

Some  work  was  done  at  Nesheptanga,"  a  ruin  of  fair  size,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Kokopnyama,  situated  on  the  mesa  about  100  yards 
from  Maupin's  store.  The  buildings  conform  to  the  mesa  edge  toward 
the  west  and  the  village  terminates  to  the  east  in  a  wall  crossing  the 
mesa.  Fragments  of  fine  yellow  pottery  are  scattered  over  the  ruin. 
Burials  were  made  among  the  rocks  in  debris  from  the  village.  The 
cemetery  among  the  rocks  below  the  mesa  had  been  dug  out  by  the 
Navaho,  and  few  specimens  remained.  Several  smaller  ruins  a  few 
miles  west  of  Nesheptanga  were  inspected.  One  of  these  of  good  size 
is  located  on  the  mesa  at  the  head  of  a  long  gulch  leading  into  the 
Jettyto  Valley.  The  ware  here  is  yellow  and  of  good  quality.  A 
smaller  ruin  in  the  same  neighborhood  showed  fragments  of  large 
napiform  vases  characteristic  of  Tusayan.  The  small  sites  showing 
gray  and  red  ware  presented  few  features  of  interest.  The  ware  is 
coarse,  and  it  is  apparent  that  the  inhabitants  were  poor.  The  pres- 
ence of  ruins  of  this  class  in  Tusayan,  however,  is  interesting.  (See 
p.  332.) 

The  ruin  called  Lululongturqui,  located  across  the  Jettyto  Valley 
from  Kokopnyama,  was  carefully  examined,  but  not  excavated.  It  is 
of  medium  size  and  has  a  commanding  situation  on  the  mesa.  The 
mound  stands  high,  and  the  village  plan  shows  a  rounded  outline, 
reminding  one  of  some  of  the  Canyon  Butte  ruins.  Adjoining  the 
village  in  the  north  quarter  are  many  oblong  garden  plots  bounded 
with  lines  of  stones.  It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  the  potter^y  of  this 
ruin,  while  mostly  gray  and  light  red,  has  a  fair  proportion  of  fine 
yellow,  either  indicating  that  the  people  making  the  red  and  gray  ware 
were  contemporaneous  with  the  makers  of  yellow  ware  or  that  the  lat- 
ter supplanted  the  former.  Unfortunately  the  evidence  of  the  graves 
could  not  be  obtained.  The  Hopi  name  of  the  ruin  is  worthy  of 
remark.  Some  work  had  been  done  here  by  the  Navaho,  and  it 
appears  that  burials  had  been  disturbed  close  to  the  town  walls.  Two 
small  ruins  with  coarse  red  and  gray  ware  one-half  mile  east  of  this 
ruin  on  a  branch  of  the  Jettyto  Wash  were  visited.  These  ruins  had 
been  worked  by  the  Navaho  and  a  few  pieces  of  pottery  taken  out. 

CHAKPAKU. 

About  midway  between  Kokopnyama  and  Kawaiokuh  lies  a  very 
large  ruin  called  by  the  Hopi  "Chakpahu,"  Speaker  Spring.  It  is 
located  on  a  spur  of  the  mesa  and  overlooks  the  Jettyto  Valley  and  a 

"Mindeleff'8  4< small  ruin  between  Horn  House  and  Bat  House." 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD    WORK    IN   ARIZONA.  337 

deep  gorge  to  the  west.  The  ruin  was  surveyed  by  Victor  Mindeleff 
in  1885.°  The  prominent  features  of  the  ruin  are  the  defensive  wall 
and  the  great  court  or  plaza  which  overlooks  the  gorge.  No  walls  are 
standing,  and  the  house  plans  can  in  few  cases  be  traced  among  the 
mounds  of  rubbish.  Vast  quantities  of  potshards  are  mingled  with 
the  debris.  The  ware  is  of  the  finest  quality,  the  best  in  texture  and 
decoration  to  be  seen  on  any  ruin  in  Tusayan.  The  prevalence  of  frag- 
ments of  large  napif orm  vases  at  Chakpahu  is  noteworthy.  The  shards 
are  bright  and  fresh  looking  as  though  recent.  Many  superb  speci- 
mens from  this  ruin  have  gone  into  the  various  collections  made  by 
Mr.  T.  V.  Keam.  The  cemeteries,  which  were  in  the  debris  between 
the  houses  and  the  mesa,  have  been  rifled  by  Navaho.  In  1893  the 
spring  below  the  mesa  was  dug  out  by  the  Navaho,  and  many  vases 
and  vessels  of  various  forms,  like  those  found  by  the  Museum-Gates 
expedition  at  Kawaiokuh,  were  encountered.  A  short  account  of  this 
find,  with  illustration,  was  published  by  James  Mooney.6 

A  ruin  furnishing  yellow  ware  is  said  to  exist  on  the  south  side  of 
the  valley,  nearly  opposite  Chakpahu,  where  Maupin's  new  road 
descends  the  mesa.  The  ruin  was  not  seen,  but  some  specimens  were 
bought  of  Navaho,  one  a  canteen  in  yellow  ware,  with  ancient  deco- 
rations, and  shaped  like  those  used  by  the  Hopi. 

KOKOPNYAMA. 

Theie  is  at  Kokopnyama,  as  may  be  expected,  a  preponderance  of 
useful  forms  in  pottery,  represented  by  bowls,  vases,  dippers,  cups, 
and  cooking  utensils.  Large  water  vases,  with  rugose  surface,  without 
decoration,  are  also  represented  here,  but  in  limited  numbers.  The 
concave  disks  of  pottery,  with  holes  punched  around  the  edge,  are 
almost  lacking  at  Kokopnyama.  It  is  conjectured  that  these  objects 
may  have  been  used  as  revolving  rests  for  ware  during  the  process  of 
manufacture,  as  are  the  tabipi  or  bottom  forms,  employed  by  the  pot- 
ters of  Hano  at  present.  A  portion  of  this  customary  imperforated 
disk,  with  clay  still  attached  to  the  concave  surface,  was  found  in  this 
ruin. 

A  vessel  of  very  thick  ware,  showing  traces  of  fire,  is  believed  to 
have  been  a  brazier,  in  which  coals  were  kept  alight.  I  have  observed 
such  vessels  in  use  among  the  Zuni. 

Small  objects  of  pottery  were  somewhat  numerous,  such  as  toy  cups 
and  bowls,  frequently  unbaked  and  showing  the  touches  of  childish 
fingers;  a  rattle  with  perforated  globe,  clay  balls,  toy  dippers,  and  a 
number  of  animal  handles  representing  the  wildcat,  badger,  mountain 
sheep,  wolf,  etc.     One  of  these,  probably  a  wolf,  is  covered  with  a 

«  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  Ethnology,  p.  52  (map  faces  p.  26). 
&  American  Anthropologist,  July,  1893,  p.  283, 

NAT  MU8  1901 22 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


338  REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

thick  enamel  caused  by  fusing  in  the  fire  at  great  heat.  A  few  disks 
worked  from  pottery  fragments,  and  a  fragment  bearing  the  lug  of  a 
canteen  reground  in  the  shape  of  a  frog,  were  encountered.  Spiral 
appliqu£  ornaments  for  pottery,  like  those  on  Zufli  cooking  pots,  were 
used  here,  as  fragments  attest.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  the  minor 
works  of  pottery  mentioned  are  fewer  and  somewhat  ruder  than  those 
found  in  the  ruins  to  the  west. 

Objects  of  shell  are  extremely  rare  in  this  ruin,  a  few  unworked 
bits,  a  fragment  of  a  large  armlet,  and  a  few  conus  and  olivella  beads 
being  the  sum  total  secured. 

Worked  bone  is  also  scarce,  with  the  exception  of  small  awls.  A 
few  bone  beads,  small  tubes,  and  a  rib  knife  were  taken  from  the 
excavations. 

Stone  implements  are  numerous  here.  Flint  cores,  arrowheads, 
knives,  scrapers,  flakes,  and  drills  represent  objects  and  materials  of 
chippable  stone.  The  workmanship,  however,  is  poor.  Spherical  ham- 
mer stones,  grooved  hammers,  an  ax  hammer,  a  simple  grooved  ax  with 
poll,  and  a  double-bitt  ax  were  taken  out.  A  sandstone  upon  which  are 
grooves  made  in  sharpening  paho  sticks,  arrow  smoothers,  rubbing 
stones,  small  mortars  and  pestles,  and  pottery  polishing  stones  were 
collected.  Fragments  of  hand  stones  for  grinding  corn  were  seen,  but 
no  flat  grinding  stones  were  found  in  place  in  the  rooms  and  very  few 
were  observed  on  the  surface,  though  undoubtedly  they  were  in  con- 
stant use.  The  absence  of  surface  relics  of  this  character  is  due  to 
the  proximity  of  these  ruins  to  the  inhabited  pueblos,  who  find  use  for 
many  things  abandoned  by  the  ancients. 

Several  stone  spheres,  of  a  size  suitable  for  club  heads  and  probably 
originally  put  to  that  use,  were  secured. 

Ironstone  concretions  of  many  interesting  forms  weathered  out  of 
the  sandstone  ledges  are  scattered  in  the  debris  of  this  ruin.  A  few 
in  the  collection  have  been  worked  in  improvement  of  the  suggestive 
natural  form.  These  usually  take  the  shape  of  miniature,  well-finished 
cups.  A  curious  toy  grooved  hammer  of  sandstone,  painted  red,  was 
taken  from  the  debris  of  a  room. 

Ornaments  were  made  from  a  white  limestone  and  a  fine-grained 
clay  stone  of  good  red  color.  Thin  disks  of  the  latter  stone,  with  per- 
foration near  the  edge  for  suspension,  are  numerous.  Turquoise  was 
practically  absent  at  Kokopnyama.  Two  f  ragments  of  tubular  pipes 
were  secured,  one  of  beautifully  banded  stone  and  the  other  of  pot- 
tery. Selenite  fragments  were  scattered  through  the  debris,  also  a 
few  chips  of  obsidian  and  chalcedony  like  that  of  the  Petrified  Forest 

Of  pigments,  numerous  examples  occur  at  Kokopnyama.  The 
most  abundant  is  a  dark  red  derived  from  the  "bone"  in  burnt  lig- 
nite and  from  the  clay  stone  used  for  ornaments;  yellow  occuis  as 
yellow  ocher  and  ocherish  clays,  green  as  copper  carbonate  and  arena- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AECHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK   IN   ARIZONA.  339 

ceous  clay,  and  white  from  decomposed  chalky  limestone.  Several 
fragments  of  dark  brown  iron  ore  showing  marks  of  rubbing  are 
examples  of  the  stone  used  by  potters  for  the  brown  pigment. 

Bones  of  small  animals  were  very  scarce  in  the  debris.  Those 
found  were  principally  of  the  two  species  of  rabbit.  Bones  of  the 
dog,  fox,  eagle,  and  turkey  were  also  observed. 

Numerous  specimens  of  textiles  were  discovered  in  the  cemetery 
during  the  excavations  at  Kokopnyama.  Matting  of  twilled  weaving 
was  commonly  employed  to  envelop  the  body  preparatory  to  burial. 
In  contact  with  the  body  also  was  found  a  very  interesting  textile,  if 
so  it  may  be  called,  but  more  resembling  a  rather  thick  felt  of  downy 
feathers,  presumably  of  the  eagle.  This  cloth  was  usually  found  on 
the  face  of  the  dead  and  is  never  of  large  extent.  It  may  have  been 
a  mask  of  down  for  which  cotton  was  substituted  at  a  later  period. 
Dr  Fewkes  mentions  mortuary  masks  of  cotton  as  having  been  tradi- 
tionally used  by  the  Hopi.  In  one  instance  a  twisted  two-strand  cord 
of  hair  still  binding  masses  of  hair  was  found.  (Plate  86,  figs.  1  and  2.) 
A  number  of  specimens  of  coiled  and  wicker  basketry  were  taken  out. 
(Plate  87.)  The  coiled  basket  is  of  close,  fine  work,  and  will  be 
described  by  Professor  Mason  in  his  forthcoming  work  on  basketry. 
The  wicker  basketry  is  of  the  ordinary  type  at  present  made  at  Oraibi. 
Several  knots  tied  in  yucca-leaf  strips  are  shown  in  Plate  97,  fig.  2. 
A  thick  lock  of  hair  bound  with  yucca  and  saturated  at  the  basal  end 
with  red  pigment  is  thought  to  have  been  a  brush,  perhaps  a  brush 
for  producing  spatter  work  on  pottery. 

Beans  of  a  long  variety,  corn,  and  squash  seed  and  indistinguishable 
remains  of  food  were  found  with  the  dead. 

The  absence  of  fetishes  of  worked  stone  is  not  unusual  in  the  ruins 
of  northeastern  Arizona,  but  the  absence  of  pahos  with  the  interments 
at  Kokopnyama  is  remarkable.  It  must  not  be  said,  however,  that 
the  Kokop  people  did  not  employ  pahos,  for  the  most  important  ceme- 
tery, which  has  either  been  swept  away  or  is  yet  undiscovered,  may 
have  contained  them.  Still,  the  lack  of  pahos  with  the  burials  in  the 
extensive  ash  talus  of  the  pueblos  must  be  taken  as  positive  evidence, 
proving  a  considerable  variance  from  the  neighboring  pueblos  to  the . 
west  in  this  respect. 

KAWAIOKUH. 

This  very  large  ruin  is  situated  much  as  Chakpahu,  on  the  top  of 
the  mesa  between  two  gorges.  It  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  west  of 
the  Keams  Canyon  road,  where  it  reaches  the  level  of  the  mesa,  2  or  3 
miles  above  Jetty  to  Spring  at  the  "Rock  House."  (See  Plate  82.) 
Communication  is  rather  easy  over  the  level  mesa  to  Awatobi,  near 
which  is  a  Hopi  settlement  around  a  fine  spring. 

Kawaiokuh  has  a  commanding  position,  giving  an  extended  view  up 


Digitized  by 


Google 


840  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

and  down  the  Jettyto  Valley.  (Plate  88.)  Juniper  trees  come  close  to 
the  ruin  and  are  abundant  on  the  mesa,  not  having  been  consumed  for 
fuel,  as  near  the  present  Hopi  towns.  This  is  due,  perhaps,  to  the 
use  of  lignite  at  Kawaiokuh.  During  the  winter  the  Navaho  move  up 
from  the  valley  to  their  hogans  among  the  junipers,  where  fuel  is  con- 
venient and  snow  furnishes  water.  Many  varieties  of  plants  grow  on 
the  mesa,  which  at  this  elevation  (6,200  feet)  assumes  the  aspect  of  the 
White  Mountain  slopes. 

In  the  gorges  below  the  ruin  are  seen  springs  which  hold  out  for 
some  time  into  the  dry  season.  Jettyto  spring  issuing  from  the  shales 
at  the  base  of  the  mesa  is  permanent,  and  no  doubt  furnished  water 
for  Kawaiokuh,  though  at  the  cost  of  much  labor  in  bringing  it  up  to 
the  pueblo. 

The  front  of  the  village  was  built  close  to  the  edge  of  the  mesa, 
though  enough  space  was  left  for  passage  around.  The  rear  of  the 
village  is  comparatively  straight. a  The  houses  near  the  edge  of  the 
mesa  were  several  stories  in  height,  and  some  of  the  rooms  were  large 
and  well  plastered  with  red  clay  mixed  with  sand.  The  walls  of  a 
room  excavated  were  covered  with  numerous  coats  of  plaster,  on  the 
surface  of  which  various  designs  had  been  painted  in  color.  (Plate 
89.)  The  floors  were  broad  slabs  of  flagstone.  The  masonry  is  of 
small  cubes  of  sandstone  laid  in  mud  and  shows  inferior  workmanship 
like  that  of  the  present  pueblos.  No  scattering  houses  were  to  be  seen 
around  the  pueblo  nor  were  there  traces  of  shrines  or  pictographs. 

On  the  bench  below  the  cliff  a  pottery -burning  place  was  discovered, 
and  by  carefully  removing  the  layers  of  soil  the  bed  on  which  the  pot- 
tery was  set  up  was  exposed.  (Plate  90,  fig.  1.)  This  layer  was  made 
up  of  ashes  mainly  composed  of  the  slaty  portions  of  the  lignite  burn- 
ing white  or  red.  There  were  bits  of  white  sandstone  also,  and  char- 
coal of  twigs  and  stones.  Near  this  spot  was  unearthed  a  heap  of 
fragments  of  vessels  broken  in  firing.     (Plate  90,  fig.  2.) 

Kawaiokuh  has  been  devastated  in  a  thorough  manner  by  the  Navaho, 
and  there  was  grievous  evidence  that  their  wasteful  methods  had 
destroyed  far  more  than  was  saved.  The  burials  in  which  the  finest 
ware  had  been  placed  were  found  in  the  debris  among  the  rocks  at  the 
foot  of  the  cliff  and  extended  entirely  around  the  front  of  the  pueblo. 
The  slope  at  the  west  side  of  the  village  above  the  gorge  had  also  been 
an  important  cemetery.  There  is  no  cemetery  at  a  distance  from  the 
pueblo,  as  at  Awatobi,  and  it  appears  that  the  latter  pueblo  is  unique  in 
this  respect  among  the  related  Jettyto  ruins. 

After  numerous  trial  excavations  it  was  determined  to  clear  out  one 
of  the  higher  house  masses  on  the  edge  of  the  mesa.  Very  soon  in 
the  course  of  this  work  it  was  discovered  that  the  front  rooms  had 
been  devoted  to  burials  and  eventually  a  considerable  collection  of  pot- 

«  See  Mindeleffs  plan,  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


AEOHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WOBK   IN   ARIZONA.  341 

tery,  etc.,  was  taken  out.  As  many  as  eight  interments  had  been  made 
in  one  room  at  different  levels.  (Plate  91.)  A  large  coiled  jar,  sealed 
with  clay  and  having  the  rim  of  a  fine  vase  luted  on,  was  unearthed 
beneath  the  stone  floor  of  a  room.  (Plate  92.)  The  jar  contained  only 
a  quantity  of  clean  sand  in  pellets,  the  grains  loosely  cohering  in 
globular  form  as  though  arranged  by  some  obscure  natural  process. 
This  deposit  was  perhaps  of  sand  for  ceremonial  purposes.  Offerings 
of  corn,  beans,  cotton  seed,  etc.,  accompanied  these  burials.  The 
skeletons  were  decayed  beyond  preservation.  The  burials  below  the 
mesa  held  the  ware  of  the  finer  class  almost  exclusively,  so  far  as  could 
be  ascertained  from  the  fragments  of  beautiful  texture  and  design  left 
by  the  Navaho  around  their  excavations.  A  few  interments  that  had 
escaped  the  Navaho  were  encountered  during  the  work.  Mats  of 
yucca  strips  were  wrapped  around  the  bodies  and  these  placed  on 
wicker  trays  or  constructions  of  small  twigs.  Food  offerings  of  young 
corn  ears  and  bread  were  placed  on  coiled  basket**  and  numerous  elab- 
orate pahos  arranged  around  the  body.  It  seems  plain  that  the  impor- 
tant cemetery  was  at  this  location,  and  it  is  regrettable  that  so  little 
remained  where  there  had  been  so  much  valuable  scientific  material. 
With  the  specimens  from  the  house  cemetery,  however,  and  those 
from  the  excavations  in  the  debris  and  from  the  surface  of  the  ruin  a 
considerable  collection  was  formed,  containing  many  interesting 
objects. 

In  the  neighborhood  of  Kawaiokuh  are  several  small  ruins  yielding 
gray  ware,  a  specimen  of  which  is  shown  on  Plate  95,  fig.  1.  While 
in  camp  here  a  Navaho  brought  in  two  fine  pieces  of  this  class  from  a 
ruin,  described  as  large,  in  the  Moki  Buttes,  about  25  miles  distant. 
One  of  these  pieces  is  a  large  globular  vase  well  decorated. 

Artifacts,  Kawaiokuh. — The  remark  as  to  the  useful  forms  of  pot- 
tery vessels  at  Kokopnyama  applies  also  to  this  ruin.  A  greater  num- 
ber of  specimens  were  collected  at  Kawaiokuh  than  at  the  former  site, 
and  as  noted  the  aesthetic  ware  is  more  abundant;  likewise,  there  are 
many  small  objects  of  different  classes  showing  that  the  potters'  art 
was  quite  diversified  in  this  pueblo. 

In  detail,  attention  may  be  called  to  a  small  vessel  in  form  of  a 
frog;  the  ware  is  fine  yellow,  and  the  modeling  is  aided  by  decoration 
in  dark  brown  (Plate  93,  fig.  1).  Another  of  this  class  is  a  vase  in 
form  of  a  parroquet,  of  excellent  workmanship  and  decoration  (Plate 
94).  A  vase  of  gourd  form  also  displays  much  taste,  and  a  vase  of 
the  oriental  "pilgrims'  gourd"  shape,  a  form  rare  in  this  region,  is 
represented  in  the  collection.  An  oblong  canteen  form,  from  which 
the  handles  have  been  broken,  bears  a  symbolic  decoration  on  the 
sides,  and  at  the  ends  conventionalized  faces.  (Plate  93,  fig.  3.)  A 
well- formed  dipper  in  perfect  preservation  is  shown  in  Plate  93,  fig.  2. 

A  vase  of  gray  ware  with  spiral  decorations  on  the  shoulder  (Plate 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


342  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 

95,  fig.  2)  was  taken  from  the  house  cemetery  at  Kawaiokuh.  The 
ware  is  remarkably  thin,  so  much  so  as  to  raise  the  question  whether 
the  vessel  could  have  been  made  by  coiling,  and  yet  there  seems  to  be 
no  alternative. 

A  bowl,  one  of  several,  of  salmon  color  (see  Plate  100,  fig.  2)  must  be 
mentioned.  The  paste  is  dense  and  of  the  same  fine  character  of  the 
ware  from  this  region;  it  is  probable  that  to  produce  this  color  either 
a  little  yellow  ocher  was  added  to  the  clay  or  the  clay  was  selected  for 
the  purpose.  In  either  case  the  bowls  have  the  look  of  strangers 
amidst  the  fine  ceramics  of  Kawaiokuh;  especially  is  this  remarked 
when  one  considers  the  rudely  drawn  design  in  brown  bordered  with 
white,  a  style  extremely  rare  in  ancient  Hopi  pottery,  where  white  is 
not  a  potter's  pigment.  White-margined  decoration  is  found  at  Hon- 
olobi,  and  in  many  of  the  ruins  along  the  White  Mountain  plateau  it 
is  common.  Possibly  the  woman  who  made  these  bowls  was  following 
the  traditions  of  the  potters  of  her  clan,  which  may  not  have  been 
represented  at  Kawaiokuh  except  by  herself. 

The  fancy  of  the  potter  was  expressed  in  many  small  works,  as  in 
the  handles  of  the  cups  and  vases,  which  often  represent  animals  with 
accuracy  and  again  with  grotesque  or  humorous  treatment.  The  han- 
dle of  a  cup  (Plate  93,  fig.  4)  is  an  example  of  the  latter.  By  setting 
the  mouth  of  the  animal  at  an  angle  a  peculiarly  whimsical  expression 
was  produced  by  the  artist.  Figurines  of  a  dog  going  on  three  legs 
(Plate  96,  fig.  12)  and  of  the  same  animal  apparently  curled  up  in 
sleeping  posture  were  found.  Ornaments  in  shape  of  birds  perforated 
for  wearing  are  frequent.  (Plate  96,  fig.  11.)  One  of  these  in  the 
collection  is  a  superior  piece  of  modeling;  the  tail  and  extended  wings 
are  vaned  by  notches  pressed  in  the  clay  and  the  body  is  decorated. 
(Plate  96,  fig.  9.)  Small  ornaments  in  shape  and  decoration  designed 
to  imitate  shells  are  also  frequent.     (Plate  96,  figs.  7,  8,  and  10.) 

Pottery  bells  like  those  found  by  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes  at  Awatobi* 
and  first  described  by  him  from  this  region  are  somewhat  numerous 
here.  They  are  hollow  spheres,  having  a  narrow  aperture  like  the 
sleigh  bell,  and  as  to  devices  for  fastening  to  a  cord  or  to  garments 
are  of  two  classes;  one  with  a  perforated  tang,  and  the  other  having 
a  pair  of  holes  opposite  the  aperture.  One  of  these  specimens  retains 
the  pellet  of  clay  forming  the  sounder  and  on  being  shaken  produces 
an  agreeable  tinkling  sound.  These  bells  are  undoubtedly  of  aborigi- 
nal manufacture.6 

«  Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  p.  629. 

&  During  a  meeting  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington,  at  which  the 
results  of  the  Museum-Gates  expedition  of  1901  were  presented,  the  question  of  the 
aboriginal  origin  of  the  so-called  hawkbell  was  canvassed,  the  evidence  presented 
going  to  show  that  such  bells  are  prehistoric  on  the  American  Continent,  although 
at  an  early  date  bells  of  a  similar  form  were  articles  of  trade,  being  in  universal 
demand  by  the  native  tribes  and  scarce  with  them  at  any  period. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK    IN   ARIZONA.  343 

Toy  pottery  vessels  are  plentiful,  representing  vases,  cups,  dippers, 
and  bowls;  one  in  form  of  a  gourd,  and  one  miniature  vase  of  gray 
ware  of  excellent  form  and  finish  should  be  mentioned.  A  pottery 
object  in  form  of  a  hollow  cone,  with  perforations  around  the  base,  is 
supposed  to  have  been  used  as  the  nose  of  a  mask.  Several  tubular 
pipes  (see  Plate  52,  fig.  4)  were  taken  out. 

Hundreds  of  fragments  of  the  concave  disks  of  rude  pottery  with 
perforations  around  the  edge,  indicating  a  diameter  of  from  8  to  12 
inches,  were  seen  in  the  debris.     (See  p.  337.) 

Among  the  pottery  objects  found  at  Kawaiokuh  is  a  f ragment  of  a 
thick  rectangular  slab,  with  two  shallow  saucers  in  the  upper  surface. 
From  traces  of  adhering  color,  this  was  no  doubt  used  for  mixing 
paint 

Stone  working  at  Kawaiokuh  had  not  reached  by  many  degrees  the 
perfection  attained  in  clay  working.  This  remark  is  true  for  the  whole 
Pueblo  region,  where  the  worked  stone  is  much  inferior  to  that  of  the 
ancient  inhabitants  of  Ohio.  Still,  in  the  Pueblo  region,  there  was 
considerable  variation  in  workmanship  among  the  different  tribes  and 
also  in  some  lines,  as  in  mosaic  and  bead  making  there  was  great  pro- 
ficiency. It  must  be  said  that  for  careless  and  crude  manufacture  of 
stone  implements,  the  tribes  going  to  form  the  Hopi  complex  were 
among  the  first,  though  on  the  other  hand  quite  a  variety  of  imple- 
ments, ornaments,  etc.,  were  fashioned  of  stone. 

The  primitive  spherical  hand  hammer  is  common  at  Kawaiokuh, 
where  it  was  employed,  no  doubt,  for  battering  corn  mills,  etc.,  as  it  is 
among  the  present  pueblos,  where  the  writer  has  observed  it  in  use.a 
Grooved  hammers  of  different  sizes  are  also  found.  The  large  grooved 
hammers  seem  to  have  been  used  in  wood  gathering;  they  are  some- 
times met  with  among  the  juniper  trees  at  a  distance  from  villages. 
Axes,  sometimes  double-bitted,  had  their  principal  use  also  in  getting 
out  beams  and  chopping  wood.  Occasionally  ceremonial  implements 
in  the  form  of  highly  polished  axes  and  hammers  of  actinolite,  a  beau- 
tiful and  much-prized  stone,  are  picken  up  on  the  ruins.  Two  fine 
specimens  of  this  character  were  secured  from  Sa-a-la-ko,  the  chief 
"  Snake  woman  of  the  Hopi,  mother  of  the  leader  of  the  snake  fraternity 
of  Walpi.  Aside  from  actinolite,  the  material  of  hammers  and  axes 
is  chert,  sandstone,  and  basalt  of  inferior  quality. 

The  arrow  smoothers  from  this  locality  were  made  by  securing  a 
suitable  piece  of  stone,  dressing  down  a  face,  and  making  a  groove 
across  it.  The  materials  are  coarse  and  fine  sandstone,  claystone, 
and  soapstone.  This  implement  must  be  divided  in  two  classes,  one 
in  which  the  arrow-shaft  was  smoothed  by  attrition,  and  the  other  in 
which  when  the  stone  was  heated  the  shafts  were  straightened.  In 
the  latter  class  often  a  companion  stone,  also  grooved,  was  placed  over 

« American  Anthropologist,  X,  June,  1897,  p.  191. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


344  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 

the  shaft  and  the  latter  drawn  to  and  fro  through  the  channel.  Small 
cup-shape  mortars  of  coarse  sandstone  were  found  at  Kawaiokuh  and 
a  slab  of  tine-grain  sandstone  with  shallow  cavity  in  which  iron  paint 
had  been  triturated.  Pottery-smoothing  stones  are  numerous,  and 
small  slabs  of  fine  grit  wood  opal,  used  presumably  in  stone  working, 
were  picked  up.  There  were  also  cylinders  of  coarse  stone,  probably 
employed  as  rasps. 

Ornaments  in  form  of  round  and  oblong  tablets  of  red-clay  stone 
like  that  used  at  Kokopnyama  are  shown  (Plate  9(5,  figs.  1-3).  A 
drilled  tablet  of  bun*  limestone  is  also  shown  (Plate  90,  fig.  4).  A 
small  object  of  hematite,  neatly  carved  to  represent  a  wolf  and  having 
a  hole  drilled  through  it  for  suspension,  is  probablv  a  fetish  (Plate 
96,  fig.  0).  [ 

The  arrowheads  at  this  site  differ  very  much  in  size  from  slender 
specimens  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  length  to  those  2£  inches  in 
length.  Many  of  them  are  serrated;  such  arrowheads  are  common 
in  northeastern  Arizona.  The  materials  are  various — chert,  quartzite, 
quartz,  agate,  jasper,  obsidian,  and  chaleedon}'.  A  number  of  knives 
were  collected,  mostly  rudely  chipped,  though  some  show  rather  good 
work.  Scrapers  consisting  of  irregular  spalls  of  chert,  chalcedony, 
and  obsidian  worked  on  one  edge  are  numerous.  Obsidian  is  more 
plentiful  at  Kawaiokuh  than  at  the  neighboring  ruins.  Several  per- 
fectly formed  chips  found  in  the  debris  are  believed  to  have  been 
used  as  minature  mirrors.  The  Navaho  are  familiar  with  such  use 
of  obsidian  flakes. 

No  crystals  of  quartz  commonly  found  in  the  pueblo  ruins  were 
observed  at  Kawaiokuh.  A  few  beads  of  fine  turquoise  were  picked 
up  in  the  debris,  but  no  specimens  were  placed  in  the  graves. 

Several  chipped  fragments  of  vitreous  stone,  some  of  which  seem  to 
have  been  fused,  were  thought  to  be  artificial,  or  rather  to  have  been 
produced  by  accident  in  burning  pottery  at  a  high  heat.a  We  have 
seen  that  fused  masses  of  green  enamel  sometimes  occur  on  fragments 
of  pottery  among  the  ashes  at  the  pottery-burning  places,  and  suggest 
that  the  people  of  Kawaiokuh  were  near  to  the  independent  discovery 
of  glass. 

Objects  of  shell  are  comparatively  few  at  Kawaiokuh,  although 
there  is  much  more  here  than  at  Kokopnyama.  Among  the  specimens 
secured  were  a  fragment  of  shell  pendant,  a  fragment  of  amulet  drilled 
for  a  pendant,  conus  and  olivella  tinklers,  a  small  circlet  cut  from  a 
pectunculus  shell,  and  a  circular  ornament  with  scalloped  edge  having 
a  hole  cut  through  the  center. 

Small  bone  awls  like  those  used  by  the  Hopi  for  basket  work  and 
sewing  are  common.  Tubes  of  bird  bone  and  of  a  few  deer  bones  cut 
off  with  flint  were  collected.     One  of  these  tubes  has  a  hole  cut  through 

o  This  mass  has  been  tested  by  Dr.  George  P.  Merrill  and  is  found  to  be  a  slag. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK   IN    ARIZONA.  345 

the  wall  near  one  end  and  was  probably  made  for  a  whistle.  The  tips 
of  an  antler  and  several  other  bones  appear  to  have  been  employed  in 
flint  chipping.  A  circular  ornament  cut  from  the  skull  of  some  animal 
and  having  a  hole  near  the  edge  for  suspension  was  taken  out. 

The  pigments  used  for  various  purposes  at  Kawaiokuh  were  found 
to  be  similar  to  those  collected  at  Kokopnyama. 

Wicker  and  coiled  basketry  like  that  described  from  Kokopnyama 
was  made  at  Kawaiokuh  (Plate  97,  figs.  1,  2,  and  4).  The  bed  or  mat 
of  twigs  often  placed  beneath  the  more  important  dead  was,  as  far  as 
the  condition  of  the  specimens  allow  to  be  made  out,  constructed  of 
interlaced  shoots  of  Rhus  tri/obata,  the  ends  of  the  shoots  turned  in  and 
thrust  among  the  interlacings  forming  an  edge.  Matting  of  yucca, 
the  making  of  which  has  been  long  discontinued  among  the  Hopi,  was 
also  used  to  enwrap  the  dead,  as  shown  (Plate  97,  fig.  5),  where  remains 
of  matting  adhered  to  the  lower  jaw  of  the  skeleton.  Strips  of  the 
fibrous  leaf  of  the  yucca  were  used  for  tying. 

Specimens  of  the  felt-like  masks  of  the  down  of  birds  were  also  col- 
lected at  Kawaiokuh,  as  at  Kokopnyama.     (See  p.  339.) 

Squash  seed,  beans,  corn,  and  cotton  seed  were  found  in  the  graves. 
Sometimes  a  bunch  of  ears  of  corn,  probably  roasted  and  secured 
together  by  the  husks  for  hanging  in  the  house  as  the  Hopi  do  at 
present,  were  uncovered.  The  cotton  seed  resembles  in  size  and 
appearance  that  still  raised  by  the  Oraibi  at  Moenkopi. 

The  offerings  of  prepared  food  to  the  dead  in  the  ancient  ruins  are 
rarely  in  such  condition  as  to  admit  of  identification.  At  Kawaiokuh, 
however,  one  of  these  offerings  was  plainly  a  round,  thick  tortilla, 
such  as  the  Hopi  call  pilabaki. 

While  at  Kokopnyama  pahos  seem  to  be  absent;  at  Kawaiokuh  they 
are  numerous  in  the  graves  and  are  the  only  wooden  objects  that  have 
been  preserved.  It  may  be  said  that  the  cause  of  this  is  the  carbonate 
of  copper  pigment  with  which  the  pahos  were  covered.  Three  kinds 
of  pahos  were  noticed — one  a  short,  slender  stick  sharpened  at  one 
end;  another  larger,  with  carved  head,  and  still  another  a  stout  rod 
having  a  flat  tablet  fastened  to  the  upper  portion."  No  traces  of  other 
colors  than  green  are  observable  on  these  pahos.  Remains  of  pine 
needles  and  feathers  still  adhere  to  the  tablets,  and  in  one  case  the 
small  mass  of  meal  (niisha,  "  sustenance "),  customarily  added  by  the 
Hopi  to  certain  pahos,  as  those  of  the  flute  society,  was  preserved. 

In  regard  to  the  distribution  of  pahos  in  this  region,  it  may  be  said 
that  while  they  are  sparsely  represented  in  the  ruins  of  the  Little 
Colorado  Valley  and  the  north  side  of  the  White  and  Mogollon 
mountains,  they  are  most  numerous  in  the  ruins  around  Hopi  mesas, 
especially   in   the   latter   ruins.     In   the   excavation   of  Old   Wolpi, 

a  See  Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  pp.  736- 
739,  for  pahos  found  hy  Dr.  Fewkes  at  Awatobi  and  Sikyatki. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


346  REPORT   OP   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

Mr.  C.  L.  Owen,  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum  exploring  party,  took 
out  many  hundreds  of  these  interesting  objects,  proving  that  here  is  the 
center  of  greatest  prevalence  of  pahos.  The  origin  of  the  custom  can 
not  be  ascertained  as  yet,  nor  is  there  data  as  to  its  extent  in  the  Pueblo 
region.  Presumably  the  elaborate  pahos  were  an  accession  from  the 
Rio  Grande  coming  in  with  the  complicated  Katchina  ceremonies." 

PERIODS  OF  TUSAYAN  WARE. 

It  may  be  well  to  notice  here  the  characteristics  of  the  ware  of  the 
different  periods  as  marked  by  the  incoming  clans.  The  settlements 
of  the  first  period  are  small  and  obscure  and  have  not  been  excavated. 
From  surface  indications,  however,  it  is  found  that  the  ware  is  rather 
coarse,  and  that  there  is  a  greater  proportion  of  gray  and  red  ware 
than  in  later  ruins.  The  small  sites  showing  only  gray  ware  and  red 
ware  have  been  mentioned,  and  these  may  indicate  early  clans  with  the 
technic  of  the  San  Juan  region.  To  the  north  and  west  of  Tusayan 
such  ruins  are  numerous,  coming  close  down  upon  the  area  of  the  yel- 
low ware.  The  traditional  Hopi  ruins  at  Black  Falls,  discovered  »3T 
Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes,  are  of  this  class.*  The  decoration  of  this  ware 
is  geometric,  and  animal  forms  or  symbolic  figures  are  almost  lacking. 

The  second  period  begins  with  the  initial  coming  of  the  clans  from 
the  south.  These  people  are  well  represented  at  Homolobi,  near  Wins- 
low,  Arizona,  where  exist  a  group  of  ruins  explored  by  Dr.  J.  Walter 
Fewkes  and  the  writer  in  1896,  and  the  group  near  Biddahoochee, 
described  in  this  paper  (p.  326).  Here  we  find  a  considerable  diversity 
of  color  and  quality  of  ware.  The  fine  yellow  ware  is  well  represented, 
but  we  have  gray  ware,  red  ware,  polychrome  ware,  and  coiled  vessels 
with  marked  coiled  decoration  different  from  the  obscure  coiling  of  the 
ruins  near  the  Hopi  mesas. c 

The  decoration  is  geometric,  but  not  derived  from  the  same  motives 
as  in  the  gray  ware  of  northern  localities.  There  is  more  fertility  of 
invention  in  handling  motives  which  are  in  a  transition  from  more  com- 
plex symbolic  subjects  in  the  main  primarily  realistic.  This  gives,  for 
example,  the  interior  decoration  of  bowls  a  greater  variety  in  the 
matter  of  placing  the  design  over  the  whole  area,  whereas  in  the  black- 
and-white  northern  ware  the  design  is  usually  arranged  in  four  areas 
between  the  arms  of  a  cross,  leaving  a  square  or  circular  field  in  the 

«  Moat  of  the  traditioiiH  ascribe  the  introduction  of  prayer  sticks  to  the  Water  House 
people  of  the  South.  See  Fewkes,  Tusayan  Migration  Traditions,  Nineteenth  Annual 
Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

&  American  Anthropologist  (n.  s.),  II,  July-Sept,  1900. 

c  The  migration  from  the  south  has  also  been  in  progress  for  a  considerable  period, 
extending  up  to  comparatively  recent  times.  It  must  be  said,  however,  that  these 
clans  brought  with  them  pottery  that  appears  to  be  more  ancient  in  type  than  that 
brought  by  the  Rio  Grande  clans. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  347 

middle  of  the  bowl  scarcely  ever  occupied  by  a  symbolic  design.  The 
designs  are  almost  invariably  angular  and  rarely  undertake  the  voluted 
or  curved  designs  of  other  regious. 

Invariabty,  also,  the  ancient  Hopi  ruins  are  richer  in  shell,  turquoise, 
and  objects  of  aboriginal  art  than  other  ruins  of  the  Southwest. 

The  extent  of  the  impress  upon  the  Hopi  of  the  art  of  the  clans 
coming  from  the  south  is  not  clear  at  present,  as  the  ancient  sites  have 
not  teen  explored  to  any  extent.  In  the  summer  of  1901  Dr.  George 
A.  Dorsey  and  Mr.  C.  L.  Owen,  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum, 
excavated  on  the  site  of  Old  Walpi,  the  "Ash  Heap,"  as  it  is  called, 
securing  a  large  collection,  which,  wThen  it  is  available,  will  probably 
throw  light  on  the  transition  period. 

It  appears  that  comparatively  recently  the  potter's  art  died  out 
among  the  Hopi  of  the  Middle  and  East  Mesas  and  that  by  the  law  of 
village  specialization  of  an  art,  Oraibi  retained  the  making  of  pottery 
until  shortly  after  1872,  when  Dr.  J.  W.  Powell  visited  the  pueblo. 
The  later  Oraibi  art  shows  marked  Zuiii  influences.  The  Tewans, 
however,  practiced  the  art  uninterruptedly,  and  it  has  come  to  be  that 
the  people  of  Hano  are  the  only  potters  remaining  in  Tusayan,  and 
that  finally,  at  the  close  of  the  fourth  period,  the  pottery  used  by  the 
Hopi  is  of  Rio  Grande  extraction,  even  though  it  has  !>ecome  thoroughly 
debased,  like  many  of  the  arts  of  the  American  Indians.  Nampeo, 
an  intelligent  Tewan  woman,  however,  is  endeavoring  to  revive  the 
glories  of  the  former  times. 

The  third  period,  the  golden  age  of  Tusayan,  begins  with  the  great 
migration  from  the  Rio  Grande.  To  this  period  belongs  the  splendid 
ware  procured  by  Dr.  Fewkes  at  Sikyatki  and  Awatobi,"  the  Keam 
collections  at  Peabody  and  Chicago,  and  the  collection  from  Jettyto 
Valley  by  the  Museum-Gates  expedition. 

In  texture  and  decoration  this  pottery  is  the  best  in  North  America 
and  ranks  with  the  finest  of  Mexico  and  Peru.  In  decoration  it  is 
perhaps  superior,  for  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  highest  efforts 
of  the  potter  in  those  countries  belong  in  the  class  of  sculpture,  which 
is  hardly  represented  in  Tusayan,  nor  indeed  in  the  Pueblo  region, 
except  where  it  connects  with  the  Mexican  culture  on  the  southern 
border. 

The  ware  of  Jettyto  Valley  is  preponderantly  yellow,  ranging  from 
cream  color  to  yellow  ocher  and  occasionally  reaching  orange.  Brown 
and  salmon  color  also  occur,  with  a  few  sporadic  examples  of  gray 
and  red. 

The  texture  of  the  ware  is  fine  and  homogeneous;  the  absence  of 
sand  or  d£graissant  is  notable,  which  speaks  well  of  the  cretaceous 
clays  that  occur  as  partings  in  the  sandstone  rocks  of  the  region.  These 
clays  also  contain  little  iron  and  that  is  such  chemical  form  as  to 

"Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  Pt.  2. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


348  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

impart  only  a  yellowish  tint  of  great  beauty  to  the  burnt  ware.  The 
clay  burns  to  remarkable  density  and  stands  a  high  heat  in  the  kiln. 
Sometimes  overburning  produces  a  paste  with  the  hardness  of  stone- 
ware, but  high  heat  usually  darkens  the  surface  and  obscures  the 
design. 

A  lively  appreciation  of  symmetry  of  form  is  evident  and  the  sur- 
face finish  shows  the  greatest  care,  no  part  being  slighted,  differing  in 
this  respect  from  the  gray  ware  of  the  north,  in  which  the  exterior 
surface  and  edge  usually  have  not  been  treated  with  the  polishing 
stone.  On  account  of  the  careful  finish  of  the  Jettyto  ware  no  traces 
of  coiling  or  other  processes  may  he  seen;  in  fact,  the  potter  was  care- 
ful not  to  have  even  marks  of  the  smoothing  stone  on  her  vessels,  so 
that  the  surface  is  agreeable  to  the  touch,  like  polished  ivor}\  Not 
having  received  any  surface  wash  of  clay,  the  vessels  are  never  crackled. 

There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  the  structural  method  of  coiling 
was  practiced  and  that  the  basal  processes  were  similar  to  those 
employed  by  the  potters  of  Hano  at  present. 

The  pigments,  also,  were  of  iron  ores  and  earths,  like  those  used  by 
Nampeo  at  Hano.  These  are  toko,  or  ironstone  and  rikydtoho*  or  yel- 
low ocher;  in  unskillful  hands  these  produce,  the  former  dark  brown 
answering  to  black,  and  the  latter  dingy  reds.  Nampeo  has  in  her 
recrudescence  of  the  old  art  found  it  necessary  to  select  these  pigments 
for  various  qualities,  depending  on  the  purity  or  impurity  of  the 
material,  or  just  as  she  also  selects  her  clay.  Her  efforts,  while  com- 
mendable, serve  to  heighten  our  appreciation  of  the  discrimination  of 
the  ancient  potters  in  selecting  and  handling  their  materials.  Their 
command  of  the  resources  of  color  may  be  observed  in  Plate  98,  fig.  2, 
where  on  an  old  ivor}7  ground  may  be  counted  seven  graduations  of 
yellow,  red,  and  brown;  fig.  1  of  this  plate  is  also  a  fine  example 
of  color  and  texture.  These  graduations  are  intentional  and  show  a 
knowledge  of  the  behavior  in  firing  of  these  colors. 

Colors  were  not  only  put  on  in  broad  masses  over  portions  of  the 
design,  but  areas  of  the  vessels  were  spattered  with  delicate  tints  of 
red,  brown,  and  yellow,  shaded  from  the  edges  toward  the  center  with 
great  taste.  Areas  of  color  were  frequently  stippled,  apparenthr  with 
the  yucca  brush,  and  sometimes  color  was  applied  using  the  end  of 
the  finger  as  a  pounce.  Masses  of  dark  color  were  relieved  or  made 
more  specific  as  to  meaning  by  scratching  away  the  color  with  a  sharp 
point  as  in  etching.  In  one  example  found  at  Kawaiokuh  the  repre- 
sentation of  a  mask  is  covered  with  raised  work  in  color,  the  pigment 
having  been  thickened  to  form  a  mass.  These  examples,  which  prob- 
ably do  not  comprise  all  the  manipulations  with  which  the  Jettyto 
potters  were  familiar,  are  enough  to  place  them  in  the  category  of  the 
most  advanced  pueblo  artists. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  349 

It  must  be  said  also  that  in  drawing  they  take  high  rank  in  that  they 
displayed  an  appreciation  of  the  quality  of  lines  and  attacked  complex 
subjects,  which  they  rendered  with  accuracy,  freedom,  and  )>oldness. 

Their  colors  were  applied  by  means  of  a  slender  strip  of  yucca  leaf, 
as  a  rule,  where  accurate  work  was  sought.  In  somp  cases,  however, 
there  is  evidence  that  a  larger,  soft-ended  brush,  possibly  of  hair,  was 
used,  and  the  design  painted  on  hurriedly  and  roughly.  It  is  true 
that  the  pottery  of  any  one  of  these  pueblos  furnishes  examples  show- 
ing varying  degrees  of  skill,  though  the  average  is  high  for  pottery 
of  the  better  class. 

AGE  OF  JETTYTO  VALLEY  RUINS. 

It  is  fortunate  that  the  dates  of  the  discovery  (1540)  and  of  the 
destruction  of  Awatobi  (1700)  are  known.  From  these  dates  it  is 
possible  to  approximate  the  age  of  the  related  pueblos  and  to  get  a 
clue  as  to  the  period  of  the  migrations  from  the  Rio  Grande.  These 
migrations  extend  over  a  considerable  length  of  time,  but  there  is 
traditional  material  relating  to  all  the  settlements,  portions  of  which 
have  been  collected  by  J.  Walter  Fewkesa  and  A.  M.  Stephen.* 

Previous  to  the  year  1700,  when  the  last  migration  from  the  Rio 
Grande  brought  the  Tewans  of  the  present  town  of  llano,  many  clans 
from  the  east  settled  in  Tusayan.  One  comparatively  late  migration 
was  due  to  the  unsettled  conditions  on  the  Rio  Grande  caused  by  the 
pueblo  insurrection  of  1680.  These  migrants  founded  the  pueblos  of 
Payupki  and  Tebungkihu,  now  in  ruins  near  the  East  and  Middle 
Mesas.  They  withdrew  again  to  the  Rio  Grande  at  the  instance  of 
Padre  Menchero  when  the  trouble  had  passed. 

The  settlements  at  Sikyatki,  Awatobi,  and  the  other  great  Jetty  to 
towns  were  more  permanent  and  endured  to  all  appearances  for  sev- 
eral centuries.  The  first  Rio  Grande  migration  undoubtedly  ante- 
dates the  conquest  (1540);  it  may  not  be  possible,  however,  to  deter- 
mine the  length  of  time  beyond  that  date  that  the  Jettyto  pueblos 
were  occupied.  In  1540,  when  Awatobi  was  visited  by  Tobar,  it  was 
a  village  of  800  souls,  the  only  Hopi  village  besides  Oraibi,  then 
located  on  a  mesa/  Later  visitors  to  Awatobi  were  Espejo,  1583; 
Onate,  1598,  and  Vargas,  1692.  In  1700  it  was  destroyed  by  Hopi 
from  the  pueblos  a  few  miles  to  the  north,  having  remained  on  its 

« In  various  reports  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  American  Anthropologist,  and  Folk 
Lore  Journal.  Quite  a  full  account  may  be  found  in  the  Seventeenth  Annual  Report 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  to  which  I  am  indebted.  See  also  the  recent  paper  on 
Tusayan  migration  traditions,  Nineteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
1901. 

&  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  1886-87. 

c  J.  W.  Fewkes,  Report,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1895. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


350  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

location  for  one  hundred  and  sixty  years  during  the  historic  period, 
and  inferential ly  having  been  built  long  before  1540.  At  that  date, 
also,  the  three  very  large  pueblos  to  the  east  of  Awatobi,  and  also 
Sikyatki,  had  been  abandoned,  jus  Tobar  makes  no  mention  of  them. 
This,  of  course,  ^negative  evidence.  It  seems  likely,  therefore,  that, 
as  Dr.  Fewkes  has  suggested,  this  migration  probably  occurred  in  the 
fifteenth  century. 

The  impression  the  writer  received  on  the  study  of  these  ruins  is 
that  Kawaiokuha  and  Chakpahu  were  contemporory  with  Awatobi. 
Like  Sikyatki,  they  mark  the  period  of  the  highest  development  of 
the  potter's  art  in  Tusayan.  Kokopnyama,  however,  seems  older;  the 
pottery  is  not  so  good  and  it  is  possible  that  it  is  the  first  settlement 
in  this  region  from  the  Rio  Grande.  The  important  clan  of  the  Fire 
or  Firewood  is  known  to  have  lived  at  Tebungkihu  and  Sikyatki;*  it 
may  be  that  Sikyatki  was  settled  from  Kokopnyama.  The  pottery  of 
Chakpahu  is  the  finest  to  be  found  in  Tusayan.  This  pueblo  was  the 
center  of  the  manufacture  of  the  splendid  napiform  vases  characteristic 
of  this  region,  and  innumerable  beautiful  fragments  are  to  be  seen 
in  the  debris.  At  Kokopnyama  sherds  of  such  vases  are  very  few;  at 
Kawaiokuh  there  are  about  as  many  as  at  Awatobi.  The  ruins  of 
Sikyatki  have  furnished  some  fine  examples,  figured  in  Dr.  Fewkes's 
monograph.6 

One  of  the  most  beautiful  specimens  in  existence,  taken  out  by  an 
Indian  at  Chakpahu,  was  secured  by  Mr.  P.  G.  Gates  in  1901. 

If  there  were  no  traditions  among  the  Hopi  relating  to  the  five 
pueblos  mentioned,  comparative  methods  would  show  that  the  bold 
symbolism  on  the  pottery  relates  them  to  the  Keresan  pueblos,  which 
furnish  the  only  ware  among  the  present  village  dwellers  that  is  similar 
in  style  of  ornamentation.  We  may  conclude,  therefore,  that  superior 
ceramics,  both  in  texture  and  decoration,  were  brought  to  the  Hopi 
from  the  east  as  early  as  the  fifteenth  century. 

The  main  feature  of  interest  in  this  connection  is  the  extent  to  which 
the  Hopi  culture  has  been  modified  by  that  of  the  Rio  Grande  peoples. 
The  region  of  the  upper  Rio  Grande,  with  its  superior  advantages  as 
to  food  supply,  due  to  the  abundant  water,  has  been  the  cradle  of 
pueblo  culture,  and  to  these  favorable  conditions,  as  well  as  its  posi- 
tion on  migration  lines,  it  may  have  received  the  first  settlements  of 
hunter  tribes  forced  into  the  pueblo  region.  Undoubtedly  these  con- 
ditions have  determined  the  perpetuation  of  the  majority  of  the  exist- 
ing pueblos.  From  this  region  we  would  expect  various  populations 
to  swarm  in  search  of  new  homes.  The  Navaho  also  were  modified  for 
their  betterment  by  contact  with  the  Rio  Grairde  culture  and  by  racial 

a  Mr.  F.  W.  Hodge  informs  me  that  this  is  also  the  Keresan  or  Queres  name  of  the 
pueblo  of  Laguna. 

&  Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Pt  2. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ABOHEOLOGIOAL   FIELD   WOBK   IN   ARIZONA.  351 

mixture  with  some  of  the  clans,  through  whom,  no  doubt,  they  received 
sheep  and  their  first  lessons  in  pecudiculture.a 

The  original  Hopi  clans,  the  Snake  and  Bear,  forming  the  nucleus 
of  the  settlement,  traditionally  came  to  Tusayan  from  the  northwest 
and  southwest  at  an  early  date,  possibly  as  early  as  the  fourteenth 
century.  This  marks  the  end  of  the  wanderings  of  those  clans,  the 
location  having  many  permanent  springs  and  the  stream  beds  giving 
fair  opportunity  for  agriculture.  It  is  not  the  country  that  civilized 
man  would  choose  for  a  habitation,  but  to  the  Indian  its  isolation  gave 
safety  and  the  desert  gave  subsistance  to  those  who  knew  the  field  craft 
for  the  desert. 

There  can  scarcely  be  more  than  conjecture  as  to  the  origin  of  these 
early  clans.  From  the  language  they  were  of  the  great  Uto-Aztecan 
stock,  which  forms  at  this  day  the  largest  linguistic  family  on  the 
Western  Hemisphere.  The  history  of  this  family  is  comprised  in  less 
than  four  centuries  since  the  conquest,  and  tradition  in  Mexico,  where 
the  tribes  reached  their  greatest  efflorescence,  places  their  migration 
from  the  north  at  two  centuries  before  the  conquest.  Cubas  places 
the  first  "king"  at  1352. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  before  the  date  of  the  entrance  of  the 
Aztecs  into  Mexico  the  Pueblo  region  possessed  its  characteristic  cul- 
ture. Whether  this  culture  was  environmental  (Brinton)  or  an  outer 
wave  from  the  great  ancient  cultures  of  Central  America,  or  both,  is 
an  open  question. 

The  Shoshoneans,  like  the  Navaho,  came  in  contact  and  union  with 
pueblo  tribes  at  one  of  the  early  centers  of  population,  presumably  in 
southeastern  Utah  or  northern  New  Mexico.  Here  they  received  a 
modifying  element  assimilating  them  to  pueblo  culture.  It  might  not 
be  going  too  far  to  say  that  Nahuatl  incursions  into  Mexico  from  the 
north  were  filtered  through  the  Pueblo  region;  indeed  it  seems  proba- 
ble. The  Hopi,  then  in  their  beginnings,  may  be  regarded  as  a  product 
of  pueblo  environment  and  culture  upon  hunting  tribes  of  Shoshoneans 
whose  virility  fitted  them  to  move  about  in  the  Pueblo  region,  pre- 
serving their  organization  and  language.  If  it  be  true  that  the  early 
tribes  did  not  possess  corn,  but  depended  upon  the  chase,  the  most 
important,  in  fact  a  well-nigh  essential,  need  was  supplied  by  this  food 
of  foods,  and  the  modifying  effect  was  like  that  of  the  acquisition  of 
sheep  by  the  Navaho.  Contact  of  the  Hopi  with  cliff-dwelling  tribes 
of  Pueblo  Indians  is  undoubted;  the  traditions  hint  at  it,  and  the  dis- 
coveries of  George  H.  Pepper  in  northern  New  Mexico  reveal  basket- 
making  tribes  using  symbolism  familiar  among  the  Hopi/    In  truth 

«  F.  W.  Hodge.  The  early  Navajo  and  Apache,  American  Anthropologist,  VIII, 
1895,  p.  223. 

&The  Ancient  Basket-Makers  of  Southeastern  Utah,  G.  H.  Pepper,  Journal  of  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  II,  Supplement,  April,  1902. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


352  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

it  might  be  said  that  we  have  in  the  ancient  inhabitants  of  Grand 
Gulch  the  Shoshonean  prototype  of  the  northern  clans  of  the  Hopi, 
or  rather  one  of  these  clans  in  a  state  of  modification  as  referred  to. 

The  subsequent  history  of  the  Hopi  after  the  Snake  and  other  early 
clans  settled  in  Tusayan  is  marked  by  the  arrival  of  many  clans  from 
various  quarters,  consolidating  into  the  Hopi  complex  as  we  find  it 
to-day. 

The  more  important  of  these  superadded  elements  were  the  Rain, 
Lizard,  and  Rabbit  groups  of  clans  from  the  south,  according  to  Dr. 
Fewkes,  which  have  been  traced  at  Homolobi  and  Biddahoochee,  and 
the  Badger,  Horn,  Tansy  Mustard,  and  Katchina  groups  of  clans  from 
the  east. 

Attention  is  called  in  this  connection  to  an  interesting  environ- 
mental phase  of  the  names  of  the  clans,  which  seems  to  work  out 
beautifully  in  determining  the  location  from  whence  they  came.  This 
is  that  the  clans  coming  from  the  north  and  northeast,  from  moun- 
tainous regions  where  game  abounds,  bear  the  names  of  animals;  while 
those  from  the  south,  or  from  less  rugged  and  more  cultivable  regions, 
bear  the  names  of  plants,  minor  animals,  or  of  the  beneficent  powers 
of  nature.  The  clans  from  the  land  of  the  agave  and  the  yucca  palms 
lived  in  a  milder  environment  and  by  the  nature  of  things  were  more 
civilized  than  the  clans  who  were  forced  to  depend  largely  on  hunting 
for  subsistence.  It  will  be  seen  that  those  facts  must  be  taken  in 
account  in  the  study  of  the  composition  of  the  Hopi. 

REMARKS. 
TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS. 

It  was  found  that  in  few  of  the  pueblos  south  of  the  Jettyto  Valley 
examined  by  the  Museum-Gates  party  of  1901  was  there  any  care 
taken  to  locate  in  an  inaccessible  or  defensible  position.  The  care  was 
rather  to  settle  near  the  water  supply,  at  a  sufficient  elevation  merely 
to  overlook  the  fields  or  to  furnish  a  practicable  site. 

As  a  rule,  the  plans  of  the  fifty -five  ruins  examined  are  of  the  ordi- 
nary rectangular  type,  offering  little  worthy  of  remark.  The  groups 
in  the  White  Mountain  region,  however,  which  show  in  part  circular 
plans,  and  some  of  the  ruins  of  the  Canyon  Butte  group,  which  approach 
this  type,  are  interesting  in  connection  with  the  range  and  affiliations 
of  the  widespread  clans  who  employed  a  style  of  decoration  on  gra>T 
and  red  pottery  that  may  be  called  the  dual  style,  which  will  be  dis- 
cussed later  (p.  354). 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  PUEBLO  CULTURE. 

Last  winter  the  writer  presented  a  paper  before  the  Anthropolog- 
ical Society  of  Washington,  giving  a  summary  of  the  field  work  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD   WORK    IN    ARIZONA.  358 

Museum-Grates  expedition  of  1901.  In  discussing  the  paper  Presi- 
dent W.  H.  Holmes  characterized  the  Pueblo  culture  by  saying  that 
it  was  a  great  unit  with  much  diversity  in  detail,  fading  off  into  but 
not  connecting  with  the  areas  to  the  west,  north,  and  east,  save  per- 
haps in  case  of  a  limited  class  of  ancient  earthenware  decorated  with 
color  found  in  the  States  of  Mississippi,  Arkansas,  and  Louisiana;  but 
on  the  south  there  is  strong  evidence  that  it  connects  with  the  art  of 
northern  Mexico  and  to  some  degree  with  the  great  culture  centers 
of  the  southern  plateau  of  Mexico.  President  Holmes  said  that  the 
various  ceramic  groups  were  largely  the  result  of  local  environment, 
and  to  some  extent  to  the  culture  of  peoples  arriving  in  that  environ- 
ment, but  the  culture  over  the  whole  Pueblo  area  has  been  to  some 
extent  unified. 

A  few  years  ago  the  writer  made  a  study  of  the  art  of  pottery  mak- 
ing carried  on  at  the  pueblo  of  Hano,  on  the  first  or  east  Hopi  mesa. 
It  was  strikingly  brought  out  in  the  course  of  this  study  that  the 
environment  for  potter's  materials  is  quite  extended.  For  instance, 
one  desirable  clay  was  brought  from  the  ancient  quarry  of  Sikyatki, 
about  5  miles  away,  another  from  10  miles  or  so,  common  clay  from 
the  partings  in  the  mesa  just  below  the  pueblo,  another  clay  of  dif- 
ferent character  from  some  other  place,  and  besides  these  four  varie- 
ties, kaolin  was  brought  from  a  long  distance.  Experiments  were 
also  made  with  clays  encountered  during  journeys,  and  by  mixtures 
clays  were  improved  or  regulated  for  certain  classes  of  ware,  as  for 
the  large  water  ollas  which  come  from  the  primitive  kiln  a  reddish- 
brown  color.  A  similar  discriminative  selection  was  also  observed  in 
regard  to  the  pottery  pigments. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  potter's  art  at  Hano  is  surprisingly  complex 
in  the  matter  of  materials,  not  to  speak  of  the  other  processes  involved 
before  the  ware  is  finished. 

So  far  as  has  been  observed  by  the  writer,  the  clays  of  this  region 
as  a  rule  burn  to  light  yellow,  or,  in  other  words,  it  is  an  environment 
that  would  determine  yellow  pottery.  Without  doubt  the  three  great 
types  of  pottery  of  the  Pueblo  region  as  to  color  have  their  origin  in 
the  geological  environment  in  localities  where  the  respective  conditions 
obtain,  but  the  decorated  ware  such  as  is  taken  from  the  ruins  and 
exhibited  in  our  museums  stands  very  far  from  the  beginning.  These 
types  have  been  more  or  less  widely  spread  over  the  whole  Southwest 
through  the  migration  of  clans.  Thus  we  find  gray  ware  almost  exclu- 
sively, for  instance,  at  the  Scorse  Ranch,  where  the  country  clays  burn 
from  yellow  brown  to  light  yellow.  Hence  kaolinic  clays  were  sought 
out  for  use  here  because  gray  pottery  was  the  kind  sanctioned  by  custom 
and  must  be  made  even  though  the  end  be  attained  by  passing  a  wash 
of  kaolin  over  a  body  of  dark  color.  It  seems,  therefore,  that  there 
is  evidence  of  strong  conservatism  in  the  potter's  art  of  the  pueblos, 

NAT  mus  1901 23 


354  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

one  which  peculiarly  belongs  to  the  woman,  who  Professor  O.  T.  Mason 
has  shown  are  the  originators  and  zealous  perpetuators  of  many  of 
the  primitive  ails.  While  without  the  evidence  of  the  decorative 
symbolism  and  forms  of  pottery  and  that  of  other  artifacts  found  in 
a  ruin,  it  might  not  be  thought  advisable  to  depend  on  the  color  of  the 
ware  alone;  yet,  t>earing  in  mind  the  strong  conservatism  of  custom, 
this  feature  has  classificatory  value.  Speaking  now  with  regard  to 
the  art  alone,  we  ma}'  provisionally  class  the  pueblo  culture  in  pre- 
sumable sequence  of  origin  as  that  of  the  gray -ware  people,  the  yellow- 
ware  people,  and  the  red-ware  people. 

The  region  of  gray  ware  is  southern  Utah,  southern  Colorado, 
northern  Arizona,  and  northern  New  Mexico,  and  its  range  is  much 
more  extensive  than  that  of  any  other  class.  The  surviving  people 
making  gray  ware  are  the  Zufii. 

The  region  of  yellow  ware  embraces  the  Hopi  Reservation  and  the 
country  south  to  the  Lower  Gila  in  the  former  range  of  the  Hopi;  in 
the  southern  portion  of  the  region  it  occurs  sparingly  and  crosses  areas 
of  red  and  gray.  Acoma,  Sia,  and  perhaps  some  other  Rio  Grande 
pueblos  make  ware  which  falls  in  this  class. 

Ancient  sites  furnishing  red  ware  exclusively  are  rare.  Red  ware 
occurs  in  connection  with  gray,  polychrome,  and  other  classes.  In 
general,  the  region  embraces  the  White  and  Mogollon  mountains, 
portions  of  the  Gila,  and  has  its  focus  in  the  Pima-Papago- Mohave 
country  in  southern  Arizona. 

RANGE  OF  DUAL  DESIGIJ  ON  POTTERY. 

In  this  connection  attention  is  called  to  a  style  of  decoration  found 
almost  altogether  on  gray  pottery.  The  design  is  drawn  in  hachure 
and  solid  color;  these  areas  of  decoration  being  very  often  comple- 
mentary, suggesting  the  idea  of  duality.  (See  Plate  31,  figs.  3  and  4; 
Plate  32,  figs.  5  and  6,  Scorse  Ranch  ruins,  and  Plate  51,  Canyon  Butte 
Wash  ruins.)  This  design  may  be  seen  on  the  palaces  of  Mitla,  where 
it  occurs  in  the  frets  figured  by  W.  H.  Holmes."  It  is  believed  that  this 
style  of  decoration  may  be  of  importance  in  determining  the  range  and 
affiliations  of  the  tribes  making  use  of  it.  An  examination  of  the  pot- 
tery of  the  existing  pueblos  shows  that  the  dual  or  hachure  design  has 
been  perpetuated  only  at  Zufii,  and  here  also  on  the  surviving  repre- 
sentative of  the  ancient  gray  ware,  still  the  typical  pottery  at  Zufii.  The 
ruins  of  the  Zufii  pueblos  which  flourished  at  the  time  of  the  conquest 
and  the  Zufii  ruin  of  Kintiel.  so  far  as  we  have  observations  upon  them, 
show  this  t}*pe  of  ware  and  decoration.  The  ruins  south  of  Zufii  to 
the  Rito  Qucmado;  southwest,-  embracing  the  St.  Johns-Springerville 

«  Archaeological  Studies  Among  the  Ancient  Cities  of  Mexico,  Field  Columbian 
Museum,  Anthropological  Series,  I,  No.  1,  Chicago,  1897,  pp.  248-249. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL   FIELD   WORK    IN   ARIZONA.  355 

region;  Forestdale  (see  p.  289),  in  the  Apache  Reservation;  the  Tule- 
rosa  and  Upper  San  Francisco  rivers,  etc. ;  in  general,  the  region  south 
and  southwest  of  Zuni,  with  as  yet  undefined  boundaries  but  mani- 
festly an  area  of  great  extent,  are  of  this  class.  As  said  by  dishing, 
the  traditions  clearly  show  that  the  Zuni  stock  is  made  up  of  two  ele- 
ments, the  one  preponderating  and  more  virile  from  the  north,  and 
the  other  from  the  south,  which  Gushing  seems  inclined  to  connect 
with  the  Yuman  of  the  Lower  Rio  Colorado  or  the  Piman  stock. a  It 
may  be  said  in  passing  that  a  census  of  the  immense  collection  of  mod- 
ern Zuni  pottery  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  includes  a  number  of 
pieces  of  red  ware,  principally  in  form  of  bowls  with  polished  surface, 
which  remind  one  strongly  of  Pima  pottery. 

Little  work  has  been  done  on  Zuni  archeology,  nor  is  the  pueblo 
unique  in  this  respect;  so  that  the  starting  points,  ancient  migration 
lines,  or  stopping  places  on  the  way  from  the  north  or  south  are  yet 
to  be  worked  out.  Perhaps  this  hint  as  to  the  dual  and  hachure  design 
may  serve  as  a  clew  in  the  further  prosecution  of  this  research,  which 
presents  only  one  of  many  problems  that  await  elucidation  in  that 
fascinating  field,  the  ancient  Southwest. 

SYMBOLISM. 

There  remains  also  much  work  to  be  done  on  the  subject  of  symbol- 
ism, and  like  many  other  matters  connected  with  the  Indians,  who  are 
daily  losing  something  of  their  old  life,  the  time  for  this  study  is  the 
present. 

A  world  of  symbolism  painted  on  pottery  lies  beneath  the  ancient 
ruins  of  Arizona,  besides  that  which  has  already  been  taken  out  by 
responsible  and  irresponsible  parties.  Nowhere  has  symbolism  played 
such  important  part  as  in  the  puebloaof  the  Hopi  group,  and  nowhere 
is  the  study  of  them  so  interesting,  both  on  account  of  the  fullness  of 
the  material  and  the  relationship  to  existing  peoples  who  to-day  have 
a  living  body  of  syml)ols.  Here  is  an  advantage  presented  in  the  study 
of  pueblo  archeology  over  that  of  other  regions  in  the  United  States. 
Representatives  of  the  prehistoric  peoples  are  still  living  in  the  region 
where  the  ancient  clans  wandered,  preserving  in  some  degree  the 
ancient  thought  and  in  less  degree  the  ancient  arts.  To  them  we  may 
refer  the  finds  taken  from  the  ground  with  some  reasonable  hope  of 
explaining  obscure  points  or  of  finding  clues  that  will  lead  to  the 
explanation,  whereas  in  other  regions  there  are  many  problems  that 
can  receive  no  aid  from  living  tribes. 

Nowhere  on  this  continent  is  there  found  a  greater  wealth  of  sym- 
bolism than  in  the  region  of  the  Hopi  mesas,  among  the  living  as  well 
as  among  the  dead.     The  expression  of  this  symbolism  is  also  of  an 

«  Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  1891-92,  p.  342. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


356  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 

interesting  stage,  that  of  transition  from  the  realistic  to  the  idealistic, 
and  various  degrees  of  growth  exhibiting  examples  of  the  origin  of 
symbols  and  their  submergence  into  conventional  and  geometric  forms. 
The  beginning,  range,  and  decay  of  symbols,  as  well  as  the  subjects 
involved,  form  a  fascinating  chapter  in  the  history  of  this  region,  a 
history  that  gives,  beyond  all  in  importance,  a  clew  to  the  thoughts 
of  the  pueblo  dwellers. 

It  is  hoped  in  a  future  paper  to  present  an  account  of  the  symbols 
occurring  on  objects  collected  in  different  localities  by  the  Museum- 
Gates  expedition  of  1901,  in  order  to  illustrate  some  of  the  points 
mentioned  above.  The  whole  subject  is  too  large  for  the  efforts  of 
one  person,  and  perhaps  rendering  the  material  accessible  to  students 
may  be  the  most  valuable  result  accomplished  in  this  instance.  A  few 
of  the  best  specimens  showing  symbolism  are  figured  on  Plates  98  to 
101. 

DOMESTIC  AND  FOOD  ANIMALS. 

A  careful  search  for  the  bones  of  animals  was  maintained  in  the 
excavations  made  in  and  around  the  sites  examined  during  the  season 
of  1901. a  This  inquiry  was  pursued  in  order  to  ascertain  what  ani- 
mals were  used  for  food  and  what  animals  were  domesticated  by  the 
ancient  inhabitants  of  this  region. 

As  to  the  first  item,  the  remains  show  that  most  of  the  animals  of 
the  region  were  consumed  as  food;  but,  as  might  be  anticipated,  bones 
of  the  carnivora  are  much  rarer  that  those  of  the  herbivora,  the  latter 
represented  by  deer  and  rabbit  species,  and  the  former  by  the  fox, 
coyote,  wolf,  dog,  raccoon,  )>adger,  wildcat,  and  puma,  but  no  bones 
of  the  bear  were  observed.  Remains  of  the  beaver  and  small  rodents, 
and  bones  of  birds,  especially  the  turkey,  eagle,  hawk,  and  owl,  were 
noted. 

Remains  of  the  dog  and  turkey  were  found  in  nearly  every  ruin, 
showing  the  extent  of  the  domestication  of  these  animals  in  this  region. 
So  far  as  can  be  determined,  the  dog  and  turkey  were  the  only  animals 
domesticated  by  the  pueblo  tribes.  It  was  hoped  that  light  might 
have  been  thrown  upon  the  question  of  domestication  of  other  animals, 
namely,  the  deer,&  and  an  auchenia  (llama),  as  affirmed  by  Cushing  from 
figurines  found  on  the  Rio  Salado,  in  southern  Arizona/    The  writer 

a  Work  of  this  character  was  begun  in  1896,  on  the  Homolobi  ruins,  and  continued 
in  1897  in  connection  with  environmental  studies  in  the  Southwest.  See  Hough, 
Environmental  Interrelations  in  Arizona;  American  Anthropologist,  XI,  May,  1898, 
p.  133;  and  J.  W.  Fewkes,  Twentieth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology. 

&Nadaillac,  Prehistoric  America,  London,  1885,  pp.  205,  219,  affirms  the  domesti- 
cation of  the  deer  in  Colorado  and  Arizona. 

cSee  Dr.  Washington  Matthews,  U.  S.  A.  in  Laud  of  Sunshine  (now  Out  West), 
XII,  March,  1900. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


ARCHEOLOGICAL    FIELD    WORK   IN   ARIZONA.  357 

has  copied  numerous  pictographs  in  the  valley  of  the  Little  Colorado 
River  showing  unmistakably  the  herding  of  turkeys  and  of  deer  by 
men.  It  is  possible  that  the  scene  depicted  in  the  bowl  found  at 
Linden  (Plate  19)  is  of  this  character.  In  this  connection  the  congeries 
of  small  cells  adjoining  the  ruins  at  Pinedale,  in  the  White  Mountains 
of  Arizona,  is  interesting.  Still,  the  evidence  presented  so  far  as  to 
the  domestication  of  other  animals  than  the  dog  and  turkey  is 
unsatisfactory. 

It  is  hoped  that  in  future  excavations  in  the  Southwest  all  bones  of 
animals  may  be  carefully  collected  for  the  sake  of  the  aid  they  afford 
to  a  fuller  understanding  of  the  life  of  the  pueblo  dwellers. 

PRESERVATION  OF  ANCIENT  RUINS. 

One  of  the  most  depressing  features  connected  with  the  work  in  the 
Pueblo  region  is  the  evidence  of  vandalism  and  unskilled  exploration 
encountered  on  almost  all  of  the  prehistoric  sites.  The  extent  of  this 
devastation  can  scarcely  be  realized.  No  ruin  is  so  obscure  or  inacces- 
sible that  some  sheep  herder  or  prospector  has  not  put  in  some  of  his 
tedious  hours  digging  in  it. 

The  settlers  of  the  States  and  Territories  in  the  Pueblo  region  from 
the  first  were  alive  to  the  wonders  of  the  new  country  and  were 
attracted  by  the  evidences  of  the  former  inhabitants.  Thus  at  that 
time,  out  of  curiosity,  many  of  the  ruins  were  visited;  axes,  etc.,  were 
picked  up  from  the  surface,  and  perhaps  a  little  cursory  excavation 
done,  the  specimens  secured  forming  household  ornaments. 

Later,  the  various  governmental  explorations  called  widespread 
attention  to  the  ruined  pueblos  of  the  Southwest,  and  soon  it  was  found 
that  relics  from  these  pueblos  had  commercial  value.  With  this  enter- 
ing wedge,  the  collecting  of  "  relics"  became  a  business,  and  men  trav- 
ersed the  region  for  the  sole  purpose  of  tearing  up  the  ruins  for  their 
private  gains.  Almost  every  trader  either  employed  Indians  to  dig  or 
bought  all  the  specimens  that  Indians  brought  in  at  a  nominal  price, 
and  many  were  the  men  who  had  "collections'"  for  sale.  A  few  of 
these  individuals,  profiting  by  the  scientific  methods  of  governmental 
and  institutional  explorations,  were  careful  to  catalogue  and  localize 
the  specimens  as  far  as  possible  at  second  hand,  finding  that  such  data 
increased  the  value.  To  give  an  idea  of  the  extent  of  this  vandalism 
and  unscientific  collection,  it  may  be  said  that  from  one  town  alone 
during  the  past  ten  years  about  20,000  specimens  have  been  shipped; 
from  other  neighboring  towns,  about  7,000  specimens.  From  the  same 
points  during  this  period  about  10,000  specimens  have  been  shipped 
by  scientific  exploring  parties.  The  speculative  collecting  was  from 
Indian  reservations,  railroad  and  Government  lands. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


358  REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

These  facts  have  been  known  for  some  time,  and  a  bill  for  the  pres- 
ervation of  ancient  ruins  has  been  before  Congress  several  terms,  but 
the  bill  has  not  been  enacted  into  law.  Indirectly,  however,  Congress 
has  worked  for  the  preservation  of  the  ruins  by  reservations  of  public 
domain,  and  in  a  notable  instance  has  preserved  the  famous  ruin  called 
Casa  Grande. 

In  this  connection  the  Interior  Department  has  done  yeoman  service 
in  hindering,  if  not  preventing,  further  despoiling  of  the  ruins  on  gov- 
ernmental lands  by  instructions  to  its  agents  and'  by  sending  inspectors 
into  the  field  for  the  purpose  of  warning  offenders. 

That  there  was  a  sentiment  among  some  of  the  people  of  the  South- 
west in  favor  of  the  preservation  of  the  ruins  is  shown  by  sundry 
actions  taken  by  legislative  bodies  and  the  formation  of  societies  with 
such  end  in  view.  The  legislature  of  Arizona  took  action  some  years 
ago  without  apparent  success.  The  Arizona  Antiquarian  Society 
founded  through  the  efforts  of  the  late  Dr.  Joshua  Miller,  of  Prescott, 
endeavors  to  preserve  and  to  prevent  the  despoiling  of  sites  of  anti- 
quarian interest  in  the  Territory.  In  New  Mexico  also  the  subject  is 
receiving  considerable  attention. 

SUMMARY  OF  WORK. 

During  the  season  over  55  ruins  were  visited,  and  18  of  these  were 
excavated  in  a  region  nearly  200  miles  north  and  south  by  70  miles 
east  and  west.  Some  idea  of  the  difficulties  encountered,  aside  from 
800  miles  of  wagon  travel,  may  be  gathered  when  it  is  known  that  five 
of  the  groups  required  dry  camps,  water  being  hauled  considerable 
distances.  The  work,  however,  was  quite  successful,  2,500  specimens 
having  been  collected.  In  connection  with  this  work,  ethnological 
photographs,  data,  and  specimens  were  secured  from  the  Apache, 
Navaho,  and  Hopi  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  2. 


<6 

z 
5 
cc 


< 
a 

r- 


< 

z 
o 

r- 


CO 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nationa.  Museum    1901  . — Hougn 


Plate  3. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  Nat.onal  Museum.  1901. -Hough. 


Plate  4. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Hough. 


Plate  5. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1i-0  I  .—Hough. 


Plate  6. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  190.  . — nougn. 


Plate  7. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.   1301. — Hough. 


Plate  8. 


Length,  5J  in.;  width,  4>  in.;  height,  3  in. 
Cat.  No.  212830. 


Diam.,  5|  in.;  height,  2*  in. 
Cat.  No.  212831. 

Bird-form  Mortuary  Vase  and  Bowl. 

Forestdale.  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  US  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH. 


PLATE  »- 


LENGTH.  2  Va    I  N.  WIDTH,  I7/*    IN    H  El  GHT,  I  >4  I  N    CAT-  NO    212841 


LENGTH.   93/4    IN    HEIGHT,  2  >2   IN     CAT    No.  212837 


PAINT  CUP  AND  DOUBLE    BOWL. 

Forestdale,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  US  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901   HOUGH. 


PLATE   IO 


DIAM.  SYl  IN.  HEIGHT,  2)4   IN.     CAT  No    212834 


DIAM.5V8    IN    HEIGHT.  5    IN       CAT.  No    213094 


BOWL  OF  GILA  TYPE  AND  HANDLED  VASE 
Forestdale,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  1 1 . 


Diam.,  6f  in.:  heiKht,  5|  in.     Cat.  No.  212837. 


Diam.,  10|  in.;  height.  7j  in.    Cat.  No.  212828. 

Mortuary  Vases  of  Gray  Ware. 
Forestdale,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


J 


Digitized  by  VjOOQiC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  12. 


T 


Fetiches  of  Pottery  and  Stone,  and  Scrapers. 

Forestdale,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U,  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough, 


Plate  13. 


Bone  Implements. 

Forestdale,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  14. 


Stone  and  Bone  Implements. 
Interior  Sawmill,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  15 


Plan  of  Pottery  Hill  Ruin. 

Linden,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U   S.  National  Muuum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  16. 


f   ?'       v' 


Scale 

Plan  of  Smaller  Ruin  Near  Linden. 
Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  17. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901.— Hough 


Plate  18. 


Dlam.,  5|  in.;  height,  5i  in.    Cat.  No.  212978. 
Diam.,  Of  in.;  height,  6  in.    Cat.  No.  212977. 


Diam.,  1|  in.;  height,  2*  in.  Cat.  No.  212979. 
Diam.,  5*  in.;  height,  4}  in.  Cat.  No.  212H91. 
Diam.,  5*  in.;  height,  2f  in.    Cat.  No.  212898. 

Gray  Ware. 
Linden,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  25. 


Diam.,  104  in.    height,  54  in.    Cat.  Xo.  2122t>5. 


Diain..  Hi  in.:  height,  6  in.     Cat.  No.  21J-J»U. 

Bowls  of  Gray  Ware. 

McDonald's  Canyon.  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.   National  Museum,  1901. — Hough 


Plate  34. 


Diam.,  9*  in.;  height.  5  in.    Cat.  No.  212421). 
Bowls  of  Gray  Ware. 

Seorse  Ranch.  Arizona. 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report     o!     U      S      N-.tior.al    M.sfj-r,     l  90  '    —  Hcii.gh 


~*t    No.   2  I  .'.  5M) 


Cat.   No.   212   5  S3 


Cst     No    2  I  2.SS4 


BOWLS  OF   PED  WARE. 

CC^-'  r_     K4NCH,    AP!ZONA. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


»ORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM, 1901.  HOUGH. 


PLATE  36 


CAT.  No  212488 


CAT.  No.  212582 


CAT.  No.  2 1 2494 


CAT.  No  212508 


CAT    No    212509 


VASES,  COILED  AND  RED  WARE. 

Scorse  Ranch,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U,  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough 


Plate  37. 


Stone  Axes,  Mortar  and  Pestle. 

Soorse  Ranch,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  o*  U.  S.  National  Museurr,  190'.— Hough. 


Plate  38. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  39. 


S^K' 


® 


W 
D 
O 

I 


CO 
u 
or 


z-«- 


LJ 


^- 


/ 


Z 

oc 

u. 
O 

z 


o 

3 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  40. 


_  i  ■  ?  B 

i 


Si?' 


& 


&%&&&? 


t*     ■  ■■••  •»;:.\-iPJj.;i..-..- 


? 


-4 /tor.© 


"  ft' -■■■■•'■■' i\  :;'S»-,;'.:. 


*Scctte 


Plan  of  Ruin  2. 

Canyon  Butte  \Vu*h,  .Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  41. 


^s*. IF sir. '  >  "X  4  • , "  - ■  m£.  «3£ 


/lW$NSG'  Cemetery. 


^■^^i^Siv"   fLg 


^s&l- 


'. 


\'i~ 


Plan  of  Ruin  3. 
Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  42. 


Hum..  SI  in.;  height,  3j  in.    Cat.  No.  '212108. 


Length,  12  in.;  \vi<lth,  7  in.;  height,  2  in.    Cat.  No.  2120M. 
Polychrome  Bowl  and  Painted  Stone  Tablet. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  43. 


•«« 


; 


J»    #     • 


4 


!   j   I  1    i  O 

Mi  I  i 


I 


Outfit  of  Medicine  Man. 
Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  44. 


;  Sjn  €t  / 1  Ho a&e  $ , 


i  ,,v~ 


?c'%i 


H£ 


m      w 


::   ■ 


4p 


|||||felltii ; :  m  :.^S^fSi 


S|&^; 


I*  Sand  Hill  A 


Plan  of  Ruin  4. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Repo-1  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901. — Hough. 


Plate  45. 


Diani.,  3i  in.;  height.  3£  in.    fat.  No.  2120J-> 
Diani.,  4  in.;  height,  2J  in.    Cat.  No.  212237. 


Diam.,  5  in.;   height,  1J  in.     Cat.  No.  2120V). 
Diani.,  4}  in.:  hHght.  oj  in.     Cat.  No.  2121<>;{. 

Coiled  Ware. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash.  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


R-pjr'    of    (J      S     Nhom     M,&*^t,      i30l.-Mr.jgh, 


_A~E    46. 


Ourr      i  \    ,r„     Cat      N  J     ?l  2, 


Di-m.  8; 


N  .) ,   2  '  ? .  f  5  b 


HOW'  S  OF   RUGOSE  AND  RED  WARE,  WHITE  EXTERIOR  DECOPAT:   :N 

CANYON    BUTTE.    A';--",   AP  jONA. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


R-r-.rT    of    U.    S.    N»tionm    Muu'urr,    I  30  i  .— Ho^gh 


C^'E  4; 


D.am.    I  I  1,   11s.  Cit.   No    2  ;  2,236 


D:am     l  2  \   i'.s     Cit.   No.   2     2J80 


RhL)   BO-.Vl/d    vV'Th   WH'Tr.    LXTL'-M'JR   PF        ,■-;-,  f:VN 


CAN  r  Or,    b>.  ' 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  US   NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  48. 


DIAM,  UJ4    IN.  HEIGHT,  5   IN.    CAT.  No.  212074 


SIDE  AND    INTERIOR  VIEW    OF   SAME 


RED  AND  BROWN   BOWL,  EXTERIOR   AND  INTERIOR   DECORATION. 

Canyon  Butte,  Ar.zona.  Digitized  by  GoOgk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


U      S.    Na*.on«,    Mj'.Cafr,     ■  9'"  I    —  Hc^n 


r'LD  AND  SROV\N   B^.VL,  E'<ltR!CR  ULCERATION. 

C  A  '  J  Y G  N    Bl  T T  F     /,  Ah*~,    A  ^  J O'JA 


5    --•-,    C,\-     No     ? 


'  '  "4     Digitized  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901. — Hough. 


Plate  50. 


Diam.,  8J  in.;  height,  4  in.     Cat.  No.  212056. 


Diara.,  11*  in.;  height,  6*  in.    Cat.  No.  212075. 

Bowls  of  Gray  Ware. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  51. 


Diam.,  (I  in.;  height,  5  in.    Cat.  No.  21*2026. 


Diam.,  7i  in.;  height,  71  in.    Cat.  No.  155128. 


Diam.,  7  in.;  height,  8J  in.    Cat.  No.  (Xi7f.. 

Vases  of  Gray  Ware. 

Northeastern  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  52. 


Pipes  from  Ancient  Pueblos. 
Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  53. 


■ 

... 


Stihdy  /  Plain 
.^lopinqf  westward 


Plan  of  Milky  Hollow  Ruin,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  54. 


West  Ceweicj 


Middle.-  Cemetery. 


'East  Ce meter,. 

v 

■-     • 

..  Graves. 
■  .  >  v-  ■»••'•  -■ 


V. 


Plaza. 


■ 

■ 

Sand  Mills. 


«4k 


i 


_±, 


Black  Knoll. 
Carts  Tank. 


Plan  of  Stone  Axe  Ruin,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Reoort  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 .— Hoi 


lgh. 


Plate  55. 


Stone  Implements. 

Stoiii'  Axe,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  56. 


V 


1    ) 


^^^k 


Bone,  Pottery,  Shell,  and  Stone  Objects. 

Stone  Axe  Ruin.  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  I30f  HOUGH. 


OIAM.   15)4    IN    HEIGHT.  IO>£    IN     CAT.    No.212753 


LARGE  VASE,  POLYCHROME   WARE 

Stone  ^xe,  Arizona.  # 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM, 1901   HOUGH 


PLATE  58 


DtAM.    6/4    IN.    HEIGHT,  23A«N.    CAT.    No.  212737 


DIAM.    6/4   IN.  HEIGHT.  4  'A      IN.    CAT    No.  212740 


BOWL  AND  VASE 
Stone  Axe,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digit! 


zed  by  G00gle 


REPORT  OF  US  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  59 


DIAM    8>i  IN    HEIGHT#3^  IN.  CAT    No  212734 


BOWLS,  YELLOW   WARE. 

Stone  Axe,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Good 


>ge 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901   HOUGH 


PLATE  60 


OIAM.    8)4  IN.  HEIGHT,  3^4  IN.  CAT.  No    212716 


OIAM    8)fc   IN.  HEIGMT,33A    IN.    CAT.  No.  212746 


BOWLS  SHOWING  SYMBOLISM. 

Stone  Axe  Ruin,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  61. 


Diam..  N  in.;  height,  3i  in.     Cat.  No.  212742 


IMiim.,  9  in.;  height,  3j  in.    Cat.  No.  2127U. 

Bowls,  White  and  Gila  Ware. 

Stone  Axe  Ruin,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  U  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  62 


DIAM.  9/4IN.  HEIGHT,  3&  IN.  CAT  No.  212743 


BOWLS,  YELLOW -BROWN   AND  RED,  WITH  WHITE  LINES. 
Stone  axe  ruin,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


gitized  by 


Goos 


R-u-jr*     »f    U.    S     Njtio-ial    M-.ijfum,    '■  30  i    —Hough. 


Co     No.   ^  I  2.  7>;  3 


D.anr     8  'n«    Cat     No.  21  'J, 


.-    A»  t    f;j;v,   /..x   t.m 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  U.  S   NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH. 


PLATE  G4 


DIAM.  *>fe   IN.  HEIGHT,  3   IN      CAT.  No.  2I2T4I 


DIAM.  7#   IN.   HEIGHT    6    IN.      CAT.  No.  212790 


VASES    WITH  ANIMAL   HANDLES. 

Stone  Axe  Ruin.  Arizona. 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  65. 





. 


Sketch  Map  of  Biddahoochee  Group  of  Ruins,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Repot  of  U.  S.  Njho   a  I  Mu^ui,,    I  90  , .—  H.-j^h 


Plate  66. 


• 


• 


el  Mesa. 


. 


3S3 


Plan  of  Ruin  on  Bluff. 

Bid'lulioochoc,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  i190K — Hough. 


Plate  67. 


^•^ 


;•  j 


1,  Black  Butte  ;  2,  Ruin  in  Front  of  Butte. 
Biddahooehee,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  US  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH. 


PLATE  68 


DIAM.  &  IN.  HEIGHT,   I3/*    IN.     CAT.   No     212322 


DIAM   8)fe    IN     HEIGHT,3yeiN       CAT.  No  212326 


BOWLS,  YELLOW   WARE. 

Biddahoochee,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


REPORT  OF  U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH. 


PLATE  69 


DIAM.    &¥*   IN.   HEIGHT.3  IN     CAT.  No  212320 


B0WLS7  YELLOW   WARE 


Biddahoochee.  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


REPORT  OF  US   NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH 


PLATE  70 


CAT    No.  212381 


CAT.   No    2J2382 


mv& 


CAT    No.  212354 


CAT    No    212333 


DIPPERS.  CUR  AND    HANDLED    BOWL 
Biddahoocbee,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH 


DIAM.4s/e   IN    HEIGHT,  378   IN.    CAT.  NO    2(2368 


DIAMS/4    IN     HEIGHT,  4^b   IN.    CAT.    No.212367 


VASES    WITH    BIRD   DECORATION. 

Biddahoochee,  Arizona.  Digitized  by  VjOOglC 


REPORT  OF  U.S. NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  72 


01  AM.    6 J4   IN.  HEIGHT,  4  Va    IN.    CAT.   No.  2123 


DIAM      6/4    IN.    HEIGHT,  4/4   IN.    CAT    No.  212  366 


VASES  OF    YELLOW-BROWN,  AND    LE  MO N -YELLOW. 

B.ddahoochee.  Arizona.  Digitized  by 


Google 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


^H 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH 


PLATE  73 


DIAM.  II^S   IN.  HEIGHT,  8y4    IN      CAT    NO.  212334 


VASE  OF    ORANGE    COLOR. 

Biddahoochee,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


I^^H 


REPORT  OF  US. NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH. 


PLATE  74 


DIAM.   10/4  iN.  H  EIGHT  *  IN.    CAT.  No    212330 


BOWL,  RED   WARE,  GREEN   DECORATION, 
Biddahoochee,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  U  S   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  75 


DIAM  .7Y*    IN     HEIGHT.  3  3/8    IN     CAT     No     21234 


OIAM.  13A    IN     HtlGHT.   3#    IN.    CAT.   No     2l2 


BOWLS  OF    POLYCHROME   WARE. 

Biddahoochee,  Arizona 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  .—Hough. 


Plate  76. 


Inam.,  8|  in.;  height,  4  in.    Cut.  No.  212329. 


Diani..  s;  in.;  height.  4  in.    Cat.  No.  212S2*. 
Bowls  of  White  Ware. 

KiildahcKK'heo,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901   HOUGH. 


PLATE  77. 


DIAM.  4*/a  IN.  HEIGHT,  0*    IN.    CAT.  NO.    212369 


DIAM.   6^4   IN. HEIGHT,    5    IN.    CAT.    No.     212394 


VASES  OF  WHITE   WARE. 

Biddahoochee,  Arizona. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  f/useum,  1901  — Hough. 


Plate  78. 


Diam.,  (4  in.;  height,  2*  in.    Cat.  No.  212390. 


Diam..  fij  in.:  height,  61  in.     Cat.  No.  212371. 


Dipper  and  Vase,  Gray  Ware. 
Biddaliooeh.ee,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  79. 


Cat.  Nos.  212392  and  212351. 


Cat.  Nos.  212348  and  212357. 


Cat.  Nos.  212355  and  212372. 

Small  Vessels,  Gray  Ware. 
Biddahooehee,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  80. 


Cat.  No.  212375  (front  view). 


Cut.  No.  212375  (bottom). 


Cat.  X...  212373. 


Coiled  Ware. 

Biridahoochce,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  81. 


Stone  Implements. 
Biddah<x>ehee,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  82. 


o 

N 


> 


< 
> 

o 


X 
O 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1  901  .-—Hough. 


Plate  83. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  190). — Hough. 


Plate  84. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repo:t  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  85. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U    S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  86. 


Hair  Tied  with  Hair  Cord. 
Kokopnyauia,  Jettyto  Valley,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  87. 


Coiled  Basketry. 
Kokopnyama,  Jettyto  Valley,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Repoit  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  88. 


z 

UJ 

O 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  US   NATIONAL  MUSEUM, 1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  89 


5 
O 
O 


Z 

o 

</> 

z 
o 

cc 
o 
o 

Ld 

o 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  90. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901  — Hough. 


Plate  91. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,   1901.— Hough. 


Plate  92. 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  US  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH. 


PLATE  92 


LENGTH 

b    IN     CAT    No. 

213174 

*vl 

V^ 

Wr 

***t1 

J^tl 

1   \*\ 

ki    m         1 

A  **lf  1 

/iVf 

LENGTH     4    IN     CAT    No    213  172 


DIAM.  4    IN.    CAT.   NO  213167 


SMALL  POTTERY   VESSELS. 

KawdioKuv;,  A(  .zona. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ  IC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  U.S. NATIONAL  MUSEUM, 1901    HOUGH 


PLATE   94 


Z 

o 

H 
O 


o 
o 

0) 

!c  S 

o  -a 

< 

£    I 

(D 

H     * 
O     ro 

E  * 
cr 

< 

Q. 


UJ 

< 

> 


Digiti 


zed  by  G00gle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  95. 


Diara.,  7|  in.;  height.  6|  in.    Cat.  No.  213084. 


Diam.,  sj  in.:  hoiglit.  <>i  in.    Cat.  No.  2181&J. 


Vases  of  Gray  Ware. 

Kawaioknh,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Hough. 


Plate  96. 


• 


)   3^| 


Small  Ornaments  and  Figurines. 
Kawuiokuh,  Jettyto  Valley,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Hough. 


Plate  97. 


Basketry  and  Matting. 

Kawaiokuh,  Jetty  to  Valley.  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report    -,f    u.    S.    Nat.orj:    Mu-^um      ■  yt*.  i    --'-v.  .gh 


.  *"rc  v>8. 


0  am.   !  OK  *n*    Cat     No    2  13,113 


KA'A'V'-,  ■     ,H,    A^'ZON*. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  U  S   NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH 


PLATE  99 


DIAM.  9JA   IN    HEIGHT,  3/4  TN.  CAT.  No.  212937 

BOWLS   SHOWING  SYMBOLISM  AND  COLOR. 

Kawaiokuh  and  KokQpnyama,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901    HOUGH. 


PLATE  100 


DIAM. 9  IN    HEIGHT.  3^   IN      CAT    No. 213086 


POTTERY  SHOWING  COLOR  AND  SYMBOLISM. 

Kawa.okuh,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


REPORT  OF  U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,  1901.  HOUGH 


PLATE  101 


DIAM.   9  '/»  IN.  HEIGHT,  Z}/i  IN.    CAT    No  213106 


FOOD   BOWLS   SHOWING   BIRD   SYMBOLISM 
Kawaiokuh,  Arizona. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


NARRATIVE  OF  A  VISIT  TO  INDIAN  TRIBES  OF  THE 
PURUS  RIVER,  BRAZIL 


JOSKPII    ISKAJj   STKEKE, 

Ann  Arbor j  Michigan. 


359 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PLATES. 

Facing  page. 

1.  Wooden  bird  figures  of  Hypurina  Indians 394 

2.  Group  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

3.  Group  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

4.  Ornaments  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

5.  Objects  used  by  Jamamadi  Indians  in  snuff  making,  snuffing,  and  cooking.  394 

6.  Arms,  etc.,  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

7.  Objects  of  domestic  use  of  Jamamadi  Indians 394 

8.  Implements  used  in  snuff  making  and  snuffing  by  the  Paumari  Indians  . .  394 

9.  Paumari  Indian  canoes 394 

TEXT  FIGURES. 

Page. 

1.  Side  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  house 375 

2.  End  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  house 375 

3.  Ground  plan  of  Hypurina  house 376 

4.  Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians 377 

5.  Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians 377 

6.  Hypurina  Indian  war  song 378 

7.  Hypurina  Indian  girls'  song 378 

8.  Ground  plan  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 382 

9.  Section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 383 

10.  Cross  section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 383 

11.  Detail  of  construction  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house 384 

12.  Bark  canoe  of  Jamamadi  Indian 386 

13.  Strip  of  bark  from  which  canoe  is  made 386 

14.  Paumari  Indian  boat  song 387 

15.  Clothing  of  Paumari  Indians 388 

361 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


NARRATIVE  OF  A  VISIT  TO  INDIAN  TRIBES  OF  THE  PURUS 

RIVER,  BRAZIL. 


By  Joseph  Beal  Steers, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 


ITINERARY. 


During  a  recent  trip  to  Brazil  I  was  commissioned  by  the  United 
States  National  Museum  to  make  collections  in  natural  history  and 
anthropology,  with  a  view  to  completing  certain  series  of  exhibits  for 
the  Pan-American  Exposition  at  Buffalo.  The  present  paper  relates 
to  brief  visits  made  to  certain  native  tribes  of  the  river  Purfis,  western 
Brazil,  and  the  collections  and  data  obtained. 

The  Mundurucfis  (Tupian  family)  of  the  river  T&pajos  had  seemed  the 
most  interesting  tribe  within  reach,  but  a  conference  with  Dr.  Goeldi, 
the  director  of  the  Pard  Museum,  led  to  a  change  of  plans.  He  had 
made  an  extended  study  of  the  native  tribes  still  existing  in  the  Lower 
Amazon  region,  and  informed  me  that  the  Mundurucus  were  spoiled 
for  ethnological  study  by  contact  with  the  missionaries  and  civilization, 
having  lost  to  a  great  extent  their  ancient  arts,  customs,  and  language. 

It  seems  probable  that  no  wild  tribe  now  lives  on  the  Lower  Amazon 
or  its  navigable  branches.  The  ancient  inhabitants  have  in  most  cases 
entirely  disappeared,  leaving  nothing  but  their  graves,  kitchen  mid- 
dens, and  old  village  sites  buried  in  the  forest,  and  the  names  of  their 
tribes  and  ancient  territories  preserved  in  the  histories  of  the  country 
and  in  local  names.  Most  of  these  tribes  have  without  doubt  become 
extinct,  though  a  few  individuals  may  have  merged  with  the  hardier 
Tapuios  (Tapuyan  family),  the  civilized  and  Christian  Indians  of  the 
Amazon.  Great  tracts  of  the  country  are  entirely  without  human 
inhabitants,  as  the  latter  generally  live  in  small  villages  and  scattered 
cabins  along  the  navigable  streams  only. 

Wild  tribes  still  exist  on  the  headwaters  of  the  rivers,  where  impass- 
able forests  and  dangerous  rapids  separate  them  from  the  traders  and 
rubber  gatherers  below.  A  great  war  canoe  in  the  museum  grounds 
at  Pard  and  arms,  clothing,  and  ornaments  in  the  museum  cases  had 
been  recently  procured  from  the  Timbyras,  a  tribe  living  on  the  upper 

363 


Digitized  by 


Google 


364  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 

Guam  it,  a  little  river  running  into  the  bay  on  the  west  side  of  Par&. 
These  Indians  are  probably  now  living  within  150  miles  of  the  city, 
but  a  visit  to  them  would  require  a  strong  party  and  several  weeks' 
time  in  ascending  rapids  and  dragging  canoes. 

In  1873  I  had  visited  the  wild  tribes  of  the  upper  Puriis  River  and 
had  found  them  within  reach  of  steam  navigation,  so  I  decided  that 
this  place,  though  so  distant,  was  the  most  favorable  for  my  work. 

After  getting  as  much  information  as  possible  from  Para  merchants 
and  residents  who  had  visited  the  Puriis,  I  took  passage  up  the  Ama- 
zon on  an  English  steamer,  and  after  four  days'  voyage  reached 
Manaos,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Negro  and  1,000  miles  from  the  sea. 
Since  my  former  visit  Manaos  had  grown  from  an  Indian  village  to  a 
city  of  30,000  people,  the  capital  of  the  Brazilian  State  of  Amazonas, 
with  street  cars  and  electric  lights.  Five  ocean  steamers  were  at 
anchor  in  the  Rio  Negro  in  front  of  the  city,  and  a  fleet  of  river 
steamers  engaged  in  trade  with  the  Madeira,  Purus,  Rio  Negro, 
Jurua,  etc. 

I  was  fortunate  in  getting  passage  on  one  of  these,  the  Antonio 
Ohjntho,  which  was  about  to  sail  for  Acre,  on  the  Bolivian  frontier, 
and  intermediate  ports  on  the  Purus. 

Two  days'  steam  up  the  Amazon  brought  us  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Purus,  now,  the  1st  of  March,  rapidly  rising  with  the  daily  rains. 
The  great  sand  bars  had  disappeared  and  the  water  was  already  setting 
back  into  the  low  timber  behind.  The  Purus  is  noted  for  its  crooked 
course,  there  l>eing  a  decided  bend  at  every  2  or  3  miles  distance,  and 
at  every  bend  a  great  sand  bar.  These  occur  with  such  regularity 
that  the  inhabitants  are  accustomed  to  reckon  distance  by  so  many 
prayas  (sand  bars).  The  banks  are  generally  low,  at  this  season  just 
above  water,  but  now  and  then  the  river  would  strike  the  high  land 
on  one  side  or  the  other,  this  showing  generally  in  bluffs  of  red  clay, 
some  of  them  100  feet  above  the  river. 

For  several  hundred  miles  of  the  Purus'  lower  course  the  forests 
produce  but  little  rubber  and  nuts,  the  staples  of  the  country,  and 
settlements  are  seen  only  at  long  intervals.  These  settlements  consist 
usually  of  palm-thatched  barracks  occupied  by  fishermen,  turtle  hunt- 
ers, and  wood  choppers  from  Parfi  and  Manaos.  At  one  of  these  the 
steamer  drew  near  the  bank,  the  landing  plank  was  run  out  to  the 
shore,  and  two  or  three  cords  of  dried  fish  (pirarucii),  in  great  bundles, 
were  brought  on  board  and  added  to  our  means  of  subsistence.  At 
another  50  great  river  turtles  were  purchased  and  the  crew  sent  on 
shore  to  bring  them  from  the  turtle  corral,  a  shallow  pond  surrounded 
by  paling.  The  turtles  were  thrown  on  their  backs  along  the  sides  of 
the  deck,  where  they  lay  kicking  and  sprawling  until  they  also  were 
added  to  our  limited  bill  of  fare. 

As  we  approached  the  mouth  of  the  Tapaiia,  though  to  the  unprac- 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDIAN    TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL.  365 

ticed  eye  there  was  no  change  in  the  character  of  the  never-ending 
forest,  the  settlements  of  the  rubber  gatherers  became  frequent.  The 
rubber  station  usually  consists  of  a  large  building  (the  barracon)  gen- 
erally built  of  wood  or  mud  and  roofed  with  tile.  The  lower  story 
serves  for  a  salesroom  and  for  storage,  and  the  upper  story  for  a  home 
for  the  proprietor  (patron)  and  his  family.  Around  the  station  are 
scattered  rude  palm-thatched  cabins,  the  homes  of  the  rubber  gatherers. 
Though  most  of  the  settlements  are  of  this  kind,  at  Canutama  and 
Labria  towns  of  several  hundred  inhabitants  have  sprung  up. 

The  rubber  gatherers  are  a  mixed  population,  chiefly  Tapuio, 
gathered  from  all  of  the  older  settlements  of  the  Amazon  and  led  here 
by  the  hope  of  making  money  easily  and  quickly  in  the  rubber  busi- 
ness. Of  late  years  large  numbers  of  people  have  come  up  the  river 
from  the  State  of  Ceara,  on  the  seacoast,  from  which  they  were  driven 
by  famine  caused  by  excessive  drought. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  Ituch<r  the  steamer  stopped  at  the  little  sta- 
tion of  San  Luis  de  Oassyana,  the  property  of  Coronel  Gomez,  who 
has  made  his  fortune  in  rubber  and  is  called  the  king  of  the  Ituch^. 
Two  steam  launches  for  navigating  the  Ituclrv  and  numbers  of  smaller 
craft  anchored  in  front  of  his  barracon,  with  $10,000  or  $15,000  worth 
of  rubber  lying  on  the  bank  ready  for  shipment,  were  marks  of  his 
enterprise  and  prosperity.  Several  of  the  dugout  canoes  of  the  Paumari 
Indians  (Arauan  family)  were  drawn  up  on  the  bank  (Plate  9),  the 
tirst  signs  of  aborigines  we  had  seen,  and  as  our  freight  was  carried 
on  shore  a  half  dozen  Paumari  women  came  down  and  helped  carry  it 
to  the  storehouse.  While  among  civilized  people  they  were  dressed 
like  the  poorer  Tapuios,  but  were  readily  known  by  their  small  size 
and  peculiar  method  of  wearing  their  hair,  which  was  cut  straight 
across  the  forehead  above  the  oyes  and  allowed  to  fall  loose  down  the 
back.  They  were  also  marked  by  a  peculiar  skin  disease,  which  leaves 
large  white  spots  upon  the  hands  and  feet.  The  only  man  among  them, 
after  carrying  a  few  loads  up  the  slippery  bank  through  the  mud  and 
rain,  with  the  promise  of  a  drink  of  rum  as  pay,  gave  it  up  in  disgust, 
and  getting  into  his  canoe  drifted  down  astern  of  the  steamer,  where 
he  sat  slapping  mosquitoes  and  watching  us  until  we  were  ready  to 
start. 

On  my  former  trip  I  had  visited  these  Indians  in  their  villages. 
Anciently  they  were  much  more  numerous  and  are  said  to  have  occu- 
pied the  Purus  down  to  near  its  mouth.  They  are  now  reduced  to  a 
few  hundred,  who  are  found  during  the  dry  season  leading  a  wander- 
ing life  along  the  river  from  the  Ituchtf  to  the  Cashociras  (rapids  of 
the  Purus).  The  Paumari  are  the  best  known  of  the  Puriis  tribes. 
They  are  peculiarly  river  Indians,  expert  swimmers  and  boatmen,  liv- 
ing almost  entirely  upon  fish  and  turtles.  During  the  dry  season  they 
wander  in  their  little  dugout  canoes  from  one  sand  bar  to  another,  liv- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


366  REPORT    OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


wot 


ing  in  little  oven-shaped  huts  made  by  laying  narrow  palm-leaf  mats 
over  f  rameworks  of  saplings  bent  and  stuck  into  the  sand.  When  they  ^ 
move  the  mats  are  carried  in  their  canoes,  so  that  they  always  have 
their  houses  with  them.  In  the  rainy  season,  when  the  sand  bars  are 
covered  with  water,  they  retire  to  the  lakes,  where  they  live  on  rafts 
of  dead  logs  tied  together  and  floored  with  strips  of  palm  wood. 

Their  clothing  consists  of  the  little  apron  (tanga)  common  to  other 
Puriis  tribes.  They  paint  their  bodies  and  limbs  in  horizontal  red 
stripes.  In  common  with  the  neighboring  tribes  they  cultivate  a  little 
tobacco,  and  make  snuff,  which  they  inhale  through  hollow  bones  placed 
in  the  nostrils.  (Plate  8.)  They  are  a  humble,  cowardly  race,  and  live 
in  deadly  fear  of  their  neighbors,  the  Hypurinds. 

Two  days  more  of  slow  steaming  brought  us  to  Hyutanihan,  just 
below  the  rapids,  and  to  the  end  of  my  journey.  This  place  is  on  the 
northwest  or  right  bank  of  the  river  in  ascending,  and  at  a  point  where 
the  stream  strikes  the  high  land.  Part  of  the  village  stands  on  the  low 
ground  near  the  river,  and  along  the  water's  edge  in  front  is  a  great 
pile  of  wood  cut  for  the  passing  steamers.  A  steep  climb  of  perhaps 
150  feet  leads  to  the  plateau  above,  where  stand  a  dozen  rude  palm- 
thatched  cabins  of  the  rubber  gatherers,  in  a  clearing  of  several  acres, 
which  is  no  longer  cultivated  and  has  grown  to  grass  and  bushes,  in 
which  a  few  immense  trees  of  the  Brazil  nut  are  still  standing;  behind 
this  clearing  is  the  forest.  The  people,  patron  and  all,  were  from 
Ceara,  and  now,  as  there  was  too  much  rain  for  rubber  working,  were 
busily  engaged,  some  making  canoes,  others  handsaw  ing  planks  under 
a  shed  near  the  beach,  and  still  others  cutting  wood  for  the  steamers. 
Just  as  I  got  on  shore  a  canoe  drew  up  to  the  beach  loaded  with  the 
meat  of  a  tapir,  which  was  so  large  that  it  had  been  cut  in  pieces  to 
bring  it  out  of  the  woods. 

1  had  expected  to  find  villages  of  the  savages  within  a  few  hours' 
distance  of  this  place  but  discovered  that  hours  would  turn  into  days 
before  1  could  reach  them.  There  were  said  to  be  permanent  villages 
of  both  the  Jamamadi  and  Hypurin&s  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Mar- 
morea  Miri,  a  river  entering  the  Purus  60  miles  below,  but  approach- 
ing the  main  stream  at  this  point  within  25  miles.  A  broad  trail  had 
been  cut  across  to  the  Marmored  from  the  town,  in  the  search  for 
rubber  and  nuts. 

The  agent  in  charge  at  Hyutanihan  found  me  a  guide,  Leocardo,  an 
active  young  Indian  from  Cearfi,  who  had  been  here  for  several  years 
and  had  learned  something  of  the  country  and  savages  in  his  hunting 
expeditions. 

Early  the  next  morning  we  climbed  the  bluff  and  began  a  hurried 
tramp  through  tbe  great  forest,  Leocardo  carrying  our  baggage  in  a 
rubber  sack  to  keep  it  from  the  rain.  The  trail  led  to  the  west,  over 
high  land,  which  was  nearly  level,  but  every  mile  or  two  the  path 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL.  367 

would  drop  down  a  steep  and  slippery  bank  100  feet  to  a  narrow  valley 
and  small  stream,  and  then  rise  as  sharply  to  the  level  above.  A  little 
after  noon  we  came  out  to  a  new  clearing  planted  with  corn  and  mani- 
hot  on  the  banks  of  a  little  river,  the  Apahan.  Here  were  three 
cabins  where  lived  Senhor  Paulo  Xavier,  the  patron,  with  three  or 
four  rubber  gatherers.  Senhor  Paulo  had  made  the  trail  we  had  fol- 
lowed and  was  well  acquainted  with  the  country.  He  told  me  that  the 
trail  reached  the  Marmorea  at  a  deserted  rubber  station  where  I  would 
find  no  canoe,  and  that  the  only  trail  up  the  river  was  now,  in  many 
places,  over  head  in  water.  He  said  also  that  the  savages  were  two 
or  three  days'  journey  up  the  river  or  as  far  downstream,  and  that  he 
had  heard  that  they  had  recently  gone  down  to  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Marmorea. 

Finding  myself  at  my  wits'  end  here,  I  returned  the  next  morning 

over  the  same  path  to  Hyutanihan.     I  was  planning  a  journey  down 

the  Purus  to  the  mouth  of  the  Marmorefi,  when  just  at  evening  of  the 

second  day  two  men  came  into  the  village  by  the  same  trail  we  had 

followed,  one  a  Cearense,  the  other  a  Hypurinfi.     They  were  from  a 

rubber  station  on  the  upper  Marmorea  and  were  after  mail  and  food. 

Food  was  scarce  at  Hyutanihan,  but  they  purchased  a  big  turtle  and 

prepared  to  set  out  for  home  the  next  morning.     They  reported  that 

the  Jamamadi  were  at  home  in  their  village  on  the  upper  river,  but 

that  the  Hypurin&s  had  gone  downstream.     As  they  said  their  boat 

would  hold  two  more,  1  thought  this  my  opportunity,  and  hiring  Leo- 

cardo  again,  started  next  morning  once  more  toward  the  Marmorea. 

The  Hypurina,  a  strong  fellow,  carried  the  live  turtle,  weighing  about 

70  or  80  pounds,  on  his  back.     At  noon  we  were  again  at  Seuhor 

Paulo's,  but  the  Apahdn  was  too  deep  to  ford  and  the  only  canoe  was 

up  the  river.     At  3  o'clock  the  boat  returned.     It  was  rather  late  to 

undertake  the  12  or  15  miles  yet  between  us  and  the  Marmorea,  but 

Antonio,  the  Hypurind,  loaded  his  turtle  into  the  canoe,  answering 

our  questions  in  broken  Portuguese  that  if  God  willed  it  wo  should 

get  through.     We  were  landed  on  the  other  side  in  flooded  forest, 

and  wading  to  the  highland,  we  started  almost  at  a  run,  as  we  did  not 

wish  to  pass  the  night  in  the  woods.     Approaching  the  Marmorefi  we 

passed  through  large  extents  of  old  clearing,  now  grown  up  to  small 

timber,  but  with   clumps  of  bananas   and   plantains   still   fruiting. 

These  were  old  deserted  plantations  of  the  Jamamadi.     Just  at  dark 

we  came  out  to  a  clearing  on  the  Marmorea,  here  a  rapid  stream  100 

feet  wide.     A  well-built  barracon  of  handsawed  lumber  and  three  or 

four  thatched  cabins  stood  near  the  bank,  all  vacant.     The  owner  had 

failed  and  given  up  his  place  and  gone  down  the  river  to  work  for 

someone  else. 

We  passed  the  night  in  the  empty  barracon,  Antonio  waking  us  in 
the  night  by  calling  out  that  he  had  been  bitten  by  a  vampire  bat. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


868  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL  MU8EUM,  1901. 

The  next  day  was  passed  in  paddling  the  heavily  laden  canoe  up  the 
rapid  stream.  In  many  places  the  river  had  risen  above  its  banks  and 
was  flowing  across  from  one  bend  to  another  through  the  forest 
Antonio,  who  served  as  steersman  and  pilot,  made  use  of  many  of 
these  cut-offs  to  shorten  the  distance,  crowding  the  canoe  through 
among  the  trees.  At  noon  we  stopped  on  the  bank  and  the  men  went 
to  an  old  Jamamadi  clearing  and  brought  back  a  load  of  sugar  cane 
and  half-ripe  pineapples  to  help  out  our  lunch  of  farina  and  fish. 

Many  of  the  forest  trees  were  bright  with  red  and  white  blossoms, 
and  a  giant  convolvulus,  with  its  feet  in  the  water,  climbed  over  the 
undergrowth  on  the  banks  and  covered  it  to  a  height  of  80  feet  with 
immense  festoons  of  pink  flowers.  The  noise  of  our  paddles  fright- 
ened the  game  before  us,  but  a  great  fresh-water  porpoise  followed  us 
for  several  miles,  frequently  rising  within  a  few  feet  of  our  boat  with 
a  startling  splash  and  grunt. 

Just  before  night  we  came  to  San  Jofio,  the  seat  of  Senhor  Jofio 
Nogueira  and  the  only  living  rubber  camp  on  the  Marmore£.  The 
station  was  a  new  one,  having  been  established  but  two  years,  but 
several  acres  were  cleared  along  the  river  and  planted  to  corn  and 
manihot.  The  patr6n,  Senhor  Jofio,  like  the  rest,  was  living  in  a 
palm-thatched  barrack,  but  was  getting  out  timber  for  a  better  house. 
Several  men  were  at  work  under  a  shed  making  a  big  canoe  to  trans- 
port his  rubber  down  the  Marmored  to  the  Pur6s  and  market.  He 
seemed  glad  to  see  a  stranger  in  this  remote  part  of  the  world  and  did 
his  best  to  make  my  stay  pleasant.  My  hammock  was  hung  that  I 
might  rest  after  my  cramped  ride  in  the  canoe,  and  one  of  the  few 
chickens  ho  had  saved  from  the  vampire  bats  was  sacrificed  for  my 
supper.  Several  monkeys  of  different  species  were  running  about  or 
were  chained  to  the  walls.  These,  he  told  me,  were  purchased  from 
the  Jamamadi.  On  hearing  that  I  wished  to  visit  the  malocca  of  these 
Indians,  he  agreed  to  go  with  me  the  next  day,  and  we  completed  our 
simple  arrangements  for  the  trip  that  evening.  It  was  a  two-days' 
journey  by  boat  up  the  river,  but  he  thought  by  taking  an  old  trail 
through  the  woods  we  could  make  it  in  a  day. 

The  next  morning,  taking  Antonio  and  Leocardo,  we  set  out  toward 
the  headwaters  of  the  stream,  Senhor  Jofio,  like  the  Indians,  going 
barefoot.  At  first  we  followed  a  trail  made  by  the  rubber  gatherers, 
A  mile  or  so  from  the  station  we  found  a  little  shed,  carefully  covered 
with  thatch,  beside  the  path.  This  was  placed  over  the  grave  of  a 
little  Jamamadi  girl  who  had  died  while  her  parents  were  visiting  at 
the  station. 

At  first  the  small  streams  emptying  into  the  river  were  crossed  by 
logs  cut  for  that  purpose,  but  by  and  by  these  failed  and  we  had  to 
wade.  Then  the  streams  got  deeper  and  we  were  soon  fording  some 
of  them  up  to  the  waist,  though  Antonio  did  his  best  to  guide  us  into 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TRIBES   OF   BRAZIL.  869 

the  shallower  places.  About  noon  Senhor  JoSo  concluded  that  we 
must  make  the  rest  of  the  way  by  boat.  Just  then  two  naked  Indians 
in  a  curious  bark  canoe  came  paddling  down  through  the  flooded 
woods.  These  were  Hypurin&s,  Pedro  Bom,  and  his  brother.  Climb- 
ing into  their  boat,  we  were  paddled  down  to  the  river  to  a  large  open 
shed  of  palm  thatch  where  Pedro  Bom  was  living.  His  wife,  as 
scantily  clothed  as  he,  was  swinging  a  sick  and  crying  child  in  an  old 
bark  hammock.  Another  hammock  of  three  long  strips  of  bark  (the 
primitive  type  of  hammock?)  was  hanging  under  the  shed.  These, 
with  a  rough  clay  pot  for  cooking,  seemed  to  comprise  his  household 
goods.  There  seemed  to  be  nothing  to  eat  about  the  premises  but  a 
bunch  of  palm  fruits  which  he  had  just  brought  in  the  canoe;  but 
Pedro  climbed  to  the  roof  of  the  barrack  and  brought  down  four  fish 
(Matrinchao,  an  abundant  fruit-eating  fish  of  the  Purus  and  its 
branches).  These  had  been  slowly  roasted  and  smoked  and  dried  until 
they  would  keep  without  salt.  This  process  is  called  "moquiar"  on 
the  Amazon,  and  is  probably  used  by  all  the  tribes.  Each  of  us  fin- 
ished a  fish,  which  with  a  little  farina  made  us  a  good  dinner,  the 
smoke  in  the  fish  seeming  to  take  the  place  of  salt. 

Several  bark  canoes  were  drawn  up  on  the  bank  near  the  shed. 
These  were  rude  affairs,  tied  into  shape  and  then  dried  over  a  fire; 
the  ends  were  open  and  raised  but  little  above  the  water  level. 
They  were  made  of  a  single  piece  of  bark  taken  from  the  standing 
tree.  The  bark  of  the  jutah^  is  said  to  be  most  commonly  used. 
Pedro  was  easily  persuaded  to  accompany  us  up  the  river,  and  seemed 
to  think  nothing  of  leaving  his  wife  and  sick  baby  alone  in  the  woods. 
Our  party,  now  numbering  five,  embarked  in  one  of  these  canoes,  all 
sitting  flat  on  the  bottom,  and  Pedro  finding  we  were  so  deep  that  the 
water  ran  in  at  the  open  ends  filled  them  with  clay. 

The  river  had  now  diminished  to  a  channel  of  20  or  30  feet  in 
width,  but  rapid  and  deep  and  full  of  fallen  timber.  Some  of  this  lay 
just  above  the  water,  and  we  would  pull  our  boat  beneath  it,  all  lying 
down  as  we  passed  under;  then  a  log  would  be  just  at  the  surface,  and 
we  would  pull  the  light  canoe  up  and  over  it,  all  climbing  out  on  the 
log  as  we  did  so. 

After  three  hours  of  this  we  reached  so  much  fallen  timber  that  we 
could  follow  the  river  no  farther,  so  we  drew  our  boat  to  land  and 
went  on  afoot.  Just  here  were  drawn  up  the  canoes  of  the  Jamamadi 
village.  They  were  also  of  bark,  but  much  better  made  than  those  of 
the  Hypurinds,  the  ends  being  raised  up  and  sewed  together,  forming 
a  hollow  beak. 

The  trail  now  passed  over  high  land  and  through  large  tracts  of  old 

clearings  of  the  Jamamadf.     Some  of  these  had  grown  up  to  timber 

100  feet  in  height,  while  in  others  there  were  remains  of  the  cultivated 

plants,  bananas,  pineapples,  and  pupunya  palms.     Their  method  of 

NAT  mus  1901 24 

Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


870  REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MU8EUM,  1901. 

cultivation  is  the  one  common  to  all  savage  tribes  of  the  earth. 
A  piece  of  the  forest  is  cut  down  and  allowed  to  dry  and  then  burned. 
By  this  means  the  surface  of  the  ground  is  made  ready  for  planting. 
The  ground  is  generally  used  for  two  or  three  crops,  but  by  this  time 
young  timt>er  has  sprung  up  from  the  roots  and  stumps  and  taken 
possession  of  the  land  and  a  new  plantation  is  made. 

At  5  o'clock  we  came  out  into  a  clearing  of  15  or  20  acres  already 
growing  up  to  weeds  and  bushes,  but  with  growing  sugar  cane  and  mani- 
hot  and  clumps  of  fruiting  bananas,  and  near  the  center  an  immense 
deserted  building,  the  malocca  of  the  Jamamadi.  I  had  expected  to 
find  a  village  of  houses,  but  this  was  a  great  village  house  (fig.  9).  It 
was  a  large  cone-shaped  affair,  apparently  all  roof,  70  feet  high  and 
130  in  diameter.  As  we  came  near  we  found  that  there  were  neither 
doors  nor  windows,  but  that  the  roof  was  raised  about  4  feet  from  the 
ground  all  around  upon  a  circle  of  small  posts.  On  stooping  and  enter- 
ing we  found  that  it  was  made  of  a  skeleton  of  long  poles  reaching 
from  near  the  ground  to  the  peak.  To  this  skeleton  was  tied  the  roof 
of  overlapping  horizontal  layers  of  carefully  braided  thatch  made  from 
the  leaves  of  the.  caranai  palm.  An  inner  circle  of  large  posts  was 
set  12  feet  apart  and  at>out  12  feet  from  the  outer  walls.  These  aided 
in  supporting  the  roof  and  outlined  a  series  of  cells,  which  served  as 
family  dwelling  places.  A  horizontal  pole  reached  from  each  post  to 
the  outer  wall.  These  were  placed  about  breast  high  and  were  divi- 
sions between  the  rooms.  Inside  the  inner  row  of  posts  the  whole 
center  of  the  building,  100  feet  in  diameter,  was  left  clear  for  assem- 
blies and  dances,  there  bei  ng  no  center  pole.  The  building  was  deserted 
and  there  were  no  signs  of  recent  occupation.  Senhor  Jo&o  had  told 
me  the  story  of  the  tragedy  leading  to  the  abandonment. 

In  June,  1900,  only  nine  months  before,  this  was  the  home  of  130 
people  and  was  surrounded  by  carefully  kept  fields  of  corn,  sugar  cane, 
and  manihot.  Then  one  of  the  tribe,  who  had  been  down  to  the  Purus, 
brought  back  measles,  caught  from  the  people  of  a  passing  steamer, 
and  soon  they  were  dying  faster  than  the  living  could  bury  them. 
When  the  fever  and  eruption  came  on,  they  would  bathe  in  the  river, 
and  this  seemed  to  drive  the  disease  to  the  lungs  and  throat  and  they 
died  of  a  cou^.  Finally  those  who  could  get  away  deserted  the  malocca 
and  fled  to  the  voods,  and  many  died  beside  the  paths  and  the  streams. 
Senor  Joao  described  the  place,  as  he  visited  it  about  this  time,  the 
dead  bodies  and  skeletons  lying  about,  and  the  arms  and  clothing  of 
the  dead  left  in  their  places.  After  the  disease  had  run  its  course 
scarcely  30  were  left  alive.  These  feared  to  return  to  the  village,  but 
settled  near  by. 

After  measuring  and  examining  the  building  as  well  as  possible,  we 
went  on,  and  after  a  half  hour's  walk  came  to  a  new  clearing  of  10  or 
12  acres.     The  blackened  logs  and  stumps  were  buried  in  tall  Indian 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF   BRAZIL.  871 

corn,  now  ripe  and  dry,  with  the  ripe  ears  hanging  on  the  stalks; 
among  this  a  crop  of  manihot  was  planted  and  just  beginning  to  grow. 
Near  one  side  of  the  field  stood  three  large  open  sheds  of  palm  thatch, 
and  before  these  a  motley  crowd  of  men,  boys,  and  dogs  awaited  us. 
These  were  the  Jamamadi  we  were  seeking.     (Plate  2.) 

They  knew  Senor  JoSo  and  most  of  them  came  forward  and  shook 
hands.  Some  of  these  were  clothed  solely  in  the  tanga,  others  had 
some  bit  of  civilized  clothing,  a  shirt  or  a  pair  of  trousers,  and  one 
young  fellow  had  on  an  old  Derby  hat.  The  young  men  had  just 
come  in  from  the  hunt,  and  blowguns  and  bows  and  arrows  lay  scat- 
tered about  on  the  ground.  The  older  women  remained  under  the 
sheds  tending  their  babies  or  cooked  at  open  fires  on  the  ground.  The 
younger  ones  seem  to  have  fled  to  the  woods  at  our  coming.  The  old 
chief  sat  in  his  hut  awaiting  us.  Another  younger  chief  sat  squatting 
on  his  heels  on  the  ground,  naked  but  for  his  tanga,  and  a  big  red 
macaw's  feather  stuck  through  the  septum  of  his  nose  and  standing 
out  at  one  side  of  his  face.  He  was  weaving  a  big  basket  of  vines  to 
serve  as  a  cage  for  a  large  gray  monkey  which  had  just  been  brought 
from  the  woods  and  lay  at  his  side,  tied  hand  and  foot,  snapping  and 
growling  at  everything  near.  Several  tame  monkeys  and  an  opossum 
were  running  about  the  village.  A  fire  was  burning  on  the  ground 
beside  the  shed  we  approached,  that  of  the  old  chief,  and  one  of  the 
women  was  sitting  beside  it  scraping  the  roots  of  sweet  manihot,  and 
these  were  soon  cooking  in  a  little  clay  pot.  As  soon  as  it  was  cooked 
the  dish  was  brought  to  me,  while  the  others  parched  and  ate  the  ripe 
corn  at  the  fire.  This  parched  corn  with  game  seemed  to  be  the  pres- 
ent food  of  the  Jamamadi.  The  old  chief  on  being  asked  when  they 
would  have  plent}T  of  sweet  manihot,  made  the  shrill  cry  of  the  cicada 
as  answer;  that  is,  that  in  the  dry  season  when  the  cicada  sang  they 
would  feast  on  the  manihot. 

Senor  Joao  spoke  u  lingda  geral,"  which  was  understood  by  the 
older  men  of  the  tribe.  The  old  chief,  under  whose  roof  we  had 
taken  shelter,  was  generally  called  "  Schau  Assiic,"  contracted  from 
Tuchaua  Assucar,  meaning  Chief  Sugar,  but  he  gave  his  name  in  his 
own  language  as  "  Komlneh',"  the  final  syllable  being  a  curious  slurred 
aspirate  which  was  hard  to  attain.  The  younger  chief  was  called 
"  Kit  an  u  $  h'."  They  were  all  much  interested  in  our  attempts  to  get 
a  list  of  words  of  their  language.  When  we  set  them  to  counting 
we  found  they  appeared  to  have  but  three  names  for  numbers, 
"  one,"  "  two/'  and  "  ten."  Three  was  "  one,"  "  two; "  four,  "  two," 
"  two,"  etc. 

As  soon  as  the  cooking  was  done  Schau  Assue  seated  himself  at  the 
fire  and  began  making  snuff  by  toasting  green  tobacco  leaves  until 
the}' were  dry  and  grinding  them  in  a  little  mortar  and  mixing  this 
with  ashes.     Soon  all  the  men  and  larger  boys  were  taking  snuff.    Each 


Digitized  by 


Google 


372  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

was  provided  with  an  old  percussion-cap  box  or  river  shell  for  a  snuff 
box  and  a  hollow  bone  of  a  bird's  leg,  one  end  of  which  was  rounded 
with  beeswax  and  placed  in  the  nostril  and  the  snuff  drawn  through  it. 
Snuff  taking  was  a  matter  of  importance,  two  persons  being  necessary 
for  its  proper  performance.  (Plate  5.)  One  poured  perhaps  a  quarter 
of  a  teaspoonf  ul  of  the  greenish  stuff  into  the  palm  of  his  hand,  which 
he  then  held  out  to  his  neighbor,  who  bent  over  and  with  one  end  of 
the  nose  bone  in  his  nostril  passed  the  other  along  the  edge  of  the  snuff, 
drawing  it  up  with  deep  breaths. 

As  night  came  on  pieces  of  resin  were  set  on  fire  and  placed  on 
upturned  earthen  pots  in  each  shed  for  light.  Soon  two  or  three  of 
the  young  men  started  a  monotonous  chant,  and  Pedro  Bom,  who  had 
already  taken  snuff  with  his  old  enemies,  to  further  show  his  good  will, 
struck  in  with  a  few  words  of  the  chorus.  Senor  Jojto  now  opened 
my  bale  of  goods,  and  soon  the  whole  tribe  was  gathered  round  admir- 
ing the  little  looking-glasses  and  bright-colored  handkerchiefs  and 
beads.  Finding  I  would  trade  for  anything  they  possessed,  the 
women  began  taking  off  their  bracelets,  necklaces,  earrings,  and 
tangas  and  exchanging  them  for  handkerchiefs  and  looking-glasses. 
The  young  men  brought  out  a  fine  blowgun  and  bundle  of  bows  and 
arrows,  and  the  younger  chief  pulled  out  the  hollow  wooden  cylin- 
der in  his  nose  with  the  red  macaw's  feather  and  traded  it  for  a  little 
looking-glass  and  his  earplugs  for  some  fishhooks.  Even  old  Schau 
Assfie  sold  his  mortar  and  pestle  for  making  snuff  and  a  pretty  coronet 
of  toucan's  feathers,  and  his  wife  pulled  off  a  string  of  monkey's  teeth 
from  her  neck  and  the  mother-of-pearl  disks  from  her  ears  and  her 
bark  armlet,  and  then  a  beautiful  girdle  of  little  river  shells,  her  baby's 
only  ornament.  (Plate  4.)  1  also  purchased  the  clay  kettle  in  which 
my  supper  was  cooked,  and  finally  an  old  bark  hammock.  With  this 
I  seemed  to  have  procured  a  complete  assortment  of  all  their  worldly 
goods. 

Leocardo  had  hung  my  hammock  and  mosquito  net  under  Schau 
Assuc's  shed,  and  I  now  took  refuge  under  it  from  the  mosquitoes, 
which  came  in  swarms  as  the  fires  went  down.  The  children  had  long 
ago  gone  to  sleep  in  the  hammocks,  but  I  was  awakened  by  their  cry- 
ing, and  I  saw  Schau  Assuc  taking  down  his  hammock  and  with  his 
wife  dragging  their  children  into  the  woods  followed  by  the  rest,  so  that 
soon  I  was  the  only  occupant  of  the  village.  This  seemed  to  be  a  com- 
mon occurrence  with  this  people,  to  dash  mto  the  woods  at  night  and 
sleep  under  the  trees  or  in  little  sheds  made  for  the  purpose,  thus 
escaping  the  mosquitoes,  which  swarm  into  the  clearings  at  that  time. 
In  the  morning  at  daybreak  the  people  returned  to  the  village. 

Kltanu  S'h  now  brought  a  string  of  skulls  of  the  black  peccary  to  show 
me  what  a  great  hunter  he  was,  and  then  he  gave  me  an  object  lesson 
in  their  method  of  hunting.  First  he  showed  how  they  used  the  blow 
gun.     Taking  a  broad  belt  of  bark,  he  drew  it  closely  about  his  body 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


INDIAN   TRIBES   OF   BRAZIL.  373 

beneath  the  chest,  and  wrapping  the  end  of  a  little  poisoned  arrow  with 
silk  cotton  to  make  it  fit  the  bore  of  the  gun,  and  filling  his  lungs,  he 
blew  the  arrow  into  the  top  of  a  tall  tree  standing  in  the  edge  of  the 
forest  near  by.  (Plate  6.)  Then,  taking  his  blow  gun  and  bows  and 
arrows  on  his  shoulders,  he  bent  down  and  silently  crept  through  the 
forest,  looking  carefully  on  every  side,  and  then  catching  sight  of  the 
game  dropped  the  blow  gun  and,  soiling  out  three  arrows,  shot  them 
rapidly  into  the  bushes.  Going  where  the  arrows  struck,  he  made 
marks  on  the  ground  with  the  tips  of  his  fingers  to  represent  the 
tracks  of  the  wounded  game;  and  following  these  a  short  distance  he 
stooped  over  and  spread  his  hands  before  him,  palms  down,  to  show 
where  the  game  lay,  dead.  Senor  Joao  asked  Schau  Assuc  to  show 
us  how  the  different  birds  and  beasts  sang,  and  he  gave  us  the  notes 
of  the  parrots  and  toucans,  then  the  cries  of  the  tapirs,  peccaries,  and 
monkeys,  all  with  wonderful  likeness  to  life.  Then  he  made  the 
strange,  rattling  roar  of  the  jaguar  so  vividly  that  it  made  one's  flesh 
creep.  They  make  use  of  this  art  of  imitating  the  notes  of  the  ani- 
mals in  their  hunting.  Our  Indians,  the  Hypurinfis,.  had  filled  their 
baskets  with  the  ripe  corn,  apparently  without  taking  the  trouble  to 
ask  leave,  and,  taking  a  young  Jamamadf  with  us  to  carry  part  of  our 
load  to  the  river,  we  set  out  on  our  return. 

As  near  as  1  could  learn,  the  Jamamadi  are  now  reduced  to  two  or 
three  small  settlements  like  the  one  we  visited,  all  on  the  Marmorea 
Miri,  which  is  their  ancient  seat.  They  appear  to  have  first  come  in 
contact  with  the  rubber  gatherers  and  civilization  about  thirty  years 
ago,  but  in  this  time  have  become  greatly  reduced  in  numbers.  Though 
having  many  customs  like  those  of  the  neighboring  tribes,  they  differ 
from  them  in  language,  in  using  the  blow  gun,  in  the  form  of  their 
dwellings  and  their  canoes,  in  the  character  of  their  headdress  and 
other  ornaments,  and  doubtless  in  many  other  ways  which  a  longer 
stay  would  have  made  manifest. 

On  reaching  the  river  and  again  embarking  in  Pedro  Bom's  bark 
boat  a  heavy  rain  storm  overtook  us,  lasting  until  we  had  "nearly 
reached  the  station  of  San  Joao. 

This  station  is  rich  in  india  rubber,  there  being  rubber  paths  for  50 
men  already  opened,  with  room  for  50  more.  But  Senor  Joao  had 
but  15  or  20  men  in  his  employ  and  little  chance  for  getting  more,  as 
the  station  is  50  miles  from  even  the  rude  settlements  of  the  Purfis 
below.  The  location  also  seemed  to  be  unhealthy,  as  some  of  his  peo- 
ple were  suffering  with  fever.  I  left  what  quinine  I  had  for  those 
with  fever,  and  some  white  soap  for  a  poor  fellow  wiose  legs  were 
covered  with  ulcers  caused  by  the  bites  of  mosquitoes  and  sand  flies. 

On  our  way  down  the  Marmorefi  from  San  JoSo  we  visited  a  malocca 
of  the  Hypurin&s.  This  was  2  or  3  miles  from  the  river.  The  owners 
were  away  down  the  river  on  a  hunting  expedition,  except  Pedro  Bom, 
who  had  gone  up  the  river  where  we  had  found  him. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


374  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

The  village  consisted  of  three  communal  houses.  These  were  much 
smaller  than  that  of  the  Jamamadi  and  only  fitted  for  three  or  four 
families  each.  They  were  oval  in  shape,  25  to  30  feet  in  height,  with 
roof  coming  to  the  ground  all  around.  There  was  a  door  in  the  center 
of  each  of  the  two  longer  sides,  with  pieces  of  thatch  to  l>e  placed 
against  them  in- time  of  storm.  Everything  was  much  ruder  and  more 
carelessly  made  than  in  the  Jamamadi  house. 

The  Hypurinfis  are  the  most  numerous  and  most  warlike  of  the 
tribes  in  this  region.  I  could  get  little  idea  of  their  numbers,  some 
of  their  villages  being  said  to  be  still  unvisited  by  civilized  people. 
Their  presence  on  the  Marmorea  was  probably  as  parasites  to  prey  on 
the  weaker  but  more  industrious  Jamamadi.  1  saw  nothing  of  them 
in  1875  on  this  river,  and  their  appearance  there  is  probably  recent. 
They  are  hunters  and  fishermen  and  also  cultivate  the  land.  There 
appears  to  be  no  question  but  that  they  are  cannibals,  eating  the  flesh 
of  their  enemies  .killed  in  battle.  They  live  in  small  communities, 
on  the  smaller  streams  of  the  interior,  but  keep  up  communication 
l>etween  their  villages,  and  gather  from  these  to  a  common  center  for 
their  great  feasts  and  dances. 

Our  return  journey  on  foot  from  the  Marmorea  to  the  Purus  was 
made  more  difficult  by  the  collections  we  had  made,  among  these  l>eing 
a  large  gray  monkey  in  his  cage  and  a  bundle  of  arms  from  the 
savages.  The  latter  fell  to  my  lot  to  carry,  but  because  of  its  length  it 
continually  struck  the  trees  and  undergrowth  on  the  sides  of  the  path. 
A  day  of  heat  and  rain  and  hurry  found  us  again  at  Hyutanihan  ready 
for  the  steamer. 

THE   HYPURINAS. 

The  Hypurinas"  (unclassed)  are  forest  Indians.  Those  studied  were 
living  in  small  villages  upon  narrow  streams  flowing  into  the  Purus 
from  the  west,  below  the  rapids.  They  reach  the  territory  of  the 
Jamamadi  and  Paumari'  (Arauan  family)  on  the  Marmorefi  Miri  and 
about  the  rapids  of  the  Puriis,  though  but  little  idea  was  gained  of 
their  distribution  or  numbers.  The  settlers  say  that  there  are  villages 
still  unvisited  by  civilized  .man.  Their  language  seems  to  have  no 
verbal  similarity  to  those  of  the  other  two  tribes  to  be  studied. 

They  are  much  stronger  mentally  and  physically  than  their  neigh- 
bors and  better  able  to  cope  with  the  type  of  civilization  which  has 
reached  them.  Some  of  them  are  employed  in  rubber  camps  and  as 
servants,  and  several  have  reached  Para  is  this  latter  capacity.  They 
dress  in  the  tanga,  as  do  the  neighboring  tribes,  and  go  bareheaded 
and  barefooted.  Those  near  the  settlements  had  thrown  away  their 
native  arms  and  had  procured  cheap  guns  from  the  rubber-gatherers 

«Chandless,  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  London,  1889,  p.  501. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL. 


375 


as  far  as  they  were  able.  They  have  the  same  habit  of  snuff-taking 
already  described  for  the  Jamamadi  and  the  Paumari'.  They  were 
cannibals  up  to  the  time  of  the  settlement  of  the  river,  and  the  custom 
is  said  to  l>e  still  retained  in  the  villages  not  yet  reached  by  civiliza- 


Fn;. 


I  — Side  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  house,    a,  rafters;  6,  riuV  i  ole;  C,  hoop  supporting 

rafters. 


tion.     Though  warlike,  they  have  never  attacked  the   intruding  set- 
tlers, as  the  wild  tribes  about  the  rapids  of  the  Madeira  have  done. 

They  sleep  in  bark  hammocks.  One  was  seen  in  use  among  them 
made  of  three  long,  broad  strips  of  bark,  tied  together  at  their  ends. 
They  preserve  the  bones  of  their  dead,  wrapping  them  in  bundles  and 
hanging  them  to  the  roof  of  one  of  their  houses,  deserted  for  the 
purpose. 


Fig.  2.— End  elevation  of  Hypurina  Indian  house.    For  lettering,  see  tig.  1. 

The  village  visited  consisted  of  three  houses,  each  fitted  to  hold  three 
or  four  families.  These  were  oval  in  shape,  or  rather  were  made  with 
two  straight  parallel  sides  and  rounded  ends.  They  were  about  25  by 
40  feet  in  diameter  (fig.  1).  There  was  no  distinction  of  wall  and 
roof,  the  roof  of  thatch  coming  to  the  ground.     The  framework  was 


Digitized  by 


Google 


376 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


made  of  long  slender  poles  stuck  into  the  ground  and  tied  alcove  to  a 
ridge  pole;  this  was  covered  with  horizontal  and  overlapping  layers  of 
palm-leaf  thatch,  the  strips  being  tied  by  vines  to  each  rafter  (fig.  2). 
A  door  was  left  in  the  center  of  each  side;  these  were  closed  with  strips 
of  thatch.  Low  half -moon  ridges  of  earth  were  heaped  up  inside  of 
each  door  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  water.  A  little  room  about  6  feet 
square  was  cut  off  at  one  end  by  walls  of  thatch.  Five  little  heaps  of 
ashes  and  firebrands  around  the  walls  and  several  posts  for  hanging 
hammocks  showed  where  the  different  families   made  their   homes 

(fiK-8). 

Their  method  of  cultivation  is  like  that  of  the  Jamamadi  already 
descril>ed,  but  their  fields  are  much  smaller  and  leas  carefully  tended. 


0 

o 

o 
o 


d 


c 


41 


a 


9 


o 


&2)  9 


€ 


<* 


0 


<0 

c 


*. 


9 


9 


c 


<•> 


e> 


«&     <d**k    o  O   Q   a 


Fin.  3.— <Jmund   plan  of  Hypurina  house,     a,  loot  o!  rafters;  6,  mound  of  earth  inside  of  door; 
<*,  fireplaces;  d,  posts  for  hammocks;  e,  room;  /,  door. 

They  depend  much  on  hunting,  and  especially  on  fishing,  for  a  living. 
The  family  of  the  Hypurinfi,  Pedro  Bom,  were  living  on  fish  when 
visited.  One  of  their  methods  of  fishing  is  with  a  basket  attached  to 
a  spring  pole;  this  is  set  and  baited  under  water.  The  fish  caught  are 
dragged  out  of  the  water  head  down,  so  that  they  can  not  escape 
(figs.  4:  and  5). 

They  frequently  all  leave  their  villages  on  extended  hunting  and 
fishing  excursions,  living  during  this  time  in  open  sheds  of  thatch 
(papfra),  which  are  built  wherever  they  stop  for  the  night.  Their 
canoes  are  each  made  of  a  single  piece  of  bark,  like  those  of  the 
Jamamadi  (fig.  12),  but  they  are  more  rude  and  the  ends  are  left  open. 
They  are  probably  never  used  for  navigating  the  Purfis,  serving  only 
for  the  narrow  streams  flowing  into  it.     Several  villages  are  accus- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF   BRAZIL. 


377 


tomed  to  gather  together  for  great  feasts.     These  are  accompanied 
with  music,  dancing,  and  rude  acting.     In  these  they  make  use  of 


Fig.  4.— Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians,    a,  spring  pole;  b,  fish  basket;  c,  bait  of  fish  basket;  cf,  trig- 
ger; e,  post  planted  in  the  water,  /,  g,  supports  tied  to  e  under  water  to  hold  b. 


Fio.  5.— Fish  trap  of  Hypurina  Indians.    For  lettering,  see  fig.  4.    o,  opening  in  which  basket  is 

secured  and  set. 

rude  wooden  figures  of  birds  and  other  animals,  and  imitate  their 
notes.     (Plate  1.)    Their  musical  instruments  are  wooden  drums,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


378 


REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


horns  and  trumpets  of  bark  and  hollow  cane.  The  songs  procured 
were  generally  of  war.  The  following  are  the  text  and  translation  of 
some  of  them.     (For  music  see  figs.  6  and  7.) 


IS 


fc±£ 


.,  ;  0 


r-*. 


& 


Jtc 


w 


Fig.  6.— Hypurina  Indian  war  song. 


m 


mm 


±£* 


t* 


s 


B.a 


Fig.  7.— Hypurina  Indian  girl's  song. 


SONGS  OF  THE  HYPURINAS. 

1.  fwaha  nlslpmga  nlplna  puri  pan!':     I  go  down  below  (down  the  river),   who 

knows  whether  I  shall  return — or  die  there. 

2.  konai  Itakurl  makokwa'  wichi  mingani:  When  the  macocaua  sings  it  sings  well. 

3.  shiinibana  iimbari  klrapiira  hinl  shambanani:  The  leaf  that  calls  my  lover  when 

tied  in  my  girdle. 

4.  iiiiirakiinibi  makiiiina  pongata  marakumbi  hatiniri  sawaki'  pongata:  Bring  your 

arrows,  I  am  a  warrior.     I  have  my  arrows  ready  and  wish  to  kill  you. 

5.  nawi  marl  konlpi'  marutari  nawi  marina  pari':  Now  no  one  can  say  I  am  not  a 

warrior,  I  return  victorious  from  the  battle. 

6.  kakotiri  napiri  kaiutiparuV  periti:  I  am  a  serpent,  when  I  bite  my  enemy  dies. 

7.  waini  klii  kananlpanl  yuima  panl  kanu:  I  go  to  die,  my  enemy  shall  eat  me. 

8.  kfi  wTrftu  koowaru  kosanati  wakuri  shining:  I  am  wrounded  in  the  fight,  but  I 

shall  not  die. 

LIST  OF  WORDS  FROM  HYPURINA. 

The  first  column  of  names  of  parts  of  the  body  was  taken  while  there 
were  several  of  the  trite  present  to  correct  it.  The  second  column  was 
taken  from  a  1k>v  who  could  speak  nothing  else.  The  other  Hypurinas 
said  this  list  was  from  a  dialect  called  (SlngananerT),  that  of  the  tou- 
can-clan or  people. 

Both  lists  of  parts  of  the  body  seem  to  have  the  personal  pronoun 
(I  or  my)  in  composition,  in  the  first  prefixed  nf  or  nl'u,  in  the  sec- 
ond suffixed  (ichf  or  anchi'.  Thus:  to  hu(n)  or  tawan,  the  forehead, 
gives,  first,  nitohu'(n);  second,  tawanchl'.  Poto  or  potu,  the  mouth, 
gives,  first,  nipotu';  second,  potonchf.  Kltl',  the  foot,  gives,  first, 
nlkiti',  and,  second,  kitinchi',  etc. 


head:  Ikiwi' 

hair  of  head:  kiwlshakl' — klwfsikechi' 

forehead:  nttohu/(n) — tawanchl' 

ears:  nlkfmbi7 — kembltaichi' 

eyes:  nlnoki' — oki' 


nose:  nlkMpI' — kirfnchi' 
mouth:  nipotu' — potonchi' 
inside  of  mouth:  ntnamaha' 
tongue:  nlnlnt' — InanI' 
teeth:  nteerihl'fa) — serHnchl' 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TBIBES   OF   BRAZIL. 


379 


beard:  shlwapato7 — shambSto7 

neck:  nindpl7 

breast:  nltorota7 — t6rotanchi/ 

shoulder:  nlsdtarita7 — sutaritanchl7 

arm :  nlkanokf7 — kanokfnchi7 

hand:  niwa  kunuta7 — wakunchl7 

finger:  bioklchl7 

finger- nai  1 :  nisa  wata7 — sa wataichl7 

heart:  nanklpa7 — ankupaichi7 

stomach:  nlturuma- •  turumanchi7 

blood :  nihirii  ga7 — arankachl7 

thigh:  nlporina7 — porokanchi7 

leg:  nttaplki7 — kapfkanchi7 

knee:  nlpotorlkl7 — potoraktnchi7 

foot:  nlkM7— kltfnchl7 

toe:  nlkMkl7— kMkt7 

toe  nail:  nlsawata7 — sawataiklchi7 

God:  

devil:  Kanilri7 

man:  ktkl7 

woman:  situ7 

husband:  nudanlrl7 

wife:  nlntianlrii7 

boy :  nata  kunl7  wakiinl7 

girl:  nata  kiirii7  wakuri7 

father:  nlri7 

mother:  natu7 

son:  namari7 

daughter:  nlhatirii7 

brother:  nlpirl7 

sister:  nltarii7 

chief:  tusha7wa 

dog:  hangltlkl7 

hen:  patari7 

tapir:  klama7 

fish:  shlmaki7 

scale:  otanta7 

tail  of  fish:  oshlta7 

bird:  k6ti  plriki7 

feather:  Tmlngl7 

wing:  Ikirita7 

beak:  Imlngtta7 

snake:  ImlnT7 

frog:  turutl7 

turtle:  kumbirl7 

turtle  shell:  kurabiri'  6taha7(n) 

egg:  naki7 

deer:  manitt7 

otter:  Snlari7 

paca:  kaiatl7 

duck:  opal7 

toucan:  stngani' 

tree:  tmina7 

vine:  aha(n)  plsa7 


leaf:  aha  supa7 

branch :  aha  pori7 

root:  aha  kosa7 

flower:  ahawi7 

fruit:  karipfnka7 

tobacco:  awirl7 

banana:  si  pari7 

sweet  potato:  chipall7 

corn:  keml7 

cotton:  napoacha7 

rum:  kawl7 

stone:  kaiisuni7 

sand:  klpachl7 

bow:  tiipucht7 

arrows,  war:  makurina7 

arrows  for  fish:  slrl  plcht7 

bow-t'ord:  tapii  ehlcha' 

blow  gun:  IkainV 

axe:  kPtaii7 

spear:  kawada' 

knife:  I  wata7 

pot:  kopltt7 

canoe:  iihata7 

paddle:  mekuchl7 

hammock:  kikochl7 

house:  awlku7 

mat:  kochltii7 

water:  mib6raha(n)7 

river:  went7 

rain:  Imboraha(n)7 

sun:  atokachl7 

moon:  kaslrf7 

stars:  Twlrikl7 

night:  Ingiata7 

dark :  niaplaha'  ( n ) 

morning:  pakfimahi7  pisa7 

day:  pakamara' 

fire:  shamlna7 

smoke:  shamlna7  sin!7 

ashes:  shamlna7  IchlkiV 

Ixme:  api7 

large:  niitahowiti7 

small:  washangltfklka7 

cold:  kachlngiire/ 

hot:  kapiitaka7 

good:  harari7 

bad:  konahara7 

sweet:  puehiia'll 

sour:  kachluri7 

bitter:  klpishl7 

tall:  Itanu7 

short:  konutanurl7 

round:  Ipoklta7 

sick:  amianata7 


Digitized  by 


Google 


380 


REPOBT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


lame:  mahituri' 

blind:  kona  kowkinl' 

asleep:  I  ma  kapYka' 

distant:  otakuli' 

near:  konaitakiill' 

wet:  Ihanga' 

dry:  Iplplnga' 

to  kill:  nokari' 

to  cook :  nashfta' 

to  eat:  nlnikft' 

to  drink:  nihata' 

to  fish:  nisapihata' 

to  hunt:  aiata' 

to  walk,  to  go:  nlslplnga' 

to  die:  wachanlp&'mbi 

to  cry :  nlchthl'nta 

to  laugh:  niairi' 

to  talk:  nYsangYre/ 


to  sing:  nYshYp6ata/ 

to  sleep:  mlnapS' 

to  smoke:  nawirl  plha'ta. 

one:  hatika' 

two:  Ipika' 

three:  YpYpakYni/ 

four:  mapaka' 

many:  Ituri' 

I:  nota' 

thou:  pita' 

he:  haitari' 

we:  atanani' 

no:  kona' 

yes:  ari' 

to-day:  wacharl' 

to-morrow:  atanii' 

yesterday:  ktta' 


THE  JAMAMADf. 


The  Jamamadf  are  a  small  tribe  of  forest  Indians,  apparently  lim- 
ited to  the  vicinity  of  the  Marmored  Mir!,  a  small  stream  entering  the 
Purfis  from  the  southwest,  at  about  latitude  8  south,  longitude  67 
west  from  Greenwich.  A  further  study  of  the  Indians  of  this  region 
may  prove  them  to  be  an  isolated  group  of  a  more  extended  tribe. 
Their  language  is  related  to  that  of  the  Paumari  (Arauan  family). 
Their  name  seems  to  be  from  the  Paumari  and  to  mean  "wild  men" 
(juwa-magl). 

In  1873  the  pioneer  rubber  gatherers  on  the  upper  Purus  had  just 
come  into  contact  with  them. 

At  this  time  (1901)  they  seem  to  be  reduced  to  two  small  villages, 
one  on  the  upper  Marmored  and  the  other  near  its  mouth,  and  they 
do  not  number  probably  more  than  100  persons  in  all. 

The  village  visited  had  been  so  nearly  destroyed  recently  by  pesti- 
lence that  but  a  faint  idea  could  be  gained  of  their  normal  condition. 
They  had  two  chiefs  or  headmen,  but  these  seemed  to  have  little  power 
over  them.  Like  the  neighboring  tribes,  they  go  naked  but  for  the 
tanga,  this  being  a  little  apron  of  cotton  threads,  colored  red  with 
anatto,  and  3  by  4  iuches  in  size  for  the  men  and  3  by  6  for  the  women  (see 
fig.  15).  It  is  supported  by  a  bark  cord  around  the  loins.  This  cord 
is  hidden  by  the  women  under  a  belt  of  cotton  or  bark  cords  as  broad 
as  the  three  fingers  and  colored  red. 

Both  sexes  pierce  the  lobes  of  the  ears  and  the  septum  of  the  nose. 
The  men  wear  little  plugs  of  reed  or  resin  in  the  ears.  The  women 
use  as  ear  ornaments  little  disks  of  mother-of-pearl  fastened  to  small 
cords,  which  are  drawn  through  the  ears  and  secured  behind  the  head, 
the  disks  thus  showing  in  front  of  the  lobe  (Plate  4,  fig.  4).  Both 
sexes  use  little  hollow  pieces  of  wood  in  the  nose.    The  younger  chief 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TBIBES   OF   BRAZIL.  381 

had  placed  in  this  nose  cylinder  a  long  red  macaw's  feather,  which  thus 
stood  out  at  the  side  of  his  face  (Plate  4,  figs.  7  and  8).  Their  hair  is 
allowed  to  fall  down  in  front  and  is  cut  straight  across  the  foreheai 
about  £  inches  above  the  eyes.  The  hair  of  the  temples  is  allowed  to 
fall  to  the  level  of  the  eyes,  where  it  is  cut  straight  to  the  ear.  The 
hair  behind  is  cut  at  the  neck.  The  men  have  a  narrow  mustache  and 
a  few  bristling  hairs  on  the  chin  (Plates  2  and  3). 

The  men  generally  wear  a  narrow  belt  of  cords  with  a  tassel  of 
feathers  or  anta's  (tapir's)  hoofs  at  one  side  (Plate  4,  tig.*  3).  The 
women  wear  necklaces  of  monkey's  teeth  and  bright  shells  (Plate  4, 
figs.  5  and  6)  and  armlets  of  white  beads  and  bark.  On  feast  days 
the  men  wear  curious  crowns,  shaped  like  a  hat  brim.  These  are  about 
2£  inches  in  width  and  made  of  palm  leaf,  with  warp  of  bark  cord.  To 
the  outer  edge  of  this  is  attached  a  fringe  of  red  and  black  toucan 
feathers  (Plate  4,  fig.  1).  This  is  worn  like  a  crownless  hat,  the  top 
of  the  head  standing  up  through  it.  The  chiefs  are  distinguished 
from  the  others  by  wearing  a  crown  made  of  numerous  tassels  of  red 
and  black  toucan's  feathers  fastened  by  short  cords  to  a  narrow  band 
about  the  head  (Plate  4,  fig.  2). 

In  common  with  the  neighboring  tribes  they  are  snuff  takers.  This 
habit  is  general  among  them,  the  women  using  it  also,  but  not  so 
often  nor  so  openly  as  the  men.  The  green  tobacco  leaves  are  toasted 
upon  the  bottom  of  a  clay  pot  (Plate  5,  fig.  3)  turned  over  the  coals. 
They  are  then  tentered  out  on  sticks  over  the  fire  until  they  are  per- 
fectly dry.  The  mortar  is  made  of  the  shell  of  the  Brazil  nut  (Plate 
5,  figs.  1,  2,  and  8),  the  pestle  of  heavy  wood.  The  mortar  is  partly 
filled  with  live  coals,  which  are  shaken  in  it  to  thoroughly  heat  it 
without  burning.  Then  the  leaves  are  pounded  and  ground  into  the 
finest  dust,  which  is  of  a  greenish  color.  The  red  bark  of  the  root  of 
a  certain  shrub  is  scraped  to  clean  it  of  dead  bark  and  earth  and  is 
then  burned  and  the  ashes  carefully  collected  and  mixed  with  the  snuff 
in  about  equal  parts. 

For  taking  the  snuff  they  are  each  provided  with  a  hollow  bone  of 
a  bird's  leg,  this  being  about  5  or  6  inches  long  and  one-fourth  inch 
thick  (Plate  5,  figs.  4,  6,  and  7).  One  end  is  rounded  with  beeswax  to 
make  it  fit  the  nostril.  The  snuff  is  carried  in  boxes  made  of  river 
shells  (Ampularia)  (Plate  5,  fig.  5),  but  several  of  the  young  men  had 
procured  percussion -cap  boxes  of  the  rubber  gatherers.  Snuff  taking 
was  a  matter  of  importance  with  them,  two  persons  being  necessary 
for  its  proper  performance.  One  of  these  put  as  much  as  a  half  or  a 
fourth  teaspoonful  of  the  snuff  into  the  palm  of  his  hand  and  held  it 
out  to  his  neighbor,  who  placed  the  rounded  end  of  the  bone  in  his 
nostril  and,  stooping  over,  drew  the  other  end  slowly  along  the  edge  of 
the  snuff,  drawing  it  up  with  deep  breaths,  then  changing  to  the  other 
nostril.    After  he  had  finished  he  drew  a  long  feather  through  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


382 


REPORT   OF    NATIONAL   MU8EUM,  1901. 


bone,  that  nothing  might  be  lost,  and  then  offered  his  palm  and  snuff  to 
his  friend,  who  went  through  the  same  performance.  The  others  who 
were  near  watched  the  performance  with  interest,  making  remarks  as 
it  proceeded.  The  one  who  holds  out  his  palm  stands  perfectly 
motionless  during  the  snuff  taking. 

The  permanent  residence  of  the  Jamamadi  is  a  great  conical,  com- 
munal house,  fitted  with  cells  or  rooms  for  all  the  families  of  the  vil- 
lage. These  are  arranged  in  a  circle  within  the  outer  wall  of  the 
building,  leaving  the  center  clear  for  dances  and  assemblies  (fig.  8). 


Fia.  8.— Ground  plan  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house,    a,  outer  posts;  b,  inner  posts;  c,  room;  d,  inner 

open  space. 

The  building  visited  was  about  130  feet  in  diameter  and  about  70  feet 
high.  The  framework  consisted  of  100  small  posts,  4£  feet  high  and 
about  4  feet  apart.  Near  the  top  of  these  posts  a  strong  hoop  of  poles 
was  fastened,  being  tied  with  vines  to  each  post.  Inside  of  this  outer 
circle  of  posts,  ai  a  distance  of  about  12  feet,  a  second  circle  of  stronger 
posts  was  set,  about  14  feet  high  and  12  feet  apart.  The  tops  of  these 
posts  were  notched,  and  in  these  notches  a  second  hoop  of  poies,  tied 
end  to  end,  was  placed.  Ix>ng,  slender  poles,  rafters,  were  now  lashed 
at  their  larger  ends  to  the  bottom  hoop  about  2  feet  apart  and  leaned 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL. 


383 


upon  the  inner  hoop  toward  the  peak  of  the  building  (fig.  9).  A  few 
of  the  longer  ones  reached  the.  peak  above,  where  they  were  fastened 
together  (fig.  10).  Upon  this  skeleton  was  tied  a  roof  of  thatch.  This 
was  made  of  strips  2  feet  in  width  and  8  or  10  in  length  of  the  leaves 
of  the  caranai  palm,  split,  and  braided  over  a  narrow  piece  of  wood. 


v*5f*£ 


Fig.  9.— Section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house,    rf,  lower  hoop;  e,  upper  hoop. 

The  first  course  of  thatch  was  laid  upon  the  foot  of  the  rafters,  just 
over  the  lower  posts,  and  carefully  attached  to  each  rafter,  the  strips 
being  tied  end  to  end  so  that  they  reached  around  the  building. 
Another  course  was  laid  on  above  this,  overlapping  it  about  a  foot, 


Fig.  10. — Cross  section  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house,    o,  outer  circle  of  post*;  b,  inner  circle  of  posts; 
c,  pole  dividing  the  rooms:  d,  section  of  lower  hoop;  c,  section  of  upper  hoop;  r,  rafters. 

and  so  on.  till  the  peak  was  reached.  There  were  no  doors  or  win- 
dows, the  spaces  between  the  posts  of  the  outer  circle  and  below  the 
lower  layer  of  thatch  serving  for  entrance  and  light  and  air.  The 
space  between  the  outer  and  inner  circles  of  posts  was  divided  into 
rooms  by  tying  a  pole  from  each  inner  post  at  about  breast  high  to  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


384 


REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 


top  of  an  outer  post  opposite.  This  provided  25  cells  or  rooms  about 
12  feet  square.  The  poles  served  for  supporting  the  hammocks  of  the 
occupants.  The  whole  building  was  most  carefully  made,  even  the 
vines  used  for  hplding  it  together  being  peeled  and  scraped  (fig.  11). 
The  Jamamadi  had  left  this  great  building  on  account  of  the  pesti- 
lence, and  had  erected  several  sheds  14  feet  square,  with  thatched  roofs. 
These  were  entirely  open  at  the  sides  and  had  platforms  of  split  palm 


Fig.  11.— Detail  of  construction  of  Jamamadi  Indian  house,    a,  outer  posts;  6,  inner  posts;  c,  pole 
dividing  the  rooms;  d,  lower  hoop;  c,  upper  hoop;  r,  rafters. 

wood  raised  2  feet  from  the  ground  to  serve  as  floors.  These  were 
much  like  the  poorer  dwellings  of  the  Tapuios,  and  probably  made  in 
imitation  of  them. 

The  Jamamadi  are  agriculturists  and  hunters.  Their  method  of 
cultivation  is  with  fire.  They  cut  the  timber  and  burn  the  leaves  and 
smaller  brush  during  the  dry  season,  thus  clearing  the  surface  of  the 
soil,  which  they  then  plant  among  the  logs  and  stumps.  They  get 
about  two  crops  and  then  allow  the  land  to  grow  up  to  forest  again. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN    TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL.  385 

The  first  civilized  men  to  visit  them  say  they  were  then  girdling  the 
trees  with  stone  axes  by  pounding  off  the  bark.  Afterwards  these 
were  burned  down  by  piling  logs  against  them.  They  now  have  a  fewr 
steel  axes  which  they  have  procured  from  the  rubber  gatherers. 

They  raise  corn  and  nmnihot,  pineapples,  bananas,  and  plantains, 
the  pupunya  palm,  tobacco,  sugar  cane,  and  a  few  other  plants.  Their 
corn  is  quite  distinct  from  that  cultivated  by  the  Tapuios,  being  much 
taller  and  having  a  softer  grain.  They  were  found  parching  the  ripe 
corn  for  food.  They  cultivate  both  species  of  manihot,  but  the  more 
ordinary  one  seems  to  be  the  nonpoisonous,  called  maka-she'ra.  This 
is  cooked  like  potatoes,  and  a  flour  is  also  made  from  it,  which  is 
baked  into  cakes  (beju).  In  pressing  the  juice  from  the  manihot  they 
employ  the  "tipi-ti,"  a  long  tube  of  woven  rattan,  common  among 
the  Tapuios  for  the  same  pur|X)se.  (Plate  7,  fig.  1.)  The  only  use  I 
saw  them  make  of  the  sugar  cane  was  to  chew  it  to  get  the  sweet  juice. 
The  fruits  of  the  pupunya  palm  are  eaten  and  the  old  wood  is  made 
into  bows. 

They  are  great  hunters,  the  weapons  being  the  blowgun  and  poisoned 
arrows,  and  the  bow  and  arrows.  (Plate  6,  tigs.  3,  5,  0,  7,  etc.)  The 
blowgun  is  a  carefully  made  weapon  of  heavy  wood,  10  or  12  feet  long, 
round  and  tapering,  and  covered  with  rattan.  It  is  in  every  respect 
like  those  of  the  tribes  on  the  Peruvian  Amazon.  The  arrows  are 
needle-like  splinters  of  palm  wood.  The  quiver  is  of  palm  leaf  carried 
by  a  string  around  the  neck.  A  small  calabash  with  a  hole  in  one 
side  is  also  hung  from  the  neck.  (See  Plate  6,  fig.  13.)  In  this  is 
carried  the  tree  cotton  for  wrapping  the  end  of  the  arrow  to  make  it 
fit  the  bore  of  the  gun.  The  poison,  unlike  that  of  the  upper  Amazon, 
is  fluid,  and  is  heated  until  it  foams,  when  the  points  of  the  arrows  are 
dipped  into  it  and  passed  through  the  fire  to  dry.  The  poison  is  said 
to  be  made  only  by  the  chiefs,  who  keep  the  formula  secret.  The}' 
also  prepare  a  counter  poison,  which  consists  largely  of  salt,  with 
which  they  cure  animals  slightly  wounded  which  they  wish  to  tame. 
They  carry  with  them  on  the  hunt  a  broad  band  of  bark  which  is  drawn 
about  the  body  beneath  the  ribs;  when  they  are  going  to  shoot  they 
draw  this  tighthr  around  them.  (Plate  6,  fig.  2.)  The  blowgun  is 
used  for  birds  and  monkeys  and  game  in  the  trees.  For  game  on  the 
ground  they  use  the  bow  and  arrows.  The  bow  is  short  and  stiff  and 
made  of  black  palm  wood,  the  arrows  are  long  and  heavy,  the  shafts 
of  reed  and  the  points  of  palm  wood.  They  are  said  to  sometimes 
poison  these. 

The  Jamamadi  use  bark  boats  (fig.  12),  made  from  a  single  piece 
(fig.  13),  taken  from  a  standing  tree  said  to  be  the  jutah<".  The  canoes 
are  about  10  feet  long  and  3  feet  wide,  flat  on  the  bottom,  and  the  ends 
are  drawn  up  and  tied,  thus  forming  hollow  beaks.  They  are  lashed 
and  braced  into  shape  and  are  then  turned  over  the  fire  and  heated 
NAT  mus  1901 25 


Digitized  by 


Google 


386 


REPORT   OB'    NATIONAL   MUSEUM,   1901. 


until  they  are  dry  and  hard.  They  seem  to  be  used  as  a  means  of  con- 
veyance up  and  down  the  river  rather  than  as  fishing  boats.  The  pad- 
dles are  long  and  pointed. 


Fig.  12.— Bark  canoe  of  Jamamadi  Indians. 


These  Indians  make  earthen  pots  of  fire  clay  for  holding  water  and 
for  cooking  purposes.  No  ornamentation  or  painting  was  seen  upon 
any  of  them.     They  were  once  noted  for  making  fine  bark  hammocks, 


y 


Fio.  13.— Strip  of  bark  from  which  canoe  is  made.    (See  fig.  12.) 

but  they  now  prefer  to  trade  tame  monkeys  to  the  rubber  gatherers 
for  cheap  cotton  hammocks  from  Para.  (Plate  7,  fig  5.)  During  the 
season  they  collect  a  few  nuts  and  a  little  sarsaparilla  for  trade  with 
the  settlers. 

LIST  OF  WORDS  OF  JAMAMADl. 


head:  til  ti' 

hair:  tatl'-kone' 

forehead:  nokubako' 

eyes:  noktV 

face:  ebCtC 

none:  wldi/ 

upper  lip:  1)0 no' 

under  lip:  IhV 

tongue:  (MnC 

teeth:  IniV 

chin:  Snexltf  kone/ — perhaps  beard 

neck:  namid6/ 

shoulder:  karowi' 

arm:  nianiV 

hand:  y£f£  dabo' 

fingers:  y&fS  kawi  taring 

finger  nails:  aturini' 

breast:  yuharl' 

belly:  duru' 

leg:  I'su' 


foot:  t&'mg 

thigh:  fanako' 

toes:  namidini' 

ear:  va'rabO 

man:  ya'rii 

woman:  fanawi' 

boy:  mada  ha'  (n) 

baby:  yauinf 

fish:  aba7 

dog:  jiiinai' 

tapir:  awl' 

tobacco:  cina' 

corn:  klmf' 

sugar  cane:  cana' 

cotton:  mofii' 

pot:  jlwahtV  (n) 

boat:  kanawa' 

paddle:  kuyari' 

blow  gun:  karabdhtV  (n) 

belt  for  blow  gun:  kainata' 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDIAN    TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL. 


387 


mortar  for  snuff :  11161  inaki7 
bone  tube  for  snuff:  maupa' 
shell  for  snuff:  wahu' 
snuff:  aiirini' 
tanga:  siu7 
house:  ub6' 
bow:  dldTsa7 
string:  madlni' 
sun:  lukati' 


niixjn:  kaslri/ 
water:  pii  ha'  (n) 
fire:  himani' 
one:  uharini7 
two:  famini' 
three:  uharinK  ffuninl' 
four:  famln!'  faminf' 
ten:  damini' 


THE  PAUMARI. 

The  Paumari  (Arauan  family)  are  river  Indians,  strictly  confined  to 
the  main  stream  of  the  Puriis  and  the  chains  of  lakes  in  immediate 
connection  with  it.  They  are  said  to  have  once  inhabited  the  Purus 
to  near  '  ^  mouth  but  appear  to  be  limited  at  present  to  the  territory 
between  the  Ituch£  and  the  Rapids.  They  are  unable  to  endure  con- 
tact with  the  forms  of  civilization  existing  among  the  rude  rubber 
gatherers  of  the  river,  and  are  rapidly  diminishing  in  numbers.  They 
exist  in  small  communities  of  a  few  families  each,  every  one  of  which 
has  its  own  chief  or  headman,  though  this  person  seems  to  have  no 
great  authority  over  them.  They  belong  to  several  clans  or  subtribes, 
of  which  the  following  names  were  given: 

The  Otter  people:  Sabou  ka  Paumari. 
The  Alligator  people:  Kasii  ka  Paumari. 
The  Vulture  people:  Majuri  ka  Paumari. 
The  Peccary  people:  Hirari  ka  Paumari. 

Thejr  are  a  humble,  cowardly  people,  living  in  deadly  fear  of  the 
Hypurinas,  their  neighbors  on  the  upper  river.  They  are  so  childish 
and  simple  that  they  are  easily  imposed  upon  by  the  settlers  on  the 
river,  and  are  persuaded  to  undertake  long  and  exhausting  labor  at 
the  paddle  for  a  few  drinks  of  rum,  of  which  they  are  inordinately 
fond. 

They  love  music  and  make  Pan's  pipes  of  reeds,  and  rude  trumpets 
of  earthenware.  While  they  are  pulling  at  the  paddle  they  are  con- 
tinually singing  (fig.  14).  The  following  are  translations  of  some  of 
their  boat  songs: 


m 


f±t 


-£ 


£±± 


■\ 


f-f-f 


JWl 


-P- 


Fig.  14.— Paumari  Indian  canoe  song. 


1.  My  mother  when  I  was  little  carried  me  with  a  strap  on  her  back.     But  now  I 
am  a  man  and  don't  need  my  mother  any  moio  'fig.  14). 

2.  The  toucan  eats  fruit  in  the  edge  of  my  garden   and  after  he  eat*  he  nings. 

3.  The  jaguar  fought  with  me,  and  1  am  weary,  I  am  weary. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


388 


REPORT    OF    NATIONAL    MUSEUM,   1901. 


The  following  they  call  the  song  of  the  turtle: 

I  wander,  always  wander,  and  when  I  get  where  I  want  to  go  I  shall  not  stop, 
but  8 till  go  on. 

They  pass  much  of  their  time  along  the  river,  roaming  from  one  sand 
bar  to  another  in  search  of  food,  but  have  more*  permanent  villages  on 
the  lakes  inland,  which  they  occupy  during  the  rainy  season. 

They  are  all  marked  with  a  peculiar  skin  disease  which  leaves  large 
white  spots  on  the  hands  and  feet,  and  shows  on  the  face  and  other 
parts  of  the  body  in  dark,  ashy  blotches,  which  itch  continually.    One 


Fig.  15.— Clothing  of  Paumari  Indians,    o,  woman's  apron  (tanga);  6,  man's  apron  (t&nga);  <*,  neck- 
lace of  monkey's  teeth. 

old  fellow,  covered  with  this  disease,  was  seen  lying  naked  on  a  mat 
scraping  himself  with  a  clam  shell.  They  make  much  greater  use  of 
paint  than  the  other  tribes  of  the  Purus,  covering  their  bodies  and 
limbs  with  broad,  horizontal,  red  stripes.  Their  paint  is  made  by 
mixing  annatto  with  balsam  copaiba.  The  painting  is  done  by  dip- 
ping the  ends  of  the  fingers  in  the  paint  and  drawing  them  around  the 
body  and  limbs.  The  face  may  be  entirely  covered  or  painted  in  fanci- 
ful stripes.  They  go  bareheaded  and  barefooted,  and  dress  in  the  tanga, 
a  little  apron  2  by  4  inches  in  size,  made  of  cotton  threads  and  colored 
red  with  annatto  (fig.  15).     The  aprons  of  the  women  are  a  little  larger 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL.  88£ 

(fig.  15).  The  hair  is  cut  square  across  the  forehead  and  allowed  to 
hang  down  the  neck.  They  pierce  the  lips  and  the  septum  of  the  nose, 
ordinarily  wearing  plugs  of  wood  in  the  orifices,  but  are  said  to  don 
tusks  of  wild  animals  on  feast  days.  When  they  were  given  rum  they 
carefully  pressed  in  the  plugs  so  as  to  lose  none  of  the  drink. 

The  average  height  of  several  men  measured  was  5  feet  2£  inches. 

They  with  the  other  Purfis  tribes  cultivate  a  little  tobacco,  which 
they  only  use  as  snuff.  The  green  leaves  are  toasted  over  the  fire  and 
powdered  in  little  mortars  made  of  the  case  of  the  Brazil  nut  (Plate  8, 
fig.  3)  and  then  mixed  with  ashes.  The  ashes  from  the  hulls  of  the 
fruit  of  the  chocolate  bean  are  used  for  this  purpose.  They  inhale  the 
snuff  through  a  pair  of  hollow  bones  of  a  bird's  leg  (Plate  8,  fig.  1). 
These  are  fastened  side  by  side  with  a  braid  of  cotton  thread,  and  the 
upper  ends  are  rounded  with  beeswax  to  fit  the  nostrils.  A  quarter  or 
half  teaspoouf  ul  of  snuff  is  placed  in  the  palm  of  the  hand  or  in  a  clam 
shell  and  drawn  up  with  one  or  two  long  breaths.  The  snuff  box  is 
made  of  a  river  shell  to  which  a  neck  formed  of  bone  has  l)een  cemented 
(Plate  8,  fig.  2).  They  are  said  to  make  a  fermented  drink  from  fruits, 
but  this  was  not  seen. 

They  pass  much  of  their  lives  in  their  canoes;  these  are  narrow  dug- 
outs 12  or  14  feet  in  length,  and  sharp  at  both  ends  (Plate  9).  Their 
paddles,  instead  of  being  round-bladed  like  those  of  the  Tapuios,  are 
long  and  narrow. 

The  great  level  sand  bars  along  the  river  are  made  use  of  by  them 
in  towing  their  canoes  on  their  voyages  upstream.  A  Paumarl  would 
be  frequently  seen  walking  along  the  edge  of  the  bar  towing  his  canoe, 
holding  his  family  and  all  his  possessions,  to  new  fishing  grounds,  his 
wife  sitting  in  the  stern  with  a  steering  paddle  holding  the  canoe  from 
the  shore. 

They  live  in  little  oven-shaped  huts,  so  low  that  they  have  to  get  on 
their  hands  and  knees  to  enter  them.  These  are  made  of  long,  narrow 
palm-leaf  mats,  spread  over  a  framework  of  sticks  bent  and  stuck  into 
the  ground  at  both  ends.  The  mats  are  carried  in  their  canoes,  so  that 
they  always  have  their  houses  with  them.  Their  more  permanent 
villages  on  the  inland  lakes  are  made  of  houses  of  the  same  kind. 

When  the  water  rises  over  the  sand  bars  in  the  rainy  season  they 
move  their  villages  upon  large  rafts  anchored  in  the  lakes.  These 
rafts  are  made  of  logs  of  light  timber  on  which  a  floor  of  strips  of 
palm  wood  is  tied  with  vines.  On  this  they  remain,  rising  and  falling 
with  the  flood  and  its  ebb  until  the  dry  season  uncovers  the  sand  bars 
again.  They  have  a  tradition  accounting  for  this  curious  custom. 
Long  ago  the  people  of  their  tribe  built  their  villages  only  on  the  land 
like  the  other  tribes,  but  one  year  the  flood  rose  to  a  much  greater 
height  than  usual,  covering  the  sand  bars,  and  then  the  lowland,  and 
finally  the  term  firma.     The  people  cliinl>ed  into  the  trees,  and  lived 


Digitized  by 


Google 


390  REPORT   OF   NATIONAL   MUSEUM,  1901. 

for  a  time  upon  fruits  and  leaves,  but  finally  all  were  drowned  or  died 
of  hunger  but  two;  these  lived  until  the  flood  abated,  when  they 
descended  and  took  possession  of  the  earth  again.  These  were  the 
ancestors  of  the  present  tribe  of  the  Paumari.  At  the  beginning  of 
the  rainy  season  they  built  a  raft  and  moved  their  hut  upon  it,  that 
they  might  not  be  drowned  with  the  flood,  and  their  descendants  have 
kept  up  the  custom  to  this  day. 

They  are  said  to  bury  their  dead  in  a  sitting  posture,  breaking  up 
the  weapons  and  personal  possessions  of  the  deceased  and  burying 
them  with  the  body,  and  building  a  cover  of  the  same  character  as 
their  houses  over  the  grave. 

They  live  chiefly  upon  fish,  turtles,  and  turtles'  eggs.  They  are  said 
to  be  so  expert  in  catching  turtles,  that  they  can  dive  to  the  bottom  of 
the  river  and  take  them  there.  They  capture  large  numbers  as  they 
come  out  to  the  sand  bars  to  lay  their  eggs  and  keep  them  alive  for 
future  use  in  pens  made  of  stakes  placed  in  the  lakes  near  their 
villages. 

They  gather  wild  fruits  and  have  small  gardens.  They  keep  a  few 
dogs  procured  from  the  settlers,  and  some  chickens  which  seeni  to 
accommodate  themselves  well  to  the  wandering  lives  of  their  owners. 
They  make  a  small  amount  of  india  rubber  to  trade  with  the  settlers, 
and  collect  a  little  balsam  copaiba,  and  in  the  season,  make  oil  from  tur- 
tles' eggs.  This  is  the  famed  turtle  butter  {manteiga  ds  tartamga) 
which  is  an  article  of  commerce  and  made  use  of  by  the  civilized 
Brazilians  in  cooking.  They  collect  the  eggs  from  the  sand  Imrs,  using 
a  sharp  stick  to  find  the  deposits  and  their  paddles  as  spades  to  dig 
them  out.  A  canoe  is  filled  half  full  of  eggs  and  the  owners  get  in  and 
dance  upon  them  with  their  bare  feet.  When  all  the  eggs  are  crushed 
the  oil  rises  to  the  surface  and  is  skimmed  off  into  pots. 

Their  pottery  is  rude  and  unpainted,  and  the  mats  used  in  covering 
or  flooring  their  houses  are  usually  without  colors  or  figures. 

LIST  OF  WORDS  OF  THE  PAUMARI. 


head:  diidi' 

hair:  dadi'  kafft'ni 

forehead:  iitai' 

face:  nokii'i 

ears:  morobii'i 

eyes:  nokii'i  bada'nl 

nose:  wlrldi' 

mouth:  tx'uli' 

lip:  i  hi' 

tongue:  a  ba'ni 

teeth:  Inu'i 

chin:  kanadai'I 

beard:  niidai'  kii  saulni' 

neck:  nabidi' 

breast:  makoini' 


shoulder:  mantosl' 

arm:  wadl' 

hand:  sa  ai'  kai  da'nt  (upper  side) 

hand:  sa  ai'  kabodtnt  (under  side) 

finger:  saai' 

finger  nail:  saai  kana  kodl'nl 

heart:  wftl 

blood:  ama' 

skin:  asa  ftni' 

thigh:  kabahai'I 

leg:  a  wai'i 

foot:  damai' 

big  toe:  damai'  noku'nl 

toe  nail:  damai'  kana  kodl'nl 

devil:  baiadi' 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDIAN   TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL, 


391 


man:  inake7ra 

woman:  gamd7 

girl:  gamd7  paisl7 

boy:  make7™  paisl7 

father:  bii' 

mother:  miii7 

son:  k&Ml  sail7  (my  son) 

brother:  k67dl  kai  u7  (my  brother) 

chief:  kai7di*tu6hau7a  (my  chief)? 

dog:  jumahl7  jaguar — jiimahl7 

tapir:  da'ma 

fish:  abahlsa7na 

bird:  Igita7 

feather:  bibl7 

snake:  maka7 

turtle:  sir!7 

egg:  banafa7 

deer:  6tairl7 

duck:  wiidama' 

parrot:  wilii7 

toucan:  jakwa  kwa7 

tree:  awa7 

leaf:  afanl7 

root:  awa7  dama'ni 

fruit:  awa7  bono'ni 

tobacco:  iijiri7 

banana:  sipati7 

corn:  jarwa7 

cotton:  waganf7ni 

mandioca:  b6da7 

rubber:  siriga7 

chocolate  bean:  kanaka7 

cacao  tree:  kanaka7  awa'nl 

stone:  jiidi7 

sand:  kasl7 

bow:  koda  hi7(n) 

arrow:  abi  ha7(n) 

cord:  atiV(n) 

blow  gun :  karaboha7(  n ) 

spear:  jumldi7 

knife:  idr7 

cup:  won7 

pot:  sia  ha7(n) 

canoe:  kana7wa 

paddle:  wanami7 

cloth:  makari7 

hammock:  si  hiVna 

house:  gura7 

roof:  kutthl7(n) 

mat:  kawasl7 

water:  pa(n)ha7(n) 

river:  wai  nl7 

lake:  daku7 

rain:  ba  hi7 


current:  jura7ni 

sun:  safl7ni 

moon:  maslku7 

stars:  bdri7 

night:  juma7 

fire:  si  hu7(n) 

smoke:  kau  jl7nl 

ashes:  kau  fiVnf 

large:  karaho7 

small:  p  1  si7 

cold:  kafiii7 
1  hot:  ka  f67ni 
I  good:  jahama7ni 
1  bad:  jahari7 

sweet:  chinaki7 

sour:  chlkataki7 

bitter:  arapaki7 

sick:  kawamiinlki7 

lame:  tonomh!7 

blind:  sakawanf7 

asleep:  wadi7 

fat:  basina7 

distant:  naipai7 

near:  ma'kari 

wet:  abakl7 

dry:  yanafora7 

dead:  abtnl7 

VERBS 

to  kill:  Inablni7 

to  cook:  Tsadomaha7 

to  eat:  Iha7 

to  drink:  law!7 

to  fish:  nabfida' 

to  hunt:  kariiboha7(n) 

to  run:  ktdariihai7 

to  cry:  asara7 

to  laugh:  6h<VnI 

to  talk:  wariwari7 

to  sing:  a  hl'(n) 

to  sleep:  wadi7 

to  stand :  ga7 

to  work:  marinl7 

to  smoke:  kaslsi7 

to  sit:  awltl7 

one:  waraniV 

two:  bamiki7 

three:  awhaarii  bakoslki7 

four:  akii  bamaha  kamaki7 

five:  saai-ka  whaarani' ( once  the  fingers) 

six:  saai  ka  whariha7 

part:  pitiini7 

many:  Ipoiki7 

I:  owaVni 


Digitized  by 


Google 


392 


BBPOBT    OF   NATIONAL    MUSEUM,  1901. 


thou:  iwa'ni 

the:  ionya' 

no:  nya' 

ye**:  yii' 

to-day:  Idakabai' 

to-morrow:  afiii  kaiuma' 

yesterday:  idanija' 


COMPARISON   OP   ADJECTIVES 

sweet:  chlnaki' 

very  sweet:  chinaka'waki' 

sour:  ehfkataki' 

very  sour:  chlkiitaka'waki' 

bitter:  arapaki7 

very  bitter,  poison:  arapaka'wakl' 


SENTENCES    FROM    THE    PAUMARI. 

1 .  I  am  going  with  you :  kadanya'  okakiho' 

2.  I  am  going  to  fish — I  wish  to  go  fishing:  bahama'  okaburu'  klbanaho' 

3.  I  am  going  hunting — I  wish  to  hunt:  dkaraboa'(n)  klbanaho' 

4.  Yesterday  I  went  hunting:  Idanija'  okaraboajti' 

5.  To-morrow  I  go  hunting:  afokaima'  okanibda'n  kiana'  klbanaho' 

6.  I  am  going  to  sleep— I  wish  to  sleep:  dwadi'  klbanaho' 

7.  I  did  not  sleep  last  night:  hldanija'  juma'  wadirihi' 

8.  Let  us  go  to  sleep:  yabana'  awadla'wa 

9.  Yesterday  J  killed  a  deer:  hldanija'  onabini'  hotairl' 

10.  The  night  is  very  dark:  juma'  bakl  bakl' 

11.  I  have  two  brothers:  hldaho'  jainunl'  a'ju  bamlkl'? 

12.  My  father  is  dead:  bil'  ablnl'  hldakabai'  wani'  kabliri'  kabai'  oho'  jakihc/.? — 

13.  My  mother  is  dead:  mhV  hldakabail'  abini' 

14.  I  am  sick:  okowamu'ni'  kind' 

15.  Yesterday  I  was  sick  a  little:  hidanija'  whariha'  okowamuni  pais! 

16.  1  go  to  take  a  bath — 1  wish  to  bathe:  okantiha'  klbanaho' 

17.  I  am  very  warm  this  evening:  afaki'  juma'  wanikwa' 

18.  The  river  has  many  fish:  hihlda'  waini'  kabfiki' 

19.  The  river  runs  much:  waini  joraki'  kwana'  wanaminl'  jahariki' 

20.  The  deer  runs  fast:  nahintV  tlhida'  otairi'  binaki'  darami'(n)  diinokl' 

21.  I  have  a  good  canoe:  kanawa'  kajahaki'  kodianyii'  hdjairii' 

22.  My  canoe  is  old:  kana/wa  boda' 

23.  My  canoe  is  new:  kodi  kana'wa  jadl'ni 

24.  1  am  sick  to-day:  hidakabai'I  okowamu'ni 

25.  I  shall  be  sick  to-morrow  perhaps:  hidakabai'I  wabinl'  fokaima'  6kowa-mu'nI?? 

26.  My  brother  is  sick:  kfwli  ajo  kowamu'nl  kiadii'  hidakabai'I 

27.  My  brother  will  l>e  sick  to-morrow  perhaps:  hidanija'  wamVblni  kowamu'nl 
a'jo  ^ 

28.  My  brother  was  sick  yesterday:  kodi  a'jo  kowamii'ni  hldakabail'  blwa  hoja'- 
wlni? 

29.  Mv  brothers  are  sick  to-dav:  a'ju  kowamu'nl  dakabai? 

30.  My  brothers  were  sick  yesterday:  hidanija'  wlgiunl'nl  kowamu'nl 

31.  My  brothers  will  be  sick' to-morrow:  fokaima  wigami'nl  kowamu'nl  wa'bini 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDIAN    TRIBES    OF    BRAZIL.  393 


PAUMARI  SONGS. 

toucan        my  sing       eat    sings. 

1.  JakwakwiV  kodi'  sirul  ahiail  bihakl'  ahi'. 

The  toucan  eate  fruit  in  the  edge  of  my  garden,  and  after  he  eats  he  sings 

2.  Mia  onl  jana  rihl  ail'  safl  mahtl  wajama'  rlhi  mia  ail  sat!7,  maha  wajama'  6ra 

ija  tlrihl' 
My  mother  carried  me  when  I  was  young,  with  a  strap  on  her  back,  with  a 
strap  she  carried  me  on  her  back  but  now  I  am  a  man  and  I  do  not  need  her 
any  more 

3.  Jiimahl'  wia  hari  ban!  hlda  awa  kodi  koja  hari  kaka  baruhu  hlda' 

I  did  not  call  the  onca  (jaguar)  to  my  house,  but  my  good  drink  called  him 

4.  Hari  an  banaho  wajui  yanahi  ail  sati  maha  koja  harm  awa  ka  tirllri' 
Good-by;  you  will  give  me  nothing  more;  I  am  going 

5.  Mia  ail  ho  basurl  ka  pamwari'  hi  kamla  oho  jail 

O,  my  mother    I  am  living  among  the  porpoise  people  (that  is  people  colored 
like  the  porpoise-white  people) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    1. 


Wooden  Bird  Figures  of  Hypurina  Indians. 

Figs.  1,  2,  and  5.  Toucanh. 
Figs.  3  and  4.  Gulls. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steer* 


Plate  1. 


Wooden  Bird  Figures  of  Hypurina  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steeie. 


Plate  2. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steere. 


Plate  3. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    4. 


I  I 

i       6  8 


Ornaments  of  Jamamadi  Indians. 
Fig.  1.  Ckown  of  Toucan  Feathers. 
Fig.  2.  Chief's  Coronet  of  Toucan  Feathers. 
Fig.  3.  Girdle  Ornament  of  Tapir's  Hoofs. 
Fig.  4.  Pharl  Disks  for  the  Ears. 
Fig.  5.  Child's  Girdle  of  River  Hheli^. 

Fig.  6.  Necklace  of  Monkey  Teeth  with  Tassel  of  Toucan  Feathers. 
Figs.  7  and  8.  Macaw  Feather  Nose  Ornament. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901 .— Steere. 


Plate  4. 


Ornaments  of  Jamamadi  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    5. 


Objects  Used  by  Jamamadi  Indians  in  Snuff  Making,  Snuffing,  and  Cooking. 

Figs.  1,  2.  Pestle  and  Mortar  (Hypurina). 

Fig.  3.  Clay  Pot  for  Cooking. 

Figs.  4,  6,  and  7.  Bone  Tubes  for  Snuffing. 

Fig.  5.  Shell  Snuffbox. 

Fig.  8.  Pestle  and  Mortak  used  in  Snuff  Making. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steere. 


Plate  5. 


Objects  Used  by  Jamamadi  Inoians  in  Snuff  Making,  Snuffing,  and  Cooking. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


NAT  MU8   1901- 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    6. 


2      ,      4 


10  13 


I     ! 


14 


II1    12 


Arms,  etc.,  of  the  Jamamadi  Indians. 

Fig.  1.  Wooden  Lance. 

Fig.  2.  Bark  Band  worn  while  Shooting  with  the  Blowgun. 

Fig.  3.  Bow. 

Fig.  4.  Woman's  Bark  Basket. 

Figs.  5  and  9.  Arrows  in  Leaf  Quiver. 

Figs.  6  and  8.  Single  Arrows. 

Fig.  7.  Blowgun. 

Fig.  10.  Bark  Bag. 

Fig.  11.  Quiver  of  Poisoned  Blowgun  Arrows. 

Fig.  12.  Bow. 

Fig.  13.  Calabash  for  Holding  Tree  Cotton. 

Fig.  14.  Bow. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901. — Steere. 


Plate  6. 


Arms,  etc.,  of  Jamamadi  Indians. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQLC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    7. 


Objects  of  Domestic  Use  of  Jamamadi  Indians 

Fig.  1.  Cassava  Press,  tipiti. 

Fig.  2.  Bundle  of  Leaves  of  the  CaranaI  Palm  used  for  Hatching. 

Fig.  3.  Fish  net  used  with  the  Trap  Described  in  the  Text. 

Fig.  4.  Carrying  Basket. 

Fig.  5.  Bark  Hammock. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steere. 


Plate  7. 


Objects  of  Domestic  Use  of  Jamamadi  Indians. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    8. 


Implements  Used  in  Snuff  Making  and  Snuffing  by  the  Paumari  Indians. 

Fig.  1.   Double  Bone  Nose  Tube  for  taking  Snuff. 
Fig.  2.  Shell  Snuffbox. 

Fig.  3.    MOKTAR    AND   CASE   OF    BrAZILNIT   AND    PESTLE    FOR    MAKING    SNUFF. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steere. 


Plate  8. 


< 

< 
0. 


X 


O 

z 
< 


< 
2 


3 
Z 
CO 


a 

Ui 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Report  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1901.— Steere. 


Plate  9. 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX, 


Page. 

Abbott,  James  Francis,  title  of  paper  by 149 

Abbott,  W.  L.,  East  Indian  collection  of 27 

ethnological  objects  given  by 52 

insects  collected  by 70 

mammals  collected  by 75 

mollusks  sent  by 60 

natural-history  explorations  of,  continued 67 

treasures  deposited  by 18 

zoological  specimens  contributed  by 67 

Acary  caciraba 199 

species  of 199 

Accessions  during  year,  list  of 95 

for  the  past  and  previous  years,  statistics  of 21 

received  annually  since  1880,  table  showing 22 

by  Department  of  Anthropology 51 

to  Department  of  Anthropology 51 

Biology 67 

Geology 81 

Act  of  Congress,  1846,  establishing  Smithsonian  Institution 3 

to  encourage  the  holding  of  a  Pan-American  Exposition 229 

Adamana,  archeological  field  work  at 317 

ruin 317 

petroglyphs 318 

Station 317 

Adams,  C.  B.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Adams,  Samuel  H.,  butterflies  presented  by 70 

Adler,  Cyrus,  assistant  curator,  Division  of  Historic  Archeology,  report  by...  56 

bibliography  of  assyriology  begun  by 57 

custodian  of  the  Division  of  Religions,  report  by 56 

joint  paper  by 152 

title  of  joint  paper  by 149 

Administrative  staff 94 

^Ethoprora  effulgens 199 

Afton,  Indian  Territory,  flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sulphur 

spring  at,  by  William  H.  Holmes 233 

geologic  formations 238 

site  of  the  Afton  sulphur  springs 238 

spring,  arrow  and  spear  heads 245 

bone  and  antler  implements 246 

difficulties  met  with  in  making  excavations. .  241 
discovery  of  a  flint  implement  in  the  super- 
ficial sands 240 

final  examinations 240 

first  clearing  out  of  the 239 

395 


Digitized  by 


Google 


896  INDEX. 

Page. 

Afton,  Indian  Territory,  spring,  formations 241 

fossil  remains 242 

fragmentary  condition  of  the  fossil  bones 243 

freshly  sharpened  implements 245 

knives 245,246 

mammoth  teeth  encountered  in  the  gravels.  241, 248 

mastodon  teeth 243 

peoples  concerned  in  the  deposit 248 

section  of,  and  associated  geological  formations  241 

significance  of  the  deposit 247 

spearheads 245 

stone  implements 244 

traditions  regarding  the 239 

springs,  the 238 

village  of,  description * 238 

location 238 

Agassiz,  Alexander,  expedition  under  direction  of 51 

loan  to 88 

specimens  of  rocks  sent  to 32 

Agriculture,  Department  of,  plants  transferred  by 20 

use  of  Herbarium  made  by  officials  of 80 

Agulha 199 

Alaska  moose 190 

Alaskan  Eskimo,  description  of  figures  of  group  of 203 

earth  house  of  the 207 

Albatross,  collections  by 18,19,51,70,71,73,76,78,79 

Alexander,  W.  H.,  reptiles  presented  by *. 19, 69 

Algu£,  Father  Jos£,  corals  and  sponges  received  in  exchange  from 71 

Allen,  J.  A.,  sheep  described  by 190 

title  of  paper  by 149 

Alligator  snapper 196 

Almiqui ^ 191 

Altars  obtained  by  Museum  through  exchange 54 

Amazon  River  turtle 196 

America,  distribution  of  specimens  in 137 

American  arctic  and  subarctic  mammals,  series  of 191 

carnivora,  relabeling  of  the 34 

Ethnology,  Bureau  of,  pottery  purchased  by 303 

Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  specimens  of  electrical  apparatus 

belonging  to 61 

lizards 197 

Ornithologists'  Union,  work  by  committee  on  nomenclature  of  the. .  30, 79 

Ancient  ruins,  preservation  of 1 357 

action  taken  by  legislature  of  Arizona 358 

archeological  field  work  in  Arizona 357 

Arizona  Antiquarian  Society,'  endeavors  of 358 

bill  before  congress  several  times 358 

New  Mexico 358 

service  of  Interior  Department 358 

Andrf,  Ernest,  collection  received  in  exchange  from 25, 70 

Angel  fishes 198 

Anhinga 194 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  397 

Page. 

Animals,  domestic  and  food,  archeological  field  work  in  Arizona 356 

Annual  Report  U.  S.  National  Museum,  scope  of 11 

(1897),  Part.  II,  published 147 

(1898),  published 147 

(1899),  published 147 

Ant-eater 191 

Anthropological  field,  scope  of - 255 

museum,  classification  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibits  of 

an,  by  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

cultural  division 256 

classification  of  culture  materials. .  257 

culture — history  arrangement 264 

history  exhibit,  example 

of 2/4 

geo-ethnic  arrangement 258 

exhibit,  example  of 268 

labels 272, 273, 274, 276, 277 

limitations  of  culture  materials  . . .  256 

special  culture  series 267 

scope  of  the  anthropological  field 255 

stomatological  division 255 

Anthropology,  Department  of,  accessions  to  . 51 

through  collections 51 

exchange 54 

gifts 52 

purchase 53 

aid  given  by 61 

cataloguing  and  care  of  specimens  received  by.  55 
concerning  completeness  of  exhibits  of,  at  Pan- 
American  Exposition 217 

details  with  regard  to  progress  made  in  preserv- 
ing and  installing  collections  of 55 

exhibit  shown  through  agency  of 183 

exhibition  halls  of,  overcrowded 32 

exhibits  prepared  by,  for  other  departments  of 
exposition  and  lent  to  them  during  continu- 
ance of  fair 217 

exhibits  prepared  by,  for  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition   33, 51 

head  curator 93 

labeling  done  by 55 

objects  lent  by,  to  expositions 61 

report  of  head  curator  on i .  51 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion, by  William  H.  Holmes 200 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— description  of  the  groups 202 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— dwelling  group  models 207 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— exhibits  illustrating  leading  arts  and 

industries  of  the  native  Americans 211 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


398  INDEX. 

Pa*e. 
Anthropology,  Department  of,  report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— exhibits  representing  the   art  collec- 
tions    216 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— groups  of  lay  figures 200 

research  work  in 26 

space  needed  by 55 

special  investigations  conducted  by  members  of 

staff  of 57 

total  number  of  specimens  received  in 17 

work  of 51 

in  connection  with  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition   58 

the  year  upon  exhibition  series  of 32 

Apache  wickiups 291 

Ap|>endix  1 93 

II 95 

III 137 

IV 147 

Appropriations  for  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1901 *. .  13, 14 

year  ending  June  30,  1902 15 

Arachnida,  removal  of 74 

Archeological  field  work  in  northeastern  Arizona.     The  Museum-Gates  expe- 
dition of  1901,  by  Walter  Hough 279 

Hopi  buttes  and  mesas 326 

age  of  Jettyto  Valley  ruins 359 

Biddahoochee 326 

Chakpahu 336 

Kawaiokuh 339 

Kokopnyama 337 

period**  of  Tusayan  ware 346 

introduction .' 287 

list  of  illustrations 283 

Little  Colorado  Valley 302 

Adamana 317 

Canyon  Butte 309 

McDonalds  Canyon 302 

Metate .' 318 

Milky  Hollow 319 

Scorse  Ranch 306 

Stone  A  xe 320 

small  sites  near 325 

Woodruff 318 

remarks 352 

distribution  of  Pueblo  culture 352 

domestic  and  food  animals 356 

preservation  of  ancient  ruins 357 

range  of  dual  design  on  pottery  354 

summary  of  work 358 

symbolism : 355 

table  of  contents 281 

types  of  buildings 352 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  399 

Fftge. 
Archeological  field  work  in  northeastern  Arizona — Continued. 

White  Mountain  region 289 

Forestdaie 289 

Interior  sawmill 297 

Linden 297 

Showlow 301 

Shurnway 302 

Arctic  birds,  exhibit  of 194 

ducks 193 

Arizona,  cliff  dwellings  (ruins) 207 

legislature  of,  action  taken  by,  to  preserve  ruins 358 

Army  and  Navy,  important  contributions  made  by  officers  of 39 

Arrangement  and  classification  of  the  exhibits  of  an  anthropological  museum, 

by  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

Arraya 198 

Arte,  transfer  of 324,353 

Asa  clan,  migrations 324 

pottery 324 

Ashmead,  W.  II.,  detail  of,  to  accompany  expedition  to  Hawaiian  Islands  ...        23 

entomological  collections  made  by 66,  70 

hymenoptera  of  Harriman  expedition  worked  up  by 28 

much  progress  made  on  catalogue  of  hymenoptera  by 29,  77 

report  by,  upon  hymenoptera  as  a  whole 76 

upon  hymenoptera  from  Galapagos  Islands  made  by  28,  77 
the  hymenoptera  parasitica  of  Hawaiian  Islands 

completed  by 28,  77 

researches  upon  exotic  material  from  Africa,  Siam,  Japan, 

Australia,  and  New  Zealand,  continued  by 28,  77 

studies  upon  the  ichneumonoidea  and  bombidfe  conducted 

by 28,77 

titles  of  papers  by 150 

work  of,  in  division  of  insects 74 

Asia,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Assistance  to  individuals  and  institutions  through  Department  of  Geology 88 

Assistant  Secretary  of  Smithsonian  Institution  placed  in  immediate  charge  of 

Museum  .- .-. 41 

Atlanta  Exposition,  donations  artd  purchases'  from ..'.:: 8 

Australian  Museum,  collection  of  Australian  shells  sent  by 25, 69 

Austria,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Authors  of  papers  in  bibliography,  list  of 173 

Avian  fauna  of  Central  America 195 

A watobi  excavated _ 333 

fine  springs  of 333 

pipe  specimen  found  at 317 

Azara's  dog 191 

Baird,  George  W. ,  bronze  bust  presented  by 53 

Baker,  C.  F.,  collection  of  fleas  lent  to 31, 78 

Balch,  F.  N. ,  Arctic  shells  compared  by 30, 80 

Bald  eagle 192 

fruit  crow 195 

Baldwin-Zeigler  Polar  expedition,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Ball,  C.  R.,  plants  presented  by 71 

Bali,  E.  I).,  insects  lent  to 31,78 


Digitized  by 


Google 


400  INDEX. 

Page. 
Bandolier'  A.  F.,  attention  called  to  rugose  ware  with  white  decoration  by. . .      300 

ruin  at  Showlow  examined  by 301 

brought  to  notice  by 289 

Bangs,  Outram,  birds  brought  from  Panama  by 30 

compared  by 79 

title  of  joint  paper  by 152 

titles  of  papers  by 151 

Banks,  Nathan,  arachnida  and  neuroptera  of  Harriman  expedition  worked 

up  by 28,77 

report  by  on  arachnida  collected  at  Galapagos  Islands 28, 77 

titles  of  papers  by '. 151 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Barnowi 193 

Barnes,  William,  moths  presented  by 70 

Barracuda 198 

Barrott,  A.  F.,  collection  of  stone  implements  given  by 52 

Barrows,  W.  E.,  geological  gift  through 81 

Bartsch,  Paul,  papers  by,  published  in  the  Osprey 76 

studies  on  the  Pacific  pyramidellidae  continued  by 28, 76 

titles  of  papers  by 152 

Basketry 339 

exhibit  illustrating 214 

Batrachians  and  reptiles,  Pan-American  Exposition 196 

cases  arranged  for  exhibit  of 33 

method  of  representing  unsatisfactory 33 

Bean,  Barton  A.,  detail  of,  to  Key  West,  Florida 185,186 

fishes  collected  by,  at  Key  West 23f67 

preparation  of  labels  for  Pan-American  Exposition  by 189 

Beckwith,  Paul,  labors  of,  in  Section  of  American  History 57 

Beehler,  C.  W.,  explorations  by 237 

Belgium,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Bell  bird 195 

Bell,  James  M.,  ethnological  objects  given  by 52 

Bendire,  Charles,  reference  to  death  of 42 

work  on  the  Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds  begun 

by  the  late 38 

Bendire's  Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds,  work  of  completing  taken 

up 27,38,75 

Benedict,  J.  E.,  description  of  four  new  species  of  symmetrical  pagurid  crus- 
taceans prepared  by 28,76 

explorations  of 23, 67 

paper  on  hermit  crab  and  its  allies  published  by 28, 76 

report  of,  on  anomouran  crustaceans 28, 76 

studies  of,  on  crustacean  family  galatheidre 28, 76 

title  of  paper  by 152 

Benguiat  collection  of  objects  of  Jewish  ceremonial,  work  on,  published 57 

Benson,  H.  C,  nest,  eggt  and  bird  collection  presented  by 68 

Berliner,  Emil,  gift  by 53 

Berwerth,  F. ,  meteorite  fragment  from 26 

Bibliography  of  National  Museum 147 

list  of  authors  of  papers  in 173 

Biddahoochee  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 326 

cemeteries 327 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  401 

Tage. 

Biddahoochee  ruin,  Cottonwood  Wash  ruins 327 

examination  of,  attended  with  hardships 333 

gray  ware 330 

limestone  axe  from 322 

pot8hards 327 

pottery  investigations 327 

seep  spring 327 

white  ware 329 

shrine  discovered  at 316 

Biological  Survey,  Department  of  Agriculture,  accessions  derived  from 17 

collections  transmitted  by 40 

egg  collections  received  from. .  19, 69 
mammal  collections  of,  trans- 
ferred  ...  72 

use  of  collections  in  Museum 

made  by  staff  of 79 

Biology,  Department  of,  accessions  of  insects 69 

mollusks 69 

to 67 

bird  specimens  purchased  by 68 

condition  of  exhibition  series  in 33 

distribution  of  duplicates 79 

exhibition  collections 63 

explorations 66 

field  parties  sent  out  by,  to  gather  material  for  Pan- 
American  Exposition 186 

fish  specimens  added  to 69 

head  curator 93 

improvements  in  southeast  range 64 

labels  prepared  by 64, 66 

laboratory  use  of  collections  by  investigators 79 

loan  of  specimens 77 

number  of  specimens  added  to 18 

of  plants  lent  by,  during  year. .  79 

personnel 80 

report  of  head  curator  on 63 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

birds 192 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  by 

Frederick  W.  True 185 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition- 
cases  and  installation 188 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition- 
fishes 197 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan- American  Exposition — 

mammals 190 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

reptiles  and  batrachians 196 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exhibition — 

taxidermy 187 

reptiles  received  by 69 

research  work  in 27 

scientific  researches  and  publications , , , , 75 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


402  INDEX. 

Ffcge. 

Biology,  Department  of,  specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 189 

work  of,  during  year 63 

in  Children's  Room 63 

on  the  study  collections 72 

Bird,  Henry,  hydnxecia  presented  by 70 

Bird  specimens  purchased  by  Department  of  Biology 68 

Binls,  Division  of,  accessions  to 18, 19 

work  done  in 72 

Birds'  eggs,  accessions  of 19, 67 

Birds,  Pan-American  Exposition 192 

Birtwell,  Francis  J.,  bird  skins  lent  to 31, 78 

papers  published  by 78 

title  of  paper  by 152 

type  of  mountain  chickadee  presented  by •. 68 

Bishop,  H.  R.,  i>aper  on  jade  prepared  at  request  of 59 

Bishop,  Louis  B.,  title  of  paper  by 152 

Bison 191 

Black  Knoll 320 

Blatchley,  W.  S.,  orthoptera  presented  by 70 

salamanders  lent  to 32 

Blue-and-yellow  macaw 193 

Bluefish 197 

Boa  constrictor  of  South  America 196 

Boardman,  George  A.,  reference  to  death  of  1 46 

sketch  of 46 

Boas 196 

Boas,  Franz,  articles  l)earing  upon  Asiatic  contact  with  west  coast  of  America 

supplied  to 31,60 

Boatbill 194 

Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  plants  from 25 

Botanical  collections,  use  made  of 30 

Botany,  Division  of,  accessions  to 20 

collections  transmitted  by 40 

Bows  and  arrows,  exhibit  illustrating 212 

Box  tortoise 196 

Branch,  C.  W.,  antiquities  purchased  from 54 

Branch,  Sel wyn,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Branner-Agassiz  exj>edition  to  Brazil,  crustaceans  collected  during 76 

Branner,  J.  C,  mollusk  collection  received  from 69 

Brazier  of  ]K>ttery 337 

Brazil,  distribution  of  sj)ecimens  in 144 

Brewster,  William,  title  of  joint  paper  by 152 

Britton,  N.  L.,  investigations  of  at  the  Herbarium 30, 80 

Brogger,  W.  C,  eruptive  rocks  sent  to 88 

minerals  from 26 

Brown,  Stewardson,  investigations  of,  at  the  Herbarium 30, 80 

Buffalo  fish 199 

Buildings  of  Museum : 15 

alterations  and  repairs  to 35 

types  of,  archaeological  field  work  in  Arizona 352 

Bulletins  U.  S.  National  Museum,  number  issued 11 

scope  of 11 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  403 

Fage. 

Bunnell  &  Co.,  J.  H.,  gift  by 53 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  accessions  derived  from 16 

archeological  specimens  acquired  b> 328 

collections  purchased  by 307 

transmitted  by 40 

examination  of  important  flint  quarries  made 

under  auspices  of 22 

explorations  of 8 

no  separata  exhibit  made  by,  at  Pan-Ameri- 
can Exposition 183 

pottery  purchased  by 303 

Burgess,  E.  S.,  botanical  collections  used  by 31, 80 

Burgi,  F.,  relief  map  of  Palestine  sent  to 31 

Busck,  August,  titles  of  papers  by 152 

California  vulture 192 

Callistes 195 

Canada,  distribution  of  specimens  in 137 

Canutama 365 

Canyon  Butte  ruins 309 

archeological  field  work  at *. .  309 

cemeteries 310 

clay  and  stone  abundant 310 

climate 310 

description 309 

environment 310 

firewood 309,310 

food  animals,  scarcity  of 310 

location 309 

pipes 316 

plan  of 310 

plants,  scarcity  of 310 

ruin  No.  1 310 

interments 311 

No.  2 312 

cemetery 312 

firebox 312 

graves 312 

ware 312 

No.  3 312 

cannibalism 313 

cemetery 312 

skeleton  of  priest  unearthed 313 

No.  4 313 

artifacts 313 

cemetery 313 

decorated  ware 314 

gray  ware 315 

plain  ware 314 

pottery 313 

shrine 316 

skeletons 316 

water,  lack  of 309,310 


Digitized  by 


Google 


404  INDEX. 

Canyon  Butte  Wash  ruins  face  the  east 310 

Capuchin  monkey 191 

Carabus  mulleri,  specimens  of 26 

Caribbean  seal 191 

Carolina  paroquet 192 

Carter,  Gilbert,  investigations  conducted  by,  in  Division  of  Insects 30, 80 

Carter,  Paul  B.,  ethnological  material  purchased  from 54 

Casa  Grande,  preservation  of 358 

Casanowicz,  I.  M.,  title  of  joint  paper  by 149 

paper  by 152 

Cases  and  installation — Pan-American  Exposition 188 

Catfish,  large    199 

Catfishes 199 

Caudell,  Andrew  N. ,  material  in  the  group  orthoptera  identified  by 29, 77 

report  by,  upon  orthoptera 76 

synopsis  of  einea  published  by 29, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 152 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Centennial  Exhibition  at  Philadelphia,  donations  and  purchases  from 8 

Government  collections  at 5 

Central  American  mammals 191 

Petrified  Forest 320 

Chakpahu  ruin 336 

archeological  field  work  at 336 

cemeteries 337 

defensive  wall 337 

fragments  of  napiform  vases 337 

great  court  or  plaza 337 

location 336 

potshards 337 

surveyed 337 

walls 337 

ware 337 

Chamberlain,  Ralph  V.,  vials  containing  types  of  lithobiidse,  presented  by 70 

Chapman,  Frank  M.,  Peruvian  birds  brought  by 30 

specimens  of  Hutia  rats  lent  to 31, 77 

title  of  paper  by 153 

Characins 199 

Charleston  Exposition,  exhibit  on  view  in 218 

Chestnut-headed  sloth 191 

Children's  room,  description  of 34, 63 

installation  of  collections  in,  by  Department  of  Biology 63, 64 

Chilean  guemal 191 

Chilkat  Indians,  Alaska,  description  of  group  of 203 

Chinchilla 191 

Chittenden,  Frank  H.,  titles  of  papers  by 153 

Cincinnati  Exposition,  donations  and  purchases  from 8 

Circular  No.  50,  distribution  of 38 

City  school,  Monroe,  Louisiana,  gift  to 89 

Clark,  A.  II.,  custodian  of  the  Section  of  American  History,  report  by 57 

Clark,  Hubert  Lyman,  work  by,  on  the  holothurians 29 

Clarke,  J.  M.,  fossils  lent  to , 32, 88 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  405 

Pase. 
Classification  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibits  of  an  anthropological  museum, 

by  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

cultural  division 256 

classification  of  culture  materials 257 

culture-history  arrangement 264 

exhibit,  example  of 274 

geo-ethnic  arrangement 258 

exhibit,  example  of 268 

labels 272,273,274,276,277 

limitations  of  culture  material 256 

special  culture  series 267 

scope  of  the  anthropological  field 255 

somatological  division 255 

Cliff  dwellings  ( ruins),  Arizona,  description  of  model  of 210 

Clifton,  C.  E.,  leaf-shaped  implements  purchased  from "4 

Coati 191 

Coatimondi 191 

Cochrane,  A.  V.  8.,  gift  to 89 

Cock  of  the  rock 195 

Cockerell,  T.  D.  A.,  insects  presented  by 70 

types  of  cambarus  gallinus  presented  by . .  -. 71 

Cocopa  Indians,  Sonora,  Mexico,  description  of  group  of 205 

Coe,  Wesley  Rv,  specimens  of  nemerteans  lent  to 31, 78 

Coin  collection  of  Museum 33 

Coleman,  J.  W.,  employment  of 90 

stony  meteorite  obtained  for  Museum  mainly  through  efforts 

of 83,84 

Coleoptera,  rearrangement  of 73, 74 

Collections,  exhibition,  of  Department  of  Biology 63 

of  Department  of  Geology,  present  state  of 86 

IT.  S.  National  Museum,  additions  to 16 

principal  sources  of 7 

received  annually  by  Museum,  increase  in  number  of 12 

Collins,  G.  N.,  dragon  flies  presented  by 70 

Columbia  deer 191 

Comabella,  I. ,  specimens  from 26 

Common,  or  white  grunt 198 

Comparative  Anatomy,  Division  of,  work  in 75 

Condor 190,192 

Conzatti,  C,  plants  from 26 

Cook,  Orator  F.,  report  by,  upon  myriapoda 28,  77 

titles  of  papers  by 153 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Cook,  William  A.,  collecting  trip  made  by 23 

ethnological  material  received  from 18, 51, 60 

Coolidge,  Dane,  mammal  collection  of 18, 23, 66, 68 

Cooperation  of  the  Executive  Departments  of  the  Government 39 

Cope,  E.  D.,  paper  by,  on  Crocodilians,  Lizards,  and  Snakes  of  North  America.        37 

title  of  paper  by 153 

Cope,  Mrs.  E.  D. ,  specimen  of  Philip  Island  parrot  purchased  from 68 

Copperhead  snake 196 

Coquillett,  D.  W.,  diptera  of  Harriman  expedition  worked  up  by 28, 76 

NAT  MUS  1901 27 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


406  INDEX. 

Page. 

Coquillett,  D.  W.,  report  by,  on  diptera  collected  at  Galapagos  Islands 28, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 153 

work  of,  in  monographing  certain  families  of  diptera 77 

works  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Correspondence  of  Museum 37 

Cotheal,  Mrs.  E.  H.,  gift  by 52 

Cotingas 195 

Cotton  mouth  snake 196 

seeds  of 341,345 

Cottonwood  Wash,  group  of  ruins  on,  carefully  platted  and  plan  of  site  made. .      288 

Coul>eaux,  Eugene,  birds*  skins  from 26 

Cougar 191 

Coulter,  J.  M. ,  monograph  of  North  American  umbelliferae,  published  jointly  by .  29, 77 

title  of  joint  paper  by 167 

Coutiere,  H.,  title  of  paper  by 154 

Coville,  F.  V.,  honorary  curator,  Division  of  Plants,  report  by 74 

papers  published  by,  during  year 29, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 154 

Cox,   W.    V.,   designated  chief  special  agent   Smithsonian  Institution  and 

National  Museum  for  Pan-American  Exposition 184 

duties  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 40 

elected  secretary  of  Government  Board 184 

Coypu 191 

Craver,  S.  P.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Crawford,  Joseph,  investigations  of,  at  the  Herbarium 30, 80 

Croaker 197 

Crosby,  F.  W.,  geological  specimens  collected  by 81 

Crowned  tyrant 193 

Cruikshank,  C.  N.,  employment  of 90 

Cuba,  expedition  to,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 23 

Cuban  boa 196 

chameleon 197 

hutia  nit 191 

iguana  , 197 

lizards 197 

toad 197 

tree  frog 197 

trogon 195 

Culin,  Stewart,  material  relating  to  primitive  games  sent  to 31, 60 

Cultural  division 256 

Culture  anthropology 255 

pueblo,  distribution  of 352 

Currie,  R.  P. ,  odonata  of  Harriman  expedition  worked  up  by 28, 77 

rejwrt  by,  on  odonata  collected  at  Galapagos  Islands 28, 77 

synonymical  card  catalogue  of  the  North  American  neuropte- 

roid  insects  being  prepared  by 28, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 154 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

upon  myrmeleonidae  continued  by 28, 77 

Cushing,  F.  H.,  ceremonial  use  of  springs  reported  by 249 

information  from,  regarding  domestication  of  animals 356 

traditions 355 

Cuvier's  toucan 192 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  407 

Page. 

Dakotas,  belief  of,  regarding  buffalo 248 

Dall,  WilliamH.,  bear  described  by 191 

eleven  papers  on  mollusks  published  by 27 

fifth  part  of  a  treatise  on  the  tertiary  mollusks  of  Florida 

by,  published 76 

honorary  curator,  Division  of  Mollusks 69 

macrura  collected  by 76 

publications  by 76 

report  of,  regarding  important  accessions  of  mollusks 69 

on  mollusks  collected  in  Porto  Rico  prepared  jointly 

by 27,76 

synopses  of  the  molluscan  families  tellinidte,  cardiidte,  and 

lucinacea,  published  by 27, 76 

titles  of  papers  by 154 

Dall's  sheep 190 

Davenport,  George  E.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Dawson,  Dr.,  privilege  of  making  excavations  obtained  from 240 

De  Weese,  Dall,  specimen  of  Alaska  moose  obtained  by 190 

DalPs  sheep  obtained  by 190 

Decoration  of  pottery,  pigments  used  in 348 

resources  in 348 

Denmark,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Department  of  Agriculture,  accessions  derived  from 8, 17- 

Biological  Survey,  use  of  collections  in  Museum 

made  by  staff  of 79 

collections  transferred  by,  to  the  custody  of  National 

Museum 9 

Division  of  Soils,  gift  to 89 

explorations  of 8 

plants  received  through 71 

use  of  Herbarium  made  by  officials  of 80 

Department  of  Anthropology,  accessions  to 51 

,  aid  given  by 61 

concerning  completeness  of  exhibits  of,  at  Pan- 
American  Exposition 217 

exhibit  shown  through  agency  of 183 

exhibition  halls  of,  overcrowded 32 

exhibits  prepared  by,  for  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion    '  33 

exhibits  prepared  for  other  departments  of  expo- 
sition and  lent  to  them  during  continuance  of 

fair 217 

head  curator 93 

investigations  carried  on  in .' „ 31 

objects  lent  by,  to  expositions 61 

report  of  head  curator  on 51 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan- American  Exposi- 
tion, by  William  H.  Holmes 200 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— description  of  the  groups 202 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-i  merican  Exposi- 
tion—dwelling group  models 207 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


408  INDEX. 

Department  of  Anthropology,  report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— exhibits  illustrating  leading  arts  and 

industries  of  the  native  Americans 211 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion—exhibits representing  the  art  collec- 
tions   216 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion— groups  of  lay  figures 200 

research  work  in 26 

total  number  of  specimens  recei ved  in 17 

work  of  the  year  upon  exhibition  series  of 32 

Department  of  Biology,  accessions  to 67 

bird  specimens  purchased  by 68 

condition  of  exhibition  series  in 33 

distribution  of  duplicates 79 

exhibition  collections 63 

explorations 66 

field  parties  sent  out  by,  to  gather  material  for  Pan- 
American  Exposition 186 

fish  specimens  added  to 69 

head  curator 93 

improvements  in  southeast  range - 64 

labels  prepared  by 64, 66 

laboratory  use  of  collections  by  investigators 79 

loan  of  specimens 77 

number  of  specimens  added  to 18 

of  plants  lent  by,  during  year. . .  79 

personnel 80 

report  of  head  curator  on 63 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

birds 192 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  by 

Frederick  W.  True <l 185 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

cases  and  installation 188 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

fishes 197 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

mammals 190 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

reptiles  and  batrachians 196 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

taxidermy 187 

reptiles  received  by 69 

research  work  in 27 

scientific  researches  and  publications 75 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 189 

work  of,  during  year 63, 

in  children's  room 63 

on  the  study  collections 72 

Department  of  Geology,  accessions  to 20, 81 

assistance  to  individuals  and  institutions 88 

concluding  remarks 90 

exhibition  collections  of 35 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INDEX.  409 

Page. 

Department  of  Geology,  head  curator 94 

investigations  in 29 

labeling 85 

Pan-American  Exposition 86 

personnel 90 

plans  for  the  future 89 

present  state  of  the  collections 86 

report  of  head  curator  on 81 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  by 

George  P.  Merrill 218 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Geology 219 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Mineralogy 220 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Stratigraphic  Paleontology 222 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils 222 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Section  of  Vertebrate  Fossils 228 

research  and  publication 87 

routine 84 

sendings  from 32 

sources  of  new  material 83 

time  given  by,  to  exposition  work : .  90, 91 

work  of,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 85, 218 

Department  of  mines  and  agriculture,   Sydney,  parasitic  hymenoptera  pre- 
sented by 70 

State,  materials  secured  through  representatives  of 40 

Derby,  Orville  A.,  ethnological  material  received  through  courtesy  of 18, 51 

Diamond  rattlesnake 196 

Diptera,  work  done  on 74 

Disbursements  during  1901  from  the  unexpended  balances  of  appropriations 

for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1900 14 

from  appropriations  for  year  ending  June  30,  1899 14 

Distribution  of  Pueblo  culture 352 

specimens,  statement  of 137 

Division  of  Birds,  facilities  afforded  by,  in  determining  status  of  birds 30 

work  done  in 72 

Botany,  collections  transmitted  by 40 

Comparative  Anatomy,  work  in 75 

Entomology,  collections  transmitted  by 40 

Ethnology  and  Archeology  of  Pan-American  Exposition,  plaster 

busts  lent  to 217 

Ethnology  and  Archeology  of  Pan-American  Exposition,  series  of 

casts  of  type  forms  of  Indian  stone  implements  lent  to 217 

Ethnology  and  Archeology  of  Pan-American  Exposition,  series  of 

skulls  lent  to 217 

Fishes,  exhibition  collections  of 33 

Geology,  exhibit  for,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 219 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 219 

Insects,  exhibition  of  specimens  of 34 

investigations  conducted  in 30 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


410  INDEX. 

Page. 

Division  of  Insects,  papers  published  by  members  of  staff  during  year 77 

research  work  by  members  of 28, 76 

total  number  of  papers  by  members  of  staff  of,  issued  during 

year « 29 

work  done  in,  report  on 73 

Mammals,  condition  of  collections 72 

work  in 72 

Marine  Invertebrates,  accessions  to 67 

scientific  researches  and  publications  in 76 

Mineralogy,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 220 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 220 

Mollusks,  collections  of,  consulted 30 

work  in 73 

Plant**,  publications  from 29, 77 

specimens  lent  by 32 

work  done  in 74 

Reptiles,  exhibition  collections  of 33 

work  done  in 73 

Soils,  Department  of  Agriculture,  gift  of  minerals  to 89 

specimens  of  rocks  sent  to 32 

Stratigraphic  Paleontology,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition .  222 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in . .  222 

Dixon,  Dr.,  spindle  whorls  lent  at  request  of 61 

Doane,  R.  W.,  title  of  paper  by 157 

Dodge,  William  C,  collection  purchased  from 53 

Dog  snapper 198 

Domestic  and  food  animals — archeological  field  work  in  Arizona 356 

Dorsey,  .George  A.,  excavation  by,  on  site  of  Old  Walpi 347 

Dorsey,  J.  Owen,  information  from,  regarding  Dakotas 248 

Drake,  Francis  E.,  specimens  of  electrical  apparatus  forwarded  to 61 

Druery ,  C.  T. ,  fern  fronds  from 25 

Dunbar,  U.  S.  J.,  sculptor,  skilful  work  of,  in  modeling  life-size  figures 217 

Dusky  shark 197 

Dwelling  group  models  used  at  Pan-American  Exposition 207 

Dwellings  of  the  Sierra  (Digger)  Indians,  California,  description  of  model  of. .  209 

Dwight,  Jonathan,  jr.,  skins  sent  to 31, 78 

titles  of  papers  by 157 

Dyar,  Harrison  G.,  lepidoptera  of  Harriman  expedition  worked  up  by 28, 76 

much  progress  made  on  catalogue  of  lepidoptera  by 29, 77 

report  by,  on  lepidoptera  collected  at  Galapagos  Islands. .  28, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 157 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Earth  house  of  the  Alaskan  Eskimo,  description  of  model  of 208 

lodges  of  the  Pawnee  Indians,  Dakota,  description  of  model  of 209 

Eastern  Eskimo,  description  of  figures  of  group  of 202 

Eastlake,  W.,  oriental  shells  received  from 19, 69 

Eaton,  A.  A.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Educational  side  of  Museum 10 

Edwards,  Charles  L.,  specimens  sent  to 78 

work  by,  on  the  holothurians 29 

Eigenmann,  C.  H.,  teptocephalus  forms  of  fishes  and  other  material  lent  to. . .  32 

Eldridge,  George  H. ,  geological  specimens  collected  by * 81 

Electric  eel 199 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  411 

Page. 

Ellicott,  II.  J.,  sculptor,  skilful  work  of,  in  modeling  life-size  figures 217 

Emeus  craseus,  skeleton  of 20 

Emmons,  George  T.,  bear  named  in  honor  of 191 

collecting  trip  made  by 23 

collection  purchased  from 54 

ethnological  specimens  collected  by 52, 60 

Engineer  Corps  of  the  United  States  Army,  surveys  carried  on  by 8 

England,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Enteman,  Miss  M.  M.,  specimens  of  hymenoptera  sent  to 31,  79 

wasps  investigated  by 30, 80 

Entomology,  Division  of,  accessions  derived  from 17 

collections  transmitted  by ."...*. 40 

Eskimo  family  of  Smith  Sound,  description  of  group  of 202 

groups 202 

Ethnological  material  collected  for  the  Museum 51 

Ethnology,  Division  of,  specimens  added  to .   .  17 

Europe,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

European  lepidoptera,  collection  of 19 

Evermann,  Barton  W.,  joint  paper  by 163 

title  of  joint  paper  by 159 

Ewbank,  Thomas,  sacred  spring  near  Zuni  spoken  of  by 249 

Exhibit  of  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan-American  Exposition — descrip- 
tion of  the  groups 202 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — dwell- 
ing group  models 207 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — exhibits 
illustrating  leading  arts  and  indus- 
tries of  the  native  Americans 21 1 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — exhibits 

representing  the  art  collections 216 

at  Pan-American   Exposition — groups 

of  lay  figures 200 

at   Pan-American    Exposition,    report 

on,  by  William  H.  Holmes 200 

Biology  at  Pan-American  Exposition — birds 192 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — cases  and  in- 
stallation    188 

at  Pan-A  merican  Exposition — fishes 197 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — mammals  . . .  190 
at  Pan-American  Exposition — report  on,  by 

Frederick  W.  True 185 

at  Pan-American    Exposition — reptiles   and 

batrachians 196 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — taxidermy  ..  187 
Geology  at  Pan-American  Exposition — Division    of 

Geology 219 

at   Pan-American   Exj>osition — Division    of 

Mineralogy 220 

at  Pan-A  merican    Exposition — Division    of 

Stratigraphic  Paleontology 222 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — report  on,  by 

George  P.  Merrill 218 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


412  INDEX. 

Page. 
Exhibit  of  Department  of  Geology,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — Section  of 

Invertebrate  Fossils 222 

at  Pan-American  Exposition — Section  of 

Vertebrate  Fossils 228 

Division  of  Geology  at  Pan-American  Exposition 219 

Mineralogy  at  Pan-American  Exposition 220 

Stratigraphic  Paleontology  at  Pan-American  Ex  position  .•  222 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils  at  Pan-American  Exposition 222 

Vertebrate  Fossils  at  Pan-American  Exposition 228 

Exhibition  collections  of  Department  of  Biology 63 

Museum,  progress  in  the  installation  of  the 32 

halls  of  Museum  overcrowded 12 

Exhibits  illustrating  leading  arts  and  industries  of  the  native  Americans,  used 

at  Pan-American  Exposition 21 1 

of  an  anthropological  museum,  classification  and  arrangement  of  the, 

by  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

nf  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  con- 
cerning completeness  of 217 

representing  the  art  collections  at  Pan-American  Preposition 216 

Expedition,  the  Museum-Gates  of  1901.     Archeological  field  work  in  north- 
eastern Arizona,  by  Walter  Hough 279 

Expenditures  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1901 14 

Explorations  by  Department  of  Biology 66 

of  niemliers  of  Museum  staff 22 

Exposition,  l^ouisiana  Purchase,  St.  Louis 41 

appropriation  made  for  erection  of 

Government  building  at 41 

Pan-American,  amounts  appropriated  for  Government  exhibit  and 

building 181 

an  act  to  encourage  the  holding  of  a 229 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 40 

exhibit  from  National  Museum  provided  for 181 

Smithsonian  Institution  provided  for  181 

ex  hibition  cases 183 

Government  building,  description 181 

report  on  exhibit  of  Department  of  Anthropology.  200 

Biology......  185 

Geology 218 

U.  8.  National  Museum  at  ..  181 

summary 181 

when  held 181 

where  held 181 

work  of  preparing  exhibits  for,  begun 184 

Expositions 40 

work  necessary  in  preparing  for 40 

Family  groups  exhibited  by  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan-American 

Exposition 202 

Farmer,  Miss  Sarah  J.,  specimens  of  electrical  apparatus  belonging  to 61 

Fenyes,  A . ,  coleoptera  investigated  by 30, 80 

Fernald,  C.  II.,  title  of  pai>er  by 159 

Fernald,  M.  N.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Fewkes,  J.  Walter,  archeological  material  collected  by,  in  1896  and  1897 326 

cups  found  by,  at  Homolobi 331 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  413 

Pag*. 

Fewkes,  J.  Walter,  double-bitted  axe  found  by 331 

example  of  ware  of  Navaho  Springs  region  collected  by. . .  315 

explorations  of,  in  1896  and  1897 331 

group  of  Hopi  ruins  explored  by 322 

ruins  explored  by,  at  Homolobi 346 

incrusted  shell  frog  figured  by 305 

information  by,  regarding  clans 352 

mortuary  masks  mentioned  by 339 

paper  by,  on  a  new  clew  to  the  migrations  of  the  Hopi  clans  332 

plain  carving  from  Chevlon  figured  by 1305 

pottery  bells  described  by *. . .  342 

researches  of 332 

ruin  excavated  by 333 

small  birds  carved  from  steatite  figured  by 319 

suggestion  by,  regarding  migration 350 

traditional  Hopi  ruins  discovered  by 346 

material  relating  to  settlements  collected  by. . .  349 

vases  figured  in  monograph  by 350 

ware  collected  by 328 

figured  by 301 

procured  by,  at  Sikyatki  and  Awatobi 347 

Fewkes  party,  series  of  objects  taken  from  a  grave  by  the 293 

Field  Columbian  Museum,  collection  purchased  by 307 

ethnological  collection  received  by  exchange  with . .  18, 54 
Field  work  in  northeastern  Arizona,  areheological.     The  Museum-Gates  expe- 
dition of  1901,  by  Walter  Hough 279 

Fire-making  apparatus,  exhibit  illustrating 212 

Fireman,  Peter,  temporary  appointment  of,  as  chemical  geologist 42,  90 

work  of 87 

Fish  Commission,  accessions  derived  from 16, 19 

collections  transferred  by,  to  the  custody  of  National  Museum.  9 

transmitted  by 40 

explorations  of 8 

Commissioner,  courtesy  of 23 

specimens  added  to  Department  of  Biology 69 

Fishes,  cases  arranged  for  exhibit  of 33 

Division  of,  accessions  to 19 

exhibition  collections  of 33 

method  of  representing,  unsatisfactory '. . .  33 

Pan-American  Exposition 197 

Fletcher,  James,  moths  presented  by 70 

Flett,  Mrs.  J.  B.,  plants  presented  by 71 

Flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 

by  William  H.  Holmes 233 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — bone  and  antler 

implements 246 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T-, 
by  William  H.  Holmes — final  examina- 
tions     240 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — first  clearing 

out  of  the  spring 239 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


414  INDEX. 

Page. 
Flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Alton,  Ind.  T., 

by  William  H.  Holmes — fossil  remains.  242 
from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 

by  William  H.  Holmes — introduction .  237 
from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — list  of  illustra- 
tions   235 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes— peoples  con- 
cerned in  the  deposit 248 

from  a  sulphur  sprifigat  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — significance  of 

the  deposit 247 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes— stone  imple- 
ments    244 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — the  forma- 
tions   241 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — the  springs  at 

Afton 238 

from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Ind.  T., 
by  William  H.  Holmes — traditions  re- 
garding the  spring 239 

Flying  fish 198 

Folsom,  Justus  W.,  report  by,  upon  thysanura 76 

Fontaine,  W.  M.,  joint  paper  by 159 

title  of  joint  paper  by , 170 

Food  animals 356 

Forestdale  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 289 

bone 295 

building  material  used  in 291 

burials 292 

cemetery 292 

collection  secured  by  Museum-Gates  expedition  at 292 

debris 292 

description  of 289 

food,  water,  wood,  clay,  and  stone,  problems  of 289 

gray  ware 294 

location  of 289 

necessities 289, 290 

pottery 292,296 

ruins  near 291 

shell 295 

skeletons 296 

stone 294 

Tundastusa  ruin,  explanation  of  name 289, 290 

Fort  Apache,  visit  to 287 

Fossil  remains  and  flint  implements  from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Indian 

Territory,  by  William  H.  Holmes 233 

Fouquer,  I.,  ethnological  objects  purchased  from 54 

Four-eyed  fishes 198 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  415 

Page. 

Fracker,  Miss  Harriet  G.  f  services  of 55 

France,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Free  Museum  of  Science  and  Art  of  Philadelphia,  collection  purchased  by 302 

Fresh-water  drum ^ 199 

Fur  seal 191 

Galapagos  Island  land  tortoise. 196 

Gar  pike 199 

Garman,  Samuel,  fishes  lent  to 31 ,  78 

Gates  collection,  canteen  in  ...*. 325 

Grates,  Mrs.,  aid  given  by,  in  botanical  work 288 

Grates,  Peter  G.,  ethnological  investigations  by 22 

explorations  conducted  in  conjunction  with 55, 287 

interest  of,  in  the  exploration  of  the  Southwest 287 

photographs  made  by 288 

vase  secured  by 350 

work  of,  in  Pueblo  country 60 

Gatschet,  A.  S.,  reference  to  a  publication  by 248 

Gem  collection,  completion  of  manuscript  of  handbook  on 87 

Geological  section  across  the  United  States,  work  in  progress  on 35 

Geological  Survey,  accessions  derived  from 16 

collections  transmitted  by 9, 40 

explorations  of... 8 

funds  obtained  for  a  model  of  a  skeleton  of  triceratops 

prorsus,  through  joint  arrangement  with 218 

geological  accessions  from 20, 81, 82 

in  California  and  the  Appalachian  region,  work  of 85 

Marsh  collection  recently  transferred  to  Museum  by 31 

material  contributed  by 83 

of  Canada,  Ottawa,  plants  from •. 25 

series  of  minerals  sent  to 32, 88 

topographic  data  available  from  records  (if 85 

Geology,  Department  of,  accessions  to * 20, 81 

assistance  to  individuals  and  institutions 88 

concluding  remarks 90 

exhibition  collections  of 35 

head  curator 94 

labeling 85 

Pan-American  Exposition . .  86 

personnel 90 

plans  for  the  future 89 

present  state  of  the  collections 86 

rej.M>rt  of  head  curator  on 81 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  by 

George  P.  Merrill 218 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Geology 219 

rei>ort  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Mineralogy 220 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Division  of  Stratigraphic  Paleontology 222 

report  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition — 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils 222 

rei>ort  on  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition- 
Section  of  Vertebrate  Fossils 228 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


416  INDEX. 

Page. 

( ieology.  Department  of,  research  and  publication 87 

routine 84 

sources  of  new  material 83 

time  given  by,  to  exposition  work 90, 91 

work  of,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 85, 218 

Division  of,  exhibit  for,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 219 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 219 

Germany,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Giant  armadillo 191 

woodpecker 194 

Gidley,  J.  \Y\,  loan  to 32>8& 

Gila  monster 1OT 

Gill,  De  Lancey,  aid  given  by,  in  the  work  of  excavation 240 

(iill,  Theodore,  title  of  paper  by 15© 

Girty,  < ieorge  H.,  geological  description  by 82 

title  of  paj>er  by 15*9 

Glacier  bear 190 

Glat*  snake 189,197 

Glenn,  L.  C,  mollusk  collections  consulted  by 30, 79 

Goat  anteloj)e 191 

Goeldi,  Dr. ,  conference  with 363 

Golden  eagle 192 

Gomez,  ( 'oronel,  stop  at  property  of 365 

Goode,  G.  Brown,  biographical  account  of,  contained  in  Volume  II  of  Report 

for  1897 37 

earnest  and  conscientious  labor  of,  for  Museum 10 

reprints  of  several  important  papers  of,  on  museums  and  on 

the  history  of  scientific  progress  in  America 37 

Gordon,  Robert  H.,  accession  from 82 

Gore,  J.  H.,  commissioner 59 

Government  building,  Pan-American  Exposition,  amount  appropriated  for 181 

description 181 

inconvenience     experienced 

by  workmen  in 182 

space  in,  allotted  to  Smith- 
sonian    Institution     and 

National  Museum 182 

Commission  of  Pan-American  Exposition,  lay  figure  of  Filipino 

girl  lent  to 217 

exhibit  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  amount  appropriated  for. . .  181 
Graham,  A.  R.,  paragraphs  from  letter  from,  regarding  discovery  of  an  offer- 
ing Hpring 250 

Grand  jacamar 195 

jH)too 194 

Grass  and  adobe  houses  of  the  Papago  Indians,  old  style,  Arizona,  description 

of  model  of 210 

houses  of  the  Wichita  Indians,  Indian  Territory,  description  of  model  of.  209 

Graves,  Miss  Lucy  M.,  appointed  stenographer 90 

Gray  Herbarium,  plants  received  in  exchange  from 71 

ware,  region  of 354 

wolf 191 

Grayling ,  198 

Great  ant-eater 191 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  417 

Page 

Great  Britain,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Plains  Indians,  skin  lodges  of  the 207 

white  shark 197 

Greene,  E.  L.,  botanical  collections  used  by 30, 32, 80 

Greenland  Eskimo 200 

snow  houses  of  the 207 

Grinnell,  Joseph,  titles  of  papers  by 159 

Grote,  A.  R. ,  lepidoptera  collection  purchased  from #  69 

Groupers 198 

Groups  of  lay  figures  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  description  of  the 202 

Grunts ^ 198 

Gulf  of  California,  spiral  shell  ornament  from 300 

Gunther,  Albert,  cotype  of  bufo  argillaceus  lent  to 32 

Guthrie,  Leon  J.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Haida,  representing  the  Northwest  Coast  tribes,  wooden  dwellings  of 207 

Hampson,  Sir  George,  specimens  of  diptera  and  hemiptera  lent  to 31 

Harlequin  duck 193 

Harper,  R.  H.,  information  furnished  by,  relating  to  fossil  remains  and  flint 

implements 237 

paragraph  quoted  from  letter  to 249 

pits  sunk  by,  at  Afton 241 

report  by,  as  to  sand  and  gravel  at  Afton 242 

specimens  and  fossil  teeth  obtained  by 239 

Harper,  Roland  M.,  work  of,  in  Division  of  Plants 74 

Harpoons,  exhibit  illustrating -. 212 

Harpy  eagle 192 

Harriman  Alaskan  Expedition 20 

worms  collected  by 71 

Harris,  I.  H.,  collection  of  Cincinnati  fossils 90 

Hartley,  Frank,  accession  from 82 

Hassler,  Emil,  collection  exhibited  by,  at  World's  Columbian  Exposition 54 

collections  made  by,  obtained  through  exchange 54 

ethnological  collection  made  by 18 

Has  well,  Charles  H. ,  bronze  bust  of,  presented  to  Museum 53 

Hawk  parrot 192 

Hay,  O.  P.,  loan  to 32,88 

Hay,  W.  P.,  work  by,  on  crayfishes 29, 71, 80 

Hayden  survey  of  Colorado 85 

Hayford,  Mark  C,  rocks  and  ores  sent  to 88 

Head  curators,  reports  of 49 

Heating  system  of  Museum 16 

Heidemann,  Otto,  report  by,  on  hemiptera  collected  at  Galajjagos  Islands  ...  28, 77 

of  Harriman  expedition 77 

titles  of  papers  by 159 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 74 

Heller,  A.  A.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Hemiptera,  specimens  of 25 

Hemiptera-Heteroptera,  work  done  on 74 

Henderson,  J.  B.,  jr.,  collecting  trip  of 19, 23 

conchological  explorations  of 67 

mollu8k  collection  made  by,  in  Haiti  and  Jamaica 69 

Hendley,  H.  W.,  work  of,  in  building  lay  figures 217 

setting  up  lay  figure  groups 217 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


418  INDEX. 

Page. 

Henshaw,  H.  W.,  crustaceans  presented  by 20, 71 

hymenoptera  given  by 70 

titles  of  papers  by 159 

Hesperornis  regalis,  skeleton  of 20 

Hilder,  F.  F.,  collecting  trip  made  by 23,60 

Philippine  collection  of  the  late 27 

return  of,  from  the  Philippines 58 

Hine,  J.  8.,  insects  lent  to 31,78,79 

History,  Division  of,  donations  to 18 

Hitchcock,  C.  II.,  rocks  collected  by 29,87,219 

Hoatzin 193 

Hobart,  W.  T.,  gift  by .' 52 

Hodge,  F.  W.,  information  given  by 350 

Hofmann  collection  of  European  lepidoptera 69 

moths 73 

Hofmann,  O.,  lepidoptera  collection  formed  by 19, 69 

purchased  from 19 

Hog-nosed  snake 197 

Holbrook,  Arizona,  field  work  in 287 

return  to,  to  complete  packing  and  shipping  of  specimens 288 

Holland,  distribution  of  specimens  in , 145 

Holmes,  Mrs.  Kate  C. ,  lifelike  coloration  of  figures  by 21 7 

Holmes,  S.  J.,  amphipod  crustaceans  sent  to 31,  78 

Holmes,  VV.  H.,  anthropological  specimens  secured  by 17 

examination  of  important  flint  quarries  made  by 22 

exhaustive  report  on  the  industries  of  mining  and  quarrying 

among  native  tribes  begun  by 26 

flint  quarries  examined  by 59 

fossil  mastodon  beds  at  Kimmswick  visited  by 237 

frets  figured  by 354 

head  curator  of  Department  of  Anthropology 51, 93 

report  of 51 

implements  and  rejectamenta  of  manufacture  collected  by . . .  51 

information  from,  regarding  ceramic  groups 353 

white  ware 323 

manuscript  and  illustrations  for  a  large  work  on  the  ancient 

pottery  of  the  United  States,  nearly  finished  by 26, 58 

on  Classification  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibits  of  an  anthro- 
pological museum 253 

on  Flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sulphur  spring 

at  Afton,  Indian  Territory 233 

paper  embodying  detailed  instructions  to  collectors  in  the 

Philippines  compiled  jointly  by 58 

pottery  figured  by 304 

pueblo  culture  characterized 353 

report  by,  on  the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology 

at  the  Pan-American  Exposition 200 

report  on  Department  of  Anthropology  by 51 

report  on  ethnological  and  general  archeological  observations 

made  in  far  West  during  previous  years,  completed  by 26, 58 

titles  of  papers  by 160 

two  papers  on  anthropological  subjects  furnished  by 60 

visit  of,  to  Afton 237 

vicinity  of  Mill  Creek,  Union  County,  Illinois 59 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ lC 


INDEX.  419 

Page. 

Holmes,  W.  H.,  work  of,  in  connection  with  Pan-American  Exposition 58 

Department  of  Anthropology 57 

preparing  a  full  report  on  the  great  industries  of  min- 
ing and  quarrying  among  native  tribes,  entered 

upon 58 

Holy-ghost  bird 196 

Hoop  snake 197 

Hopi  buttes  and  mesas,  archeological  field  work  at 326 

environment  of 289 

clan  names,  environmental  phase  of 352 

contact  of,  with  cliff  dwellers 351 

form,  vases  of  ancient 324 

former  inhabitants  of  Stone  Axe  related  to.  1 322 

Indians,  pipes  used  by,  in  ceremonies 317 

origin  of  culture  and  early  clans 351 

pueblos,  ethnological  studies  at 288 

specular  iron  ore  used  by,  in  ceremonies 322 

type,  fine  yellow  pottery  of 327 

whistles  of 322 

Horse  mackerel 1 198 

Hough,  Walter,  archeological  material  collected  by,  in  1896  and  1897 326 

ceremonial  use  ot  springs  reported  by 249 

cui>s  found  by,  at  Homolobi 331 

double-bitted  axe  found  by 331 

ethnological  investigations  by 22 

example  of  ware  of  the  Navaho  Springs  region  collected  by. .  315 

group  of  Hopi  ruins  explored  by 322 

ruins  explored  at  Homolobi 346 

on  Archeological  field  work,  in  northeastern  Arizona.     The 

Museum-Gates  expedition  of  1901 279 

ordered  into  the  field  to  conduct  ethnological  and  archeologi- 
cal investigations  in  northeastern  Arizona 287 

paper  presented  by,  before  Anthropological  Society  of  Wash- 
ington   *  352 

photographs  made  by 288 

pictographs  copied  by 356 

pottery  investigations  by 327 

recommendation  by,  to  Bureau  of  Ethnology  to  purchase  col- 
lection    307 

return  of,  to  Holbrook 288 

Washington,  from  northeastern  Arizona 288 

shrine  discovered  by,  at  Biddahoochee 316 

specimens  in  Scorse  collection  at  Holbrook  identified  by 328 

study  of  the  art  of  pottery  making  made  by 353 

time  spent  by,  in  examining  and  mapping  two  groups  of  unde- 

scribed  ruins  north  of  Holbrook 305 

title  of  paper  by 160 

ware  collected  by 328 

work  by 55 

of,  in  preparation  of  exhibit  for  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition    217 

in  Pueblo  country 60 

House  of  Representatives,  action  of,  for  new  Museum  building 12 


Digitized  by 


Google 


420  INDEX. 

rt*e. 

Howard,  L.  O.,  lxx>k  on  habits  and  classification  of  mosquitoes,  published  by.  77 

honorary  curator  Division  of  Insects,  report  by 73 

report  of,  regarding  scientific  researches  in  division  of  insects.  76 

titles  of  papers  by 160 

Howe,  C.  F.,  geological  specimens  received  from 81 

Howe,  Reginald  H.,  jr.,  papers  published  by 78 

skins  lent  to 31, 78 

titles  of  papers  by 161 

Hrdlicka,  Ales,  archeological  material  reported  on,  by 326 

Hubbard,  Henry  (i.,  titles  of  papers  by 161 

Hudson  hot  spring 250 

Hudson,  Richard,  medicinal  virtues  of  waters  of  spring  discovered  by 251 

Hulbert,  H.  P.,  cart  purchased  from..   53 

Humming  birds ' 196 

Huning,  Henry,  ruin  on  ranch  of,  worked 287, 301 

ranch 301 

ruin 301 

Hupa  Indians  of  California,  description  of,  group  of 204 

pipes  of 317,320 

Hurlbut,  Carrie  V. ,  resignation  of 90 

Hutton,  F.  W.,  material  sent  to 88 

moa  Ixmes  obtained  by  exchange  from 82 

Hydrographic  Office,  specimens  of  ocean  bottom  transmitted  by 71 

Hymenoptera,  work  done  on 74 

Hypurina,  list  of  words  from 378 

Hypurinas,  arms 374 

bones  of  dead  preserved 375 

cannibalism 375 

canoes 376 

dress 374 

employment 374 

feasts 377 

houses  of 375 

hunting  and  fishing 376 

language 374 

malocca  of,  visited 373 

method  of  cultivation 376 

fishing 376 

musical  instruments 377 

permanent  village  of 366 

sleep  in  bark  hammocks 375 

snuff  taking 375 

songs  of 378 

strength 374 

the 374 

village,  description 375 

villages  of 374 

warlike 375 

words,  list  of - 378 

Hyutanihan,  arrival  at 366 

guide  found  by  agent  at 366 

location 366 

return  to 367 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  421 

Pa&e. 

Ihering,  H.  von,  collection  of  naiades  sent  by 69 

Illinois  survey 85 

Illustrations,  lint  of,  used  in  A  rcheological  field  work  in  northeastern  Ari- 
zona.   The  Museum-Gates  expedition  of  1901,  by  Walter 

Hough 283 

used  in  Flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sul- 
phur spring  at  Afton,  Indian  Territory 235 

of  United  States  National  Museum  exhibit  at  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition, list  of 1 79 

Imperial  parrot 192 

Implements,  flint,  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Indian 

Territory,  by  William  H.  Holmes 233 

India,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Indian  agent  for  Osage  tribe,  facts  brought  out  by  correspondence  with 249 

groups 203 

office  exhibit,  Interior  Department,  lay  figures  of  Sioux  Indians  lent  to.  217 
trills  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil,  narrative  of  a  visit  to,  by  Joseph  Beal 

Steere 359 

Insects,  accessions  of : 69,  70 

Division  of,  accessions  to 18, 19 

exhibition  of  specimens  of 34 

papers  published  by  members  of  staff  during  year 77 

scientific  researches  in 76 

work  done  in 73 

number  received 67 

Installation  of  game  birds,  fishes,  and  large  mammal  heads  displayed  at  the 

main  entrance  to  the  Smithsonian  building 34 

Instituto-Geologico,  Mexico,  rocks  from 25 

Interior  Department,  amount  transferred  from  exposition  allotment  of 181 

service  of,  in  hindering  despoiling  of  ruins 358 

Sawmill,  archeological  field  work  at 297 

ruin  at,  investigated 287 

International  Emery  Company,  gift  of 81 

fisheries  exhibition  at  Berlin,  donations  and  purchases  from  ...  8 

London,  donations  and  purchases  from..  8 

Invertebrate  fossils,  exhibition  of 35 

Section  of,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 222 

si>ecimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 222 

Ireland,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Italy,  distribution  of  specimens  in 1 45 

Itinerary,  narrative  of  a  visit  to  Indian  tribes  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil 363 

Ituchy  River 365 

Itui 199 

Jacaroars 195 

Jaguar 191 

Jamaica  boa 196 

Jamamadi,  agriculturists  and  hunters 384 

axes 385 

boats 385 

building  visited,  description 382 

chiefs 380 

cultivation,  method  of 384 

ears  and  nose  pierced 380 

NAT  MUS   1901 28 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


422  INDEX. 

Page. 

Jamamadi,  earthen  pots 386 

hair 381 

hammocks 386 

hunters 385 

language 380 

list  of  words  of  .k 386 

location 380 

normal  condition 380 

number  of 380 

occupations 386 

ornaments 380,381 

permanent  residence  of 382 

village  of 366 

pestilence 380,384 

poison 385 

products 385 

snuff  making 381 

takers 381 

the 380 

malocca  of  the 370 

village  visited ; 380 

visit  to 371 

weapons 385 

wearing  apparel 380, 381 

Jeju 199 

Jemez,  white  ware  occurs  at 323 

Jenkins,  O.  P.,  fishes  collected  by • 19 

Hawaiian  fishes  presented  by 69 

Jetty  to  Spring,  ruin  near,  worked 288 

Valley  ruins 332 

age  of 349 

Wash,  ruin  on,  excavated 288 

Jewfish 198 

Jim  Camp,  well  in  wash  at 309 

Jivaro  Indian  man,  Brazil,  description  of  figure  of 206 

Johnson,  C.  K.,  work  of,  in  building  lay  figures 217 

Johnson,  .C.  W. ,  diptera  presented  by 70 

Johnston,  Miss  Frances  B.,  views  of  exhibits  at  Pan-American  Exposition 

made  by 218 

Jordan,  David  Starr,  joint  paper  by 168 

titles  of  joint  jiapers  by 162 

Joseph,  Nathan,  stone  implements  purchased  from 54 

Jouy,  Mrs.  M.  S.  F.,  promotion  of 90 

report  by 84 

Juan  Baca,  services  of,  secured 327 

specimens  procured  by     328 

Kadiak  bear 190 

Kansas  survey 85 

Kawaiokuh  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 339 

arrow  smoothers 343 

arrowheads 344 

artifacts 341 

axes 34,* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  423 

Page. 

Kawaiokuh  ruin,  beads  of  turquoise 344 

bone  awls 344 

burial  ceremonies 345 

burials 340,341 

cemetery 341 

ceremonial  implements 343 

crystals  of  quartz 344 

devastated  by  the  Navaho 340 

felt-like  masks  of  the  down  of  birds 345 

flint  chipping 345 

glass 344 

graves 345 

hammers 343 

houses 340 

juniper  trees 340 

knives 344 

lignite 340 

location 339 

obsidian 344 

ornaments 344 

pahos • 345 

pigments 345 

plants 340 

pottery 341 

pottery -burning  place x. 340 

ruins  in  neighborhood  of 341 

scrapers 344 

shell 344 

springs 340 

stone  working 343 

tubes  of  bird  bone  and  deer  bones 344 

village 340 

vitreous  stone 344 

wicker  and  coiled  basketry 345 

Keam  collections  at  Peabody  and  Chicago 347 

Keam,  T.  V.,  additions  to  collections  made  by 337 

pottery  investigations L'  19, 250 

specimens  of  antique  pottery  brought  to,  by  Navaho  Indians. . .  249 

Kentucky  survey 85 

Kimmswick,  fossil  mastodon  beds  at 237 

question  raised  concerning 237 

K|ncaid,  Trevor,  reports  by 76 

titles  of  papers  by 162 

King  eider  duck 193 

vulture , 193 

King,  \V.  II.,  detail  of,  to  Key  West,  Florida 1S5,186 

fishes  collected  by 23, 67 

Kinkajou 191 

Kinkelin,  F.,  fossil  plants  received  through 83 

Kiowas,  whistles  of 322 

Kirkaldy,  W.,  specimens  of  hemiptera  from 25 

Kitaniieh'h 371 

object  lesson  in  hunting  given  by 372 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


424  INDEX. 

Page. 

Kiva,  view  of 290 

Kloss,  C  B.,  birds  from  Singapore  Island  presented  by 68 

Knight,  Charles,  painting  by 8(5, 228 

Knowlton,  F.  H.,  title  of  joint  paper  by 170 

titles  of  papers  by 162 

Koehler,  Sylvester  R.,  honorary  curator  of  Graphic  Arts 41 

reference  to  death  of 42 

sketch  of 42 

Kokopnyama  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 337 

beans 339 

bones  of  animals 339 

brazier 337 

excavation  of 288 

felt-like  masks  of  the  down  of  birds 339 

fetishes 339 

ironstone  concretions 338 

ornaments 338 

pahos 339 

pigments 338 

pottery 337 

shell  objects 338 

stone  implements 338 

textiles 339 

water  vases 337 

worked  bone 338 

Kotchibe,  T.,  gift  of 82 

Krantz  and  Sturtz,  purchase  from 82 

Label  work  in  Department  of  Anthropology  for  Pan-American  Exposition 217 

Biology  for  Pan-American  Exposition 189 

Division  of  Geology  for  Pan-American  Exposition 219 

Mineralogy  for  Pan-American  Exposition 220, 221 

Stratigraphic  Paleontology 222 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils  for  Pan-American  Exposition  . .  222 

Lal>eling  in  Department  of  Geology 85 

Labels,  preparation  of,  for  Pan-American  Exposition,  by  Department  of  Biology  1S9 
preparation  of,  for  Pan-American  Exposition,  by  Department  of  Biology, 

specimens  of 189 

required  in  classification  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibits  of  an  anthro- 

I>ological  museum 272,  273, 274,  276, 277 

specimens  of  ex|>osition,  used  by  Department  of  Biology 189 

Division  of  Geology 219 

Mineralogy 220,221 

Stratigraphic     Paleontol- 
ogy    222 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils 222 

Liibria 365 

Lacoe,  Ralph  Dupuy,  gifts  of,  to  IT.  S.  National  Museum 45, 83 

reference  to  death  of 44, 91 

sketch  of 43 

Lake,  W.  C. ,  geological  gift  of 82 

Lane  snapper 198 

Langley ,  S.  P. ,  secretary  of  Smithsonian  Institution 93 

Laville  University,  types  of  Chambers's  tineidre  presented  by 70 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  425 

Page. 
Lay  figures  exhibited  by  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition   202 

groups  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition t 200 

description  of  the 202 

Le  Roux  Wash,  group  of  ruins  on,  carefully  platted  and  plan  of  site  made 288 

location 305 

Led  yard,  H.  B. ,  galvanometer  presented  by 53 

Lee  farm  house 318 

Lee,  Mr.,  long  wall  built  by 319 

skeletons  found  in  house  yard  of 319 

Lee,  Mrs.  Alexander  McD.,  cufic  tombstone  sent  to 31 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  Japanese  fishes  presented  by 19, 69 

T^emon,  Frank,  sculptor,  skilful  work  of,  in  modeling  life-size  figures 217 

I^eocardo,  Indian  guide 366 

Lepidoptera,  arrangement  of 73 

card  catalogue  of,  prepared 73 

Lewis,  H.  M.,  purchase  from 81 

Libbey,  William,  photographs  presented  by 52 

Library  of  Museum 39 

accessions  to 39 

condition  of 39 

facilities  afforded  by,  to  students 39 

work  of 39 

Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds,  work  on,  continued 38 

Lighting  facilities  of  Museum 15, 16 

Lignite  used  as  fuel 334, 340 

Linden  ruins,  archeological  field  work  at 297 

bone 300 

burials 298 

cemeteries 298 

description 297,  298 

environment ^. 297 

fibers  or  textiles 300 

implements 300 

location 297 

pottery 299 

shell .". ! 300 

skeletons 299 

water 297 

Lippman,  G. ,  photographs  presented  by 52 

List  of  accessions  during  year 95 

authors  of  papers  in  bibliography 1 73 

illustrations  of  U.  S.  National  Museum  exhibit  at  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition, Buffalo 1 79 

used  in  Archeological  field  work  in  northeastern  Arizona. 
The    Museum-Gates    expedition    of    1901,    by 

Walter  Hough 283 

Flint  implements  and  fossil  remains  from  a  sul- 
phur spring  at  Afton,  Indian  Territory 235 

Little  Colorado  Valley,  archeological  field  work  in 302 

Lizard  clan 316,332 

Llama 191 

Long-haired  spider  monkey 191 


Digitized  by 


Google 


426  INDEX. 

Loper,  8.  Ward,  collections  of  Cambrian  fossils  made  by 82 

examinations  conducted  by 24 

Loubat,  Due  de,  gift  by 53 

Louisiana  Industrial  Institute,  gift  to 89 

Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis 41 

appropriation  of  $250,000  made  for 
erection  of  a  Government  building 

at 41 

Loundsbury,  C.  P.,  diptera  received  from *. 70 

Lovett,  Edward,  set  of  Maundy  money  from 25, 52 

Lower  Amazon,  wild  tribes  of 363 

Lucas,  F.  A.,  assistant  sent  by,  to  investigate  fossil  remains  and  flint  imple- 
ments         237 

curator  of  comparative  anatomy 42 

designation  of  as  acting  curator  of  vertebrate  fossils 42 

efforts  of,  to  obtain  mastodon  skeleton 184 

excursions  made  by,  to  investigate  reported  finds  of  mastodon 

remains 218 

exhibit  for  Section  of  Vertebrate  Paleontology,  prepared  by 228 

flightless  birds  and  the  osteology  of  the  tile  fish  and  its  allies, 

investigated  by 27,  77 

geological  explorations  of 23 

installation  work  of,  at  Buffalo 86 

mastodons  of  North  America,  studied  by ^ 30 

opinion  expressed  by,  in  regard  to  mammoth  teeth 244 

of,  regarding  bones  of  animals 296, 300 

paper  on  a  description  of  skull  of  lepidosteus  atrox,  published  by .  30, 88 
new  dinosaur  from  the  lower  cretaceous  of  South  Da- 
kota, published  by 30,88 

fossil  cyprinoid  from  the  miocene  of  Nevada, 

published  by 30,88 

rhinoceros  from  the  miocene  of  South  Dakota, 

published  by 30,88 

the  characters  and   relations   of  gallinuloides,  pub- 

lwhedby 30,88 

lachrymal  bone  in  pinnipeds,  published  by 30, 88 

•  pelvic  girdle  of  zeuglodon,  published  by 30, 88 

search  of,  for  mastodon  remains  for  Pan-American  Exposition. .        83 

time  given  to  study  of  mastodons  of  North  America  by 87 

titles  of  papers  by 162 

visit  of,  to  Kiminswick,  Missouri 184 

vicinity  of  Plattekill,  New  York 184 

work  of  preparing  text  for  volume  on  stegosaurs,  begun  by 30, 87 

Lucinacea,  thorough  revision  of 73 

Lululongturqui  ruin,  examination  of 336 

Luscombe,  C.  R.,  modeler  of  dwelling  groups,  credit  due  to 217 

Lutken,  Dr.,  ophiurans  determined  by *. 70, 73 

Lyon,  M.  \\\,  jr.,  biological  accessions  through 18 

expedition  of,  to  Venezuela.  ..• 23 

material  collected  by,  in  Venezuela 68, 70, 75 

return  of,  to  the  United  States 67 

study  of  the  osteology  of  the  jerboas  and  jumping  mice, 
completed  by 27, 75 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  427 

Page. 

Lyon,  M.  W.,  jr.,  title  of  paper  by 163 

transfer  of,  to  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 80 

Lyons,  A.  B.,  rocks  collected  by 219 

MacConnack,  Robert  C,  collection  purchased  from f. 54 

McDonalds  Canyon,  archeological  field  work  at 302 

location 302 

ruins 303 

cemeteries 303 

crania 305 

debris 303 

house-building  material 303 

pahos  and  fetishes 305 

pottery 303 

relief  modeling 305 

textiles 305 

McGee,  W  J,  collecting  trip  made  by 23, 60 

ethnological  collection  obtained  by,  from  Oocoj>a  Indians 185 

ethnologist  in  charge,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology 185 

small  sum  granted,  to  collect  objects  illustrating  the  ethnology 

of  the  Tepoka  Indians  of  Mexico 185 

McGuire,  J.  D.,.  collect  ion  presented  by 17, 52 

McNeill,  Jerome,  title  of  paper  by 163 

Macaws,  species  of 193 

Mammals,  Division  of,  accessions  to 18 

condition  of  collections 72 

work  in 72 

exhibited  at  Pan-American  Exposition 190 

increase  in 67 

Pan-American  Exposition 190 

Man-eater 197 

Man-o'-war  bird 194 

Mandos,  growth  of  ... . 364 

Mantled  howler 191 

Map  of  North  America,  indicating  in  a  general  way  the  geo-ethnic  provinces.  269 

Margate  fish 198 

Marine  fishes 198 

invertebrates,  collections  of,  transferred  to  the  Museum 70 

Division  of,  accessions  to 19, 67 

scientific  researches  and  publications  in 76 

Marlatt,  C.  L.,  titles  of  papers  by 163 

Marmored  Mirf 366,373 

Marsh  collection # 85 

Marsh,  Millard  C,  joint  paper  by 163 

title  of  joint  paper  by 159 

Marsh  O.  C,  volume  on  stegosaurs  projected  by  the  late 30, 87 

Martin,  G.  C,  mollusk  collections  consulted  by 30,  79 

Mason,  Otis  T.,  assistance  of,  as  a  member  of  the  U.  S.  Board  on  Geographic 

Names 58 

coiled  basketry  to  be  described  by 339 

collection  catalogued  by 58 

curator  Division  of  Ethnology,  report  by 55 

exhibits  arranged  under  supervision  of 211 

information  from,  regarding  the  originators  of  many  of  the 

primitive  arts 354 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


428  INDEX. 

Page. 
Mason,  Otis  T.,  investigations  on  tlie  basketry  technique  of  American  Indians, 

continued  by 26, 58 

labels  prepared  by,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 58 

large  Philippine  collection  arranged  and  labeled  by 27 

much  time  given  to  the  ethnology  of  the  Philippine  Islands  by -  27, 58 
paper  describing  a  primitive  heddle  frame  for  weaving  narrow 

fabrics,  prepared  by 60 

I>aper  embodying  detailed  instructions  to  collectors  in  the 

Philippines,  compiled  jointly  by 58 

paper  on  American  basketry  technic,  published  by 27, 58 

paper  on  Traps  of  the  Amerinds,  prepared  by 60 

paper  relating  to  the  pointed  canoes  of  the  Kootenai  River, 

prepared  by 60 

I>aper  relating  to  the  pointed  canoes  used  on  the  Amur,  pre- 
pared by 60 

study  on  American  aboriginal  harpoons  completed  by 27, 58 

titles  of  papers  by 163 

translations  by,  for  the  Secretary 58 

work  of,  in  selecting  and  arranging  the  ethnological  material 

for  Pan-American  Exposition 217 

the  preparation  of  labels  for  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition         117 

Mata-mata 196 

Maxon,  W.  R.,  botanical  field  work  of 20, 23, 67, 71 

list  of  ferns  of  North  America  published  by 29 

papers  by,  printed  in  publications  other  than  those  of  Museum .         38 

published  by 29,  77 

studies  of  ferns  and  their  allies  continued  by 29, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 163 

work  of  in  Division  of  Plants 74 

Maya-Quiche  Indians,  Guatemala,  description  of  group  of 205 

Maynard,  George  C,  advanced  from  aid  to  assistant  curator  in  Division  of 

Technology 42 

specimens  of  submarine  telegraph  cables  given  by 53 

Mearns,  E.  A.,  American  cats  studied  by 30, 79 

collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

explorations  of,  in  central  Florida 66, 68 

pocket  and  white- footed  mice  studied  by 30 

work  of,  on  zoology  of  Mexican  boundary  survey 30, 79 

zoological  collections  presented  by 18, 67 

Medal  collection  of  Museum 33 

Melanesia 18 

Members  of  scientific  and  administrative  staffs,  list  of,  where  found 42 

Menchero,  Padre,  visit  to  Tusayan 349 

Menhaden 197 

Merriam,  C.  II. ,  species  of  bear  recently  erected  by 190 

worms  presented  through 71 

Merrill,  George  P.,  exhibit  for  Division  of  Geology  prepared  under  direct 

supervision  of 228 

Guide  to  the  study  of  the  collections  in  the  Section  of 
Applied  Geology  of  the  National  Museum,  published ..  29,87 

head  curator  of  Department  of  Geology 81, 94 

report  of 81 

installation  work  of,  at  Buffalo 86 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX  429 

>  Page. 

Merrill,  George  P.,  investigations  of,  upon  a  series  of  nepheline-melilite  rocks.  29,87 

joint  paper  by : 169 

localities  visited  by,  for  purpose  of  obtaining  geological 

specimens 184 

paper  on  a  stony  meteorite  which  fell  at  Allegan,  Michi- 
gan, in  1899,  and  an  iron  meteorite  from  Mart,  Texas, 

published  jointly  by 29, 87 

report  by,  on  the  exhibit  made  by  the  Department  of 

Geology  at  the  Pan-American  Exposition 21 8 

sawing  of  fine  specimens  of  orbicular  granite  in  Baltimore, 

superintended  by 184 

study  of  the  stony  meteorite  which  fell  in  Felix,  Ala- 
bama, in  1900,  completed  by 29, 87 

title  of  joint  paper  by 164 

paper  by 164 

Metate  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 318 

description 318 

location 318 

petroglyphs 318 

pipe  specimen  from 317 

pottery 318 

Meteorite  collection,  growth  of 35, 83 

Mexican  and  Canadian  boundary  surveys 8 

Mexico,  distribution  of  specimens  in 1 37 

Micronesia „ 18 

Milky  Hollow  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 319 

cemeteries 319 

houses 319 

lava  pipes 319 

location 319 

people  of,  classified 320 

pipe  specimen  from 317 

pottery 319 

shell  ornaments 319 

stone  implements 319 

stoves 320 

village 319 

Miller,  G.  S.,  jr.,  biological  accessions  through 18 

collecting  operations  of,  in  vicinity  of  Peterboro,  New  York.  23,  (j6 
collection  of  mammals  made  by,  in  Madison  County,  New 

York 68 

on  a  revision  of  the  red-backed  mice  of  Europe,  and  a  key  to 

the  land  mammals  of  eastern  North  America 75 

I>apers  by,   printed    in  publications  other  than  those  of 

Museum 38 

on  mammals  published  by 75 

preparation  of  labels  for  Pan-American  Exposition  by 189 

researches  of,  on  mammals  have  resulted  in  twenty  put>- 

lished  papers 27 

titles  of  papers  by 164 

Miller,  Joshua,  Arizona  Antiquarian  Society  founded  through  efforts  of 358 

Mindeleff,  Victor,  plans  of  old  Zufii  ruins  figured  by 296 

plans  of  ruins  made  by 333 

ruin  surveyed  by 337 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


430  INDEX. 

Mineralogy,  Division  of,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 220 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 220 

Missouri  survey 85 

Mitscher,  O.  A.,  paragraph  quoted  from  letter  from*. 249 

Mohr,  Charles,  plants  lent  to • 32 

Mollusks,  Division  of,  accessions  to 18, 19, 69 

work  in 73 

Monkey-faced  owl 193 

Montagnais  Indians,  Labrador,  skin  and  bark  covered  lodges  of  the 207 

Moon  eye 199 

Mooney ,  James,  statement  published  by,  relating  to  pottery  finds 250, 337 

Moore,  H.  F.,  crustacea  collected  by 19, 71 

ethnological  material  collected  by 18, 51 

oriental  shells  received  through 69 

Morgan,  Mrs.  George  W.,  gift  by 52 

Mormon  houses,  remains  of  foundations  of 291 

Morris,  E.  L.,  botanical  collections  used  by 30, 80 

plants  collected  by 71 

Mortensen,  Dr.,  ophiurans  determined  by 70, 73 

Motmots 195 

Mount  Thomas  condensing  focus 28T 

Mountain  caribou 189, 191 

Mud  eel 197 

fish 199 

Mullet 197 

Mundurucus,  information  about,  concerning  ethnological  study 363 

Musee*  de  St.  Germain,  ethnological  objects  from 25 

Zoologique  de  1' Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  mammals  from 25 

Museum,  Anthropological,  classification  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibits  of  an, 

by  William  Henry  Holmes 253 

cultural  division 256 

classification  of  culture  materials.       257 

culture-history  arrangement 264 

exhibit,  exam  pie  of      274 

geo-ethnic  arrangement 258 

exhibit,  example  of . . .      268 

labels 272,273,274,276,277 

limitations  of  cultural  material...      256 

special  culture  series 267 

scope  of  the  anthropological  field 255 

somatological  division 255 

Museum  fur  Naturkunde,  diptera  received  from 25, 70 

-Gates  expedition,  collection  from  Jetty  to  Valley  by  the 347 

secured  by,  at  Forestdale 292 

disbanded 288 

explorations  by 287 

first  Jettyto  ruin  worked  by 333 

ruin  at  Showlow  worked  by 301 

vases  and  vessels  found  by 337 

of  1901 ,  the.    Archeological  field  work  in  northeast- 
ern Arizona,  by  Walter  Hough 279 

Hopi  buttes  and  mesas 326 

age  of  Jettyto  Valley 
ruins 349 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  431 

Pa*©. 
Museum-Gates  expedition  of  1901,  the.    Archeological  field  work  in  northeast- 
ern Arizona,  by  Walter  Hough — Continued. 

Hopi  buttes  and  mesas,  Biddahoochee S26 

Chakpahu 366 

Kawaiokuh . 339 

Kokopnyama 837 

periods  of  Tusayan  ware 346 

introduction 287 

list  of  illustrations 283 

Little  Colorado  Valley 302 

Adamana 317 

Canyon  Butte 309 

McDonald's  Canyon 302 

Metate 318 

Milky  Hollow 319 

Scoree  Ranch 306# 

Stone  Axe 320* 

small  sites  near 326 

Woodruff 318 

remarks 352 

distribution  of  Pueblo  culture 352 

domestic  and  food  animals 356 

preservation  of  ancient  ruins 357 

range  of  dual  design  on  pottery 354 

summary  of  work 358 

symbolism 355 

types  of  buildings 352 

table  of  contents 281 

White  Mountain  Region 289 

Forestdale 289 

Interior  Sawmill 297 

Linden 297 

Showlow 301 

Shumway 302 

paper  giving  summary  of  field  work  of 353 

symbols  collected  by 356 

party  of  1901,  pueblos  examined  by 352 

Library 39 

accessions  to 39 

condition  of 39 

facilities  afforded  by,  to  students 39 

work  of 39 

publications,  information  furnished  through 37 

number  of,  distributed  during  the  year 38 

Senckenberg  National  Scientific  Society,  fossil   plants  received  in 

exchange  from 25, 83 

staff 41,93 

field  investigations  of • 17 

list  of  publications  by  members  of 38, 147 

publications  by  members  of,  classified  by  subjects 38 

Musical  instruments,  exhibit  illustrating 216 

Musk  ox 191 

Myriapoda,  removal  of 74 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


432  INDEX. 

Page. 

Myrmeleonida?,  work  done  on 74 

Nahuatl  contact  with  Pueblo  Region 351 

Nampeo,  pigments  used  by 348 

revival  of  ancient  ware  and  designs 347 

Nart>el,  Paul,  mammal  skins  and  skulls  from 26 

Narrative  of  a  visit  to  Indian  tribes  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil,  by  Joseph  Beal 

Steere 359 

Hypurinas,  the 374 

itinerary 363 

Jamamadi,  the 380 

list  of  illustrations 361 

Paumari,  the 387 

Nashville  Exposition,  donations  and  purchases  from 8 

Nassau  grouper 198 

National  Institute,  society  of 4 

Institution,  society  of . . . 4 

Museum,  Montevideo,  Uruguay,  bate,  from 25 

U.  S.,  accessions  received  annually  since  1880,  table  showing  22 

action  of  House  of  Representatives  for  new  building.  12 

Senate  for  new  building. 12 

additions  to  collections  of 16 

administrative  staff 94 

alterations  and  repairs  to  buildings  of 15 

amount  allotted  for  Pan-American  Exposition 181 

Appendix  1 93 

II 95 

III 137 

IV 147 

appropriations  and  expenditures 13, 14 

for  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1901 . .  14 

the  year  ending  June  30,  1902  ...  15 

as  a  museum  of  record * 7 

research 9 

an  educational  museum 10 

balances  remaining  from  the  appropriations  for  the 

year  ending  June  30, 1899 14 

bibliography 147 

buildings 15 

rented  by,  for  storage 12 

changes  in  scientific  staff  of 41 

classification  and   arrangement  of   anthropological 

exhibits  in 255 

of  publications  of 11 

specimens  in 6 

coin  and  medal  collection  of 33 

collection  of  modern  Zufii  pottery  in 355 

collections  in,  referred  to  by  scientific  assistants  of 

various  departments 30 

collections  of ' 16 

completion  of  erection  of ....  12 

cooperation   of   the  executive  departments  of   the 

Government  with  the 39 

correspondence  of 37 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  433 

1'age. 
National  Museum,  U.  8.,  disbursements  during  1901  from  the  unexpended  1ml- 

ances  of   appropriations  for  fiscal 

year  ending  June  30,  1900 14 

from  appropriations  for  year  ending 

June  30,  1899 14 

display  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition,  when  opened 

to  the  public 182 

distribution  and  exchange  of  specimens 24 

of  specimens 137 

to  schools  and  colleges  of  duplicate  speci- 
mens by 11 

effect  on,  of  participating  in  expositions 40 

ethnological  material  collected  for 51 

exhibit  from,  for  Pan-American  Exposition  provided 

for 181 

of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 41, 183 

report  on  . . .  177 

on  view  in  halls  of,  portion  of  Pan-American.  218 

exhibition  halls  of,  overcrowded 12 

expenditures  for  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1901 14 

explorations 22 

in  Arizona  for 287 

made  by  members  of  staff  of 59 

exploring  opportunities  of  staff  of 10 

exposition  work  of II 

expositions 40 

floor  space  of,  compared  with  other  museums 13 

general  considerations 3 

growth  of  number  of  entries  of  specimens  on  record 

books  of,  from  1876  to  close  of  1901 8 

heating  system  of 16 

history  of,  as  pointed  out  by  the  late  Dr.  Goode 6 

inadequate  accommodations  of,  for  national  collec- 
tions    11 

increase  in  number  of  collections  received  annually  by  1 2 

initial  steps  toward  building  up 4 

large  number  of  loans  made  to  specialists  by 31 

papers  produced  by  scientific  staff  of  9 

library  of 39 

lighting  facilities  of 15 

list  of  accessions 95 

authors  of  papers  in  bibliography 173 

illustrations  of  exhibits  of,  at  Pan-American 

Exposition 1 79 

publications  by  members  of  staff  of 38, 147 

material  sent  out  to  representatives  of  oth.r  institu- 
tions by 9 

matter  of   new   site   yielding  fossil   remains   taken 

up  by 237 

meteorite  collection  of 83 

museum  staff 93 

necrology 42 

no  facilities  had  by,  for  making  chemical  analyses. .  37 


Digitized  by 


Google 


434  INDEX. 

Page. 
National  Museum,  U.  S.,  number  of  entries  made  m  catalogues  of  several  divi- 
sions of 21 

publications  of,  including  bound  volumes 

and  pamphlets,  distributed  during  year.  38 
specimens  received  in  1900-1901,  and  total 
number  in  the  several  divisions  on  June 

30,  1901 21 

opportunities  afforded  investigators  by 9 

overcrowded  condition  of 8 

packed  condition  of  storerooms  of 8 

papers  by  officers  of,  and  others,  based  wholly  or  in 

part  upon  the  national  collections 149 

•     describing  and  illustrating  collections  in  the.  175 
published  in  separate  form  during  the  year 

ending  June  30,  1901 147 

photography 39 

present  conditions  and  needs 11 

principal  sources  of  collections  in  the 7 

progress  in  the  installation  of  the  exhibition  collec- 
tions    32 

publication  of  descriptive  papers  by 6 

publications 37, 147 

by  members  of  staff  of,  classified  by  sub- 
jects   38 

issued  by,  during  the  year 37 

repainting,  etc.,  of  southeast  range  in 33 

report  on,  by  assistant    secretary  of   Smithsonian 

Institution 3 

Department  of  Anthropology 51 

Biology  : 63 

Geology 81 

exhibit  of,  at  Pan- American  Exposition.  181 
the  Department  of  Anthropol- 
ogy at  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition   200 

report  on  the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Biology 

at  Pan-American  Exposition 185 

report  on  the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Geology 

at  Pan-American  Exposition 218 

reports  of  head  curators  of 49 

represented  on  Government  board  of  management 

at  Pan-American  Exposition 40 

research  work  by  members  of  staff  of 26 

scientific  staff 41,93 

of,  find  little  time  during  office  hours 

for  advancing  knowledge 9 

scope  and  objects  of,  as  defined  by  the  late  Dr.  Goode.  7 

space  allotted  to,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 182 

staff  of  the 41 

statistics  of  accessions  for  the  past  and  previous  years .  21 

storage  rooms  of,  overcrowded 12 

summary  of  the  operations  of  the  year 13 

table  showing  appropriations  and  expenditures  for 

fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 1901. . .  14 

Digitized  by  VjOOQlC 


INDEX.  43.5 

Paire. 
National  Museum,  U.  S.,  table  showing  disbursements  during  1901  from  the 

unexpended  balances  of  appropria- 
tions for  the  fiscal  year  ending  J  une 

30,  1900 14 

number  of  visitors  to,  during  fiscal 

year  1900-1901 36 

number  of  visitors  to,  since  1881 36 

title  first  recognized  by  congress  in  1875 5 

total  number  of  specimens  in  possession  of 16 

visitors  to 36 

work  of  preparing  exhibits  for  Pan-American  Expo- 
sition begun  184 

staff  of,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 183 

required  of  employees  of,  in  preparing  for  an 

exposition 41 

Navaho  Indians,  the  arid  region,  description  of  group  of 204 

Necrology 42 

Nelson,  Elias,  title  of  paper  by 166 

Nelson,  K  W.,  ethnological  and  archeological  collections  given  by 52 

mollusk,  collections  made  by 69 

seals  obtained  for  Museum  by 191 

species  of  sheep  first  made  known  by 190 

titles  of  papers  by 166 

Neosho  Valley,  course  of  events  witnessed  by  the  fleeting  ages  in  the  region  of, 

outlined 252 

Nesheptanga,  work  done  at 336 

New  Orleans  Cotton  Centennial  Exposition,  donations  and  purchases  from ...  8 

New  York  Botanical  Garden,  plants  received  in  exchange  from 71 

New  Zealand,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Newhall,  W.  H. ,  visit  of,  to  Point  of  Rocks,  Maryland 184 

work  of 85 

Night  hawk.. 194 

Nogueira,  Senhor  Joao 368,370,371,372 

Nonpoisonous  snakes  of  tropical  America 196 

North  America,  distribution  of  specimens  in 137 

map  of,  indicating  in  a  general  way  the  geo-ethnic  provinces.  269 

North  American  cerambycidte,  transfer  of 73 

Indians,  ceremonial  cannibalism  among 313 

North  Carolina  State  survey 85 

North  Greenland  Eskimo,  description  of  group  of 202 

North,  Howard  W.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

North  Pacific,  or  Perry,  exploring  expedition 8 

Norton,  Arthur  H.,  title  of  paper  by 166 

Norway,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Nutting,  C.  C,  hydroids  lent  to 78 

monograph  of,  on  the  plumularida* 29 

on  the  American  hydroids 38, 78 

title  of  paper  by 166 

work  by,  on  the  sertularian  and  campanularian  hydroids 29 

Ocean  bottom,  specimens  of 20 

Oceania,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Odonata,  work  done  on 74 

Oil  bird 194 

Oligochete  worms,  types  of 20 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


436  INDEX. 

m 

( )maha  Exposition,  donations  and  purchases  from  '. 8 

Oniahas,  reference  made  to  sacred  spring  or  well  of  the 248 

Ordonez,  E.,  eruptive  rocks  sent  to 88 

Ornithology  acquisitions  in 19 

Osage  tri!>e,  Indian  agent  for,  facts  hrought  out  by  correspondence  with 249 

Osl)orn,  Henry  F.,  work  of,  upon  the  fossil  titanotheres 31 

Osl>orn,  Herbert,  types  of  jassidw  presented  by 70 

Osgood,  Wilfred  H.,  title  of  paper  by . 166 

Ottolengui,  Dr. ,  moths  presented  by 70 

Oussani,  ( Jabriel,  bowls  and  seals  purchased  from 53 

Oven  bird  of  Brazil 195 

Owen,  C.  L.,  archeological  work  of 346, 347 

Pacific  cable  survey 71 

pyramidellidte,  investigation  of 28 

Railroad  survey 8 

Paddle  fish ." 199 

Pahos,  distribution  of 345 

Palache,  Charles,  loan  to . 32,88 

Paleobotany,  Section  of,  no  exhibit  made  by,  at  Pan-American  Exposition...  219 

Palmer,  Ed  ward,  pottery  specimens  collected  by 308 

Palmer,  William,  collections  made  by,  in  Cuba 70, 186 

expedition  of,  to  Cuba 23 

explorations  of,  in  western  Cuba 184, 186 

return  of,  from  Cuba 67, 184 

title  of  paper  by 166 

Pan-American  Exposition,  amounts  appropriated  for  Government  exhibit  and 

building 181 

an  act  to  encourage  the  holding  of  a 229 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 40 

exhibit  from  National  Museum  provided  for 181 

Smithsonian  Institution  provided  for.  181 

exhibition  cases 183 

geological  specimens  purchased  for 81 ,  82 

Government  building,  description 181 

installation  of  large  mammals  prepared  for  the 34 

preparation  for  anthropological  exhibit  at 22 

report  on  exhibit  of  Department  of  Anthropology.  200 

Biology 185 

Geology 218 

U.  S.  National  Museum  at 181 

summary 181 

when  held 181 

where  held 181 

work  of  Department  of  Geology  on 86 

preparing  exhibits  for,  begun 184 

Papago  Indians,  old  style,  Arizona,  grass  and  adobe  houses  of  the 207 

Papers  by  officers  of  the  National  Museum,  and  others,  based  wholly  or  in 

part  upon  the  the  national  collections 149 

describing  and  illustrating  collections  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum..  175 

.    published  in  separate  form  during  the  year  ending  June  30,  1901 147 

published  in  separate  form  during  the  year  ending  June  30,  1901,  Cir- 
cular 50  149 

published  in  separate  form  during  the  year  ending  June  30, 1901,  from 

the  Report  for  1898 147 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


r 


INDEX.  437 

Paga 
Paoers  published  in  separate  form  during  the  year  ending  June  30,  1901,  from 

the  Report  for  1899 148 

published  in  separate  form  during  the  year  ending  June  30, 1901,  from 

Volume  23  of  the  Proceedings 148 

Para  merchants,  information  from ;. .  364 

Paroquet,  Carolina 192 

of  Brazil 192 

Parrots 192 

Patagonian 200 

cavy 191 

Patagonians,  South  America,  skin  shelters  of  the 207 

Paumari,  boat  songs 387 

burial  customs 390 

canoes 389 

characteristics 387 

chickens 390 

chiefs 387 

clans  or  subtribes 387 

clothing 388 

dogs 390 

fermented  drink 389 

flood  tradition 389 

floods 389 

food 390 

hair 389 

height 389 

huts 389 

description 389 

Indian  women 366 

Indians 365, 366 

industries 390 

list  of  words  of  the 390 

location 387 

mats 390 

music 387 

nose  and  lips  pierced  by 389 

numbers  diminishing 387 

paint,  how  made 388 

use  made  of 388 

permanent  villages 388 

pottery 390 

sand  bars 389 

sentences  from  the 392 

skin  disease 388 

snuff  making 389 

taking 389 

song  of  the  turtle 388 

songs 393 

the 387 

tobacco  cultivated 389 

turtle  butter 390 

catching 390 

Pawnee  Indians,  Dakota,  earth  lodges  of  the 207 

NAT  MU8  1901 29 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


438  INDEX. 

Peale,  A.  C,  proposed  work  for,  in  Section  of  Paleobotany 90 

work  of,  upon  the  preliminary  compilation  of  a  geological  section 

across  the  United  States 85 

Peck,  Ferdinand,  U.  S.  commissioner  to  Paris  Exposition  of  1900 59 

Pedro  Bom 369,372 

home  of 369 

Peixe  eachowo 199 

Pepper,  George  H.,  discoveries  of,  in  northern  New  Mexico 351 

Perdue,  George  W. ,  accession  from 82 

Pergande,  Theodore,  diptera  and  galls  of  hormomyia  fagi,  presented  by 70 

reports  by 77 

titles  of  papers  by 166 

Personal  ornaments,  exhibit  illustrating 215 

Personnel  of  Department  of  Biology 80 

Geology 90 

Petersen,  H.  B.,  gift  of 82 

Peterson,  William  C,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Petrified  forest.     (See  Metate,  Canyon  Butte,  and  Stone  Axe  ruins.) 

Philadelphia,  Centennial  Exhibition  at,  Government  collections  at 5 

Philippine  exhibit,  Government  building,  lay  figure  of  Filipino  girl  installed 

in 217 

Phillips,  W.  A. ,  flint  quarries  examined  by 22, 59 

Photographer,  review  of  work  of  the 39 

Photographic  laboratory,  illustrated  catalogue  in  blue  print,  nearly  completed 

by 39 

work  of 39 

Photography  of  Museum 39 

Physical  anthropology 255 

Pickerel 198 

Pictography  and  writing,  exhibit  illustrating 216 

Pile  dwellings  of  the  Venezuela  tribes,  South  America,  description  of  model  of.  210 

Piro  Indian  man,  Brazil,  description  of  figure  of 206 

Pirsson,  L.  V.,  eruptive  rocks  sent  to 88 

Pittsburg  Reduction  Works,  gift  by 53 

Plants,  accessions  of 71 

Division  of,  accessions  derived  from 17 

papers  published  by  members  of  staff  during  year 77 

work  done  in 74 

lent  by  Department  of  Biology  during  year,  number  of  specimens  of. .  79 

purchased  during  year 72 

Plumularidte,  special  bulletin  on 38, 147 

Poison  toad 198 

Poisonous  snakes  of  North  America 196 

Pollard,  C.  L.,  articles  on  the  families  of  flowering  plants,  published  by 29, 77 

botanical  field  work  of 23,67 

description  of  a  new  helianthus  published  by 29,  T7 

papers  by,  printed  in  publications  other  than  those  of  Museum .  38 

plants  collected  by 20, 71 

studies  of  violets  by 29, 77 

titles  of  papers  by 167 

violet  collection  obtained  by 67 

Polynesia 18 

Pottery,  environment  versus  custom  - 353 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  439 

•  Page. 

Pottery,  exhibit  illustrating 214 

Hill  ruin 297,298 

cemetery 298 

houses 298 

occupations 298 

pottery 298 

soil 298 

vegetation 298 

walls 298 

kilns 334,340 

range  of  dual  design  on 354 

Powell,  J.  W.,  pueblo  visited  by 347 

Present  conditions  and  needs  of  Museum 11 

Priest,  B.  W.,  foraminifera  from 25 

sent  to 31, 78 

Princeton  University  Arctic  Expedition %m 20, 71 

Proceedings  of  the  Washington  Academy  of  Sciences,  reports  published  in  . . .        76 

Proceedings  XT.  S.  National  Museum,  number  volumes  issued 11 

scope  of 11 

Volume  22,  contents  of 38 

published 147 

Prong-horn 191 

Pseudothelphusa  fossor,  specimens  of 25 

Publications  by  members  of  Museum  staff,  classified  by  subjects 38 

list  of 38,147 

issued  by  Museum  during  year 37 

of  Museum 147 

including  bound  volumes  and  pamphlets,  distributed 

during  year,  number  of 38 

Pueblo  culture,  distribution  of 352 

Puerco,  shrine  found  at 316 

Puma 191 

Purus  River,  Brazil,  narrative  of  a  visit  to  Indian  tribes  of  the,  by  Joseph 

BealSteere 359 

course  of 364 

forests 364 

settlements 364 

wild  tribes  of  upper,  visited 364 

Pygmy  woodpecker 194, 195 

Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Army,  courtesies  of 40, 184 

Quezal 195 

Raccoon 191 

Raincloud  clan 332 

Ralph,  W.  L.,  custodian  of  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs 42 

donation  of  rare  birds'  eggs  by 19, 69 

made  honorary  curator  of  Section  of  Birds'  Eggs 42 

work  of,   on  Bendire's    Life    Histories    of    North    American 

Birds 27,38,75 

Randall,  F.  A. ,  purchase  of  private  fossil  collection  of 20, 82, 83 

Range  of  dual  design  on  pottery 354 

Rathbun,  Miss  M.  J.,  keys  to  the  various  groups  of  North  American  crabs 

completed  by 28,  76 

macrura  studied  by 76 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


440  INDEX. 

Page. 
Rath  bun,  Miss  M.  J.,  report  by,  on  the  decapod  crustaceans  collected  by  Har- 

riman  expedition  in  1899 28, 76 

report  on  brachyuran  and  macruran  crustaceans  col- 
lected by  expedition  to  Galapagos  Islands,  completed 

by J 28,76 

report  on  brachyuran  and  macruran  crustaceans  col- 
lected in  Porto  Rican  waters,  completed  by 28, 76 

report  on  the  decapod  and  stomatopod  crustaceans  of 

the  Branner-Agassiz  expedition,  completed  by 28, 76 

review  of  the  decapoda  of  the  west  coast  of  North 

America,  undertaken  by 28, 76 

synopsis  of  the  grapsoid  crabs  of  North  America,  pub- 
lished by 28,76 

titles  of  papers  by 167 

Rath  bun,  Richard,  assistant  secretary  of  Smithsonian  Institution  in  charge  of 

U.  S.  National  Museum 3, 93 

report  of 3 

title  of  paper  by 167 

Read,  Frank  E.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Red-billed  toucan 192 

blue-  and-  yellow  macaw 193 

drum 198 

Eagle,  statement  by,  regarding  spring  at  Afton 249 

eared  calliste 195 

grouper 198 

horse  mullet 199 

ware,  region  of 354 

Rehn.  James  A.  G.,  bats  lent  to 31,77 

investigations  conducted  by,  in  Division  of  Insects 30 

orthoptera  investigated  by 79, 80 

Remains,  fossil,  and  flint  implements  from  a  sulphur  spring  at  Afton,  Indian 

Territory,  by  William  H.  Holmes 233 

Remarks,  archeological  field  work  in  Arizona 352 

Remington  Arms  Company,  gift  by 53 

Remora 197 

Report  for  1897,  Volume  II,  information  contained  in 37 

1898,  appendix  to 37 

1899,  contents  of .' 37 

of  Assistant  Secretary 1 

Appendix  I 93 

II 95 

III 137 

IV 147 

report  on  Department  of  Anthropology 51 

Biology 63 

Geology 81 

on  Department  of  Anthropology,  by  the  head  curator 51 

Biology,  by  the  head  curator 63 

Geology,  by  the  head  curator 81 

the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan-American 

Exposition,  by  William  H.  Holmes 200 

description  of  the  groups 202 

dwelling  group  models 207 

exhibits  illustrating  leading  arts  and  industries  of  the  native 

Americans 211 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


INDEX.  441 

Page. 
Report  on  the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Pan- American 

Exposition,  exhibits  representing  the  art  collections 216 

groups  of  lay  figures 200 

the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Biology  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion, by  Frederick  W.  True 185 

birds 192 

cases  and  installation 188 

fishes 197 

mammals 190 

reptiles  and  batrachians 196 

taxidermy 187 

the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Geology  at  Pan-American  Exposi- 
tion, by  George  P.  Merrill 218 

Division  of  Geology 219 

Division  of  Mineralogy 220 

Division  of  Stratigraphic  Paleontology 222 

Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils 222 

Section  of  Vertebrate  Fossils 228 

the  exhibit  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  at  the  Pah- 
-  American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York,  1901,  by  Frederick  W. 

True,  William  H.  Holmes,  and  George  P.  Merrill 177 

Reports  of  head  curators 49 

Reptiles  and  batrachians,  Pan-American  Exposition 196 

cases  arranged  for  exhibit  of 33 

Division  of,  accessions  to - 19 

exhibition  collections  of 33 

work  done  in 73 

received  b^  Department  of  Biology 69 

Research  and  publication  in  Department  of  Biology 75 

Geology 87 

facilities  of  Museum 9 

work  by  members  of  Museum  staff 26 

Researches  and  publications,  scientific,  of  the  Department  of  Biology 75 

Rhea 192 

Richardson,  Harriet,  appointed  collaborator  in  Division  of  Marine  Inverte- 
brates   42,80 

key  to  the  isopods  of  the  east  coast  of  North  America, 

by,  published 28,76 

report  on  the  isopods  of  the  Branner-Agassiz  expedition, 

by,  published 28,76 

report  on  the  isopods  of  the  Leland  Stanford  Junior  Uni- 
versity expedition  prepared  by 28,  76 

titles  of  papers  by 167 

Richmond,  Charles  W.,  assistant  curator,  work  of 72 

large  collections  made  by,  in  Porto  Rico 186 

preparation  of  a  card  catalogue  of  the  genera  and 
species  of  recent  and  fossil  birds, 

continued  by 27,  75 

labels  for  Pan-American  Exposition 

by 189 

return  of,  from  Porto  Rico 184 

three  papers  on  nomenclature  of  birds,  published  by.  27, 75 

titles  of  papers  by 167 

visit  of,  to  Porto  Rico 184, 186 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


442  INDEX. 

Page. 

Ridgway,  Robert,  bird  collection  purchased  from 19, 68 

first  volume  of  work  on  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America, 

by,  put  in  type 27,75 

manuscript  of  second  volume  of  Birds  of  North  and  Middle 

America,  nearly  completed  by 27 

new  genera  and  species  of  tanagers  and  orioles,  described  by .  27, 75 

progress  of,  on  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America 75 

title  of  paper  by 167 

Ries,  Heinrich,  geological  material  collected  by 81 

Riley,  J.  II.,  expedition  of,  to  Cuba 23 

explorations  of,  in  western  Cuba 184,186 

large  collections  made  by,  in  western  Cuba 70, 186 

return  of,  from  Cuba 67,184 

Robb,  M.  L.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Robinson,  B.  L.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Robinson,  H.  A.,  volcanic  rocks  sent  to 32,88 

Robinson,  Wirt,  biological  accessions  through 18 

expedition  of,  to  Venezuela 23 

material  collected  by,  in  Venezuela 68,75 

Rock  hind 198 

Roebling,  W.  A.,  geological  gift  of 82 

Roon,  van,  G.,  exotic  coleoptera  f rom 26 

Rose  fish 198 

Rose,  J.  N.,  monograph  of  North  American  umbelliferae  published  jointly  by.  29, 77 

paper  by,  printed  in  publication  other  than  Museum 38 

preparation  of  work  on  the  flora  of  Mexico,  by 29, 77 

studies  of  flora  of  Mexico  continued  by 29,77 

title  of  joint  paper  by 167 

Roseate  spoonbill rf..       194 

Rosenstock,  Edward,  ferns  from 25 

Royal  Botanical  Gardens,  Sibpur,  India,  plants  from 25 

Geological  Museum,  Leiden,  Holland,  fossil  corals  from 25 

Zoological  and  Anthropological-Ethnographical  Museum,  ethnological 

objects  from 25 

Rubber  gatherers 365 

Ruins,  ancient,  preservation  of 357 

unlawful  despoiling  of 357 

Russell,  Frank,  ruin  excavated  by 333 

Rust,  Horatio  N.,  ethnological  and  archeological  specimens  collected  by 52 

Rydberg,  P.  A.,  plants  lent  to : 32 

St.  Vincent  parrot 192 

Sa-a-la-ko,  archeological  specimens  secured  from 343 

Sail  fish 198 

San  Joao,  arrival  at 368 

station  of 373 

San  Luis  de  Cassyand,  stop  at 365 

Sargent,  C.  S.,  plants  presented  by 71 

Schau,  Assuc 371 

imitations  of  animals  and  birds  by 373 

snuff-making  by 371 

Schellwien,  E.,  carboniferous  brachiopods  from 26 

Schmalensee,  M.,  collections  of  cam brian  fossils  made  by 82 

examinations  conducted  by 24 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  448 

Page. 

Schott,  Mr.,  pottery  sold  to 292 

Schochert,  Charles,  carboniferous,  silurian,  and  devonian  collections  made  by.  82 

exhibit  for  Section  of  Invertebrate  Fossils  prepared  by 228 

fossils  collected  by 23 

installation  work  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 84, 86 

oriskany  fossils  collected  by 88 

paper  by,  printed  in  publication  other  than  Museum 38 

on  the  helderbergian  fossils  near  Montreal  pub- 
lished by 29,87 

preparation  of  a  monograph  on  the  American  fossil  star- 
fishes continued  by 29,87 

report  by,  as  to  installation 85 

reports  the  I.  H.  Harris  collection  of  Cincinnati  fossils  a* 

next  to  receive  attention 90 

studies  relative  to  the  zones  separating  the  upper  silu- 
rian and  lower  devonian  faunas  in  America  continued 

by 29,84,87 

time  spent  by,  in  collecting  fossils 84 

title  of  paper  by 168 

zeuglodon  material  obtained  by,  in  Alabama 22s 

Schwarz,  E.  A.,  reports  by,  upon  coleoptera  and  psyllidae 28, 76 

titles  of  papers  by 168 

work  of,  in  Division  of  Insects 73, 74 

Scientific  researches  and  publications  in  Department  of  Biology 75 

staff 93 

of  Museum,  changes  in 41 

of  what  it  consists 41 

Scorse,  H.  H.,  pottery  purchased  from 303 

Scorse  Ranch  ruins,  archeological  field  work  at 306 

burials 307 

description 306 

houses 307 

location 306 

pottery 307 

brown  ware 308 

gray  ware 307 

red  ware 308 

Sculpture,  exhibit  illustrating 214 

Sea  bat 198 

Sears,  E.  J.,  gift  by 52 

Secretary  of  Smithsonian  Institution,  direction  of  Museum  rests  with 41 

papers  prepared  by  members  of  Museum 
staff,  based  on  Museum  material, 
printed    in   publications    other   than 

those  of  Museum,  with  permission  of.  38 

Section  of  American  History,  crowded  condition  of 33 

Invertebrate  Fossils,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 222 

specimens  of  exposition  labels  used  in 222 

Paleobotany,  no  exhibit  made  by,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 219 

Vertebrate  Fossils,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 228 

Seldon,  E.  P.,  plant  collection  made  by 20 

Sellards,  E.  H.,  fossil  plants  received  through 83 

Senate,  action  of,  for  new  Museum  building 12 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


444  INDEX. 

Page. 

Sessford,  Joseph,  clerk  in  Division  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians 42 

reference  to  death  of 42, 80 

Seton,  Ernest  Thompson,  collection  of  American  deer  examined  by 79 

examination  of  specimens  of  American  deer  by ...  .  30 

mountain  caribou  first  made  known  to  science  by..  191 

Seton-Karr,  H.  W. ,  anthropological  specimens  presented  by 17, 52 

Seven-colored  calliste 195 

Sharp,  J.  H.,  portraits  purchased  from 54 

Sharpe,  David,  hymenoptera  donated  through 70 

Sharpe,  R.  W.,  collection  of  ostracoda  sent  to 78 

Sheepshead 197 

Sheldon,  E.  P.,  plants  collected  by 71 

Sheridan,  P.  H.,  Flemish  tapestries  deposited  by 15 

Shovel-nose  shark 197 

Showlow  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 301 

artifacts 301 

bones 301 

cemetery 301 

description 301 

location 301 

potshards 301 

pottery 301 

skeleton 301 

Shufeldt,  Miss  M.  A. ,  ethnological  objects  purchased  from 54 

Shufeldt,  Percy  W.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Shufeldt,  R.  W.,  skeletons  of  birds  lent  to 32,79 

Shuin way  ruin,  archeological  field  work  at 302 

cemetery 302 

description 302 

location 302 

pottery 302 

Sierra  (Digger)  Indians,  California,  dwellings  of  the 207 

Signal  Corps,  activities  of  officers  of  the 8 

Simpson,  C.  T.,  collecting  trip  of 19,23 

conchological  explorations  of 67 

mollusk  collection  made  by,  in  Haiti  and  Jamaica 69 

on  synopsis  of  the  naiades 38 

papers  on  river  mussels,  published  by 76 

report  on  mollusks  collected  in  Porto  Rico,  prepared  jointly  by  27, 76 

studies  of  the  naiades,  continued  by 28, 76 

three  short  papers  on  naiades  completed  by 28 

titles  of  papers  by 168 

Singer,  Frederic,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Sioux  Indians,  the  Great  Plains,  description  of  group  of 204 

Skate 198 

Skidi,  cemetery  rifled  by 292 

information  gathered  from,  as  to  burials 292 

prominent  Apache 290 

Skin  and  bark-covered  lodges  of  the  Montagnais  Indians,  description  of  model 

of 208 

lodges  of  the  Great  Plains  Indians,  description  of  model  of 209 

shelters  of  the  Patagonians,  South  America,  description  of  model  of  ....  211 

Slade,  G.  T.,  gift  by 53 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  445 

Page. 

Small,  J.  K.,  plants  lent  to 32 

Smillie,  T.  W.,  photographer  of  Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum .  218 

photographic  laboratory  under 39 

views  of  exhibits  at  Pan-American  Exposition  made  by 217, 218 

Smith,  Fred,  geological  gift  of 81 

Smith,  James  P.,  fossils  sent  to 32, 88 

Smith,  J.  B.,  insect  collections  investigated  by 30, 80 

insects  lent  to 31,78 

species  of  noctuicUe  presented  by 70 

titles  of  papers  by 168 

Smithson,  James,  reference  to  bequest  of 3 

Smithsonian  building,  walls  of  entrance  hall  of,  repainted 65 

Eclipse  Expedition  of  1900,  photographs  presented  by 52 

Institution,  act  of  Congress,  1846,  to  establish 3 

amount  allotted  for  Pan-American  Exposition 181 

attention  of,  called  to  new  site  yielding  fossil  remains.  237 
building,  table  showing  number  of  visitors  to,  during 

fiscal  year  1900-1901 36 

building,  table  showing  number  of  visitors  to,  since 

1881 36 

deposit  of  flint  blades  exhibited  in 251 

exhibit  from,  for  Pan-American  Exposition  provided 

for 181 

exhibits  representing  art  collections  of 216 

explorations  under  auspices  of 7 

policy  of,  in  library  matters 39 

represented  on  Government  Board  of  Management  at 

Pan-American  Exposition 40 

space  allotted  to,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 182 

Snakebird 194 

Snapping  turtle 196 

Snodgrass,  Robert  E.,  diptera  presented  by 70 

material  collected  at  Galapagos  Islands  by 28, 77 

Snow  houses  of  the  Greenland  Eskimo,  description  of  model  of 207 

Snowflake,  ruins  at  examined 287 

Snowy  owl 194 

Snyder,  John  Otterbein,  title  of  joint  paper  by 162 

Soft-shelled  turtle 196 

Somatological  division 255 

South  America,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

South  American  flycatcher 193 

mammals 191 

Spain,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Spanish  mackerel 197 

Special  Bulletin  U.  S.  National  Museum,  No.  4,  Part  I,  published 38, 147 

Bulletins  IT.  S.  National  Museum,  Nos.  1  and  3,  work  of  completing 

taken  up 75 

Specimens  in  possession  of  Museum,  total  number  of 16 

loan  of,  in  Department  of  Biology 77 

of  National  Museum,  U.  S.,  distribution  and  exchange  of 24 

received  in  1900-1901,  and  total  number  in  the  several  divisions  on 

June30,  1901,  number  of 21 

sent  to  each  State  and  foreign  country,  list  of  number  of  lots  of  . . .  24 

statement  of  distribution  of 137 


Digitized  by 


Google 


446  INDEX. 

Page. 

Spectacled  eider  duck 193 

Springer,  Frank,  geological  gift  of 20, 82 

Staff,  administrative 94 

Museum 41,93 

scientific 93 

Stanford  University  expedition  to  the  Galapagos  Islands 76 

Stangl,  P.  L.,  insects  presented  by 70 

Starks,  Edwin  Chapin,  joint  paper  by 168 

title  of  joint  paper  by 162 

Statistics  of  accessions  for  the  past  and  previous  years 21 

Steamer  duck 193 

Steele,  E.  S.,  title  of  paper  by 168 

8teere,  Joseph  Beal,  arrival  of,  at  mouth  of  the  Purus 364 

collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

trip  made  by,  to  Upper  Purus  River,  Brazil. . .  23, 60 

collections  made  by,  for  Pan-American  Exposition 68 

commissioned  by  U.  S.  National  Museum  to  make  collec- 
tions for  Pan-American  Exposition 363 

ethnological  material  collected  by 51 

received  from 18 

expedition  of,  to  Amazon  River,  Brazil 19, 67, 185, 186 

fishes  obtained  by,  from  Amazon  River 186, 187 

on  Narrative  of  a  visit  to  Indian  tribes  of  the  Purus  River, 

Brazil 359 

wild  tribes  of  upper  Purus  River  visited  by,  in  1873 364 

Steiner,  Roland,  collection  purchased  from 17,53 

investigations  of,  continued 23,60 

Stejneger,  Leonhard,  appointed  to  represent  Museum  at  International  Congress 

of  Zoology 42,80 

investigations  of,  relating  to  the  reptiles  of  Japan,  Porto 

Rico,  and  Cuba 27,75 

large  collections  made  by,  in  Porto  Rico 186 

papers  in  course  of  preparation  by,  relating  to  reptiles  of 

Japan,  Porto  Rico,  and  Cuba 27,75 

on  wheatears,  published  by 27, 75 

preparation  of  labels  for  Pan-American  Exposition  by . . .       189 

report  of,  on  reptiles  collected  in  Venezuela 27, 75 

return  of,  from  Porto  Rico 184 

titles  of  papers  by 169 

visit  of,  to  Porto  Rico 184,186 

Steller's  duck 193 

Stephen,  A.  M.,  traditional  material  relating  to  settlements  collected  by 349 

Stevenson,  Mrs.  M.  C,  information  from,  concerning  Zufli  fire  altar 320 

stone  specimen  collected  by 295 

Stewart,  Alban,  employment  of 90 

excavations  made  by,  at  Afton 237, 239, 240 

installation  work  of,  at  Buffalo 86 

investigations  of  fossil  animals  by,  at  Afton 237 

mammoth  remains  collected  by 86 

search  of,  for  mastodon  remains  for  Pan-American  Exposition      23, 

84, 218, 237 

skeleton  of  female  mastodon  americanus  secured  by 84 

Stillwell,  L.  W.,  implements  purchased  from 54 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  447 

Page. 

Stingray 198 

Stokes,  H.  N.,  joint  paper  by 169 

meteorite  paper  published  jointly  by 29, 87 

title  of  joint  paper  by 164 

Stone  Axe  people,  affiliations  by  arts  of  the 326 

ruin,  actinolite  axes 320 

animal  life 320 

archeological  field  work  at 320 

artifacts 321 

bone  collected 322 

bones  of  animals 326 

building  stone 320 

burials 321 

cemeteries 321 

collection  secured  at 322 

copper  paint  stone,  obsidian,  flint,  shell,  and  arrow  points..  321 

country,  description 320 

detached  houses  to  the  south 321 

elevations 320 

fossil  wood  and  limestone 322 

houses,  formation 321 

interesting  features  presented  to  student  by 325 

light  red  ware 323 

limestone  ax,  fragment  of 322 

location 320 

metatesand  hand  stones 322 

migration  of  people  from 326 

obsidian 322 

pahos 322 

paint  stones 322 

potsherds 321 

pottery 322,323,324 

clan  marriage 324 

cup-shaped  depressions  made  in  large  vessels 323 

fragments 321 

indication  given  by 322 

plates  illustrating 323 

polychrome  vases 323 

rains.. 321 

shell  collected 322 

skeletons 321 

skulls 326 

small  sites  near,  archeological  fieldwork  at 325 

canteen 325 

fragments  of  large  coiled  vessels 326 

gray  ware 325,326 

pottery  and  stone  disks 326 

red  ware 325,326 

shell     ornaments,    spindle     whorl,     arrow 

smoother 326 

size  of  ruins 326 

somatological  material 326 

vase  of  gray  ware 325 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


448  index. 

Page. 

Stone  Axe  ruin,  small  village  sites  near 321 

soil 321 

springs 320 

stone  collected 322 

hammers,  metates,  and  hand  stones 321 

survey  of  ground 320 

tanks  near 321 

textiles 322 

thin  bowls  of  gray  paste 323 

treeless 320 

vases 324 

vesicular  lava 322 

winds 321 

Stone,  H.  A.,  sheep  discovered  by 190 

Stone's  sheep 190 

Storage  rooms  of  Museum  overcrowded 12 

Stratigraphic  Paleontology,  Division  of,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan- American  Exposi- 
tion   222 

specimens  of  Exposition  labels  used  in  222 

Striped  bass 197 

Strong,  R.  M.,  title  of  paper  by 169 

Study  collections  of  Department  of  Biology,  work  on 72 

Sturtz  and  Krantz,  purchase  from 82 

Sucking  fish 197 

Summary  of  Museum  exhibit  at  Pan-American  Exposition 181 

the  operations  of  the  year 13 

work,  archeological  fieldwork  in  Arizona 358 

Sweden,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Sweeny,  T.  W.,  competent  service  of,  in  arranging  and  mounting  several  series 

of  artifacts - 217 

Switzerland,  distribution  of  specimens  in 145 

Symbolism,  archeological  fieldwork  in  Arizona 355 

Tanagers 195 

Tapatia  River,  approach  to  mouth  of 364 

Tarpon 197 

Tassin,  Wirt,  exhibit  for  Division  of  Mineralogy,  prepared  by 228 

handbook  on  gem  collection  of  Museum,  completed  by 29, 87 

installation  work  of,  at  Buffalo 86 

visit  of,  to  Philadelphia 184 

work  of,  on  analysis  of  a  damourite  from  California 29, 87 

the  dehydration  of  metallic  hydrates 29, 87 

Taxidermy,  Pan-American  Exposition 187 

Tehuelche  Indians,  Patagonia,  description  of  group  of 206 

Threadfish 198 

Throwing  sticks,  exhibit  illustrating 212 

Tiger  salamander 197 

Timb^ras  Indians 363,364 

purchase  from 363 

Titus,  E.  S.  G.,  insects  lent  to 31,78 

Tobacco  pipes,  exhibit  illustrating 215 

Tocard  toucan 192 

Toco 192 

Toll,  H.  C,  insects  lent  to 32,79 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  449 

Page 

Tompkins,  A.  P.,  investigations  carried  on  in  Department  of  Anthropology  by .  31 

Tower,  W.  L.,  investigations  conducted  by,  in  Division  of  Insects 30, 80 

Townsend,  C.  H.,  ethnological  material  collected  by 18, 51 

Townsend,  C.  H.  T.,  Mexican  diptera  received  from 70 

Townsend,  T.  D.,  explorations  by 237 

Trelease,  William,  plants  lent  to 32 

Triceratops,  model  of,  exhibited  at  Pan-American  Exposition 181 

Trogon 195 

Tropical  Atlantic  fishes. 198 

True,  F.  W.,  appointed  representative  of  Smithsonian  Institution  and  National 

Museum  on  Government  Board  for  Pan-American  Exposition .  40, 80 

executive  curator 93 

head  curator  of  Department  of  Biology 63, 93 

report  ot 63 

on  Report  on  the  Exhibit  of  the  United  States  National  Museum 
at  the  Pan-American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  New  York,  1901 — 

summary 181 

report  by,  on  the  exhibit  of  the  Department  of  Biology  at  the 

Pan-American  Exposition * 185 

True,  R.  H.,  botanical  collections  used  by 31, 80 

Tuchband,  Adolph,  expedition  to  the  Upper  Amazon  River  made  by 185 

obtaining  of  ethnological  objects  undertaken  by 185 

Tufted  puffin 194 

Tundastusa 289 

ruin,  location  of 290 

Tupian  family -. 363 

Turtles 196 

Tusayan  ware,  periods  of 346 

first 346 

second 346 

third 347 

Types  of  buildings,  archeological  field  work  in  Arizona 352 

Tzoneca 206 

Uintacrinus  socialis,  gift  of 20 

Umbrellabird 195 

Underwood,  L.  M.,  plants  lent  to 32 

United  States  Army,  surveys  carried  on  by  Engineer  Corps  of  the 8 

Department  of  Agriculture,  plants  received  through 71 

diplomatic  and  consular  service  abroad 8 

distribution  of  specimens  in 137 

exploring  expedition 8 

Fish  Commission,  boat  models  lent  to 61 

collections  of  marine  invertebrates  transferred 

to  Museum  by 70 

explorations  of 8 

fish  collections  consulted  by  ichthyologists  of.  79 

plants  received  through 71 

steamer  Albatross,  reptiles  obtained  for  Mu- 
seum by  naturalist  of 69 

types  of  new  species  of  fish  deposited  by 69 

Commissioner,  courtesy  of 23 

Geological  Survey,  explorations  of 8 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


450  INDEX. 

United  States  Geological  Survey,  funds  obtained  for  a  model  of  a  skeleton  of 

triceratop8  prorsus,  through  joint  arrange- 
ment with  _ 218 

geological  specimens  received  from 81,82,83 

transmitted  through  ..  81 

loan  to * 88 

topographic  data  available  from  records  of. .  85 

life-Saving  Service,  loan  to 61 

National  Museum,  report  on,  by  assistant  secretary  of  Smith- 
sonian Institution .* 3 

University  of  Idaho,  gift  to 89 

Kansas,  fossil  plants  received  in  exchange  from 83 

Uruguay,  distribution  of  specimens  in 144 

Vaughan,  T.  Wayland,  corals  from  Albatross  South  Sea  expedition,  to  be  re- 
ported on,  by 71 

Porto  Rican  corals  determined  by 71 

titles  of  papers  by 169 

work  by,  on  the  recent  corals 29 

on  West  Indian  corals  continued  by 80 

Venezuela  tribes,  South  America,  pile  dwellings  of  the 207 

Verrill,  A.  E.,  title  of  paper  by 170 

Vertebrate  fossils,  exhibition  of 35 

Section  of,  exhibit  of,  at  Pan-American  Exposition 228 

Vicuna 191 

Virginia  deer 191 

Viscacha 191 

Visit  to  Indian  tribes  of  the  Purus  River,  Brazil,  narrative  of  a,  by  Joseph 

BealSteere 359 

Visitors  to  Museum  building  during  fiscal  year  1900-1901,  table  of 36 

since  1881,  table  of 36 

Smithsonian  building  during  fiscal  year  1900-1901,  table  of 36 

since  1881,  table  of 36 

Vroman,  A.  C,  views  taken  by 287, 288 

Walcott,  Charles  D.,  collections  of  cambrian  fossils  made  by 20, 82 

examinations   of   cambrian    fossiliferous   deposits  con- 
ducted by  24 

material  figured  and  described  by 20, 82 

titles  of  papers  by 170 

Walker,  J.  R.,  gift  of 83 

Wanner,  A.,  fossil  plants  received  in  exchange  from 83 

title  of  joint  paper  by 170 

Wapiti 191 

War  Department,  amount  transferred  to  exposition  allotment  of 181 

courtesy  of,  in  transporting  collectors 184 

parapets  constructed  by 182 

Ward,  H.  A.,  meteorite  specimens  sent  to 88 

Ward,  Lester  F.,  joint  paper  by 159,162 

title  of  joint  paper  by 170 

Wardle,  H.  Newell,  spindle  whorls  lent  to 31, 61 

Washington,  H.  S.,  eruptive  rocks  sent  to 88 

Water  craft,  exhibit  illustrating 213 

moccasin 196 

Wattron  collection,  purchase  of 307 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


INDEX.  451 

Page. 

Weinheimer,  Mrs.  F.,  preparator  in  Division  of  Plants,  resignation  of 42, 80 

Welsbach  Company,  gift  of 81 

Wesleyan  Female  Seminary  at  Macon,  gift  to 89 

West  Indies,  distribution  of  specimens  in 143 

Wetzler,  Julius,  pipe  specimen  presented  by 317 

Whip-poor-will 194 

White,  David,  title  of  paper  by 170 

White  fish 199 

goat 191 

Mountain  region,  archeological  field  work  in 289 

environment  of 288 

tipped  peccary 191 

ware » 323 

Whooping  crane 193 

Wichita  Indians,  Indian  Territory,  grass  houses  of  the .207 

Wild  turkey *. 192 

Wileman,  A.  E.,  cocoons  and  moths  presented  by 70 

Wilkes  exploring  expedition,,  rock  specimens  collected  by  members  of 219 

Willey.  Henry,  lichen  collection  of 71 

purchase  of  lichen  specimens  from  estate  of 20 

lichen  herbarium,  purchase  of 71 

Williamson,  E.  B.,  insects  lent  to 32,79 

title  of  paper  by 171 

Wilson,  Charles  B.,  parasitic  copepod  crustaceans  sent  to 78 

work  by,  on  the  parasitic  copepod  crustaceans 29 

Wilson,  Thomas,  curator  of  Division  of  Prehistoric  Archeology 58 

report  by 57 

extensive  examination  of  prehistoric  tools  and  implements 

made  by 27 

interest  of,  in  determining  the  truth  of  the  allegation  that 

prehistoric  man  was  ambidextrous 59 

investigations  into  prehistoric  trepanation  continued  by 59 

paper  by,  on  prehistoric  trepanation 59 

on  jade  prepared  by 59 

presented  by,  at  Congress  of  Americanists 42, 59 

read  by,  before  American  Association  for  Advance- 
ment of  Science 59 

papers  presented  by,  before  Congress  of  Anthropology  and 

Prehistoric  Archeology 42, 58 

published  or  presented  by,  during  year 27 

presiding  officer  during  one  day  at  the  Congress  of  Ethnology .  59 

series  of  international  congresses  held  in  Paris  attended  by . .  58 
summary  of  reports  of  proceedings  of  International  Congresses 
of  Anthropology  and  Prehistoric  Archeology  and  of  the 

Congress  of  Americanists,  prepared  by 59 

titles  of  papers  by 171 

translation  of  paper  into  French 'by 59 

visit  of  to  Paris,  as  representative  of  Museum 42 

Wilson,  W.  J.,  collection  of  fossil  plants 83 

Wohlgemuth,  Carl,  articles  from 26 

Wolf  fishes 198 

Wood  duck 193 

Wood,  T.  D.,  fishes  collected  by .. 19,69 


Digitized  by 


Googk 


452  INDEX. 

Pige. 
Wooden  dwellings  of  the  Haida,  representing  the  Northwest  coast  tribes,  de- 
scription of  model  of 208 

.  Woodpeckers 194,195 

Woodruff  Butte,  archeological  field  work  at 318 

building  stones 319 

circular  platforms 318 

grading  and  terracing 319 

habitations 319 

hammers  of  fossil  wood 319 

pottery  fragments 319 

ruins 318 

classed 319 

small  birds  carved  from  dark-bine  steatite  found  on 319 

view  from 319 

visitorsto 319 

walls 319 

Woolson,  Miss,  investigations  carried  on  in  Department  of  Anthropology  by . .  31 

World's  Columbian  Exposition  at  Chicago,  donations  and  purchases  from 8 

Fair  in  Philadelphia,  returns  from 8 

Woven  fabrics,  exhibit  illustrating 214 

Xavier,  Senhor  Paulo 367 

Yellow  boa  of  Jamaica 196 

ware,  region  of 354 

Young,  Bennett  H. ,  stuffed  skin  of  tarpon  presented  by 197 

Young,  R.  T.,  collecting  outfit  furnished  to 24 

Zapotec  Indian  woman,  Oaxaca,  Mexico,  description  of  figure  of 206 

Zoological  material,  principal  loans  of 31 

Museum,  Turin,  Italy,  bats  from 25 

University  of  U  peal  a,  Sweden,  birds'  skins  from 25 

Zoologisches  Institute,  specimens  from 25 

Zufli  Indians,  the  arid  region,  description  of  group  of 205 

New  Mexico,  sacred  spring  near 249 

relation  to  ancient  culture 354, 355 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


■> 


Digitized  by 


Google